FN ISI Export Format VR 1.0 MT MC ER PT J AU Tansey, J TI Industrial ecology and planning: assessing and socially embedding green technological systems SO ENVIRONMENT AND PLANNING B-PLANNING & DESIGN LA English DT Article C1 Univ Oxford, James Martin Inst Sci & Civilizat, Said Business Sch, Oxford OX1 1HP, England. RP Tansey, J, Univ Oxford, James Martin Inst Sci & Civilizat, Said Business Sch, Pk End St, Oxford OX1 1HP, England. AB The notion that industrial systems can be redesigned to reflect 'lessons from nature' has led to the emergence of a new discipline known as 'industrial ecology'. In this paper I provide a brief overview of the principles that underpin the discipline, and provide a critical evaluation of the extent to which it is guided by ecology or simply uses the label for rhetorical support. I suggest that simply appealing to ecological analogies is not sufficient to ensure that the impacts of industrial activities are reduced. Further, I propose that the technical process of industrial design needs to be embedded in legitimate social processes if social acceptability is to be attained. CR ALLENBY BR, 1999, J IND ECOL, V2, P73 ANDREWS CJ, 1999, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V65, P364 AYRES RU, 1994, IND METABOLISM RESTR, P3 CASTELLS M, 2000, RISE NETWORK SOC CHERTOW MR, 2000, ANNU REV ENERG ENV, V25, P313 COTE R, 2005, LINKING IND ECOLOGY, P114 DOUGLAS M, 1999, IMPLICIT MEANINGS SE DUNN BC, 1998, J ENV PLANNING MANAG, V41, P661 EHRENFELD JR, 2000, AM BEHAV SCI, V44, P229 FONS S, 2005, LINKING IND ECOLOGY, P209 FRIED LP, 1991, ANN EPIDEMIOL, V1, P263 FROSCH RA, 1989, SCI AM, V261, P144 GRANT J, 2005, LINKING IND ECOLOGY, P50 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HAJER M, 1995, POLITICS ENV DISCOUR HAWKEN P, 1999, NATURAL CAPITALISM C HILL S, 2005, LINKING IND ECOLOGY, P29 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC, P44 HUESEMANN MH, 2001, ECOL ECON, V37, P271 KAY JJ, 1991, ENVIRON MANAGE, V15, P483 KIMURA M, 2001, METAPHORS CHANGE PAR, P93 KORHONEN J, 2001, J CLEAN PROD, V9, P253 LIFSET R, 2002, J IND ECOLOGY, V6, P1 LISTER NME, 2005, LINKING IND ECOLOGY, P15 MANN C, 2000, HARVARD DESIGN MAGAZ, V10, P31 OHMAE K, 1990, BORDERLESS WORLD PEARCE DW, 1990, EC NATURAL RESOURCES PEZZOLI K, 1997, J ENV PLANNING MANAG, V40, P549 RAYNER S, 1987, RISK ANAL, V7, P3 RIP A, 1998, HUMAN CHOICE CLIMATE, V3 ROBINSON JB, 2005, LINKING IND ECOLOGY, P245 SCHIPPER L, 2000, ENERG POLICY, V28, P367 SEAGER TP, 2002, J CLEAN PROD, V10, P225 SMIL V, 2000, ANNU REV ENERG ENV, V25, P21 STEHR N, 1994, KNOWLEDGE SOC TIETENBERG TH, 1996, ENV NATURAL RESOURCE YAP N, 2005, LINKING IND ECOLOGY, P97 NR 38 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON PLAN B-PLAN DESIGN BP 381 EP 392 PY 2006 PD MAY VL 33 IS 3 GA 056VI UT ISI:000238552800005 ER PT J AU HAMES, R TI MONOCULTURE, POLYCULTURE, AND POLYVARIETY IN TROPICAL FOREST SWIDDEN CULTIVATION SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Article RP HAMES, R, UNIV NEBRASKA,DEPT ANTHROPOL,LINCOLN,NE 68588. CR ALTMANN J, 1974, BEHAVIOUR, V48, P1 ARVELOJIMENEZ, 1971, THESIS CORNELL U BARRAU J, 1958, BP BISHOP MUSEUM B, V219 BARRAU J, 1961, BP BISHOP MUSEUM B, V223 BECHER H, 1957, REV ANTROPOLOGIA, V5, P192 BECKERMAN S, 1983, HUM ECOL, V11, P85 BOSTER J, 1983, HUM ECOL, V11, P47 BROOKFIELD H, 1959, EC GEOGRAPHY, V35, P25 BROOKFIELD H, 1974, MELANESIA BIOGEOGRAP, P95 BRUSH SB, 1977, NAT HIST, V86, P32 CARNEIRO R, 1957, THESIS U MICHIGAN CONKLIN H, 1969, ENV CULTURAL BEHAV, P221 CONNELL JH, 1978, SCIENCE, V199, P1302 DECIVRIEUX M, 1973, ANTROPOLOGICA, V36, P3 DUNBAR RIM, 1976, BEHAVIOUR, V58, P78 EDEN MJ, 1974, ANTROPOLOGICA, V39, P25 FRECHIONE J, 1980, 78TH ANN M AM ANTHR FREEMAN JD, 1955, IBAN AGR REPORT SHIF FUCHS H, 1964, AM INDIGENA, V24, P171 GEERTZ C, 1970, AGR INVOLUTION GOODLAND R, 1975, AMAZON JUNGLE GREEN GOODMAN M, 1975, Q REV BIOL, V50, P237 GROSS DR, 1979, SCIENCE, V206, P1043 HAMES RB, 1978, THESIS U CALIFORNIA HAMES RB, 1979, HUM ECOL, V7, P219 HAMES RB, 1980, WORKING PAPERS S AM, V2 HARDESTY D, 1977, ECOLOGICAL ANTHR HARRIS DR, 1971, GEOGR REV, V61, P475 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 IGBOZURIKE MU, 1971, GEOGR REV, V61, P519 IGBOZURIKE MU, 1971, PROFESSIONAL GEOGRAP, V33, P113 JANZEN D, 1975, I BIOL STUDIES BIOL, V58 JOHNSON A, 1973, HUMAN ECOLOGY, V1, P149 JOHNSON A, 1975, 1975 P ANN SPRING M JOHNSON A, 1975, ETHNOLOGY, V14, P301 JOHNSON A, 1982, HUMAN ECOLOGY KAPLAN L, 1971, PREHISTORIC AGR, P516 KASS D, 1978, CORNELL INT AGR B, V32 KNIGHT R, 1973, J SYMBOLIC ANTHR, V2, P1 LEVINS R, 1974, ANN NEW ACADEMY SCI, V53, P777 LEWONTIN RC, 1970, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V1, P1 LHERMILLIER A, 1974, THESIS PARIS LIZOT J, 1971, J SOC AM, V60, P136 LIZOT J, 1974, ANTROPOLOGICA, V37, P3 LIZOT J, 1978, LIBRE, V4, P69 MACARTHUR, 1955, ECOLOGY, V36, P533 MANNER H, 1981, HUM ECOL, V9, P359 MARGALEF R, 1968, PERSPECTIVES ECOLOGI MAY R, 1973, STABILITY COMPLEXITY MEGGERS B, 1971, AMAZONIA MAN CULTURE MIRACLE M, 1967, AGR CONGO BASIN NYE PH, 1965, 51 COMM BUR SOILS TE ODUM EP, 1971, FUNDAMENTALS ECOLOGY PYKE GH, 1977, Q REV BIOL, V52, P137 RAPPAPORT RA, 1967, PIGS ANCESTORS RITUA, V1, P1 RAPPAPORT RA, 1974, BIOL ANTHR, P371 ROSS E, 1976, THESIS COLUMBIA U RUDDLE K, 1974, YUKPA CULTIVATION SY RUTHENBERG H, 1971, FARMING SYSTEMS TROP SCOTT G, 1974, ASS AM GEOGRAPHERS P, V6, P58 SIMMONS N, 1966, BANANAS SMITH EA, 1979, HUM ECOL, V7, P53 SMITH JM, 1964, NATURE, V201, P1145 SMOLE WJ, 1976, YANOAMA INDIANS CULT STOCKS A, 1983, HUM ECOL, V11, P69 THOMAS D, 1980, 1980 ANN M AM ANTHR VAYDA A, 1976, HUMAN ECOLOGY VAYDA A, 1976, WARFARE ECOLOGICAL P VICKERS WT, HUMAN ECOLOGY, V11, P35 VONHILDEBRAND P, 1975, REV COLOMBIANA ANTR, V18, P183 WERNER D, 1979, HUM ECOL, V7, P303 WILBERT J, 1975, ANTROPOS, V70, P272 WILLIAMS GC, 1966, ADAPTATION NATURAL S WINTERHALDER B, 1981, HUNTER GATHERER FORA WYNNEEDWARDS V, 1962, ANIMAL DISPERSION RE NR 75 TC 15 J9 HUM ECOL BP 13 EP 34 PY 1983 VL 11 IS 1 GA QK159 UT ISI:A1983QK15900002 ER PT J AU Cutter, SL TI Vulnerability to environmental hazards SO PROGRESS IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Editorial Material RP Cutter, SL, UNIV S CAROLINA,DEPT GEOG,COLUMBIA,SC 29208. CR *NAT RESP TEAM, 1987, NRT1 *ORG AM STAT, 1991, PRIM NAT HAZ MAN INT *UNDRO, 1982, NAT DIS VULN AN ALEXANDER D, 1993, NATURAL DISASTERS AMBRASEYS NN, 1981, DISASTERS, V5, P355 ANDERSON MB, 1991, DISASTERS, V15, P43 BLAIKIE PM, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC BLAIKIE PM, 1994, RISK NATURAL HAZARDS, V1, P1 BOGARD WC, 1989, SOCIOL PERSPECT, V31, P147 BOHLE HG, 1994, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V4, P37 BURKE LM, 1993, GEO INFO SYSTEMS OCT, P44 BURTON I, 1978, ENV HAZARD, V1, P1 CHAMBERS R, 1989, IDS B, V20, P1 CHEN RS, 1994, IND ECOLOGY GLOBAL C, P85 CLAYTON A, 1994, DISASTERS, V18, P89 COBURN A, 1992, EARTHQUAKE PROTECTIO COLTEN CE, 1986, ENV REV, V10, P92 COLTEN CE, 1988, PUBL HISTORIAN, V10, P7 COLTEN CE, 1991, GEOGR REV, V81, P215 COLTEN CE, 1993, ILLINOIS GIS MAN SUM, P48 CORSANEGO A, 1993, NAT HAZARDS, V8, P109 CUNY FC, 1983, DISASTERS DEV CUTTER SL, 1989, PROF GEOGR, V41, P149 CUTTER SL, 1991, URBAN GEOGR, V12, P417 CUTTER SL, 1993, LIVING RISK DEGG M, 1993, GEOGRAPHY, V78, P165 DOW KM, 1992, GEOFORUM, V23, P417 DOW KM, 1995, HUMAN DIMENSIONS Q, V1, P3 DOWNING TE, 1991, ASSESSING SOCIOECONO DOWNING TE, 1991, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V1, P365 DOWNING TE, 1992, 1 U OXF ENV CHANG UN GABOR T, 1980, J HAZARD MATER, V8, P323 GABOR T, 1982, DISASTERS, V6, P215 GASSER J, 1990, AM CITY COUNTY, V105, P81 GILBERT C, 1995, INT J MASS EMERGENCI, V13, P231 HAQUE CE, 1992, DISASTERS, V16, P217 HARLAN M, 1988, EARTHQUAKE VULNERABI HEPNER GF, 1995, J HAZARD MATER, V42, P187 HEWITT K, 1971, RES PUBLICATION U TO, V6 HEWITT K, 1983, INTERPRETATIONS CALA HEWITT K, 1995, INT J MASS EMERGENCI, V13, P317 HEYMAN BN, 1991, DISASTER MANAGEMENT, V4, P3 KATES RW, 1985, CLIMATE IMPACT ASSES, V27, P3 LEWIS J, 1987, LOCAL GOVT STUDI JUL, P75 LEWIS J, 1990, DISASTERS, V14, P241 LIVERMAN DM, 1986, CITIES MAY, P142 LIVERMAN DM, 1990, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V80, P49 LIVERMAN DM, 1990, UNDERSTANDING GLOBAL, V1, P27 LONGHURST R, 1995, DISASTERS, V19, P269 LOWRY JH, 1995, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V61, P1347 MCMASTER RB, 1987, AUTOCARTO 8 P, P471 MCMASTER RB, 1988, P 3 INT S SPAT DAT H, P143 MITCHELL JK, 1989, GEOGR REV, V79, P391 MITCHELL JK, 1989, GEOGRAPHY AM, P410 PALM R, 1992, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V82, P207 PALM RI, 1992, CALIFORNIA EARTHQUAK PARRISH DA, 1993, ENV MODELING GIS, P348 PIJAWKA KD, 1985, DANGEROUS PROPER SEP, P2 PLATT R, 1991, DISASTERS, V15, P172 QUARANTELLI EL, 1992, URBAN VULNERABILITY SMITH K, 1992, ENV HAZARDS ASSESSIN SOLECKI WD, 1990, THESIS RUTGERS U SOLWAY L, 1994, DISASTER MANAGEMENT, V6, P160 SUSMAN P, 1984, INTERPRETATIONS CALA, P264 SWEARINGEN WD, 1992, GEOGR REV, V82, P401 TAVAKOLI B, 1993, NAT HAZARDS, V7, P155 TIEFENBACHER JP, 1992, THESIS RUTGERS U TIMMERMAN P, 1981, ENV MONOGRAPH, V1, P1 VONBRAUN M, 1993, ENV MODELING GIS, P339 WADGE G, 1993, ENV MODELING GIS, P332 WATTS MJ, 1993, PROG HUM GEOG, V17, P43 WILHITE D, 1987, PLANNING DROUGHT RED YARNAL B, 1994, DISASTERS, V18, P95 NR 73 TC 25 J9 PROG HUM GEOGR BP 529 EP 539 PY 1996 PD DEC VL 20 IS 4 GA WW636 UT ISI:A1996WW63600009 ER PT J AU Malanson, GP Zeng, Y Walsh, SJ TI Landscape frontiers, geography frontiers: Lessons to be learned SO PROFESSIONAL GEOGRAPHER LA English DT Article C1 Univ Iowa, Dept Geog, Iowa City, IA 52240 USA. Univ N Carolina, Dept Geog, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA. RP Malanson, GP, Univ Iowa, Dept Geog, Iowa City, IA 52240 USA. AB Advancing ecotones, such as treelines and frontiers of human settlement, may share some characteristic dynamics because both include feedbacks between spatial pattern and process. Both might be examined as complex, self-organizing systems in terms of complexity theory and thus be usefully compared. A cellular automaton of advancing alpine treeline in Montana shows attractors in power-law frequency distributions of spatial and temporal pattern. Frontiers of study areas in the Amazonian region of Ecuador, analyzed using change detection of Landsat Thematic Mapper imagery, have power-law distributions of advancing deforestation. Alternative approaches in self-organized complexity, including self-organized percolation, and the inverse cascade model, and an approach to complexity involving optimization, highly optimized tolerance, are considered. Some combination of these, based on their common ancestry in percolation theory (with its ties to geocomputation), might provide insights into population-environment interactions at settlement frontiers and ecotones together, given comparisons drawn between the spatial feedbacks at alpine treeline and in Ecuador. GIScience and landscape ecology can develop synergies by building on this area of geocomputation and complexity theory, as in analysis of attractors in state spaces of spatial metrics from spatially explicit simulations and representing their uncertainty. CR ABEYTA AM, 1998, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V64, P59 ACKERMAN EA, 1963, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V53, P429 ALENCAR AM, 1997, PHYS REV E A, V56, R2379 ALFTINE KJ, 2004, J VEG SCI, V15, P3 ALLEN PM, 1986, EUROPEAN J OPERATION, V25, P127 ALLEN TR, 1996, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V62, P1261 ALLEN TR, 2000, REMOTE SENS ENVIRON, V74, P482 AMELINOCAMELIA G, 1999, NATURE, V398, P216 BAK P, 1998, NATURE WORKS BATTY M, 1994, FRACTAL CITIES GEOME BATTY M, 1996, ENVIRON PLANN A, V28, P1745 BATTY M, 1997, ENVIRON PLANN B, V24, P159 BIAN L, 2003, ECOL MODEL, V159, P279 BOLLIGER J, 2003, OIKOS, V100, P541 BOWERSOX MA, 2001, PLANT ECOL, V156, P89 BROWN DG, 2005, INT J GEOGR INF SCI, V19, P153 BUTLER DR, 2004, CATENA, V58, P259 CAIRNS DM, 1998, J VEG SCI, V9, P679 CALLAWAY RM, 2002, NATURE, V417, P844 CARLSON JM, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V60, P1412 COUCLELIS H, 1998, ENVIRON PLANN B, V25, P41 CREWSMEYER KA, 2002, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V68, P1031 CREWSMEYER KA, 2004, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V101, P155 DEADMAN P, 2004, ENVIRON PLANN B, V31, P693 DEANGELIS DL, 1987, ECOL MONOGR, V57, P1 DENDRINOS DS, 1981, GEOGR ANAL, V13, P328 DOMANSKI R, 1983, PAPERS REGIONAL SCI, V53, P1 DONAHUE MJ, 2003, AM NAT, V162, P302 DURBIN J, 2001, TIME SERIES ANAL STA EDWARDS G, 1996, PHOTOGRAMMETRIC ENG, V62, P337 EGAN K, 1996, SAIS REV, V16, P123 EVANS TP, 2004, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V72, P57 FAGAN WF, 2003, BIOSCIENCE, V53, P730 FORTIN MJ, 1997, CAN J FOREST RES, V27, P1851 FORTIN MJ, 2000, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V15, P453 GOULD P, 1987, EUR J OPER RES, V30, P211 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HAAG G, 1994, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V4, P519 HAKEN H, 1975, REV MOD PHYS, V47, P67 KENT M, 1997, PROG PHYS GEOG, V21, P315 KUPFER JA, 2006, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V15, P8 LEVIN SA, 2003, B AM MATH SOC, V40, P3 LI BL, 2002, ACTA BIOTHEOR, V50, P141 LINDERMAN MA, 2005, ECOL MODEL, V183, P47 LUNG Y, 1988, ANN REGIONAL SCI, V22, P81 MACEACHREN A, 2001, INFORMATION DESIGN J, V10, P26 MACEACHREN AM, 2001, PROG HUM GEOG, V25, P431 MALANSON GP, 1993, RIPARIAN LANDSCAPES MALANSON GP, 1997, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V12, P27 MALANSON GP, 1999, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V89, P746 MALANSON GP, 2001, J VEG SCI, V12, P743 MALANSON GP, 2002, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V92, P177 MALANSON GP, 2006, ENVIRON PLANN A, V38, P619 MANSON SM, 2001, GEOFORUM, V32, P405 MASSEY D, 1999, T I BRIT GEOGR, V24, P261 MASSEY D, 2001, T I BRIT GEOGR, V26, P257 MASSEY D, 2005, SPACE MAST JN, 1997, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V93, P181 MCCRACKEN SD, 2002, LAND USE DEFORESTATI, P162 MERTENS B, 2000, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V90, P467 MESSINA JP, 2001, PLANT ECOL, V156, P75 MESSINA JP, 2005, ENVIRON PLANN B, V32, P835 NEPSTAD DC, 2001, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V154, P395 OSULLIVAN D, 2004, T I BRIT GEOGR, V29, P282 PAN WKY, 2004, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V101, P117 PARKER DC, 2003, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V93, P314 PETERSON GD, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P329 PHILLIPS JD, 1989, GEOGR ANAL, V21, P197 PHILLIPS JD, 1992, INDIVIDUAL BASED MOD, P165 PHILLIPS JD, 1992, J GEOL, V100, P365 PHILLIPS JD, 1999, GEOGR ANAL, V31, P359 PICHON F, 1999, POPULATION DEFORESTA, P175 PICHON FJ, 1997, WORLD DEV, V25, P67 PONTIUS RG, 2004, ECOL MODEL, V179, P445 PRIGOGINE I, 1997, END CERTAINITY RESCHER N, 1998, COMPLEXITY PHILOS OV RESLER LM, 2005, PHYS GEOGR, V26, P112 RIETKERK M, 2002, AM NAT, V160, P524 ROGERSON PA, 1985, GEOGR ANAL, V17, P185 RUDEL T, 1993, TROPICAL DEFORESTATI RYDER R, 2000, GEOGR REV, V90, P511 SAWYER S, 2004, CRUDE CHRONICLES IND SEIFE C, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P1420 SHALIZI CR, 2006, COMPLEX SYSTEMS SCI, P22 SHEPPARD E, 1982, INT REGIONAL SCI REV, V7, P127 SMITH WK, 2003, TREE PHYSIOL, V23, P1101 SMITHWICK EAH, 2003, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V18, P701 SOLE RV, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P156 SOLE RV, 2000, SIGNS LIFE STRAUSSFOGEL D, 1991, GEOGR ANAL, V23, P1 TURCOTTE D, 1999, PHYSICA A, V268, P629 TURCOTTE DL, 1990, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V89, P301 TURCOTTE DL, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI U S1, V99, P2463 WALSH SJ, 1987, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V53, P1423 WALSH SJ, 2003, GEOMORPHOLOGY, V55, P381 WEIDLICH W, 1990, ANN REGIONAL SCI, V24, P83 WIENS JA, 1985, OIKOS, V45, P421 YOUNG KR, 2001, ARCT ANTARCT ALP RES, V33, P165 ZENG Y, 2006, GEOGR ANAL, V38, P270 ZIPF GK, 1949, HUMAN BEHAV PRINCIPL NR 100 TC 2 J9 PROF GEOGR BP 383 EP 396 PY 2006 PD NOV VL 58 IS 4 GA 096HV UT ISI:000241369100003 ER PT J AU Walker, BH Carpenter, SR Anderies, JM Abel, N Cumming, GS Janssen, MA Lebel, L Norberg, J Peterson, GD Pritchard, L TI Resilience management in social-ecological systems: a working hypothesis for a participatory approach SO CONSERVATION ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 CSIRO Sustainable Ecosyst, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia. Univ Wisconsin, Madison, WI 53706 USA. Univ Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA. Indiana Univ, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. Chiang Mai Univ, Chiang Mai 50000, Thailand. Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. Emory Univ, Atlanta, GA 30322 USA. RP Walker, BH, CSIRO Sustainable Ecosyst, POB 284, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia. AB Approaches to natural resource management are often based on a presumed ability to predict probabilistic responses to management and external drivers such as climate. They also tend to assume that the manager is outside the system being managed. However, where the objectives include long-term sustainability, linked social-ecological systems (SESs) behave as complex adaptive systems, with the managers as integral components of the system. Moreover, uncertainties are large and it may be difficult to reduce them as fast as the system changes. Sustainability involves maintaining the functionality of a system when it is perturbed, or maintaining the elements needed to renew or reorganize if a large perturbation radically alters structure and function. The ability to do this is termed "resilience." This paper presents an evolving approach to analyzing resilience in SESs, as a basis for managing resilience. We propose a framework with four steps, involving close involvement of SES stakeholders. It begins with a stakeholder-led development of a conceptual model of the system, including its historical profile (how it got to be what it is) and preliminary assessments of the drivers of the supply of key ecosystem goods and services. Step 2 deals with identifying the range of unpredictable and uncontrollable drivers, stakeholder visions for the future, and contrasting possible future policies, weaving these three factors into a limited set of future scenarios. Step 3 uses the outputs from steps 1 and 2 to explore the SES for resilience in an iterative way. It generally includes the development of simple models of the system's dynamics for exploring attributes that affect resilience. Step 4 is a stakeholder evaluation of the process and outcomes in terms of policy and management implications. This approach to resilience analysis is illustrated using two stylized examples. CR ABEL N, 2002, GLOBAL RANGELANDS PR ALLEN TFH, 1992, UNIFIED ECOLOGY ANDERIES JM, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P23 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BINNING C, 2001, NATURAL ASSETS INVEN BOUSQUET F, IN PRESS COMPLEXITY CARPENTER SR, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 CARPENTER SR, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P495 CARPENTER SR, 2001, BIOSCIENCE, V51, P451 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOLOGY ACHIEVEMENT, P357 CARPENTER SR, 2002, IN PRESS ECOLOGY CHECKLAND P, 1909, SOFT SYSTEMS METHODO CHECKLAND PB, 1981, SYSTEMS THINKING SYS COCKS D, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P41 COCKS D, 1999, FUTURE MAKERS FUTURE CRAIG WJ, 2002, COMMUNITY PARTICIPAT CUMMING DHM, 1993, P 7 WORLD C AN PROD, V1, P145 FOLKE C, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P414 GRIMM V, 1992, ECOL MODEL, V63, P143 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HANNA SS, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1987, EUR J OPER RES, V30, P139 HOLLING CS, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P447 HOLLING CS, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P3 HOLLING CS, 1996, ENG ECOLOGICAL CONST, P31 HOLLING CS, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P390 JANSSEN MA, 2000, ECOL MODEL, V131, P249 KAY JJ, 1999, FUTURES, V31, P721 KINZIG AP, 2000, NATURE SOC IMPERATIV KRUGMAN P, 2000, RETURN DEPRESSION EC LEVIN SA, 1999, FRAGILE DOMINION LOWENSTEIN R, 2000, GENIUS FAILED RISE F MAGEE SP, 1989, BLACK HOLE TARIFFS E OSTROM E, 1999, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V2, P493 PERRINGS C, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC, P190 PETERSON GD, 2000, ECOL ECON, V35, P323 PRETTY JN, 1995, TRAINERS GUIDE PARTI PRITCHARD L, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P36 ROOTBERNSTEIN R, 1999, SPARKS GENIUS SCHEFFER M, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P451 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SENGE P, 1990, 5 DISCIPLINE ART PRA SLOCUM R, 1995, POWER PROCESS PARTIC TOTH FL, 1988, SIMULATION GAMES, V19, P235 VANDEKERKHOF M, 2001, IR01014 IIASA VANDENHOVE S, 2000, ECOL ECON, V33, P457 VANDERHEIJDEN K, 1996, SCENARIOS ART STRATE WACK P, 1985, HARVARD BUS REV, V63, P139 WACK P, 1985, HARVARD BUS REV, V63, P72 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT NR 56 TC 15 J9 CONSERV ECOL BP 1 PY 2002 PD JUN VL 6 IS 1 GA 591QW UT ISI:000177892600018 ER PT J AU Vatn, A TI The environment as a commodity SO ENVIRONMENTAL VALUES LA English DT Article C1 Agr Univ Norway, Dept Econ & Social Sci, N-1432 As Nlh, Norway. RP Vatn, A, Agr Univ Norway, Dept Econ & Social Sci, Postbox 5033, N-1432 As Nlh, Norway. AB This paper addresses problems related to transferring market concepts to nonmarket domains. More specifically it is about fallacies following from the use of the commodity concept in environmental valuation studies. First of all, the standard practice tends to misconstrue the ethical aspects related to environmental choices by forcing them into becoming ordinary trade-off problems. Second, the commodity perspective ignores important technical interdependencies within the environment and the relational character of environmental goods. These are all properties that have made many such goods escape the commoditisation pressure of markets in the first place. Further, it is shown that these interdependencies are the source of some of the ethical dilemmas observed. Finally, inherent characteristics of the environment tend to make the concept of the margin, so indispensable to economic calculus, either difficult or irrelevant to define. The commodity 'fiction' twists the perception of the environment from systems preservation to items use or transformation. This is a problem of increased importance as we approach potential systems perturbations. CR ARROW K, 1993, UNPUB REPORT NOAA PA AYRES RU, 1993, ECOL ECON, V8, P189 BOYCE RR, 1992, AM ECON REV, V82, P1366 BROMLEY DW, 1989, EC INTERESTS I CONCE BROMLEY DW, 1989, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V17, P181 BROMLEY DW, 1991, ENV EC PROPERTY RIGH BURGESS J, 1995, VALUING NATURE WHAT CARSON RT, 1997, DETERMINING VALUE NO, P127 DIAMOND PA, 1993, CONTINGENT VALUATION, P41 DIAMOND PA, 1994, J ECON PERSPECT, V8, P45 ELSTER J, 1986, FDN SOCIAL CHOICE TH ETZIONI A, 1988, MORAL DIMENSION NEW GRAVES J, 1996, GLOVAL ENV CHANGE GREGORY RS, 1986, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V13, P325 HANEMANN WM, 1994, J ECON PERSPECT, V8, P19 HELM D, 1991, EC POLICY ENV HOLLAND A, 1995, ENV VALUATION NEW PE, P21 HOLLAND A, 1996, COSTING ENV DAMAGE HOLLAND A, 1997, VALUING NATURE EC ET, P119 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HONORE AM, 1961, OXFORD ESSAYS JURISP JACOBS M, 1997, VALUING NATURE EC ET, P211 KAHNEMAN D, 1992, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V22, P57 LIEBRAND WBG, 1996, FRONTIERS SOCIAL DIL NORGAARD RB, 1984, LAND ECON, V60, P160 NORTH D, 1981, STRUCTURE CHANGE EC ONEILL J, 1993, ECOLOGY POLICY POLIT ONEILL J, 1998, MARKET ETHICS KNOWLE OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV PERRINGS C, 1987, EC ECOLOGICAL RESOUR POLANYI K, 1957, GREAT TRANSFORMATION PORTNEY PR, 1994, J ECON PERSPECT, V8, P3 SAGOFF M, 1988, EC EARTH SCHULZE W, 1994, EPA DOE WORKSH HERND SLOVIC P, 1983, AM ECON REV, V73, P596 SPASH CL, 1997, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V50, P403 SPASH CL, 1998, ECOLOGICAL SUSTAINAB, V13, P46 SPASH CL, 2000, IN PRESS ECOLOGICAL TVERSKY A, 1986, RATIONAL CHOICE CONT, P67 TVERSKY A, 1990, AM ECON REV, V80, P204 VATN A, 1994, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V26, P129 WILLIG RD, 1976, AM ECON REV, V66, P589 NR 42 TC 7 J9 ENVIRON VALUE BP 493 EP 509 PY 2000 PD NOV VL 9 IS 4 GA 381LY UT ISI:000165765400008 ER PT J AU ROSENHEAD, J TI PLANNING UNDER UNCERTAINTY .1. INFLEXIBILITY OF METHODOLOGIES SO JOURNAL OF THE OPERATIONAL RESEARCH SOCIETY LA English DT Article RP ROSENHEAD, J, UNIV LONDON LONDON SCH ECON & POLIT SCI,LONDON WC2A 2AE,ENGLAND. CR *CTR ENV STUD, 1970, LOGIMP EXP *CTR ENV STUD, 1971, P CES RTPI C STRUC *GREAT LOND COUNC, 1971, P GREAT LOND DEV PLA *I EC AFF, 1974, LESS MAPL *UK MIN HOUS LOC, 1970, DEV PLANS MAN FORM C ALEXANDER C, 1964, NOTES SYNTHESIS FORM BOULDING KE, 1974, TECH R, V77, P8 BRAYBROOKE D, 1963, STRATEGY DECISION BUNKER R, 1974, BUILT ENV, V3, P316 CAMHIS MM, 1979, PLANNING THEORY PHIL CAPLIN DA, 1975, OMEGA, V3, P423 CROZIER M, 1964, BUREAUCRATIC PHENOME CUSHEN E, 1972, SYSTEMS APPROACH CIT, P132 DROR Y, 1964, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V24, P153 DROR Y, 1973, READER PLANNING THEO, P323 EDDISON PA, 1972, CITY, P409 EMERY FE, 1965, HUM RELAT, V18, P21 ETZIONI A, 1968, ACTIVE SOC THEORY SO ETZIONI A, 1973, READER PLANNING THEO, P217 FAIRHALL D, 1971, GUARDIAN 0728 FALUDI A, 1973, READER PLANNING THEO FLAGLE C, 1972, SYSTEMS APPROACH CIT, P418 FRIEND JK, 1969, LOCAL GOVERNMENT STR FRIEND JK, 1975, 1975 S INT DEC MAK P GALBRAITH JK, 1967, NEW IND STATE GRUMM HR, 1976, DEFINITIONS RESILIEN GUPTA SK, 1968, MANAGE SCI, V15, P18 HIRSCHMAN AO, 1969, SYSTEMS THINKING HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 LEE AM, 1976, OPL RES Q, V27, P147 LEVIN PH, 1967, J TOWN PLANN I, V53, P437 LEVIN PH, 1973, PARTICIPATION LOCAL, P16 LEVIN PH, 1976, GOVERNMENT PLANNING LINDBLOM CE, 1973, READER PLANNING THEO, P151 MANNHEIM K, 1966, IDEOLOGY UTOPIA INTR MARSCHAK T, 1962, METROECONOMICA, V14, P42 MEIER RL, 1972, SYSTEMS APPROACH CIT, P176 METCALFE JL, 1974, HUM RELAT, V27, P639 ROSENHEAD J, 1972, OPERAT R Q, V23, P413 ROSENHEAD J, 1978, EUROPEAN J OPERATION, V2, P75 ROSENHEAD JV, UNPUBLISHED ROSENHEAD JV, 1972, LISTENER 0831 ROSENHEAD JV, 1978, J OPL RES, V29, P105 TOCHER KD, 1976, OPERATIONAL RES Q, V27, P231 TRIST EL, 1976, EXPT ORG LIFE, P223 WEEKS J, 1964, T BARTLETT SOC, V2, P85 WEEKS J, 1970, HLTH SERV RES, V5, P263 WEEKS J, 1973, ARCH DES, V43, P436 WILSON AG, 1968, URBAN STUDIES, V5, P249 NR 49 TC 22 J9 J OPER RES SOC BP 209 EP 216 PY 1980 VL 31 IS 3 GA JJ348 UT ISI:A1980JJ34800002 ER PT J AU KESSLER, JJ TI USEFULNESS OF THE HUMAN CARRYING-CAPACITY CONCEPT IN ASSESSING ECOLOGICAL SUSTAINABILITY OF LAND-USE IN SEMIARID REGIONS SO AGRICULTURE ECOSYSTEMS & ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Article RP KESSLER, JJ, WAGENINGEN UNIV AGR,DEPT FORESTRY,POB 342,6700 AH WAGENINGEN,NETHERLANDS. AB The carrying capacity concept was developed from animal ecology, and applied to rangeland management in order to assess sustainable livestock stocking rates. In it, long-term ecological sustainability was not a well developed criterion. Early applications of carrying capacity concepts to agricultural land-use have been much criticised, but recent developments provide useful insights. The proposed definition of human carrying capacity is 'the maximum level of exploitation of a renewable resource, imposing limits on a specific type of land-use, that can be sustained without causing irreversible land degradation within a given area'. Hence, it is a property of the ecosystem only. The definition is primarily aimed at maintaining ecosystem productivity and resilience, i.e. avoiding irreversible land degradation. The human carrying capacity is based on the sustainable supply of natural resources and on resilience thresholds of the ecosystem. The level of maximum sustained exploitation of natural resources can also be expressed as maximum sustainable agricultural production levels, or sustainable population densities based on such production levels. Such applications require careful definitions of the assumptions and conditions involved. Absolute assessments of human carrying capacity have limited value only, particularly in semi-arid regions. However, comparing human carrying capacity levels with current exploitation rates of natural resources provides a useful framework to consider the ecological aspects of sustainable land-use. CR 1973, MAB REP SER UNESCO, V8 1985, DESERTIFICATION SAHE 1987, GUIDELINES LAND EVAL ADAMS WM, 1990, GREN DEV ENV SUSTAIN BEHNKE RH, 1991, NOV TECHN M SAV DEV BERNARD FE, 1981, J DEV AREAS, V15, P381 BLAIKIE PM, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC BREMAN H, 1991, MANUEL PATUER AGES P BREMAN H, 1992, POVERTY DEV, V4, P19 BRUSH SB, 1975, AM ANTHROPOL, V77, P799 BUDELMAN A, 1992, AGROFOREST SYST, V19, P187 CHANDY KT, 1991, REPORT ICCO DGIS PRO CHECKLAND PB, 1989, HUMAN SYSTEMS MANAGE, V8, P273 CONWAY GR, 1987, AGR SYST, V24, P95 DEMPSTER JP, 1981, OECOLOGIA, V50, P412 FEARNSIDE PM, 1985, HUM ECOL, V13, P331 FRESCO LO, 1992, LAND USE POLICY, V14, P155 FRIEDEL MH, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P422 GEERLING C, 1986, NETH J AGR SCI, V34, P339 GEERLING C, 1988, FINAL REPORT RES PRO GILLER KE, 1991, NITROGEN FIXATION TR HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 KESSLER JJ, 1983, INTERVENTION PAYS SA LAL R, 1989, FOOD NATURAL RESOURC, P86 LAYCOCK WA, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P427 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 MOONEN E, 1991, SHARING LAND ABUNDAN NIAMIR M, 1990, FAO4 COMM FOR NOT NYERGES AE, 1989, HUM ECOL, V17, P379 PIERI C, 1989, FERTILITE TERRES SAV POLLARD E, 1981, OECOLOGIA, V49, P377 RAO MR, 1980, EXP AGR, V16, P105 REARDON T, 1988, WORLD DEV, V16, P1065 STODDART LA, 1975, RANGE MANAGEMENT STOORVOGEL JJ, 1990, SCDLO28 WIN STAR CTR TOULMIN C, 1991, IDS BULL-I DEV STUD, V22, P22 TUCKER CJ, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P299 VANDERPOL F, 1990, DEC ACT RENC INT MON, P403 VANDUIVENBOODEN N, 1991, COMPETING LIMITED 2 VANKEULEN H, 1990, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V32, P177 VIERICH HID, 1990, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V31, P115 WALKER TS, 1991, CLIMATIC RISK CROP P, P511 WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 WINIGER M, 1983, MT RES DEV, V3, P103 NR 44 TC 8 J9 AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON BP 273 EP 284 PY 1994 PD APR VL 48 IS 3 GA NJ784 UT ISI:A1994NJ78400007 ER PT J AU Holmes, KJ Wolman, MG TI Early development of systems analysis in natural resources management from Man and Nature to the Miami Conservancy District SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Natl Res Council, Board Environm Studies & Toxicol, Washington, DC 20007 USA. Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Geog & Environm Engn, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA. RP Holmes, KJ, Natl Res Council, Board Environm Studies & Toxicol, 2001 Wisconsin Ave NW, Washington, DC 20007 USA. AB Contemporary approaches to natural resources and environmental decision-making typically draw on a "systems" perspective to assess and improve management strategies. This paper describes the early genesis of the systems analysis approach. It concentrates on a period between the mid-19th to early 20th centuries. During the early part of this period, George Marsh's Man and Nature and related works laid out an approach to problem-solving that recognized the relationship among physically disperse elements in the environment, the need to balance benefits against costs, the potential for using quantitative modeling to understand management options, and the importance of integrating human and natural components into solutions. In the early 20th century, the Miami Conservancy District project brought this approach to fruition with its use of complex simulation and optimization modeling, detailed cost-benefit analysis, and its linking of economics, engineering, science, and law into a far-reaching solution to a complex water resources problem. The objective of this paper is to describe the early development and application of this conceptual approach to problem-solving. An examination of the origins of natural resources systems analysis can broaden one's perspective of the contemporary field to understand its roots as a philosophy for environmental problem-solving. CR 1905, 58 C 3 SESS 1909, P C GOV WHIT HOUS 60 1938, OHIO APPELLATE REPOR, V57, P132 1964, GEOGRAPHY MODIFIED H, V14, P262 *BRIT OP SOC, 1982, OP RES Q *DEP INT, 1994, FED REGISTER, V59, P14314 *ENG STAFF, 1917, STORM RAINF E US *ENG STAFF, 1922, ENG NEW RECORD, V89, P831 *NAT RES COUNC, 1983, RISK ASS FED GOV MAN *NAT RES COUNC, 1994, SCI JUDG RISK ASS *NAT RES COUNC, 1999, NEW DIR WAT RES PLAN *NCC, 1909, NAT CONS COMM 60 C 2 *USGS, 1890, 10 US GEOL SURV *USGS, 1891, 12 US GEOL SURV *USGS, 1992, WAT RES DAT OH *WAT RES COUNC, 1983, EC ENV PRINC GUID WA BECK MB, 1997, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V36, P1 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BOCK CA, 1918, HIST MIAMI FLOOD CON BURGES SJ, 1979, ACSE J WATER RES PLA, V105, P91 CAINE S, 1974, PROGRESSIVE ERA CLEMEN RT, 1996, MAKING HARD DECISION DOWLATABADI H, 1995, ENERG POLICY, V23, P289 DRURY H, 1915, SCI MANAGEMENT HIST FIERING MB, 1983, REAL BENEFITS SYNTHE FLAGLE CD, 1960, OPERATIONS RES SYSTE GANTT HL, 1903, GRAPHICAL DAILY BALA GILBRETH FB, 1911, MOTION STUDY GOLUB AL, 1997, DECISION ANAL INTEGR GRANT WE, 1998, ECOL MODEL, V108, P67 HALL WA, 1970, WATER RESOURCES SYST HAYS SP, 1959, CONSERVATION GOSPEL HERRING WE, 1908, 60 C 1 SESS HILLIER FS, 1986, INTRO OPERATIONS RES HOLMES KJ, 1999, ENVIRON MODEL ASSESS, V4, P45 HOOS IR, 1972, SYSTEMS ANAL PUBLIC HOUK IE, 1918, CALCULATION PUBLIC P HOUK IE, 1921, RAINFALL RUNOFF MIAM HUFSCHMIDT M, 1965, WATER RESOURCES EC D KEYS P, 1991, OPERATIONS RES SYSTE LEIGHTON MO, 1908, 60 C 1 SESS LEWIS WJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P12243 LILIENFELD R, 1978, RISE SYSTEMS THEORY LISTER NM, 1998, ENVIRON MONIT ASSESS, V49, P123 MARSH GP, 1847, ADDRESS DELIVERED BE MARSH GP, 1857, REPORT ARTIFICIAL PR MARSH GP, 1864, MAN NATURE PHYSICAL MARSH GP, 1874, EARTH MODIFIED HUMAN MATALAS NC, 1993, EOS, V74, P43 MORGAN AE, 1951, MIAMI CONSERVANCY DI MORGAN AE, 1971, DAMS OTHER DISASTERS OSSENBRUGGEN PJ, 1984, SYSTEM ANAL CIVIL EN PINCHOT G, 1910, FIGHT CONSERVATION POWELL JW, 1890, CENTURY, V40, P111 POWELL JW, 1978, REPORT ARID LANDS US PYKH YA, 1998, ENV INDICES SYSTEMS QUADE ES, 1982, ANAL PUBLIC DECISION RAIFFA H, 1968, INTRO LECT CHOICES U RIVLIN AM, 1971, SYSTEMATIC THINKING ROOSEVELT T, 1925, AM PROBLEMS TAYLOR FW, 1911, PRINCIPLES SCI MANAG VANHISE CR, 1910, CONSERVATION MANUAL WEYANT J, 1995, CLIMATE CHANGE 1995 WHITE G, 1999, WATER SCI TECHNOLOGY WHOLEY JS, 1994, HDB PRACTICAL PROGRA WOLMAN A, 1974, J AM WATER WORKS ASS, V66, P139 WOODWARD SM, 1920, HYDRAULICS MIAMI FLO ZHU XA, 1998, ENVIRON MANAGE, V22, P35 NR 68 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 177 EP 193 PY 2001 PD FEB VL 27 IS 2 GA 387CP UT ISI:000166102800002 ER PT J AU Pyke, CR Andelman, SJ TI Land use and land cover tools for climate adaptation SO CLIMATIC CHANGE LA English DT Article C1 Natl Ctr Ecol Anal & Synth, Santa Barbara, CA 93101 USA. RP Pyke, CR, Natl Ctr Ecol Anal & Synth, 735 State St,Suite 300, Santa Barbara, CA 93101 USA. AB Land use and land cover interact with atmospheric conditions to determine current climate conditions, as well, as the impact of climate change and environmental variability on ecological systems. Such interactions are ubiquitous, yet changes in LULC are generally made without regard to their biophysical implications. This review considers the potential for LULC to compound, confound, or even contradict changes expected from climate change alone. These properties give LULC the potential to be used as powerful tools capable of modifying local climate and contributing significantly to the net impact of climate change. Management practices based modifications of LULC patterns and processes could be applied strategically to increase the resilience of vulnerable ecological systems and facilitate climate adaptation. These interventions build on the traditional competencies of land management and land protection organizations and suggest that these institutions have a central role in determining the ecological impact of climate change and the development of strategies for adaptation. The practical limits to the use of LULC-based tools also suggest important inflection points between manageable and dangerous levels of climate change. CR *AGU, 2003, HUM IMP CLIM ABRELL R, 2002, VERHANDLUNGEN INT VE, V28, P1 ADEGOKE JO, 2003, MON WEATHER REV, V131, P556 ALLAN JD, 2004, ANNU REV ECOL EVOL S, V35, P257 ARAUJO MB, 2003, ECOGRAPHY, V26, P380 ARAUJO MB, 2004, GLOBAL CHANGE BIOL, V10, P1618 ASNER GP, 2004, ANNU REV ENV RESOUR, V29, P261 BAKER JP, 2004, ECOL APPL, V14, P313 BALLING RC, 2003, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V30 BARLAGE MJ, 2002, J GREAT LAKES RES, V28, P568 BARTHOLOW J, 2001, ENVIRON MANAGE, V27, P609 BERINGER J, 2003, INT J WILDLAND FIRE, V12, P333 BETTS RA, 2004, J PHYS IV, V121, P37 BEY A, 2003, ECOL MODEL, V169, P327 BOUCHER O, 2004, CLIM DYNAM, V22, P597 BOUNOUA L, 2004, METEOROL ATMOS PHYS, V86, P73 BROVKIN V, 1999, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V8, P509 CARPENTER SR, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P119 CHANGNON D, 2003, CLIMATE RES, V24, P243 CHANGNON SA, 2003, J APPL METEOROL, V42, P863 CHEN JQ, 1992, ECOL APPL, V2, P387 CHEN JQ, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P854 DEANGELIS DL, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P64 DIRNBOCK T, 2003, J BIOGEOGR, V30, P401 EASTMAN JL, 2001, J HYDROMETEOROL, V2, P243 ENGLEHART PJ, 2003, INT J CLIMATOL, V23, P1253 FAHRIG L, 2003, ANNU REV ECOL EVOL S, V34, P487 FREILICH JE, 2003, BIOSCIENCE, V53, P759 FULLER DO, 2002, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V54, P181 GERLANC NM, 2003, AM MIDL NAT, V150, P158 GOOSEFF MN, 2005, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V68, P331 GOVE NE, 2001, J AM WATER RESOUR AS, V37, P1721 GRIMMOND CSB, 1999, J APPL METEOROL, V38, P922 GROVES C, 2003, DRAFTING CONSERVATIO HANNAH L, 2002, CONSERV BIOL, V16, P264 HANSELL RIC, 1998, ENVIRON MONIT ASSESS, V49, P303 HARRISON SSC, 2002, FRESHWATER BIOL, V47, P2233 HARTANTO H, 2003, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V180, P361 HAWKINS CP, 1983, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V40, P1173 HAYES GF, 2003, CONSERV BIOL, V17, P1694 HOUGHTON JT, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001 JONES DT, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P380 KABAT P, 2004, VEGETATION WATER HUM KALNAY E, 2003, NATURE, V423, P528 KRAUSE CW, 2004, J AM WATER RESOUR AS, V40, P1645 LAURANCE WF, 2001, CONSERV BIOL, V15, P1529 LAURANCE WF, 2002, CONSERV BIOL, V16, P605 LAURANCE WF, 2003, J TROP ECOL, V18, P343 LETTENMAIER DP, 1999, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V43, P537 LI SG, 2000, AGR FOREST METEOROL, V102, P125 LI SG, 2002, J ARID ENVIRON, V52, P101 LYONS J, 2000, J AM WATER RESOUR AS, V36, P919 MALMQVIST B, 2002, ENVIRON CONSERV, V29, P134 MAPFUMO E, 2000, J RANGE MANAGE, V53, P466 MARLAND G, 2003, CLIM POLICY, V3, P149 MARSHALL CH, 2003, NATURE, V426, P29 MARSHALL CH, 2004, MON WEATHER REV, V132, P28 MASTRANDREA MD, 2004, SCIENCE, V304, P571 MATTHEWS HD, 2003, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V30 MCCULLOUGH DA, 1999, REV SYNTHESIS EFFECT MCLAUGHLIN JF, 2002, OECOLOGIA, V132, P538 MEIR E, 2004, ECOL LETT, V11, P615 MEYER JL, 1999, J AM WATER RESOUR AS, V35, P1373 MOORE N, 2002, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V29 MOTE PW, 2003, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V61, P45 MYHRE G, 2003, J CLIMATE, V16, P1511 NAIR US, 2003, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V108 NOSS RF, 2001, CONSERV BIOL, V15, P578 NOSS RF, 2002, CONSERV BIOL, V16, P895 OKE TR, 1987, BOUNDARY LAYER CLIMA PETERSON JT, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P1391 PIELKE RA, 2002, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V260, P1705 PIELKE RA, 2004, ISSUES SCI TECHN SUM, P1 POOLE GC, 2001, ENVIRON MANAGE, V27, P787 PRESSEY RL, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P124 PYKE CR, 2004, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, V2, P178 PYKE CR, 2005, BIOL CONSERV, V121, P429 PYKE CR, 2005, CONSERVATION BIOL QUINN JM, 1997, NEW ZEAL J MAR FRESH, V31, P579 ROY SB, 2002, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V107 ROZOFF CM, 2003, J APPL METEOROL, V42, P716 SCOTT JM, 2001, ECOL APPL, V11, P999 SHINE R, 2002, ECOLOGY, V83, P2808 SIMPSON JR, 1998, ATMOS ENVIRON, V32, P69 SPRONKENSMITH RA, 1998, INT J REMOTE SENS, V19, P2085 SPRONKENSMITH RA, 1999, BOUND-LAY METEOROL, V93, P287 STENSETH NC, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P1292 STOHLGREN TJ, 1998, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V4, P495 STONE DA, 2003, CLIM DYNAM, V20, P435 SUZUKI K, 2003, J HYDROMETEOROL, V4, P1181 SVENSSON MK, 2002, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V61, P37 THOMAS CD, 2004, NATURE, V427, P145 VOOGT JA, 2003, REMOTE SENS ENVIRON, V86, P370 WAN S, 2002, GLOBAL CHANGE BIOL, V8, P754 WEBB BW, 1998, REGUL RIVER, V13, P463 WHITE MA, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P260 WIMBERLY MC, 2000, CONSERV BIOL, V14, P167 ZAVALETA ES, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P7650 NR 98 TC 0 J9 CLIMATIC CHANGE BP 239 EP 251 PY 2007 PD FEB VL 80 IS 3-4 GA 130MI UT ISI:000243803300004 ER PT J AU Naess, LO Bang, G Eriksen, S Vevatne, J TI Institutional adaptation to climate change: Flood responses at the municipal level in Norway SO GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE-HUMAN AND POLICY DIMENSIONS LA English DT Article C1 CICERO, NO-0318 Oslo, Norway. RP Naess, LO, CICERO, POB 1129 Blindern, NO-0318 Oslo, Norway. AB The article examines the role institutions play in climate adaptation in Norway. Using examples from two municipalities in the context of institutional responses to floods, we find, first, that the institutional framework for flood management in Norway gives weak incentives for proactive local flood management. Second, when strong local political and economic interests coincide with national level willingness to pay and provide support, measures are often carried out rapidly at the expense of weaker environmental interests. Third, we find that new perspectives on flood management are more apparent at the national than the municipal level, as new perspectives are filtered by local power structures. The findings have important implications for vulnerability and adaptation to climate change in terms of policy options and the local level as the optimal level for adaptation. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *DSB, 2003, HVA LAERT VI FLOMM 1 *GOV NORW, 1995, 37 GOV NORW *GOV NORW, 1996, 42 GOV NORW *HEINZ CTR, 2002, HUM LINKS COAST DIS *MIN ENV MIN LOC G, 1997, T597 MIN ENV MIN LOC *NIVA, 1996, FLOMM OSTL VAR 1995 *NOU, 1996, TILT MOT FLOM *NVE, 1999, RETN AR SIKR FLOM OM AALL C, 2003, 32003 W NORW RES I ADGER WN, 2000, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V90, P738 ADGER WN, 2000, PROG HUM GEOG, V24, P347 BACHRACH P, 1962, AM POLIT SCI REV, V56, P947 BAKKER K, 1999, 3 SIRCH U OXF ENV CH BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 2002, DRAMA COMMONS BJORNAES T, 2001, LOKALE MILJO BAEREKR BLAIKIE PM, 1994, RISK NATURAL HAZARDS, V1, P1 BRAENNE J, 1995, BEFARING RADGIVNING BROWN JD, 2002, T I BRIT GEOGR, V27, P412 BURTON I, 2002, CLIM POLICY, V2, P145 CASH DW, 2000, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V10, P109 CUTTER SL, 1993, LIVING RISK CUTTER SL, 2003, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V93, P1 DAHL RA, 1961, WHO GOVERNS DEMOCRAC EIKENAES O, 2000, FLOMMEN KOMMER EIKENAES O, 2000, LEVE MED FLAUM FLAA P, 1985, INNFORING ORGANISASJ GLANTZ M, 1989, FORECASTING ANALOGY HINDAR K, 1996, EFFEKTER FLOMMEN 199 LISO KR, 2003, BUILD RES INF, V31, P200 LIVERMAN DM, 2002, CLIMATE RES, V21, P199 LUKES S, 1974, POWER RADICAL VIEW LUNDQUIST D, 1996, FLOMMEN 1995 GLOMM L MILLER KA, 1997, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V35, P157 MORROW BH, 1999, DISASTERS, V24, P1 NAESS LO, IN PRESS I ADAPTATIO NYE JS, 1987, INT ORGAN, V41, P371 OBRIEN KL, 2004, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V64, P193 OLSSON P, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P85 OYGARDEN L, 1996, FLOMMEN 1995 SKADER QUARANTELLI EL, 1987, INT J MASS EMERGENCI, V5, P7 RATTSO J, 2003, FISCAL DECENTRALIZAT SKURDAL J, 2000, GLOMMA LAAGEN RIVER SMIT B, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, CH18 TOL RSJ, 2003, RISK ANAL, V23, P575 UNDERDAL A, 1998, EUR J INT RELAT, V4, P5 VAYDA AP, 1999, HUM ECOL, V27, P167 WILBANKS TJ, 1999, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V43, P601 WILBANKS TJ, 2002, INTEGRATED ASSESSMEN, V3, P100 YIN R, 1994, CASE STUDY RES DESIG YOHE GW, 2002, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V12, P25 YOUNG O, 1998, 9 IHDP NR 52 TC 6 J9 GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANGE BP 125 EP 138 PY 2005 PD JUL VL 15 IS 2 GA 931VR UT ISI:000229514100006 ER PT J AU Bevilacqua, S Terlizzi, A Fraschetti, S Russo, GF Boero, F TI Mitigating human disturbance: can protection influence trajectories of recovery in benthic assemblages? SO JOURNAL OF ANIMAL ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Lecce, Dipartimento Sci & Tecnol Biol & Ambientali, CoNISMa, I-73100 Lecce, Italy. Univ Napoli Parthenope, Dipartimento Sci Ambiente, I-80133 Naples, Italy. RP Terlizzi, A, Univ Lecce, Dipartimento Sci & Tecnol Biol & Ambientali, CoNISMa, I-73100 Lecce, Italy. AB 1. Understanding whether Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) can be considered as a suitable tool for restoring the structure and function of populations and assemblages is urgently needed to achieve an effective policy of mitigation of human impact in coastal management. However, to date, the role played by MPAs in enhancing ecosystems resilience has been more advocated than unambiguously documented. 2. This study was designed to test whether full protection in marine reserves facilitates recovery of benthos impacted by the date mussel Lithophaga lithophaga fishery, one of the most harmful human activities affecting subtidal rocky habitats in the Mediterranean Sea. 3. The effects of this destructive fishery were reproduced at one fully protected location (P) and at two unprotected control locations (Cs) in the SW Mediterranean Sea. At each location, three plots (4 m(2)) of rocky surface at 4-6 m depth were disturbed experimentally, while another three plots served as reference. In each plot, the species composition and relative cover of the sessile benthic assemblages were sampled photographically on each of five occasions during a period of 20 months. 4. Over and above variation in habitat features among locations, multivariate and univariate analyses revealed significant differences between P-vs.-Cs in patterns of assemblage recovery and showed that, at the fully protected location, recovery was faster than at the unprotected control locations. 5. Our results suggest that MPAs have the potential to change the trajectories of recovery of disturbed assemblages by accelerating the processes of recolonization and call for further investigation to identify the specific mechanisms underlying increased resilience. CR AIROLDI L, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P2759 AIROLDI L, 2000, ECOLOGY, V81, P798 AIROLDI L, 2000, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V195, P81 ALLISON G, 2004, ECOL MONOGR, V74, P117 ALLISON GW, 1998, ECOLOGICAL APPL, V8, P79 ANDERSON MJ, 2001, AUSTRAL ECOL, V26, P32 ANDERSON MJ, 2001, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V58, P626 ANDERSON MJ, 2003, AUST NZ J STAT, V45, P301 ANDERSON MJ, 2003, ECOLOGY, V84, P511 ANDERSON MJ, 2003, J STAT COMPUT SIM, V73, P85 ANDERSON MJ, 2003, PCO FORTRAN COMPUTER ANDERSON MJ, 2004, DISTLM V 2 FORTRAN C ANDERSON MJ, 2005, PERMANOVA FORTRAN CO ANDREW NL, 1993, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V99, P89 BELLWOOD DR, 2004, NATURE, V429, P827 BENEDETTICECCHI L, 1998, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V163, P203 BENEDETTICECCHI L, 2000, OECOLOGIA, V123, P265 BENEDETTICECCHI L, 2000, OECOLOGIA, V123, P406 BENEDETTICECCHI L, 2003, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V293, P193 BRAY JR, 1957, ECOL MONOGR, V27, P325 BREITBURG DL, 1985, OECOLOGIA, V65, P173 BROWN JH, 2000, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V9, P87 BRYANT D, 1996, COASTLINES RISK INDE BULLERI F, 1999, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V241, P81 BULLERI F, 2002, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V243, P101 BURBRIDGE P, 2003, COAST MANAGE, V31, P121 CASTILLA JC, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P280 CASTILLA JC, 2000, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V250, P3 CHEMELLO R, 2002, MAR BIOL, V140, P981 CLARKE KR, 2001, PRIMER V5 USER MANUA CONNELL JH, 1977, AM NAT, V111, P1119 CONNELL JH, 1985, ECOLOGY NATURAL DIST, P125 CONNELL SD, 2005, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V289, P53 DAYTON PK, 1995, AQUAT CONSERV, V5, P205 DAYTON PK, 2000, B MAR SCI, V66, P617 DETHIER MN, 1993, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V96, P93 EDWARDS A, 1998, MAR POLLUT BULL, V37, P371 EPSTEIN N, 2005, BIOL CONSERV, V121, P243 ESTES JA, 1989, CONSERV BIOL, V3, P252 FANELLI G, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V110, P1 FANELLI G, 1999, ECHINODERM RES 1998, P453 FRASCHETTI S, 2001, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V212, P1 FRASCHETTI S, 2003, OCEANOL ACTA, V25, P285 FRASCHETTI S, 2005, MAR ENVIRON RES, V59, P309 GALINOUMITSOUDI S, 1995, J MOLLUS STUD 4, V61, P435 GARCIACHARTON JA, 1999, FISH RES, V42, P1 GERBER LR, 2003, ECOL APPL S, V13, S47 GESSNER MO, 2004, OIKOS, V104, P419 GLASBY TM, 1997, AUST J ECOL, V22, P448 GRANTHAM BA, 2003, ECOL APPL S, V13, S108 GUIDETTI P, 2003, MAR BIOL, V143, P1135 GUIDETTI P, 2004, CONSERV BIOL, V18, P1417 GUIDETTI P, 2004, MAR POLLUT BULL, V48, P978 GUILLOU M, 2002, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V82, P867 HAGEN NT, 1983, SARSIA, V68, P177 HALPERN BS, 2003, ECOL APPL, V13, P117 HART MW, 1988, MAR BIOL, V99, P167 HIMMELMAN JH, 1986, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V33, P295 HIXON MA, 1996, ECOL MONOGR, V66, P67 HIXON MA, 2001, CONSERVATION BIOL RE, P100 HOLT RD, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P1610 HUGHES TP, 2005, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V20, P380 HUNT HL, 1997, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V155, P269 KITCHING JA, 1983, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V300, P513 KRUSKAL JB, 1978, MULTIDIMENSIONAL SCA LACHENBRUCH PA, 1968, TECHNOMETRICS, V10, P1 LOTZE HK, 2001, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V46, P749 LUBCHENCO J, 2003, ECOLOGICAL APPL, V13, S53 MCARDLE BH, 2001, ECOLOGY, V82, P290 MCCLANAHAN TR, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P136 MCCLANAHAN TR, 2000, BIOL CONSERV, V94, P191 MEESE RJ, 1992, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V165, P59 MICHELI F, 2004, B MAR SCI, V74, P653 MICHELI F, 2004, ECOL APPL, V14, P1709 MICHELI F, 2005, ECOL MONOGR, V75, P81 NYSTROM M, 2000, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V15, P413 PAINE RT, 1969, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V14, P710 PALACIN C, 1998, J SEA RES, V39, P281 PETERSON CH, 2001, MARINE COMMUNITY ECO, P469 PINNEGAR JK, 2000, ENVIRON CONSERV, V27, P179 PLANES S, 2000, ENVIRON CONSERV, V27, P126 ROBERTS CM, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P241 ROBERTS CM, 2003, ECOL APPL S, V13, S199 ROBERTS DE, 1994, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V177, P157 RUSSELL BD, 2005, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V289, P5 SALA E, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V140, P71 SHEARS NT, 2002, OECOLOGIA, V132, P131 STENECK RS, 1994, OIKOS, V69, P476 STENECK RS, 2001, MARINE COMMUNITY ECO, P445 TERLIZZI A, 2005, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V289, P27 TILMAN D, 1994, NATURE, V371, P65 TURNER SJ, 1999, FISHERIES MANAG ECOL, V6, P401 UNDERWOOD AJ, 1992, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V161, P145 UNDERWOOD AJ, 1994, ECOL APPL, V4, P3 VANCE RR, 1973, AM NAT, V107, P339 WATLING L, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P1180 WINER BJ, 1991, STAT PRINCIPLES EXPT WITMAN JD, 2001, MARINE COMMUNITY ECO, P339 WORM B, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P628 NR 99 TC 0 J9 J ANIM ECOL BP 908 EP 920 PY 2006 PD JUL VL 75 IS 4 GA 055YG UT ISI:000238486600008 ER PT J AU Ludwig, D Brock, WA Carpenter, SR TI Uncertainty in discount models and environmental accounting SO ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY LA English DT Article C1 Univ British Columbia, Vancouver, BC V5Z 1M9, Canada. Univ Wisconsin, Madison, WI USA. RP Ludwig, D, Univ British Columbia, Vancouver, BC V5Z 1M9, Canada. AB Cost-benefit analysis (CBA) is controversial for environmental issues, but is nevertheless employed by many governments and private organizations for making environmental decisions. Controversy centers on the practice of economic discounting in CBA for decisions that have substantial long-term consequences, as do most environmental decisions. Customarily, economic discounting has been calculated at a constant exponential rate, a practice that weights the present heavily in comparison with the future. Recent analyses of economic data show that the assumption of constant exponential discounting should be modified to take into account large uncertainties in long-term discount rates. A proper treatment of this uncertainty requires that we consider returns over a plausible range of assumptions about future discounting rates. When returns are averaged in this way, the schemes with the most severe discounting have a negligible effect on the average after a long period of time has elapsed. This re-examination of economic uncertainty provides support for policies that prevent or mitigate environmental damage. We examine these effects for three examples: a stylized renewable resource, management of a long-lived species (Atlantic Right Whales), and lake eutrophication. CR *MILL EC ASS, 2005, EC HUM WELL BEING GE *NAT RES COUNC, 2002, ABR CLIM CHANG IN SU *OXERA, 2002, SOC TIM PREF RAT US AINSWORTH CH, 2005, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V62, P1104 ARROW K, 2004, J ECON PERSPECT, V18, P147 BENNETT EM, 2001, BIOSCIENCE, V51, P227 BRADFORD DF, 1975, AM ECON REV, V65, P887 BROCK WA, 2003, BROOKINGS PAPERS EC, V1, P235 BROCK WA, 2005, MODEL UNCERTAINTY PO BROCK WA, 2005, IN PRESS THEORETICAL BROMLEY DW, 1990, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V19, P86 CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 CARPENTER SR, 2002, ECOLOGY, V83, P2069 CARPENTER SR, 2003, REGIME SHIFTS LAKE E, V15 CARPENTER SR, 2005, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V102, P10002 CHICHILNISKY G, 1996, SOC CHOICE WELFARE, V13, P219 CLARK C, 1990, MATH BIOECONOMICS OP DAILY GC, 2000, SCIENCE, V289, P395 DASGUPTA P, 2000, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V5, P69 FOLKE C, 2005, ANNU REV ECOL EVOL S, V35, P557 FREDERICK S, 2003, J ECON LIT, V40, P351 GOULDER LH, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC, P23 GROOM B, 2005, UNPUB J APPL ECONOME HANLEY N, 1993, COST BENEFIT ANAL EN HARBERGER AC, 1971, J ECON LIT, V9, P785 HEAL G, 1998, VALUING FUTURE HEAL G, 2002, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V22, P3 KASA K, 2002, MACROECON DYN, V6, P145 KLEINEN T, 2003, OCEAN DYNAM, V53, P53 KRAUS SD, 2005, SCIENCE, V309, P561 LEOPOLD A, 1933, J FOREST, V31, P634 LEOPOLD A, 1934, J FOREST, V32, P537 LUDWIG D, 2001, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V32, P481 LUDWIG D, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P758 LUDWIG D, 2003, ECOL APPL, V13, P1135 MCDONALD R, 1986, Q J ECON, V101, P707 NAKISENOVIS N, 2000, SPECIAL REPORT EMISS NEWELL RG, 2003, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V46, P52 NEWELL RG, 2004, ENERG POLICY, V32, P519 PEARCE D, 2003, WORLD ECON, V4, P121 PIZER WA, 1999, RESOUR ENERGY ECON, V21, P255 POSTEL S, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC, P195 SARGENT T, 1987, MACROECONOMIC THEORY SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 STROTZ RH, 1956, REV ECON STUD, V23, P165 SUMAILA UR, 2005, ECOL ECON, V52, P135 WALTERS CJ, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WEITZMAN ML, 1998, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V36, P201 WEITZMAN ML, 2001, AM ECON REV, V91, P260 WEITZMAN ML, 2004, DISCOUNTING DISTANT ZERBE RO, 1994, BENEFIT COST ANAL TH NR 52 TC 3 J9 ECOL SOC BP 13 PY 2005 PD DEC VL 10 IS 2 GA 001TV UT ISI:000234561400015 ER PT J AU AMOROS, C ROSTAN, JC PAUTOU, G BRAVARD, JP TI THE REVERSIBLE PROCESS CONCEPT APPLIED TO THE ENVIRONMENTAL-MANAGEMENT OF LARGE RIVER SYSTEMS SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 UNIV STM GRENOBLE,CNRS,UA 242,F-38402 ST MARTIN HERES,FRANCE. UNIV LYON 3,CNRS,UA 260,F-69269 LYON,FRANCE. RP AMOROS, C, UNIV LYON 1,CNRS,ECOL EAUX DOUCES LAB,UA 367,F-69622 VILLEURBANNE,FRANCE. CR AMOROS C, 1986, DOCUMENTS CARTOGRAPH, V29, P135 AMOROS C, 1986, DOCUMENTS CARTOGRAPH, V29, P147 AMOROS C, 1986, REGULATED RIVERS, V1, P17 BRAVARD JP, 1983, REV GEOGRAPHIE ALPIN, V71, P363 BRAVARD JP, 1986, DOCUMENTS CARTOGRAPH, V29, P17 BRAVARD JP, 1986, OIKOS, V47, P92 BRAVARD JP, 1986, RHONE LEMAN LYON MAN CASTELLA C, 1986, DOCUMENTS CARTOGRAPH, V29, P97 CASTELLA E, 1984, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V119, P219 CASTELLA E, 1986, DOCUMENTS CARTOGRAPH, V29, P109 DUNBAR MJ, 1960, AM NAT, V94, P129 FISHER SG, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P93 FRANKLIN JF, 1985, NATL GEOGR RES, V1, P198 FRISSELL CA, 1986, ENVIRON MANAGE, V10, P199 FRONTIER S, 1977, B ECOL, V8, P445 GLANSDORFF P, 1971, STRUCTURE STABILITE HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HYNES HBN, 1960, BIOL POLLUTED WATERS JACQUET C, 1984, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V102, P73 JACQUET C, 1986, THESIS U C BERNARD L MARGALEF R, 1968, PERSPECTIVES ECOLOGI ODUM EP, 1969, SCIENCE, V164, P262 PAUTOU G, 1979, DOC CARTOGR ECOL, V22, P5 PAUTOU G, 1985, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V104, P13 PAUTOU G, 1986, DOCUMENTS CARTOGRAPH, V29, P75 PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 PRIGOGINE I, 1982, PHYSIQUE TEMPS DEVEN REYGROBELLET JL, 1986, DOC CARTOGR ECOL, V29, P123 ROSTAN JC, 1987, IN PRESS HYDROBIOLOG SCHUMM JA, 1977, FLUVIAL SYSTEM SCHUMM JA, 1984, INCISED CHANNELS MOR SHARITZ RR, 1985, RIPARIAN ECOSYSTEMS, P449 SMITH DG, 1983, INT ASS SEDIMENTOLOG, V6, P155 STARKEL L, 1983, BACKGROUND PALAEOHYD, P213 TRICART J, 1985, FONDEMENT RATIONNELS, P98 VOLOHONSKY H, 1985, VERHANDLUNGEN INT VE, V22, P3365 WARREN CE, 1979, BEHAV SCI, V24, P296 WEBSTER JR, 1983, STREAM ECOLOGY, P355 NR 38 TC 45 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 607 EP 617 PY 1987 PD SEP VL 11 IS 5 GA K7979 UT ISI:A1987K797900004 ER PT J AU Pickup, G TI Estimating the effects of land degradation and rainfall variation on productivity in rangelands: An approach using remote sensing and models of grazing and herbage dynamics SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 CSIRO,DIV WILDLIFE & ECOL,ALICE SPRINGS,NT 0871,AUSTRALIA. AB 1. Land degradation in non-equilibrium rangelands may be defined in terms of loss of resilience and is linked with lower economic productivity through reduction in forage consumption by stock. 2. Loss of resilience may be represented by lower water use efficiency and increased tree and shrub cover, in a simple herbage production and consumption model. The model may be calibrated from remotely sensed data. 3. Model calibration for rangeland areas in central Australia yields parameter values for degraded and undegraded situations, allowing estimation of productivity. 4. Modelling of a 50-year rainfall sequence shows that herbage production and consumption by cattle change through time because of rainfall variability. They also change with paddock layout and access to water. 5. The effect of degradation on herbage consumption is relatively small compared with the effects of rainfall variability, but it increases the chance of running out of forage during drought. CR *UN, 1994, INT CONV COMB DES NE ASH AJ, IN PRESS AGR ECOSYST ASH AJ, 1995, RANGELAND J, V17, P86 AUSTIN MP, 1981, VEGETATIO, V47, P201 BASTIN GN, 1993, LAND DEGRADATION ASS BEALE IF, 1973, TROPICAL GRASSLANDS, V7, P135 BOSCH OJH, 1984, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V6, P17 CHIPPENDALE GM, 1964, P AUSTR SOC ANIMAL P, V5, P256 CHIPPENDALE GM, 1968, NO TERRITORY ADM PRI, V1 COATES DB, 1993, P 17 INT GRASSL C PA, P720 CRIDLAND S, 1993, AUSTR DEP AGR MISCEL, V4293 DANCKWERTS JE, 1989, J GRASSL SOC S AFR, V6, P65 DEANGELIS DL, 1987, ECOL MONOGR, V57, P1 ELLIS JE, 1988, J RANGE MANAGE, V41, P450 FORAN BD, 1982, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V6, P92 FORAN BD, 1986, VEGETATIO, V66, P49 FORAN BD, 1987, REMOTE SENS ENVIRON, V23, P333 FORAN BD, 1991, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V33, P17 FRIEDEL MH, 1990, P ECOL SOC AUST, V16, P185 FRIEDEL MH, 1993, J ARID ENVIRON, V24, P241 FRIEDEL MH, 1994, RANGELAND J, V16, P16 GRAETZ RD, 1986, AUST RANGELAND J, V8, P46 HODDER RM, 1978, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V1, P95 HODGKINSON KC, 1992, DESERTIFIED GRASSLAN, P77 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLM AM, 1994, GOOLATHANNA GRAZING LOW WA, 1979, AUSTR J EXPT AGR ANI, V19, P283 LOW WA, 1981, J APPL ECOL, V18, P1 MCIVOR JG, 1995, RANGELAND J, V17, P69 MCKEON GM, 1994, AUSTR RANG SOC 8 BIE, P128 MENTIS MT, 1989, S AFR J SCI, V85, P684 NOYMEIR I, 1973, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V4, P25 NOYMEIR I, 1986, RANGELANDS RESOURCE, P21 OREAGAIN PJ, 1990, J GRASSL SOC SO AFR, V7, P190 PERRY RA, 1962, CSIRO AUSTR LAND RES, V6 PICKUP G, 1988, INT J REMOTE SENS, V9, P1469 PICKUP G, 1989, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V11, P74 PICKUP G, 1993, REMOTE SENS ENVIRON, V43, P243 PICKUP G, 1994, ECOL APPL, V4, P497 PICKUP G, 1994, INT J REMOTE SENS, V15, P597 PICKUP G, 1994, J APPL ECOL, V31, P231 PICKUP G, 1995, J ARID ENVIRON, V30, P227 QUINN JA, 1970, J RANGE MANAGE, V23, P51 SCANLAN JC, 1990, AUST J ECOL, V15, P191 SHORT J, 1987, KANGAROOS THEIR ECOL, P84 SIEBERT BD, 1968, TROPICAL GRASSLANDS, V2, P31 SMITH MS, 1993, RANGE ECOLOGY DISEQU, P196 SPECHT RL, 1981, AUST J ECOL, V6, P193 SQUIRES VR, 1980, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V24, P94 SQUIRES VR, 1982, TROP GRASSLANDS, V16, P161 SQUIRES VR, 1983, AUST RANGELAND J, V5, P28 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WILSON AD, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P475 WILSON CR, 1991, BONE MINER, V13, P69 NR 54 TC 15 J9 J APPL ECOL BP 819 EP 832 PY 1996 PD AUG VL 33 IS 4 GA VQ850 UT ISI:A1996VQ85000016 ER PT J AU Butzer, KW TI Environmental history in the Mediterranean world: cross-disciplinary investigation of cause-and-effect for degradation and soil erosion SO JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL SCIENCE LA English DT Article C1 Univ Texas, Dept Geog & Environm, Austin, TX 78712 USA. RP Butzer, KW, Univ Texas, Dept Geog & Environm, Austin, TX 78712 USA. AB Environmental history is a multidisciplinary enterprise united by shared interests in ecological change and the complex interactions between people and the environment. Its practitioners include expertise in the natural sciences, ill history or archaeology, or in political ecology and related social sciences; but there is no agreement on a common agenda and limited success in bridging methodological and epistemological divisions that impede integrative and interdisciplinary research. World-systems history and environmental history also have overlapping interests in long-term change and matters of sustainability. The Mediterranean world sustained agricultural lifeways across some 8000 years, yet its environment has repeatedly been described as degraded, suggesting conceptual confusion between transformation and destruction. This paper is didactic in purpose and uses landscape histories for the Peloponnese and eastern Spain to show that the impact of recurrent, excessive precipitation events and of reduced quality of land cover are difficult to unravel, because they commonly appear to work in tandem. As a result (a) environmental change cannot be assumed or "predicted", but must be studied inductively by experts with science skills, and (b) cause-and-effect relationships demand an understanding of ecological behavior, for which humanistic insights are indispensable. Social science models highlight systemic relationships from socioeconomic and structural perspectives., but are less suited to deal with the complexity of environmental change or the contingencies exemplified by human resilience. Near Eastern.. Greek and Roman agronomic writings offer elite "voices" that speak to cumulative technological change, scientific understanding, and the context of intensification. Rural voices can be heard through ethnography, and in eastern Spain are extended into the past by archaeology and archival research. In the absence of structural constraints, they reveal collective decision-making with respect to a shifting repertoire of agricultural strategies that take into account market opportunities, demographic growth, finite resources and environmental problems. Such adaptability spells resilience, and "good farming" is culturally embedded as a civic responsibility, both in the ethnographic present and in the older, elite agronomic writings. But if the "moral economy" erodes in the wake of food stress, tax extortion, instability, insecurity, or ideological oppression, there is little incentive to pursue long-term strategies, so that behavior focuses on short-term survival. The context for this dialectic of poor versus good ecological management may be structural, but cause-and-effect in the traditional Mediterranean world ultimately depended on ecological and human resilience. Long-term sustainability is similarly non-predictive. It depends on people, rather than social theory. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR ABULUGHOD JL, 1989, EUROPEAN HEGEMONY WO ARIZA MDR, 1992, THESIS U GRANADA ASH HB, 1954, LUCIUS JUNIUS MODERA ATHERDEN M, 1993, HOLOCENE, V3, P351 BADAL E, 1994, VEG HIST ARCHAEOBOT, V3, P155 BELLES JFM, 1983, CUADERNOS GEOGRAFIA, V32, P243 BERKES F, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P121 BOTTEMA S, 1988, NEW HALOS HELLENISTI, P216 BOTTEMA S, 1990, FRANCHTHI PARALIA SE, P117 BUDEL J, 1981, CLIMATIC GEOMORPHOLO BUTZER KW, 1980, AM SCI, V68, P517 BUTZER KW, 1997, 3RD MILLENNIUM BC CL, P245 BUTZER KW, 1982, ARCHAEOLOGY HUMAN EC BUTZER KW, 1983, J ARCHAEOL SCI, V10, P333 BUTZER KW, 1985, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V75, P495 BUTZER KW, 1986, VIATOR MEDIEVAL RENA, V17, P339 BUTZER KW, 1988, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V78, P29 BUTZER KW, 1990, EARTH TRANSFORMED HU, P685 BUTZER KW, 1993, SCI W E CIVILIZATION, P539 BUTZER KW, 1994, ECUMENE, V1, P7 BUTZER KW, 1996, J FIELD ARCHAEOL, V23, P141 BUTZER KW, 1999, GEOARQUEOLOGIA QUATE, P97 BUTZER KW, 2003, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V93, P494 BUTZER KW, 2005, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V95, P80 CARMONA P, 1999, ENV RECONSTRUCTION M, P169 CHASEDUNN C, 1997, RISE DEMISE COMP WOR CHERRY JF, 1991, U CALIFORNIA MONUMEN, V16 CHEW SC, 2001, WORLD ECOLOGICAL DEG CLEMENTMULLET JJ, 1977, LIVRE AGR IBN AWWAM DENEMARK RA, 2000, WORLD SYSTEM HIST SO DEVRIES B, 2002, MAPPAE MUNDI HUMANS DUFAURE JJ, 1976, B ASS GEOGRAPHES FRA, V433, P85 FORBES H, 2000, LANDSCAPE LAND USE P, P95 FORBES H, 2001, J MEDITERRANEAN ARCH, P204 FRENCH CAI, 1999, GEOARCHAEOLOGY, V14, P151 GONZALEZ PC, 1985, SEMINARIO ARQUEOLOGI, V17, P859 GOPHNA R, 1988, BASOR, V269, P11 GROVE AT, 2001, NATURE MEDITERRANEAN GROVE RH, 1990, IMPERIALISM NATURAL, P15 HALSTEAD P, 1992, SKRIFTER UTGIVNA SVE, P105 HANSEN JM, 1991, PALAEOETHNOBOTANY FR HERREN MW, 2002, THINKING ENV OUR DEB, P3 HOOPER WD, 1935, MP CATO AGR MT VARRO HOPF M, 1962, JB ROMISCH GERMANISC, V9, P1 HUNTINGTON E, 1910, GEOGR J, V36, P657 HUNTINGTON E, 1911, PALESTINE ITS TRANSF JAHNS S, 1991, UNTERSUCHUNGEN HOLOZ JAHNS S, 1993, VEG HIST ARCHAEOBOT, V2, P187 JAMESON MH, 1994, GREEK COUNTRYSIDE SO KILIAN K, 1998, PROBLEMS GREEK PREHI, P115 KNAPP AB, 1992, ARCHAEOLOGY ANN ETHN KROLL H, 1982, ARCHAOL ANZ, P467 KROLL H, 1984, AA, P211 MARSH GP, 1965, MAN NATURE PHYS GEOG OLLIVIER MD, 1988, 84 DIP PROV VAL PAINE RT, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P535 POPE KO, 1984, J ARCHAEOL SCI, V11, P281 POTTER TW, 1979, CHANGING LANDSCAPE S PRITCHAD JB, 1969, ANCIENT NEAR E TEXTS RACKHAM H, 1950, PLINY NATURAL HIST, V5 ROBBINS P, 2004, POLITICAL ECOLOGY CR SALONEN A, 1968, ANN ACAD SCI FENNI B, V149 SANGMEISTER E, 1975, AUSGRABUNGEN DEUTS 3, P297 SCOTT JC, 1985, WEAPONS WEAK EVERYDA SUTTON SB, 2000, CONTINGENT COUNTRYSI VANANDEL TH, 1990, J FIELD ARCHAEOL, V17, P379 VONDENDRIESCH A, 1990, TIRYNS FORSCHUNGEN B, V11, P87 WARBURTON D, 2001, CIVILISATIONS PROCHE, V4 WHITE L, 1967, SCIENCE, V155, P1203 WHITEHEAD DR, 1981, NATL GEOGRAPHIC SOC, V13, P693 WHITELAW T, 2000, LANDSCAPE LAND USE P, P135 WHITMORE TM, 1990, EARTH TRANSFORMED HU, P25 WRIGHT JC, 1990, HESPERIA, V59, P579 ZANGGER E, 1990, OPUSCULA ATHENIENSIA, P221 ZANGGER E, 1993, GEOARCHAEOLOGY ARGOL ZANGGER E, 1994, AM J ARCHAEOL, V98, P189 ZANGGER E, 1997, HESPERIA, V66, P549 ZEDER MA, 1994, CHIEFDOMS EARLY STAT, P175 NR 78 TC 4 J9 J ARCHAEOL SCI BP 1773 EP 1800 PY 2005 PD DEC VL 32 IS 12 GA 979OI UT ISI:000232954300007 ER PT J AU Brock, WA Carpenter, SR TI Variance as a leading indicator of regime shift in ecosystem services SO ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Wisconsin, Madison, WI 53706 USA. RP Brock, WA, Univ Wisconsin, Madison, WI 53706 USA. AB Many environmental conflicts involve pollutants such as greenhouse gas emissions that are dispersed through space and cause losses of ecosystem services. As pollutant emissions rise in one place, a spatial cascade of declining ecosystem services can spread across a larger landscape because of the dispersion of the pollutant. This paper considers the problem of anticipating such spatial regime shifts by monitoring time series of the pollutant or associated ecosystem services. Using such data, it is possible to construct indicators that rise sharply in advance of regime shifts. Specifically, the maximum eigenvalue of the variance-covariance matrix of the multivariate time series of pollutants and ecosystem services rises prior to the regime shift. No specific knowledge of the mechanisms underlying the regime shift is needed to construct the indicator. Such leading indicators of regime shifts could provide useful signals to management agencies or to investors in ecosystem service markets. CR *MILL EC ASS, 2006, EC HUM WELL BEING OU BATES DS, 1991, J FINANC, V46, P1009 BERGLUND N, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P2057 BERGLUND N, 2002, STOCH DYNAM, V2, P327 BROCK WA, 2006, THEORETICAL FRAMEWOR BROCK WA, 2006, TRIPPING POINTS ABRU CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 CARPENTER SR, 2003, EXCELLENCE ECOLOGY S, V15 CARPENTER SR, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P8 CARPENTER SR, 2006, ECOL LETT, V9, P311 DEANGELIS DL, 2003, MODELS ECOSYSTEM SCI, P63 DUFFIE D, 1988, SECURITY MARKETS STO GROSSMAN S, 1989, INFORM ROLE PRICES HORSTHEMKE W, 1984, NOISE INDUCED TRANSI KLEINEN T, 2003, OCEAN DYNAM, V53, P53 LUDWIG D, 2005, ECOL SOC, V10, P13 NAKAJIMA H, 1989, B MATH BIOL, V51, P501 OBORNY B, 2005, OIKOS, V109, P291 ROSENZWEIG ML, 1963, AM NAT, V97, P209 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHEFFER M, 2003, ECOSYSTEMS, V6, P493 SCHEFFER M, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V12, P648 VANNES EH, 2003, ECOL MODEL, V159, P117 WALKER BH, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P3 NR 24 TC 2 J9 ECOL SOC BP 9 PY 2006 PD DEC VL 11 IS 2 GA 123FD UT ISI:000243280800011 ER PT J AU Folke, C Gunderson, LH TI A kaleidoscope of change SO CONSERVATION ECOLOGY LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. Emory Univ, Atlanta, GA 30322 USA. RP Folke, C, Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. CR *RES ALL, 2002, ICSU SERIES SUST DEV, V3 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 MALHOTRA Y, 1999, KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT, P18 NR 3 TC 2 J9 CONSERV ECOL BP 1 PY 2002 PD JUN VL 6 IS 1 GA 591QW UT ISI:000177892600001 ER PT J AU OFlaherty, RM TI The tragedy of property: Ecology and land tenure in southeastern Zimbabwe SO HUMAN ORGANIZATION LA English DT Article C1 Taiga Inst Land Culture & Econ, Kenosha, ON, Canada. Univ Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada. RP OFlaherty, RM, Taiga Inst Land Culture & Econ, Kenosha, ON, Canada. AB The approach to land management taken by Zimbabwean government agencies in the Communal Areas (the former African Reserves) depends on social and ecological divisions in the landscape that prevent effective ecosystem management-as opposed to the management of discrete natural resources contained within units of land holding and land use. The commons systems maintained by rural Zimbabweans are important to understand both because they have supported people in the face of highly discriminatory legislation, notably in the colonial period, but also because they provide for access to a wider range of resources than would be possible under a freehold system. The commons system holds the potential for more effective ecosystem management, at least in southeastern Zimbabwe. CR 2003, CENSUS RESULTS RELEA *FAO UN, 2002, FACT SHEET WOM AGR R *FAO UN, 2003, ZIMB POP SADC FSTAU ALEXANDER J, 1993, THESIS OXFORD U ALVORD E, 1929, NATIVE AFFAIRS DEP A, V7, P9 ANDERSON D, 1987, CONSERVATION AFRICA ANDERSSON JA, 1999, J S AFR STUD, V25, P553 BEACH D, 1977, ROOTS RURAL POVERTY, P37 BERKES F, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO, P1 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERRY S, 1989, AFRICA, V59, P41 BLACKBURN R, 1996, CULTURAL DIVERSITY 2, P188 BOHANNAN P, 1963, AFRICAN AGRARIAN SYS, P101 BRADLEY PN, 1993, LIVING TREES POLICIE, P63 BROMLEY DW, 1992, MAKING COMMON WORK T CAMPBELL B, 2001, WORLD DEV, V29, P589 CAMPBELL BM, 1989, SAVE STUDY RELATIONS CASEY J, 1986, FORESTRY RURAL DEV Z CLIFFE L, 1988, ZIMBABWES PROSPECTS, P309 COUSINS B, 1990, C LAND POL ZIMB LANC DRINKWATER M, 1989, J S AFR STUD, V15, P287 DRINKWATER M, 1991, STATE AGRARIAN CHANG ELLIOT J, 1989, THESIS LOUGHBOROUGH FEENY D, 1990, HUM ECOL, V18, P1 FORTMANN L, 1992, FRUITS THEIR LABOURS GAIDZWANA R, 1988, 13 RUP U ZIMB DEP UR GASPER D, 1993, DEV CHANGE, V24, P679 GLUCKMAN M, 1965, IDEAS BAROTSE JURISP GOLDMAN M, 1998, PRIVATIZING NATURE P GRAY R, 1960, 2 NATIONS GROVE RH, 1990, IMPERIALISM NATURAL, P15 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HARDIN G, 1991, COMMONS TRAGEDY, P162 HARDIN G, 1998, SCIENCE, V280, P682 HOFSTAD O, 1993, ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT I, P51 LAN D, 1985, GUNS RAIN GUERRILLAS LANCASTER CS, 1974, AM ETHNOL, V1, P707 LEACH M, 1999, WORLD DEV, V27, P225 MAFEJE A, 1988, FOOD SECURITY ISSUES, P92 MAKUKU SJ, 1993, EC MAN IND FOR SO FA, P86 MATOSE FM, 1990, FORESTRY RES ZIMBABW, P173 MATOWANYIKA JZZ, 1991, THESIS U WATERLOO CA MCCAY BJ, 1987, QUESTION COMMONS CUL, P1 MCGRANAHAN G, 1987, WORLD DEV, V19, P1275 MCGREGOR J, 1991, THESIS LOUGHBOROUGH MEARNS R, 1995, EMPOWERMENT SUSTAINA, P37 MOYO S, 1991, ZIMBABWES ENV DILEMM OCONNOR J, 2001, ENV SOC READER, P151 OFLAHERTY RM, 1999, AFRICA, V68, P537 PALMER R, 1977, LAND RACIAL DOMINATI PORUDHON PJ, 1994, WHAT IS PROPERTY RANGER T, 1993, AFRICAN AGRARIAN SYS, P354 RICHARDS A, 1939, LAND LABOUR DIET NO RODER R, 1965, SABI VALLEY IRRIGATI RUDEL TK, 1995, HUM ORGAN, V54, P187 SCHAPERA I, 1943, NATIVE LAND TENURE B SCOONES I, 1993, LIVING TREES POLICIE, P157 SCOONES I, 1996, HAZARDS OPPORTUNITIE SCUDDER T, 1962, ECOLOGY GWEMBE THONG SEN AK, 1981, POVERTY FAMINES ESSA, V1, P1 SHIPTON P, 1994, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V23, P347 WILSON K, 1986, DAMB RES PROJ WORKSH WILSON KB, 1989, J S AFR STUD, V15, P369 YUDELMAN M, 1964, AFRICANS LAND NR 64 TC 0 J9 HUM ORGAN BP 178 EP 190 PY 2003 PD SUM VL 62 IS 2 GA 689ZU UT ISI:000183523500010 ER PT J AU YARNAL, B TI AGRICULTURAL DECOLLECTIVIZATION AND VULNERABILITY TO ENVIRONMENTAL-CHANGE - A BULGARIAN CASE-STUDY SO GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE-HUMAN AND POLICY DIMENSIONS LA English DT Article RP YARNAL, B, PENN STATE UNIV,CTR EARTH SYST SCI,302 WALKER BLDG,UNIVERSITY PK,PA 16802. AB Is the transformation from Communism to a more market-based society making Bulgarians - and particularly farmers more vulnerable to environmental change? Intensive, open-ended interviews suggest that government policies, new privatization laws and the nation's economic crisis are decreasing farmers' flexibility and removing social safety nets. Yet generalizations are difficult because implementation of the decollectivization process is different at each cooperative farm, thus creating varying levels of vulnerability. Easing the crisis is the tradition of family-based, small-plot gardening, which appears to ensure sufficient food for most Bulgarians. CR 1989, GREEN BOOK 1991, BULGARIA CRISIS T MA, V2 1992, GLOBAL ENV CHANGE UN 1992, STATISTICAL REFERENC 1993, 168 HOURS BBN, V3, P5 BARTOS M, 1987, SCOPE, V32, P319 BEGG RB, 1993, 2ND S IMP POL EC RES BROOKS K, 1991, J ECON PERSPECT, V5, P149 BROWN JF, 1970, BULGARIA COMMUNIST R CARTER FW, 1993, ENV PROBLEMS E EUROP DEBARDELEBEN J, 1991, BREATH FREE E EUROPE DOWNING TE, 1991, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V1, P365 FRENCH HF, 1990, GREEN REVOLUTIONS EN GREEN F, 1989, RESTRUCTING UK EC HABERMAS J, 1975, LEGITIMATION CRISIS JACOBSON, 1991, FRAMEWORK RES HUMAN KOLKO J, 1988, RESTRUCTURING WORLD LIVERMAN DM, 1990, UNDERSTANDING GLOBAL, V1, P27 MCINTYRE RJ, 1988, BULGARI POLITICS EC MORREN G, 1983, INTERPRETATIONS CALA, P284 OCONNOR JF, 1973, FISCAL CRISIS STATE OCONNOR JF, 1984, ACCUMULATION CRISIS PEET R, 1987, INT CAPITALISM IND R PEET R, 1989, POLITICAL EC PERSPEC PICKLES J, IN PRESS PROFESSIONA SAYER A, 1985, POLITICS METHOD CONT, P147 SCHOENBERGER E, 1991, PROF GEOGR, V43, P180 SLAVOV N, 1993, DROUGHT NETWORK NEWS, V5, P12 SMITH K, 1992, ENV HAZARDS ASSESSIN STIGLIANI W, 1993, NEW SCI 1211, P38 TIMMERMAN P, 1981, ENV MONOGRAPH, V1, P1 TURNER BL, 1990, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V1, P14 YARNAL B, 1994, DISASTERS, V18, P95 YARNAL B, 1994, LAND USE POLICY, V11, P67 NR 34 TC 3 J9 GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANGE BP 229 EP 243 PY 1994 PD SEP VL 4 IS 3 GA PE720 UT ISI:A1994PE72000004 ER PT J AU NICKERSON, NH DOBBERTEEN, RA JARMAN, NM TI EFFECTS OF POWER-LINE CONSTRUCTION ON WETLAND VEGETATION IN MASSACHUSETTS, USA SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article RP NICKERSON, NH, TUFTS UNIV,DEPT BIOL,MEDFORD,MA 02155. CR DAVANZO C, 1986, MITIGATING FRESHWATE, P53 DREYER GD, 1986, ENVIRON MANAGE, V10, P113 FERNALD ML, 1950, GRAYS MANUAL BOTANY GOOD RE, 1978, FRESHWATER WETLANDS GRIGAL DF, 1985, ENVIRON MANAGE, V9, P449 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 KLEINBAUM DG, 1978, APPLIED REGRESSION A KREBS CJ, 1978, ECOLOGY EXPT ANAL DI KUSLER JA, 1983, OUR NATIONAL WETLAND MACLELLAN P, 1986, CAN J BOT, V64, P1311 MAGEE DW, 1981, FRESHWATER WETLANDS MAGNUSSON B, 1987, ARCTIC APLINE RES, V19, P470 MARGALEF R, 1957, GENERAL SYSTEMS B, V31, P36 NICKERSON NH, 1984, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V19, P221 NICKERSON NH, 1987, EFFECTS POWER LINE C QUIGLEY E, 1978, 4TH JOINT C SENS ENV, P151 SHANNON CE, 1949, MATH THEORY COMMUNIC THIBODEAU FR, 1984, RHODORA, V86, P389 THIBODEAU FR, 1985, BIOL CONSERV, V33, P269 THIBODEAU FR, 1986, ENVIRON MANAGE, V10, P809 THORHAUG A, 1980, RECOVERY PROCESS DAM, P113 TINER RW, 1984, WETLANDS US CURRENT TRESHOW M, 1985, ENVIRON MANAGE, V9, P471 NR 23 TC 3 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 477 EP 483 PY 1989 PD JUL-AUG VL 13 IS 4 GA AM871 UT ISI:A1989AM87100009 ER PT J AU Young, O TI Vertical interplay among scale-dependent environmental and resource regimes SO ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Bren Sch, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. RP Young, O, Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Bren Sch, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. AB Environmental and resource regimes, operating at different levels of social organization, vary in terms of factors such as the sources of actor behavior, the knowledge available to actors, the operation of compliance mechanisms, the use of policy instruments, and the nature of the broader social setting. Cross-level interactions among scale-dependent regimes can result in patterns of dominance, separation, merger, negotiated agreement, or system change. The mechanisms that determine which of these patterns will occur include authority/power differentials, limits of decentralization, dueling discourses, cognitive transitions, and blocking coalitions. Recurrent linkages or syndromes occur in this realm, e. g., limitations of authority and power regularly produce negotiated agreements in such forms as comanagement arrangements. The consequences of these interactions are often far-reaching as measured in terms of ecological sustainability, social welfare/efficiency, cultural values, and robustness. CR *NRC, 1996, BER SEA EC *NRC, 2003, DECL STELL AL WAT *SOC LEARN GROUP, 2001, LEARN MAN GLOB ENV R BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 1999, SACRED ECOLOGY TRADI BERKES F, 2002, DRAMA COMMONS, P293 BROMLEY DW, 1989, EC INTERETS I CONCE DOBBS D, 2000, GREAT GULF FISHERMAN FIENUPRIORDAN A, 1990, ESKIMO ESSAYS FRIEDHEIM RL, 2001, SUSTAINABLE WHALING GIBSON C, 2003, J ENV DEV, V12, P28 GIBSON CC, 2000, ECOL ECON, V32, P217 HAAS EB, 1990, KNOWLEDGE POWER 3 MO HAAS PM, 1995, GLOB GOV, V1, P255 HUNTINGTON H, 1992, WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT JOYNER C, 1998, GOVERNING FROZEN COM LARKIN PA, 1977, T AM FISH SOC, V106, P1 LUND TA, 1980, AM WILDLIFE LAW MARCH JG, 1998, INT ORGAN, V52, P943 NOZICK R, 1974, ANARCHY STATE UTOPIA OSHERENKO G, 1988, ENVIRONMENT, V20, P613 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV PETSCHELHELD G, 1999, ENVIRON MODEL ASSESS, V4, P299 RAWLS J, 1971, THEORY JUSTICE RIBOT J, 2002, DEMOCRATIC DECENTRAL SAFINA C, 1997, SONG BLUE OCEAN ENCO SCHELLNHUBER HJ, 1997, GAIA, V6, P19 USHER P, 1987, ALTERNATIVES, V14, P3 VITOUSEK PM, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P494 VONMOLTKE, 1998, ENV TRADE SERIES, V15 YOUNG OR, 1982, RESOURCE REGIMES NAT YOUNG OR, 1994, INT GOVERNANCE PROTE YOUNG OR, 2002, MILLENNIAL REFLECTIO, P176 YOUNG OR, 2005, SEA CHANGE EXCLUSIVE, P194 NR 34 TC 2 J9 ECOL SOC BP 27 PY 2006 PD JUN VL 11 IS 1 GA 064WR UT ISI:000239121300048 ER PT J AU Wilson, JA Acheson, J Kleban, P TI Chaos and parametric management - Reply SO MARINE POLICY LA English DT Article C1 UNIV MAINE,DEPT PHYS,ORONO,ME 04469. RP Wilson, JA, UNIV MAINE,DEPT RESOURCE ECON & POLICY,DEPT ANTHROPOL,ORONO,ME 04469. AB A number of people provided helpful comments and suggestions during the preparation of this reply. None of them, of course, bear responsibility for any mistakes or conclusions drawn here. They were: Michael Fogarty, Lloyd Dickie, David Feeney, Spencer Apollonio, Ted Ames, Robin Alden, Richard Langton, Peter Auster, Stephanie Watson, and Raymond O' Connor. We are grateful to the Sea Grant Program of the Universities of Maine and New Hampshire and the Resource and Property Rights Program of the Beijer Institute for the valuable resources. CR AMES T, 1996, EXTINCT COD HADDOCK CSIRKE J, 1980, RAPP P REUN CONS INT, V177, P307 DAAN N, 1980, RAPPORTS PROCESVERBA, V177, P405 FOGARTY MJ, 1995, MAR POLICY, V19, P437 GILPIN ME, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P19 GILPIN ME, 1987, VIABLE POPULATIONS C, P125 GOODE GB, 1987, SECTION 2 FISHING GR HARRISON S, 1991, BIOL J LINN SOC, V42, P73 HILBORN R, 1996, MAR POLICY, V20, P87 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1987, EUR J OPER RES, V30, P139 HUTCHINGS JA, 1995, N ATLANTIC FISHERIES, P37 ODUM EP, 1985, BIOSCIENCE, V35, P4 ONEIL RV, 1986, HIERARCHICAL CONCEPT REGIER HA, 1973, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V30, P1992 RICH WH, 1929, FISHING GROUNDS GULF ROSENBERG AA, 1993, SCIENCE, V262, P828 SCHACKELL NL, 1995, MARINE PROTECTED ARE, P21 WILSON JA, 1990, OCEAN SHORELINE MANA, V13, P179 WILSON JA, 1991, ECOL MODEL, V58, P303 WILSON JA, 1991, ICES MARINE SCI S, V193, P287 WILSON JA, 1994, MAR POLICY, V18, P291 WILSON JA, 1995, PROPERTY RIGHTS SOCI, P153 NR 23 TC 4 J9 MAR POLICY BP 429 EP 438 PY 1996 PD SEP VL 20 IS 5 GA VF310 UT ISI:A1996VF31000007 ER PT J AU Michaels, S TI Configuring who does what in watershed management: The Massachusetts Watershed Initiative SO POLICY STUDIES JOURNAL LA English DT Article C1 Univ Colorado, Nat Hazards Ctr, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. RP Michaels, S, Univ Colorado, Nat Hazards Ctr, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. AB The goal of the Massachusetts Watershed Initiative (MWI) is to use a watershed approach to restore and maintain the integrity of state waters. The MWI is presented as an effort to bring about the convergence of the agendas of government, the informed public, and the general public. In the planning phase of the MWI's pilot project in the Neponset River Watershed, government and the informed public successfully struggled to create a joint basin-wide action plan. Stronger outreach is needed to involve the broader public and to engage local municipalities and businesses more fully. CR *DEP FISH WILDL EN, 1995, MASSACHUSETTS RI FAL, P1 *DEP FISH WILDL EN, 1997, MASSACHUSETTS RI SPR, P12 *DEP FISH WILDL EN, 1997, MASSACHUSETTS RI SPR, P8 *DEP FISH WILDL EN, 1997, MASSACHUSTTS RIV SPR, P2 *EPA OFF WAT OFF W, 1996, EPA840S96001 *EPA OFF WAT OFF W, 1997, EPA840F96004 *EPA OFF WAT OFF W, 1997, EPA840F97001 *EX OFF ENV AFF, 1993, SUMM P CONS POINTS D *EX OFF ENV AFF, 1997, MASS WAT IN *MASS CLEAN WAT CO, 1997, STAT WAT MASS ASS PR *NEP RIV WAT ASS E, 1997, NEP RIV WAT BAS WID *NEP TEAM, 1995, TYPEWRITTEN, V2, P1 *WAT IN STEER COMM, 1995, MASS WAT APPR ITS IM ADLER RW, 1995, ENV L, V25, P973 COHEN NH, 1993, THESIS U MASSACHUSET CORTNER HJ, 1994, ENVIRON MANAGE, V18, P167 COX WE, 1997, WM MARY ENV L POLY R, V21, P69 COXE T, 1996, WAT 96 C BALT MD DESHAZO R, 1996, LESSONS LEARNED SUBW DESHAZO R, 1996, WATERSHED EVENTS WHA, P2 DORF MC, 1998, COLUMBIA LAW REV, V98, P267 DUANE TP, 1997, ECOL LAW QUART, V24, P771 FLATT VB, 1997, BC ENV AFF L REV, V25, P1 FLYNN KC, 1994, WATER ENV TECHNOLOGY, V6, P36 GELTMAN E, 1998, COLOMBIA J ENV LAW, V23, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HAYS SP, 1996, JL COM, V15, P549 HECLO H, 1974, SOCIAL POLICY BRITAI HILL J, 1995, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE JOHN D, 1994, CIVIC ENV KENNEDY LE, 1995, NEPONSET RIVER WATER KIMBALL JC, 1996, ADOPT STREAM SHORELI KIMBALL JC, 1996, P 5 NAT VOL MON C PR, P20 KRAFT ME, 1996, ENV POLICY POLITICS LAZARUS RJ, 1992, IOWA LAW REV, V77, P1739 LEE KN, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE MANTELL MA, 1990, CREATING SUCCESSFUL MARCH JG, 1958, ORGANIZATIONS MICHAELS S, 1997, ENVIRONMENTALIST, V17, P181 NELSON B, 1984, MAKING ISSUE CHILD A ROBERTS NC, 1992, POLICY STUDIES REV, V11, P55 STEWART K, 1997, NEWS NEPONSET, P1 THOMAS GB, 1995, ENV POLITICS POLICY, P347 WALKER PA, 1996, 1996 NEW ENGLAND ENV WARRINER GK, 1996, CANADIAN WATER RESOU, V21, P253 WILLIAMS EM, 1996, NATURAL RESOURCE PAR NR 46 TC 3 J9 POLICY STUD J BP 565 EP 577 PY 1999 VL 27 IS 3 GA 260YG UT ISI:000083980600009 ER PT J AU Buhk, C Hensen, I TI "Fire seeders" during early post-fire succession and their quantitative importance in south-eastern Spain SO JOURNAL OF ARID ENVIRONMENTS LA English DT Article C1 Univ Halle Wittenberg, Inst Geobot & Bot Garden, D-06108 Halle, Germany. RP Buhk, C, Univ Bayreuth, GEO II,Univ Str 30, D-95440 Bayreuth, Germany. AB Resilience against fire disturbance of Mediterranean vegetation has been frequently described. However, fire regimes change due to abandonment of local land use practices and climatic change. Thus, it is useful to know the importance of fire-specific and unspecific mechanisms during regeneration in order to predict changes in-species resilience under an altered fire regime. In six burnt areas in a mountainous and in a coastal region in south-eastern Spain we collected information on fire-related germination characteristics (impact of smoke, charred wood or heat) of all abundant species. We excluded those species that predominantly recover by sprouting. According to these results (germination tests and literature research) we classified species that showed a positive reaction to any of the fire-related treatments studied as potential "fire seeders". Germination of seven out of a total of 21 tested species was significantly increased by heat whereas germination of I I hard-seeded species was mainly triggered by mechanical and/or chemical scarification. However, none of the tested species reacted positively to the treatments of ash, charred wood, and smoke. According to a quantitative plot-based vegetation analysis we then compared the coverage of "fire seeders" on (a) fire sites at the coast (2-3 years old) with sites of similar age in the mountains and (b) fire sites in the mountains of mid-successional stages (7-9 years) with undisturbed reference sites and areas of different types of disturbance (i.e. logging and fire break areas) but of comparable age and location. Results of comparison (a) showed that "fire seeder" coverage is below 4% and even lower in the coastal area. Comparison (b) showed similar coverage (about 15%) of "fire seeders" on the fire sites and on the fire breaks (strongly disturbed sites) whereas their abundance on logging and undisturbed reference sites was significantly lower. Thus, the term "fire seeder" might be misleading as fire impact is not essential for inducing germination of heat-triggered seeds. In south-eastern Spain, the low abundance of "fire seeders" and their successful regeneration on other disturbed sites are in line with historically early and strong human disturbance and low fire frequencies as the fuel load is limited due to the dry conditions. The tested species are not dependent on a certain regular fire impact though strong disturbance is very favourable for the creation of dense populations. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR ADKINS SW, 2001, SEED SCI RES, V11, P213 ARONNE G, 1989, G BOT ITAL, V123, P283 BARBERO M, 1990, VEGETATIO, V87, P151 BASKIN CC, 2001, SEEDS ECOLOGY BIOGEO BELHASSEN E, 1987, OECOLOG PLANTAR, V8, P135 BOND WJ, 1996, FIRE PLANTS BOND WJ, 2001, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V16, P45 BROWN NAC, 1993, INT J WILDLAND FIRE, V3, P203 BUHK C, 2005, FEDDES REPERT, V116, P392 CARRION JS, 2001, HOLOCENE, V11, P635 CARRION JS, 2002, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V21, P2047 CAVERO RY, 2002, FIRE BIOL PROCESSES, P69 DELANGE JH, 1990, S AFR J BOT, V56, P700 DIAZDELGADO R, 2002, ECOLOGY, V83, P2293 DOHERTY LC, 2000, SEED SCI RES, V10, P415 ENRIGHT NJ, 2001, AUSTRAL ECOL, V26, P132 FERNANDEZ MAP, 2003, J CHEM ECOL, V29, P237 GARCIA FP, 2003, ISRAEL J PLANT SCI, V51, P117 GIOVANNINI G, 2001, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V147, P15 GOMEZ PS, 1998, FLORA MURCIA GONZALEZRABANAL F, 1995, VEGETATIO, V116, P123 GOTZENBERGER L, 2003, ANALES BIOL, V25, P21 HABROUK A, 1999, PLANT ECOL, V145, P91 HANES TL, 1971, ECOL MONOGR, V41, P27 HENIGSEVER N, 2000, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V108, P390 HERRANZ JM, 1998, PLANT ECOL, V136, P95 HERRANZ JM, 1999, INT J WILDLAND FIRE, V9, P173 KEELEY JE, 1982, DYNAMICS MANAGEMENT, P431 KEELEY JE, 1985, J ECOL, V73, P445 KEELEY JE, 1991, BOT REV, V57, P82 KEELEY JE, 1994, ECOLOGY BIOGEOGRAPHY, P239 KEELEY JE, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P2320 KEELEY JE, 1999, ISRAEL J PLANT SCI, V47, P11 KEELEY JE, 2000, SEEDS ECOLOGY REGENE, P311 LEHOUEROU HN, 1973, P ANN TALL TIMB FIR, V13, P237 LLORET F, 2003, PLANT ECOL, V167, P223 LLOYD MV, 2000, AUSTRAL ECOL, V25, P610 LONDO G, 1976, VEGETATIO, V33, P61 MADOZ P, 1989, DICCIONARIO GEOGRAFI MARTIN RE, 1966, P ANN TALL TIMB FIR, V5, P159 MARTINEZSANCHEZ JJ, 1995, VEGETATIO, V116, P69 MITRAKOS K, 1981, COMPONENTS PRODUCTIV, P277 MORRISON DA, 1992, ANN BOT-LONDON, V70, P157 NAVEH Z, 1975, VEGETATIO, V29, P199 PAUSAS JG, 1999, ACTA OECOL, V20, P499 PAUSAS JG, 1999, J VEG SCI, V10, P717 PAUSAS JG, 2001, OIKOS, V94, P193 PAUSAS JG, 2004, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V63, P337 PAUSAS JG, 2004, ECOLOGY, V85, P185 PIERCE SM, 1995, OECOLOGIA, V102, P520 PUGNAIRE FI, 1997, PLANT ECOL, V131, P207 RAUNKIAER C, 1934, LIFE FORMS PLANTS RODRIGO A, 2004, ECOLOGY, V85, P716 ROY J, 1992, J APPL ECOL, V29, P647 SOLANO JAL, 1986, PORTMAN TARREGA R, 1992, VEGETATIO, V102, P139 THANOS CA, 1988, PLANT CELL ENVIRON, V11, P841 THANOS CA, 1989, ACTA OECOL-OEC PLANT, V10, P79 THANOS CA, 1992, ISRAEL J BOT, V41, P251 THANOS CA, 2000, ECOLOGY BIOGEOGRAPHY, P37 THOMAS PB, 2003, AUSTRAL ECOL, V28, P674 TIEU A, 2001, SEED SCI RES, V11, P69 TONG STY, 1987, INT J ECOL ENV SCI, V13, P133 TRABAUD L, 1980, VEGETATIO, V43, P49 TRABAUD L, 1989, ACTA OECOL-OEC APPL, V10, P355 TRABAUD L, 1989, FLORA, V183, P321 TRABAUD L, 1994, ROLE FIRE MEDITERRAN, P1 VANSTADEN J, 2000, PLANT SPECIES BIOL, V15, P167 VAZQUEZ A, 1998, INT J WILDLAND FIRE, V8, P103 VAZQUEZ A, 2002, J VEG SCI, V13, P663 WHELAN RJ, 1995, ECOLOGY FIRE WICKLOW DT, 1977, ECOLOGY, V58, P201 NR 72 TC 1 J9 J ARID ENVIRON BP 193 EP 209 PY 2006 PD JUL VL 66 IS 2 GA 050DO UT ISI:000238067900001 ER PT J AU Peterson, GD TI Political ecology and ecological resilience: An integration of human and ecological dynamics SO ECOLOGICAL ECONOMICS LA English DT Article C1 Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Natl Ctr Ecol Anal & Synth, Santa Barbara, CA 93101 USA. RP Peterson, GD, Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Limnol, 680 N Pk St, Madison, WI 53706 USA. AB The biosphere is increasingly dominated by human action. Consequently, ecology must incorporate human behavior. Political ecology, as long as it includes ecology, is a powerful framework for integrating natural and social dynamics. In this paper I present a resilience-oriented approach to political ecology that integrates system dynamics, scale, and cross-scale interactions in both human and natural systems. This approach suggests that understanding the coupled dynamics of human-ecological systems allows the assessment of when systems are most vulnerable and most open to transformation. I use this framework to examine the political ecology of salmon in the Columbia River Basin. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR *NRC, 1996, UPSTR SALM SOC PAC N ANDERSON R, 1999, SEATTLE TIMES, A1 BEAMISH RJ, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V56, P516 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BLAIKIE PM, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC BROCK WA, 1997, EC EVOLVING COMPLEX, V2, P385 BROCK WA, 1997, ECONOMETRICA, V65, P1059 BRYANT RL, 1992, POLIT GEOGR, V11, P12 CARPENTER SR, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 CHANDLER AD, 1977, VISIBLE HAND MANAGER CLARK WC, 1985, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V7, P5 COHEN FG, 1986, TREATIES TRIAL CONTI COLDING J, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 DOVE MR, 1992, J ANTHROPOL RES, V48, P231 EGAN T, 1990, GOOD RAIN TIME TERRA ERIKSON KT, 1994, NEW SPECIES TROUBLE FAIRHEAD, 1996, MISREADING AFRICAN L GALE FP, 1998, ECOL ECON, V27, P131 GOLDSTONE J, 1991, REVOLUTION REBELLION GROOT C, 1991, PACIFIC SALMON LIFE GUNDERSON LH, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 GUNDERSON LH, IN PRESS THEORIES SU GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P489 HARTVIGSEN G, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P427 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, ENG ECOLOGICAL CONST, P31 HOLLING CS, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE ECOLOG, P57 JANSSEN MA, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 KENWORTHY T, 1997, WASH POST, A6 LEE K, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE IN LEVIN SA, 1998, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V3, P222 LEWIS M, 1999, NY TIMES MAG 0124, P24 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P36 LUDWIG D, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 LUKES S, 1973, POWER RADICAL VIEW MGONIGLE RM, 1999, ECOL ECON, V28, P11 NAUGHTONTREVES L, 1997, COMMON PROPERTY RESO, P15 NEHLSEN W, 1991, FISHERIES, V16, P4 PASTOR J, 1998, CONSERVATION ECOLOGY, V2, P16 PETERSON GD, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P6 PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 ROCHELEAU D, 1996, FEMINIST POLITICAL E SCHMINK M, 1987, LANDS RISK 3 WORLD L SCHUMPETER JA, 1964, BUSINESS CYCLES THEO SPENCER CN, 1991, BIOSCIENCE, V41, P14 TORGERSEN CE, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P301 VERHOVEK S, 2000, NY TIMES 0219, A9 VITOUSEK PM, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P494 VOLKMAN JM, 1993, ENVIRON LAW, V23, P1249 WILKINSON CF, 1992, CROSSING NEXT MERIDI NR 54 TC 7 J9 ECOL ECON BP 323 EP 336 PY 2000 PD DEC VL 35 IS 3 GA 378AH UT ISI:000165558600003 ER PT J AU Cash, DW Adger, WN Berkes, F Garden, P Lebel, L Olsson, P Pritchard, L Young, O TI Scale and cross-scale dynamics: Governance and information in a multilevel world SO ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ E Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. Univ Manitoba, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada. Chiang Mai Univ, Chiang Mai 50000, Thailand. Stockholm Univ, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. Natl Wildlife Federat, Vienna, VA 22184 USA. AB The empirical evidence in the papers in this special issue identifies pervasive and difficult cross-scale and cross-level interactions in managing the environment. The complexity of these interactions and the fact that both scholarship and management have only recently begun to address this complexity have provided the impetus for us to present one synthesis of scale and cross-scale dynamics. In doing so, we draw from multiple cases, multiple disciplines, and multiple perspectives. In this synthesis paper, and in the accompanying cases, we hypothesize that the dynamics of cross-scale and cross-level interactions are affected by the interplay between institutions at multiple levels and scales. We suggest that the advent of co-management structures and conscious boundary management that includes knowledge co-production, mediation, translation, and negotiation across scale-related boundaries may facilitate solutions to complex problems that decision makers have historically been unable to solve. CR *MILL EC ASS, 2005, EC HUM WELL BEING SY ADGER WN, 2001, DEV CHANGE, V32, P681 ADGER WN, 2005, ECOL SOC, V10, P9 BERKES F, 2002, DRAMA COMMONS, P293 BERKES F, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P121 BERKES F, 2006, ECOL SOC, V11, P45 CARLSSON L, 2005, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V75, P65 CASH DW, 2000, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V10, P109 CASH DW, 2001, SCI TECHNOL HUM VAL, V26, P431 CASH DW, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P8086 CLARK WC, 1987, FORECASTING SOCIAL N, P337 FOLKE C, 1998, PROBLEM FIT ECOSYSTE FOLKE C, 2002, RESILIENCE SUSTAINAB FOLKE C, 2005, ANNU REV ENV RESOUR, V30, P441 GADGIL M, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, P189 GIBBONS M, 1999, NATURE S, V402, C81 GIBSON C, 1997, SCALING ISSUES SOCIA GIBSON CC, 2000, ECOL ECON, V32, P217 GOLDMAN M, 1998, PRIVATIZING NATURE P GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 GUSTON DH, 1999, SOC STUD SCI, V29, P87 GUSTON DH, 2001, SCI TECHNOL HUM VAL, V26, P399 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1995, DEFINING MEASURING S, P65 KATES RW, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P641 LANSING S, 1991, PRIESTS PROGRAMMERS LEBEL L, 2005, ECOL SOC, V10, P18 MEADOWCROFT J, 2002, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V61, P169 OLSSON P, 2004, ENVIRON MANAGE, V34, P75 OSTROM E, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P282 OSTROM E, 2002, DRAME COMMONS PASTORSATORRAS R, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P3200 POLSKY C, 2005, DROUGHT WATER CRISES, P215 SCOTT JC, 1998, SEEING LIKE STATE CE SINGLETON S, 1998, CONSTRUCTING COOPERA STAR SL, 1989, SOC STUD SCI, V19, P387 WILBANKS TJ, 1999, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V43, P601 YOUNG O, 2006, ECOL SOC, V11, P27 YOUNG OR, 2003, I DIMENSIONS ENV CHA NR 39 TC 2 J9 ECOL SOC BP 8 PY 2006 PD DEC VL 11 IS 2 GA 123FD UT ISI:000243280800003 ER PT J AU HAYDEN, B TI RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT IN THE STONE-AGE - TECHNOLOGICAL TRANSITIONS AMONG HUNTER-GATHERERS SO CURRENT ANTHROPOLOGY LA English DT Review RP HAYDEN, B, SIMON FRASER UNIV,BURNABY V5A 1S6,BC,CANADA. CR ACSADI G, 1970, HIST HUMAN LIFE SPAN ADOVASIO JM, 1977, AM ANTIQUITY, V43, P632 ADOVASIO JM, 1980, AM ANTIQUITY, V45, P588 ALEXANDER HL, 1978, EARLY MAN AM CIRCUM, P20 BERLIN B, 1974, PRINCIPLES TZELTAL P BERNSTEIN IS, 1970, PRIMATE BEHAVIOR DEV, V1, P71 BINFORD LR, 1968, NEW PERSPECTIVES ARC, P313 BINFORD LR, 1976, DEMOGRAPHIC ANTHR QU, P63 BINFORD LR, 1980, AM ANTIQUITY, V45, P4 BIRDSELL JB, 1953, AM NATURALIST, V87, P169 BIRDSELL JB, 1957, COLD SPRING HARB SYM, V22, P47 BIRDSELL JB, 1975, POPULATION STUDIES A, V30, P34 BISHOP C, 1978, EXTINCTION SURVIVAL, P209 BODENHEIMER FS, 1951, INSECTS HUMAN FOOD BONGAARTS J, 1980, SCIENCE, V208, P564 BORDES F, 1972, TALE 2 CAVES BOSERUP E, 1965, EC AGRARIAN CHANGE P BOUCHUD J, 1976, PREHISTOIRE FRANCAIS, V1, P688 BOWDLER S, ARCHAEOLOGY OCEANIA BOWDLER S, 1977, SUNDA SAHUL PREHISTO, P205 BOWLER JM, 1970, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V2, P39 BRAIDWOOD R, 1962, COURSES URBAN LIFE, P330 BRONSON B, 1975, POPULATION ECOLOGY S, P53 BRUMFIEL EM, 1976, EARLY MESOAMERICAN V, P234 BRYANT VM, 1975, SCI AM, V232, P100 BUTZER K, 1980, AM SCI, V68, P517 BUTZER KW, 1971, ENV ARCHAEOLOGY BUTZER KW, 1977, AM SCI, V65, P572 CALDWELL J, 1958, AM ANTHR ASS MEMOIR, V88 CARNEIRO R, 1958, ETHNOGRAPHISCHE ARCH, V4, P22 CARNEIRO R, 1968, MAN ADAPTATION, P131 CARNEIRO RL, 1970, SCIENCE, V169, P733 CARPENTER CR, 1942, BIOL S, V8, P177 CARTER GF, 1978, EARLY MAN AM CIRCUM, P10 CELERIER G, 1976, PREHISTOIRE FRANCAIS, P1427 CHANG KC, 1962, ARCTIC ANTHROPOL, V1, P28 CHARD C, 1974, NE ASIA PREHISTORY CHARD C, 1975, MAN PREHISTORY CHILDERS WM, 1980, AM ANTIQUITY, V45, P297 CHRISTENSON AL, 1980, MODELING CHANGE PREH, P31 CLARK JGD, 1948, ANTIQUARIES J, V28, P44 CLARK JGD, 1980, MESOLITHIC PRELUDE CLARKE DL, 1968, ANAL ARCHAEOLOGY CLELAND C, 1966, MUSEUM ANTHR U MICHI, V29 CLELAND CE, 1976, MIDCONTINENTAL J ARC, V1, P59 COHEN MN, 1977, FOOD CRISIS PREHISTO COHEN MN, 1980, 79TH ANN M AM ANTHR COHEN MN, 1980, BIOSOCIAL MECHANISMS COLSON E, 1979, J ANTHROPOL RES, V35, P18 CONKLIN H, 1969, ENV CULTURAL BEHAV, P221 COOMBS G, 1980, MODELING CHANGE PREH, P187 COWGILL GL, 1975, AM ANTHROPOL, V77, P505 CUNDY BJ, 1980, THESIS AUSTR NATIONA DALTON G, 1975, ANCIENT CIVILIZATION, P63 DAMAS D, 1972, HUNTERS GATHERERS TO, P3 DEETZ J, 1977, SMALL THINGS FORGOTT DEEVEY E, 1968, MAN HUNTER, P268 DELATIL P, 1978, SCI AVENIR, P56 DELPECH F, 1975, THESIS U BORDEAUX BO DELUMLEY H, 1969, MEMOIRES SOC PREHIST, V5 DEMONTELLANO BO, 1978, SCIENCE, V200, P611 DENHAM WW, 1974, J ANTHROPOL RES, V30, P191 DESSE G, 1976, PREHISTOIRE FRANCAIS, V1, P697 DICKEMANN M, 1975, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V6, P107 DICKSON FP, 1978, THESIS MACQUARIE U A DIRKS R, 1980, CURR ANTHROPOL, V21, P21 DRUSS M, 1980, 33D NW ANTHR C BELL DUGUID C, 1963, NO DYING RACE DUMOND DE, 1975, SCIENCE, V187, P713 DUNNELL RC, 1972, YALE U PUBLICATIONS, V75 DUNNELL RC, 1980, ADV ARCHAEOLOGICAL M, V3, P35 EARLE TK, 1980, MODELING CHANGE PREH, P1 EMERY KO, 1966, AM ANTIQUITY, V31, P733 FLANNERY KV, 1966, AM ANTIQUITY, V31, P800 FLANNERY KV, 1968, ANTHR ARCHAEOLOGY AM, P67 FLANNERY KV, 1973, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V2, P271 FLANNERY KV, 1976, EARLY MESOAMERICAN V FORD RI, 1974, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V3, P385 FORD RI, 1977, EXPLANATION PREHISTO, P153 FORD RI, 1979, HOPEWELL ARCHAEOLOGY, P234 FREEMAN L, 1981, 46TH ANN M SOC AM AR FREEMAN LG, 1973, AM ANTIQUITY, V38, P3 FUNK RE, 1978, HDB N AM INDIANS, V15, P16 GALL PL, 1977, EXCHANGE SYSTEMS PRE, P255 GARROD DAE, 1928, J ROY ANTHROPOL INST, V58, P33 GLASSOW M, 1972, CONT ARCHAEOLOGY GUI, P289 GLASSOW M, 1980, PREHISTORIC AGR DEV GODELIER M, 1977, PERSPECTIVES MARXIST GOGGIN JM, 1964, EXPLORATIONS CULTURA, P179 GOULD SJ, 1979, NAT HIST, V88, P22 GRUHN R, 1980, CURR ANTHR, V21, P804 GUILDAY JE, 1967, PLEISTOCENE EXTINCTI, P121 HALLAM S, 1975, FIRE HEARTH HARDESTY D, 1977, ECOLOGICAL ANTHR HARLAN JR, 1967, ARCHAEOLOGY, V20, P197 HARRIS DR, 1977, ORIGINS AGR, P179 HARRIS M, 1971, CULTURE MAN NATURE HARRIS M, 1974, COWS PIGS WARS WITCH HASSAN F, 1977, ORIGINS AGR, P589 HASSAN F, 1981, DEMOGRAPHIC ARCHAEOL HASSAN FA, 1973, CURR ANTHROPOL, V14, P535 HASSAN FA, 1978, ADV ARCHAEOLOGICAL M, V1, P49 HAYDEN B, 1972, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V4, P205 HAYDEN B, 1975, SOC AM ARCHAEOLOGY M, V30, P11 HAYDEN B, 1977, SUNDA SAHUL PREHISTO, P73 HAYDEN B, 1980, CURR ANTHROPOL, V21, P623 HAYDEN B, 1980, CURRENT ANTHR, V21, P738 HAYDEN B, 1981, OMNIVOROUS PRIMATES HAYNES CV, 1980, AM ANTIQUITY, V45, P582 HELBAEK H, 1969, PREHISTORY HUMAN ECO, P382 HOLE F, 1969, MUSEUM ANTHR U MICHI, V1 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HUGHES PJ, 1977, THESIS U NEW S WALES ISAAC G, CALIBRATION HOMINOID, P381 ISAAC GL, 1971, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V2, P279 ISAAC GL, 1975, AFTER AUSTRALOPITHEC, P875 ISBELL WH, 1978, AM ANTIQUITY, V43, P372 JOLLY C, 1979, PHYSICAL ANTHR ARCHA JONES R, 1969, AUSTR NATURAL HIST, V16, P224 JUDGE WJ, 1978, J ANTHR RES, V34, P291 KLEIN RG, 1974, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V5, P249 KLEIN RG, 1975, SCIENCE, V190, P265 KLEIN RG, 1977, SCIENCE, V197, P115 LAVE L, 1977, AIR POLLUTION HUMAN LEE RB, 1968, MAN HUNTER LEE RB, 1969, ENV CULTURAL BEHAV, P47 LEE RB, 1972, POPULATION GROWTH AN, P329 LEE RB, 1980, KUNG SAN MEN WOMEN W LEWIN R, 1981, SCIENCE, V211, P41 LONG JPM, 1971, ABORIGINAL MAN ENV A, P262 LOURANDOS H, 1976, ARTEFACT, V1, P174 LOURANDOS H, 1980, THESIS U SYDNEY SYDN LOURANDOS H, 1980, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V11, P245 LOVEJOY CO, 1981, SCIENCE, V211, P341 MANDELBROT BB, 1977, FRACTALS FORM CHANCE MARSHACK A, 1981, CURR ANTHROPOL, V22, P188 MARTIN PS, 1973, SCIENCE, V179, P969 MATSON RG, 1976, NATIONAL MUSEUM MAN, V52 MATSON RG, 1981, BC STUDIES, V48, P64 MATSON RG, 1981, CANADIAN ARCHAEOLOGI MCBURNEY CBM, 1967, HAUA FTEAH CYRENAICA MCCARTHY F, 1960, AM AUSTR SCI EXPEDIT, V2 MEAD JI, 1980, AM ANTIQUITY, V45, P579 MEEHAN B, 1977, SUNDA SAHUL, P493 MEIKLEJOHN C, 1974, THESIS U TORONTO TOR MILLER PC, ENV MANAGEMENT MOORE AMT, 1979, SCI AM, V241, P62 MOUER LD, 1975, MAN EASTERN WOODLAND MULVANEY DJ, 1971, ABORIGINAL MAN ENV A MULVANEY DJ, 1975, PREHISTORY AUSTR MUSIL R, 1980, MAGDALENIENSTATION T, V2, P5 MYERS F, 1976, THESIS BRYN MAWR COL ODUM E, 1963, ECOLOGY OSBORN AJ, 1977, THEORY BUILDING ARCH, P157 PACKARD JM, 1980, BIOSOCIAL MECHANISMS, P135 PARSONS PA, 1976, ORIGIN AUSTR, P227 PERLMAN SM, 1980, ADV ARCHAEOLOGICAL M, V3, P257 PERROT J, 1968, SUPP DICT BIBLE PARI, V8, P286 PETERSON N, 1968, MANKIND, V6, P567 PETERSON N, 1976, TRIBES BOUNDARIES AU, P1 PETERSON N, 1979, SOCIAL ECOLOGICAL SY, P111 PFEIFFER J, 1977, EMERGENCE SOC PIANKA ER, 1972, AM NAT, V106, P581 PIANKA ER, 1974, EVOLUTIONARY ECOLOGY REINA R, 1978, TRADITIONAL POTTERY RINDOS D, 1980, CURR ANTHROPOL, V21, P751 RIPLEY S, 1980, BIOSOCIAL MECH POPUL, P349 ROPER MK, 1969, CURR ANTHROPOL, V10, P427 ROSS E, 1978, CURR ANTHROPOL, V19, P1 ROZOY JG, 1978, DERNIERS CHASSEURS E RYDER JW, 1977, ANTHR HIST YUCATAN, P191 SAHLINS M, 1968, MAN HUNTER, P86 SAHLINS M, 1968, TRIBESMEN SAHLINS M, 1972, STONE AGE EC SAHLINS MD, 1959, EVOLUTION MANS CAPAC, P54 SALWEN B, 1967, AM ANTIQUITY, V32, P546 SANDERS WT, 1968, MESOAMERICA EVOLUTIO SANDERS WT, 1979, BASIN MEXICO ECOLOGI SEGRAVES BA, 1974, AM ANTHROPOL, V76, P530 SHACKLETON NJ, 1975, AUSTRALOPITHECINES S, P1 SINGLETON W, 1979, ANN M SOC AM ARCHAEO SKINNER MF, 1980, AM J PHYSICAL ANTHR, V52, P280 SMITH PEL, 1972, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V4, P5 SPORES R, 1965, HDB MIDDLE AM INDIAN, V3, P962 STEWARD J, 1938, BUREAU AM ETHNOLOGY, V120 STRAUS L, 1980, SCI AM, V242, P142 STREHLOW TGH, 1965, ABORIGINAL MAN AUSTR, P121 SUSSMAN RW, 1972, CURR ANTHROPOL, V13, P258 SUTTLES W, 1968, MAN HUNTER, P56 TAMARIN RH, 1980, BIOSOCIAL MECH POPUL, P117 TAUTE W, 1978, TUBINGER MONOGRAPHIE, V5 TEIT J, ORIGINAL FIELD NOTES TINDALE NB, 1974, ABORIGINAL TRIBES AU TIXIER J, 1976, LIVRE GUIDE EXCURS A, V4 TOZZER A, 1951, PEABODY MUSEUM AM AR, V18 VALOCH K, 1977, ANTHROPOLOGIE, V15, P107 VALOCH K, 1978, STUDIE ARCHEOLOGICKE, V6 VANARSDALE PW, 1978, HUM ECOL, V6, P435 VENCL S, 1971, ARCHAEOLOGICKE ROZHL, V23, P168 VOLMAN TP, 1978, SCIENCE, V201, P911 WEISS KM, 1972, J HUMAN EVOLUTION, V1, P451 WEISS KM, 1978, AM ANTIQUITY, V43, P773 WENDORF F, 1980, LOAVES FISHES PREHIS WHITE NG, 1973, AM J PHYS ANTHROPOL, V38, P5 WHITE NG, 1978, AUSTR I ABORIGINAL S, V9, P39 WHITE NG, 1979, BIRTH DEFECTS-ORIG, V15, P437 WHITE R, MAGDALENIAN SETTLEME WILLEY G, 1958, METHOD THEORY AM ARC WILLIAMS E, 1979, THESIS U SYDNEY SYDN WOBST HM, 1974, AM ANTIQUITY, V39, P147 WOBST HM, 1976, J HUM EVOL, V5, P49 WRESCHNER E, 1980, CURR ANTHROPOL, V21, P631 WURM SA, 1978, APPROACHES LANGUAGE, P192 WYNNEEDWARDS VC, 1962, ANIMAL DISPERSIONS R YELLEN JE, 1977, ARCHAEOLOGICAL APPRO YENGOYAN AA, 1976, TRIBES BOUNDARIES AU, P121 YESNER DR, 1977, W CANADIAN J ANTHR, V7, P18 YESNER DR, 1980, CURR ANTHROPOL, V21, P727 YOUNG C, 1972, DOMESTICATION EXPLOI, P827 ZIPF GK, 1949, HUMAN BEHAVIOR PRINC NR 220 TC 72 J9 CURR ANTHROPOL BP 519 EP 548 PY 1981 VL 22 IS 5 GA MK368 UT ISI:A1981MK36800004 ER PT J AU Morris, K Bailey, PC Boon, PI Hughes, L TI Alternative stable states in the aquatic vegetation of shallow urban lakes. II. Catastrophic loss of aquatic plants consequent to nutrient enrichment SO MARINE AND FRESHWATER RESEARCH LA English DT Article C1 Monash Univ, Sch Biol Sci, Clayton, Vic 3800, Australia. Univ Victoria, St Albans, Vic 8001, Australia. RP Morris, K, Monash Univ, Sch Biol Sci, Clayton, Vic 3800, Australia. AB The theory of alternative stable states predicts that high nutrient concentrations increase the probability of shallow lakes switching from a state dominated by vascular macrophytes to one dominated by phytoplankton and/or other algae. In the first paper of this series it was demonstrated that chronic, low-level nutrient loading did not affect a switch across vegetation states. To test the possibility that higher nutrient loadings result in vegetation changes, replicated mesocosms (similar to3000 L) were placed in an urban lake densely colonized by Vallisneria americana Michaux, a submerged angiosperm, and were subjected to higher levels of chronic nutrient enrichment. Moderate and high nutrient loadings significantly increased phytoplankton biomass and produced extensive, dense mats of floating algae. Many mesocosms became covered by the floating fern Azolla pinnata R. Br. This reduced light penetration and concentrations of dissolved oxygen in the water column profoundly and resulted in the complete loss of V. americana from almost all nutrient-enriched mesocosms within 4 months. A catastrophic loss of submerged aquatic plants so rapidly after nutrient enrichment is a relatively novel experimental finding, particularly in terms of the likely mechanism; that is, shading and subsequent anoxia caused by dense mats of floating plants other than algae. CR AREJA KR, 1992, P INDIAN NATL SCI B, V58, P357 BLANCH SJ, 1998, AQUAT BOT, V61, P181 BOYLEN CW, 1999, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V415, P207 CARPENTER SR, 1978, WATER RES, V12, P55 COATES MJ, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P1186 DODSON SI, 2000, ECOLOGY, V81, P2662 ENGEL S, 1995, FISHERIES, V20, P20 GILLET JD, 1988, PLANT PROTECTION Q, V3, P144 HAMILTON SK, 1997, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V42, P257 HOUGH RA, 1989, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V173, P199 IRVINE K, 1989, FRESHWATER BIOL, V22, P89 JANES RA, 1996, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V340, P23 KIRK RE, 1968, EXPT PROCEDURES BEHA MADSEN JD, 1991, FRESHWATER BIOL, V26, P233 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MCDOUGAL RL, 1997, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V140, P145 MIRANDA LE, 2000, FRESHWATER BIOL, V44, P617 MIRANDA LE, 2000, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V427, P51 MITCHELL DS, 1978, AQUATIC WEEDS AUSTR MORRIS K, 2003, MARINE FRESHWATER RE, V54, R20 MOSS B, 1998, SCI COMMITTEE PROBLE, V29, P1 ONDOK JP, 1984, AQUAT BOT, V19, P293 PORTIELJE R, 1995, AQUAT BOT, V50, P127 QUINN GP, 2002, EXPT DESIGN DATA ANA ROOM PM, 1988, ECOLOGY EXOTIC ANIMA, P165 ROOM PM, 1995, BIOL AUSTR WEEDS, P217 SCHEFFER M, 1998, ECOLOGY SHALLOW LAKE SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SILBERSTEIN K, 1986, AQUAT BOT, V24, P355 THOMAS JD, 1994, J APPL ECOL, V31, P571 TITUS JE, 1979, OECOLOGIA, V40, P273 WIGAND C, 2000, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V418, P137 NR 32 TC 0 J9 MAR FRESHWATER RES BP 201 EP 215 PY 2003 VL 54 IS 3 GA 692CG UT ISI:000183642300002 ER PT J AU Bellman, MA Heppell, SA Goldfinger, C TI Evaluation of a US west coast groundfish habitat conservation regulation via analysis of spatial and temporal patterns of trawl fishing effort SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES AND AQUATIC SCIENCES LA English DT Article C1 Oregon State Univ, Hatfield Marine Sci Ctr, Cooperat Inst Marine Resources Studies, Newport, OR 97365 USA. Oregon State Univ, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. Oregon State Univ, Coll Ocean & Atmospher Sci, Marine Geol Act Tecton Grp, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. RP Bellman, MA, Oregon State Univ, Hatfield Marine Sci Ctr, Cooperat Inst Marine Resources Studies, 2030 SE Marine Sci Dr, Newport, OR 97365 USA. AB We examined the extent to which the 2000 Pacific Fishery Management Council footrope restriction shifted and reduced trawl fishing effort on Oregon fishing grounds, related these changes to the seafloor habitat type over which they occurred, and developed methods for enhancing spatial review of fishing effort. Density analysis of trawl start locations demonstrated how fishing efforts increased and decreased in relation to habitat distribution and fishery management actions between 1995 and 2002. Trawl effort patterns exhibited significant interannual variability and were patchy in distribution. Tow end-point locations from 1998 to 2001 were retrieved from manual logbooks for five reference sites located in proximity to rocky habitat. Trawl towlines were mapped and demonstrated a marked enhancement of fine-scale fishing effort resolution. Spatial shifts in fishing intensity (measured as kilometres towed) away from rock habitat were evident at all reference sites after the footrope restriction, with an average reduction of 86%. Some slight shifts into surrounding unconsolidated sediments also occurred. Our results indicate that the footrope restriction, in conjunction with associated landing limits, was effective in protecting rocky habitats from trawl fishing impacts. Continued spatial monitoring of trawl data would assist in fishery management assessment of conservation objectives for depleted groundfish and essential fish habitat protection. CR *NAT MAR FISH SERV, 2005, PAC COAST GROUNDF FI *NAT RES COUNC, 2000, IMPR COLL MAN US MAR *NAT RES COUNC, 2002, EFF TRAWL DREDG SEAF *NAT RES COUNC, 2004, COOP RES NAT MAR FIS AUSTER PJ, 1999, AM FISH SOC S, V22, P150 BABCOCK EA, 2000, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V57, P357 BRANCH TA, 2005, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V62, P631 CICINSAIN B, 1998, INTEGRATED COASTAL O COLLIE JS, 2000, J ANIM ECOL, V69, P785 DIETER BE, 2003, MOBILE FISHING GEAR FOX DS, 1996, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V53, P2681 FREESE L, 1999, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V182, P119 FREESE L, 2001, MAR FISH REV, V63, P7 FRIEDLANDER AM, 1999, FISH B-NOAA, V97, P786 GILDEN J, 2002, ORESUG01004 OR STAT GILLIS DM, 1995, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V52, P402 GOLDFINGER C, 2003, ACTIVE TECTONICS SEA, V201 GREENE HG, 1999, OCEANOL ACTA, V22, P663 HANNAH RW, 2003, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V23, P693 HIXON MA, 1991, 910052 MMS USDI HOLLAND DS, 2003, ICES J MAR SCI, V60, P915 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC JENNINGS S, 1998, ADV MAR BIOL, V34, P201 JOHNSON KA, 2002, NMFSFSPO57 NOAA KAISER MJ, 2002, FISH FISH, V3, P114 KAISER MJ, 2003, RESPONSIBLE FISHERIE KAPLAN IM, 1998, MAR POLICY, V22, P327 KEMP Z, 2002, ICES J MAR SCI, V59, P190 KROST P, 1990, MEERESFORSCHUNG, V32, P344 KULKA DW, 2001, 2001R02 ICES CM LARCOMBE JWP, 2001, MAR FRESHWATER RES, V52, P419 LOVE MS, 2002, ROCK FISHES NE PACIF MARRS SJ, 2002, FISH RES, V58, P109 MATTHEWS KR, 1990, FISH B, V88, P223 MCCAIN B, 2003, REVISED APPENDIX ESS MCREA JE, 1999, OCEANOL ACTA, V22, P679 MEADEN GJ, 2000, MARINE COASTAL GEOGR, P205 NASBYLUCAS NM, 2002, FISH B-NOAA, V100, P739 PIET GJ, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P1332 PIKITCH EK, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT S2, V44, P349 PITCHER CR, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P1359 RAGNARSSON SA, 2003, ICES J MAR SCI, V60, P1200 RIJNSDORP AD, 1998, ICES J MAR SCI, V55, P403 RIJNSDORP AD, 2001, 2001N01 ICES CM ROMSOS C, 2004, THESIS OREGON STATE SAMPSON DB, 1997, NMFSNWFSC31 NOAA SAMPSON DB, 2001, SPATIAL PROCESSES MA, P539 SCHOLZ A, 2005, BENTHIC HABITATS EFF, P727 STEIN DL, 1992, FISH B-NOAA, V90, P540 VALDEMARSEN JW, 2003, RESPONSIBLE FISHERIE VANMARLEN B, 2000, EFFECTS FISHING NONT, P198 YOKLAVICH MM, 2000, FISH B-NOAA, V98, P625 NR 53 TC 0 J9 CAN J FISHERIES AQUAT SCI BP 2886 EP 2900 PY 2005 PD DEC VL 62 IS 12 GA 991FZ UT ISI:000233799100021 ER PT J AU Huntingford, C Hemming, D Gash, JHC Gedney, N Nuttall, PA TI Impact of climate change on health: what is required of climate modellers? SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF TROPICAL MEDICINE AND HYGIENE LA English DT Article C1 Ctr Ecol & Hydrol, Wallingford OX10 8BB, Oxon, England. Hadley Ctr, Met Off, Exeter EX1 3PB, Devon, England. Joint Ctr Hydrometeorol Res, Met Off, Wallingford OX10 8BB, Oxon, England. Ctr Ecol & Hydrol, Swindon SN2 1EU, Wilts, England. RP Huntingford, C, Ctr Ecol & Hydrol, Wallingford OX10 8BB, Oxon, England. AB The potential impacts of climate change on human health are significant, ranging from direct effects such as heat stress and flooding, to indirect influences including changes in disease transmission and malnutrition in response to increased competition for crop and water resources. Development agencies and policy makers tasked with implementing adaptive strategies recognize the need to plan for these impacts. However at present there is little guidance on how to prioritize their funding to best improve the resilience of vulnerable communities. Here we address this issue by arguing that closer collaboration between the climate modelling and health communities is required to provide the focused information necessary to best inform policy makers. The immediate requirement is to create multidisciplinary research teams bringing together skills in both climate and health modelling. This will enable considerable information exchange, and closer collaboration will highlight current uncertainties and hopefully routes to their reduction. We recognize that climate is only one aspect influencing the highly complex behaviour of health and disease issues. However we are optimistic that climate-health model simulations, including uncertainty bounds, will provide much needed estimates of the likely impacts of climate change on human health. (C) 2006 Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *WHO, 2002, WORLD HLTH REP 2002 *WHO, 2003, HLTH ASP AIR POLL PA *WORLD WAT ASS PRO, 2003, UN WORLD WAT DEV REP ALBRITTON DL, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, P21 ANIELLO C, 1995, COMPUT GEOSCI, V21, P965 ASHRAF H, 2002, LANCET, V360, P1950 CAMPBELLLENDRUM DH, 2003, CLIMATE CHANGE HUMAN, P133 CHALLINOR AJ, 2005, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V360, P2085 CHECKLEY W, 2000, LANCET, V355, P442 COLLINS WJ, 2002, Q J ROY METEOR SOC A, V128, P991 DOBSON A, 1992, GLOBAL WARMING BIOL, P201 DONALDSON GC, 2003, ENVIRON RES, V91, P1 GEDNEY N, 2000, ASSESSMENT POTENTIAL GEDNEY N, 2003, J HYDROMETEOROL, V4, P1265 HALES S, 2002, LANCET, V360, P830 HAMNETT MP, 1999, 101999 PEAC U HAW MA HAY SI, 2002, NATURE, V415, P905 HONDA Y, 1998, J RISK RES, V1, P209 HOUGHTON JT, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001 HUNTINGFORD C, 2005, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V360, P1999 HUNTINGFORD C, 2005, SCIENCE, V309, P1789 KNOWLTON K, 2004, ENVIRON HEALTH PERSP, V112, P1557 KOPPE C, 2004, HLTH GLOBAL ENV CHAN, V2 LINTHICUM KJ, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P397 LONG SP, 2005, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V360, P2011 MAITELLI GT, 1996, AMAZONIAN DEFORESTAT, P193 MARTENS P, 1999, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V9, P89 MARTENS P, 2002, ENV CHANGE CLIMATE H MCCARTHY JJ, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, V1, P1 MURPHY JM, 2004, NATURE, V430, P768 PARRY ML, 2004, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V14, P53 PEET J, 2003, ECONOMIST, V368 ROGERS DJ, 2002, NATURE, V415, P710 ROGERS DJ, 2006, ADV PARASIT, V62, P345 STAINFORTH DA, 2005, NATURE, V433, P403 STEVENSON DS, 2006, J GEOPHYS RES, V111 STOTT PA, 2000, SCIENCE, V290, P2133 STOTT PA, 2004, NATURE, V432, P610 SULLIVAN C, 2002, WORLD DEV, V30, P1195 SULLIVAN C, 2005, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V51, P69 SULLIVAN CA, 2003, NAT RESOUR FORUM, V27, P189 TANSER FC, 2003, LANCET, V326, P1792 VANLIESHOUT M, 2004, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V14, P87 WATSON RT, 2002, ENV CHANGE CLIMATE H WHEELER TR, 2005, PHILOS T R SOC LON B, V360, P1981 NR 45 TC 0 J9 TRANS ROY SOC TROP MED HYG BP 97 EP 103 PY 2007 PD FEB VL 101 IS 2 GA 129DI UT ISI:000243708200001 ER PT J AU Boesch, DF TI The role of science in ocean governance SO ECOLOGICAL ECONOMICS LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Maryland, Ctr Environm Sci, Cambridge, MD 21613 USA. RP Boesch, DF, Univ Maryland, Ctr Environm Sci, POB 775, Cambridge, MD 21613 USA. AB Sustainable governance of the ocean demands a more integral and timely role for science. Although, science has played a limited role in global ocean governance regimes, science has made essential contributions to governance on regional scales, particularly when there is strong scientific consensus, clear identification of problems and solutions, and convergence with cultural ideas. Science is especially challenged to contribute to: understanding intergenerational and interspatial effects, addressing inherent uncertainty about the behavior of marine ecosystems, and integrated ecological-economic models and assessments needed for adaptive management. Pressing issues requiring stronger inclusion of science in ocean governance include the global nitrogen cycle and coastal eutrophication, irreversible habitat degradation, sustainable exploitation of living resources, and the effects of climate change on ocean and coastal environments. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR *NAT RES COUNC, 1992, OC NEXT DEC BUILD NE *NAT RES COUNC, 1994, PRIOR COAST EC SCI *NAT RES COUNC, 1995, SCI POL COAST IMPR D *NAT RES COUNC, 1995, UND MAR BIOD *NAT RES COUNC, 1997, STRIK BAL IMPR STEW ANTUNES P, 1999, ECOL ECON, V31, P215 BOESCH DF, 1994, J COASTAL RES, V20, P1 BOESCH DF, 1996, J COASTAL CONSERV, V2, P103 BOTSFORD LW, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P509 BROECKER WS, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P1582 CARPENTER SR, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P559 COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 COSTANZA R, 1998, SCIENCE, V281, P198 COSTANZA R, 1999, ECOL ECON, V31, P171 COSTANZA R, 1999, ECOL ECON, V31, P199 DUCROTOY JP, 1997, SAVING SEAS VALUES S, P175 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HAAS PM, 1990, SAVING MEDITERRANEAN HAAS PM, 1993, I EARTH SOURCES EFFE, P133 HAAS PM, 1997, SAVING SEAS VALUES S, P193 HANNA SS, 1999, ECOL ECON, V31, P275 HOLLING CS, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P3 HOWARTH RW, 1996, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY, V35, P75 JASANOFF S, 1990, 5 BRANCH SCI ADVISOR JASANOFF S, 1997, SAVING SEAS VALUES S, P229 KAUFMAN L, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC, P275 KELLERT SR, 1993, BIOPHILIA HYPOTHESIS LEE KN, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE LEE KN, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P560 LUBCHENCO J, 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P371 LUBCHENCO J, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P491 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 NIXON SW, 1995, OPHELIA, V41, P199 PETERSON CH, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC, P177 RABALAIS NN, 1996, ESTUARIES, V19, P386 SABATIER P, 1993, POLICY CHANGE LEARNI SAGOFF M, 1992, J ENERGY NATURAL RES, V12, P351 SAREWITZ D, 1996, FRONTIERS ILLUSION S STEBBING ARD, 1992, MAR POLLUT BULL, V24, P287 TURNER RE, 1997, ESTUARIES, V20, P1 VITOUSEK PM, 1997, ECOL APPL, V7, P737 VITOUSEK PM, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P494 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT NR 43 TC 3 J9 ECOL ECON BP 189 EP 198 PY 1999 PD NOV VL 31 IS 2 GA 262AA UT ISI:000084042500002 ER PT J AU Mossler, M TI Environmental hazard analysis and small island states: Rethinking academic approaches SO GEOGRAPHISCHE ZEITSCHRIFT LA English DT Article RP Mossler, M, RUTGERS STATE UNIV,DEPT GEOG,LUCY STONE HALL,LIVINGSTON CAMPUS,POB 5080,NEW BRUNSWICK,NJ 08903. CR *GOV GREN ORG AM S, 1988, ID MON MIT HAZ RISKS *PANC DIS PREP PRE, 1984, NEWSLETTER OCT, P8 ALEXANDER D, 1991, DISASTERS, V15, P209 ALEXANDER D, 1992, ENVIRON GEOL WATER S, V20, P165 ALEXANDER D, 1995, NATURAL DISASTERS BENDER SO, 1989, C DIS SUST DEV LOOK, P88 BERKE P, 1991, LINKING HURRICANE DI BERKE P, 1991, MONTSERRAT EMERGENCY BOGARD WC, 1988, SOCIOL PERSPECT, V31, P147 BURTON I, 1978, ENV HAZARD, V1, P1 CAMBERS G, 1993, RISK ISLANDS E CARIB COLLYMORE JM, 1989, DISASTER MANAGEMENT, V2, P87 COLLYMORE JM, 1992, DISASTER MANAGEMENT, V4, P163 CROSS JA, 1992, J GEOGR, V91, P190 CUNY FC, 1983, DISASTERS DEV CUTTER S, 1994, ENV RISKS HAZARDS CUTTER SL, 1989, PROF GEOGR, V41, P149 DEGG M, 1992, GEOGRAPHY, V77, P198 HAMMERTON JL, 1984, DISASTERS, V8, P279 HEWITT K, 1971, HAZARDOUSNESS PLACE HEWITT K, 1983, INTERPRETATIONS CALA KATES RW, 1994, ENV RISKS HAZARDS, P78 LEWIS J, 1981, PAC VIEWPOINT, V22, P145 LEWIS J, 1984, DISASTERS, V8, P190 LEWIS J, 1990, DISASTERS, V14, P241 MARSTON SA, 1983, POLIT GEOGR QUART, V2, P339 MCINTOSH CE, 1984, DISASTERS, V8, P273 MEYERARENDT KJ, 1991, GEOJOURNAL, V23, P323 MITCHELL JK, 1985, DISASTERS, V9, P286 MITCHELL JK, 1989, GEOGR REV, V79, P391 MITCHELL JK, 1989, GEOGRAPHY AM, P410 OKEEFE P, 1976, NATURE, V260, P566 PALM RI, 1990, NATURAL HAZARDS INTE PERNETTA JC, 1992, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V2, P19 SAVAGE M, 1993, GEOGR REV, V83, P290 SMITH K, 1992, ENV HAZARDS ASSESSIN TIMMERMAN P, 1981, ENV MONOGRAPH, V1, P1 TOMBLIN J, 1981, AMBIO, V10, P340 VERMEIREN JC, 1991, CARIBBEAN ECOLOGY EC, P127 WATTS MJ, 1983, INTERPRETATIONS CALA, P231 WATTS MJ, 1993, GEOJOURNAL, V30, P117 WHITE GF, 1974, NATURAL HAZARDS LOCA WISNER B, 1993, GEOJOURNAL, V30, P127 NR 43 TC 0 J9 GEOGR Z BP 86 EP 93 PY 1996 VL 84 IS 2 GA WM498 UT ISI:A1996WM49800004 ER PT J AU Villa, F McLeod, H TI Environmental vulnerability indicators for environmental planning and decision-making: Guidelines and applications SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Univ Maryland, Inst Ecol Econ, Solomons, MD 20688 USA. SOPAC, Suva, Fiji. RP Villa, F, Univ Maryland, Inst Ecol Econ, Box 38, Solomons, MD 20688 USA. AB Environmental decision-making and policy-making at all levels refers necessarily to synthetic, approximate quantification of environmental properties such as vulnerability, conservation status, and ability to recover after perturbation. Knowledge of such properties is essential to informed decision-making, but their definition is controversial and their precise characterization requires investments in research, modeling, and data collection that are only possible in the most developed countries. Environmental agencies and governments worldwide have increasingly requested numerical quantification or semi quantitative ranking of such attributes at the ecosystem, landscape, and country level. We do not have a theory to guide their calculation, in general or specific con-texts, particularly with the amount of resources usually available in such cases. As a result, these measures are often calculated with little scientific justification and high subjectivity, and such doubtful approximations are used for critical decision-making. This problem applies particularly to countries with weak economies, such as small island states, where the most precious environmental resources are often concentrated. This paper discusses frameworks for a "least disappointing," approximate quantification of environmental vulnerability. After a review of recent research and recent attempts to quantify environmental vulnerability, we discuss models and theoretical frameworks for obtaining an approximate, standardizable vulnerability indicator of minimal subjectivity and maximum generality. We also discuss issues of empirical testing and comparability between indicators developed for different environments, To assess the state of the art, we describe an independent ongoing project developed in the South Pacific area and aimed to the comparative evaluation of the vulnerability of arbitrary countries. CR *EUR, 1998, ENV PRESS IND EU *IPCC, 1992, GLOB CLIM CHANG RIS *UN, 1994, GLOB C SUST DEV SMAL *US EPA, 1986, EPA540985001 OFF PES *US EPA, 1998, EPA630R95002F ALLEN TFH, 1982, HIERARCHY PERSPECTIV ATKINS J, 1998, COMPOSITE INDEX VULN BRIGUGLIO L, 1995, WORLD DEV, V23, P1615 BRIGUGLIO L, 1997, ALTERNATIVE EC VULNE CAIRNS J, 1977, INTEGRITY WATER, P171 CORMIER SM, 2000, ENVIRON TOXICOL CH 2, V19, P1082 COSTANZA R, 1992, ECOSYSTEM HLTH NEW G COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 CROWARDS TM, 1999, EC VULNERABILITY IND DELEO GA, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 ELRICH PR, 1991, HEALING PLANET GATTO M, 1995, ECOL APPL, V5, P1181 GORDON SI, 2000, ENVIRON TOXICOL CH 2, V19, P1106 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HUGHES P, 1992, S AFR J SCI, V88, P308 KALY U, 1999, 275 SOPAC KALY U, 1999, 299 SOPAC KALY U, 2000, 306 SOPAC KORELESKI K, 1988, SOIL SURV LAND EVAL, V8, P23 LAL S, 1989, J INDIAN SOC SOIL SC, V37, P78 LEAMY ML, 1974, 506 LR NZ SOIL BUR LOAGUE K, 1994, GROUND WATER, V32, P605 ONEILL RV, 1986, HIERARCHICAL CONCEPT PANTIN D, 1997, ALTERNATIVE ECOLOGIC PERNETTA JC, 1990, IMPLICATIONS EXPECTE, P14 SAATY TL, 1980, ANAL HIERARCHY PROCE SEM G, 1996, COASTAL VULNERABILIT STORIE RE, 1976, STORIE INDEX SOIL RA VILLA F, 1995, S IT E NOTIZIE, V24, P67 VILLA F, 1996, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V35, P203 VILLA F, 1996, P ITALIAN SOC ECOLOG, V17, P675 VOINOV AA, 1999, ENVIRON MODELL SOFTW, V14, P473 VOOGD H, 1983, MULTICRITERIA EVALUA WELLS J, 1996, COMPOSITE VULNERABIL WELLS J, 1997, COMPOSITE VULNERABIL WESLAWSKI JM, 1997, ESTUAR COAST SHELF A, V44, P33 WILLIAMS LRR, 2000, ENVIRON TOXICOL CH 2, V19, P1055 YAMADA K, 1995, J GLOBAL ENV ENG, V1, P101 NR 43 TC 1 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 335 EP 348 PY 2002 PD MAR VL 29 IS 3 GA 522YX UT ISI:000173925500003 ER PT J AU Hilborn, R Quinn, TP Schindler, DE Rogers, DE TI Biocomplexity and fisheries sustainability SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AB A classic example of a sustainable fishery is that targeting sockeye salmon in Bristol Bay, Alaska, where record catches have occurred during the last 20 years. The stock complex is an amalgamation of several hundred discrete spawning populations. Structured within lake systems, individual populations display diverse life history characteristics and local adaptations to the variation in spawning and rearing habitats. This biocomplexity has enabled the aggregate of populations to sustain its productivity despite major changes in climatic conditions affecting the freshwater and marine environments during the last century. Different geographic and life history components that were minor producers during one climatic regime have dominated during others, emphasizing that the biocomplexity of fish stocks is critical for maintaining their resilience to environmental change. CR ABBOTT JC, 1985, BEHAVIOUR, V92, P241 BEAMISH RJ, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V56, P516 BRODEUR RD, 1999, FISH OCEANOGR, V8, P296 BURGNER RL, 1991, PACIFIC SALMON LIFE, P1 COUNCIL NR, 1996, UPSTREAM SALMON SOC CRAWFORD DL, 2000, BRISTOL BAY SOCKEYE DEMORY RL, 1964, 488 US FISH WILDL SE DITTMAN AH, 1996, J EXP BIOL, V199, P83 FOOTE CJ, 1998, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V55, P1524 HARE SR, 1999, FISHERIES, V24, P6 HARE SR, 2000, PROG OCEANOGR, V47, P103 HILBORN R, 1992, QUANTITATIVE FISHERI HYATT KD, 2000, SUSTAINABLE FISHERIE, P51 LAGE C, 2001, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V58, P982 LEONETTI FE, 1997, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V17, P194 MANTUA NJ, 1997, B AM METEOROL SOC, V78, P1069 MARRIOTT RA, 1964, 494 US FISH WILDL SE MCGOWAN JA, 1998, SCIENCE, V281, P210 MINARD RE, 1987, CAN SPEC PUBL FISH A, V96, P336 MINOBE S, 1999, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V26, P855 OLSEN JC, 1968, FURTHER STUDIES ALAS, P169 POLOVINA JJ, 1994, FISH OCEANOGR, V3, P15 QUINN TP, 1994, ANIM BEHAV, V48, P751 QUINN TP, 1995, OIKOS, V74, P425 QUINN TP, 1999, OECOLOGIA, V121, P273 QUINN TP, 2001, CAN J ZOOL, V79, P1782 QUINN TP, 2001, T AM FISH SOC, V130, P995 ROGERS DE, 1987, CAN SPEC PUBL FISH A, V96, P78 RUGGERONE GT, 2000, CAN J ZOOL, V78, P974 RUNNING SW, 1999, T AM GEOPHYS UNION, V80, P213 RUZZANTE DE, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1090 SCHEUERELL MD, 2003, IN PRESS ECOLOGY STEEN RP, 1999, CAN J ZOOL, V77, P836 TAYLOR EB, 1991, AQUACULTURE, V98, P185 WEST CJ, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P712 WINEMILLER KO, 1993, AM NAT, V142, P585 WOOD CC, 1995, EVOLUTION AQUATIC EC, P195 NR TC 5 BP 6564 EP 6568 PY 2003 PD MAY 27 VL 100 IS 11 UT ISI:000183190700050 ER PT J AU Guerry, AD TI Icarus and Daedalus: conceptual and tactical lessons for marine ecosystem-based management SO FRONTIERS IN ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Review C1 Oregon State Univ, Dept Zool, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. RP Guerry, AD, Oregon State Univ, Dept Zool, 3029 Cordley Hall, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. AB A growing realization that the oceans are being degraded has led to calls for a fundamental shift in the management of activities that affect marine ecosystems. Insights from research in coastal marine ecosystems will help shape policies that consider interactions between ecosystem components. The concept of connections is central to coastal marine ecology. Connections between: (1) ecosystem structure and functioning; (2) land and sea; (3) marine habitats; (4) species; (5) diverse stressors; and (6) knowledge and uncertainty are of particular importance. These linkages provide conceptual and tactical guidance to inform the transition to ecosystem-based management for the oceans. Conceptual guidance includes recognizing of linkages, expecting of surprises, and avoiding hubris in management. Tactical guidance includes managing coastal systems at watershed scales, emphasizing monitoring, using area-based management, and incorporating the recognition of uncertainties into decision-making. Ultimately, successful management of human activities that affect the oceans will require integrating these conceptual and tactical approaches. CR *BSEP, 1999, BLACK SEA TRANSB DIA *CBP, 2004, CBPTRS27305 *EPA, 2004, EPA620R03002 *EPAP, 1999, EC BAS FISH MAN REP *MEA, 2005, MILL EC ASS SYNTH RE *NMFS, 2004, ANN REP C STAT US FI *NRC, 1990, DECL SEA TURTL CAUS *NRC, 2001, MAR PROT AR TOOLS SU *POC, 2003, AM LIV OC CHART COUR *SFERTF, 2000, COORD SUCC STRAT RES *USCOP, 2004, OC BLUEPR 21 CENT FI ACAR S, 2001, REGIONAL REPORTING I AGNEW DJ, 1997, ANTARCT SCI, V9, P235 ALLISON GW, 2003, ECOL APPL S, V13, S8 BABCOCK EA, 2004, B MAR SCI, V74, P685 BALMFORD A, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P950 BEACH D, 2002, COASTAL SPRAWL EFFEC BERKES F, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P409 BERLOW EL, 1999, NATURE, V398, P330 BOESCH DF, 2003, CHESAPEAKE FUTURES C BROWMAN HI, 2004, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V274, P269 BRUNO JF, 2003, ECOL LETT, V6, P1056 BUSTAMANTE RH, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P2314 CASTILLA JC, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P280 CERRANO C, 2000, ECOL LETT, V3, P284 CHRISTENSEN NL, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P665 CLOERN JE, 2001, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V210, P223 CONSTABLE AJ, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P778 DUGGINS DO, 1989, SCIENCE, V245, P170 ELLISON AM, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1036 ELMQVIST T, 2003, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, V1, P488 ESTES JA, 1974, SCIENCE, V185, P1058 FOLKE C, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P437 GRUMBINE RE, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P27 HARLEY CDG, 2003, IMPORTANCE SPECIES P HOLLING CS, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P328 HOWARTH R, 2000, ISSUES ECOLOGY, V7 JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P629 JONES CG, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P1946 KINZIG AP, 2003, AMBIO, V32, P330 LESLIE H, 2004, THESIS OREGON STATE LEVIN SA, 1999, FRAGILE DOMINION COM LINK JS, 2002, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V59, P1429 LOREAU M, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P804 MCALLISTER M, 2002, B MAR SCI, V70, P499 MENGE BA, 1995, ECOL MONOGR, V65, P21 MENGE BA, 2003, IMPORTANCE SPECIES P MYERS RA, 2003, NATURE, V423, P280 NEUTEL AM, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P1120 PAINE RT, 1966, AM NAT, V100, P65 PALMER M, 2005, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, P4 PAULY D, 2002, PERFECT OCEAN STATE PETERSON CH, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P2082 PRIBBLE JR, 2003, 0602 TAMP BAY EST PR PUNT AE, 1997, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V7, P35 RABALAIS NN, 2002, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V33, P235 RASS TS, 1992, OCEANOLOGY, V32, P197 ROBERTS CM, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P1454 RUIZ GM, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P481 SALA E, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P3678 SCHIEL DR, 2004, ECOLOGY, V84, P1833 SOTKA EE, 2004, MOL ECOL, V13, P2143 STACHOWICZ JJ, 2002, ECOLOGY, V83, P2575 WOOTTON JT, 1994, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V25, P443 WORM B, 2002, NATURE, V417, P848 NR 65 TC 2 J9 FRONT ECOL ENVIRON BP 202 EP 211 PY 2005 PD MAY VL 3 IS 4 GA 922XB UT ISI:000228872100016 ER PT J AU Hahn, T Olsson, P Folke, C Johansson, K TI Trust-building, knowledge generation and organizational innovations: The role of a bridging organization for adaptive comanagement of a wetland landscape around Kristianstad, Sweden SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Stockholm, Ctr Transdisciplinary Environm Res, CTM, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. RP Hahn, T, Univ Stockholm, Ctr Transdisciplinary Environm Res, CTM, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. AB The literature on ecosystem management and assessment is increasingly focusing on social capacity to enhance ecosystem resilience. Organizational flexibility, participatory approaches to learning, and knowledge generation for responding adequately to environmental change have been highlighted but not critically assessed. The small, flexible municipal organization, Ecomuseum Kristianstads Vattenrike (EKV) in southern Sweden, has identified win-win situations and gained broad support and legitimacy for ecosystem management among a diversity of actors in the region. Navigating the existing legal-political framework, EKV has built a loose social network of local stewards and key persons from organizations at municipal and higher societal levels. As a 'bridging organization', EKV has created arenas for trust-building, knowledge generation, collaborative learning, preference formation, and conflicts solving among actors in relation to specific environmental issues. Ad hoc projects are developed as issues arise by mobilizing individuals from the social network. Our results suggest that the EKV approach to adaptive comanagement has enhanced the social capacity to respond to unpredictable change and developed a trajectory towards resilience of a desirable social-ecological system. CR ADAMS WM, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1915 AGRAWAL A, 1999, WORLD DEV, V27, P629 BARTH S, 2000, KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT, V3, P22 BERKES F, 1992, ECOL ECON, V5, P1 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 2002, DRAMA COMMONS BERKES F, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, V1, P1 BERNARD HR, 1994, RES METHODS ANTHR QU BOYLE M, 2001, ENCY GLOBAL ENV CHAN, V4, P116 BROMLEY DW, 1989, EC INTERESTS I CONCE BROWN K, 2003, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, V1, P479 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 CRONERT H, 2001, NATURVARD KRISTIANST DALE VH, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P639 DANTER KJ, 2000, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V13, P537 DESVEAUX JA, 1994, CAN J POLIT SCI, V27, P493 DIETZ T, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1907 DUKES E, 1996, RESOLVING PUBLIC CON ECKERBER GK, 2004, LOCAL ENV, V9, P405 FOLKE C, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P437 FOLKE C, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, P352 FOLKE C, 2004, ANNU REV ECOL EVOL S, V35, P557 FOLKE C, 2005, IN PRESS ANN REV ENV GADGIL M, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P151 GUNDERSON LH, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HAHN T, 2000, THESIS SLU UPPSALA HOFF M, 1998, SUSTAINABLE COMMUNIT HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 IMPERIAL MT, 1999, ENVIRON MANAGE, V24, P449 KETTL DF, 2000, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V60, P488 KVALE S, 1996, INTERVIEWS INTRO QUA LJUNG M, 2001, THESIS SLU UPPSALA MAGNUSSON SE, 2002, 2002 03 20 SWED ENV MAGNUSSON SE, 2002, KRITIANSTADS VATTENR MAGNUSSON SE, 2004, BIOSPHERE RESERVE KR MALAYANG BSIII, 2005, MILLENNIUM ECOSYSTEM MALHOTRA Y, 1999, KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT, P18 MCALLISTER JW, 2002, FUTURE SCI HUMANITIE MCCAY BJ, 2002, DRAMA COMMONS MCINTOSH R, 2000, WAY WIND BLOWS CLIMA MINTZBERG H, 1979, STRUCTURING ORG SYNT NORTH D, 1990, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR OLSSON P, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P85 OLSSON P, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P2 OLSSON P, 2004, ENVIRON MANAGE, V34, P75 OSTROM E, 1998, PROTECTION GLOBAL BI, P149 OSTROM E, 2005, UNDERSTANDING I DIVE OVESSON P, 2003, MARKHAVDKARERING 200 PINKERTON E, 1989, COOPEATIVE MANAGEMEN PRETTY J, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1912 PRETTY JN, 1995, WORLD DEV, V23, P1247 ROLING N, 1998, FACILITATING SUSTAIN SCHULTZ L, 2004, MA C BRIDG SCAL EP M SHANNON MA, 1998, RIVER ECOLOGY MANAGE, P529 WALKER BH, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P5 WESTLEY F, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN WESTLEY F, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P333 WONDOLLECK JM, 2000, MAKING COLLABORATION YOUNG OR, 2002, DRAMA COMMONS NR 60 TC 0 J9 HUM ECOL BP 573 EP 592 PY 2006 PD AUG VL 34 IS 4 GA 090VQ UT ISI:000240981100007 ER PT J AU Dasgupta, P Maler, KG TI The economics of non-convex ecosystems: Introduction SO ENVIRONMENTAL & RESOURCE ECONOMICS LA English DT Article C1 Univ Cambridge, Fac Econ, Cambridge CB3 9DD, England. Beijer Int Inst Ecol Econ, Stockholm, Sweden. RP Dasgupta, P, Univ Cambridge, Fac Econ, Sidgwick Ave, Cambridge CB3 9DD, England. AB The word "convexity" is ubiquitous in economics, but absent from economics. In this paper we explain why, and show what difference it makes to economic analysis if ecosystem non-convexities are taken seriously. A simple proof is provided of the connection between "self-similarity" and "power laws". We also provide an introduction to each of the papers in the Symposium and draw out the way in which they form a linked set of contributions. CR *WHO, 1983, MEAS CHANG NUTR STAT *WHO, 1985, WHO TECHN REP SER, V724 *WORLD BANK, 1992, WORLD DEV REP ARROW K, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P520 ARROW KJ, 1971, FRONTIERS QUANTITATI, V1 ARROW KJ, 2003, ECON THEOR, V21, P217 BAUMOL WM, 1975, THEORY ENV POLICY BHATTACHARYA R, 2003, UNPUB RANDOM DYNAMIC BROCK WA, 1989, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO BROCK WA, 2003, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V26, P575 CHAVE J, 2003, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V26, P527 CROPPER M, 1994, AM ECON REV, V84, P250 DASGUPTA P, 1982, CONTROL RESOURCES DASGUPTA P, 1986, ECON J, V96, P1011 DASGUPTA P, 1987, ECON J, V97, P177 DASGUPTA P, 1993, INQUIRY WELL BEING D DASGUPTA P, 1997, J ECONOMETRICS, V77, P5 DASGUPTA P, 2000, BIOSCIENCE, V50, P339 DASGUPTA P, 2000, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V5, P69 DASGUPTA P, 2000, POPUL DEV REV, V26, P643 DASGUPTA P, 2001, HUMAN WELL BEING NAT DASGUPTA P, 2001, POPUL DEV REV, V26, P748 DASGUPTA P, 2003, IN PRESS ANN BANK C DEBREU G, 1959, THEORY VALUE FOGEL RW, 1994, AM ECON REV, V84, P369 FOGEL RW, 1999, AM ECON REV, V89, P1 FUGITA M, 1999, SPATIAL EC CITIES RE GROSSMAN GM, 1995, Q J ECON, V110, P353 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HARRISON GA, 1990, DIET DIS TRADITIONAL HEAL GM, 1998, VALUING FUTURE EC TH JOHANSSON PO, 1985, EC FORESTRY NATURAL JOHNSON DG, 2000, AM ECON REV, V90, P1 JOHNSON DG, 2001, POPUL DEV REV, V27, P739 JONES CI, 1998, INTRO EC GROWTH KAMIEN MI, 1991, DYNAMIC OPTIMIZATION KEELER E, 1972, J ECON THEORY, V4, P19 KNEESE AV, 1972, EC ENV MAT BALANCE KOOPMANS TC, 1957, 3 ESSAYS STATE EC SC KREMER M, 1993, Q J ECON, V108, P681 KURZ M, 1968, INT ECON REV, V9, P348 LEVIN SA, 1999, FRAGILE DOMINION COM LEVIN SA, 1998, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V3, P222 LUDWIG D, 1978, J ANIM ECOL, V47, P315 LUTZ E, 1993, IMPROVED ACCOUNTING MADDISON A, 2001, WORLD EC MILLENNIAL MAJUMDAR M, 1982, J ECON THEORY, V27, P101 MAJUMDAR M, 2000, OPTIMIZATION CHAOS MALER KG, 1974, ENV EC THEORETICAL E MAY RM, 1975, STABILITY COMPLEXITY MAY RM, 1989, FRAGILE ENV MURRAY JD, 1993, MATH BIOL PASTOR J, 1992, SYSTEM ANAL GLOBAL B PEARCE DW, 1993, ECOL ECON, V8, P103 PERRINGS C, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC RAHMSTORF S, 1995, NATURE, V378, P145 RAHMSTORF S, 2002, NATURE, V419, P207 SCHEFFER M, 1997, ECOLOGY SHALLOW LAKE SCHOLES RJ, 2003, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V26, P559 SCRIMSHAW NC, 1968, INTERACTIONS NUTR IN SKIBA AK, 1978, ECONOMETRICA, V46, P527 SPURR GB, 1988, CAPACITY WORK TROPIC SPURR GB, 1990, DIET DIS TRADITIONAL STARRETT DA, 1972, J ECON THEORY, V4, P180 STARRETT DA, 1973, ECONOMETRICA, V41, P179 TIROLE J, 1993, THEORY IND ORG VANANDEL TH, 1994, NEW VIEWS OLD PLANET WAGENER FOO, 2003, J ECON DYN CONTROL, V27, P1533 WEITZMAN ML, 2000, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V5, P55 NR 70 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON RESOUR ECON BP 499 EP 525 PY 2003 PD DEC VL 26 IS 4 GA 751MH UT ISI:000187070500001 ER PT J AU Currie, DJ TI Conservation of endangered species and the patterns and propensities of biodiversity SO COMPTES RENDUS BIOLOGIES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Ottawa, Ottawa Carleton Inst Biol, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada. RP Currie, DJ, Univ Ottawa, Ottawa Carleton Inst Biol, Box 450,Stn A, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada. AB It is commonly asserted in the ecological and economic literature that habitat loss is the main cause of loss of imperiled species. The evidence clearly shows that habitat loss is a common contributing factor, but there is little evidence that it is the most important factor. Studies that have focused on the mechanisms of species loss have failed to produce models capable of predicting patterns of loss as a function of human activities. I propose that this is because ecologists have employed an unrealistic conceptual model of the functioning of natural systems. Karl Popper's construct of the propensities of natural systems provides a more realistic view, and better potential to yield predictive models. I provide two examples of patterns of biodiversity and species loss in Canada where mechanistic reasoning is inconsistent with the observed propensities of species loss. (C) 2003 Academie des sciences. Published by Editions scientifiques et medicales Elsevier SAS. All rights reserved. CR *EC STRAT WORK GRO, 1995, NAT EC FRAM CAN AGR BANCROFT GT, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P835 BENDER DJ, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P517 BERKHUIS J, 1987, ATLAS NEDERLANDSE VO BORMANN FH, 1994, PATTERN PROCESS FORE CADMAN MD, 1987, ATLAS BREEDING BIRDS CARSON R, 1962, SILENT SPRING CHITTY D, 1996, DO LEMMINGS COMMIT S CRACRAFT J, 1999, LIVING PLANET CRISIS CZECH B, 2000, BIOSCIENCE, V50, P593 FLATHER CH, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P365 GOTTFRIED K, 1997, NATURE, V386, P545 HEISENBERG W, 1958, PHYSICS PHILOS HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 KUHN TS, 1959, COPENICAN REVOLUTION MACKEY R, 2001, THESIS U OTTAWA MARSHALL IB, 1999, NATL ECOLOGICAL FRAM MITTERMEIER RA, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P516 MULLER MR, 1995, THESIS U OTTAWA MYERS N, 2000, NATURE, V403, P853 NAEEM S, 1995, ENDEAVOUR, V19, P58 NOVACEK MJ, 2001, BIODIVERSITY CRISIS PATTEN BC, 1995, COMPLEX ECOLOGY PART POPPER K, 1990, WORLD PROPENSITIES PRENDERGAST JR, 1993, NATURE, V365, P335 PRENDERGAST JR, 1995, BIOL CONSERV, V72, P109 REED JL, 1994, J CHEM EDUC, V71, P98 ROUGHGARDEN J, 1995, EC ECOLOGY BIODIVERS, P149 RUSSELL B, 1949, HIST W PHILOS SISK TD, 1994, BIOSCIENCE, V44, P592 SMITH F, 1995, EC ECOLOGY BIODIVERS, P125 SWANSON T, 1995, EC ECOLOGY BIODIVERS, P41 TILMAN D, 1994, NATURE, V367, P363 VILLARD MA, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P774 VITOUSEK PM, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P1861 WILSON EO, 1992, DIVERSITY LIFE NR 36 TC 0 J9 C R BIOL BP S98 EP S103 PY 2003 PD AUG VL 326 GA 728ZH UT ISI:000185745900017 ER PT J AU BURROWS, WH CARTER, JO SCANLAN, JC ANDERSON, ER TI MANAGEMENT OF SAVANNAS FOR LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION IN NORTH-EAST AUSTRALIA - CONTRASTS ACROSS THE TREE GRASS CONTINUUM SO JOURNAL OF BIOGEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article C1 QUEENSLAND DEPT PRIMARY IND,CHARTERS TOWERS,QLD 4820,AUSTRALIA. QUEENSLAND DEPT PRIMARY IND,LONGREACH,QLD 4730,AUSTRALIA. RP BURROWS, WH, QUEENSLAND DEPT PRIMARY IND,POB 6014,MAIL CTR,ROCKHAMPTON,QLD 4702,AUSTRALIA. CR 1955, FOREST RES INDIA 1 1 1975, SOIL TAXONOMY BASIC BALL MJ, 1981, J RANGE MANAGE, V34, P38 BEALE IF, 1973, TROPICAL GRASSLANDS, V7, P135 BLUNT HS, 1948, J OXFORD U FOR SOC, P28 BOLTON MP, 1987, P WEED SEED BIOL C O, P29 BOURLIERE F, 1970, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V1, P125 BOWMAN DMJ, 1988, J ECOL, V76, P215 BOYLAND DE, 1973, TROPICAL GRASSLANDS, V7, P35 BROWN NAC, 1967, SO AFRICAN J AGR SCI, V10, P659 BURGESS KL, 1981, FOREST ISLAND DYNAMI BURROWS WH, 1969, AUSTR J BOT, V17, P539 BURROWS WH, 1972, AUSTR J BOT, V20, P317 BURROWS WH, 1973, QUEENSL J AGR ANIM S, V30, P57 BURROWS WH, 1985, ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT W, P207 BURROWS WH, 1986, 4TH P BIENN C AUST R, P104 BURROWS WH, 1986, MULGA LANDS, P7 BURROWS WH, 1986, TROPICAL GRASSLANDS, V3, P1 BURROWS WH, 1988, Q187023 QUEENSL DEP, P72 BUSBY JR, 1984, USERS MANUAL VERSION CARNAHAN JA, 1976, ATLAS AUSTR RESOURCE CARTER JO, 1986, 3RD QUEENSL FIR RES, P55 CARTER MG, 1964, J RANGE MANAGE, V17, P275 CHRISTIE EK, 1975, TROP GRASSLANDS, V9, P243 CLARY WP, 1981, J RANGE MANAGE, V34, P109 EBERSOHN JP, 1965, QLD J AGR ANIM SCI, V22, P431 GILLISON AN, 1983, TROPICAL SAVANNAS, P183 HARRINGTON GN, 1986, RANGELANDS RESOURCE, P26 HARRINGTON GN, 1990, IN PRESS HERBACEOUS HARRIS LD, 1984, FRAGMENTED FOREST HARVEY GJ, 1981, 6TH P AUSTR WEEDS C, P197 HODGKINSON KC, 1984, MANAGEMENT AUSTR RAN, P141 HUBBLE GD, 1983, SOILS AUSTR VIEWPOIN, P17 HUNTLEY BJ, 1982, ECOLOGY TROPICAL SAV LORIMER MS, 1978, TROP GRASSLANDS, V12, P97 LUKEN JO, 1988, AM MIDL NAT, V119, P258 MCKEON GM, 1982, P AUSTR SOC ANIMAL P, V14, P201 MCLENNAN SR, 1988, Q187023 QUEENSL DEP, P125 MOORE RM, 1970, AUSTR GRASSLANDS MOTT JJ, 1981, J AUST I AGR SCI, V47, P132 MOTT JJ, 1984, MANAGEMENT AUSTR RAN, P255 MOTT JJ, 1985, ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT W, P56 ORR DM, 1981, AUSTR J BOTANY, V29, P533 ORR DM, 1984, MANAGEMENT AUSTR RAN, P241 ORR DM, 1986, 4TH P BIENN C AUST R, P230 PARKER RN, 1918, ACACIA ARABICAS WILD PIENAAR AJ, 1959, FMG S AFR, V35, P16 PRATT DJ, 1971, J APPL ECOL, V8, P217 QADRI SMI, 1955, J FOREST, V5, P241 SCANLAN JC, 1980, AUST RANGELAND J, V2, P162 SCANLAN JC, 1983, AUSTR RANGE J, V5, P13 SCANLAN JC, 1986, RANGELANDS RESOURCE, P66 SCANLAN JC, 1988, Q187023 QUEENSL DEP, P91 SCANLAN JC, 1990, IN PRESS AUST J ECOL SCIFRES CJ, 1982, B1408 TEX AGR EXP ST SCIFRES CJ, 1985, B1493 TEX AGR EXPT S SILCOCK RG, 1980, AUST RANGELAND J, V2, P142 SPECHT RL, 1975, AUST J BOT, V23, P459 SULLIVAN MT, 1987, EFFECTS FIRE WOODY W TEAGUE WR, 1984, DOHNE AGR, V6, P21 TOTHILL JC, 1969, AUST J BOT, V17, P269 TOTHILL JC, 1983, 198283 DIV TROP CROP, P105 TROLLOPE WSW, 1980, P GRASSL SOC S AFR, V15, P173 VANDERSCHIJFF HP, 1957, HDB FARMERS S AFRICA, V3 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WALKER J, 1972, AUSTR J AGR RES, V23, P405 WALKER J, 1979, 797 DIV LAND US TECH WALKER J, 1986, 8611 DIV WAT LAND RE WALKER J, 1986, AUST J ECOL, V11, P135 WESTON EJ, 1981, 27 QUEENSL DEP PRIM WESTON EJ, 1988, NATIVE PASTURES QUEE, P21 WILSON AD, 1984, MANAGEMENT AUSTR RAN, P129 WILSON AD, 1988, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V10, P13 WU HI, 1985, ECOL MODEL, V29, P215 NR 74 TC 30 J9 J BIOGEOGR BP 503 EP 512 PY 1990 PD JUL-SEP VL 17 IS 4-5 GA EK581 UT ISI:A1990EK58100023 ER PT J AU Sinclair, AJ Ham, L TI Household adaptive strategies: Shaping livelihood security in the Western Himalaya SO REVUE CANADIENNE D ETUDES DU DEVELOPPEMENT-CANADIAN JOURNAL OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Manitoba, Nat Resources Inst, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada. RP Sinclair, AJ, Univ Manitoba, Nat Resources Inst, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada. AB This research investigates the livelihood systems of two mountain villages in the northwest Himalaya, focussing or? household strategies of diversification as a means of maintaining livelihood security Field research was carried out with women of different age and caste from 32 households. Eight strategies were found to be of particular importance: (1) the diversification of activities and household inputs, (2) the maintenance of crop biodiversity and landscape diversity in the agricultural system, (3) the increased negotiations with the market, (4) the reliance on agricultural wage labour (5) the building up and drawing down of household inventories, (6) the reliance on common property resources, (7) the development of social networks, and (8) the formation of community groups. Policy for sustainable livelihoods in mountain ecosystems must be firmly rooted in an understanding of these complex strategies and the knowledge of women's own efforts to ensure that their households are secure and resilient. CR *CWD, 1987, UNU WORKSH COMP STUD *INT CTR INT MOUNT, 1988, INT WORKSH WOM DEV M ACHARYA S, 1985, WOMENS WORK FAMILY S AGARWAL B, 1988, POVERTY STRUCTURES P, P83 AGARWAL B, 1990, J PEASANT STUD, V17, P341 ALLAN NJR, 1987, HUMAN IMPACT MOUNTAI BERKES F, 1997, SUSTAINABILITY MOUNT BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 1998, MT RES DEV, V18, P19 BERREMAN GD, 1970, CHANGE CONTINUITY IN CHAMBERS R, 1983, RURAL DEV PUTTING LA CHAMBERS R, 1992, 296 U SUSS I DEV STU CHEN M, 1988, 4 NAT C WOM STUD WAL DENNISTON D, 1995, 123 WORLD WATCH I DUFFIELD C, 1998, MT RES DEV, V18, P35 ECKHOLM E, 1975, SCIENCE, V189, P764 FISHER J, 1994, ENVIRONMENT, V36, P6 HARCOURT APF, 1871, HIMALAYAN DISTRICTS HOLLING CS, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P342 IVES JD, 1989, HIMALAYAN DILEMMA RE JODHA NS, 1992, SUSTAINABLE MOUNTAIN, V1 JODHA NS, 1992, SUSTAINABLE MOUNTAIN, V2 KIRK C, 1993, SOCIOECONOMIC SETTIN, V2 MADAN SS, 1994, COMMUNICATION MOENCH M, 1989, ENVIRON CONSERV, V16, P137 NETTING R, 1993, SMALLHOLDERS HOUSEHO PHILLIPS L, 1989, CANADIAN REV SOCIOLO, V26, P294 SINGH RB, 1998, SUSTAINABLE DEV MOUN THOMPSON M, 1985, MT RES DEV, V5, P115 THOMPSON M, 1993, WORKSH RISK FAIRN LA NR 30 TC 4 J9 REV CAN ETUD DEVELOP BP 89 EP 112 PY 2000 VL 21 IS 1 GA 308QL UT ISI:000086724300004 ER PT J AU Ward, TJ TI Indicators for assessing the sustainability of Australia's marine ecosystems SO MARINE AND FRESHWATER RESEARCH LA English DT Article C1 CSIRO Marine Res, N Beach, WA 6020, Australia. RP Ward, TJ, Univ Western Australia, Inst Reg Dev, Nedlands, WA 6907, Australia. AB Principles of integrated ecosystem-based management have been used to derive 61 potential environmental indicators for reporting on Australia's marine and estuarine ecosystems. They are focused on tracking the condition of marine ecosystems in the face of a variety of uses and pressures, and are consistent with approaches used for assessment of public- and private-sector environmental activities, and with the international standard. The indicators cover issues in protected species, common habitats, renewable and non-renewable resources, water and sediment quality, and integrated management. Gaps in knowledge and technical capacity include: knowledge of the nature of the ecosystems is incomplete (ineffective indicators may be selected); scientific understanding of environmental issues is limited (the wrong cause may be identified); the resolving capacity of a monitoring programme cannot be determined (monitoring may falsely infer that no changes have occurred, or provide an answer to the wrong question); procedures for synthesis and aggregation of data across spatial, temporal and taxonomic scales, or for estimating uncertainty in national summaries are lacking; case-study trials, reference sites, and suitable interpretative models are needed; and an established procedure for revising and updating the indicators as new knowledge accrues, or if new issues arise, is lacking. CR 1987, OUR COMMON FUTURE 1992, NATL STRATEGY ECOLOG 1994, ENV INDICATORS OECD 1994, STATE ENV REPORTING 1996, 14001 ASNZS ISO 1996, AUSTR STATE ENV 1996 1996, GESAMP REPORTS STUDI, V61 1996, NATL STRATEGY CONSER 1997, AUSTR OCEANS NEW HOR 1997, BEST PRACTICE PERFOR 1997, ENV MONITORING ASSES 1998, AUSTR OCEANS POLICY 1998, CORE ENV INDICATORS 1998, ENV PERFORMANCE INDI 1998, INTERIM MARINE COAST 1998, STRATEGIC PLAN ACTIO BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 CHRISTENSEN NL, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P665 COSTANZA R, 1998, SCIENCE, V281, P198 DAHL AL, 1997, SCOPE, V58 GILBERTSON M, 1997, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V54, P483 GRIFFIS RB, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P708 GRIFFITH JA, 1997, J ENVIRON SYST, V26, P325 GRUMBINE RE, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P27 HARWELL MA, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P497 HILTY J, 2000, BIOL CONSERV, V92, P185 JACKSON L, 1999, EVALUATION GUIDELINE JOHNSON BL, 1999, CONSERVATION ECOLOGY, V3 KENCHINGTON R, 1993, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V21, P109 LARKIN PA, 1996, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V6, P1 MAURER D, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P699 PAULY D, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P860 RODENBURG E, 1995, 11 GLOB ENV FAC SAUNDERS D, 1998, ENV INDICATORS NATL SCHRAMM HL, 1996, FISHERIES, V21, P6 SHERMAN K, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V112, P277 SLOCOMBE DS, 1998, ENVIRON MANAGE, V22, P483 VANDERMEULEN H, 1998, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V39, P63 WARD T, 1997, 7 DEP ENV WARD TJ, 1996, MANAGING AUSTR MARIN WARD TJ, 1998, ENV INDICATORS NATL WARD TJ, 1998, RAPID ASSESSMENT MAR WARD TJ, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P691 WEISBERG SB, 1997, ESTUARIES, V20, P149 NR 44 TC 3 J9 MAR FRESHWATER RES BP 435 EP 446 PY 2000 VL 51 IS 5 GA 321FE UT ISI:000087444100004 ER PT J AU Kim, S TI Irresolvable cultural conflicts and conservation/development arguments: Analysis of Korea's Saemangeum project SO POLICY SCIENCES LA English DT Article C1 Korea Univ, Inst Govt Studies, Seoul 136701, South Korea. RP Kim, S, Korea Univ, Inst Govt Studies, Anamdong 5Ga-1, Seoul 136701, South Korea. AB This paper examines, through argument analysis & grid-group model, how cultural bias, as the frame of reference of an advocacy coalition (AC), brings about irresolvable conflicts and produces divided arguments between coalitions for development and conservation in Korea's Saemangeum project. Based on different cultural biases, two ACs - the advocacy coalition for development (ACD) and the advocacy coalition for conservation (ACC) - interpreted the same facts differently in line with their cultural orientations and ways of life. The dynamic argument patterns reflected each coalition's cultural bias, which restricted the frame of reference of actors in each AC. After reviewing argument analysis as an analytic tool, we introduce cultural theory in which ways of life, consisting of cultural biases and social relations, amplify the irresolvable conflicts between two ACs. Second, to show the culturally constructed nature of the conflicts, we analyze the contrasting arguments between the ACD (dominated by a hierarchy bias) and ACC (led by egalitarianism) in the Saemangeum project. Third, we discuss the implications of Mary Douglas and Aaron Wildavsky's cultural theory to advocacy coalition framework (ACF) as follows: 1) constraining effects on inter-coalitional learning by cultural biases, 2) coexistence of different solidarities under a coalition, and 3) asymmetric relationships between parties in a coalition. CR *GKU, 2001, AG SAEM PROJ *JCGRT, 2000, RES REP ENV IMP SAEM *KARIC, 2001, EXPL ISS SAEM PROJ *KFEM, 2001, LIV SAEM MUD FLATS *MOAF, 2001, RIGHTL UND SAEM PROJ *STRP, 2000, SAEM ADAMS J, 1995, RISK ARGYRIS C, 1996, ORG LEARNING, V2 BOVENS M, 1996, UNDERSTANDING POLICY BURCHELL K, 1998, 52 LOND SCH EC DEP G CHAI SK, 1994, POLITICS POLICY CULT, P159 CHAI SK, 1997, CULTURE MATTERS ESSA, P45 COYLE D, 1994, POLITICS POLICY CULT, P33 DAKE K, 1991, J CROSS CULT PSYCHOL, V22, P61 DAVY B, 1997, ESSENTIAL INJUSTICE DOUGLAS M, 1982, ACTIVE VOICE DOUGLAS M, 1985, RISK ACCEPTABILITY A DOUGLAS M, 1992, RISK BLAME ESSAYS CU DUNN W, 1994, PUBLIC POLICY ANAL DURKHEIM E, 1951, SUICIDE STUDY SOCIOL GRENDSTAD G, 1999, CULTURAL THEORY POLI, P151 GRENDSTAD G, 2000, SCAND POLIT STUD, V23, P217 GYAWALI D, 1999, GEOJOURNAL, V47, P443 HAJER MA, 1993, ARGUMENTATIVE TURN P, P43 HECLO H, 1974, SOCIAL POLICY BRIT S HENDRIKS F, 1999, PUBLIC POLICY POLITI HENDRY J, 1999, HUM RELAT, V52, P557 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOOD C, 1998, ART STATE CULTURE RH HOPPE R, 1993, CONTROVERSIAL SCI CO, P275 HOPPE R, 1993, HANDLING FROZEN FIRE HUBBARD AS, 1999, HUM RELAT, V52, P303 JENKINSSMITH HC, 1994, POLITICS POLICY CULT, P17 LASSWELL H, 1963, FUTURE POLITICAL SCI LASSWELL HD, 1951, POLICY SCI RECENT DE, P3 MARCH JG, 1994, PRIMER DECISION MAKI MARRIS C, 1998, RISK ANAL, V18, P635 MOSCOVICI S, 1994, CONFLICT CONSENSUS G NEY S, 1999, INNOVATION, V12, P489 PARK CM, 2002, CULTURAL ANAL PUBOLI, P52 PIMM S, 1984, NATURE, V307, P322 RAYNER S, 1986, SOC STUD SCI, V16, P573 RAYNER S, 1992, SOCIAL THEORIES RISK, P83 ROSS MH, 1993, CULTURE CONFLICT SABATIER P, 1993, POLICY CHANGE LEARNI SABATIER PA, 1988, POLICY SCI, V21, P129 SCHON D, 1994, FRAME REFLECTION RES SCHWARZ M, 1984, PLURAL RATIONALITY I, P22 SCHWARZ M, 1990, DIVIDED WE STAND RED STONE D, 1988, POLICY PARADOX POLIT THOMPSON M, 1990, CULTURAL THEORY THOMPSON M, 1992, UNDERSTANDING ENTERP, P182 THOMPSON M, 1996, INHERENT RELATIONALI THOMPSON M, 2000, SEM ENV VFAL CARN CO THOMPSON MG, 1999, CULTURAL THEORY POLI, P1 THOMSON MA, 1997, COCHRANE LIB, P1 TILMAN D, 1994, NATURE, V367, P363 VANEEMEREN FH, 1987, DISCOURSE STRUCTURE, P208 WILDAVSKY A, 1987, AM POLIT SCI REV, V81, P3 WILDAVSKY A, 1989, RELEVANCE CULTURE, P58 NR 60 TC 0 J9 POLICY SCI BP 125 EP 149 PY 2003 PD JUN VL 36 IS 2 GA 702YH UT ISI:000184252200002 ER PT J AU Saito, L Johnson, BM Bartholow, J Hanna, RB TI Assessing ecosystem effects of reservoir operations using food web-energy transfer and water quality models SO ECOSYSTEMS LA English DT Review C1 Colorado State Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. Colorado State Univ, Dept Fishery & Wildlife Biol, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. US Geol Survey, Midcontinent Ecol Sci Ctr, Ft Collins, CO 80525 USA. Johnson Controls World Serv Inc, Ft Collins, CO 80525 USA. RP Saito, L, Colorado State Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. AB We investigated the effects on the reservoir food web of a new temperature control device (TCD) on the dam at Shasta Lake, California. We followed a linked modeling approach that used a specialized reservoir water quality model to forecast operation-induced changes in phytoplankton production. A food web-energy transfer model was also applied to propagate predicted changes in phytoplankton up through the food web to the predators and sport fishes of interest. The food web-energy transfer model employed a 10% trophic transfer efficiency through a food web that was mapped using carbon and nitrogen stable isotope analysis. Stable isotope analysis provided an efficient and comprehensive means of estimating the structure of the reservoir's food web with minimal sampling and background data. We used an optimization procedure to estimate the diet proportions of all food web components simultaneously from their isotopic signatures. Some consumers were estimated to be much more sensitive than others to perturbations to phytoplankton supply. The linked modeling approach demonstrated that interdisciplinary efforts enhance the value of information obtained from studies of managed ecosystems. The approach exploited the strengths of engineering and ecological modeling methods to address concerns that neither of the models could have addressed alone: (a) the water quality model could not have addressed quantitatively the possible impacts to fish, and (b) the food web model could not have examined how phyto plankton availability might change due to reservoir operations. CR ALLEN MA, 1986, TREL824 US DEP INT F ANGRADI TR, 1994, J N AMER BENTHOL SOC, V13, P479 APPLEGATE RL, 1967, T AM FISH SOC, V96, P74 BAKER CD, 1971, AM FISHERIES SOC SPE, V8, P3 BARNHART RA, 1986, TREL824 US DEP INT F BARTHOLOW J, ENV MANAGE BEGON M, 1996, ECOLOGY INDIVIDUALS BOON PI, 1994, AQUAT BOT, V48, P99 BRETT MT, 1998, PHYSICAL FORCING PHY BUNN SE, 1989, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V46, P1769 BURNS J, 1966, INLAND FISHERIES MAN, P525 BURNS JW, 1966, INLAND FISHERIES MAN, P481 CABANA G, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V93, P10844 CARPENTER SR, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P324 CHAPRA SC, 1988, NUMERICAL METHODS EN CHAPRA SC, 1997, SURFACE WATER QUALIT CHRISTENSEN NL, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P665 CHRISTENSEN V, 1993, C P 26 FLOW CHAR AQ, P338 COBLE DW, 1975, BLACK BASS BIOL MANA, P21 COLE TM, 1995, EL95 US ARM CORPS EN COLEMAN DC, 1991, CARBON ISOTOPE TECHN COLLIER M, 1996, 1126 US GEOL SURV CI COVICH AP, 1993, WATER CRISIS GUIDE W, P40 CROCKETT P, 1994, RIVERS HDB HYDROLOGI, V2, P213 CUMMINS KW, 1971, MITT INT VER THEOR, V18, P1 CURTIS B, 1949, CALIF FISH GAME, V35, P255 DANGELIS DL, 1996, FEED WEBS INTEGRATIO, P109 DAVIS BM, 1991, T AM FISH SOC, V120, P605 DEANGELIS DL, 1990, T AM FISH SOC, V119, P224 DEANGELIS DL, 1992, DYNAMICS NUTR CYCLIN DELGIORGIO PA, 1996, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V41, P359 DENIRO MJ, 1978, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V42, P495 DENIRO MJ, 1981, GEOCHIMICA COSMOCHIM, V45, P341 DEVRIES DR, 1991, T AM FISH SOC, V120, P368 EDWARDS EA, 1983, FWSOBS821036 US DEP EMIG JW, 1966, INLAND FISHERIES MAN, P332 EMIG JW, 1966, INLAND FISHERIES MAN, P354 EMIG JW, 1966, INLAND FISHERIES MAN, P375 ESTEP MLF, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P1712 FOCKEN U, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V115, P337 FORSBERG BR, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P643 FRANCE R, 1995, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V41, P737 FRANCE RL, 1995, ECOGRAPHY, V18, P318 FRANCE RL, 1995, J PLANKTON RES, V17, P1993 FRANCE RL, 1997, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V54, P1255 FRANCE RL, 1997, RES POPUL ECOL, V39, P121 FRY B, 1984, CONTRIB MAR SCI, V27, P13 FRY B, 1986, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V31, P79 FRY B, 1988, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V33, P1182 FRY B, 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P2293 FRY B, 1991, ESPS9102 ESA PUBL S GANNES LZ, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P1271 GERKING SD, 1994, FEEDING ECOLOGY FISH GOERICKE R, 1994, STABLE ISOTOPES ECOL, P187 GOLDMAN CR, 1968, AM ZOOL, V8, P31 GOODSON LF, 1965, CALIF FISH GAME, V51, P259 GU B, 1996, J FISH BIOL, V49, P1233 GU B, 1997, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V138, P327 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HAMILTON SK, 1992, OECOLOGIA, V89, P324 HANNA RB, 1999, LAKE RESERV MANAGE, V15, P87 HANSON PC, 1997, FISH BIOENERGETICS 3 HARRIGAN P, 1989, B MAR SCI, V44, P65 HARRINGTON RR, 1998, CHEM GEOL, V147, P281 HECKY RE, 1995, J N AM BENTHOL SOC, V14, P631 HEIDINGER RC, 1975, BLACK BASS BIOL MANA, P11 HESSLEIN RH, 1993, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V50, P2071 HILBORN R, 1995, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V26, P45 HIRST SC, 1994, T AM FISH SOC, V123, P173 HOBBS HH, 1991, ECOLOGY CLASSIFICATI, P823 HOBSON KA, 1992, CONDOR, V94, P189 HOBSON KA, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V128, P1 HOBSON KA, 1999, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V63, P14 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM JOHNSON BM, 1999, REFINE MODELING TOOL JOHNSON RK, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P61 JUNGER M, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P52 KAMPA JM, 1984, THESIS U MISSOURI CO KENDALL C, 1998, ISOTOPE TRACERS CATC, P519 KEOUGH JR, 1998, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V43, P734 KLINE TC, 1990, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V47, P136 KLING GW, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P561 LAJTHA K, 1994, STABLE ISOTOPES ECOL LARMER P, 1999, HIGH COUNTRY NEWS, V31, P10 LEE KN, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE IN LEVINE S, 1980, J THEOR BIOL, V83, P195 LIEBERMAN DM, 1998, 98251 US GEOL SURV LINDEMAN RL, 1942, ECOLOGY, V23, P399 LYNOTT ST, 1995, J FRESHWATER ECOL, V10, P399 MCAFEE WR, 1966, INLAND FISHERIES MAN, P192 MCGINNIS SM, 1984, FRESHWATER FISHES CA MCKECHNIE RJ, 1966, INLAND FISHERIES MAN, P366 MCKECHNIE RJ, 1966, INLAND FISHERIES MAN, P399 MCMAHON TE, 1984, FWSOBS821072 US DEP MICHENER RH, 1994, STABLE ISOTOPES ECOL, P137 MILLER KD, 1971, AM FISHERIES SOC SPE, V8, P73 MIZUTANI H, 1991, ISOTOPENPRAXIS, V27, P166 MOYLE PB, 1976, INLAND FISHES CALIFO NAIMAN RJ, 1995, FRESHWATER IMPERATIV OSENBERG CW, 1996, FOOD WEBS INTEGRATIO, P134 PAINE RT, 1988, ECOLOGY, V69, P1648 PAULY D, 1995, NATURE, V374, P255 PERSSON L, 1996, FOOD WEBS INTEGRATIO, P396 PETERSON B, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P872 PETERSON BJ, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P293 PIERCE RJ, 1980, T AM FISH SOC, V109, P611 PINNEGAR JK, 1999, FUNCT ECOL, V13, P225 POFF NL, 1997, BIOSCIENCE, V47, P769 POLIS GA, 1994, AUST J ECOL, V19, P121 POWER ME, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P887 RALEIGH RF, 1984, FWSOBS821060 US DEP RAU GH, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P742 RIERA P, 1996, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V42, P347 SAITO L, 1999, PREPARING 21 CENTURY SAITO L, 1999, THESIS COLORADO STAT SHUMAN JR, 1995, REGUL RIVER, V11, P249 SIEFERT RE, 1972, T AM FISH SOC, V101, P219 SLOBODKIN LB, 1968, AM ZOOL, V8, P43 STALEY J, 1966, INLAND FISHERIES MAN, P233 STANFORD JA, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P741 STANFORD JA, 1996, REGUL RIVER, V12, P391 STUBER RJ, 1982, FWSOBS821015 US DEP STUBER RJ, 1982, FWSOBS82108 US DEP I TAFT AC, 1950, CALIF FISH GAME, V36, P147 TIESZEN LL, 1983, OECOLOGIA, V57, P32 TURNER JL, 1966, CALIFORNIA DEP FISH, V136, P144 TURNER JL, 1966, CALIFORNIA DEP FISH, V136, P160 VANDENAVYLE MJ, 1988, T AM FISH SOC, V117, P84 VANDENHEUVEL M, 1996, TRENDS CELL BIOL, V6, P451 VANDERZANDEN MJ, 1997, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V54, P1142 VANDERZANDEN MJ, 1998, T AM FISH SOC, V127, P729 VERMEYEN TB, 1998, USBR POW OP MAINT WO VOGELE LE, 1975, BLACK BASS BIOL MANA, P34 VONGELDERN C, 1975, BLACK BASS BIOL MANA, P436 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WANG JCS, 1986, 9F104ATR869 CAL DEP WANJALA BS, 1986, J FRESHWATER ECOL, V3, P359 WARD JV, 1984, REGUL RIVER, P23 WARD JV, 1987, ECOLOGY REGULATED ST, P391 WHITLEDGE GW, 1997, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V54, P2555 WOOTTON JT, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P1558 YOSHIOKA T, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P835 NR 142 TC 3 J9 ECOSYSTEMS BP 105 EP 125 PY 2001 PD MAR VL 4 IS 2 GA 426VY UT ISI:000168370100002 ER PT J AU GADGIL, M BERKES, F FOLKE, C TI INDIGENOUS KNOWLEDGE FOR BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION SO AMBIO LA English DT Article C1 UNIV MANITOBA,INST NAT RESOURCES,WINNIPEG R3T 2N2,MANITOBA,CANADA. ROYAL SWEDISH ACAD SCI,BEIJER INT INST ECOL ECON,S-10405 STOCKHOLM,SWEDEN. UNIV STOCKHOLM,DEPT SYST ECOL,S-10691 STOCKHOLM,SWEDEN. RP GADGIL, M, INDIAN INST SCI,CTR ECOL SCI,BANGALORE 560012,KARNATAKA,INDIA. AB Indigenous peoples with a historical continuity of resource-use practices often possess a broad knowledge base of the behavior of complex ecological systems in their own localities. This knowledge has accumulated through a long series of observations transmitted from generation to generation. Such ''diachronic'' observations can be of great value and complement the ''synchronic''observations on which western science is based. Where indigenous peoples have depended, for long periods of time, on local environments for the provision of a variety of resources, they have developed a stake in conserving, and in some cases, enhancing, biodiversity. They are aware that biological diversity is a crucial factor in generating the ecological services and natural resources on which they depend. Some indigenous groups manipulate the local landscape to augment its heterogeneity, and some have been found to be motivated to restore biodiversity in degraded landscapes. Their practices for the conservation of biodiversity were grounded in a series of rules of thumb which are apparently arrived at through a trial and error process over a long historical time period. This implies that their knowledge base is indefinite and their implementation involves an intimate relationship with the belief system. Such knowledge is difficult for western science to understand. It is vital, however, that the value of the knowledge-practice-belief complex of indigenous peoples relating to conservation of biodiversity is fully recognized if ecosystems and biodiversity are to be managed sustainably. Conserving this knowledge would be most appropriately accomplished through promoting the community-based resource-management systems of indigenous peoples. CR 1991, GUIDELINES MICROPLAN, P51 BERKES F, 1977, HUM ECOL, V5, P289 BERKES F, 1979, ARCTIC, V32, P46 BERKES F, 1982, MUSK OX, V30, P23 BERKES F, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO BERKES F, 1992, ECOL ECON, V5, P1 BERKES F, 1993, IN PRESS TRADITIONAL COSTAPIERCE BA, 1987, BIOSCIENCE, V37, P320 COSTAPIERCE BA, 1988, NAGA, V11, P3 DALY HE, 1990, ECOL ECON, V2, P1 DIAMOND J, 1989, NAT HIST, V89, P16 DIAMOND J, 1989, NAT HIST, V89, P26 DIAMOND J, 1992, RIZE FALL 3RD CHIMPA EHRLICH PR, 1987, BIOSCIENCE, V37, P757 FEIT HA, 1986, NATIVE PEOPLE RENEWA FOLKE C, 1989, AMBIO, V18, P234 FOLKE C, 1992, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V17, P5 GADGIL M, 1987, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V2, P369 GADGIL M, 1992, FISSURED LAND ECOLOG HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 IRVINE D, 1989, ADV EC BOT, V7, P223 JOSHI NV, 1991, THEOR POPUL BIOL, V40, P211 LASSERRE P, 1983, TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDG LEWIS HT, 1988, HUM ECOL, V16, P57 LEWIS HT, 1989, AM ANTHROPOL, V91, P940 MALHOTRA KC, 1989, 1989 P WORK GROUP M, P47 MALHOTRA KC, 1990, 5 INT C EC, P439 NIAMIR M, 1990, FAO4 COMM FOR NOT OLDFIELD ML, 1991, BIODIVERSTIY CULTURE OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV POSEY DA, 1985, AGROFOREST SYST, V3, P139 RUDDLE K, 1988, INTEGRATED AGR AQUAC RUDDLE K, 1989, TRADITIONAL MARINE R SINCLAIR ARE, 1985, CAN J ZOOL, V63, P987 SLOBODKIN LB, 1968, AM ZOOL, V8, P43 SLOBODKIN LB, 1988, BIOSCIENCE, V38, P337 SOLBRIG OT, 1991, GENES ECOSYSTEMS RES TAYLOR KI, 1988, BIODIVERSITY, P138 TERBORGH J, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC WALKER BH, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P18 WELLS M, 1992, AMBIO, V21, P237 WELLS MP, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P157 YAN J, 1989, ECOLOGICAL ENG INTRO, P375 NR 43 TC 80 J9 AMBIO BP 151 EP 156 PY 1993 PD MAY VL 22 IS 2-3 GA LF517 UT ISI:A1993LF51700015 ER PT J AU Li, WC TI A conceptual model for predicting and managing vegetative types in shallow lakes SO ECOLOGICAL ENGINEERING LA English DT Article C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Nanjing Inst Geog & Limnol, Nanjing 210008, Peoples R China. RP Li, WC, Chinese Acad Sci, Nanjing Inst Geog & Limnol, 73 E Beijing Rd, Nanjing 210008, Peoples R China. AB The model presented is composed of two curved surfaces in a three-dimensional space. The first dimension is the external nutrient loading of the lake (ENL). Water nutrient level (WNL) is defined as the second dimension. The third represents relative dominance of macrophytes and phytoplankton (RD). The upper surface represents macrophyte-dominated clear-water phase, and the lower surface represents phytoplankton-dominated turbid-water phase. The two phases are separated into six states (M1, M2, M3, P1, P2, P3) by the critical values of a and b on the WNL dimension. When WNL < a, there is only one stable state, macrophyte-dominated clear-water state M1. Some biotic or environmental factors may keep the lake at a turbid state, a sub-stable state PI. If these factors are removed, the system will automatically skip to the hll state. When a < WNL < b, two stable states, M2 and P2, may exist. The M2 state may be maintained by macrophytes due to their positive effects on the lake water and their inhibition effects on phytoplankton. If macrophytes are destroyed for any reason, the system may irreversibly skip to the P2 state, phytoplankton-dominated turbid-water. To restore the system to the M2 state, much more help is needed for reducing phytoplankton and increasing water transparency. When WNL > b, there is only one stable state, the phytoplankton-dominated turbid-water state P3. An unstable state M3 may exist if b < WNL < c, but macrophyte dominance will be automatically replaced by phytoplankton dominance in a short time, and WNL will increase to c at the same time. When WNL > b, any attempt to restore the system by biomanipulation will be fruitless. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR *HUAD TEACH COLL, 1959, REP AQ BIOL E BAY LA, P1 *NIGCAS, 1965, NAT RES LAK TAIH CAI QM, 1995, J LAKE SCI, V7, P106 CHEN HD, 1989, ACTA HYDROBIOL SINIC, V13, P359 CHU SP, 1959, OCEANOL LIMNOL SIN, V2, P146 GULATI RD, 1990, P INT C AMST NETH 8 HOSPER H, 1993, ECOL ENG, V2, P63 HOSPER SH, 1989, HYDROBIOL B, V23, P5 HOSPER SH, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P523 HUANG WY, 1996, J LAKE SCI, V8, P330 HUANG YP, 1993, ENV PROTECTION LAKE, P181 KETO J, 1988, AQUA FENNICA, V18, P193 KURASAWA H, 1987, 6 SHINSH U SUW HYDR LI JK, 1983, J SHANGHAI TEACHERS, P1 LI WC, 1993, ACAD SIN MEM NANJING, V9, P93 LI WC, 1993, ENV PROTECTION LAKE, P243 LI WC, 1994, J LAKE SCI, V6, P134 LI WC, 1995, ECOL ENG, V5, P107 LI WC, 1996, J LAKE SCI, V8, P1 LI WC, 1996, J LAKE SCI, V8, P25 LI WCH, 1996, J LAKE SCI, V8, P37 LIU JK, 1980, OCEANOL LIMNOL SIN, V11, P185 LIU JK, 1990, STUDIES ECOLOGY LAKE, V1 LIU JK, 1995, STUDIES ECOLOGY LAKE, V2 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MOSS B, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P367 OZIMEK T, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P399 RAO CR, 1980, HDB STATISTICS, V1, P1 RUAN JR, 1988, ACTA HYDROBIOL SIN, V12, P289 SCHEFFER M, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P475 SUN SC, 1993, LAKE TAIHU TIMMS RM, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P472 VANDONK E, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P275 VANDONK E, 1995, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V32, P197 WU HW, 1962, ACTA HYDROBIOL SIN, V1, P63 YANG QX, 1996, J LAKE SCI, V8, P17 NR 36 TC 2 J9 ECOL ENG BP 165 EP 178 PY 1998 PD JUN 15 VL 10 IS 2 GA 105UA UT ISI:000075090900006 ER PT J AU Parlee, B Berkes, F TI Indigenous knowledge of ecological variability and commons management: A case study on berry harvesting from Northern Canada SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Manitoba, Inst Nat Resources, Winnipeg, MB R3T 3N3, Canada. Teetlit Gwichin Renewable Resources Council, Ft McPherson, NT, Canada. Teetlit Gwichin Renewable Resources Council, Teetlit Gwichin Band Off, Ft McPherson, NT X0E 0J0, Canada. RP Parlee, B, AFHE, Fac Native Sci, Dept Rural Econ, 507 GSB, Edmonton, AB T6G 2H1, Canada. AB Common property arrangements govern the subsistence harvest of berries in the Gwich'in region of the Northwest Territories, Canada. Some of these arrangements, including rules for resource access, sharing information and harvest sharing, enable the Gwich'in to deal with ecological variability. The rules change in response to year-to-year variations in the abundance and distribution of the species, spatially and temporally across the region. This paper illustrates the interrelationships between ecosystem dynamics and local institutions, a neglected area of commons research. CR ANDRE A, 2001, GWICH ETHNOBOTANY PL BERKES F, 1977, HUM ECOL, V5, P289 BERKES F, 1986, ANTHROPOLOGICA, V28, P145 BERKES F, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1251 BERKES F, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, V1, P1 CHAMBERS R, 1994, WORLD DEV, V22, P1437 DAVIDSONHUNT I, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V8, P1 DOLSAK N, 2003, COMMONS NEW MILLENNI DYSONHUDSON R, 1978, AM ANTHROPOL, V80, P21 EERKENS JW, 1999, HUM ECOL, V27, P297 FEENY D, 1990, HUM ECOL, V18, P1 FRATKIN E, 1986, HUM ECOL, V14, P269 FRIERE P, 1973, ED CRITICAL CONSCIOU GADGIL M, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1248 HEIME M, 2001, GWICHYA GWICH GOOGWA JOHNSON BL, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 JOHNSONGOTTESFE.L, 1994, HUM ECOL, V22, P171 JOHNSONGOTTESFE.LM, 1995, ECOL FOOD NUTR, V34, P149 LEVISTRAUSS C, 1962, SAVAGE MIND MACKENZIE A, 1801, VOYAGES MONTREAL FRO MARLES R, 2000, ABORIGINAL PLANT USE MCCAY BJ, 1987, QUESTION COMMONS MURRAY G, 2002, DISTRIBUTION ABUNDAN OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV PARLEE B, 2005, ARCTIC, V58, P26 PARLEE B, 2005, BREAKING ICE INTEGRA RIDINGTON R, 1990, LITTLE BIT KNOW SOME ROOTS F, 1998, TERRA BOREALIS, V1, P42 SMITH JGE, 1978, ARCTIC ANTHROPOL, V15, P68 TURNER NJ, 1993, J ETHNOBIOL, V13, P1 NR 31 TC 0 J9 HUM ECOL BP 515 EP 528 PY 2006 PD AUG VL 34 IS 4 GA 090VQ UT ISI:000240981100004 ER PT J AU Gallopin, GC TI The Latin American world model (aka the Bariloche model): three decades ago SO FUTURES LA English DT Article C1 Stockholm Environm Inst, Sys Sustainable Dev Programme, S-10314 Stockholm, Sweden. RP Gallopin, GC, ECLAC, Div Environm & Human Settlements, Casila 179D, Santiago, Chile. AB Almost twenty five years ago, "Catastrophe and New Society. A Latin American World Model" was published [Herrera AO et al. Catastrophe or New Society? A Latin American World Model. Canada: DRC, 1976]. It described the work of a group of Latin American researchers, led by the late Amilcar O. Herrera, and it represented both a response to the diagnostic and proposal embodied in World 3, the first world model sponsored by the Club of Rome [Meadows D, et al. The Limits to Growth. New York: Universe Books, 1972], and a new proposal for the global system. It remains to date the only global model made in the South. The present paper is a personal reflection by one of the authors of the Latin American World Model (LAWM) on what the model meant (and what it may still mean) in the context of the limits debate and the more general issue of the future(s) of the world system. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *CENTR PLANN BUR, 1994, SCANN FUT LONT TERM *DAG HAMM FDN, 1975, AN DEV APPR STRAT *UN ENV PROGR, 1999, GLOB ENV OUTL 2000 *UNDP, HUM DEV REP 1992 *UNDP, HUM DEV REP 1999 BURROWS B, 1991, HDB SUSTAINABLE FUTU CARSON R, 1962, SILENT SPRING CASTLI JL, 1995, COMPLEXIFICATION DALE R, 1995, TIME 0313, V145, P35 GALLOPIN G, 1992, WORLD DEV, V20, P1391 GALLOPIN G, 1997, 7 POL STOCKH ENV I GALLOPIN GC, 1994, HUMAN DEV REPORT 199 GUNDERSON LH, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN HERRERA AO, 1976, CATASTROPHE NEW SOC MEADOWS D, 1982, GROPING DARK 1 DECAD MILES I, 1981, UNESCO, P31 RASKIN P, 1998, ENVIRONMENT, V40, P7 THOMPSON M, 1990, CULTURAL THEORY VANSTEENBERGEN B, 1994, FUTURES, V26, P44 WALDROP MM, 1992, COMPLEXITY EMERGING NR 20 TC 0 J9 FUTURES BP 77 EP 89 PY 2001 PD FEB VL 33 IS 1 GA 384MJ UT ISI:000165946600009 ER PT J AU Smith, F TI Biological diversity, ecosystem stability and economic development SO ECOLOGICAL ECONOMICS LA English DT Article C1 STANFORD UNIV,DEPT BIOL SCI,STANFORD,CA 94305. AB It is clear from the scale of anthropogenic resource use that economic systems should be brought within biophysical limits as soon as possible. One might assume that this task is difficult because it would involve identifying these limits, knowing when and where they are breached, and allocating responsibility. However, an intimate understanding of the natural limits to economic development may not be necessary for achieving a biophysically sustainable economy. Certain measurable features of the natural world are intimately connected with overall biophysical integrity, one such feature being biological diversity, A growing body of ecological research gives compelling evidence that biodiversity confers stability on ecosystems by buffering them against natural and artificial perturbations, and that it increases system productivity. It is well known that the stability and productivity of ecosystems are fundamental components of the earth's biophysical integrity. Therefore, biodiversity should act as a measure of biophysical integrity and biodiversity conservation might provide a viable framework for policies that drive economic activity towards overall biophysical sustainability. Economic instruments to implement a biodiversity constraint would penalise economic activities that directly or indirectly cause biodiversity loss and favour those that conserve it, A biodiversity constraint would, of course, require new legal and institutional underpinnings. What makes a biodiversity constraint doubly attractive is that it would also conserve the potentially large economic use and option values of biodiversity itself, thus removing the need for separate measures for its conservation. CR *POP REF BUR, 1993, 1993 WORLD POP DAT S *WORLD CONS MON CT, 1992, GLOB BIOD STAT EARTH *WORLD RES I, 1992, WORLD RES 1992 1993 *WORLD RES I, 1994, WORLD RES 1993 1994 ANGIER N, 1994, NY TIMES 1129, B6 ANGIER N, 1994, NY TIMES 1129, B9 ASBURY CE, 1991, B ECOL SOC AM S, V72, P58 BARNS SM, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P1609 BEGON M, 1986, ECOLOGY INDIVIDUALS BERETTA E, 1987, MATH BIOSCI, V85, P153 CARPENTER SR, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P119 CHERFAS J, 1994, NEW SCI 0806, P36 DALY H, 1994, ECOL ECON, V9, P73 DALY HE, 1994, ECOL ECON, V10, P183 DEANGELIS DL, 1975, ECOLOGY, V56, P238 DEANGELIS DL, 1989, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V20, P71 DEBELLEVUE EB, 1994, ECOL ECON, V9, P53 DELONG EF, 1994, NATURE, V371, P695 EHRLICH PR, 1971, SCIENCE, V171, P1212 EHRLICH PR, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P64 FRANK DA, 1991, OIKOS, V62, P360 GILBERT LE, 1980, CONSERVATION BIOL EV, P11 HAMMER M, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P97 HANSKI I, 1993, NATURE, V364, P232 HOLDREN JP, 1991, POPUL ENVIRON, V12, P231 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P447 JORGENSEN SE, 1988, ECOL MODEL, V41, P117 JORGENSEN SE, 1990, ECOL MODEL, V52, P125 LAWTON JH, 1993, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V341, P181 LEWONTIN RC, 1969, BROOKHAVEN S BIOL, V22, P13 MAY RM, 1972, NATURE, V238, P413 MAY RM, 1973, STABILITY COMPLEXITY MAY RM, 1981, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY, P197 MAYR E, 1963, ANIMAL SPECIES EVOLU MCMURTIE RE, 1975, J THEOR BIOL, V5, P1 MCNAUGHTON SJ, 1977, AM NAT, V111, P515 MOORE JC, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P906 NAEEM S, 1994, NATURE, V368, P734 ODUM HT, 1983, SYSTEMS ECOLOGY ONEILL RV, 1989, PERSPECTIVES ECOLOGI, P140 PAGE T, 1977, CONSERVATION EC EFFI PEARCE DW, 1990, EC NATURAL RESOURCES PEARCE DW, 1993, WORLD ENG PERRINGS C, 1991, STRUCT CHANGE EC DYN, V2, P275 PERSSON L, 1993, OIKOS, V66, P193 PILETTE R, 1990, BIOSYSTEMS, V23, P359 PIMM SL, 1979, OIKOS, V33, P351 ROOT TL, 1993, CONSERV BIOL, V7, P256 ROUGHGARDEN JR, 1996, IN PRESS P NATL ACAD RUDSTAM LG, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P303 SCHINDLER DW, 1990, OIKOS, V57, P25 SCHULZE ED, 1993, ECOL STU AN, V99, P497 SMITH FDM, 1993, NATURE, V364, P494 SMITH FDM, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P375 SOLE RV, 1992, J THEOR BIOL, V159, P469 SOLOW RM, 1971, SCIENCE, V173, P498 TILMAN D, 1994, NATURE, V367, P363 URBAN DL, 1987, BIOSCIENCE, V37, P119 VITOUSEK PM, 1986, BIOSCIENCE, V36, P368 WAGENSBERG J, 1990, B MATH BIOL, V52, P733 WAKE DB, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P860 WALKER BH, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P18 WILSON EO, 1992, DIVERSITY LIFE WULFF F, 1989, NETWORK ANAL MARINE NR 65 TC 9 J9 ECOL ECON BP 191 EP 203 PY 1996 PD MAR VL 16 IS 3 GA UG932 UT ISI:A1996UG93200002 ER PT J AU [Anon] TI The vulnerability of cities: Natural disasters and social resilience SO ENVIRONMENT AND URBANIZATION CR PELLING M, 2003, VULNERABILITY CITIES NR TC 0 BP 216 EP 216 PY 2003 PD APR VL 15 IS 1 UT ISI:000182904200019 ER PT J AU Amemiya, T Enomoto, T Rossberg, AG Takamura, N Itoh, K TI Lake restoration in terms of ecological resilience: a numerical study of biomanipulations under bistable conditions SO ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY LA English DT Article C1 Yokohama Natl Univ, Yokohama, Kanagawa, Japan. RP Amemiya, T, Yokohama Natl Univ, Yokohama, Kanagawa, Japan. AB An abstract version of the comprehensive aquatic simulation model (CASM) is found to exhibit bistability under intermediate loading of nutrient input, supporting the alternative-stable-states theory and field observations for shallow lakes. Our simulations of biomanipulations under the bistable conditions reveal that a reduction in the abundance of zooplanktivorous fish cannot switch the system from a turbid to a clear state. Rather, a direct reduction of phytoplankton and detritus was found to be most effective to make this switch in the present model. These results imply that multiple manipulations may be effective for practical restorations of lakes. We discuss the present results of biomanipulations in terms of ecological resilience in multivariable systems or natural systems. CR BARTELL SM, 1999, ECOL MODEL, V124, P43 BEISNER BE, 2003, ECOLOGY, V84, P1563 BELLWOOD DR, 2004, NATURE, V429, P827 BOWIE GL, 1985, EPA600385040 CARPENTER SR, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P8 DEANGELIS DL, 1989, AM NAT, V134, P778 DEANGELIS DL, 2003, ADV SPACE RES, V31, P1657 DEMELO R, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P192 DRENNER RW, 1999, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V146, P129 HANSELWELCH N, 2003, AQUAT BOT, V75, P323 HANSSON LA, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P558 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, ENG ECOLOGICAL CONST, P31 HULOT FD, 2000, NATURE, V405, P340 JEPPESEN E, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P205 JEPPESEN E, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P219 MEIJER ML, 1994, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V275, P457 NAITO W, 2002, WATER RES, V36, P1 PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 RIEMANN B, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P241 SCHEFFER M, 2001, ECOLOGY SHALLOW LAKE SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SHAPIRO J, 1975, P S WAT QUAL MAN BIO, P85 SONDERGAARD M, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P229 TAKAMURA N, 2003, ECOL RES, V18, P381 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 NR 26 TC 0 J9 ECOL SOC BP 3 PY 2005 PD DEC VL 10 IS 2 GA 001TV UT ISI:000234561400003 ER PT J AU McIntyre, S Hobbs, RJ TI A framework for conceptualizing human effects on landscapes and its relevance to management and research models SO CONSERVATION BIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 CSIRO, Trop Agr, St Lucia, Qld 4067, Australia. CSIRO, Div Wildlife & Ecol, Midland, WA 6056, Australia. RP McIntyre, S, CSIRO, Trop Agr, 306 Carmody Rd, St Lucia, Qld 4067, Australia. AB The concept of habitat fragmentation is limited in its ability to describe the range of possible landscape configurations created by a variety of disturbances This limitation is especially problematic in landscapes ;where human use of the habitat matrix occurs at multiple levels and where habitat modification may be a more important consideration than a simple binary classification of habitat versus nonhabitat. We propose a synthesizing scheme that places intact, variegated, fragmented, and relictual landscape states on a continuum, depending on tbe degree of habitat destruction. At a second level, the scheme considers the patterns of habitat modification that are imposed on remaining habitats Management for conservation involves halting and sometimes reversing the trends of habitat destruction and modification. Conservation strategies will differ according to the state of alteration of the landscape but all strategies include some consideration of the degree of modification of the matrix in determining habitat viability It is convenient for biologists to assess landscape alteration state in terms of the persistence of large structural elements such as trees. Because animal species use habitats differently, however, they also experience the landscape differently A landscape considered structurally fragmented by humans may be functionally variegated to other species. Therefore, it is necessary to consider the extent to which the entire landscape including the matrix, is accessible and utilized by organisms with different spatial scales of resource use. CR ABENSPERGTRAUN M, 1996, J APPL ECOL, V33, P1281 ANDREN H, 1994, OIKOS, V71, P355 ARONSON J, 1996, RESTOR ECOL, V4, P377 BARRY BA, 1994, MOL BIOL CYANOBACTER, V1, P215 BAUDRY J, 1991, LAND ABANDONMENT ITS, P103 BELL S, 1993, ELEMENTS VISUAL DESI BENNETT AF, 1997, PACIFIC CONSERVATION, V3, P24 BUREL F, 1995, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V55, P193 CALE PG, 1994, PACIFIC CONSERV BIOL, V1, P183 CATTERALL CP, 1993, REMNANT BUSHLAND SE DEBRUYN LAL, 1993, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V25, P1043 DUNNING JB, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P542 FENSHAM RJ, 1998, BIOL CONSERV, V84, P301 FORMAN RTT, 1995, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V10, P133 FOX MD, 1986, ECOLOGY BIOL INVASIO, P57 FRY G, 1993, NATURE CONSERVATION, P225 GOUDIE A, 1990, HUMAN IMPACT NATURAL GREEN DG, 1994, PACIFIC CONSERVATION, V1, P194 GREENBERG R, 1996, FOREST PATCHES TROPI, P59 HANSEN AJ, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P481 HOBBS RJ, 1990, P ECOL SOC AUST, V16, P93 HOBBS RJ, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P324 HOBBS RJ, 1993, BIOL CONSERV, V64, P193 HOBBS RJ, 1993, REINTEGRATING FRAGME HOBBS RJ, 1993, REINTEGRATING FRAGME, P65 HOBBS RJ, 1996, RESTOR ECOL, V4, P93 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 INGHAM DS, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P1353 KING KL, 1985, AUST J ECOL, V10, P421 KIRKPATRICK JB, 1986, AUST J BOT, V34, P691 KOTLIAR NB, 1990, OIKOS, V59, P253 LAMBECK RJ, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P849 LANDSBERG J, 1999, P 5 INT S NUTR HERB, P752 LAURANCE WF, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P577 LAVOREL S, 1997, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V12, P474 LORD JM, 1990, CONSERV BIOL, V4, P197 MACARTHUR RH, 1967, THEORY ISLAND BIOGEO MARGULES CR, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P2033 MCINTYRE S, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P146 MCINTYRE S, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P521 MCINTYRE S, 1994, J VEG SCI, V5, P373 MCINTYRE S, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, P154 MCINTYRE S, 2000, NATURE CONSERVATION MUSICK BH, 1990, QUANTITATIVE METHODS, P77 NASSAUER JI, 1995, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V10, P229 NEPSTAD DC, 1996, FOREST PATCHES TROPI, P133 NORTON DA, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P426 PEARSON SM, 1996, BIODIVERSITY MANAGED, P77 PERRY DA, 1997, CREATING FORESTRY 21, P31 PETRAITIS PS, 1989, Q REV BIOL, V64, P393 PICKETT STA, 1989, OIKOS, V54, P129 SAUNDERS DA, 1991, CONSERV BIOL, V5, P18 SAUNDERS DA, 1993, BIOL CONSERV, V64, P185 SCOUGALL SA, 1991, EDGE EFFECTS FENCED WIENS JA, 1989, ECOLOGY BIRD COMMUNI, V1 WIENS JA, 1994, ECOLOGY BIRD COMMUNI, V137, S97 WIENS JA, 1997, METAPOPULATION BIOL, P43 YATES CJ, 1997, RESTOR ECOL, V5, P28 NR 58 TC 34 J9 CONSERV BIOL BP 1282 EP 1292 PY 1999 PD DEC VL 13 IS 6 GA 260RF UT ISI:000083963100010 ER PT J AU Anderies, JM Janssen, MA Walker, BH TI Grazing management, resilience, and the dynamics of a fire-driven rangeland system SO ECOSYSTEMS LA English DT Article C1 CSIRO, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia. Free Univ Amsterdam, Dept Spatial Econ, NL-1081 HV Amsterdam, Netherlands. RP Anderies, JM, CSIRO, GPO 284, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia. AB We developed a stylized mathematical model to explore the effects of physical, ecological, and economic factors on the resilience of a managed fire-driven rangeland system. Depending on grazing pressure, the model exhibits one of three distinct configurations: a fire-dominated, grazing-dominated, or shrub-dominated rangeland system. Transaction costs and costs due to shrub invasion, via their effect on grazing decisions, strongly influence which stable configuration is occupied. This, in turn, determines the resilience of the rangeland system. These results are used to establish conditions under which management for profit is consistent with the maintenance of resilience. CR BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BROCK WA, 1998, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V3, P239 BULMER M, 1994, THEORETICAL EVOLUTIO BUXTON R, 1996, RANGELAND J, V18, P292 CARPENTER SA, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 CHJARLEY JL, 1968, P EC SOC AUS CHRISTIE EK, 1978, AUST J AGR RES, V29, P773 CLARK CW, 1973, SCIENCE, V181, P630 CLARK CW, 1990, MATH BIOECONOMICS OP DOEDEL EJ, 1981, CONGRESSUS NUMERANTI, V30, P265 EDELSTEINKESHET L, 1988, MATH MODELS BIOL GILL A, 1981, FIRE AUSTR BIOTA HANLEY N, 1998, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V3, P244 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JANSSEN MA, 2000, ECOL MODEL, V131, P249 KESHET L, 1986, MATH ECOLOGY LUDWIG D, 1997, CONSERVA ECOL, V1 LUDWIG J, 1997, LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY LUKE RH, 1978, BUSHFIRE AUSTR MACLEOD ND, 1993, PESTS PASTURES WEED, P58 MURRAY JD, 1989, MATH BIOL NOBLE J, FLAMMABLE AUSTR NOBLE J, 1996, FIRE MANAGEMENT NO A NOBLE J, 1999, DELICATE NOXIOUS SHR NOYMEIR I, 1973, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V4, P25 PERRINGS C, 1997, ECOL ECON, V22, P73 RICHARDS JH, 1993, P 17 INT GRASSL C PA, P85 SHORT J, 1985, J APPL ECOL, V22, P435 SMITH DMS, 1993, RANGE ECOLOGY DISEQU, P196 SMITH MS, 1992, AGR SYST, V39, P83 WALKER BH, IN PRESS PANARCHY UN WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WESTOBY M, 1980, ISRAEL J BOT, V28, P169 WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 WILLIAMS OB, 1970, J ECOL, V58, P869 NR 36 TC 6 J9 ECOSYSTEMS BP 23 EP 44 PY 2002 PD JAN VL 5 IS 1 GA 549DM UT ISI:000175429300003 ER PT J AU Smallwood, KS Beyea, J Morrison, ML TI Using the best scientific data for endangered species conservation SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Calif State Univ Sacramento, Dept Biol Sci, Sacramento, CA 95819 USA. RP Smallwood, KS, 109 Luz Pl, Davis, CA 95616 USA. AB The Endangered Species Act calls for the use of the best scientific data in conserving threatened or endangered species and the ecosystems upon which they depend. The language of this act and other environmental laws and relevant judicial rulings also require assessments based on modern scientific standards that are routinely applied in ecological research. Particularly for the Endangered Species Act, "take" decisions should be made only after the supporting documents provide: (1) designation of critical habitat based on use and availability methods; (2) risk assessment(s) for proposed take and other project impacts; (3) ecosystem assessment by trained ecosystem ecologists; (4) a description of an adaptive management program involving more than post hoc adjustments to problems in mitigation design; (5) a description of the proposed scientific monitoring along with thresholds for application of adaptive management; (6) uncertainty analysis along with estimates of species' abundance and project impacts; (7) nonselective, academic-quality referencing of data. methods, and theory supporting the conclusions; and (8) reviews of the assessment by independent scientists. These standards have been rarely applied to assessments of environmental take, due to lack of incentives for cooperation among academic scientists, environmental consultants, and the government regulatory agencies. Particularly important is requiring the type of independent review used by academic scientists. Such review would help ensure that take decisions are based on use of the appropriate scientific standards, thereby qualifying the supporting data as scientific and the best available. no matter how limited the data. Until these standards are applied prior to political trade-off and pragmatism, the environmental laws will continue to have little bearing on conservation. CR *EIP ASS, 1996, YOL COUNT FIN HAB CO *NRC, 1986, EC KNOWL ENV PROBL S *US EPA, 1996, EPA630R96010 *US FISH WILDL SER, 1997, NAT BAS HAB CONS PLA *US FISH WILDL SER, 1997, SAN DIEG MULT SPEC C *US NRC, 1995, NUREGCR6244VI3 *USDA, 1994, AGR HDB USDA, V705 *USDI, 1996, END SPEC HAB CONS PL BATTAGLIN WA, 1995, 944176 US GEOL SURV BEDFORD BL, 1988, ENVIRON MANAGE, V12, P751 BERRY DA, 1996, BAYESIAN BIOSTATISTI BLACKBURN TM, 1996, OIKOS, V75, P303 BLEW RD, 1996, B ECOL SOC AM, V77, P171 BOGERT LM, 1994, IDAHO LAW REV, V31, P85 BOYCE MS, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P481 CAIRNS J, 1992, ENV PROFESSIONAL, V14, P186 CARROLL R, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1 CHUBIN DE, 1985, BIOSCIENCE, V35, P80 CONNELL JH, 1983, AM NAT, V121, P729 COOKE RM, 1991, EXPERTS UNCERTAINTY CYR H, 1997, OIKOS, V79, P549 DENBOER PJ, 1981, OECOLOGIA, V50, P39 DOBSON AP, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P550 DYNESIUS M, 1994, SCIENCE, V266, P753 FAUTH JE, 1997, B ECOL SOC AM, V78, P295 FORE LS, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P1077 GERRODETTE T, 1987, ECOLOGY, V68, P1364 GILPIN M, 1996, METAPOPULATIONS WILD, P11 GOODMAN D, 1987, CONSERV BIOL, V1, P59 GORDON RE, 1997, ENVIRON INT, V23, P359 GRAHAM RL, 1991, ECOL APPL, V1, P196 GREEN RH, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P351 GREIGSMITH P, 1983, QUANTITATIVE PLANT E HALBERT C, 1993, REV FISH SCI, V1, P261 HALL LS, 1997, WILDLIFE SOC B, V25, P173 HANEY A, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P879 HANNAH L, 1994, AMBIO, V23, P246 HANSKI I, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V343, P19 HEATH AG, 1989, BIOSCIENCE, V39, P472 HEYER WR, 1993, MEASURING MONITORING HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HUNSAKER CT, 1990, ENVIRON MANAGE, V14, P325 HURLBERT SH, 1984, ECOL MONOGR, V54, P187 KARR JR, 1986, ILLINOIS NATURAL HIS, V5 KARR JR, 1994, BIODIVERSITY LANDSCA, P229 KARR JR, 1995, PROTECTING AQUATIC E, P7 KENNEDY PL, 1997, J RAPTOR RES, V31, P95 KLIJN F, 1994, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V9, P89 KOTLIAR NB, 1990, OIKOS, V59, P253 KUHN TS, 1970, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU LANCIA RA, 1996, WILDLIFE SOC B, V24, P436 LEE KN, 1991, ENVIRON LAW, V21, P745 LEVIN SA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1943 MACARTHUR RH, 1967, THEORY ISLAND BIOGEO MASER C, 1978, ECOLOGY, V59, P799 MCCOLD L, 1995, ENV PROFESSIONAL, V17, P2 MCLAIN RJ, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P437 MEYER WB, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P39 MORGAN MG, 1990, UNCERTAINTY GUIDE DE MORRISON ML, 1998, WILDLIFE HABITAT REL ONEILL RV, 1986, HIERARCHICAL CONCEPT ONEILL RV, 1994, 620R94009 EPA PIMM SL, 1988, AM NAT, V132, P757 POPPER KR, 1969, CONJECTURE REFUTATIO RAPPORT DJ, 1985, AM NAT, V125, P617 REJESKI D, 1993, ENV MODELING GIS, P318 RICKLEFS RE, 1984, ENVIRONMENTALIST S8, V4, P1 RIITTERS KH, 1997, BIOL CONSERV, V81, P191 ROTMANS J, 1994, GLOBO REPORT SERIES, V4 SCHOENER TW, 1983, NATURE, V302, P332 SCHONEWALDCOX C, 1991, SPECIES CONSERVATION, P213 SCHULZE I, 1994, CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK SHAFFER ML, 1981, BIOSCIENCE, V31, P131 SHILLING F, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P1662 SHRADERFRECHETT.KS, 1992, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V7, P96 SIMBERLOFF D, 1998, BIOL CONSERV, V83, P247 SMALLWOOD KS, 1993, ACTA OECOL, V14, P443 SMALLWOOD KS, 1994, BIOL CONSERV, V69, P251 SMALLWOOD KS, 1995, J RAPTOR RES, V29, P172 SMALLWOOD KS, 1996, OECOLOGIA, V105, P329 SMALLWOOD KS, 1997, NATOMAS BASIN HABITA, P6 SMALLWOOD KS, 1998, IN PRESS ENV MANAGEM SMALLWOOD KS, 1998, J RAPTOR RES, V32, P323 SOULE M, 1980, CONSERVATION BIOL EV SOULE ME, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P744 SUTHERLAND WJ, 1996, ECOLOGICAL CENSUS TE TAYLOR RAJ, 1979, POPULATION DYNAMICS, P1 TAYLOR RJ, 1993, NAT RESOURCES ENV, V8, P6 TURNER MG, 1989, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V20, P171 VERNER JM, 1986, WILDLIFE 2000 MODELI WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WATT KEF, 1986, SYST RES, V3, P191 WILCOX BA, 1985, AM NAT, V125, P879 WILSON DE, 1996, MEASURING MONITORING WOOLF P, 1981, HASTINGS CTR REPORT, V11, P9 ZHANG MH, 1998, AMBIO, V27, P170 NR 97 TC 8 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 421 EP 435 PY 1999 PD NOV VL 24 IS 4 GA 241PN UT ISI:000082891900001 ER PT J AU NILSSON, C KEDDY, PA TI PREDICTABILITY OF CHANGE IN SHORELINE VEGETATION IN A HYDROELECTRIC RESERVOIR, NORTHERN SWEDEN SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES AND AQUATIC SCIENCES LA English DT Article C1 UNIV OTTAWA,DEPT BIOL,OTTAWA K1N 6N5,ONTARIO,CANADA. RP NILSSON, C, UMEA UNIV,DEPT ECOL BOT,S-90187 UMEA,SWEDEN. CR AUCLAIR AND, 1976, ECOLOGY, V57, P941 CATTELINO PJ, 1979, ENVIRON MANAGE, V3, P41 CHESSON PL, 1986, COMMUNITY ECOLOGY, P229 CONNELL JH, 1978, SCIENCE, V199, P1302 DAY RT, 1988, ECOLOGY, V69, P1044 DIAMOND J, 1986, COMMUNITY ECOLOGY, P3 DUARTE CM, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P1900 DURING HJ, 1979, LINDBERGIA, V5, P2 EKZERTSEV A, 1979, MONOGR BIOL, V33, P271 FRANZ EH, 1977, ECOLOGY, V58, P176 GAUCH HG, 1982, MULTIVARIATE ANAL CO GILL CJ, 1977, APPLIED BIOL, V2, P129 GOLDBERG DE, 1986, ECOLOGY, V67, P695 GRIME JP, 1973, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V1, P151 GRIME JP, 1979, PLANT STRATEGIES VEG GRIME JP, 1980, AMENITY GRASSLAND EC, P13 GRUBB PJ, 1977, BIOL REV, V52, P107 HAJDU LJ, 1981, VEGETATIO, V48, P47 HALL TF, 1946, J TENNESSEE ACAD SCI, V21, P18 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HUSTON M, 1979, AM NAT, V113, P81 HUTCHINSON GE, 1975, TREATISE LIMNOLOGY, V3 HYNES HBN, 1985, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V104, P39 JACKSON MB, 1984, FLOODING PLANT GROWT, P47 KEDDY PA, 1986, J GREAT LAKES RES, V12, P25 KEDDY PA, 1989, IN PRESS COMPETITION KEDDY PA, 1989, IN PRESS ECOLOGY SEE KESSELL SR, 1980, ENVIRON MANAGE, V4, P227 KOPONEN T, 1977, FLORA FENNICA, V6, P1 KRATZ TK, 1987, AM NAT, V129, P830 KROK TOB, 1984, SVENSK FLORA FANEROG KRZYZANEK E, 1986, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V106, P21 KUFLIKOWSKI T, 1971, ACTA HYDROBIOL, V13, P313 KULCZYNSKI S, 1927, B INT ACAD POL SC SB, V2, P57 LEGENDRE L, 1983, NUMERICAL ECOLOGY LIEFFERS VJ, 1984, CAN J BOT, V62, P310 LOSTER S, 1976, PRACE BOT, V432, P7 NILSSON C, 1981, ACTA PHYTOGEOGR SUEC, V69, P1 NOBLE IR, 1977, S ENV CONS FIR FUEL, P27 NOBLE IR, 1980, VEGETATIO, V43, P5 OLIVER GCS, 1948, J I WATER ENG, V2, P163 OLIVER GCS, 1955, J I WATER ENG, V9, P511 PETERS RH, 1980, CONCEPTUAL ISSUES EC, P215 ROSE KA, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P2418 SILVERTOWN J, 1980, J APPL ECOL, V17, P491 SINCLAIR ARE, 1985, CAN J ZOOL, V63, P987 SPENCE DHN, 1982, ADV ECOL RES, V12, P37 TIEMEIER OW, 1951, T KANS ACAD SCI, V54, P175 VANDERVALK AG, 1981, ECOLOGY, V62, P688 WALKER BH, 1971, ECOLOGY, V52, P85 WASSEN G, 1966, KUNGLIGA SVENSKA VET, V22, P1 WHEELER BD, 1982, J ECOL, V70, P179 WIENS JA, 1984, ECOLOGICAL COMMUNITI, P439 WILSON SD, 1986, AM NAT, V127, P862 WILSON SD, 1986, ECOLOGY, V67, P1236 WISHEU IC, 1987, THESIS U OTTAWA OTTA NR 56 TC 31 J9 CAN J FISHERIES AQUAT SCI BP 1896 EP 1904 PY 1988 PD NOV VL 45 IS 11 GA Q9561 UT ISI:A1988Q956100003 ER PT J AU Ringold, PL Alegria, J Czaplewski, RL Mulder, BS Tolle, T Burnett, K TI Adaptive monitoring design for ecosystem management SO ECOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS LA English DT Article C1 BUR LAND MANAGEMENT,US DEPT INTERIOR,OREGON STATE OFF,PORTLAND,OR 97208. US FOREST SERV,USDA,PACIFIC NW FOREST & RANGE EXPT STN,PORTLAND,OR 97208. NATL BIOL SERV,US DEPT INTERIOR,FOREST & RANGELAND ECOSYST SCI CTR,CORVALLIS,OR 97331. US FOREST SERV,USDA,PACIFIC NW REG OFF,PORTLAND,OR 97208. RP Ringold, PL, US EPA,OFF RES & DEV,NATL HLTH & ENVIRONM EFFECTS RES LAB,WESTERN ECOL DIV,200 SW 35TH ST,CORVALLIS,OR 97333. CR *SOC AM FOR, 1994, J FOR, V8 CAIN SA, 1959, MANUAL VEGETATION AN EVERETT R, 1994, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT, V2, P340 FRENTZ I, 1995, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT GAUCH HG, 1982, MULTIVARIATE ANAL CO GREEN RH, 1979, SAMPLING DESIGN STAT GRUMBINE RE, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P27 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HICKS BB, 1994, ENVIRON MANAGE, V18, P1 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM KONDOLF GM, 1995, RESTOR ECOL, V3, P133 LARSEN DP, 1995, WATER RESOURCES B, V31, P1 LIKENS GE, 1983, B ECOL SOC AM, V64, P234 MONTGOMERY DR, 1995, WATER RESOUR BULL, V31, P369 MORRISON ML, 1994, RESTORATION MANAGEME, V12, P179 MULDER BS, 1995, EFFECTIVENESS MONITO NOSS RF, 1994, SAVING NATURES LEGAC PETERMAN RM, 1990, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V47, P2 POWELL TM, 1995, ECOLOGICAL TIME SERI RAIFFA H, 1968, DECISION ANAL STEELE JH, 1995, ECOLOGICAL TIME SERI STEVENS DL, 1994, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V42, P1 STRAYER D, 1986, LONGTERM ECOLOGICAL TOKAR B, 1994, ECOLOGIST, V24, P149 TOLLE T, 1995, ANAL SUPPORT ECOSYST WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WOLFE DA, 1987, ESTUARIES, V10, P181 YAFFEE SL, 1994, WISDOM SPOTTED OWL P NR 28 TC 15 J9 ECOL APPL BP 745 EP 747 PY 1996 PD AUG VL 6 IS 3 GA UZ412 UT ISI:A1996UZ41200020 ER PT J AU JONES, ML KOONCE, JF OGORMAN, R TI SUSTAINABILITY OF HATCHERY-DEPENDENT SALMONINE FISHERIES IN LAKE-ONTARIO - THE CONFLICT BETWEEN PREDATOR DEMAND AND PREY SUPPLY SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY LA English DT Article C1 CASE WESTERN RESERVE UNIV,DEPT BIOL,CLEVELAND,OH 44106. US FISH & WILDLIFE SERV,NATL FISHERIES RES CTR GREAT LAKES,OSWEGO,NY 13126. RP JONES, ML, ONTARIO MINIST NAT RESOURCES,RURAL ROUTE 4,PICTON K0K 2T0,ON,CANADA. AB The offshore fish community of Lake Ontario is presently dominated by intensively managed, nonnative species: alewife Alosa pseudoharengus and rainbow smelt Osmerus mordax at the planktivore level and stocked salmonines at the piscivore level. Salmonine stocking rates per unit area of Lake Ontario are the highest in the Great Lakes, and fishery managers are concerned about the sustainability of the fishery under present stocking policies, particularly with the recent collapse of the Lake Michigan fishery for chinook salmon Oncorhynchus tshawytscha. In this paper, we describe and present the results of a simulation model that integrates predator demand estimates derived from bioenergetics, prey and predator population dynamics, and a predation model based on the multiple-species functional response. Model reconstructions of historical alewife biomass trends and salmonine diets corresponded reasonably well with existing data for the period 1978-1992. The simulations suggest that current predator demand does not exceed the threshold beyond which alewife biomass cannot be sustained, but they indicate that the sustainability of the prey fish community is extremely sensitive to fluctuations in overwinter survival of alewife; an additional mortality of 25% in a single winter would be sufficient to cause the collapse of the alewife population. The model includes a number of assumptions and simplifications with a limited empirical basis; better estimates of salmonine survival rates, an evaluation of the importance of spatial and temporal interactions among predators and prey, and incorporation of the effects of recently observed declines in system productivity at lower trophic levels would significantly increase confidence in the model's projections. CR 1976, LOCAL CLIMATOLOGY DA BAILEY KM, 1989, ADV MAR BIOL, V25, P1 BARRETT JC, 1992, T AM FISH SOC, V121, P437 BERGSTEDT RA, 1989, T AM FISH SOC, V118, P687 BRANDT SB, 1986, J GREAT LAKES RES, V12, P200 BRANDT SB, 1987, T AM FISH SOC, V116, P641 BRANDT SB, 1991, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V48, P894 CARLANDER KD, 1969, HDB FRESHWATER FISHE, V1 CHRISTIE WJ, 1974, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V31, P827 CHRISTIE WJ, 1981, IFYGL INT FIELD YEAR, P327 CHRISTIE WJ, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT S2, V44, P37 COLBY PJ, 1973, RESPONSE FISH ENV CH, P163 CROWL TA, 1989, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V183, P133 CURIO E, 1976, ETHOLOGY PREDATION DERISO RB, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P815 ECK GW, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P449 ECK GW, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT S2, V44, P53 EFRON B, 1981, BIOMETRIKA, V68, P589 ELROD JH, 1988, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V8, P455 ELROD JH, 1991, T AM FISH SOC, V120, P290 FOLKVORD A, 1986, FISH B-NOAA, V84, P859 GOYKE AP, 1993, T AM FISH SOC, V122, P870 HARGREAVES NB, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P581 HEBERT PDN, 1991, CAN J ZOOL, V69, P405 HEWETT SW, 1989, T AM FISH SOC, V118, P581 HILBORN R, 1992, FISHERIES, V17, P6 HOLLING CS, 1959, CAN ENTOMOL, V91, P385 HOLLING CS, 1965, MEM ENTOMOL SOC CAN, V45, P1 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HOWICK GL, 1983, T AM FISH SOC, V112, P508 HYATT KD, 1979, FISH PHYSIOL, V8, P71 JOHANNSSON OE, 1991, T AM FISH SOC, V120, P193 KITCHELL JF, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P1922 KOHLER CC, 1982, ANN C SE ASS FISH WI, V34, P137 KOONCE JF, 1993, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V13, P1 LANTRY BF, 1991, THESIS STATE U NEW Y LEACH JH, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT S2, V44, P471 LEAN DRS, 1990, INT VEREINIGUNG THEO, V24, P420 MANSFIELD PJ, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P1318 MATHERS A, 1992, 1991 ONT MIN NAT RES MILLS EL, 1992, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V49, P2009 MURDOCH WW, 1969, ECOL MONOGR, V39, P335 MURDOCH WW, 1973, J APPL ECOL, V10, P335 NELDER JA, 1965, COMPUT J, V7, P308 NEY JJ, 1990, REV AQUAT SCI, V2, P55 OBRIEN WJ, 1989, OECOLOGIA, V80, P100 OGORMAN R, 1986, T AM FISH SOC, V115, P1 OGORMAN R, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT S2, V44, P390 OGORMAN R, 1991, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V48, P2250 ONEILL RV, 1980, ECOL MODEL, V8, P297 PALOHEIMO JE, 1980, T AM FISH SOC, V109, P378 PAULY D, 1980, J CONS INT EXPLOR ME, V39, P175 PETERMAN RM, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P1130 POPOVA OA, 1978, ECOL FRESHW FISH, P215 POWER ME, 1987, PREDATION DIRECT IND, P333 SCHNUTE J, 1982, 1140 CAN TECHN REP F SEELBACH PW, 1986, THESIS U MICHIGAN AN SEELBACH PW, 1987, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V7, P223 SHEPHERD JG, 1982, J CONS INT EXPLOR ME, V40, P67 STEWART DJ, 1981, T AM FISH SOC, V110, P751 STEWART DJ, 1991, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V48, P909 TALHELM DR, 1988, 54 GREAT LAK FISH CO WALTERS CJ, 1969, T AM FISH SOC, V98, P505 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WARD BR, 1989, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V46, P1853 NR 66 TC 57 J9 TRANS AMER FISH SOC BP 1002 EP 1018 PY 1993 PD SEP VL 122 IS 5 GA MJ440 UT ISI:A1993MJ44000027 ER PT J AU SMITH, EL JOHNSON, PS RUYLE, G SMEINS, F LOPER, D WHETSELL, D CHILD, D SIMS, P SMITH, R VOLLAND, L HEMSTROM, MA BAINTER, E MENDENHALL, A WADMAN, K FRANZEN, D SUTHERS, M WILLOUGHBY, J HABICH, N GAVEN, T HALEY, J TI NEW CONCEPTS FOR ASSESSMENT OF RANGELAND CONDITION SO JOURNAL OF RANGE MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 S DAKOTA STATE UNIV,BROOKINGS,SD 57007. TEXAS A&M UNIV,COLLEGE STN,TX 77843. USDA ARS,WASHINGTON,DC 20250. USDA ARS,WOODWARD,OK. BUR INDIAN AFFAIRS,HERNDON,VA. US FOREST SERV,PORTLAND,OR. US FOREST SERV,LAKEWOOD,CO. SOIL CONSERVAT SERV,CASPER,WY. SOIL CONSERVAT SERV,LINCOLN,NE. SOIL CONSERVAT SERV,WASHINGTON,DC 20013. US FISH & WILDLIFE SERV,LAKEVIEW,OR. US FISH & WILDLIFE SERV,EVERGREEN,CO. BUR LAND MANAGEMENT,SACRAMENTO,CA. BUR LAND MANAGEMENT,LAKEWOOD,CO. NATL PK SERV,SAN FRANCISCO,CA. NATL PK SERV,BOULDER CITY,NV. RP SMITH, EL, UNIV ARIZONA,TUCSON,AZ 85721. AB Range condition score or classification does not tell us, in a general sense, much of what managers and the public want to know about rangelands. Range condition is not a reliable indicator, across all rangelands, of biodiversity, erosion potential, nutrient cycling, value for wildlife species, or productivity. Succession, the basis for the current concept of range condition is not an adequate yardstick for evaluation of rangelands. The Society for Range Management (SRM) established the Task Group on Unity in Concepts and Terminology which has developed new concepts for evaluation of the status of rangelands. These concepts are based on the premise that the most important and basic physical resource on each ecological site is the soil. If sufficient soil is lost from an ecological site, the potential of the site is changed. The Task Group made three recommendations, which were adopted by the SRM: 1) evaluations of rangelands should be made from the basis of the same land unit classification, ecological site; 2) plant communities likely to occur on a site should be evaluated for protection of that site against accelerated erosion (Site Conservation Rating, [SCR]); and 3) selection of a Desired Plant Community (DPC) for an ecological site should be made considering both SCR and management objectives for that site. CR 1977, CED7788 US GEN ACC O 1979, MANAGING PUBLIC RANG 1983, GUIDELINES TERMINOLO 1989, ASSESSMENT RANGELAND 1991, NEW DIRECTIONS RANGE 1994, RANGELAND HLTH NEW M 1994, RANGELAND REFORM 94 BLACKBURN WH, 1986, P S COV SOILS WEATH, P31 CLEMENTS FE, 1905, RES METHODS ECOLOGY CLEMENTS FE, 1916, CARNEGIE I WASHINGTO, V242 DREGNE HE, 1983, DESERTIFICATION ARID DYKSTERHUIS EJ, 1949, J RANGE MANAGE, V2, P104 ELLISON L, 1949, J FOREST, V47, P785 FRIEDEL MH, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P422 FROST WE, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P64 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JAMESON DA, 1970, J RANGE MANAGE, V23, P316 JOHNSON HB, 1992, J RANGE MANAGE, V45, P322 LAYCOCK WA, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P427 LAYCOCK WA, 1994, ECOLOGICAL IMPLICATI, P250 LOVE RM, 1961, J BRIT GRASSLAND SOC, V16, P89 NOYMEIR I, 1986, RANGELANDS RESOURCE, P21 PARKER KW, 1954, J RANGE MANAGE, V7, P14 SAMPSON AW, 1919, USDA B, V791 SEVERSON KE, 1994, ECOLOGICAL IMPLICATI, P232 SMITH EL, 1978, 1ST P INT RANG C SOC, P266 SMITH EL, 1989, SECONDARY SUCCESSION, P103 STODDART LA, 1975, RANGE MANAGEMENT TONGWAY D, 1994, RANGELAND SOIL CONDI WALD J, 1985, OUR AILING RANGELAND WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WATTERS SE, 1993, THESIS U ARIZONA TUC WEST NE, 1993, J RANGE MANAGE, V46, P2 WEST NE, 1994, 37 NEW MEX STAT U NE WESTOBY M, 1980, ISRAEL J BOT, V28, P169 WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 NR 36 TC 20 J9 J RANGE MANAGE BP 271 EP 282 PY 1995 PD MAY VL 48 IS 3 GA QX772 UT ISI:A1995QX77200015 ER PT J AU Maul, RS Holland, MM Mikell, AT Cooper, CM TI Resilience of forested wetlands located in the southeastern United States: Demonstration of a soil perturbation index SO WETLANDS LA English DT Article C1 Univ Mississippi, Dept Biol, University, MS 38677 USA. RP Maul, RS, Univ Mississippi, Dept Biol, University, MS 38677 USA. AB This study examined the usefulness of soil organic matter (SOM), total organic carbon (TOC), total Kjeldahl nitrogen (TKN), and total phosphorus (TP) as indicators of resilience in forested wetlands located within southeast Virginia, USA. These data were also examined as standards for reference wetlands before and after timber harvesting and for comparisons of mature and early successional stages. Results indicate that the wetland soils in this study seem to be relatively resilient to perturbation. Soil total phosphorus was significantly greater in the 0- and 0.5-year stages than the 5-, 8-, and 11-year stages (p < 0.05). Although there were no significant differences in SOM, TOC, and TKN levels before and after timber harvest or between early and mature successional stages, there were consistent trends that may prove beneficial in determining reference standards. A Soil Perturbation Index was developed by combining all four parameters for soils collected in the Chowan River watershed to determine extent of deviation from the biogeochemical reference. Using the model developed in this study, biogeochemical functions decrease after harvesting, with the low point reached at approximately 8 to 9 years after human alteration. This index predicts that it would take 16-17 years for SOM, TOC, TKN, and TP to return to pre-harvest conditions. Perturbation indices could be used for assessment of human impacts, restoration projects, and mitigation of wetlands. We maintain that a Soil Perturbation Index can be one useful component of an index of biotic integrity for wetland ecosystems. CR *JAND SCI, 1994, SIGM STAT SOFTW *LEC CORP, 1981, 200195 LEC CORP *SAS I INC, 1988, SAS STAT US GUID *TECHN IND SYST CO, 1987, 78786T TECHN IND SYS BRINSON MM, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P69 BROOKS RP, 1988, P NAT WETL S MIT IMP, P276 CEBRIAN J, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P1606 COWARDIN LM, 1979, FWSOBS7931 CRAFT CB, 1991, ESTUARIES, V14, P175 DAHL TE, 1991, STATUS TRENDS WETLAN GAMBRELL RP, 1978, PLANT LIFE ANAEROBIC, P375 GOLDMAN CR, 1961, ECOLOGY, V42, P282 GRIFFIN AJ, 1992, P 13 ANN C SOC WETL, P846 HARMON ME, 1986, ADV ECOL RES, V15, P133 HOLLAND MM, 1996, CAN J FISH AQUAT S1, V53, P432 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 KARR JR, 1991, ECOL APPL, V1, P66 LINDAU CW, 1994, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V277, P71 LOCKABY BG, 1996, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V60, P1267 LOCKABY BG, 1998, SO FORESTED WETLANDS, P149 MADER SF, 1989, P S FOR WETL SO US 1, P149 MCLAUGHLIN JW, 1996, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V60, P1228 PATRICK WH, 1992, PHOSPHORUS LIFE ENV, P199 REDDY KR, 1994, GLOBAL WETLANDS OLD, P309 SALISBURY FB, 1992, PLANT PHYSL SMITH RL, 1996, C P DELT CONN POINTS, P739 SMITH RL, 1997, THESIS U MISSISSIPPI SPENCER DR, 1998, THESIS COLL WILLIAM TRETTIN CC, 1996, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V60, P1994 WALBRIDGE MR, 1994, WETLANDS, V14, P10 WHITE D, 1995, PHYSL BIOCH PROKARYO NR 31 TC 0 J9 WETLANDS BP 288 EP 295 PY 1999 PD MAR VL 19 IS 1 GA 180WX UT ISI:000079409700032 ER PT J AU Bunch, MJ TI Soft systems methodology and the ecosystem approach: A system study of the Cooum River and environs in Chennai, India SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 York Univ, Fac Environm Design, Toronto, ON M3J 1PE, Canada. RP Bunch, MJ, York Univ, Fac Environm Design, 4700 Keele St, Toronto, ON M3J 1PE, Canada. AB This paper discusses the integration of soft systems methodology (SSM) within an ecosystem approach in research to support rehabilitation and management of the Cooum River and environs in Chennai, India. The Cooum is an extremely polluted urban stream. Its management is complicated by high rates of population growth, poverty, uncontrolled urban development, jurisdictional conflicts, institutional culture, flat topography, tidal action, blockage of the river mouth, and monsoon flooding. The situation is characterized by basic uncertainty about main processes and activities, and the nature of relationships among actors and elements in the system. SSM is an approach for dealing with messy or ill-structured problematic situations involving human activity. In this work SSM contributed techniques (such as "rich picture" and "CAT-WOE" tools) to description of the Cooum situation as a socio-ecological system and informed the approach itself at a theoretical level. Application of three general phases in SSM is discussed in the context of the Cooum River research: (1) problem definition and exploration of the problem situation, (2) development of conceptual models of relevant systems, and (3) the use of these to generate insight and stimulate debate about desirable and feasible change. Its use here gives weight to the statement by others that SSM would be a particularly appropriate methodology to operate the ecosystem approach. As well as informing efforts at management of the Cooum system, this work led the way to explore an adaptive ecosystem approach more broadly to management of the urban environment for human health in Chennai. CR *CENS IND, 2001, CENS IND PROV TABL C *GOV IND, 1999, EC SURV 1998 1999 *GOV TAM NAD, 1981, SER GOV TAM NAD, V20 *GOV TAM NAD, 1997, TERMS REF CONS SERV *INL WAT AUTH IND, 1998, REP REC HYDR SURV PR *MOTT MACD LTD, 1994, SLUDG DISP CONS *UNCHS, 1991, GUID MAN CHANG URB M ALLEN T, 1994, ECOSYSTEM APPROACH T ANANTHAPADMANAB.S, 1998, 1 WORKSH COOUM RIV E, P34 APPASAMY P, 1989, 88 MADR I DEV STUD BUNCH MJ, 2001, GEOGRAPHY PUBLICATIO, V54 CALDWELL LK, 1970, NAT RESOUR J, V10, P201 CHECKLAND PB, 1979, J APPL SYSTEMS ANAL, V6, P33 CHECKLAND PB, 1981, SYSTEMS THINKING SYS CHECKLAND PB, 1990, SOFT SYSTEMS METHODO CHECKLAND PB, 1998, INFORMATION SYSTEMS CHECKLAND PB, 1999, SOFT SYSTEMS METHODO, A1 CHRISTENSEN NL, 1997, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT, P325 GRUMBINE RE, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P27 GUNASELVAM M, 1999, UNPUB PRESERVING IDE GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM KAY JJ, 1994, ALTERNATIVES, V20, P32 KAY JJ, 1999, FUTURES, V31, P721 KREHER H, 1994, J OPER RES SOC, V45, P1293 LEDINGTON P, 1999, J OPER RES SOC, V50, P1149 LEE KN, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE IN MITCHELL B, 1997, RESOURCE ENV MANAGEM NAUGHTON J, 1981, J APPL SYSTEMS ANAL, V8, P61 SAHADEVAN PV, 1995, WATER ENERGY 2001, P709 SAHADEVAN PV, 1996, ARTIFICIAL FLOODS FL SRIDHAR MKS, 1982, MARINE POLLUTION B, V13, P233 SRINIVASAN S, 1991, MADRAS 2011 POLICY I, V3 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WOODBURN I, 1991, J APPL SYSTEMS ANAL, V18, P29 NR 35 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 182 EP 197 PY 2003 PD FEB VL 31 IS 2 GA 635FV UT ISI:000180389100003 ER PT J AU Carpenter, RA TI Ecology should apply to ecosystem management: A comment SO ECOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS LA English DT Article AB The recent Forum in this journal, Perspectives on Ecosystem Management, prompts a comment that may seem obvious: ecology, and associated environmental disciplines are, and will become more so, the undergirding sciences for ecosystem management-just as the health sciences are for medicine. But, the readiness of ecology for such applications is a matter of debate among leaders in the field, while it is being taken for granted, in terms of limited research support, by landscape managers. The ongoing manipulations (e.g., production, conservation, restoration) on federal lands can be a vehicle for needed research at management scales of space and time-if ecological scientists bring a consensus to, and initiate, collaborative planning with federal officials for a strategy to implement ecosystem management. CR *CEQ, 1995, 24 ANN REP COUNC ENV *FIEM, 1995, WORK GROUP DRAFT EX *IEMTF, 1995, EC APPR HEALTH EC SU, V1 *US EPA, 1994, EPA600R94183 US EPA *US NAT RES COUNC, 1993, BIOL SURV NAT *US NAT RES COUNC, 1994, COMM RANG CLASS RANG *WORLD COMM ENV DE, 1987, OUR FUT BRUNDTL COMM ARROW K, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P520 BARTLETT J, 1992, BARTLETTS FAMILIAR Q CARPENTER R, 1995, B ECOL SOC AM, V76, P161 CARPENTER R, 1995, DEFINING MEASURING S, CH27 CARPENTER SR, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P324 CHRISTENSEN NL, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P665 COHEN JE, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P341 DEANGELIS DL, 1989, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V20, P71 EASTERBROOK G, 1995, MOMENT EARTH COMING FITZSIMMONS A, 1994, POLICY ANAL, P217 GORE A, 1993, REINVENTING ENV MANA GRUMBINE RE, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P27 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HARGROVE E, 1992, ECOSYSTEM HLTH NEW G, P124 HARTE M, 1996, ECOLOGICAL EC, V15, P157 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM LEVIN SA, 1993, ECOLOGICAL APPL, V3, P544 LUBCHENCO J, 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P371 MCINTOSH RP, 1985, BACKGROUND ECOLOGY C NEIRING W, 1970, B ECOL SOC AM, V51, P2 PASTOR J, 1995, BIOSCIENCE, V45, P286 PETERS R, 1991, CRITIQUE ECOLOGY REGIER H, 1994, ECOLOGICAL INTEGRITY, P13 RISSER PG, 1995, DEFINING MEASURING S, P309 ROBBINS J, 1995, AUDUBON, V97, P82 SCHRADERFRECHET.K, 1993, METHOD ECOLOGY STRAT STANLEY TR, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P255 THOMAS L, 1974, LIVES CELL NOTES BIO VITOUSEK PM, 1986, BIOSCIENCE, V36, P368 VITOUSEK PM, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P1861 WRIGHT R, 1995, PERSPECTIVES SCI CHR, V47, P80 NR 38 TC 0 J9 ECOL APPL BP 1373 EP 1377 PY 1996 PD NOV VL 6 IS 4 GA VR856 UT ISI:A1996VR85600036 ER PT J AU Norton, BG TI Biodiversity and environmental values: in search of a universal earth ethic SO BIODIVERSITY AND CONSERVATION LA English DT Article C1 Georgia Inst Technol, Sch Publ Hlth, Atlanta, GA 30332 USA. RP Norton, BG, Georgia Inst Technol, Sch Publ Hlth, Atlanta, GA 30332 USA. AB While biodiversity protection has become a widely accepted goal of environmental protectionists, no such agreement exists regarding why it is important. Two, competing theories of natural value - here called 'Economism' and 'Intrinsic Value Theory' - are often cited to support the goal. Environmentalists, who have recently proposed the articulation of a universal 'Earth Charter' to express the shared values humans derive from nature, have cited both of these theories as support for biodivesity protection. Unfortunately these theories, which are expressed as polar opposites, do not work well together and the question arises: is there a shared value that humans place on nature? It is argued that these two value theories share four questionable assumptions: (1) a sharp distinction between 'intrinsic' and 'instrumental' value; (2) an entity orientation; (3) moral monism; and (4) placeless evaluation. If these four assumptions are denied, an alternative value system emerges which recognizes a continuum of ways humans value nature, values processes rather than only entities, is pluralistic, and values biodiversity in place. An alternative theory of value, which emphasizes protecting processes rather than protecting objects, and which values nature for the creativity of its processes, is proposed as a more attractive theory for expressing the universal values of nature that should motivate an Earth Charter and the goal of biodiversity protection. CR ALLEN TFH, 1982, HIERARCHY PERSPECTIV ANDERSON EN, 1996, ECOLOGIES HEART ARROW K, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P520 BAXTER W, 1993, ENV ETHICS POLICY BO, P303 CALLICOTT JB, 1989, DEFENSE LAND ETHIC COMMON M, 1992, ECOL ECON, V6, P7 DEWEY J, 1910, INFLUENCE DARWIN PHI FREEMAN AM, 1994, ENV ETHICS POLICY BO, P307 GADGIL M, 1991, RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, V18, P127 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1977, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HOLLING CS, 1996, ENG ECOLOGICAL CONST, P31 LEE K, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE LEOPOLD A, 1949, SAND COUNTY ALMANAC NORTON BG, 1998, ECOL ECON, V24, P193 NORTON BG, 1998, PHILOS GEOGR, V3, P119 NORTON BG, 1987, WHY PRESERVE NATURAL NORTON BG, 1992, ECOSYSTEM HLTH NEW G, P23 NORTON BG, 1996, DUKE ENV LAW POLICY, V7, P49 NORTON BG, 1997, ENVIRON ETHICS, V19, P227 NORTON BG, 1999, FAIRNESS FUTURITY, P118 PIMM S, 1991, BALANCE NATURE PINCHOT G, 1987, BREAKING NEW GROUND PRIGOGENE I, 1984, ORDER OUT CHAOS MANS REGIER HA, 1996, J AQUATIC ECOSYSTEM, V5, P3 ROCKEFELLER SC, 1996, EARTH ETHICS, V7, P1 ROLSTON H, 1994, CONSERVING NATURAL V SHIVA V, 1993, ENV ETHICS POLICY BO, P281 STONE C, 1988, EARTH OTHER ETHICS WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT NR 30 TC 3 J9 BIODIVERS CONSERV BP 1029 EP 1044 PY 2000 PD AUG VL 9 IS 8 GA 341HP UT ISI:000088585200003 ER PT J AU Hawkins, SJ Allen, JR Bray, S TI Restoration of temperate marine and coastal ecosystems: nudging nature SO AQUATIC CONSERVATION-MARINE AND FRESHWATER ECOSYSTEMS LA English DT Article C1 Univ Southampton, Sch Biol Sci, Biodivers & Ecol Div, Southampton, Hants, England. Univ Southampton, Ctr Environm Sci, Southampton, Hants, England. Univ Liverpool, Port Erin Marine Lab, Port Erin, Man, England. Univ Southampton, Ctr Environm Sci, Southampton, Hants, England. RP Hawkins, SJ, Univ Southampton, Sch Biol Sci, Biodivers & Ecol Div, Southampton, Hants, England. AB 1. The main impacts on marine ecosystems are summarised and the potential for their restoration is discussed in relation to their key features. Rocky shores, seagrass beds and disused docks are focused on. 2. The term restoration is used to describe intervention in the recovery process of a marine ecosystem, with a view to enhancing the process, but not necessarily:forcing the system to recover to its original condition. 3. Rocky shore systems are subject to shellfish and seaweed exploitation, point source pollution, diffuse impacts such as tributyl tin and acute impacts such as oil spills. The consideration of whether to employ restoration or allow natural recovery is discussed in relation to these systems. 4. Seagrass systems have suffered serious declines in many parts of the world due to the direct and indirect effects of human impacts. In the North Atlantic a wasting disease first noted in the 1930s caused a serious decline in the subtidal seagrass Zostera marina. The link between this disease and the marine slime mould Labrynthula zosterae is now well established. Human impacts on seagrass systems allow the disease to gain a foothold. Attempts at restoring seagrass beds have met with some success, but it is suggested that the action of conservation of remaining beds and better management of human activities may be the best approach. 5. Disused docks occur in many parts of Britain and Europe. Active management of the physical environment by mixing and biomanipulation by filter feeding organisms have led to improvements in water quality and ecosystem function. Thus healthy marine ecosystems have been restored to inner city areas, although these artificial marine lakes have few natural equivalents and are different from the original ecosystem at the site. 6. When compared to freshwater ecosystems, the scope for coastal and marine restoration is limited although the capacity for recovery is greater. Copyright (C) 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. CR AKSNES DL, 1995, OPHELIA, V41, P5 ALFREDSON G, 1984, FOCUS STADBROKE, P1 ALLEN JR, 1992, HYDROGRAPHY ECOLOGY ALLEN JR, 1993, URBAN WATERSIDE REGE, P377 ALLEN JR, 1995, AQUAT CONSERV, V5, P299 ALLEN JR, 1996, MAR POLLUT BULL, V32, P890 APINE RT, 1994, MARINE ROCKY SHORES BARNES RSK, 1989, AQUAT CONSERV, V2, P65 BELL SS, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P610 BONSDORFF E, 1997, ESTUAR COAST SHELF A, V44, P63 BRADSHAW A, 1997, ECOL ENG, V8, P255 BRYAN GW, 1986, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V66, P611 BRYAN GW, 1991, METAL ECOTOXICOLOGY, P323 BRYAN GW, 1992, ENVIRON POLLUT, V76, P89 CADDY JF, 1993, FISHERY SCI, V1, P57 CASTEL J, 1996, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V329, P9 CASTILLA JC, 1985, OIKOS, V45, P391 CHAPMAN ARO, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V192, P77 CINTRONMOLERO G, 1992, RESTORING NATIONS MA, P223 CLARK MJ, 1997, RESTORATION ECOLOGY, P353 CLARK RB, 1997, MARINE POLLUTION CLOERN JE, 1996, REV GEOPHYS, V34, P127 DAVIES BR, 1989, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V29, P613 DAYTON PK, 1984, SCIENCE, V224, P283 DAYTON PK, 1995, AQUAT CONSERV, V5, P205 DENHARTOG C, 1987, AQUAT BOT, V27, P3 DENHARTOG C, 1989, DIS AQUAT ORGAN, V7, P223 DURAN LR, 1989, MAR BIOL, V103, P555 EGGLESTON DB, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V124, P9 ELLIS DV, 1990, MAR POLLUT BULL, V21, P248 ELNER RW, 1990, AM NAT, V136, P108 ETHERINGTON JR, 1983, WETLAND ECOLOGY EVANS SM, 1996, MAR POLLUT BULL, V32, P263 FARNHAM WF, 1973, NATURE, V243, P231 FAST AW, 1973, WATER RESOUR RES, V9, P607 FIELDING NJ, 1997, FISH BENTHOS COMMUNI FITZPATRICK J, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V127, P279 FLETCHER H, 1997, AQUAT CONSERV, V7, P287 FONSECA MS, 1987, FLA MAR RES PUBL, V42, P175 FONSECA MS, 1992, RESTORING NATIONS MA, P79 FONSECA MS, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V132, P127 FURUKAWA K, 1997, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V44, P301 GIBBS PE, 1986, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V66, P767 GIESEN WBJ, 1990, AQUAT BOT, V8, P157 GISLASON H, 1994, MAR POLLUT BULL, V29, P520 GOODMAN PJ, 1969, J ECOL, V57, P298 GRAY AJ, 1986, 1134 ITE FURZ RES ST GRAY AJ, 1988, WYTCH DEV BIOL MONIT GRAY AJ, 1991, ADV ECOL RES, V21, P1 GREEN AS, 1994, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V180, P59 HAWKINS SJ, 1983, ACTA OCEAN, V103 HAWKINS SJ, 1992, P S HAB REST NAT OC HAWKINS SJ, 1992, RESTORING NATIONS MA, P583 HAWKINS SJ, 1993, URBAN WATERSIDE REGE, P386 HENDRY K, 1982, HF31152 NAT CONS COU HILY C, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V69, P179 HOCKEY PAR, 1986, OIKOS, V46, P3 HOCKEY PAR, 1994, AQUAT CONSERV, V4, P345 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLT TJ, 1995, ENGLISH NAT RES REP, V234 HOLT TJ, 1995, SENSITIVITY MARINE C, P65 HOSPER SH, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P523 JARA HF, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P28 JONES SE, 1993, MAR BIOL, V115, P133 KASPAR HF, 1985, MAR BIOL, V85, P127 KENWORTHY WJ, 1992, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V163, P141 KIRBY RR, 1997, BIOL J LINN SOC, V62, P299 KIRKMAN H, 1992, RESTORING NATIONS MA, P111 KOMATSU T, 1996, OCEANOL ACTA, V20, P209 LAMBERT WJ, 1992, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V88, P303 LAPOINTE BE, 1994, B MAR SCI, V54, P696 LAWTON JH, 1994, OIKOS, V71, P367 LINDAHL O, 1993, TOXIC PHYTOPLANKTON, P775 LIVINGSTON RJ, 1998, AQUAT BOT, V60, P135 MADDEN CJ, 1996, ESTUARIES, V19, P457 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MAZZELLA L, 1992, PLANT ANIMAL INTERAC, V46 MCLUSKY DS, 1991, CHANGING COASTLINE MEEHAN B, 1982, SHELL BED SHELL MIDD MENGE BA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P755 MENGE BA, 1994, ECOL MONOGR, V64, P249 MILLWARD RN, 1995, MAR POLLUT BULL, V30, P701 MOORE KA, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V142, P247 MORAND P, 1996, BOT MAR, V39, P491 MORENO CA, 1986, OIKOS, V46, P359 MORTIMER CH, 1971, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V16, P387 MOSS B, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P367 MUEHLSTEIN LK, 1988, MAR BIOL, V99, P465 NEWEY S, 1995, MAR POLLUT BULL, V30, P274 NEWTON LC, 1993, BIOL CONSERV, V63, P241 OFFICER CB, 1982, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V9, P203 ORTH RJ, 1992, PLANT ANIMAL INTERAC, P147 PAERL HW, 1995, OPHELIA, V41, P237 PAINE RT, 1966, AM NAT, V103, P653 PASCOE PL, 1994, MAR BIOL, V118, P247 PASTOROK RA, 3400 TC US CORPS ENG PINGREE RD, 1975, NATURE, V248, P123 PRINCE RC, 1997, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V15, P158 RENAUD PE, 1997, CONT SHELF RES, V17, P37 RENYOLDS CS, 1975, BIOL REV, V50, P437 RITCHIENOAKES N, 1984, LIVERPOOL HIST WATER RUSSELL G, 1983, J APPL ECOL, V20, P43 RYTHER JH, 1971, SCIENCE, V171, P1008 SAMMARCO PW, 1996, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V200, P135 SATHYENDRANATH S, 1991, NATURE, V349, P54 SAUTOUR B, 1995, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V311, P139 SCHEFFER M, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P475 SCHEFFER M, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P275 SCHIEL DR, 1992, RESTORING NATIONS MA, P279 SCHIEWER U, 1998, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V363, P73 SEED R, 1996, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V76, P203 SHORT FT, 1995, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V40, P740 SMITH JE, 1968, TORREY CAYON POLLUTI SOUSA WP, 1992, PLANT ANIMAL INTERAC, P425 SOUTHGATE T, 1984, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V64, P485 SOUTHWARD AJ, 1964, GRAZING TERRESTRIAL, P265 SOUTHWARD AJ, 1978, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V35, P682 SPENCE SK, 1990, PSZNI MAR ECOL, V11, P147 SPOONER N, 1991, MAR ENVIRON RES, V32, P37 STEFAN HG, 1980, INT S INL WAT LAK RE, P79 SUTHERLAND JP, 1974, AM NAT, V108, P859 TALBOT C, 1994, J APPL ICHTHYOL, V10, P258 TEGNER MJ, 1983, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V73, P125 TEGNER MJ, 1989, MARINE INVERTEBRATE, P401 TEGNER MJ, 1997, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V146, P117 UNDERWOOD AJ, 1996, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V200, P1 VANLENT F, 1995, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V185, P55 VERHAGEN JHG, 1983, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V10, P187 WEBB KL, 1981, ESTUARIES NUTR WILKINSON SB, 1996, PSZNI MAR ECOL, V17, P197 WILLIAMS SL, 1996, RESTOR ECOL, V4, P163 WILSON DP, 1971, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V51, P509 WOLFF WJ, 1997, AQUAT CONSERV, V7, P165 ZEDLER JB, 1992, RESTORING NATIONS MA, P7 ZHENG WZ, 1995, THESIS U LIVERPOOL NR 135 TC 4 J9 AQUAT CONSERV BP 23 EP 46 PY 1999 PD JAN-FEB VL 9 IS 1 GA 198MQ UT ISI:000080428300003 ER PT J AU Leeuwis, C TI Reconceptualizing participation for sustainable rural development: Towards a negotiation approach SO DEVELOPMENT AND CHANGE LA English DT Article C1 Univ Wageningen & Res Ctr, NL-6706 KN Wageningen, Netherlands. RP Leeuwis, C, Univ Wageningen & Res Ctr, Hollandesweg 1, NL-6706 KN Wageningen, Netherlands. AB In many popular intervention methodologies aimed at stimulating sustainable rural development tin the widest possible sense) the idea of 'participation' is a leading principle. This article will demonstrate that the process in which actors are supposed to participate is often thought of as being a process of planning, decision-making and/or social learning. It will be argued that such an operationalization of development processes is based on inconsistent theoretical assumptions, and can easily lead to unproductive development interventions due to an inability to handle conflicts. As an alternative it is proposed to use negotiation theory as a basis for organizing participatory development efforts. The implications of such a shift in thinking about participation are far-reaching: it requires new modes of analysis, and different roles, tasks and skills for facilitators of participatory processes. CR *CIMMYT, 1988, AGR DAT FARM REC EC *ODA, 1995, GUID NOT STAK AN AID *PID, 1989, INTR PART RUR APPRRU AARTS MNC, 1998, THESIS WAGENINGEN AG ARCE A, 1993, WAGENINGEN STUDIES S, V34 ARGYRIS C, 1996, ORG LEARNING, V2 BALAND JM, 1996, HALTING DEGRADATION BARON SB, 1992, GROUP PROCESS GROUP BAWDEN RJ, 1994, FARMER 1, P258 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BIGGS SD, 1989, 3 OFCOR ISNAR BOLDING A, 1996, PRACTICE SMALLHOLDER, P191 BORDA OF, 1998, PEOPLES PARTICIPATIO BRINKERHOFF DW, 1989, PUBLIC ADMIN DEVELOP, V9, P487 CALLON M, 1986, MAPPING DYNAMIC SCI CHAMBERS R, 1994, WORLD DEV, V22, P1253 CHAMBERS R, 1994, WORLD DEV, V22, P953 CREHAN K, 1988, SOCIOL RURALIS, V28, P113 DANGBEGNON C, 1998, THESIS WAGENINGEN AG DANIELS SE, 1996, ENVIRON IMPACT ASSES, V16, P71 DAVIS GB, 1985, MANAGEMENT INFORMATI DEBRUIN H, 1998, BESTUURSWETENSCHAPPE, P120 ENGEL PGH, 1995, THESIS WAGENINGEN AG EYBEN R, 1995, POWER PARTICIPATORY, P192 FARRINGTON J, 1987, 9 OV DEV I FISHER R, 1981, GETTING YES NEGOTIAT FRIEDMAN J, 1992, EMPOWERMENT POLITICS GEURTS JL, 1996, METHODS PARTICIPATOR GRONOV CJV, 1995, POWER PARTICIPATORY, P125 HABERMAS J, 1970, INQUIRY, V13, P205 HABERMAS J, 1970, INQUIRY, V13, P360 HABERMAS J, 1981, THEORIE KOMMUNIKATIV, V1 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HOLLING CS, 1985, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HUGUENIN P, 1994, ZAKBOCK ONDERHANDELA JIGGINS J, 1992, FARMING FUTURE INTRO, P135 KHAMIS SA, 1998, THESIS WAGENINGEN AG KOLB DA, 1984, EXPERIENTIAL LEARNIN LEEUWIS C, 1993, WAGENINGEN STUDIES S, V36 LEEUWIS C, 1995, EUROPEAN J AGR ED EX, V2, P15 LEEUWIS C, 1999, INTEGRAL DESIGN INNO, P267 LONG N, 1989, SOCIOL RURALIS, V29, P226 LONG N, 1989, WAGENINGEN STUDIES S, V27 LONG N, 1992, BATTLEFIELDS KNOWLED MAARLEVELD M, 1998, CROSS BOUND 7 C INT MANZUNGU E, 1996, PRACTICE SMALLHOLDER MASTENBROEK WFG, 1997, ONDERHANDELEN MESSICK DM, 1983, REV PERSONALITY SOCI, V4, P11 MOSSE D, 1995, POWER PARTICIPATORY, P144 MUTIMUKURU T, 2000, THESIS WAGENINGEN U NELSON N, 1995, POWER PARTICIPATORY, P1 OKALI C, 1994, FARMER PARTICIPATORY OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV PACHECO P, 2000, THESIS WAGENINGEN U PAUL S, 1986, EC DEV I WORKSH COMM PINKERTON EW, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P2363 PRETTY JN, 1994, FARMER 1 RURAL PEOPL, P182 PRETTY JN, 1994, IDS B, V25, P39 PRETTY JN, 1995, PARTICIPATORY LEARNI PRUITT DG, 1993, NEGOTIATION SOCIAL C RAHMAN MA, 1993, PEOPLES SELF DEV PER ROLING N, 1996, EUROPEAN J AGR ED EX, V2, P35 ROLING NG, 1998, FACILITATING SUSTAIN ROLLING NG, 1994, FUTURE LAND MOBILISI, P386 ROUSSEAU JJ, 1968, SOCIAL CONTRACT SCHRIJVERS J, 1992, COMMUNICATION SCOONES I, 1994, FARMER 1 RURAL PEOPL SHAH P, 1994, FARMER 1 RURAL PEOPL, P117 SHAMBARE E, 2000, THESIS WAGENINGEN U STEINS N, 1999, AGR HUMAN VALUES, V16, P241 SUSSKIND L, 1987, BREAKING IMPASSE CON THRUPP LA, 1994, FARMER 1 RURAL PEOPL, P170 VALERIN AGZ, 1998, THESIS WAGENINGEN AG VANARKEL M, 1997, THESIS WAGENINGEN AG VANDENBAN AW, 1996, AGR EXTENSION VANDERVEEN J, 1992, BESTUURSKUNDE, P228 VANDUSSELDORP D, 1990, SOCIOL RURALIS, V30, P336 VANMEEGEREN RCF, 1998, SOCIALE INTERVENTIE, V7, P82 VANMEEGEREN RFC, 1999, INTEGRAL DESIGN INNO, P205 VANVELDHUIZEN L, 1997, DEV TECHNOLOGY FARME VANWOERKUM CMJ, 1990, MASSACOMMUNICATIE, V18, P263 VILLAREAL M, 1994, THESIS WAGENINGEN AG WAGENMANS M, 1998, FACILITATING SUSTAIN, P250 WEBLER T, 1995, FAIRNESS COMPETENCE, P173 WIJNHOVEN F, 1995, THESIS ENSCHEDE U TW WIPFLER C, 1998, IPM DEV DRAFT PAPER NR 86 TC 2 J9 DEVELOP CHANGE BP 931 EP 959 PY 2000 PD NOV VL 31 IS 5 GA 372JU UT ISI:000165231200001 ER PT J AU Vincent, K TI Uncertainty in adaptive capacity and the importance of scale SO GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE-HUMAN AND POLICY DIMENSIONS LA English DT Article C1 Univ E Anglia, Sch Environm Sci, Tyndall Ctr Climate Change Res, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. RP Vincent, K, Univ E Anglia, Sch Environm Sci, Tyndall Ctr Climate Change Res, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. AB Understanding different adaptive capacities is a prerequisite for targeting interventions to reduce the adverse impacts of climate change. Indicators and indices are common tools in this process, but their construction embodies many uncertainties, not least of which is their scale specificity. This paper describes the development of two empirical adaptive capacity indices for use at different scales of analysis: a national index for cross-country comparison in Africa and a household index for cross-household comparison in a village in Limpopo province, South Africa. Explaining the decisions made at each stage of construction illuminates the degree of uncertainty involved when assessing adaptive capacity, and how this uncertainty is compounded when looking across different scales of analysis. It concludes that the central elements of adaptive capacity, based on institutional collective response and the availability of and access to resources, are common at different scales, although the structure of each index is scale-specific. Hence the findings of these apparently irreconcilable scales of analysis converge to demonstrate points of leverage for policy intervention to raise resilience and the capacity to adapt to the risks posed by climate change. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR MCCARTHY JJ, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, V1, P1 ADGER WN, 1999, MITIG ADAPT STRAT GL, V4, P253 ADGER WN, 1999, WORLD DEV, V27, P249 ADGER WN, 2003, ECON GEOGR, V79, P387 ADGER WN, 2003, PROGR DEV STUDIES, V3, P179 ADGER WN, 2004, 7 U E ANGL TYND CTR ADGER WN, 2005, CR GEOSCI, V337, P399 AGNEW J, 1997, GEOGRAPHIES EC BRAY F, 1986, RICE EC TECHNOLOGY D BRENKERT AL, 2005, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V72, P57 BRIGUGLIO L, 1995, WORLD DEV, V23, P1615 BROOKS N, 2003, 26 TYND CTR CLIM CHA BROOKS N, 2005, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V15, P151 BRYCESON DF, 2002, WORLD DEV, V30, P725 BURTON I, 1978, ENV HAZARD, V1, P1 CANNON T, 1994, DISASTERS DEV ENV, P13 CASTELLS M, 1996, RISE NETWORK SOC CASTELLS M, 1998, END MILLENNIUM COLLIER P, 1999, J ECON PERSPECT, V13, P3 CROWARDS T, 1999, IN PRESS EC VULNERAB DIAMOND J, 2004, NATURE, V429, P616 DOVIE DBK, 2003, AGR SYST, V76, P337 DOW KM, 1992, GEOFORUM, V23, P417 DOWNING TE, 2001, UNEP POLICY SERIES DURLAUF S, 2002, ECON J, V112, P459 EASTER C, 1999, ROUND TABLE, V351, P403 ELLIS F, 1998, J DEV STUD, V35, P1 FUSSEL HM, 2006, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V75, P301 HADDAD BM, 2005, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V15, P165 HOUGHTON J, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001 JOLLANDS N, 2003, US SOC EC EC C SAR S KALY U, 1999, 275 SOPAC KALY U, 1999, 299 SOPAC KALY U, 2000, 306 SOPAC KATES RW, 2000, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V45, P5 KAUFFMAN KD, 2004, AIDS S AFRICA SOCIAL, P17 KELLY PM, 2000, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V47, P325 KING BH, 2005, AREA, V37, P64 KRISHNA A, 2001, WORLD DEV, V29, P925 LEICHENKO RM, 2002, MITIGATION ADAPTATIO, V7, P1 LURIE MN, 2004, MIGRATION POLICY SER, V31 MILANOVIC B, 2003, WORLD DEV, V31, P667 MOLLER V, 1996, SO AFRICAN J GERONTO, V5, P9 MOSS RM, 2000, VULNERABILITY CLIMAT NIEMEIJER D, 2002, ENVIRON SCI POLICY, V5, P91 OBRIEN KL, 2004, 200404 CICERO OBRIEN KL, 2004, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V64, P193 OBRIEN KL, 2000, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V10, P221 PALDAM M, 2000, J ECON SURV, V14, P629 PELLING M, 2001, ENV HAZARDS, V3, P49 PELLING M, 2003, VULNERABILITY CITIES PELLING M, 2005, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V15, P308 PRETTY J, 2001, WORLD DEV, V29, P209 PUTNAM RD, 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR REARDON T, 1988, WORLD DEV, V16, P1065 SACHS JD, 1997, J AFR ECON, V6, P335 SCHIPPER EL, 2006, RECIEL, V15, P82 SMIT B, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, P877 SMITH B, 2000, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V45, P223 SWINTON SM, 1988, HUM ECOL, V16, P123 TOMPKINS EL, 2005, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V15, P139 VANDERVLIET V, 2004, AIDS S AFRICA SOCIAL, P48 VINCENT K, 2004, 56 U E ANGL TYND CTR WILBANKS TJ, 1999, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V43, P601 WOOLCOCK M, 2002, WORKSH UND BUILD SOC YOHE GW, 2002, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V12, P25 YOHE GW, 2001, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V49, P247 NR 67 TC 1 J9 GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANGE BP 12 EP 24 PY 2007 PD FEB VL 17 IS 1 GA 149YG UT ISI:000245182200004 ER PT J AU Sapountzaki, K TI Coping with seismic vulnerability: small manufacturing firms in western Athens SO DISASTERS LA English DT Article C1 Harokopion Univ Athens, Dept Geog, Athens, Greece. RP Sapountzaki, K, Harokopion Univ Athens, Dept Geog, Athens, Greece. AB This paper attempts to contribute to international discourse on the responsibility of macro structures ( economic and political) and private agencies for the production and distribution of vulnerability. It does so by focusing on an individual economic entity, small manufacturing firms (SMFs), in a specific location, western Athens, Greece. By evaluating the losses that SMFs sustained in the earthquake of 7 September 1999, the paper points to variations in vulnerability levels among such firms and highlights the `sources' of vulnerability they confront. Furthermore, the SMF recovery cycle is systematically monitored in parallel with relevant public policies and state reactions to private recovery methods. The analysis illustrates processes that externalise recovery costs, alter the relationship between physical and socio-economic vulnerability and shift the vulnerability load from macro structures to individual agencies or vice versa. It is based on two methodological approaches: the division of vulnerability into three constituent components (exposure, resistance and resilience); and the conceptual split between producers and carriers of vulnerability. CR *HUA, 1990, UNPUB SOC EC IMP SEI *NTUA, 1996, EM OP PLAN SEIM DIS ALESCH DJ, 1996, PAN PAC HAZ 96 C VAN ANDERSON MB, 1989, RISING ASHES DEV STR BLAIKIE PM, 1994, RISK NATURAL HAZARDS, V1, P1 CHRISTOPLOS I, 2003, NATURAL DISASTERS DE, P95 DAHLHAMER JM, 1996, 243 U DEL DIS RES CT DSOUZA MJ, 1995, 224 U DEL DIS RES CT FROST C, 1994, DISASTER PREVENTION, V3, P7 GORDON PH, 1995, BUSINESS INTERRUPTIO HEWITT K, 1983, INTERPRETATIONS CALA, P3 MITCHELL JK, 1999, CRUCIBLES HAZARD MEG NIGG JM, 1995, P SIN US S POST EART, P46 PELLING M, 2003, VULNERABILITY CITIES SAPOUNTZAKI K, 2003, 1 DAY SEM NAT DIS DI SAPOUNTZAKI K, 2003, P 2003 INT SUST DEV, P388 SECRETT CH, 1996, PRESCRIPTIONS CHANGE, P12 SJOBERG L, 1987, STUDIES RISK GENERAT STALLINGS RA, 1996, NORTHRIDGE EARTHQUAK TIERNEY KJ, 1995, P 4 US C LIF EARTHQ TIERNEY KKJ, 1995, SPECIAL PUBLICATION, V116, P255 TIMMERMAN P, 1981, ENV MONOGRAPH I ENV, V1, P1 WEBB GR, 2000, NATURAL HAZARDS REV, V1, P83 NR 23 TC 0 J9 DISASTERS BP 195 EP 212 PY 2005 PD JUN VL 29 IS 2 GA 927KA UT ISI:000229191600005 ER PT J AU Li, XR Jia, XH Dong, GR TI Influence of desertification on vegetation pattern variations in the cold semi-arid grasslands of Qinghai-Tibet plateau, North-west China SO JOURNAL OF ARID ENVIRONMENTS LA English DT Article C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shapotou Desert Res & Expt Stn, Cold & Arid Reg Environm & Engn Res Inst, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China. RP Li, XR, Chinese Acad Sci, Shapotou Desert Res & Expt Stn, Cold & Arid Reg Environm & Engn Res Inst, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China. AB In arid and semi-arid grassland, many models hypothesize that desertification leads to the replacement of grassland by shrubland vegetation; however, the theoretical interpretations are open to debate. Therefore, a field study was conducted in the Guinan desertified grassland of the Qinghai-Tibet plateau, North-west China, to test the hypotheses on a regional scale. We used four field sites to represent the four stages of desert development: slight, moderate, severe and very severe. A total of 40 quadrates were investigated in each site. Plant coverage, aboveground biomass, species richness and life-form were recorded: species diversity was calculated using the Simpson index and soil parameters were also measured. Our results indicate that the proportion of silt decreases from 12% in the slight stage to 1% in the very severe stage, clay from 71 % to 42% and sand from 17% to 93%. Soil water-holding capacity clearly decreases from the slight to the very severe stage. Soil organic matter (OM) is also reduced with desert development, which leads to destruction of the stability of soil physical structure and nutrient content, such as progressive N, P and K loss in surface and subsoil layers. In response to changes in soil properties, vegetation altered as regards species composition, species diversity, coverage, structure and life-form. Consequently, with desert development, herbaceous species, especially grasses, were lost from the community composition and replaced by xerophytic shrubs or semi-shrubs. Finally, psammophytic annual plants-dominated vegetation composition, while shrub maintained a low coverage. Although our results partially support previous hypotheses at the regional scale, it is considered that, apart from soil texture, soil OM and nutrients are the main factors mediating the dominance balance between shrub and herbaceous species. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *AGR CHEM SPEC COU, 1983, GENAN METH SOIL AGR *UNEP, 1992, WORLD ATLAS DESERTIF BELSKY AJ, 1989, J APPL ECOL, V26, P1005 BERG WA, 1997, J RANGE MANAGE, V50, P482 BROWN JF, 1997, J ECOL, V85, P151 BURKE IC, 1990, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V4, P45 CONNIN SL, 1997, OECOLOGIA, V110, P374 DAY AD, 1993, PLANT NUTR DESERT EN DODD MB, 2002, PLANT ECOL, V158, P127 DONG GR, 1993, DESERTIFICATION ITS DREGNE H, 1994, SSSA SPECIAL PUBLICA, V41, P53 DREGNE HE, 1998, METHODS ASSESSMENT S, P441 DUNKERLEY D, 2000, J ARID ENVIRON, V45, P159 HAVSTAD KM, 2000, RANGELAND DESERTIFIC, P77 HIGGINS SI, 2000, J ECOL, V88, P213 JELTSCH F, 2000, PLANT ECOL, V161, P161 JIN J, 1989, J DESERT RES, V9, P54 LAUENROTH WK, 1991, ECOSYSTEMS WORLD A, V8, P183 LI XR, 2000, ACTA PHYTOECOLOGICA, V24, P257 LI XR, 2000, RESOURCE SCI, V22, P54 LI XR, 2004, ARID LAND RES MANAG, V18, P369 LIU GS, 1996, SOIL PHYS CHEM ANAL LOVELAND PJ, 2001, SOIL ENV ANAL PHYS M LU GF, 1995, MEMOIRS I DESERT RES, V4, P243 MAUN MA, 1986, AM J BOT, V73, P450 MOLEELE NM, 2003, P 7 INT RANG C DURB, P436 MOUAT DA, 1995, ENVIRON MONIT ASSESS, V37, P1 PALMER AR, 1998, J ARID ENVIRON, V39, P143 PARTON WJ, 1988, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY, V5, P109 RAICH JW, 1991, ECOL APPL, V1, P399 RASETTER EB, 1991, TREE PHYSIOL, V9, P101 SALA OE, 1997, PLANT FUNCTIONAL TYP, P217 SCHLESINGER WH, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P103 SCHLESINGER WH, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P364 SCHLESINGER WH, 1998, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY, V42, P169 SHAO LY, 1988, CHINESE J DESERT RES, V8, P30 SKUJINS J, 1981, ECOL B STOCKHOLM, V33, P477 SMIT GN, 1994, AFRICAN J RANGE FORA, V11, P27 SMIT GN, 1998, S AFR J BOT, V64, P38 SMIT GN, 2000, J ARID ENVIRON, V44, P41 SPERRY JS, 2002, FUNCT ECOL, V16, P367 STUARTHILL GC, 1987, J GRASSLAND SOC S AF, V4, P83 SU DX, 1997, INTRO MAP RANGELAND, P38 TAKAR AA, 1990, J RANGE MANAGE, V43, P486 TONGWAY DJ, 1994, PACIFIC CONSERVATION, V1, P201 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WALKER BH, 1982, ECOLOGY TROPICAL SAV, P556 WALTER H, 1979, VEGETATION EARTH WANG T, 2000, J DESERT RES, V20, P103 WARD D, 2000, DRYLAND BIODIVERSITY WARD D, 2003, P 7 INT RANG C DURB, P296 WEST NE, 1978, NITROGEN DESERT ECOS, P1 WEST NE, 1991, SEMIARID LANDS DESER, P295 WEZEL A, 2000, J ARID ENVIRON, V44, P383 WU HI, 1985, ECOL MODEL, V29, P215 XIE G, 2001, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V333, P1371 XUN SG, 2001, BASIC PEDOLOGY XUN Y, 1987, SOIL CHINA ZHANG JH, 1992, ECOGRAPHY, V15, P296 ZHU YX, 1981, PUBL BEIJING ASTRON, V1, P1 ZHU ZD, 1994, SANDY DESERTIFICATIO, P250 ZOBECK TM, 1991, J SOIL WATER CONSERV, V46, P112 NR 62 TC 0 J9 J ARID ENVIRON BP 505 EP 522 PY 2006 PD FEB VL 64 IS 3 GA 004VD UT ISI:000234779700011 ER PT J AU Cassels, S Curran, SR Kramer, R TI Do migrants degrade coastal environments? Migration, natural resource extraction and poverty in North Sulawesi, Indonesia SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Princeton Univ, Off Populat Res, Princeton, NJ 08544 USA. Princeton Univ, Dept Sociol, Princeton, NJ 08544 USA. Duke Univ, Nicholas Sch Environm & Earth Sci, Durham, NC 27708 USA. RP Cassels, S, Princeton Univ, Off Populat Res, Princeton, NJ 08544 USA. AB Recent literature on migration and the environment has identified key mediating variables such as how migrants extract resources from the environment for their livelihoods, the rate and efficiency of extraction, and the social and economic context within which their extraction occurs. This paper investigates these variables in a new ecological setting using data from coastal fishing villages in North Sulawesi, Indonesia. We do not find as many differences between migrant and non-migrant families regarding destructive fishing behavior, technology, and investment as might have been expected from earlier theories. Instead, the context and timing of migrant assimilation seems to be more important in explaining apparent associations of migration and environmental impacts than simply migrants themselves. This finding fits well with recent literature in the field of international migration and immigrant incorporation. CR *JICA, 2001, STUD INT COR REEF MA *WORLD BANK, 1992, BRAZ AN ENV PROBL AM *WORLD COMM ENV DE, 1987, OUR COMM FUT ASWANI S, 1999, HUM ECOL, V27, P417 ASWANI S, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P272 BAILEY T, 1991, AM SOCIOL REV, V56, P432 BEGOSSI A, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P129 BEGOSSI A, 2002, HUM ECOL, V30, P281 BENE C, 2001, HUM ECOL, V29, P157 BERNACSEK GM, 1986, J W AFRICAN FISHERIE, V3, P121 BERTRAM G, 1986, WORLD DEV, V14, P809 BILSBORROW R, 2000, AGR INTENSIFICATION BILSBORROW RE, 1991, POPULATION DEV REV R, P125 BILSBORROW RE, 1992, AMBIO, V21, P37 BILSBORROW RE, 1992, RURAL POVERTY MIGRAT BOURDIEU P, 1985, HDB THEORY RES SOCIO, P241 BREMNER J, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P306 BROAD R, 1994, WORLD DEV, V22, P811 BROWDER J, 1995, AGR HUMAN VALUES, V12, P17 BRYANT D, 1998, REEFS RISK MAP BASED CESAR H, 2000, COLLECTED ESSAYS EC COHEN J, 1998, HYPSOGRAPHIC DEMOGRA COLEMAN J, 1987, EC IMPERIALISM EC AP CONNELL J, 1994, ISLA J MICRONESIAN S, V2, P83 CONNELL J, 2000, INT J URBAN REGIONAL, V24, P52 CURRAN SR, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P264 CURRAN SR, 2002, POPULATION ENV METHO CURRAN SR, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P303 DEWALT BR, 1994, END AGRARIAN REFORM DWYER PD, 1999, J ANTHROPOL RES, V55, P361 EHRLICH PR, 1968, POPULATION BOMB EWELL PT, 1980, UXPANAPA AGR DEV MEX FRANK AG, 1998, REORIENT GLOBAL EC A GOULD W, 1994, ENV POPULATION CHANG, P247 HANNA SS, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P190 HINRICHSEN D, 1998, COASTAL WATERS WORLD HUNTER LM, 1998, POPUL ENVIRON, V19, P247 JODHA NS, 1985, POPUL DEV REV, V11, P247 JOKISCH BD, 2002, HUM ECOL, V30, P523 JOLLY CL, 1994, POPUL ENVIRON, V16, P61 JONES GW, 1977, POPULATION N SULAWES JONES S, 1996, GEOGRAPHY 4, V81, P289 KATZ EG, 2000, LAND ECON, V76, P114 KIRCH PV, 2002, ROAD WINDS ARCHAEOLO KRAMER RA, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P367 LIGHT I, 1984, ETHNIC RACIAL STUD, V7, P195 MALTHUS TR, 1798, ESSAY PRINCIPAL POPU, V1 MARQUETTE C, 1999, PEOPLE THEIR PLANET MCINTOSH A, 1993, POPULATION ENV DYNAM, P133 MODHA NS, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P285 NAYLOR RL, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P340 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV OSTROM E, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P278 PAINE RT, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P535 PALSSON G, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P48 PANAYOTOU T, 2000, POPULATION ENV PATTERSON KL, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P8725 PERZ SG, 2003, HUM ECOL, V31, P133 PICHON FJ, 1997, WORLD DEV, V25, P67 POCKLEY P, 2000, NATURE, V407, P932 PORTES A, 1998, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V22, P1 PRETTY J, 2001, WORLD DEV, V29, P209 RD HJ, 1989, ENV POOR DEV STRATEG RUILAI S, 1992, CHINESE J POPULATION, V4, P197 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SIERRA R, 1999, ENVIRON CONSERV, V26, P136 SOSIS R, 1998, HUM NATURE-INT BIOS, V9, P163 WALDINGER R, 1995, EYE NEEDLE IMMIGRANT WHITTEN AJ, 1987, ECOLOGY SULAWESI YODA E, 2001, UNPUB MEASURING EC B ZHOU M, 1992, NEW YORKS CHINATOWN NR 71 TC 0 J9 HUM ECOL BP 329 EP 363 PY 2005 PD JUN VL 33 IS 3 GA 937EQ UT ISI:000229907800002 ER PT J AU Freckleton, RP TI The problems of prediction and scale in applied ecology: the example of fire as a management tool SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED ECOLOGY LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Oxford, Dept Zool, Oxford OX1 3PS, England. RP Freckleton, RP, Univ Oxford, Dept Zool, S Parks Rd, Oxford OX1 3PS, England. AB 1. Predicting the large-scale consequences of novel management practices requires that we are able to accurately predict how such management will affect ecological landscapes based on short-term datasets. In this profile we highlight the lessons learned from four studies into the large-scale effects of fires as management tools. 2. Ecological interactions are key to understanding the effects of fires. Species respond differentially to processes such as competition and herbivory, as well as to fires. This means that community composition may change substantially with changing frequency of fires. 3. The studies highlighted in this profile reinforce the role of fire in modulating the frequency of invasion of alien species in a range of ecosystem types. In two of the studies, alien species were superior competitors to native ones in the absence of fires, but unable to regenerate following fires. 4. In the future, it will be necessary that the results of short-term experiments are integrated with long-term observational data and with theoretical models to predict long-term dynamics. We discuss how this may be done. 5. Synthesis and applications. The studies of the management of ecosystems using fires as a tool are prime examples of the application of ecology. In addition to measuring the proximate effects of such management using experiments, it is necessary to understand in detail the effects of fire on the underlying interactions between species, and feedbacks between different components of ecosystems. CR AKCAKAYA HR, 2004, CONSERV BIOL, V18, P526 ARSENEAULT D, 1997, J APPL ECOL, V34, P65 AUGUSTINE DJ, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P137 BROOKS ML, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P344 CLARKE ED, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P278 CONNELL JH, 1978, SCIENCE, V199, P1302 DORLAND E, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P804 FIRBANK LG, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P2 FRECKLETON RP, 2001, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V16, P301 FRECKLETON RP, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P846 FUHLENDORF SD, 2004, J APPL ECOL, V41, P604 GALLANT AL, 2003, ECOL APPL, V13, P385 GILLESPIE IG, 2004, J APPL ECOL, V41, P643 GRAY AJ, 2004, J APPL ECOL, V41, P1 GREMILLET D, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P266 GRUNDY AC, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P757 HASKINS KE, 2004, J APPL ECOL, V41, P379 HIRST RA, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P368 LEDUC MG, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P508 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MCCARTHY MA, 2001, J APPL ECOL, V38, P585 MCNEIL P, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P354 MORETTI M, 2002, J APPL ECOL, V39, P321 NEE S, 1992, J ANIM ECOL, V61, P37 NORRIS K, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P890 PARR CL, 2004, J APPL ECOL, V41, P630 PAYNTER Q, 2004, J APPL ECOL, V41, P615 PERRY GLW, 1999, J APPL ECOL, V36, P502 PERRY JN, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P17 PRETTY JL, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P251 PYWELL RF, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P65 READ JM, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P592 REES M, 2001, J APPL ECOL, V38, P364 ROQUES KG, 2001, J APPL ECOL, V38, P268 ROWCLIFFE JM, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P872 RUSSELLSMITH J, 1997, J APPL ECOL, V34, P748 RUSSELLSMITH J, 1998, J APPL ECOL, V35, P829 SMITH RS, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P51 STILLMAN RA, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P1090 TESSIER JT, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P523 TILMAN D, 1994, NATURE, V371, P65 VANLANGEVELDE F, 2003, ECOLOGY, V84, P337 WHITLOCK C, 2003, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V178, P5 WICKRAMASINGHE LP, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P984 NR 44 TC 0 J9 J APPL ECOL BP 599 EP 603 PY 2004 PD AUG VL 41 IS 4 GA 838OB UT ISI:000222721600002 ER PT J AU Gallopin, GC TI Linkages between vulnerability, resilience, and adaptive capacity SO GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE-HUMAN AND POLICY DIMENSIONS LA English DT Article C1 UN, ECLAC, Santiago, Chile. RP Gallopin, GC, UN, ECLAC, Casilla 179 D,Avda Hammarskjold S-N, Santiago, Chile. AB This article uses a systemic perspective to identify and analyze the conceptual relations among vulnerability, resilience, and adaptive capacity within socio-ecological systems (SES). Since different intellectual traditions use the terms in different, sometimes incompatible, ways, they emerge as strongly related but unclear in the precise nature of their relationships. A set of diagnostic questions is proposed regarding the specification of the terms to develop a shared conceptual framework for the natural and social dimensions of global change. Also, development of a general theory of change in SESs is suggested as an important agenda item for research on global change. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *IPCC, 2001, TECHN SUMM CLIM CHAN ADGER WN, 2000, PROG HUM GEOG, V24, P347 ADGER WN, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P268 ANDERIES JM, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P18 ASHBY WR, 1956, INTRO CYBERNETICS BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BUTENIN NV, 1965, ELEMENTS THEORY NONL CARPENTER SR, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 DOBZHANSKY T, 1968, POPULATION BIOL EVOL, P109 FOLKE C, 2002, RESILIENCE SUSTAINAB FOLKE C, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P253 GALLOPIN G, 2001, INT J SOCIAL SCI, V168, P219 GALLOPIN GC, 1989, INT SOC SCI J, V41, P375 GALLOPIN GC, 1991, INT SOC SCI J, V130, P707 GALLOPIN GC, 2003, EC COMMISSION LATIN, P2 GUNDERSON LH, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P425 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HAHN W, 1967, STABILITY MOTION HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1985, SCI PRAXIS COMPLEXIT, P217 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, ENG ECOLOGICAL CONST, P31 JANSSEN MA, 2006, GLOBAL ENV CHANGE, V16 JEN E, 2003, COMPLEXITY, V8, P12 KASPERSON JX, 2005, SOCIAL CONTOURS RISK, V2, P245 LUERS AL, 2005, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V15, P214 NICOLIS G, 1977, SELF ORG NONEQUILIBR NICOLIS G, 1989, EXPLORING COMPLEXITY PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 PRIGOGINE I, 1979, NOUVELLE ALLIANCE ME SCHELLNHUBER HJ, 1998, EARTH SYSTEM ANAL IN SMIT B, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P282 SMITHERS J, 1997, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V7, P129 THOM R, 1972, STABILITE STRUCTUREL TOMOVIC R, 1963, SENSITIVITY ANAL DYN TU PNV, 1994, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS IN TURNER BL, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P8074 VANDERLEEUW SE, 2001, IHDP UPDATE WALKER BH, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P5 YOUNG OR, 2005, I DYNAMICS RESILIENC YOUNG OR, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P304 NR 42 TC 2 J9 GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANGE BP 293 EP 303 PY 2006 PD AUG VL 16 IS 3 GA 073OJ UT ISI:000239752200007 ER PT J AU Buck, BH Krause, G Rosenthal, H TI Extensive open ocean aquaculture development within wind farms in Germany: the prospect of offshore co-management and legal constraints SO OCEAN & COASTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Fdn Alfred Wegener Inst Polar & Marine Res, D-25270 Bremerhaven, Germany. Ctr Trop Marine Ecol, D-28359 Bremen, Germany. Inst Marine Res, D-24105 Kiel, Germany. RP Buck, BH, Fdn Alfred Wegener Inst Polar & Marine Res, Am Handelshafen 12, D-25270 Bremerhaven, Germany. AB In the offshore region of Germany, human activity is increasing in type and intensity. Larger portions of the sea are sectioned off, dedicated for specific, often exclusive uses that cause rising conflicts between interests groups. One solution calls for stakeholder integration and the multifunctional use of space. This article focuses on two examples, offshore wind farms and open ocean aquaculture. It analyses their potential synergies within a co-management approach. It can be shown, that an integrated co-management strategy for offshore regions requires very different sets of rights and duties, as well as holding different types of conflicts, constrains and alliances, some of which are illustrated for the presented case study. The article closes with the conclusion that an integrated regulative framework is the most important basic precondition for a multifunctional utilisation of offshore areas and its sustainable development. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR 1992, CBD CONV BIOL DIV RI 2002, SEEANLAGENVERORDNUNG *BGBI, 1994, BUNDESGESETZBLATT GE, P2565 *BGBI, 2001, BUND GES VORR ERN EN *BGBI, 2003, BUND ERST GES AND ER *BMU, 2001, WIND SEE POS BUND UN *BNATSCHG BUND, 2002, GES NAT LAND FASS BE, P1193 *BSH, 2003, BUND SEESCH HYDR FED *CWSS SHELLF FISH, 2002, OV POL SHELLF FISH W *FAO, 1989, 815 FAO *OSPAR, 1992, OS PAR CONV PROT MAR *UNCLOS, 1982, UN CONV LAW SEA BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BLUNDEN G, 1989, P 2 WORKSH COST 48 S, P116 BRAASCH W, 2002, RISIKONALYSEN OFFSHO BRIDGE L, 2001, POLICY INSTRUMENTS I BUCK BH, OPEN OCEAN AQUACULTU BUCK BH, 2003, INT MARINE ENV LAW I, V64, P211 CICINSAIN B, 2001, DEV POLICY FRAMEWORK CZYBULKA D, LEGAL REGULATIONS LE DAHLE LA, 1991, AQUACULTURE ENV, V14, P83 DAHLKE V, 2002, NATUR RECHT, V24, P472 DUCROTOY JP, 1997, MAR POLLUT BULL, V34, P686 DUCROTOY JP, 1999, AQUAT CONSERV, V9, P313 DUCROTOY JP, 2000, MAR POLLUT BULL, V41, P5 EWALDSEN P, 2003, 1 SESS EXP M DEAL WI FLETCHER KM, 2002, LEGAL REGULATORY ENV GERMANISCHER L, 2002, 1 OFFSH WIND EN C HA GERMANISCHER L, 2002, OFFSH WIND EN PARK C GIBBS N, P MULT SCI C SUST CO GLASER M, P MULT SCI C SUST CO GLASER M, 2004, IN PRESS OKOLOGIE ME GRIMBLE R, 1997, AGR SYST, V55, P173 GROTIUS H, FREEDOM SEAS RIGHT W, V1916, P22 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 KRAUSE G, P MULT SCI C SUST CO LANE DE, 2000, MAR POLICY, V24, P385 PIRIZ L, P MULT SCI C SUST CO ROSENTHAL H, CMF50 ICES ROSENTHAL H, 2000, J APPL ICHTHYOL, V16, P163 RUTH M, 1997, SDN K ZUK MUSCH SCHL, P9 SANDIFER PA, 1994, WATER FARM J, V8, P3 WALTER U, 2001, NACHHALTIGE MIEMUSCH NR 43 TC 0 J9 OCEAN COAST MANAGE BP 95 EP 122 PY 2004 VL 47 IS 3-4 GA 842BD UT ISI:000222976500001 ER PT J AU Jay, M Morad, M TI Cultural outlooks and the global quest for sustainable environmental management SO GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Waikato, Resource & Environm Programme, Hamilton, New Zealand. Kingston Univ, Sch Earth Sci & Geog, GIS Degree Programme, Kingston upon Thames KT1 2EE, Surrey, England. RP Jay, M, Univ Waikato, Resource & Environm Programme, Hamilton, New Zealand. AB Culture shapes bow people identify and evaluate elements of their environment, and influences their behaviour and subjective experiences. At a more pragmatic level, culture provides the social infrastructure and institutions that determine how resources are used and managed. This article highlights the links between culture and natural resource management. The authors outline contrasting points of view on the role of culture in resource and environmental management, and attempt to mediate between these conflicting positions. CR BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERRY W, 1997, PEOPLE LAND COMMUNIT BLAIKIE PM, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC BRADSHAW M, 2001, HUMAN GEOGRAPHY ISSU, P216 CARY JW, 1997, J AGR ECON, V48, P13 CROSBY AW, 1986, ECOLOGICAL IMPERIALI MACKENZIE JM, 1997, ECOLOGY EMPIRE ENV H, P215 MCDOWELL L, 1994, HUMAN GEOGRAPHY SOC, P146 MORAD M, 1997, DEV B, V41, P44 MORAD M, 2000, BIOLOGIST, V47, P197 SAHLINS M, 1976, CULTURE PRACTICAL RE SELWYN T, 1995, ANTHR LANDSCAPE PERS, P114 STRANG V, 1997, UNCOMMON GROUND CULT THRUPP LA, 1993, FOOD FUTURE CONDITIO, P47 TSING A, 1999, WP994 U CAL BERK I I NR 15 TC 0 J9 GEOGRAPHY BP 331 EP 335 PY 2002 PD OCT VL 87 GA 621TJ UT ISI:000179606500007 ER PT J AU Warren-Rhodes, K Sadovy, Y Cesar, H TI Marine ecosystem appropriation in the Indo-Pacific: A case study of the live reef fish food trade SO AMBIO LA English DT Article C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Ecol & Biodivers, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. RP Warren-Rhodes, K, NASA, Ames Res Ctr, Mail Stop 245-3, Moffett Field, CA 94035 USA. AB Our ecological footprint analyses of coral reef fish fisheries and, in particular, the live reef fish food trade (FT), indicate many countries' current consumption exceeds estimated sustainable per capita global, regional and local coral reef production levels. Hong Kong appropriates 25% of SE Asia's annual reef fish production of 135 260-286 560 tonnes (t) through its FT demand, exceeding regional biocapacity by 8.3 times; reef fish fisheries demand outpaces sustainable production in the Indo-Pacific and SE Asia by 2.5 and 6 times. In contrast, most Pacific islands live within their own reef fisheries means with local demand at < 20% of total capacity in Oceania. The FT annually requisitions up to 40% of SE Asia's estimated reef fish and virtually all of its estimated grouper yields. Our results underscore the unsustainable nature of the FT and the urgent need for regional management and conservation of coral reef fisheries in the Indo-Pacific. CR *FAO, 1999, 821 FAO *HONG KONG GOV CEN, 1997, DOM EXP REEXP, V2 *HONG KONG GOV CEN, 1997, HONG KONG STAT DEC 1, V1 *WORLD BANK, 1998, IND COR REEF REH MAN *WORLD COMM ENV DE, 1987, OUR COMM FUT *WWF, 2000, LIV PLAN REP 2000 ANDERSSON JO, 2001, ECOL ECON, V37, P113 BARBER C, 1997, SULLIED SEAS STRATEG BELLWOOD DR, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1532 BRYANT D, 1998, REEFS RISK MAP BASED CAMPOS W, 1994, UP MAR SCI I CONTRIB, V21, P82 CESAR H, 1996, EC ANAL INDONESIAN C CESAR H, 1997, AMBIO, V26, P345 CHAN P, 2001, MARK SHIPP LIV AQ PR, P201 CHOU LM, 1998, STATUS CORAL REEFS W, P79 COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 DALZELL P, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P161 FOLKE C, 1991, ECOL ECON, V3, P123 FOLKE C, 1997, AMBIO, V26, P167 FOLKE C, 1998, ECOLOGICAL APPL, V8, PS63 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HULM P, 1993, REEFS RISK CORAL REE JOHANNES R, 1995, ENV EC SOCIAL IMPLIC JONES RJ, 1999, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V177, P83 KLEYPAS JA, 1997, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V12, P533 LAU P, 1999, HONG KONG TRADE LIVE LEE C, 1998, NAGA ICLARM Q, V21, P38 MCALLISTER DE, 1988, GALAXEA, V7, P161 MCCLANAHAN TR, 1995, ECOL MODEL, V80, P1 MOBERG F, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P215 MOUS P, 2000, COLLECTED ESSAYS EC, P69 MUNRO J, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P79 NORSE E, 1993, GLOBAL MARINE BIOL D REES WE, 1996, POPUL ENVIRON, V17, P192 RUSS GR, 1991, ECOLOGY FISHES CORAL, P601 SADOVY Y, 2000, REGIONAL SURVEY FRY SADOVY Y, 2002, AQUACULT EC MGMT, V6, P177 SADOVY YJ, 2002, CORAL REEF FISHES DY, P391 SMITH SV, 1978, NATURE, V273, P225 SPALDING MD, 1997, CORAL REEFS, V16, P225 WACKERNAGEL M, 1996, OUR ECOLOGICAL FOOTP WACKERNAGEL M, 1999, AMBIO, V28, P604 WARRENRHODES K, 2001, ECOL ECON, V39, P347 WATSON R, 2001, NATURE, V414, P534 WILKINSON C, 1998, STATUS CORAL REEFS W WILLIAMS M, 1997, PERSPECTIVES ASIAN F NR 46 TC 1 J9 AMBIO BP 481 EP 488 PY 2003 PD NOV VL 32 IS 7 GA 751XU UT ISI:000187116300011 ER PT J AU Perrings, C TI Resilience and sustainable development SO ENVIRONMENT AND DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Arizona State Univ, Global Inst Sustainabil, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. RP Perrings, C, Arizona State Univ, Global Inst Sustainabil, Box 873211, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. CR *WORLD BANK, 2005, GLOB EC PROSP ALBERS HJ, 2006, ENV DEV EC ANTLE JM, 2006, ENV DEV EC BENGTSSON J, 2003, AMBIO, V32, P389 BROCK WA, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P261 BROCK WA, 2003, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V26, P575 BROCK WA, 2004, RESOUR ENERGY ECON, V26, P137 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 CARPENTER SR, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P8 COMMON M, 1992, ECOL ECON, V6, P7 CONRAD JM, 1997, LAND ECON, V73, P164 CONRAD JM, 2000, RESOUR ENERGY ECON, V22, P205 DASGUPTA P, 2004, EC NONCONVEX ECOSYST FOLKE C, 2002, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC GARMESTANI AS, 2006, ENV DEV EC GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 LEVIN SA, 1998, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V3, P222 LEVIN SA, 1999, FRAGILE DOMINION COM LUDWIG D, 1978, J ANIM ECOL, V47, P315 LUDWIG D, 2003, ECOL APPL, V13, P1135 MALER KG, 2003, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V26, P603 PERRINGS C, 1998, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V11, P503 PERRINGS C, 2000, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V16, P185 PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 PINDYCK RS, 2000, RESOUR ENERGY ECON, V22, P223 PINDYCK RS, 2002, J ECON DYN CONTROL, V26, P1677 SAPHORES JDM, 2000, PROJECT FLEXIBILITY, P254 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SENGUPTA N, 2006, ENV DEV C SKONHOFT A, 2006, ENV DEV EC SPORRONG U, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P67 STEPP JR, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 WALKER BH, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P5 WALKER BH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P293 WEBB CT, 2005, SFI STU SCI, P151 WIRL F, 2006, ENV DEV EC NR 38 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON DEV ECON BP 417 EP 427 PY 2006 PD AUG VL 11 GA 082ZW UT ISI:000240426700001 ER PT J AU BARLOW, ND TI PASTURES, PESTS AND PRODUCTIVITY - SIMPLE GRAZING MODELS WITH 2 HERBIVORES SO NEW ZEALAND JOURNAL OF ECOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BARLOW, ND, MINIST AGR & FISHERIES,POB 1654,PALMERSTON NORTH,NEW ZEALAND. CR 1986, GROSS MARGINS 1986 8 ARNOLD GW, 1967, AUSTRALIAN J AGR RES, V18, P349 ARNOLD GW, 1977, AGR SYST, V2, P209 BARLOW ND, 1985, 4TH P AUSTR C GRASSL, P1 BARLOW ND, 1985, AGR SYST, V18, P1 BARLOW ND, 1985, NZ J EXPT AGR, V13, P5 BARLOW ND, 1985, OECOLOGIA, V66, P307 BIRCHAM JS, 1981, THESIS U EDINBURGH KAIN WM, 1972, P NZ WEED PEST CONTR, V25, P232 KAIN WM, 1975, THESIS U CANTERBURY MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MAY RM, 1979, SCIENCE, V205, P267 MCKINNEY GT, 1972, P AUST SOC ANIM PROD, V9, P31 MCLAREN GF, 1969, P NZ WEED PEST CONTR, V22, P307 MONTEATH MA, 1972, 1971 72 NZ MIN AGR F NORTON GA, 1979, P AUSTR APPLIED ENTO, P17 NOYMEIR I, 1975, J ECOL, V63, P459 NOYMEIR I, 1976, AGR SYST, V1, P87 NOYMEIR I, 1978, J APPL ECOL, V15, P809 NOYMEIR I, 1978, J THEOR BIOL, V71, P347 PARSONS AJ, 1983, J APPL ECOL, V20, P127 PRESTIDGE RA, 1984, NZ J AGR, V12, P323 RADCLIFFE JE, 1974, NZ J EXPT AGR, V2, P337 SAUNDERS PT, 1980, INTRO CATASTROPHE TH SOUTHWOOD TRE, 1973, MEMOIRS ECOLOGICAL S, V1, P168 SUCKLING FET, 1975, NZ J EXPT AGR, V3, P351 TAINTON NM, 1974, J BRIT GRASSLANDS SO, V29, P191 THOMSON NA, 1985, 4TH P AUSTR C GRASSL, P305 VICKERY PJ, 1972, CSIRO4 AN RES LAB TE WHITE DH, 1983, AGR SYST, V10, P149 NR 30 TC 5 J9 N Z J ECOL BP 43 EP 55 PY 1987 VL 10 GA M6255 UT ISI:A1987M625500005 ER PT J AU Benfield, SL Guzman, HM Mair, JM TI Temporal mangrove dynamics in relation to coastal development in Pacific Panama SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Heriot Watt Univ, Sch Life Sci, Sch Built Environm, Edinburgh EH14 4AS, Midlothian, Scotland. Smithsonian Trop Res Inst, Balboa, Panama. RP Benfield, SL, Heriot Watt Univ, Sch Life Sci, Sch Built Environm, Edinburgh EH14 4AS, Midlothian, Scotland. AB This study assessed the changes in extent of fringing mangrove located in Punta Mala Bay, Panama in relation to coastal development over a period of two decades. Punta Mala Bay was chosen for this study, due to its social importance and its biological significance, as it is one of the few mangrove areas left around Panama City. Fieldwork confirmed the importance of Laguncularia racemosa in the bay, which formed nearly monospecific stands with a large number of seedlings indicating that the forest was rejuvenating. The mangrove was mapped from 1980 to 2002 using digitised aerial photographs and a GIS was used to determine the location and rates of mangrove growth and loss before and after the construction of a road and water treatment works in 1998. The land use maps were produced with an overall accuracy of 83.8%. The user's accuracy of the maps for L. racemosa dominated stands was 89.7%, although the producer's accuracy was lower due to the omission of seedlings on intertidal areas. It was found that the mangrove was spatially dynamic and had grown substantially in the bay at a rate ranging from 6 to 215% per year until the construction commenced. Between 1997 and 2002 there were 100% loss of mangrove in some areas due to the coastal development. The resilience of the dominant species L. racemosa at this locality was shown by the continued growth of two mangrove zones during the construction period 1997-2002, with one zone increasing in area by 61%. The pioneering ability of L. racemosa after disturbance was demonstrated by the development of two new mangrove zones of 498 and 1254 m(2) on bare intertidal areas after construction finished. Future mapping and fieldwork could provide information on the development of mangrove communities and their response to reoccurring human impacts. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *CARICOMP, 2001, CARICOMP METH MAN LE ADEEL Z, 2002, TREES-STRUCT FUNCT, V16, P235 ASCHBACHER J, 1995, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V295, P285 BACON PR, 1975, P INT S BIOL MAN MAN, P805 BARAN E, 1998, MAR POLLUT BULL, V37, P431 BOSIRE JO, 2003, AQUAT BOT, V76, P267 BROKAW N, 2000, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V129, P89 CARDONA P, 1998, BIOTROPICA, V30, P24 CHAUVAUD S, 1998, INT J REMOTE SENS, V19, P3625 CINTRON G, 1984, MONOGRAPHS OCEANOGRA, V8, P91 CLOUGH BF, 1992, TROPICAL MANGROVE EC, P225 DAHDOUHGUEBAS F, 1998, MAR FRESHWATER RES, V49, P345 DAHDOUHGUEBAS F, 2000, B MAR SCI, V67, P741 DAHDOUHGUEBAS F, 2002, B SEANCES ACAD ROYAL, V48, P487 DCROZ L, 1993, CONSERVATION SUSTAIN DELGADO P, 2001, AQUAT BOT, V71, P157 DUKE NC, 1993, LONG TERM ASSESSMENT, V2, CH8 DUKE NC, 1998, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V7, P24 ELLISON AM, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1137 ELSTER C, 2000, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V131, P201 ENGLISH S, 1997, SURVEY MANUAL TROPIC, P119 FARNSWORTH EJ, 1997, AMBIO, V26, P328 FIELD CD, 1998, MAR POLLUT BULL, V37, P383 GAO J, 1999, INT J REMOTE SENS, V20, P2823 GLYNN PW, 1972, B BIOL SOC WASH, V2, P13 GREEN EP, 1998, INT J REMOTE SENS, V19, P935 JIMENEZ JA, 1985, BIOTROPICA, V17, P177 JIMENEZ JA, 1991, ESTUARIES, V14, P49 JIMENEZ JA, 1994, LOS MANGLARES PACIFI KAIRO JG, 2001, S AFR J BOT, V67, P383 LEE SK, 1996, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V319, P23 LEWIS RR, 1998, MARINE POLLUTION B, V37, P8 MANSON FJ, 2001, MAR FRESHWATER RES, V52, P787 MCGUINNESS KA, 1997, J TROP ECOL 2, V13, P293 RABINOWITZ D, 1978, BIOTROPICA, V10, P47 RABINOWITZ D, 1978, J BIOGEOGR, V5, P113 RABINOWITZ D, 1978, J ECOL, V66, P45 RAMACHANDRAN S, 1998, CURR SCI INDIA, V75, P236 RAMIREZGARCIA P, 1998, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V105, P217 ROLOFOHARINORO M, 1998, INT J REMOTE SENS, V19, P1873 SMITH TJ, 1987, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V25, P43 SMITH TJ, 1987, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V110, P133 SMITH TJ, 1992, TROPICAL MANGROVE EC, P101 TAM NFY, 1997, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V352, P25 THOM BG, 1967, J ECOL, V55, P301 TOLEDO G, 2001, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V444, P101 TOMLINSON PB, 1999, BOTANY MANGROVES NR 47 TC 0 J9 J ENVIRON MANAGE BP 263 EP 276 PY 2005 PD AUG VL 76 IS 3 GA 948KF UT ISI:000230714000009 ER PT J AU Gardner, TA Cote, IM Gill, JA Grant, A Watkinson, AR TI Hurricanes and Caribbean coral reefs: Impacts, recovery patterns, and role in long-term decline SO ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ E Anglia, Sch Biol Sci, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. Tyndall Ctr Climate Change Res, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. Univ E Anglia, Sch Environm Sci, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. RP Cote, IM, Univ E Anglia, Sch Biol Sci, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. AB The decline of corals on tropical reefs is usually ascribed to a combination of natural and anthropogenic factors, but the relative importance of these causes remains unclear. In this paper, we attempt to quantify the contribution of hurricanes to Caribbean coral cover decline over the past two decades using meta-analyses. Our study included published and unpublished data from 286 coral reef sites monitored for variable lengths of time between 1980 and 2001. Of these, 177 sites had experienced hurricane impacts during their period of survey. Across the Caribbean, coral cover is reduced by similar to17%, on average, in the year following a hurricane impact. The magnitude of this immediate loss increases with hurricane intensity and with the time elapsed since the last impact. In the following year, no further loss is discernible, but the decline in cover then resumes on impacted sites at a rate similar to the regional background rate of decline for nonimpacted sites. There is no evidence of recovery to a pre-storm state for at least eight years after impact. Overall, coral cover at sites impacted by a hurricane has declined at a significantly faster rate (6% per annum) than nonimpacted sites (2% per annum), due almost exclusively to higher rates of loss in the year after impact in the 1980s. While hurricanes, through their immediate impacts, appear to have contributed to changing coral cover on many Caribbean reefs in the 1980s, the similar decline in coral cover at impacted and nonimpacted sites in the 1990s suggests that other stressors are now relatively more important in driving the overall pattern of change in coral cover in this region. The overall lack of post-hurricane recovery points to a general impairment of the regeneration potential of Caribbean coral reefs. CR *FAO, 2003, STAT WORLDS FOR 2003 MCCARTHY JJ, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, V1, P1 ADAMS A, 2001, B MAR SCI, V69, P341 ADAMS DC, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P1277 ARONSON RB, 1993, P C GLOB ASP COR REE, P189 ARONSON RB, 2001, EVOLUTIONARY PALEOEC, P171 BACON P, 1989, 110 UNEP REG SEAS BLANCHON P, 1997, P 8 INT COR REEF S, V1, P547 BRYANT D, 1998, REEFS RISK MAP BASED BYTHELL JC, 1993, CORAL REEFS, V12, P143 BYTHELL JC, 2000, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V204, P93 CONNELL JH, 1978, SCIENCE, V199, P1302 CONNELL JH, 1997, CORAL REEFS S, V16, S101 CONNELL JH, 1997, ECOL MONOGR, V67, P461 COOPER SD, 1994, HDB RES SYNTHESIS DONE TJ, 1992, CONT SHELF RES, V12, P859 DUSTAN P, 1987, CORAL REEFS, V6, P91 EDMUNDS PJ, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5067 FONG P, 1995, PSZNI MAR ECOL, V16, P317 GARDNER TA, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P958 GEISTER J, 1977, P 3 INT COR REEF S, V1, P23 GLADFELTER WB, 1982, B MAR SCI, V32, P639 GOLDENBERG SB, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P474 GRIGG RW, 1990, ECOSYSTEMS WORLD, V25, P439 GUREVITCH J, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P1142 HARMELINVIVIEN ML, 1986, CORAL REEFS, V5, P55 HARMELINVIVIEN ML, 1994, J COASTAL RES, V12, P211 HEDGES LV, 1985, STAT METHODS META AN HEDGES LV, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P1150 HUGHES TP, 1989, ECOLOGY, V70, P275 HUGHES TP, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P1547 HUGHES TP, 1999, LIMNOL OCEANOGR 2, V44, P932 HUGHES TP, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P929 JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P629 KNOWLTON N, 1981, NATURE, V294, P251 KNOWLTON N, 1990, SMITHSON CONTR MAR S, V31, P1 KNOWLTON N, 1992, AM ZOOL, V32, P674 KRAMER PA, 2000, ECOLOGICAL STATUS ME LAPOINTE BE, 1997, P 8 INT CORAL REEF S, V1, P927 LESSIOS HA, 1984, SCIENCE, V226, P335 LIDDELL WD, 1992, P 7 INT COR REEF S G, V1, P144 LIRMAN D, 2000, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V251, P41 LIRMAN D, 2000, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V197, P209 MCCLANAHAN T, 2002, CONSERV ECOL, V6, P1 MILLER RJ, 2003, CORAL REEFS, V22, P181 MURDOCH TJT, 1999, CORAL REEFS, V18, P341 NEUMANN CJ, 1999, TROPICAL CYCLONES N, P1871 NYSTROM M, 2000, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V15, P413 PORTER JW, 2002, EVERGLADES FLORIDA B, P749 PRECHT WF, 2002, CORAL REEFS, V21, P41 ROGERS CS, 1992, P 7 INT COR REEF S, V1, P127 ROGERS CS, 1993, CORAL REEFS, V12, P127 ROGERS CS, 2001, ENVIRON CONSERV, V24, P312 ROSENBERG MS, 2000, METAWIN VERSION 2 ST SHINN EA, 1976, ENVIRON GEOL, V1, P241 STODDART DR, 1985, P 5 INT COR REEF C, V3, P349 TREML E, 1997, P 8 INT COR REEF S, V1, P541 WILKINSON CR, 2000, STATUS CORAL REEFS W WILLIAMS ID, 2001, CORAL REEFS, V19, P358 WOODLEY JD, 1981, SCIENCE, V214, P749 WOODLEY JD, 1989, 10 UNEP REG SEAS WOODLEY JD, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V247, P133 NR 62 TC 13 J9 ECOLOGY BP 174 EP 184 PY 2005 PD JAN VL 86 IS 1 GA 894KX UT ISI:000226791700018 ER PT J AU Huigen, MGA Jens, IC TI Socio-economic impact of super typhoon Harurot in San Mariano, Isabela, the Philippines SO WORLD DEVELOPMENT LA English DT Article C1 Leiden Univ, NL-2300 RA Leiden, Netherlands. RP Huigen, MGA, Leiden Univ, NL-2300 RA Leiden, Netherlands. AB This paper reports on the socio-economic effects and coping mechanisms of farm households affected by super typhoon Imbudo in San Mariano, Isabela, the Philippines. Estimations of economic losses are given based on 150 interviews among the rural population. The relative loss per crop as part of the annual household income for yellow corn, banana, and rice were 64%, 24%, and 27%, respectively. Unexpectedly, most farm households did not change their agricultural strategies and continued with "business as usual" (78%). The main explanation for this lack of adaptation is found in the cultural and societal structure of farm households and their traders. This paper concludes with a short-term and long-term vulnerability and resilience analysis for the households, the socio-agricultural system, and the ecological system. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *ACT, 2003, SUP TYPH HITS PHIL 2 *MAN TIM, 2003, ITS FIN HAR DAM RIS *NSO, 2001, PHIL YB CENS 2000 *UNDRO, 1979, DIS PREV MIT, V7 *VIRT INF CTR, 2003, TYPH HAR HITS PHIL BANKOFF G, 1999, PACIFIC REV BANKOFF G, 2003, CULTURES DIS SOC NAT BENSON C, 1997, 99 ODI BENSON C, 2004, DISASTER RISK MANAGE, V4 BENSON C, 2004, MEASURING MITIGATION BLAIKIE PM, 1994, RISK NATURAL HAZARDS, V1, P1 BULL R, 1994, DISASTER EC DISASTER DEGROOT WT, 1992, ENV SCI THEORY CONCE DELNINNO C, 2001, 122 IFPRI DELNINNO C, 2003, WORLD DEV, V31, P1221 EISENSTADT SN, 1981, POLITICAL CLIENTELIS HUIGEN MGA, 2004, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V72, P5 JOVEL R, 1989, EC SOCIAL CONSEQUENC MCGUIGAN C, 2002, POVERTY CLIMATE CHAN OVERMARS KP, 2005, INT J GEOGR INF SYST, V19, P1 PERSSON GA, 2003, SIERRA MADRE MOUNTAI, P209 POLET G, 1991, 3 U LEID RUTTEN R, 2001, J HUMANITIES SOCIAL, V157, P629 TOBIN GA, 1999, ENV HAZARDS, V1, P13 TWIGG J, 2001, 2 BENF GREIG HAZ RES VANDENTOP GM, 1998, THESIS CTR ENV SCI L VANDERWERF I, 1994, 38 U LEID IS STAT U VANWEERD M, 2002, CROCODILES, P97 WILLIAM HS, GERMAN TRAVELERS COR WISNER B, 2001, UN CHRONICLE, V3, P6 ZAPATAMARTI R, 1997, P EXP CONS METH BRUS NR 31 TC 0 J9 WORLD DEVELOP BP 2116 EP 2136 PY 2006 PD DEC VL 34 IS 12 GA 118DI UT ISI:000242921900008 ER PT J AU KWA, C TI REPRESENTATIONS OF NATURE MEDIATING BETWEEN ECOLOGY AND SCIENCE POLICY - THE CASE OF THE INTERNATIONAL BIOLOGICAL PROGRAM SO SOCIAL STUDIES OF SCIENCE LA English DT Article RP KWA, C, UNIV AMSTERDAM,DEPT SCI DYNAM,NIEUWE ACHTERGRACHT 166,1018 WV AMSTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. CR 1968, SCIENCE, V159, P1331 1980, ECOLOGY, V61, P1352 *EC SOC AM STUD CO, 1967, NAT REG SCI TECH PER *NAT SCI F CONT RE, 1969, AN STRUCT FUNCT GRAS *SUBC SCI RES DEV, 1968, INT BIOL PROGR MEAN, P115 *US NAT COMM IBP N, 1974, US PART INT BIOL PRO, P14 ALKEMA E, 1985, HET ONTSTAAN ONTWIKK BLAIR WF, 1977, BIG BIOL US IBP, P102 BOFFEY P, 1976, SCIENCE, V193, P866 BOYD R, 1979, METAPHOR THOUGHT, P356 BURGESS RL, 1981, HDB CONT DEV WORLD E, P67 CARSON R, 1962, SILENT SPRING CLEMENTS F, 1905, RES METHODS ECOLOGY, P199 COLLINGWOOD RG, 1945, IDEA NATURE, P14 COMMONER B, 1971, CLOSING CIRCLE COOK RE, 1977, SCIENCE, V198, P22 EDGE D, 1974, NEW LITERARY HIST, V6, P135 EHRLICH PR, 1970, ECOLOGICAL CRISIS RE, P3 EHRLICH PA, 1968, POPULATION BOMB FULLER RB, 1969, OPERATING MANUAL SPA HESSE MB, 1966, MODELS ANALOGIES SCI HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 KINGSLAND S, 1985, MODELING NATURE, P23 KWA CL, 1986, F BIOL, P167 LAKATOS I, 1971, PSA 1970 BOSTON STUD, P91 LEVINS RL, 1968, EVOLUTION CHANGING E LEWONTIN RC, 1969, J HIST BIOL, V2, P35 LILIENFELD R, 1978, RISE SYSTEMS THEORY LINDEMAN RL, 1942, ECOLOGY, V23, P399 LOUCKS OL, 1972, SYSTEMS ANAL SIMULAT, V2, P419 MACARTHUR R, 1975, ECOLOGY EVOLUTION CO MACARTHUR R, 1975, Q REV BIOL, V50, P237 MARGALEF R, 1968, PERSPECTIVES ECOLOGI, P1 MARGOLIS J, 1970, ECOLOGICAL CONSCIENC, P141 MARTIN J, 1982, METAPHOR PROBLEMS PE, P89 MAY RM, 1972, NATURE, V238, P413 MAY, 1976, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY, P142 MCINTOSH RP, 1980, SYNTHESE, V43, P195 MCINTOSH RP, 1985, BACKGROUND ECOLOGY C, P217 MEADOWS DL, 1972, LIMITS GROWTH REPORT MITCHELL JG, 1970, ECOTACTICS SIERRA CL NASH R, 1982, WILDERNESS AM MIND ODUM EP, 1953, FUNDAMENTALS ECOLOGY ODUM EP, 1969, SCIENCE, V164, P262 ODUM EP, 1974, PHILOS ENV CRISIS, P10 ODUM EP, 1985, COMMUNICATION 1011 OLSON JS, 1985, COMMUNICATION 1016 PATTEN BC, 1975, AM NAT, V109, P529 PATTEN BC, 1981, AM NAT, V118, P886 PATTEN, 1961, SCIENCE, V134, P1599 PEPPER S, 1942, WORLD HYPOTHESES PETULLA JM, 1980, AM ENV, P73 RETTIG R, 1977, CANCER CRUSADE STORY REVELLE R, 1985, COMMUNICATION 1122 RICOEUR P, 1975, METAPHORE VIVE, P87 RICOEUR P, 1977, RULE METAPHOR SHAPIN S, 1980, FERMENT KNOWLEDGE, P93 SIMBERLOFF D, 1980, SYNTHESE, V43, P3 SMITH FE, 1975, NEW DIRECTIONS ANAL, P231 SMITH FE, 1985, COMMUNICATION 0925 SMITH JM, 1982, ECOLOGY THEORY GAMES THACKRAY A, 1985, CHEM AM 1876 1976, P255 TOLLIVER WE, 1965, TRENDS GRADUATE ENRO VANDYNE GM, 1969, ECOSYSTEM CONCEPT NA, P327 VANDYNE GM, 1972, MATH MODELS ECOLOGY, P111 VOVELLE M, 1982, IDEOLOGIES MENTALITE WADDINGTON CH, 1975, EVOLUTION IBP, P4 WIENS JA, 1984, ECOLOGICAL COMMUNITI, P439 WOODWELL GM, 1979, ENV SCI LABORATORY D, P61 NR 69 TC 9 J9 SOC STUD SCI BP 413 EP 442 PY 1987 PD AUG VL 17 IS 3 GA J7084 UT ISI:A1987J708400002 ER PT J AU Davis, I Izadkhah, YO TI Building resilient urban communities SO OPEN HOUSE INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article C1 Cranfield Univ, Resilience Ctr, Humanitarian Resilence Ctr, Def Acad, Swindon SN6 8LA, Wilts, England. RP Davis, I, Cranfield Univ, Resilience Ctr, Humanitarian Resilence Ctr, Def Acad, Swindon SN6 8LA, Wilts, England. AB Many societies in the world live with different types of risks and the threat of disasters has always presented a major challenge to devise ways to achieve sustainable development by reducing patterns of vulnerability. Disaster reduction is therefore crucial and must have a place in national policies in order to create favourable conditions for effective and efficient hazard mitigation at various levels. This con help in increasing the resilience among communities at risk by enabling them to withstand shocks, cope with emergencies as they bounce back from the impact and adopt in new ways to cope with future threats. The aim of this paper is to explore the concept of resilience in general and what this means before, during, and after disaster impact. Case studies ore cited to indicate how resilience operates or foils to occur and why, The study defines how resilience con be developed to create sustainable systems and structures that focus on robustness, redundancy, resourcefulness and rapidity. CR 2005, BBC NEWS 0713 *IFRC RC, 2004, WORLD DIS REP 2004 *UNISDR, 2002, LIV RISK GLOB REV DI ALLENMILLS, 2005, SUNDAY TIMES 0904, P13 BRUNEAU M, 2003, EARTHQ SPECTRA, V19, P733 COMFORT L, 1999, SHARED RISK COMPLEX DAVIS I, 2001, LOCATION OPERATION E DAVIS I, 2003, EFFECTIVENESS CURREN DAVIS I, 2004, 13 WORLD C EARTHQ EN DAVIS I, 2005, RESILIENT COMMUNITIE ELLIOT L, 2005, GUARDIAN 0905, P21 HARI J, 2005, INDEPENDENT 0906, P25 HORNE J, 1998, EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS, V24, P31 JAQUEMENT I, 2004, WORLD DISASTER REPOR, CH4 MILETI D, 1999, DISASTERS DESIGN REA PELLING M, 2003, VULNERABILITY CITIES REID T, 2005, TIMES 0903, P7 WILDAVSKY A, 1991, SEARCHING SAFETY NR 18 TC 0 J9 OPEN HOUSE INT BP 11 EP 21 PY 2006 PD MAR VL 31 IS 1 GA 103LC UT ISI:000241885700003 ER PT J AU Brown, JR MacLeod, ND TI Integrating ecology into natural resource management policy SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 UNIV QUEENSLAND,DIV TROP CROPS & PASTURES,ST LUCIA,QLD 4067,AUSTRALIA. RP Brown, JR, CSIRO,DIV TROP CROPS & PASTURES,PMB,AITKENVALE,QLD 4814,AUSTRALIA. AB Traditional natural resource management policy has largely focused-on implementing prescriptive solutions to maximize a production function. The fundamental assumptions of this approach were: (1) that ecosystems behaved in a linear, deterministic manner; (2) that there was general community agreement on the value of different ecosystem services; and (3) that land managers would accept and adopt the recommended technology. The result has generally been an unpredictable performance by ecosystems, conflicting expectations among users, and low adoption rates for the outputs of research and development (R&D). We propose that an approach that integrates the fundamentals of nonequilibrium ecology and ''soft'' systems methodologies to define options, make management decision recommendations, and implement programs will result in improved predictability of ecosystem response, more realistic expectations on the pari of users of ecosystem services, and better uptake of technology by land managers. CR 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P371 ARCHER S, 1991, GRAZING MANAGEMENT E, P109 BEGON M, 1986, ECOLOGY INDIVIDUALS BORMANN FH, 1979, PATTERN PROCESS FORE CARLSON J, 1993, P 17 INT GRASSL C PA CATTELINO PJ, 1979, ENVIRON MANAGE, V3, P41 CHECKLAND P, 1981, SYSTEMS THINKING SYS CHECKLAND P, 1985, J OPER RES SOC, V36, P757 CHECKLAND P, 1985, J OPER RES SOC, V36, P821 CHECKLAND PB, 1972, J SYSTEMS ENG, V3, P2 CHECKLAND PB, 1990, SOFT SYSTEMS METHODO CHISHOLM AH, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION PRO, P223 CLEMENTS FE, 1916, WASHINGTON PUBL CARN, V242 CLEMENTS FE, 1936, J ECOL, V24, P552 DIETRICH WE, 1992, GEOLOGY, V20, P675 DYKESTERHUIS EJ, 1949, J RANGE MANAGE, V2, P104 DYKESTERHUIS EJ, 1958, BOT REV, V24, P253 ELFRING C, 1992, J SOIL WATER CONSERV, V47, P441 FISKE SJ, 1990, RENEWABLE RESOURCES, P16 FRANKLIN JF, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P202 GREGORY SV, 1991, BIOSCIENCE, V41, P540 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P133 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P447 IRWIN LL, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P213 ISON RL, 1989, P 16 INT GRASSL C NI, P685 ISON RL, 1992, AGR SYST, V38, P363 ISON RL, 1993, MAN BIOSPHERE SERIES, V11, P83 JOHNSON HB, 1992, J RANGE MANAGE, V45, P322 KAY JJ, 1991, ENVIRON MANAGE, V15, P483 KIMMINS JP, 1991, FOREST CHRON, P14 LAURENROTH WK, 1989, SECONDARY SUCCESSION LAYCOCK WA, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P427 LEVIN SA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1943 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 MACLEOD ND, 1990, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V12, P40 MACLEOD ND, 1993, ETHICAL MANAGEMENT S, P536 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MILLER B, 1990, ENVIRON MANAGE, V14, P763 MLADENOFF DJ, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P294 NAIMAN RJ, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P209 NAUGHTON J, 1984, SOFT SYSTEMS ANAL IN NAVEH Z, 1984, LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY TH ORIANS GH, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P206 PICKETT STA, 1985, ECOLOGY NATURAL DIST REMMERT H, 1991, MOSAIC CYCLE CONCEPT RYKIEL EJ, 1985, AUST J ECOL, V10, P361 SHIFLET TN, 1973, ARID SHRUBLANDS, P26 SINDEN JA, 1979, UNPRICED VLAUES DECI SLOCOMBE DS, 1993, ENVIRON MANAGE, V17, P289 SVEJCAR T, 1991, RANGELANDS, V13, P165 THOMAS JW, 1990, 199079117120026 USDA TURNER MG, 1989, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V20, P171 VANBEEK PGH, 1993, ETHICAL MANAGEMENT S, P558 VANCLAY F, 1992, P ANN M RUR SOC SOC WALKER BH, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P18 WEAVER JE, 1938, PLANT ECOLOGY WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 WHITTAKER AD, 1993, MAN BIOSPHERE SERIES, V11, P69 WHITTAKER RH, 1953, ECOL MONOGR, V23, P41 WILCOX DG, 1988, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V10, P76 WILSON KK, 1990, SYSTEMS APPROACHES I ZONNEVELD IS, 1990, CHANGING LANDSCAPES NR 63 TC 10 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 289 EP 296 PY 1996 PD MAY-JUN VL 20 IS 3 GA UJ165 UT ISI:A1996UJ16500001 ER PT J AU Ludwig, D Mangel, M Haddad, B TI Ecology, conservation, and public policy SO ANNUAL REVIEW OF ECOLOGY AND SYSTEMATICS LA English DT Review C1 Univ British Columbia, Dept Math, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2, Canada. Univ British Columbia, Dept Zool, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2, Canada. Univ Calif Santa Cruz, Dept Environm Studies, Santa Cruz, CA 95064 USA. RP Ludwig, D, Univ British Columbia, Dept Math, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2, Canada. AB A new sense of urgency about environmental problems has changed the relationship between ecology, other disciplines, and public policy. Issues of uncertainty and scientific inference now influence public debate and public policy. Considerations that formerly may have appeared to be mere technicalities now may have decisive influence. It is time to re-examine our methods to ensure that they are adequate for these new requirements. When science is used in support of policy-making, it cannot be separated from issues of values and equity. In such a context, the role of specialists diminishes, because nobody can be an expert in all the aspects of complicated environmental, social, ethical, and economic issues, The disciplinary boundaries that have served science so well in the past are not very helpful in coping with the complex problems that face us today, and ecology now finds itself in intense interaction with a host of other disciplines. The next generation of ecologists must be prepared to interact with such disciplines as history, religion, philosophy, geography, economics, and political science. The requisite training must involve not only words, but core skills in these disciplines. A sense of urgency has affected not only ecology but other disciplines that influence environmental problems: they are undergoing a similar transformation of their outlook and objectives. CR *NAT OC ATM ADM, 1993, FED REGISTER, V58, P4601 *WORLD COMM FOR SU, 1999, OUR FOR OUR FUT ALCORN JB, 1993, CONSERV BIOL, V7, P424 ALFORD RA, 1999, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V30, P133 AMY DJ, 1983, ECOL LAW Q, V11, P1 AMY DJ, 1987, POLITICS ENV MED ANDERSON EN, 1996, ECOLOGIES HEART EMOT ANDERSON JL, 1998, CONSERV ECOL, V2, P1 APOSTOLAKIS G, 1990, SCIENCE, V250, P1359 ASHTON PS, 1988, PEOPLE TROPICAL RAIN, P185 BECK MB, 1987, WATER RESOUR RES, V23, P1393 BENDER DJ, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P517 BENJAMIN T, 1999, JUDAISM, V48, P17 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 1999, SACRED ECOLOGY TRADI BERLIN I, 1990, 4 ESSAYS LIBERTY BERRYMAN AA, 1997, AM ENTOMOL, V43, P147 BODLEY J, 1990, VICTIMS PROGR BODMER RE, 1994, BIOL CONSERV, V67, P29 BOLIN B, 1994, AMBIO, V23, P25 BRAWN JD, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P3 BRETHERTON F, 1994, AMBIO, V23, P96 BROOK BW, 2000, NATURE, V404, P385 BROWN KS, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1192 BRUNK C, 1991, DIALOGUE, V30, P235 BURNHAM KP, 1998, MODEL SELECTION INFE BUSBY FE, 1994, RENEWABLE RESOURCES, V12, P13 BUTLER D, 2000, NATURE, V403, P6 BUTZER K, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P2427 CALDWELL LK, 1990, 2 WORLDS SCI ENV MOV CALLICOTT JB, 1994, EARTHS INSIGHTS MULT CALLICOTT JB, 1999, LAND ETHIC MORE ESSY CAUGHLEY G, 1994, J ANIM ECOL, V63, P215 CHAMBERLIN TC, 1897, J GEOL, V5, P837 CHARLES AT, 1994, ECOL ECON, V11, P201 CHARLES AT, 1995, DALHOUSIE LAW J, V18, P65 CHARLES AT, 1998, FISH RES, V37, P37 CLARK JS, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P13 CLARK SRL, 1993, INQUIRY, V36, P3 CLARK TW, 2000, CONSERV BIOL, V14, P69 CLARKE JN, 1985, STAKING OUT TERRAIN COHEN J, 1995, MANY PEOPLE CAN EART COMMON M, 1995, SUSTAINABILITY POLIC COOPER C, 1981, EC EVALUATION ENV CORTNER HJ, 1999, POLITICS ECOSYSTEM M COSTANZA R, 1991, ECOLOGICAL EC SCI MA COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC, P49 COTGROVE S, 1982, CATASTROPHE CORNUCUP COWARD H, 2000, JUST FISH ETHICS CAN CRONON W, 1995, UNCOMMON GROUND TOWA CROPPER ML, 1992, J ECON LIT, V30, P675 CROSBY AW, 1986, ECOLOGICAL IMPERIALI CROWDER LB, 1994, ECOL APPL, V4, P437 CROWLEY PH, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P405 CULHANE P, 1981, PUBLIC LANDS POLITIC DALY H, 1991, STEADY STATE EC DALY H, 1996, GROWTH EC SUSTAINABL DASMANN R, 1984, ENV CONSERVATION DEGROOT MH, 1972, OPTIMAL STAT DECISIO DENNIS B, 1994, ECOL MONOGR, V64, P205 DENNIS B, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1095 DIAMOND J, 1997, GUNS GERMS STEEL FAT DICKSON D, 2000, NATURE, V403, P9 DOAK DF, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P1370 DOVERS SR, 1995, AMBIO, V24, P92 EDWARDS AWF, 1972, LIKELIHOOD EHRENFELD D, 1978, ARROGANCE HUMANISM EHRENFELD D, 1993, BEGINNING AGAIN ENGEN S, 1997, J THEOR BIOL, V186, P201 ENGLAND RW, 1994, EVOLUTIONARY CONCEPT FABER DJ, 1998, STRUGGLE ECOLOGICAL FARBER DA, 1999, ECOPRAGMATISM MAKING FISCHER R, 1990, TECHNOCRACY POLITICS FUNTOWICZ SO, 1999, ENV ISS SER EUR ENV GADGIL M, 1992, THIS FISSUSED LAND E GADGIL M, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P151 GADGIL M, 1994, SOCIAL ECOLOGY, P27 GARSHELIS DL, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P905 GASTON KJ, 1997, J ANIM ECOL, V66, P579 GEORGESCUROEGEN N, 1971, ENTROPY LAW EC PROCE GILLIS M, 1991, ECOLOGY EC ETHICS, P155 GLANTZ MH, 1979, MAR POLICY, V3, P201 GLEICK P, 1993, WATER CRISIS GUIDE W GOULD SJ, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P253 GOULDER LH, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC, P23 GOWDY J, 1994, COEVOLUTIONARY EC EC GREENBAUM A, 1995, SOCIAL CONFLICT ENV GREENE C, 1998, BEHAV ECOLOGY CONSER, P271 GRIME JP, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1260 GRUMBINE RE, 1994, ENC POLICY BIODIVERS GUNDERSON LH, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN HACKING I, 1999, SOCIAL CONSTRUCTION HADDAD B, 1997, 19 ORG EC COOP DEV HADDAD B, 2000, RIVERS GOLD DESIGNIN HADDAD B, 2001, IN PRESS HDB CONTING HAERLIN B, 1999, NATURE, V400, P499 HAKANSON L, 1995, PREDICTIVE LIMOLOGY HALBERT C, 1993, REV FISH SCI, V1, P261 HALLEY JM, 1996, J APPL ECOL, V33, P439 HANEMANN WM, 1994, J ECON PERSPECT, V8, P19 HANNA SS, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE ECOLOG HARCOURT AH, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P134 HEDRICK PW, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P1312 HEILBRONER RL, 1974, INQUIRY HUMAN PROSPE HEILBRONER RL, 1999, WORLDLY PHILOS HEMPEL LC, 1996, ENV GOVERNANCE GLOBA HERCZEG YIZ, 1995, RASHI TORAH RASHIS C HILBORN R, 1992, QUANTITATIVE FISHERI HILBORN R, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P550 HILBORN R, 1995, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V26, P45 HILBORN R, 1997, ECOLOGICAL DETECTIVE HILBORN R, 1999, CURRNET TRENDS INCLU HODGES CA, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P1305 HODGSON GM, 1999, EVOLUTION I EVOLUTIO HOGARTH RM, 1983, JUDGEMENT CHOICE PSY HOMERDIXON TF, 1991, INT SECURITY, V16, P76 HOMERDIXON TF, 1993, SCI AM, V268, P38 HOMERDIXON TF, 1994, INT SECURITY, V19, P5 HOOPER DU, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1302 HOWARTH RB, 1990, LAND ECON, V66, P1 HOWARTH RB, 1995, LAND ECON, V71, P417 HOWSON C, 1993, SCI REASONING BAYESI HUBBARD HM, 1991, SCI AM, V264, P36 HUTCHINGS JA, 1997, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V54, P1198 IGNATIEFF M, 1998, ISAIAH BERLIN LIFE JACKSON LJ, 1997, ECOL APPL, V7, P991 JASANOFF S, 1990, 5 BRANCH SCI POLICY JOHN D, 1994, CIVIC ENV JOHNSON G, 1999, STRANGE BEAUTY MURRA JOHNSTON DW, 2000, CONSERV BIOL, V14, P729 JONSSON B, 1993, NINA UNTREDNING, V48, P1 KAISER J, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1188 KARBAN R, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P1351 KELLER EF, 1992, KEY WORDS EVOLUTIONA KOT M, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P2027 KRAFT ME, 1996, ENV POLICY POLITICS KRAMER R, 1997, LAST STAND PROTECTED KURLANSKY M, 1997, COD LAFFERTY W, 1996, DEMOCRACY ENV PROBLE LAUCK T, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P72 LEAKEY R, 1996, 6 EXTINCTION LELE S, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P354 LEMPERT RJ, 1996, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V33, P235 LEOPOLD A, 1966, SAND COUNTY ALMANAC LEVINS R, 1966, AM SCI, V54, P421 LEWIN R, 2000, COMPLEXITY LIFE EDGE LINDLEY DV, 1985, MAKING DECISIONS LINNEROOTH J, 1984, ACTA PSYCHOL, V56, P219 LODER N, 1999, NATURE, V400, P490 LOW N, 1998, JUSTIC SOC NATURE EX LOW N, 1999, GLOBAL ETHICS ENV LUBCHENCO J, 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P371 LUDWIG D, 1981, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V38, P711 LUDWIG D, 1983, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V40, P559 LUDWIG D, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P555 LUDWIG D, 1994, LECT NOTES BIOMATH, V100, P516 LUDWIG D, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P298 MAAS A, 1951, MUDDY WATERS ARMY EN MADDOX J, 1999, WHAT REMAINS BE DISC MADDOX J, 2000, NATURE, V403, P139 MAGUIRE LA, 1994, ENV POLICY BIODIVERS, P267 MALAKOFF D, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1460 MANGEL M, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P221 MANGEL M, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P607 MANGEL M, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P338 MANGEL M, 1999, CONSERVATION MANAGEM, P87 MANGEL M, 2000, ECOL LETT, V3, P15 MARSH GP, 1965, MAN NATURE EARTH MOD MASON M, 1999, ENV DEMOCRACY MATTHEWS DR, 1995, DALHOUSIE LAW J, V18, P44 MAYO DG, 1996, ERROR GROWTH EXPT KN MAYR E, 1982, GROWTH BIOL THOUGHT MCCANN KS, 2000, NATURE, V405, P228 MCCLOSKEY DN, 1994, KNOWLEDGE PERSUASION MCCONNELL G, 1966, PRIVATE POWER AM DEM MCELROY DM, 1997, ECOL APPL, V7, P958 MCEVOY A, 1986, FISHERMANS PROBLEM MCNEELY JA, 1988, EC BIOL DIVERSITY DE MCNEILL JR, 2000, SOMETHING NEW SUN EN MEFFE GK, 1995, WILDLIFE SOC B, V23, P327 MENGES ES, 1990, CONSERV BIOL, V4, P52 MORGAN MG, 1996, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V34, P337 MURPHY DD, 1991, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V55, P773 MURPHY DD, 1992, ECOL APPL, V2, P3 MYERS RA, 1997, ECOL APPL, V7, P91 NAEEM S, 2000, B ECOL SOC AM, V81, P241 NAKAOKA M, 1996, RES POPUL ECOL, V38, P141 NELSON RR, 1982, EVOLUTIONARY THEORY NELSON RR, 1995, J ECON LIT, V33, P48 NORGAARD R, 1994, DEV BETRAYED END PRO NORGAARD RB, 1984, LAND ECON, V60, P160 NORTON BG, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P350 ODELL P, 1986, OIL WORLD POWER OHLSSON L, 1995, HYDROPOLITICS OPHULS W, 1977, ECOLOGY POLITICS SCA OPHULS W, 1992, ECOLOGY POLITICS SCA ORESKES N, 1994, SCIENCE, V263, P641 ORIANS G, ECOLOGICAL KNOWLEDGE OSENBERG CW, 1994, ECOL APPL, V4, P16 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV OSTROM E, 1992, MAKING COMMONS WORK, P293 OSTROM E, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P278 OZAWA CP, 1991, RECASTING SCI CONSEN PADILLA A, 2000, NATURE, V403, P357 PAEHLKE R, 1990, MANAGING LEVIATHAN E PAEHLKE R, 1996, DEMOCRACY ENV PROBLE, P18 PAEHLKE RC, 1989, ENV FUTURE PROGR POL PAGEL JE, 1996, WILDLIFE SOC B, V24, P429 PARMA AM, 1998, INTEGRATIVE BIOL, V1, P16 PETERMAN RM, 1990, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V47, P2 PETERMAN RM, 1992, MAR POLLUT BULL, V24, P231 PLATT JR, 1964, SCIENCE, V146, P347 PONTING C, 1992, GREEN HIST WORLD ENV POSTEL S, 1992, LAST OASIS FACING WA POSTEL S, 1996, DIVIDING WATERS FOOD POUNDS JA, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P1307 PRESS WH, 1997, UNSOLVED PROBLEMS AS, P49 QUINN TJ, 1999, QUANTITATIVE FISH DY RADOVICH J, 1981, RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, P107 RALLS K, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P175 REDCLIFT M, 1994, SOCIAL THEORY GLOBAL REDFORD KH, 1993, CONSERV BIOL, V7, P248 REDFORD KH, 1993, CONSERV BIOL, V7, P427 REDMAN CL, 1999, HUMAN IMPACT ANCIENT REJMANEK M, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P1655 RIDLEY M, 1999, GENOME AUTOBIOGRAPHY RITTEL HWJ, 1973, POLICY SCI, V4, P155 ROBINSON JG, 1993, CONSERV BIOL, V7, P20 ROCKEFELLER S, 1992, SPIRIT NATURE WHY EN ROE E, 1998, TAKING COMPLEXITY SE ROOT KV, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P854 ROSZAK T, 1972, WHERE WASTELAND ENDS ROSZAK T, 1992, VOICE EARTH ROURKE F, 1984, BUREAUCRACY POLITICS RUCKELSHAUS M, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P1298 RUTTAN LM, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P621 SACHERSHALOMI Z, 1993, PARADIGM SHIFT SACHS W, 1993, GLOBAL ECOLOGY SAETERSDAHL G, 1979, RAPP P V REUN CONSER, V177, P505 SALTER L, 1988, MANDATED SCI SANFORD C, 1999, HUNTING APES SAVILLE A, 1979, RAPP P V REUN CONSER, V177, P513 SCHOENER TW, 1992, AM NAT, V139, P1176 SEN AK, 1999, DEV FREEDOM SHARDERFRECHETT.K, 1993, BURYING UNCERTAINTY SHEA K, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P371 SHRADERFRECHETT.K, 1993, METHOD ECOLOGY STRAT SIMBERLOFF D, 1988, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V19, P473 SLADE NA, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P148 SMITHSON M, 1989, IGNORANCE UNCERTAINT SOULE ME, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC STANLEY TR, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P255 STARFIELD AM, 1997, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V61, P261 STEIDL RJ, 1997, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V61, P270 STERMAN JD, 1988, FORESIGHT NATL DECIS, P133 STEVENS TH, 2000, ECOL ECON, V32, P63 STRONG DR, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P2750 TALBOT L, 1996, LIVING RESOURCE CONS TAYLOR B, 1997, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT TAYLOR BL, 2000, CONSERV BIOL, V14, P1243 TAYLOR GD, 1995, DALHOUSIE L J, V18, P13 THOMAS WL, 1956, MANS ROLE CHANGING F TILMAN D, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1300 TILMAN D, 2000, B ECOL SOC AM, V81, P240 TOULMIN S, 1990, COSMOPOLIS HIDDEN AG TREBILCOCK MJ, 1978, REGULATORY PROCESS C, P94 TURNER BL, 1990, EARTH TRANSFORMED HU VANVALEN L, 1982, CONCEPTUAL ISSUES EC, P323 VONHAYEK FA, 1945, AM ECON REV, V35, P519 VUCETICH JA, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P957 WADE PR, 2000, CONSERV BIOL, V14, P1308 WALDROP MM, 1992, COMPLEXITY EMERGING WALLSTEN TS, 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESSES WALTERS CJ, 1996, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V6, P125 WALTERS CJ, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 WALTERS CJ, 1978, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V9, P157 WALTERS CJ, 1981, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V38, P704 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WARDLE DA, 2000, B ECOL SOC AM, V81, P235 WASKOW A, 1995, DOWN EARTH JUDAISM WEAVER J, 1996, DEFENDEING MOTHER EA WEBER EP, 1998, PLURALISM RULES CONF WELLS MS, 1992, PEOPLE PARKS LINKING WELLS MS, 1999, INVESTING BIODIVERSI WESTRA L, 1995, FACES ENV RACISM CON WHITE L, 1967, SCIENCE, V155, P1203 WHITTEMORE AS, 1983, RISK ANAL, V3, P23 WILLIAMS BK, 1996, ECOL MODEL, V93, P101 WILMOTT P, 1998, DERIVATIVES WINTERHALDER B, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P1354 WOOD CA, 1994, RENEWABLE RESOURCES, V12, P6 WOODROFFE R, 1998, SCIENCE, V280, P2126 WORSTER D, 1993, WEALTH NATION ENV HI WYNNE B, 1992, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V2, P111 WYNNE B, 1996, RISK ENV MODERNITY N, P44 YAFFEE SL, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P328 YERGIN D, 1991, PRIZE EPIC QUEST OIL YOUNG TP, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P410 NR 298 TC 12 J9 ANNU REV ECOL SYST BP 481 EP 517 PY 2001 VL 32 GA 505JC UT ISI:000172908800017 ER PT J AU Scanlan, JC TI Some aspects of tree-grass dynamics in Queensland's grazing lands SO RANGELAND JOURNAL LA English DT Review C1 Dept Nat Resources & Mines, Toowoomba, Qld 4350, Australia. RP Scanlan, JC, Dept Nat Resources & Mines, POB 318, Toowoomba, Qld 4350, Australia. AB This review examines the interactions between grasses and trees that are relevant to Queensland's grazing lands. Soils and climate determine the potential amount of woody vegetation within an area and clearing, fire and grazing management can modify that potential. In general, the presence non-leguminous trees reduces the potential grass production beneath their canopy and within woodland patches. Some non-native leguminous trees (e.g. Indian siris, Albizia lebbeck) enhance production of grasses beneath their canopies, whereas the widespread native leguminous trees, mulga (Acacia aneura) and brigalow (A. harpophylla) have not been reported to enhance grass production in the same way. At the patch Scale, Pasture production beneath woodlands with moderate to high tree basal areas is generally less than in open patches under the same soil and climatic conditions. At a landscape level, tree density, rainfall amount and distribution, and soil type modify pasture production within forest/woodland/shrubland systems. Grasses can reduce tree seedling survival but have little impact on mature woody plants, apart from providing fuel to carry a fire. Modelling studies have been used to examine some aspects of tree-grass production. Firstly, the relationship between grass production and an increasing amount of trees can vary from linear decrease, to exponential decrease to initial stimulation followed by a decrease, depending solely on the relative strengths of stimulatory and competitive effects of trees on grasses. Secondly, simulated pasture production within woodlands shows that the pasture production may be up to 50% higher in paddocks that have high variability in the distribution of those trees compared with areas where trees are uniformly distributed. This is due to the non-linear (negative exponential) relationship between pasture production and Lice density that is commonly observed within Queensland. Lastly. simulation studies show that total aboveground production (trees and pasture) of mulga woodland increases as the number of trees per hectare increases. The pasture production response to tree clearing or tree planting depends on tree species, rainfall, soil type, climatic history and post-clearing management including fire and grazing, and will change with time since clearing. The greatest relative increase in pasture production following the removal of woody vegetation occurs when the initial tree basal area is highest where rainfall is evenly distributed though the year and on fertile soils with a low water holding capacity. CR ALLEN TFH, 1982, HIERARCHY PERSPECTIV ANDERSON ER, 1987, QUEENSLAND AGR J, V113, P50 ANDERSON ER, 1988, NATIVE PASTURES QUEE, P112 ARCHER S, 1988, ECOL MONOGR, V58, P111 ARCHER S, 1994, ECOLOGICAL IMPLICATI, P13 ARCHER S, 2001, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEMICA, P115 BALLING RC, 1988, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V13, P99 BEALE IF, 1973, TROPICAL GRASSLANDS, V7, P135 BELSKY AJ, 1989, J APPL ECOL, V26, P1005 BELSKY AJ, 1991, SAVANNA ECOLOGY MANA, P139 BELSKY AJ, 1993, J APPL ECOL, V30, P143 BISHOP HG, 1993, P 17 INT GRASSL C RO, P2236 BLAKE ST, 1938, P ROYAL SOC QUEENSLA, V49, P156 BONYHADY T, 2000, COLONIAL EARTH BOULTER SL, 2000, NATIVE VEGETATION MA BOWMAN DMJ, 1988, J ECOL, V76, P215 BOWMAN DMJS, 1995, AUST J ECOL, V20, P526 BROWN JR, 1998, J VEG SCI, V9, P829 BROWN JR, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P2385 BURROWS WH, 1988, NATIVE PASTURES QUEE, P72 BURROWS WH, 1990, J BIOGEOGR, V17, P503 BURROWS WH, 1992, WOODY WEED CONTROL W BURROWS WH, 1994, C WORKSH SERIES DEP, P39 BURROWS WH, 1998, AUSTR FOR GROW BIENN, P305 BURROWS WH, 1999, P 6 INT RANG C TOWNS, P217 CALDER IR, 1992, J HYDROL, V130, P37 CAMERON DM, 1989, AUST J AGR RES, V40, P699 CAMERON DM, 1990, SNIPPETS, V3, P7 CHILCOTT C, 1997, CONSERVATION OUTSIDE, P378 CHILCOTT C, 2000, THESIS U NEW ENGLAND CHRISTIE EK, 1975, TROP GRASSLANDS, V9, P243 CLARK DB, 2001, J CLIMATE, V14, P1809 COOK BG, 1977, TROP GRASL, V11, P239 COOK SJ, 1992, TROP GRASSLANDS, V26, P171 DALY JJ, 1984, QUEENSLAND AGR J, V110, P21 DOWLING AJ, 1986, AUST J ECOL, V11, P155 DUNKERLEY DL, 2000, RANGELAND J, V22, P58 DUNN GM, 1994, TROP GRASSLANDS, V28, P170 DUNNING JB, 1992, OIKOS, V65, P169 DUPONT GV, 1998, THESIS U QUEENSL BRI DYER RM, 1999, P 6 INT RANG C TOWNS, P268 EBERSOHN JP, 1965, QLD J AGR ANIM SCI, V22, P431 FENSHAM RJ, 1990, AUST J ECOL, V15, P255 FENSHAM RJ, 1999, J APPL ECOL, V36, P1035 FOSSETT GW, 1993, P 17 INT GRASSL C RO, P2233 FREUDENBERGER D, 1999, RANGELAND J, V21, P71 FROST WE, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P286 FUENTES ER, 1984, OECOLOGIA, V62, P405 GARNER W, 1989, J ARID ENVIRON, V16, P257 GILLARD P, 1979, AUSTR J EXPT AGR ANI, V19, P325 GRAHAM TWG, 1981, AUSTR J EXPT AGR ANI, V21, P109 HARRINGTON GN, 1984, MANAGEMENT AUSTR RAN, P189 HARRINGTON GN, 1990, J APPL ECOL, V27, P775 HODGKINSON KC, 1984, MANAGEMENT AUSTR RAN, P141 HOFFMANN WA, 2000, J CLIMATE, V13, P1593 HOGG EH, 2000, J CLIMATE, V13, P4229 HOUSE JI, 2001, TERRESTRIAL GLOBAL P, P363 HOWDEN SM, 1999, MODSIM 99, P637 JACKSON J, 1998, AGROFOREST SYST, V40, P159 JACKSON J, 2001, AUST J AGR RES, V52, P377 JELTSCH F, 1996, J ECOL, V84, P583 JELTSCH F, 2000, PLANT ECOL, V161, P161 JOHNSON DE, 1985, PEDIATR PULM, V1, P13 JOHNSON RW, 1964, ECOLOGY CONTROL BRIG JOHNSTON RW, 1996, RANGELAND J, V18, P244 JONES P, 1992, WOODY MANAGEMENT W Q KLINE JR, 1976, J APPL ECOL, V13, P273 KNOOP WT, 1985, J ECOL, V73, P235 LANDSBERG J, 1988, GEO J, V17, P231 LAWRENCE PJ, 1993, P 17 INT GRASSL C RO, P2242 LI DY, 2000, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V105, P12303 LONSDALE WM, 1991, AUST J ECOL, V16, P364 LOWRY JB, 1988, NITROGEN FIXING TREE, V6, P45 LOWRY JB, 1989, TROP GRASSLANDS, V23, P84 LUDWIG J, 1997, LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY FU LUDWIG JA, 1999, P 6 INT RANG C TOWNS, P845 LUDWIG JA, 2000, PAC CONSERV BIOL, V6, P254 MACK WJ, 1998, ENDOCRIN UPDAT SER, V2, P1 MCALPINE CA, 1999, RANGELAND J, V21, P104 MCFADYEN RE, 2002, IN PRESS IMPACTS EXO MCINTYRE S, 2000, MANAGEMENT SUSTAINAB, P92 MCIVOR JG, 1995, AUST J EXP AGR ANIM, V35, P55 MCIVOR JG, 1995, AUST J EXP AGR, V35, P705 MCIVOR JG, 2001, AUST J EXP AGR, V41, P487 MCPHERSON GR, 1987, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V21, P191 MCPHERSON GR, 1992, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V55, P31 MINSON DJ, 1990, FORAGE RUMINANT NUTR MOORE JL, 1997, P INT C MOD SIM HOB, P137 MORDELET P, 1995, J VEG SCI, V6, P223 MOTT JJ, 1985, ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT W, P56 MURPHY AR, 1993, P 17 INT GRASSL C RO, P2235 MYERS RJK, 1991, TROP GRASSLANDS, V25, P104 NOBLE JC, 1997, DELICATE NOXIOUS SCR ONEILL RV, 1986, HIERARCHICAL CONCEPT PAGE M, 2000, RANGELAND J, V22, P220 PARTON WJ, 1999, INTERACTIONS MIXED T PRESSLAND AJ, 1975, AUST J BOT, V23, P965 REYNOLDS JA, 1993, 93001 RQL QUEENSL DE ROBBINS GB, 1987, J AGR SCI, V108, P407 ROBERTS G, 1984, QUEENSLAND AGR J, V110, P25 RYAN DG, 1995, AUSTR LANDSCAPE OBSE SANDELL PR, 1999, 4 BUR RUR SCI RCD MA SCANLAN JC, 1981, AUSTR WEEDS J, V1, P10 SCANLAN JC, 1984, THESIS U QUEENSLAND SCANLAN JC, 1988, NATIVE PASTURES QUEE, P91 SCANLAN JC, 1990, AUST J ECOL, V15, P191 SCANLAN JC, 1991, AUST J ECOL, V16, P521 SCANLAN JC, 1992, J RANGE MANAGE, V45, P75 SCANLAN JC, 1993, P 17 INT GRASSL C PA, P2231 SCANLAN JC, 1996, RANGELAND J, V18, P33 SCANLAN JC, 1999, P 6 INT RANG C TOWNS, P520 SCANLAN JC, 2002, LANDSC HLTH QUEENSL SCHMIDT S, 2002, RANGELAND J, V24, P96 SCHOLES RJ, 1993, AFRICAN SAVANNA SYNT SCHOLES RJ, 1997, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V28, P517 SCHWINNING S, 1999, FUNCT ECOL, V13, P737 SCIFRES CJ, 1982, J RANGE MANAGE, V35, P558 SILBURN DM, 1992, P 7 BIENN RANG C 5 8, P294 STANTON JP, 1991, FIRE RES RURAL QUEEN, P412 THOMPSON J, 2002, IN PRESS RANGEL J TIEDEMANN AR, 1973, J RANGE MANAGE, V26, P27 TIEDEMANN AR, 1973, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V37, P107 TOMLEY AJ, 1998, BIOL AUSTR WEEDS, V2, P63 TOTHILL JC, 1983, COMP NATIVE IMPROVED, P105 TUNSTALL BR, 1981, AUST RANGELAND J, V3, P123 TUPAS GL, 1977, PHILIPP J BIOL, V6, P229 VANAUKEN OW, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P197 VOLLER P, 1995, P 10 AUSTR VERT PEST, P224 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WALKER BH, 1982, ECOLOGY TROPICAL SAV, P577 WALKER BH, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P80 WALKER J, 1972, AUSTR J AGR RES, V23, P405 WALKER J, 1986, AUST J ECOL, V11, P135 WALKER J, 1989, VEGETATIO, V83, P81 WALTER H, 1971, ECOLOGY TROPICAL SUB WATSON C, 2001, NAT RESOURCE MANAGE, V4, P16 WELLS KF, 1974, 746 CSIRO DIV LAND U WHITTAKER RH, 1975, COMMUNITIES ECOSYSTE WILLIAMS K, 1995, MANAGING VERTEBRATE WILLIAMS RJ, 1996, J BIOGEOGR, V23, P747 WILSON JR, 1986, TROP GRASSLANDS, V20, P134 WILSON JR, 1990, TROP GRASSLANDS, V24, P24 WILSON JR, 1991, FORAGE PLANTATION CR, P77 WILSON SD, 1998, POPULATION BIOL GRAS, P231 WOINARSKI JC, 2000, 1 COOP RES CTR SUST WU HI, 1985, ECOL MODEL, V29, P215 NR 146 TC 3 J9 RANGELAND J BP 56 EP 82 PY 2002 VL 24 IS 1 GA 571MX UT ISI:000176722100004 ER PT J AU Holmlund, CM Hammer, M TI Effects of fish stocking on ecosystem services: An overview and case study using the Stockholm archipelago SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Review C1 Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. Sodertorn Univ Coll, S-14104 Huddinge, Sweden. RP Holmlund, CM, Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. AB In this article, we focus on documented and possible effects of fish stocking in terms of ecosystem services. The increasing use of fish stocking between 1970 and 2000 in the semiurban setting of Stockholm archipelago, Sweden, is used as case study. The objective is to analyze this management practice from an ecosystem perspective, accounting for both the ecological and social context of releasing fish. The results show that enhancements of four native species (Salmo S. trutta, Salmo salar, Stizostedion lucioperca, and Anguilla anguilla) have dominated over new introductions of one nonnative species. (Oncorhynchus mykiss). The major objective has been to increase fish catches for local resource users. Involved stakeholders include three management agencies, one hydropower company, and several local sport fishing associations. Documented effects focus on recapture and production rates. However, our analysis suggests that additional positive or negative effects on biodiversity, food web dynamics, mobile links, or ecological information may also result, with possible consequences for the long-term provision of food, game, and aesthetic values. We conclude that a more adaptive and cooperative management approach could benefit from a deeper analysis of where, when, and what species is released, by whom, which stakeholders that use the fish and those ecosystem services the fish generate, and of the role of formal and informal institutions for monitoring and evaluating the success of releasing fish. CR 1998, WORKH EC APPR LIL MA *FAO, 1998, STAT WORLD FISH AQ 1 *FAO, 2000, STAT WORLD FISH AQ 2 *FISK, 2001, SMASK KUSTF INSJ AN *INT UN CONS NAT N, 1987, IUCN POS STAT TRANSL ADAMS SB, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P296 BENGTSSON B, 2000, 20001 FISK BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P121 BERNARD H, 1994, RES METHODS ANTHR QU BLANKENSHIP HL, 1995, USES EFFECTS CULTURE, P167 BLAXTER JHS, 2000, ADV MAR BIOL, V38, P1 BUSACK C, 1995, USES EFFECTS CULTURE, P71 BUYNAK GL, 1999, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V19, P1017 CAMPTON DE, 1995, AM FISH S S, V15, P337 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 CARPENTER SR, 1985, BIOSCIENCE, V35, P634 CELIKKALE MS, 1990, MANAGEMENT FRESHWATE, P493 COSTANZA R, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P88 COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 DAILY GC, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC, P392 DEMELO R, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P192 DGROOT RS, 1992, FUNCTIONS NATURE EVA DGROOT RS, 2002, ECOLOGICAL EC, V41, P393 DINOGH HH, 1993, AQUACULTURE FISHERIE, V24, P279 DONALD DB, 2001, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V58, P1822 FEUNTEUN E, 2002, ECOL ENG, V18, P575 FOLKE C, 1989, AMBIO, V18, P234 GRIMES CB, 1998, FISHERIES, V23, P18 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HALL SR, 2000, AQUAT ECOSYST HLTH M, V3, P105 HALWART M, 1996, AQUACULTURE, V145, P159 HAMMER M, 1995, BIODIVERS CONSERV, P57 HAMMER M, 2003, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V46, P527 HANSSON S, 1997, FISH RES, V32, P123 HEARD W, 1995, AM FISH S S, V15, P21 HILBORN R, 2001, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V58, P99 HINDAR K, 1991, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V48, P945 HOJESJO J, 2002, THEIS GOTEBORG U GOT HOLCIK J, 1991, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V48, P13 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P328 HOLMLUND C, 1996, THESIS STOCKHOLM U S HOLMLUND CM, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P253 HOWELL BR, 2001, STOCK ENHANCEMENT SE, P606 HRABIK TR, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT S1, V56, P35 JANSSON BO, 1999, AMBIO, V28, P312 JANSSON H, 1997, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V54, P2033 JENTOFT S, 1998, MAR POLICY, V22, P423 JEPPESEN E, 1998, STRUCTURE ROLE SUBME, P423 KELLISON GT, 2000, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V57, P1870 KITCHELL JF, 1997, ECOL APPL, V7, P653 KITCHELL JF, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P545 KOLJONEN ML, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V56, P1766 KROKHIN EM, 1975, COUPLING LAND WATER, P153 KRUEGER CC, 1991, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V48, P66 KVALE S, 1996, INTERVIEWS INTRO QUA, P326 LAIKRE L, 1996, AMBIO, V25, P504 LANDERGREN P, 1999, FISH RES, V40, P55 LANDERGREN P, 2001, THESIS STOCKHOLM U S LANDRES P, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P287 LANGE RE, 1995, AM FISH S S, V15, P7 LEARY RF, 1995, USES EFFECTS CULTURE, P91 LEHTONEN H, 1996, ANN ZOOL FENN, V33, P525 LIAO IC, 1997, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V352, P167 LIMBURG KE, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P179 LIMBURG KE, 2003, BIOL MANAGEMENT PROT, P275 LORENZEN K, 1998, J FISH BIOL A, V53, P345 LOVELL C, 2002, CONSERV ECOL, V5, P1 LOVEN S, 1999, FISKEVARDPLAN TREARS LUDWIG D, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P547 LUNDBERG J, 2003, ECOSYSTEMS, V6, P87 MARCHALL B, 1994, 29 CIFA FAO MCDERMOT D, 2000, ECOL MODEL, V125, P67 MCGURRIN J, 1995, AM FISH S S, V15, P12 MCKAYE KR, 1995, BIOSCIENCE, V45, P406 MEFFE GK, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P350 MUNRO JL, 1997, REV FISH SCI, V5, P185 NAIMAN RJ, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P399 NAYLOR RL, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P883 NILSSON NA, 1972, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V29, P693 NOBLE BF, 2000, MAR POLICY, V24, P69 NORTH DC, 1990, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR, P152 OLSSON P, IN PRESS ADAPTIVE CO PALM S, 1999, ECOL FRESHW FISH, V8, P169 PARKER BR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P334 PEARSONS TN, 1999, FISHERIES, V24, P16 PECK JW, 1999, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V19, P155 PETERSSON E, 1999, FISKERIVERKET RAPPOR, P51 PILLIOD DS, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P322 REGIER HA, 1972, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V29, P683 RYMAN N, 1986, GENETISK VARIATION L RYMAN N, 1995, POPULATION MANAGEMEN, P341 SCHINDLER DE, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P308 SCHRAM ST, 1999, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V19, P815 SCHRAMM HL, 1994, FISHERIES, V19, P6 SEDA J, 2000, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V429, P141 SHAPIRO J, 1984, FRESHWATER BIOL, V14, P371 SONDERGAARD M, 1997, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V342, P319 SPARREVIK E, 2001, UTSATTNING SPRIDNING STEPHANOU D, 1990, MANAGEMENT FRESHWATE, P1 SUGUNAN VV, 2000, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V430, P121 SUNDSTROM LF, 2001, ANIM BEHAV 1, V61, P249 TATRAI I, 1997, HYDROBIOLOGIA 2-3, V345, P117 TYUS HM, 2000, FISHERIES, V25, P17 UTTER F, 1993, FISHERIES, V18, P11 VIGHI M, 1995, INT J LIMNOLOGY, V53, P157 VROMANT N, 2001, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V445, P151 WAHL DH, 1995, AM FISH S S, V15, P176 WAPLES RS, 1991, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V48, P124 WAPLES RS, 1995, PROTECTION AQUATIC B, P51 WAPLES RS, 1999, FISHERIES, V24, P12 WELCOMME RL, 1988, INT INTRO INLAND AQU, P318 WESTIN L, 1998, FISH RES, V38, P257 WHITE RJ, 1995, USES EFFECTS CULTURE, P527 WICKSTROM H, 2001, THESIS STOCKHOLM U S WILSON J, 1999, ECOL ECON, V31, P243 WIRTH T, 2001, NATURE, V409, P1037 WONHAM MJ, 2000, MAR BIOL, V136, P1111 WRIGHT S, 1981, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V1, P29 NR 121 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 799 EP 820 PY 2004 PD JUN VL 33 IS 6 GA 848JX UT ISI:000223464700004 ER PT J AU Ledder, G TI Forest defoliation scenarios SO MATHEMATICAL BIOSCIENCES AND ENGINEERING LA English DT Article C1 Univ Nebraska, Dept Math, Lincoln, NE 68588 USA. RP Ledder, G, Univ Nebraska, Dept Math, Lincoln, NE 68588 USA. AB We consider the mathematical model originally created by Ludwig, Jones, and Holling to model the infestation of spruce forests in New Brunswick by the spruce budworm. With biologically plausible parameter values, the dimensionless version of the model contains small parameters derived from the time scales of the state variables and smaller parameters derived from the relative importance of different population change mechanisms. The small time-scale parameters introduce a singular perturbation structure to solutions, with one variable changing on a slow time scale and two changing on a fast time scale. The smaller process-scale parameters allow for the existence of equilibria at vastly different orders of magnitude. These changes in scale of the state variables result in fast dynamics not associated with the time scales. For any given set of parameters, the observed dynamics is a mixture of time scale effects with process-scale effects. We identify and analyze the different scenarios that can occur and indicate the relevant regions in the parameter space corresponding to each. CR BRAUER F, 2001, MATH MODELS POPULATI DENG B, 2001, CHAOS, V11, P514 FENICHEL N, 1979, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V31, P53 FOWLER AC, 1997, MATH MODELS APPL SCI HOLLING CS, 1959, CAN ENTOMOL, V91, P385 ISTAS J, 2005, MATH MODELING LIFE S LOGAN JD, 1997, APPL MATH LUDWIG D, 1978, J ANIM ECOL, V47, P315 MURATORI S, 1992, SIAM J APPL MATH, V52, P1688 RINALDI S, 1992, ECOL MODEL, V61, P287 SEGEL LA, 1989, SIAM REV, V31, P446 NR 11 TC 0 J9 MATH BIOSCI ENG BP 15 EP 28 PY 2007 PD JAN VL 4 IS 1 GA 124AJ UT ISI:000243338900003 ER PT J AU Rockstrom, J TI Water for food and nature in drought-prone tropics: vapour shift in rain-fed agriculture SO PHILOSOPHICAL TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON SERIES B-BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES LA English DT Article C1 UNESCO, IHE, NL-2601 DA Delft, Netherlands. RP Rockstrom, J, UNESCO, IHE, POB 3015, NL-2601 DA Delft, Netherlands. AB This paper quantifies the eco-hydrological challenge up until 2050 of producing food in balance with goods and services generated by water-dependent ecosystems in nature. Particular focus is given to the savannah zone, covering 40% of the land area in the world, where water scarcity constitutes a serious constraint to sustainable development. The analysis indicates an urgent need for a new green revolution, which focuses on upgrading rain-fed agriculture. Water requirements to produce adequate diets for humans are shown to be relatively generic irrespective of hydro-climate, amounting to a global average of 1300 m(3) cap(-1) yr(-1). Present food production requires an estimated 6800 km(3) yr(-1) of consumptive green water (5000 km(3) yr(-1) in rain-fed agriculture and 1800 km(3) yr(-1) from irrigated crops). Without considering water productivity gains, an additional 5800 km(3) yr(-1) of water is needed to feed a growing population in 2050 and eradicate malnutrition. It is shown that the bulk of this water will be used in rain-fed agriculture. A dynamic analysis of water productivity and management options indicates that large 'crop per drop' improvements can be achieved at the farm level. Vapour shift in favour of productive green water flow as crop transpiration could result in relative water savings of 500 km(3) yr(-1) in semi-arid rain-fed agriculture. CR *FAO, 1995, WORLD AGR 2010 FAO S *FAO, 2002, AGR 2015 30 TECHN IN *ICSU, 2002, SERIES SCI SUSTAINAB, V7 *IPCC, 2001, 3 ASS REP INT PAN CL *SIWI, 2001, 11 SIWI *UNEP, 1992, WORLD ATL DES *UNESCO, 1979, MAB TECHN NOT, V7 ALCAMO J, 2000, WORLD WATER SCENARIO, P204 ALESSI J, 1976, AGRON J, V68, P547 ALLAN JA, 1995, WATER JORDAN CATCHME, P35 BARRON J, 1999, E AFR AGR FORESTRY J, V65, P57 BARRON J, 2003, AGR FOREST METEOROL, V117, P23 BENITES J, 1998, P INT WORKSH HAR 22 CHOU NT, 1993, DESERTIFICATION CONT, V22, P20 CONWAY GR, 1997, DOUBLY GREEN REVOLUT DANCETTE C, 1983, AGRON TROP, V38, P281 DEFRAITURE C, 2001, PHYS CHEM EARTH PT B, V26, P869 DEWIT CT, 1958, 644 AGR RES DOORENBOS J, 1986, 33 FAO DOORENBOS J, 1992, 2J FAO FALKENMARK M, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P427 FOX P, 2000, PHYS CHEM EARTH PT B, V25, P289 GLANTZ MH, 1994, DROUGHT FOLLOWS PLOU GLEICK P, 1993, WATER CRISIS GUIDE W GLEICK P, 1997, WATER 2050 SUSTAINAB GLEICK P, 2000, WORLDS WATER 2000 20 GREGORY PJ, 1988, P C DRYL FARM AM BUS, P171 HOBBS PR, 2003, COMPREHENSIVE ASSESS, V1, P239 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HUGHES DA, 1998, WATER SA, V24, P293 HUNTLEY BJ, 1982, ECOLOGY TROPICAL SAV, P1 JANSSON A, 1999, ECOSYSTEMS, V2, P351 KING J, 1998, AQUAT ECOSYS HLTH MA, V1, P109 LINIGER HP, 1997, WORLD ATLAS DESERTIF, P120 LOOMIS RS, 1992, CROP ECOLOGY PRODUCT LVOVICH MI, 1979, WORLD WATER RESOURCE MURRAY S, 1999, DRYLANDS POPULATION, V2 MUSICK JT, 1994, AGRON J, V86, P980 NOVAK MD, 1982, SOIL SC SOC AM J, V52, P916 ONG CK, 1996, TREE CROP INTERACTIO, P73 PANDEY RK, 2000, AGR WATER MANAGE, V46, P1 PARR JF, 1990, ADV SOIL SCI, V13, P1 PIMENTEL D, 1997, BIOSCIENCE, V47, P97 POSTEL SL, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P785 POSTEL SL, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P629 PRETTY J, 2001, REDUCING FOOD POVERT RASKIN P, 1997, COMPREHENSIVE ASSESS RASKIN P, 1998, POLESTAR SERIES REPO, V8 REVENGA CV, 2003, IWMI PRES 3 WORLD WA RITCHIE JT, 1983, LIMITATIONS EFFICIEN, P29 ROCKSTROM J, 1998, J HYDROL, V210, P68 ROCKSTROM J, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 ROCKSTROM J, 2000, CRIT REV PLANT SCI, V19, P319 ROCKSTROM J, 2000, PHYSICS CHEM EARTH B, V25, P279 ROCKSTROM J, 2003, INT WAT CONS TECHN W ROCKSTROM J, 2003, PHYS CHEM EARTH, V28, P869 ROSEGRANT MW, 2002, GLOBAL WATER OUTLOOK SECKLER D, 2003, COMPREHENSIVE ASSESS, V1, P37 SHIKLOMANOV IA, 1997, ASSESSMENT WATER RES SHIKLOMANOV IA, 2000, WATER INT, V25, P11 SINCLAIR TR, 1984, BIOSCIENCE, V34, P36 SIVANAPPAN R, 1995, LAND USE POLICY, V12, P165 STEWART JI, 1975, T ASAE, V18, P270 WALLACE JS, 1997, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V352, P937 NR 64 TC 1 J9 PHIL TRANS ROY SOC LONDON B BP 1997 EP 2009 PY 2003 PD DEC 29 VL 358 IS 1440 GA 762NA UT ISI:000187988000007 ER PT J AU Young, OR Lambin, EF Alcock, F Haberl, H Karlsson, SI McConnell, WJ Myint, T Pahl-Wostl, C Polsky, C Ramakrishnan, PS Schroeder, H Scouvart, M Verburg, PH TI A portfolio approach to analyzing complex human-environment interactions: Institutions and land change SO ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Bren Sch, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. Univ Louvain, Louvain, Belgium. Univ Osnabruck, D-4500 Osnabruck, Germany. Clark Univ, Worcester, MA 01610 USA. Univ Wageningen & Res Ctr, Wageningen, Netherlands. RP Young, OR, Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Bren Sch, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. AB The challenge confronting those seeking to understand the institutional dimensions of global environmental change and patterns of land-use and land-cover change is to find effective methods for analyzing the dynamics of socio-ecological systems. Such systems exhibit a number of characteristics that pose problems for the most commonly used statistical techniques and may require additional and innovative analytic tools. This article explores options available to researchers working in this field and recommends a strategy for achieving scientific progress. Statistical procedures developed in other fields of study are often helpful in addressing challenges arising in research into global change. Accordingly, we start with an assessment of some of the enhanced statistical techniques that are available for the study of socio-ecological systems. By themselves, however, even the most advanced statistical models cannot solve all the problems that arise in efforts to explain institutional effectiveness and patterns of land-use and land-cover change. We therefore proceed to an exploration of additional analytic techniques, including configurational comparisons and meta-analyses; case studies, counterfactuals, and narratives; and systems analysis and simulations. Our goal is to create a portfolio of complementary methods or, in other words, a tool kit for understanding complex human-environment interactions. When the results obtained through the use of two or more techniques converge, confidence in the robustness of key findings rises. Contradictory results, on the other hand, signal a need for additional analysis. CR *IND NAT SCI AC, 2001, GROW POP CHANG LANDS AGRAWAL A, 2001, COMMUNITIES ENV ETHN ALCAMO J, IN PRESS SCENARIOS F ALCOCK F, 2002, WORLD POLIT, V54, P437 ANGELSEN A, 1999, WORLD BANK RES OBSER, V14, P73 ANSELIN L, 2001, COMPANION THEORETICA, P310 ANTROP M, 2005, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V70, P21 AXELROD RM, 2000, HARNESSING COMPLEXIT AYRES RU, 1994, IND METABOLISM RESTR BARRETEAU O, 2001, JASSS-J ARTIF SOC S, V4, U75 BOISSAU S, 2003, SIMULATIONS GAMING, V34, P342 BREITMEIER H, 2006, ANAL INT ENV REGIMES CAMPBELL DT, 1959, PSYCHOL BULL, V56, P81 CARPENTER SR, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P8 CARPENTER SR, 2005, ECOSYSTEMS HUMAN WEL, V2 CHECKLAND P, 1993, SYSTEMS THINKING SYS CLIFF AD, 1973, SPATIAL AUTOCORRELAT CRUMLEY CL, 2001, NEW DIRECTIONS ANTHR DEFRIES RS, 2004, ECOSYSTEMS LAND USE EASTERLING WE, 2004, SCALE GEOGRAPHIC INQ, P55 ECKSTEIN H, 1975, HDB POLITICAL SCI, R20 FARINA A, 2000, BIOSCIENCE, V50, P313 FEARON JD, 1991, WORLD POLIT, V43, P169 FIELD CB, 2004, GLOBAL CARBON CYCLE FOSTER DR, 1998, NORTHEAST NAT, V5, P111 FOSTER DR, 2004, FORESTS TIME ENV CON GEERTZ C, 1973, INTERPRETATION CULTU GEIST HJ, 2002, BIOSCIENCE, V52, P143 GEIST HJ, 2004, BIOSCIENCE, V54, P817 GEORGE AL, 2005, CASE STUDIES THEORY GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HAAS PM, 1993, I EARTH SOURCES EFFE HABERL H, 2004, LAND USE POLICY, V21, P199 HELLSTROM E, 1998, FOREST SCI, V44, P254 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HOLLING CS, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P390 HOLLING CS, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P319 HOMEWOOD K, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P12544 HOSHINO S, 2001, LAND USE POLICY, V18, P75 JANSSEN MA, 2002, COMPLEXITY ECOSYSTEM JANSSEN MA, 2006, ECOL SOC, V11, P15 KARLSSON S, 2000, MULTILAYERED GOVERNA KASPERSON JX, 1995, REGIONS RISK, V1, P1 KEYS E, 2005, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V15, P320 KING G, 1994, DESIGNING SOCIAL INQ KOHLER TA, 2000, DYNAMICS HUMAN PRIMA KRAUSMANN F, 2002, ECOL ECON, V41, P177 LAMBIN EF, 2003, ANNU REV ENV RESOUR, V28, P205 LUTERBACHER U, 2001, INT RELATIONS GLOBAL MILES EL, 2002, ENV REGIME EFFECTIVE MITCHELL R, 1999, EFFECTIVENESS INT EN, P33 MITCHELL RB, 1998, J ENV DEV, V7, P4 MORAN EF, 2005, SEEING FOREST TREES MUNTON D, 1999, EFFECTIVENESS INT EN, P325 MYINT T, 2003, INDIANA J GLOBAL LEG, V10, P287 ONEILL RV, 1988, SCALES GLOBAL CHANGE, P29 ORESKES N, 1994, SCIENCE, V263, P641 OVERMARS KP, 2003, ECOL MODEL, V164, P257 PAHLWOSTL C, IN PRESS ENV MODELLI, V21 PAHLWOSTL C, 2002, AQUAT SCI, V64, P394 PAHLWOSTL C, 2004, J COMMUNITY APPL SOC, V14, P193 PARKER DC, 2003, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V93, P314 PETERSON GD, 2000, ECOL ECON, V35, P323 PETERSON GD, 2003, CONSERV BIOL, V17, P358 PFAFF ASP, 1999, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V37, P26 POLSKY C, 2001, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V85, P133 POLSKY C, 2004, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V94, P549 PONTIUS RG, 2002, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V68, P1041 RAGIN CC, 1987, COMP METHOD QUALITAT RAGIN CC, 2000, FUZZY SET SOCIAL SCI RAMAKRISHNAN PS, 1998, CONSERVIGN SACRED BI RAMAKRISHNAN PS, 2003, METHODOLOGICAL ISSUE REPETTO R, 2001, MAR POLICY, V25, P251 RINDFUSS RR, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P13976 ROE E, 1998, TAKING COMPLEXITY SE RUDEL TK, 2005, TROPICAL FORESTS REG SABATIE RPA, 1999, THEORIES POLICY PROC SCHROTER D, 2005, MITIGATION ADAPTATIO, V10, P573 SCOONES I, 1999, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V28, P479 SNIJDERS TAB, 1999, MULTILEVEL ANAL INTR STOKKE OS, 2004, REGIME CONSEQUENCES TETLOCK P, 1996, COUNTERFACTUAL THOUG TURNER BL, 1993, POPULATION GROWTH AG TURNER BL, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P8074 TURNER BL, 2004, INTEGRATED LAND CHAN UNDERDAL A, 2004, REGIME CONSEQUENCES VANDERHEIJDEN K, 1996, SCENARIOS ART STRATE VANDERLEEUW SE, 2004, CYBERNET SYST, V35, P117 VERBURG PH, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P369 VERBURG PH, 2004, GEOJOURNAL, V61, P309 VERBURG PH, 2004, GEOPH MONOG SERIES, V153, P217 VICTOR DG, 1998, IMPLEMENTATION EFFEC WALKER BH, 2002, CONSERV ECOL, V6, P1 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WALTNERTOEWS D, 2003, ECOSYSTEM SUSTAINABI YOUN GOR, 2002, MILLENNIAL REFLECTIO, P176 YOUN GOR, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P304 YOUNG OR, 1999, EFFECTIVENESS INT EN YOUNG OR, 1999, GOVERNANCE WORLD AFF NR 99 TC 1 J9 ECOL SOC BP 31 PY 2006 PD DEC VL 11 IS 2 GA 123FD UT ISI:000243280800038 ER PT J AU Martin, S TI The cost of restoration as a way of defining resilience: a viability approach applied to a model of lake eutrophication SO ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY LA English DT Article AB Multiple stable states or alternative equilibria in ecological systems have been recognized since the 1960s in the ecological literature. Very often, the shift between alternative states occurs suddenly and the resource flows from these systems are modified. Resilience is the capacity of a system to undergo disturbance and maintain its functions and controls. It has multiple levels of meaning, from the metaphorical to the specific. However, most studies that explore resilience-related ideas have used resilience as a metaphor or theoretical construct. In a few cases, it has been defined operationally in the context of a model of a particular system. In this paper, resilience is defined consistently with the theoretical uses of the term, in the context of ecosystem models within an application to a simple model of lake eutrophication. The theoretical definitions of resilience and the characteristics of the operational definition that are necessary for ensuring consistency are reviewed. A mathematical formulation of resilience is built in the framework of the viability theory. This formulation emphasizes the link between resilience and the cost of the recovery after a disturbance. This cost is first chosen in relation to the time of crisis in the application to a model of lake eutrophication. The resilience values are then obtained by numerical integration. For another choice of the cost function, the viability algorithm is needed to compute the resilience values. These applications demonstrate the usefulness of our operational definition. CR ARMSTRONG RA, 1982, AM NAT, V120, P391 ARROW K, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P250 AUBIN JP, 1991, VIABILITY THEORY AUBIN JP, 1997, DYNAMIC EC THEORY BONNEUIL N, 2003, B MATH BIOL, V65, P1081 CARPENTER SR, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 COTTINGHAM KL, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P2127 DEANGELIS DL, 1980, ECOLOGY, V61, P764 DOYEN L, 1997, SET-VALUED ANAL, V5, P227 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HASTINGS A, 1993, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V24, P1 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JANSSEN MA, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 LUDWIG D, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 LUDWIG D, 2003, ECOL APPL, V13, P1135 MATSINOS YG, 2002, ECOL MODEL, V149, P71 NEUBERT MG, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P653 ODUM EP, 1993, ECOLOGY OUR ENDANGER ORTIZ M, 2002, ECOL MODEL, V148, P277 PIMM SL, 1977, NATURE, V268, P329 PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 PIMM SL, 1991, BALANCE NATURE SAINTPIERRE P, 1994, APPL MATH OPT, V29, P187 STEINMAN AD, 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P1299 VANCOLLER L, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 NR 28 TC 0 J9 ECOL SOC BP 8 PY 2004 PD DEC VL 9 IS 2 GA 912FE UT ISI:000228062200005 ER PT J AU MANNING, EW TI SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT, THE CHALLENGE SO CANADIAN GEOGRAPHER-GEOGRAPHE CANADIEN LA English DT Editorial Material RP MANNING, EW, ENVIRONM CANADA,DEV RES,PL VINCENT MASSEY,351 ST JOSEPH BLVD,HULL K1A 0H3,QUEBEC,CANADA. AB Sustainable development presents a major challenge to geography to demonstrate its capability and relevance to what may be the most important public issue of our time. The human/biosphere relationship is at the core of growing global problems, and geography has comparative advantage in spearheading attempts to make this relationship more sustainable. This paper identifies the components of the challenge, presents a structure which could guide research and implementation efforts, and identifies key opportunities and challenges for geographers through their theoretical and applied work. From definition to integration to implementation, geographers can make a real difference. CR *CAN ENV, 1984, SYST DEV SUBM ROYAL *INT UN CONS NAT N, 1980, WORLD CONS STRAT *LAND EV GRP, 1983, LAND EV ALT ER CONTR *LAND EV GRP, 1983, POT APP NAT LAND EV *LAND EV GRP, 1985, APPL PROT CAN LAND E *LAND EV GRP, 1985, SOC EC ASS IMPL CLIM *LAND EV PROJ, 1982, 5 REP, P81 *LAND EV PROJ, 1982, EFF ALT AGR GROWTH S *NAT TASK FORC ENV, 1987 NAT TASK FORC E *SUST DEV BRANCH, 1989, DEV SUST DEV *WORLD COMM ENV DE, 1985, MAND CHANG *WORLD COMM ENV DE, 1987, OUR COMM FUT AITKEN WRO, 1988, ENV EC BARBIER EB, 1987, ENVIRON CONSERV, V14, P101 BARDECKI M, 1988, WETLAND EVALUATION D BEANLANDS GE, 1983, ECOLOGICAL FRAMEWORK BOND WK, 1986, FEDERAL PROGRAMS POT BOULDING KE, 1988, BRUNDTLAND CHALLENGE BOWERS JK, 1983, AGRICULTURE COUNTRYS CLARK WC, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS CLARK WC, 1987, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS COCKLIN CR, 1989, ENVIRON CONSERV, V16, P343 CONSTANZA R, 1990, NATURAL CAPITAL SUST CRERAR A, 1986, POLICY OPTIONS 1103 DALY H, 1988, POPUL DEV REV, P1 DALY H, 1989, COMMON GOOD REDIRECT DEGROOT RS, 1986, FUNCTIONAL ECOSYSTEM DEGROOT RS, 1987, ENVIRONMENTALIST, V7, P105 DEGROOT WT, 1989, ENVIRON MANAGE, V13, P659 DORFMAN R, 1985, GLOBAL POSSIBLE RESO FISHER AC, 1974, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V1, P96 FORD LR, 1984, J GEOGR, V3, P102 GARDNER J, 1989, ENVIRON IMPACT ASSES, V9, P337 GEERTZ C, 1966, AGR INVOLUTION PROCE GIRT J, 1990, COMMON GROUND HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOWARTH RB, 1990, LAND ECON, V66, P1 JACOBS P, 1987, CONSERVATION EQUITY KNETSCH J, 1984, AM EC REV, V74 MACNEILL J, 1990, SUSTAINABLE DEV EC G MANNING EW, 1984, OPERATIONAL GEOGRAPH, V5 MANNING EW, 1986, SUSTAINABLE LAND USE MANNING EW, 1988, ANAL LAND USE DETERM MANNING EW, 1988, PRARIE FORUM, V13, P99 MANNING EW, 1990, ALTERNATIVES, V16, P24 MANNING EW, 1990, CONSREVATION STRATEG MUNN RE, 1987, ENV PROSPECTS NEXT C MUNTON R, 1987, DEMANDS RURAL LANDS MYRDAL G, 1957, EC THEORY UNDERDEVEL NELSON R, 1984, PREPARING CHANGING F ORIORDON T, 1988, SUSTAINABLE ENV MANA PEARCE D, 1988, SUSTAINABLE DEV COST PETERSON EB, 1987, CUMULATIVE EFFECTS A REES W, 1990, ECOLOGIST, V20, P18 ROOTS EF, 1989, DECISION MAKING SUST SMIT B, 1981, PROCEDURES LONG TERM SMIT B, 1985, FEASIBILITY CONSTRUC STODDART DR, 1987, T I BRIT GEOGR, V12, P327 TOLBA M, 1987, SUSTAINABLE DEV CONS WEISS EB, 1989, FAIRNESS FUTURE GENE NR 60 TC 7 J9 CAN GEOGR-GEOGR CAN BP 290 EP 302 PY 1990 PD WIN VL 34 IS 4 GA EP010 UT ISI:A1990EP01000001 ER PT J AU Farbotko, C TI Tuvalu and climate change: Constructions of environmental displacement in the Sydney Morning Herald SO GEOGRAFISKA ANNALER SERIES B-HUMAN GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Tasmania, Sch Geog & Environm Studies, Hobart, Tas 7001, Australia. RP Farbotko, C, Univ Tasmania, Sch Geog & Environm Studies, Private Bag 78, Hobart, Tas 7001, Australia. AB Tuvalu, a place whose image in the 'West' is as a small island state, insignificant and remote on the world stage, is becoming remarkably prominent in connection with the contemporary issue of climate change-related sea-level rise. My aim in this paper is to advance understanding of the linkages between climate change and island places, by exploring the discursive negotiation of the identity of geographically distant islands and island peoples in the Australian news media. Specifically, I use discourse analytic methods to critically explore how, and to what effects, various representations of the Tuvaluan islands and people in an Australian broadsheet, the Sydney Morning Herald, emphasize difference between Australia and Tuvalu. My hypothesis is that implicating climate change in the identity of people and place can constitute Tuvaluans as 'tragic victims' of environmental displacement, marginalizing discourses of adaptation for Tuvaluans and other inhabitants of low-lying islands, and silencing alternative constructions of Tuvaluan identity that could emphasize resilience and resourcefulness. By drawing attention to the problematic ways that island identities are constituted in climate change discourse in the news media, I advocate a more critical approach to the production and consumption of representations of climate change. CR *AUSTR BUR STAT, 2003, MED REL MELB SYDN EX *AUSTR PARL HANS, 2002, SEN TRANSCR *GREENP, TUV WHAT TRUTH SEA L *HEAR ADC, 2005, SYDN MORN HER *NSSD, 2004, NAT SUMM SUST DEV RE *SECR PAC COMM, 2004, PAC ISL POP 2004 *UN DEV PROGR, 1999, PAC HUM DEV REP 1999 *UNFCCC, NAT AD PROGR ACT ALLEN L, 2004, SMITHSONIAN, V35, P44 ANDERSON KJ, 1991, VANCOUVERS CHINATOWN ASHE JW, 1999, NATURAL RESOURCES FO, V23, P209 BALDACCHINO G, 1993, DEV CHANGE, V24, P29 BALDACCHINO G, 2000, LESSONS POLITICAL EC, P1 BALDACCHINO G, 2004, TIJDSCHR ECON SOC GE, V95, P272 BARNETT J, 2001, 9 TYND CTR CLIM CHAN BARNETT J, 2001, WORLD DEV, V29, P977 BATES DC, 2002, POPUL ENVIRON, V23, P465 BESNIER N, 1995, LIT EMOTION AUTHORIT BISHARAT G, 1997, CULTURE POWER PLACE, P203 BRONNIMANN S, 2002, CLIMATE RES, V22, P87 BURGESS J, 1990, T I BRIT GEOGR, V15, P139 CHAMBERS K, 2001, UNITY HEART CULTURE CHANG TC, 2004, GEOGR ANN B, V86, P165 CHURCH JA, 2004, J CLIMATE, V17, P2609 CONNELL J, 1980, CURRENT AFFAIRS B, V56, P27 CONNELL J, 1993, J COMMONW COMP POLIT, V31, P173 CONNELL J, 1999, PACIFIC STUDIES, V22, P1 CONNELL J, 2003, ASIA PACIFIC VIEWPOI, V44, P89 DRIVER F, 1999, INTRO HUMAN GEOGRAPH, P209 DRIVER F, 2000, SINGAPORE J TROP GEO, V21, P1 ESCHENBACH W, 2004, ENERGY ENV, V15, P527 FARBOTKO C, 2005, CLEAN AIR SOC AUSTR FININ G, 2002, E W CTR WORKING PAPE, V15 FRY G, 1997, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V9, P305 GOLDSMITH M, 1985, TRANSFORMATIONS POLY GOLDSMITH M, 2002, EUR ASS SOC ANTHR C GUPTA A, 1997, CULTURE POWER PLACE, P1 HARAWAY DJ, 1991, SIMIANS CYBORGS WOME HARVEY D, 1993, MAPPING FUTURES LOCA, P3 HAUOFA E, 1993, NEW OCEANIA REDISCOV, P2 HAY J, 2000, CLIMATE CHANGE S PAC, P269 HERB GH, 2004, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V94, P140 HUBBARD P, 2002, THINKING GEOGRAPHICA HUNTER JR, 2004, ENERGY ENV, V15, P925 HUQ S, 2003, MAINSTREAMING ADAPTA JORGENSEN M, 2002, DISCOURSE ANAL THEOR JUPP J, 2003, INT REV VICTIMOLOGY, V10, P157 KLOCKER N, 2003, MEDIA INT AUSTR INCO, V109, P71 KNAPMAN B, 2002, EC PUBLIC SECTOR REV LAUTI T, 1997, TURVALU STATEMENT PR LEWIS J, 1989, ENVIRONMENTALIST, V9, P269 LOXLEY D, 1990, PROBLEMATIC SHORES L MACDONALD B, 1975, FUTURE GILBERT ELLIC MACDONALD B, 1982, CINDERELLAS EMPIRE H MALKKI L, 1992, CULT ANTHROPOL, V7, P24 MARKWICK M, 2001, GEOGRAPHY 1, V86, P37 MARTIN DG, 2000, URBAN GEOGR, V21, P380 MASSEY D, 1993, MAPPING FUTURES LOCA, P59 MCCALL G, 1994, J PACIFIC SOC, V17, P1 MCCALL G, 1996, GEOGR Z, V84, P74 MCCARTHY JJ, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, V1, P1 MELLOR CS, 2003, PACIFIC EC B, V18, P20 PARISI P, 1994, URBAN GEOGR, V15, P376 PERNETTA J, 1990, UNEP REGIONAL SEAS R, V128 PRASAD N, 2004, WORLD ECON, V5, P41 RALSTON H, 2004, CLIMATE CHANGE CHALL REUTERS, 2005, TSUNAMI DAMAGE GIVES RICHARDSON JE, 2001, DISCOURSE SOC, V12, P143 ROYLE SA, 2001, GEOGRAPHY ISLANDS SM SACK RD, 1997, HOMO GEOGRAPHICUS FR SAID E, 1978, ORIENTALISM SAXTON A, 2003, MEDIA INT AUSTR INCO, V109, P109 SEM G, 1996, COASTAL VULNERABILIT SHIELDS R, 1991, PLACES MARGIN ALTERN SLATTERY K, 2003, MEDIA INT AUSTR INCO, V109, P93 SOPOANGA S, 2003, 58 UN GEN ASS STAKE RE, 2000, HDB QUALITATIVE RES, P435 TESFAGHIORGHIS H, 1994, 941 AUSTR NAT U NAT THOMPSON JB, 1995, MEDIA MODERNITY SOCI TOFA M, 2004, 59 UN GEN ASS TOLOA S, 2004, AID WATCH FRIENDS EA VANDIJK TA, 1988, NEWS DISCOURSE WALLWORK J, 2004, BRIT J SOC PSYCHOL 1, V43, P21 NR 83 TC 1 J9 GEOGR ANN SER B-HUMAN GEOGR BP 279 EP 293 PY 2005 VL 87B IS 4 GA 001PL UT ISI:000234548700004 ER PT J AU Janssen, MA Scheffer, M TI Overexploitation of renewable resources by ancient societies and the role of sunk-cost effects SO ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY LA English DT Article C1 Indiana Univ, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. Univ Wageningen & Res Ctr, NL-6700 HB Wageningen, Netherlands. RP Janssen, MA, Indiana Univ, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. AB One of the most persistent mysteries in the history of humankind is the collapse of ancient societies. It is puzzling that societies that achieved such high levels of development disappeared so suddenly. It has been argued that overexploitation of environmental resources played a role in the collapse of such societies. In this paper, we propose an explanation why overexploitation seems more common in ancient societies that built larger structures. This explanation is based on the well-studied sunk-cost effect in human decision making: decisions are often based on past investments rather than expected future returns. This leads to an unwillingness to abandon something (e. g., a settlement) if a great deal has been invested in it, even if future prospects are dim. Empirical study suggests that there are indications of sunk-cost effects in the histories of several ancient societies. A stylized model is used to illustrate under which conditions societal collapse may be expected. Finally, we discuss the consequences of these insights for current societies. CR ANDERIES JM, 2000, ECOL ECON, V35, P393 ARKES HR, 1996, J BEHAV DECIS MAKING, V9, P213 ARKES HR, 1999, PSYCHOL BULL, V125, P591 BARHAM BL, 1998, LAND ECON, V74, P429 BAZERMAN MH, 1984, ORGAN BEHAV HUM DEC, V33, P141 BOEHM C, 1996, CURR ANTHROPOL, V37, P763 BRANDER JA, 1998, AM ECON REV, V88, P119 BROCKNER J, 1992, ACAD MANAGE REV, V17, P39 BRUNK GG, 2002, J THEOR POLIT, V14, P195 CAMERER CF, 1999, J ECON BEHAV ORGAN, V39, P59 CAMERER CF, 2003, BEHAV GAME THEORY EX CLARK CW, 1979, ECONOMETRICA, V47, P5 DALTON TR, 2000, J EVOL ECON, V10, P489 DAWKINS R, 1976, NATURE, V262, P131 DIAMOND J, 1997, GUNS GERMS STEEL SHO DIAMOND J, 2002, TANNER LECT HUMAN VA, V22, P389 DIAMOND J, 2003, NATURE, V424, P891 DUNHAM PS, 1994, ENV GLOBAL PROBLEMS, P441 FARIA JR, 2000, KYKLOS, V53, P161 HEYERDAHL T, 1998, FOOTSTEPS ADAM AUTOB HODELL DA, 1995, NATURE, V375, P391 HODELL DA, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1367 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JANIS I, 1972, VICTIMS GROUPTHINK JANSSEN MA, 2003, CURR ANTHROPOL, V44, P722 MCCARTHY AM, 1993, J BUS VENTURING, V8, P9 NELSON MC, 2001, AM ANTIQUITY, V66, P213 NUR A, 2000, J ARCHAEOL SCI, V27, P43 PONTING C, 1991, GREEN HIST WORLD ENV PRINGLE H, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P924 REDMAN CL, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 REUVENY R, 2000, ECOL ECON, V35, P271 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 STAW BM, 1995, ADMIN SCI QUART, V40, P474 TAINGER JA, 1988, COLLAPSE COMPLEX SOC TAINTER JA, 2000, POPUL ENVIRON, V22, P3 TEGER AL, 1980, TOO MUCH INVESTED QU THALER RH, 1992, WINNERS CURSE PARADO TRIVERS RL, 1972, SEXUAL SELECTION DES, P136 TVERSKY A, 1981, SCIENCE, V211, P453 WEISS H, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P609 YOFFEE N, 1988, COLLAPSE ANCIENT STA NR 42 TC 0 J9 ECOL SOC BP 6 PY 2004 PD JUN VL 9 IS 1 GA 911SN UT ISI:000228025100006 ER PT J AU Riseth, JA TI Sami reindeer herd managers: why do they stay in a low-profit business? SO BRITISH FOOD JOURNAL LA English DT Article C1 NORUT Social Sci Res Ltd, Tromso, Norway. Nord Sami Inst, Kautokeino, Norway. RP Riseth, JA, NORUT Social Sci Res Ltd, Tromso, Norway. AB Purpose - This paper aims to reflect on the Sami reindeer industry, which, in spite of a low economic return, contrasts with other primary industries in not displaying a population decline. Design/methodology/approach - The project in this paper is based on two major hypotheses: the life form hypothesis: reindeer management has a particular value for the performers, being the condition for an active choice of staying within the industry; the capital hypothesis: lacking recognition of the resources of the reindeer-managing Sami is/has been limiting their establishment in capital requiring undertakings. Findings - In the paper there are indications that the reindeer-managing Sami practices are in a Weberian sense a substantial rationality. Analysis at hand indicates close connections between landscape, management type, and type of rationality in reindeer management. Practical implications - The project in the paper analyses the economy of reindeer management in chosen regions by both quantitative and qualitative studies, focusing on the household level. For the quantitative analyses the creation and extent of value streams in the households of reindeer management and near surroundings are focused. In the qualitative analyses the point of departure is decision situations and strategic choices with reindeer-managing Sami. Comparative analyses will be undertaken to explore representation of the regional studies. Originality/value - The paper shows that the design is original and the outcome is expected to have a potential for changing the focus of current policies. CR *FINNM DAGL, 2005, NORG LAV INNT *LANDBR DEP, 1992, ST MELD, V28 *LANS SSR, 1996, SAM PROSJ LANS SVENS *LOVD, 2003, SVARTSK AV 1005 *SOU, 2001, BET RENN KOM *SSR, 1999, SVENSK RENN STAT SWE BEACH H, 1981, UPPSALA STUDIES CULT, V3 BERG B, 2000, 3 NORD SAM I BJORKLUND I, 1990, DEV CHANGE, V21, P75 BOURDIEU P, 1998, SYMBOLSK MAKT BROMLEY DW, 1991, PROPERTY RIGHTS PUBL BROX O, 1993, ACTA BOREALIA JAN, P45 DANELL O, 2000, POLAR RES, V1, P111 DANELL O, 2004, 9 SAMM RANG, P24 DESOTO H, 2000, CAPITALISM TRIUMPHS EIRA AJH, 2002, FOREDRAG STATSSEKRET FJELLHEIM M, 1986, UTVIKLING PROBLEMER GAARE E, 1997, FLORA REINBEITELAND, P7 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HOJRUP T, 1989, GLEMTE FOLK LIVSFORM HOJRUP T, 2003, FDN LIFE MODE ANAL IDIVUOMA PG, 1999, K RAPP 10 NORD FORSK, P53 IMS AA, 2004, RESSURSREGNSKAPET 20 JERNSLETTEN J, 1983, BIRASOAHPPU JERNSLETTEN JLL, 2002, ARCTIC COUNCIL 2000 JOHANSSON S, 1998, RAPPORT TIL EXPERTGR, P8 KALSTAD JK, 1992, THESIS U TROMSO TROM KALSTAD JK, 1995, INNLEGG 0908 KALSTAD JKH, 1997, STUDIE REINDRIFTSTIL KARLSTAD S, 2002, SAMARBEIDSRAPPORT NI, P255 KJELLSTROM R, 2003, SAMERNAS LIV KOLSTAD H, 2001, H BERGSONS FILOSOFI KOSMO A, 1985, DRIFTSOKONOMI MED PL KOSMO A, 1985, LANDBRUKSOKONOMI FEB, P23 KVIST R, 1995, FOREDRAG NORDISKA SA, V13, P9 LABBA N, 2002, EN STUDIE HUR RENSKO LABBA N, 2004, VINDKRAFT RENSKOTSEL NELLEMANN C, 2001, GLOBIO GLOBAL METHOD NIEMINEN N, 1999, K RAPP 10 NORD FORSK, P49 NILSEN R, 1994, GUOVDAGEAIDNU NORDIN A, 2002, DR AVHANDLING SAMI D, V2 PAINE R, 1970, ETHNOLOGY, V9, P52 PAINE R, 1992, ACTA BOREALIA FEB, P3 PAINE R, 1993, ACTA BOREALIA JAN, P47 PAINE R, 1994, HERDS TUNDRA PORTRAI PEDERSEN S, 1994, BRUKEN LAND VANN FIN, P13 PELTO PJ, 1973, SNOWMOBILE REVOLUTIO RAGIN C, 1987, COMP METHOD MOVING Q RAVNA O, 2003, INTERVIEW SAGAT, V22, P8 RISETH JA, 2000, THESIS AGR U NORWAY RISETH JA, 2001, NATURRESSURSER MILJO, P59 RISETH JA, 2002, P INT WORKSH NAT PAS, P15 RISETH JA, 2002, REINDEER KEYSTONE SP RISETH JA, 2003, INDIGENOUS PEOPLES R, P229 RISETH JA, 2005, DISCOURSES SILENCES, P35 RONNEGARD L, 2003, THESIS SWEDISH U AGR RUONG I, 1982, ALDUS AKAD SCHNITLER P, 1985, GRENSEEKSAMINASJONSP, V3 SMUK OE, 1988, OKONOMISK RAPPORT, V4 SOLEM E, 1970, LAPPISKE RETTSSTUDIE SOYLAND V, 2002, 9 NILF TONNESEN S, 1979, RETTEN JORDEN FINNMA TURI JM, 2002, ARCTIC CTR REPORTS, V36 ULVEVADET B, 2000, THESIS U 1 OSLO ULVEVADET B, 2004, FAMILY BASED REINDEE VORREN O, 1976, SAMEKULTUREN VORREN O, 1978, BOSETNING RESSURSUTN, P145 NR 67 TC 0 J9 BR FOOD J BP 541 EP 559 PY 2006 VL 108 IS 7 GA 075WB UT ISI:000239915300004 ER PT J AU Brown, JR Herrick, JE Price, D TI Managing low-output agroecosystems sustainably: the importance of ecological thresholds SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF FOREST RESEARCH-REVUE CANADIENNE DE RECHERCHE FORESTIERE LA English DT Article C1 New Mexico State Univ, USDA, Jornada Expt Range, Las Cruces, NM 88003 USA. USA, Corps Engineers, Resources Lab, Champaign, IL 61826 USA. RP Brown, JR, New Mexico State Univ, USDA, Jornada Expt Range, MSC 3JER, Las Cruces, NM 88003 USA. AB Managing vegetation to achieve ecological, economic, and social goals is difficult. Inherent complexity among ecosystem components and unpredictable climate often limit opportunities for converting cultural inputs to harvestable products. In addition, the long lag time between treatment and financial return makes capital investment in vegetation management economically risky. One tool that can assist land managers in dealing with these constraints is the identification of ecological thresholds and elucidation of processes that signal undesirable change before it is entrained. This approach places a premium on early detection of degrading processes and implementation of management responses in the initial stages of land degradation. Managerial expertise and manipulation of naturally occurring processes, rather than cultural inputs, are key management decisions. In this paper we review current applications of the threshold concept as a management decision point and propose modifications for use in managing plant communities with low potential for annual economic return. We also propose that research and institutional programs for sustainable land management shift direction toward identifying ecological thresholds and focus on developing low-input responses to avoid, rather than restore, land degradation. CR ALBALADEJO J, 1998, SOIL USE MANAGE, V14, P1 ARCHER S, 1989, AM NAT, V134, P545 ARCHER S, 1991, GRAZING MANAGEMENT E, P109 ARCHER S, 1994, ECOLOGICAL IMPLICATI, P13 ASH AJ, 1995, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V56, P77 ASH AJ, 1996, 9 BIENN AUSTR RANG C, P219 AULD BA, 1987, AGR SYST, V25, P219 BEERLING DJ, 1993, NEW PHYTOL, V125, P641 BELSKY AJ, 1996, J RANGE MANAGE, V49, P53 BLACKBURN WH, 1994, VARIABILITY RANGELAN, P1 BRISKE DD, 1991, GRAZING MANAGEMENT E, P85 BROWN JR, 1993, P 10 AUSTR WEEDS C W, P471 BROWN JR, 1994, TROP GRASSLANDS, V28, P206 BROWN JR, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P289 BROWN JR, 1996, TROP GRASSLANDS, V30, P47 BROWN JR, 1998, J VEG SCI, V9, P829 BROWN JR, 1998, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V13, P93 COBLE HD, 1992, WEED TECHNOL, V6, P191 CONNER JR, 1994, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V28, P143 COUSENS R, 1995, DYNAMICS WEED POPULA FRIEDEL MH, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P422 GARDENER CJ, 1990, AUSTR ECOSYSTEMS 200, P185 GIAMPIETRO M, 1992, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V38, P219 GRICE AC, 1996, P 11 AUSTR WEEDS C 3, P195 GRUMBINE RE, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P27 GRUMBINE RE, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P41 HAEUBER R, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P692 HEISSENBUTTEL AE, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P730 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P733 HUMPHRIES SE, 1991, 2 CSIRO ANPWS KAY JJ, 1991, ENVIRON MANAGE, V15, P483 KRITICOS D, 1999, IN PRESS BIOL CONTRO LAYCOCK WA, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P427 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MCIVOR JG, 1990, AUSTR ECOSYSTEMS 200, P273 MCKEON GM, 1990, J BIOGEOGR, V17, P355 MCNAUGHTON SJ, 1993, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST, P361 MILLER EN, 1997, P 41 AUSTR AGR RES E NEILSON RP, 1986, SCIENCE, V232, P27 NICHOLLS N, 1997, NATURE, V387, P484 NOBLE JC, 1998, DELICATE NOXIOUS SCR RISSER PG, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P742 SCHLESINGER WH, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P364 SCIFRES CJ, 1980, BRUSH MANAGEMENT SMITH MS, 1997, FRONTIERS ECOLOGY, P7 STUTH JW, 1991, GRAZING MANAGEMENT E, P201 THUROW TL, 1991, GRAZING MANAGEMENT E, P141 TILMAN D, 1996, NATURE, V379, P718 WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 NR 50 TC 3 J9 CAN J FOREST RES BP 1112 EP 1119 PY 1999 PD JUL VL 29 IS 7 GA 231ZZ UT ISI:000082342400031 ER PT J AU Zhai, GF Fukuzono, T Ikeda, S TI An empirical model of fatalities and injuries due to floods in Japan SO JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN WATER RESOURCES ASSOCIATION LA English DT Article C1 Natl Res Inst Earth Sci & Disaster Prevent NIED, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 3050006, Japan. Univ Tsukuba, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 3058573, Japan. RP Zhai, GF, Natl Res Inst Earth Sci & Disaster Prevent NIED, Tennodai 3-1, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 3050006, Japan. AB This paper provides a framework for analyzing flood fatalities and injuries, and it describes the derivation of a generalized flood risk (i.e., flood consequences and their probabilities) function by introducing an integrated index (the number of residential buildings affected by a flood) that represents the major change in the power relation among the flood intensity, regional vulnerability, and resilience. Both the probabilities and the numbers of fatalities and injuries clearly increase significantly after the flood severity (in terms of the number of inundated buildings) passes a branch point. Below the branch point, it is still possible for fatalities and injuries to occur because of the variability in the data and the uncertainty in the predicted fatality values. The empirical models of fatalities and injuries due to floods in Japan suggested the usefulness in predicting fatalities and injuries and evaluating the efficacy of the warning or other emergency response measures. CR *CENTR MET OBS, 1920, ANN STAT DIR *FIR DIS MAN AG JA, 1955, CURR STAT FIR DIS FI *FIR DIS MAN AG JA, 1966, FIR SERV WHIT BOOK *FIR DIS MAN AG JA, 2003, DAM SIT H RAIN JUL 1 *JAP CAB OFF, 2001, GUID CERT BUILD DAM *JAP MET AG, 1957, ANN STAT DIR *JAP MET AG, 2004, REP JAP MET AG *JAP MIN CONSTR, 1947, FLOOD DIS STAT *JAP MIN CONSTR, 1953, DIS STAT *JAP MIN LAND INFR, 2001, DIS STAT *JAP MIN LAND INFR, 2001, FLOOD DIS STAT *KAT LAB, 2004, REP 2004 NIIG FUK FL *MIN LAND INFR TRA, 2000, EC INV MAN FLOOD CON *MUN, 2003, TOP ANN REV NAT CAT *RECPAS, 2000, RES BUILD ASS *RIV BUR MIN CONST, 1947, DIS STAT *RIV BUR MIN CONST, 1947, FLOOD DIS STAT *RIV BUR MIN LAND, 2001, DIS STAT *RIV BUR MIN LAND, 2001, FLOOD DIS STAT ABT SR, 1989, WATER RESOURCES B, V25, P881 AHOELATA M, 2003, RISK BASED DECISION BROWN CA, 1988, WATER RESOUR BULL, V24, P1303 DEKAY ML, 1993, RISK ANAL, V13, P193 GRAHAM WJ, 1999, DSO9906 US BUR RECL JOFFE H, 1999, RISK OTHER JONKMAN SN, 2001, FOOD RISK ANAL APPL JONKMAN SN, 2002, FLOOD DEFENCE 2002 P, P196 JONKMAN SN, 2005, NAT HAZARDS, V34, P151 LIND N, 2000, P APPL STAT PROB BAL MCCLELLAND DM, 2002, 02R3 IRW MIZUTANI T, 1996, GEOGRAPHICAL REV J A, V69, P744 MOTOYOSHI T, 2004, JAPANESE J SOCIAL PS, V20, P58 VANMANEN SE, 1994, 9 MIN TRANSP PUBL WO VROUWENVELDER ACW, 1997, 97CONR0332 TNO WAARTS PH, 1992, METHODS DETERMINING ZHAI G, 2002, COMPUT INTELL, P208 ZHAI G, 2003, REV URBAN REGIONAL D, V15, P238 NR 37 TC 0 J9 J AM WATER RESOUR ASSOC BP 863 EP 875 PY 2006 PD AUG VL 42 IS 4 GA 086AC UT ISI:000240644500004 ER PT J AU Conway, GR TI Ecological principles in agricultural policy: but which principles? A response SO FOOD POLICY LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Rockfeller Fdn, New York, NY 10018 USA. RP Conway, GR, Rockfeller Fdn, 420 5th Ave, New York, NY 10018 USA. CR CONWAY GR, 1997, DOUBLY GREEN REVOLUT CONWAY GR, 1994, SUSTAINABLE AGR FOOD GRIME JP, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1260 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 MAY RM, 1981, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY MILLER N, 1992, ORIGINS AGR INT PERS MILLER RM, 1992, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY SMITH BD, 1995, EMERGENCE AGR WOOD D, 1999, FOOD POLICY, V23, P371 NR 9 TC 0 J9 FOOD POLICY BP 17 EP 20 PY 1999 PD FEB VL 24 IS 1 GA 196VN UT ISI:000080328800003 ER PT J AU Agee, JK TI Achieving conservation biology objectives with fire in the Pacific Northwest SO WEED TECHNOLOGY AB Fire has been a part of natural ecosystems for many millennia. The species of those ecosystems have evolved through a series of ''coarse filters,'' one of which is resistance or resilience to disturbance by fire. Plant adaptations to fire include the ability to sprout, seed bank adaptations in the soil or canopy, high dispersal ability for seeds, and thick bark. These adaptations are often to a particular fire regime, or combination of fire frequency, intensity, extent, and season. Fire can be used by managers to achieve species to ecosystem-level conservation biology objectives. Examples using prescribed fire include the grasslands of the Puget Trough of Washington State, maintenance of oak woodlands, and perpetuation of ponderosa pine/mixed-conifer forests. Nomenclature: Oak, Quercus spp., ponderosa pine, Pinus ponderosa Dougl. ex. Loud. CR AGEE JK, 1986, P NAT WILD RES C CUR, P17 AGEE JK, 1993, FIRE ECOLOGY PACIFIC BRUBAKER LB, 1991, WILDLIFE VEGETATION, P17 COOPER CF, 1960, ECOL MONOGR, V30, P129 DAVIES J, 1980, DOUGLAS FORESTS FRANKLIN JF, 1973, 8 PNW USDA FOR SERV GRIFFIN JR, 1977, CAL NAT PLANT SOC SP, V9, P384 KAUFFMAN JB, 1990, NATURAL PRESCRIBED F, P39 WEAVER H, 1943, J FOREST, V41, P7 WILKES C, 1845, NARRATIVE US EXPEDIT, V5 WRIGHT HA, 1982, FIRE ECOLOGY NR TC 9 BP 417 EP 421 PY 1996 PD APR-JUN VL 10 IS 2 UT ISI:A1996UP85600028 ER PT J AU Warren, WA TI Response to Commentaries on "Hierarchy theory in sociology, ecology, and resource management: A conceptual model for natural resource or environmental sociology and socioecological systems'' SO SOCIETY & NATURAL RESOURCES LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Ecosocial Anal LLC, Moscow, ID 83843 USA. RP Warren, WA, Ecosocial Anal LLC, POB 9964, Moscow, ID 83843 USA. CR *NSF ADV COMM ENV, 2003, COMPL ENV SYST SYNTH ALBERTI M, 2003, BIOSCIENCE, V53, P1169 ALLEN TFH, 1992, UNIFIED ECOLOGY BENNETT JW, 1976, PERGAMON FRONTIERS A BEUS CE, 1993, ADV HUM ECOL, V2, P93 BUSCH L, 1989, COMMUNICATION NOV FRIEDLAND R, 1991, NEW I ORG ANAL, P232 GIDDENS A, 1981, ADV SOCIAL THEORY ME, P335 GIDDENS A, 1984, CONSTITUTION SOC OUT GORDON J, 2002, NEW GOVERNANCE MODEL, P4 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P63 KAY JJ, 1993, ECOLOGICAL INTEGRITY, P201 KING AW, 1993, ECOLOGICAL INTEGRITY, P19 LACKEY RT, 2001, BIOSCIENCE, V51, P437 MACHLIS GE, 1997, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V10, P347 MANN M, 1986, SOURCES SOCIAL POWER, V1 MANN M, 1993, SOURCES SOCIAL POWER, V2 MARCUS G, 2004, BIRTH MIND TINY NUMB NAVEH Z, 2000, BIOSCIENCE, V50, P357 NORTON BG, 1996, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT, P424 ONEILL RV, 1986, MONOGRAPHS POPULATIO, V23 SCOONES I, 1999, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V28, P479 SEWELL WH, 1992, AM J SOCIOL, V1, P1 SHRAEDERFRECHET.KS, 1993, METHOD ECOLOGY STRAT WIENER JB, 1996, DUKE ENV LAW POLICY, V7, P1 NR 26 TC 0 J9 SOC NATUR RESOUR BP 479 EP 486 PY 2005 PD MAY-JUN VL 18 IS 5 GA 923BX UT ISI:000228884800007 ER PT J AU Norton, BG Steinemann, AC TI Environmental values and adaptive management SO ENVIRONMENTAL VALUES LA English DT Article C1 Georgia Inst Technol, Sch Publ Policy, Atlanta, GA 30332 USA. Georgia Inst Technol, City Planning Program, Atlanta, GA 30332 USA. RP Norton, BG, Georgia Inst Technol, Sch Publ Policy, Atlanta, GA 30332 USA. AB The trend in environmental management toward more adaptive, community-based, and holistic approaches will require new approaches to environmental valuation. In this paper, we offer a new valuation approach, one that embodies the core principles of adaptive management, which is experimental, multiscalar, and place-based. In addition, we use hierarchy theory to incorporate spatial and temporal variability of natural systems into a multi-scalar management model. Our approach results in the consideration of multiple values within community-based ecosystem management, rather than an attempt to maximise a single variable such as economic efficiency. We then offer two heuristics - one procedural and one evaluative - to guide a community toward shared goals, and to develop indicators to measure progress toward these goals. We illustrate our approach by application to environmental and developmental decisions in the Southern Appalachians. CR *UNCHS, 1994, REP EXPERT GROUP M U *USEPA, 1990, RED RISK SETT PRIOR AGEE JK, 1988, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT ALBERTI M, 1996, ENVIRON IMPACT ASSES, V16, P381 ALLEN TFH, 1982, HIERARCHY PERSPECTIV ALLEN TFH, 1992, UNIFIED ECOLOGY COMP ARIANSEN P, 1997, SKOGFORSK COMMUNICAT BURGESS J, 1988, ENVIRON PLANN A, V20, P309 BURGESS J, 1988, ENVIRON PLANN A, V20, P457 BURGESS J, 1998, ENVIRON PLANN A, V30, P1445 COMMON MS, 1993, ENVIRON VALUE, V2, P299 CORTNER HJ, 1994, ENVIRON MANAGE, V18, P167 DANIELS SE, 1996, ENVIRON IMPACT ASSES, V16, P71 EHRENFELD D, 1993, BEGINNING AGAIN PEOP FREEMAN R, 1993, MEASUREMENT ENV RESO GLASSER H, 1995, THESIS U CALIFORNIA GREGORY RS, 1992, J POLICY ANAL MANAG, V11, P58 GREGORY RS, 1993, J RISK UNCERTAINTY, V7, P177 GREGORY RS, 1994, MANAGE SCI, V40, P1035 GRETHER DM, 1979, AM ECON REV, V69, P623 GRUMBINE RE, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P27 GUNDERSEN AG, 1995, ENV PROMISE DEMOCRAT GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HARRISON CM, 1996, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V6, P215 HOLLING CS, 1978, ILASA INT SERIES APP HOLLING CS, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P447 HOLLING CS, 1996, ENV ECOLOGICAL CONST INNES JE, 1999, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V65, P412 INNES JE, 1999, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V65, P9 KAHNEMAN D, 1982, JUDGEMENT UNCERTAINT KEENEY RL, 1996, EUR J OPER RES, V92, P537 KEMMIS D, 1990, COMMUNITY POLITICS P KEMPTON W, 1995, ENV VALUES AM CULTUR LEE K, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE LEOPOLD A, 1949, SAND COUNTY ALMANAC MACLAREN VW, 1996, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V62, P184 MCCLAIN RJ, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P437 MORRISON R, 1995, ECOLOGICAL DEMOCRACY NORTON BG, 1998, ECOL ECON, V24, P193 NORTON BG, 1998, PHILOS GEOGR, V3, P119 NORTON BG, 1988, CONSERV BIOL, V2, P93 NORTON BG, 1990, ECOL ECON, V2, P119 NORTON BG, 1991, UNITY ENV NORTON BG, 1992, AMBIO, V21, P244 NORTON BG, 1994, ENVIRON VALUE, V3, P311 NORTON BG, 1995, ECOL ECON, V14, P113 NORTON BG, 1995, ECOSYST HEALTH, V1, P228 NORTON BG, 1996, ENV PRAGMATISM NORTON BG, 1997, LAND ECON, V73, P553 NORTON BG, 1999, FAIRNESS FUTURITY ONEILL RV, 1986, HIERARCHICAL CONCEPT PAGE T, 1977, CONSERVATION EC EFFI REICH RB, 1988, POWER PUBLIC IDEAS SABATIER PA, 1998, J EUR PUBLIC POLICY, V5, P98 SAGOFF M, 1988, EC EARTH SAGOFF M, 1998, ECOL ECON, V24, P213 SAMSON FB, 1996, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT SHEPHERD A, 1997, J ENV PLANNING MANAG, V40, P725 SHEPHERD A, 1998, ENV METHODS REV RETO SHRADERFRECHETT.KS, 1994, METHOD ECOLOGY STRAT SLOVIC P, 1990, INSIGHTS DECISION MA, P5 SLOVIC P, 1995, AM PSYCHOL, V50, P364 STEINEMANN A, 2001, ENVIRON IMPACT ASSES, V21, P3 STIGLER GJ, 1977, AM ECON REV, V67, P76 TOULMIN S, 1972, HUMAN KNOWLEDGE, V1 TVERSKY A, 1990, AM ECON REV, V80, P204 VATN A, 1994, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V26, P129 VONWINTERFELDT D, 1986, DECISION ANAL BEHAV WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WALTERS CJ, 1997, CONSERVATION ECOLOGY, V1 WEBLER T, 1995, ENVIRON IMPACT ASSES, V15, P443 NR 71 TC 2 J9 ENVIRON VALUE BP 473 EP 506 PY 2001 PD NOV VL 10 IS 4 GA 497PX UT ISI:000172465600004 ER PT J AU LEVINS, R WILSON, M TI ECOLOGICAL THEORY AND PEST-MANAGEMENT SO ANNUAL REVIEW OF ENTOMOLOGY LA English DT Review RP LEVINS, R, HARVARD UNIV,SCH PUBL HLTH,DEPT POPULAT SCI,BOSTON,MA 02215. CR AGARWAL RA, 1976, HOST PLANT RELATION, P13 ALLAN JD, 1973, ECOLOGY, V54, P628 ALLAN JD, 1975, OECOLOGIA, V22, P49 ALTIERI MA, 1977, PANS, V23, P195 ANDREWARTHA HG, 1954, DISTRIBUTION ABUNDAN BROWN JH, 1971, AM NAT, V105, P467 BROWNING JA, 1977, PLANT DIS ADV TREATI, V1, P191 BRUNER SC, 1975, CATALOGO INSECTOS AT COX GW, 1975, B ECOL SOC AM, V56, P2 DALTON GE, 1975, STUDY AGRICULTURAL S DIAMOND JM, 1973, SCIENCE, V179, P759 DYADECHKO NP, 1978, ZASHCH RAST, V2, P22 GARDNER MR, 1970, NATURE, V228, P784 GILBERT L, 1977, COMPORTEMENT INSECTE, P399 GOODMAN D, 1975, Q REV BIOL, V50, P237 HAIRSTON NG, 1968, ECOLOGY, V49, P1091 HASSELL MP, 1978, DYNAMICS ARTHROPOD P HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HUFFAKER CB, 1971, BIOL CONTROL, P16 HUFFAKER CB, 1974, 1ST P INT C EC HAG, P304 HUFFAKER CB, 1974, ENTOMOPHAGA, V19, P371 HUFFAKER CB, 1976, THEORY PRACTICE BIOL, P41 HUFFAKER CB, 1977, 15TH P INT C ENT WAS, P560 JANZEN DH, 1968, AM NAT, V102, P592 JANZEN DH, 1973, SCIENCE, V182, P1212 JERMY T, 1976, HOST PLANT RELATION KNIPLING EF, 1977, BIOL CONTROL AUGMENT, P79 LAWTON JH, 1978, DIVERSITY INSECT FAU, P105 LEVIN DA, 1976, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V7, P121 LEVINS R, AM NAT LEVINS R, 1966, AM SCI, V54, P421 LEVINS R, 1966, EVOLUTION CHANGING E LEVINS R, 1969, B ENTOMOL SOC AM, V15, P237 LEVINS R, 1973, AM SCI, V61, P463 LEVINS R, 1973, SCIENCE, V181, P523 LEVINS R, 1974, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V231, P123 LOUCKS OL, 1977, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V8, P173 MACARTHUR RH, 1963, EVOLUTION, V17, P373 MACARTHUR RH, 1967, AM NAT, V101, P377 MACARTHUR RH, 1967, THEORY ISLAND BIOGEO MACKINNON JC, 1975, AGROECOSYSTEMS, V2, P277 MAGUIRE B, 1971, STRUCTURE FUNCTION F, P121 MAY R, 1975, STABILITY COMPLEXITY MAYER A, 1974, DAEDALUS, V103, P83 MAYSE MA, 1977, AGRO ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P387 MURDOCH WW, 1975, J APPL ECOL, V12, P795 OATMAN ER, 1964, J ECON ENTOMOL, V57, P978 PERRIN RM, 1978, ENTOMOL EXP APPL, V24, P385 PIMENTEL D, 1973, ENVIRON ENTOMOL, V2, P659 PIMENTEL D, 1977, ORIGINS PEST PARASIT, P3 PRICE PW, 1975, INTRO INSECT PEST MA, P37 PRICE PW, 1976, ENVIRON ENTOMOL, V5, P605 RABB RL, 1974, P SUMMER I BIOL CONT, P19 RABB RL, 1976, THEORY PRACTICE BIOL, P233 REY JR, ENV ENTOMOL RICKER WE, 1954, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V11, P559 ROOT RB, 1973, ECOL MONOGR, V43, P95 RUESINK WG, 1976, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V21, P27 SHOEMAKER CA, 1977, ECOSYSTEM MODELING T, P546 SHUMAKOV EM, 1977, BIOL CONTROL AUGMENT, P39 SIMMONDS FJ, 1972, ENTOMOPHAGA, V17, P251 SIMMONDS FJ, 1977, ORIGINS PEST PARASIT, P109 SOUTHWOOD TRE, 1970, CONCEPTS PEST MANAGE, P6 SOUTHWOOD TRE, 1978, DIVERSITY INSECT FAU, P19 STRONG DR, 1979, ANNUAL REV ENTOMOLOG, V24, P89 TAYLOR LR, 1978, DIVERSITY INSECT FAU, P1 THOMPSON WR, 1956, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V1, P379 VANEMDEN HF, 1974, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V19, P455 WARTERS ME, 1969, THESIS U MINN WAY MJ, 1977, ORIGINS PEST PARASIT, P127 ZANDSTRA BH, 1978, PANS PEST ART NEWS S, V24, P333 NR 71 TC 36 J9 ANNU REV ENTOMOL BP 287 EP 308 PY 1980 VL 25 GA JA308 UT ISI:A1980JA30800012 ER PT J AU Beisner, BE Dent, CL Carpenter, SR TI Variability of lakes on the landscape: Roles of phosphorus, food webs, and dissolved organic carbon SO ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Limnol, Madison, WI 53706 USA. RP Beisner, BE, Univ Guelph, Dept Zool, Guelph, ON N1G 2W1, Canada. AB In northern temperate lakes, algal abundance or chlorophyll levels are affected by phosphorus loading (P), dissolved organic carbon (DOC), and food web effects from trophic cascades induced by anglers. To investigate how changes in land use and climate might affect future chlorophyll conditions in these lakes, we created a nonlinear model for take chlorophyll that considers the effects of these factors. Parameters were estimated for northern Wisconsin lakes. We show that resilience of the clear-water state in a single lake is maximized when P inputs are low, DOC is high, and angler pressure is low. We simulated a population of lakes to understand the current distribution of chlorophyll and resilience across lakes in the landscape. Under current conditions of land and lake use in the area, the model indicates that most lakes in the region are resilient clear-water lakes. Low chlorophyll levels, however, do not guarantee resiliency. Resilience shows a bimodal distribution suggesting that, with stochastic shocks or changing conditions, more lakes could shift to a high chlorophyll state that is costly to remediate. We also simulated a limnological comparative study to determine what conclusions would be drawn from a common research method if lacustrine ecosystem dynamics are indeed faithfully generated by our model. We show that phosphorus input will most often appear to be the most significant driver of lake chlorophyll levels, despite the fact that all mechanisms (including DOC and grazing) drive the dynamics. This finding suggests that long-standing debates in limnology about the primary drivers of algal abundance are explainable by differences in research approaches. This work brings together community and ecosystem ecology and shows how their processes can interact to drive higher-order feedbacks. CR *NRC, 1992, REST AQ EC SCI TECHN BEARD TD, 1997, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V17, P621 BROOKS JL, 1965, SCIENCE, V150, P28 CANFIELD DE, 1981, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V38, P414 CARACO NF, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P51 CARPENTER SR, 1983, J THEOR BIOL, V105, P273 CARPENTER SR, 1991, COMP ANAL ECOSYSTEMS, P67 CARPENTER SR, 1993, TROPHIC CASCADE LAKE CARPENTER SR, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P559 CARPENTER SR, 1998, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V43, P73 CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 CARPENTER SR, 1999, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V44, P1179 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOL MONOGR, V71, P163 CHAPRA SC, 1983, ENG APPROACHES LAKE, V2 CHARLTON MN, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P1531 CHRISTENSEN DL, 1995, J PLANKTON RES, V17, P1461 COLE J, 1991, COMP ANAL ECOSYSTEMS COLE JJ, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P310 COOKE GD, 1993, RESTORATION MANAGEME CORNETT RJ, 1980, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V25, P672 DETTMERS JM, 1996, T AM FISH SOC, V125, P27 DIEHL S, 2002, ECOLOGY, V83, P386 EILERS JM, 1983, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V40, P1896 FEE EJ, 1996, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V41, P912 FRANCKO DA, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P302 GERGEL SE, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P1377 GLASS GE, 1994, US EPA ERLDUMD ACID HILBORN R, 1997, ECOLOGICAL DETECTIVE HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JACKSON TA, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P2300 JEPPESEN E, 1999, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V395, P419 JONES RI, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V229, P73 KALFF J, 2001, LIMNOLOGY KITCHELL JF, 1993, HUMANS COMPONENTS EC, P111 KRATZ TK, 1997, FRESHWATER BIOL, V37, P209 KRATZ TK, 2000, FRESHWATER BIOL, V43, P297 LARSEN DP, 1981, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V26, P740 MAZUMDER A, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P468 MILLS EL, 1982, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V2, P14 MORTIMER CH, 1941, J ECOL, V29, P280 MORTIMER CH, 1942, J ECOL, V30, P147 MYERS RA, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P1106 NURNBERG GK, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P135 NURNBERG GK, 1998, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V43, P1544 PACE ML, 1984, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V41, P1089 POST JR, 2002, FISHERIES, V27, P6 RASMUSSEN JB, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P1336 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, ECOLOGY FRESHWATER P RIGLER FH, 1995, SCI LIMNOLOGY RIPLEY BD, 1987, STOCHASTIC SIMULATIO SAS H, 1989, LAKE RESTORATION RED SCHEFFER M, 1997, ECOLOGY SHALLOW LAKE SCHINDLER DW, 1977, SCIENCE, V195, P260 SHEFFER M, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P275 SNUCINS E, 2000, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V45, P1639 SORANNO PA, 1997, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V54, P1883 STAMAND A, 1993, TROPHIC CASCADE LAKE, P210 STEIN RA, 1995, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V52, P2518 TESSIER AJ, 2002, ECOLOGY, V83, P1263 WETZEL RG, 1990, MEM I ITAL IDROBIOL, V47, P233 NR 60 TC 0 J9 ECOLOGY BP 1563 EP 1575 PY 2003 PD JUN VL 84 IS 6 GA 706KB UT ISI:000184451900025 ER PT J AU Lees, K Pitois, S Scott, C Frid, C Mackinson, S TI Characterizing regime shifts in the marine environment SO FISH AND FISHERIES LA English DT Article C1 CEFAS Lab, Fish Behav Team, Lowestoft NR33 0HY, Suffolk, England. Univ Newcastle, Dove Marine Lab, Sch Marine Sci & Technol, N Shields NE30 4PZ, Tyne & Wear, England. Univ Liverpool, Sch Biol Sci, Liverpool L69 7ZB, Merseyside, England. RP Lees, K, CEFAS Lab, Fish Behav Team, Pakefield Rd, Lowestoft NR33 0HY, Suffolk, England. AB Recent years have seen a plethora of studies reporting that 'regime shifts' have occurred in the North Atlantic and Pacific Oceans during the last century. In many cases, the criteria used to distinguish a regime shift have not been explicitly stated. In other cases, a formal definition has been proposed and the data set assessed against it. Developing a universal quantitative definition for identifying and distinguishing between purported climatic and ecological regime shifts has proved problematic as many authors have developed criteria that seem unique to the system under study. Consequently, they throw little light on the drivers of ecological regime shifts. Criteria used to define regime shifts are reviewed and on the basis of evidence from purported regime shifts, common characteristics in the speed and amplitude of the changes and the duration of quasi-stable states are used to propose a more clearly defined set of criteria for defining climatic and ecological regime shifts. Causal drivers of regime shifts are explored using correlation analysis. Limitations of these methods are discussed. CR *ICES, 2004, 01 ICES CM 2005ACFM *PICES, 2005, PIC ADV REP FISH EC *UNESCO, 1998, 3 CARICOMP UNESCO ALHEIT J, 1997, FISH OCEANOGR, V6, P130 ANDERSON DJ, 1989, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V52, P209 ARONSON RB, 2000, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V45, P251 BAKUN A, 1996, PATTERNS OCEAN OCEAN BEAMISH RJ, 1997, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V54, P543 BEAMISH RJ, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V56, P516 BEAUGRAND G, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P1692 BEAUGRAND G, 2003, NATURE, V426, P661 BEAUGRAND G, 2004, PROG OCEANOGR, V60, P245 BENSON AJ, 2002, FISH FISH, V3, P95 CHILDERS DL, 1990, CLIM RES, V1, P31 CLARK RA, 2003, ICES J MAR SCI, V60, P187 COLLIE JS, 2004, PROG OCEANOGR, V60, P281 CRUZ JB, 1990, CONDOR, V92, P160 CURY P, 2004, PROG OCEANOGR, V60, P223 DASKALOV GM, 2002, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V225, P53 DEYOUNG B, 2004, PROG OCEANOGR, V60, P143 DOOLEY HD, 1984, THESIS U ABERDEEN AB FRANCIS RC, 1998, FISH OCEANOGR, V7, P1 FROMENTIN JM, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V134, P111 GENNER MJ, 2004, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V271, P655 GLYNN PW, 1988, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V19, P309 HARE SR, 1999, FISHERIES, V24, P6 HARE SR, 2000, PROG OCEANOGR, V47, P103 HARVEY CJ, 2003, ICES J MAR SCI, V60, P939 HISLOP JRG, 1996, ICES J MAR SCI, V53, P1146 HSIEH C, 2005, NATURE, V435, P346 HURRELL J, 2003, N ATLANTIC OSCILLATI JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P629 KING JR, 2005, 28 PICES KIROV B, 2002, PHYS CHEM EARTH, V27, P441 LAPOINTE BE, 1997, LIMNOL OCEANOGR 2, V42, P1119 LLUCHBELDA D, 1989, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V8, P195 MACLEAN JL, 1989, MAR POLLUT BULL, V20, P304 MANTUA NJ, 1997, B AM METEOROL SOC, V78, P1069 MANTUA NJ, 2002, J OCEANOGR, V58, P35 MARSHALL J, 2001, INT J CLIMATOL, V21, P1863 MCFARLANE GA, 2000, PROG OCEANOGR, V47, P147 MCKINNELL SM, 2001, PROG OCEANOGR, V49, P1 MOLLES MC, 1990, J N AMER BENTHOL SOC, V9, P68 MOSES CS, 2001, B MAR SCI, V68, P327 MURRAY SN, 1989, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V58, P113 MYSAK LA, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P464 NICHOLLS N, 1991, VEGETATIO, V91, P23 NOYMEIR I, 1975, J ECOL, V63, P459 PACE ML, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P483 PARSONS LS, 2001, PROG OCEANOGR, V49, P167 PINNEGAR JK, 2000, ENVIRON CONSERV, V27, P179 PLANQUE B, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V134, P101 PLANQUE B, 1998, ICES J MAR SCI, V55, P644 REASER JK, 2000, CONSERV BIOL, V14, P1500 REID PC, 1998, FISH OCEANOGR, V7, P282 REID PC, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P495 REID PC, 2001, FISH RES, V50, P163 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SHARP GD, 1993, OCEANOGRAPHY, V6, P13 SIMS DW, 2001, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V268, P2607 SOUTHWARD AJ, 1988, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V68, P423 STONE L, 1999, ECOL LETT, V2, P325 TAYLOR AH, 1980, OCEANOL ACTA, V3, P145 TAYLOR AH, 1992, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V72, P919 TAYLOR AH, 1995, ICES J MAR SCI, V52, P711 TAYLOR AH, 1996, INT J CLIMATOL, V16, P559 TAYLOR AH, 1998, NATURE, V393, P638 TAYLOR AH, 1998, TELLUS A, V50, P134 TAYLOR AH, 2002, CHANGING STATES LARG, P3 TEGNER MJ, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P579 TESTA JW, 1991, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V48, P631 THACKER RW, 2001, CORAL REEFS, V19, P318 VANDENBOSCH R, 2000, WATERBIRDS, V23, P416 VASCONCELLOS M, 1997, ECOL MODEL, V100, P125 VERGANI DF, 2004, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V268, P293 WOOSTER WS, 2004, PROG OCEANOGR, V60, P183 NR 76 TC 1 J9 FISH FISH BP 104 EP 127 PY 2006 PD JUN VL 7 IS 2 GA 040QI UT ISI:000237395100003 ER PT J AU Sorbo, GM TI Pastoral ecosystems and the issue of scale SO AMBIO LA English DT Article C1 Chr Michelsen Inst, NO-5892 Bergen, Norway. RP Sorbo, GM, Chr Michelsen Inst, POB 6033, NO-5892 Bergen, Norway. AB This paper uses examples from Kenya and the Sudan to argue that the scale at which we pitch our analysis when trying to identify the basic properties of pastoral ecosystems may not be appropriate when it comes to recommending policy measures to secure the continued viability of pastoral herding. Pastoral households are always parts of large-scale economic and social structures. In many cases, such integration has provided the basis for the continued viability of pastoral adaptations. In other cases, the changing nature of local economies and social relations following from integration into large systems, has threatened the viability of pastoral herding or led to increasing differentiation within and between local communities. This paper raises the issue of how we most fruitfully define and delimit ecological and social systems in different local settings. It also questions conventional approaches to community-based natural resource management, which are now attracting widespread international attention. CR *DHV CONS, 1989, ENV PROF KASS PROV E ANDERSON DM, 1988, ECOLOGY SURVIVAL CAS, P1 BARTH F, 1978, SCALE SOCIAL ORG, P253 BEHNKE R, 1992, 53 WORLD BANK BENNETT JW, 1988, POWER POVERTY DEV DE, P310 BLAIKIE PM, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC BROCHDUE V, 1983, WOMEN BACKSTAGE DEV BROCHDUE V, 1990, THESIS U BERGEN BERG DIETZ T, 1987, PASTORALISTS DIRE ST ELLIS JE, 1988, J RANGE MANAGE, V41, P450 GALATY JG, 1991, HERDERS WARRIORS TRA, P267 GRONHAUG R, 1978, SCALE SOCIAL ORG, P78 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 LEACH M, 1999, WORLD DEV, V27, P225 MANGER L, 1996, SURVIVAL MEAGRE RESO, P165 MCCABE JT, 1990, HUM ECOL, V18, P81 MCCABE JT, 1990, J ASIAN AFR STUD, V25, P146 MOSSE D, 1997, DEV CHANGE, V28, P467 NIAMIRFULLER M, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P250 SANDFORD S, 1983, MANAGEMENT PASTORAL SCOONES I, 1999, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V28, P479 SORBO GM, 1985, TENANTS NOMADS E SUD SORBO GM, 1988, NORAD TURKANA REV TU SORBO GM, 1994, THESIS U BERGEN BERG STORAAS F, 1991, ECOLOGY CHOICE SYMBO, P50 VAYDA AP, 1983, HUM ECOL, V11, P265 YOUNG WC, 1987, RES EC ANTHR, V9, P191 YOUNG WC, 1996, RASHAAYDA BEDOUIN AR NR 29 TC 0 J9 AMBIO BP 113 EP 117 PY 2003 PD MAR VL 32 IS 2 GA 677GN UT ISI:000182798700007 ER PT J AU Rietkerk, M vandeKoppel, J TI Alternate stable states and threshold effects in semi-arid grazing systems SO OIKOS LA English DT Article C1 UNIV GRONINGEN,DEPT PLANT BIOL,NL-9750 AA HAREN,NETHERLANDS. RP Rietkerk, M, AGR UNIV WAGENINGEN,DEPT IRRIGAT & SOIL & WATER CONSERVAT,NIEUWE KANAAL 11,NL-6709 PA WAGENINGEN,NETHERLANDS. AB Models that explain the discontinuous behaviour of semi-arid grazing systems usually emphasize herbivore feeding characteristics or plant competition as possible mechanisms. Field studies indicate, however, that plant-soil relations could be more important. We show by means of a graphical model that the interactions between water infiltration or nutrient retention and plant density potentially give rise to the existence of alternate stable vegetation states and threshold effects in semi-arid grazing systems, even without the effect of a non-linear herbivore functional response or plant competition. These interactions may trigger a positive feedback between reduced plant density and reduced resource availability, and lead to a collapse of the system. The model results are in line with well-documented observations of spatial and temporal patterns such as two-phase mosaics and stably degraded grasslands. CR ARMSTRONG RA, 1980, AM NAT, V115, P151 BELSKY AJ, 1986, J ECOL, V74, P841 BOALER SB, 1964, J ECOL, V52, P511 BREMAN H, 1983, SCIENCE, V221, P1341 CRAWLEY MJ, 1983, HERBIVORY DYNAMICS A DAILY GC, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P350 DEANGELIS DL, 1992, DYNAMICS NUTR CYCLIN DEVRIES FWT, 1982, PRODUCTIVITE PATURAG EDELSTEINKESHET L, 1988, MATH MODELS BIOL ELWELL HA, 1974, P GRASSL SOC S AFR, V9, P157 ELWELL HA, 1976, GEODERMA, V15, P61 FRIEDEL MH, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P422 FRYXELL JM, 1991, AM NAT, V138, P478 GLOVER PE, 1962, J ECOL, V50, P199 GRAETZ RD, 1991, ECOSYSTEM EXPT, P59 HIK DS, 1990, J ECOL, V78, P180 HOLLAND EA, 1990, ECOLOGY, V71, P1040 HOLLAND EA, 1992, AM NAT, V140, P685 JEFFERIES RL, 1988, PLANT EVOLUTIONARY B, P341 JEFFERIES RL, 1988, PLANT FORM VEGETATIO, P281 KELLY RD, 1976, J ECOL, V64, P553 KIEPE P, 1995, THESIS AGR U WAGENIN LANG RD, 1979, J SOIL CONSERVATION, V35, P108 LAYCOCK WA, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P427 LEHOUEROU HN, 1989, GRAZING LAND ECOSYST LUDWIG JA, 1995, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V10, P51 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MCNAUGHTON SJ, 1979, AM NAT, V113, P691 MCNAUGHTON SJ, 1983, ECOL MONOGR, V53, P291 MONTANA C, 1992, J ECOL, V80, P315 NOYMEIR I, 1975, J ECOL, V63, P459 OWEN DF, 1976, OIKOS, V27, P488 PRINS HH, 1989, NATURE MANAGEMENT SU, P281 RIETKERK M, 1996, J RANGE MANAGE, V49, P512 RUESS RW, 1984, OECOLOGIA, V63, P331 SCHOLTE P, 1989, ARID SOIL RES REHAB, V3, P337 SEAGLE SW, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1105 SINCLAIR ARE, 1985, CAN J ZOOL, V63, P987 SRIVASTAVA DS, 1996, J ECOL, V84, P31 STOCKING MA, 1994, SOIL EROSION RES MET, P211 TILMAN D, 1982, RESOURCE COMPETITION VANDEKOPPEL J, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P736 VANWIJNGAARDEN W, 1985, PUBL ITC, V4 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WICKENS GE, 1971, GEODERMA, V6, P43 WILSON DJ, IN PRESS J EVOL NR 46 TC 44 J9 OIKOS BP 69 EP 76 PY 1997 PD MAY VL 79 IS 1 GA WY148 UT ISI:A1997WY14800008 ER PT J AU Sayre, NF TI Ecological and geographical scale: parallels and potential for integration SO PROGRESS IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Calif Berkeley, Dept Geog, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. RP Sayre, NF, Univ Calif Berkeley, Dept Geog, 507 McCone Hall 4740, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. AB Scale has emerged as a major issue in both ecology and geography in recent decades. Little effort has been made to compare these parallel debates, however, or to seek an integrated conception of scale across the two disciplines. This paper argues that such an integration is possible, even between ecology and human geography -the subfield of geography seemingly most removed from ecological concerns and methods. In both disciplines, globalization has lent practical urgency to problems of scale, revealing deeper theoretical issues. Geographers have helped impel ecologists to take space and scale seriously, and the epistemological insight that scale is produced (rather than given a priori) should be applied to ecological as well as social phenomena. Ecologists' conceptual distinctions and methodological guidelines regarding scale, meanwhile, can help resolve 'the scale question' in critical human geography. Scale is both a methodological issue inherent to observation (its epistemological moment) and an objective characteristic of complex interactions within and among social and natural processes (its ontological moment). These processes and interactions - rather than scale per se - should be the object of research, with particular attention to nonlinearities or thresholds of change. CR ALLEN TFH, 1998, ECOLOGICAL SCALE THE, P35 BRENNER N, 1997, POLIT GEOGR, V16, P273 BRENNER N, 2001, PROG HUM GEOG, V25, P591 BRENNER N, 2004, NEW STATE SPACES URB BRISKE DD, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P601 BROWN BJ, 1989, OIKOS, V54, P189 BROWN JR, 1999, CAN J FOREST RES, V29, P1112 CALICOTT JB, 2002, A LEOPOLD ECOLOGICAL, P90 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 COFFIN DP, 1989, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V3, P19 COUGHENOUR MB, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P530 COX KR, 1996, POLIT GEOGR, V15, P667 DALE VH, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P639 DYKSTERHUIS EJ, 1949, J RANGE MANAGE, V2, P104 ENDTERWADA J, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P891 FOSTER JB, 2000, MARXS ECOLOGY MAT NA FUHLENDORF SD, 1999, J VEG SCI, V10, P731 GLENN SM, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P273 GRIFFIN GF, 1985, J ARID ENVIRON, V9, P63 HANSEN AJ, 2002, BIOSCIENCE, V52, P151 HARVEY D, 1982, LIMITS CAPITAL HEROD A, 2002, GEOGRAPHIES POWER PL HOBBS RJ, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P324 HOBBS RJ, 1998, ECOLOGICAL SCALE THE, P459 HOWITT R, 1998, AREA, V30, P49 HULSE D, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P679 JONAS AEG, 1994, ENVIRON PLANN D, V12, P257 LEE KN, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P560 LEVIN SA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1943 LEVINS R, 1985, DIALECTICAL BIOL MARSTON SA, 2000, PROG HUM GEOG, V24, P219 MARSTON SA, 2001, PROG HUM GEOG, V25, P615 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MEENTEMEYER V, 1989, LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY, V3, P163 NAVEH Z, 1984, LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY TH NORTON BG, 1995, ECOSYST HEALTH, V1, P228 OLLMAN B, 1976, ALIENATION MARXS CON ONEILL RV, 1998, ECOLOGICAL SCALE THE, P3 PARKER VT, 1998, ECOLOGICAL SCALE THE, P171 PETERSON DL, 1998, ECOLOGICAL SCALE THE, P499 PICKETT STA, 1992, CONSERVATION BIOL TH, P65 PITKIN HF, 1972, WITTGENSTEIN JUSTICE PURCELL M, 2003, PROGR HUMAN GEOGRAPH, V27, P317 RYKIEL EJ, 1998, ECOLOGICAL SCALE THE, P485 SCHLESINGER WH, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1043 SCHLESINGER WH, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P364 SHEPPARD E, 2004, SCALE GEOGRAPHIC INQ SMITH N, 1984, UNEVEN DEV NATURE CA SMITH N, 1987, ECON GEOGR, V63, P160 SMITH N, 1990, UNEVEN DEV, P160 SMITH N, 1993, MAPPING FUTURES LOCA, P87 SMITH N, 1995, COMPETITIVE EUROPEAN, P59 SPRUGEL DG, 1991, BIOL CONSERV, V58, P1 STOHLGREN TJ, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P45 SWETNAM TW, 1998, J CLIMATE, V11, P3128 SWYNGEDOUW E, 1997, SPACES GLOBALIZATION, P137 SWYNGEDOUW E, 2002, SCALE GEOGRAPHIC INQ TAYLOR PJ, 1982, T I BRIT GEOGR, V7, P15 TOBEY RC, 1981, SAVING PRAIRIES LIFE TURNER MD, 1998, NATURES GEOGRAPHY NE, P237 TURNER MD, 1999, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V89, P191 TURNER MD, 1999, J ARID ENVIRON, V41, P277 TURNER MG, 1989, LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY, V3, P245 VESK PA, 2001, J APPL ECOL, V38, P897 WALKER BH, 1986, S AFR J SCI, V82, P172 WEBER GE, 2000, PLANT ECOL, V150, P77 WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 WIENS JA, 1989, FUNCT ECOL, V3, P385 WORSTER D, 1994, NATURES EC WU JG, 1995, Q REV BIOL, V70, P439 ZIMMERER KS, 1994, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V84, P108 ZIMMERER KS, 2000, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V90, P356 NR 72 TC 0 J9 PROG HUM GEOGR BP 276 EP 290 PY 2005 PD JUN VL 29 IS 3 GA 942UT UT ISI:000230309100003 ER PT J AU Puigdefabregas, J TI Ecological impacts of global change on drylands and their implications for desertification SO LAND DEGRADATION & DEVELOPMENT LA English DT Article C1 CSIC, Estac Expt Zonas Aridas, Almeria 04001, Spain. RP Puigdefabregas, J, CSIC, Estac Expt Zonas Aridas, Gen Segura 1, Almeria 04001, Spain. AB Potential impacts of global change on dryland ecosystems are reviewed from four perspectives. First, results are reviewed from recent research on vegetation change, land degradation and desertification. The role of disturbances and low recurrence events in triggering non-linear changes by driving ecosystems beyond their resilience thresholds is outlined. Particular attention is paid to the development of spatial structures as feedbacks that tend to buffer degradation. Secondly, the synergetic operation of climatic and anthropogenic forcing factors of dryland degradation is discussed in the light of some case histories. Changes in one group of those factors often render the ecosystems particularly sensitive to changes of those in the second group. Thirdly, off-site effects of dryland degradation are summarized, including feedbacks to the atmosphere, changes in biological diversity and downstream impacts in river catchments. Finally, the implications of global change for land degradation control policies are outlined. The importance of prevention is emphasized, as well as the need to carefully consider where to apply rehabilitation and restoration. Prevention includes soft and cheap measures based on management practices, while restoration calls for massive and expensive interventions on soil or vegetation. (C) 1998 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. CR ABRAHAMS AD, 1995, GEOMORPHOLOGY, V13, P37 AIDOUD A, 1996, SECHERESSE, V3, P187 ALLENDIAZ B, 1996, CLIMATE CHANGE 1995 ARIANOUTSOU M, 1992, ISRAEL J BOT, V41, P135 ARONSON J, 1995, HOMME PEUTIL REFAIRE, P11 BASCOMPTE J, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P361 BERGKAMP G, 1996, EARTH SURF PROC LAND, V21, P1073 BERGKAMP G, 1996, THESIS U AMSTERDAM A BERMUDEZ FL, 1996, MEDITERRANEAN DESERT, P169 BIE SW, 1995, INT NEG COMM CONV CO, P5 BLAKENBURN P, 1993, SECR INT NEG COMM CO, P271 BONVISSUTO GL, 1992, REV ARGENTINA PRODUC, V12, P391 BUTZER KW, 1993, CUADERNOS GEOGRAFIA, V32, P311 CAMMERAAT LH, 1998, IN PRESS GEOMORPHOLO CAUGHLEY G, 1987, KANGAROOS THEIR ECOL CHRISTENSEN NL, 1985, ECOLOGY NATURAL DIST, P86 COPPOCK DL, 1993, RANGE ECOLOGY DISEQU, P42 CREUS J, 1983, AVANCES INVESTIGACIO, P121 DELBARRIO G, 1990, MT RES DEV, V10, P227 DOMINGO F, 1994, J HYDROL, V159, P275 ELLIS JE, 1993, RANGE ECOLOGY DISEQU, P31 GALLART F, 1993, CATENA, V20, P529 GARCIARUIZ JM, 1990, MT RES DEV, V10, P201 GRECO S, 1994, CLIMATE SCENARIOS SO GRIFFIN GF, 1985, J ARID ENVIRON, V9, P63 HAASE P, 1996, J HYDROL, V177, P23 HOFFMANN G, 1988, HOLOZANSTRATIGRAPHIE HORN HS, 1981, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY, P253 IMESON AC, 1996, MEDITERRANEAN DESERT, P447 JENEAU JL, 1996, S BAND VEG PATT AR S, V35 JOFFRE R, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P570 KOSMAS CS, 1996, MEDITERRANEAN DESERT, P207 LAVEE H, 1998, IN PRESS LAND DEGRAD, V9 LEHOUEROU HN, 1991, METEOROLOGIE, V36, P4 LEHOUEROU HN, 1992, CLIMATIC CHANGE MEDI, P175 MARGALEF R, 1974, ECOLOGIA MARGARIS N, 1975, STRUCTURE DYNAMICS P MERINO O, 1990, ACTA OECOL, V11, P103 MONTSERRAT J, 1992, EVOLUCION GLACIAR PO MORO MJ, 1909, THESIS U ALICANTE AL NAVEH Z, 1979, VEGETATIO, V41, P171 NUNEZ E, 1989, THESIS U EXTREMADURA OJIMA DS, 1993, WATER AIR SOIL POLL, V70, P643 ONEILL RV, 1986, HIERARCHIAL CONCEPT OVERDIECK D, 1991, MODERN ECOLOGY BASIC, P623 PICKUP G, 1993, J BIOGEOGR, V20, P471 PICKUP G, 1994, ECOL APPL, V4, P497 PICKUP G, 1995, INT NEG COMM CONV CO, P59 PINOL J, 1991, HYDROLOG SCI J, V36, P95 PRENTICE IC, 1992, J BIOGEOGR, V19, P117 PUGNAIRE FI, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P1420 PUGNAIRE FI, 1996, OIKOS, V76, P455 PUIGDEFABREGAS J, 1986, Z GEOMORPHOLOGIE S, V58, P69 PUIGDEFABREGAS J, 1988, COMMUNICATION, P319 PUIGDEFABREGAS J, 1995, AMBIO, V24, P311 PUIGDEFABREGAS J, 1996, ADV HILLSLOPE PROCES, V2, P1027 PUIGDEFABREGAS J, 1996, MEDITERRANEAN DESERT, P138 RAMBAL S, 1984, OECOLOGIA, V62, P18 RAMBAL S, 1987, J HYDROL, V93, P339 RAPP M, 1981, MEDITERRANEAN TYPE S, P289 ROGERS RD, 1989, INFLUENCE SPARCE VEG ROGNON P, 1991, SECHERESSE, V2, P199 ROSSETTI C, 1996, S BAND VEG PATT AR S, P11 SAGE RF, 1996, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V2, P79 SANCHEZ G, 1994, GEOMORPHOLOGY, V9, P243 SCHLESINGER WH, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1043 SCHOLES RJ, 1996, GLOBAL CHANGE EFFECT, P71 SERMET J, 1969, ANDALOUSIE MEDITERRA SMITH MS, 1993, RANGE ECOLOGY DISEQU, P196 SPECHT RL, 1989, ACTA OECOL, V10, P191 THEBAUD B, 1993, CAUSES CONSEQUENCES TONGWAY DJ, 1990, AUST J ECOL, V15, P23 TRABAUD L, 1991, SECHERESSE, V2, P163 VALENTIN C, 1996, S BAND VEG PATT AR S, P37 WATT AS, 1947, J ECOL, V35, P1 WEST NE, 1993, J RANGE MANAGE, V46, P2 WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 WIEGAND T, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P2205 NR 78 TC 2 J9 LAND DEGRAD DEV BP 393 EP 406 PY 1998 PD SEP-OCT VL 9 IS 5 GA 143NE UT ISI:000077261200004 ER PT J AU Quinn, MS Broberg, L TI Experiential learning across borders: A joint graduate initiative in environmental policy, planning and management SO WESTERN HUMANITIES REVIEW LA English DT Article C1 Univ Calgary, Fac Environm Design, Calgary, AB T2N 1N4, Canada. RP Quinn, MS, Univ Calgary, Fac Environm Design, Calgary, AB T2N 1N4, Canada. CR BARON JS, 2002, ROCKY MOUNTAIN FUTUR BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 CHADWICK D, 2000, YELLOWSTONE YUKON CHESTER CC, 2006, CONSERVATION BORDERS ESTES CA, 2004, J EXPT ED, V27, P141 EXETER DJ, 2001, LEARNING OUTDOORS FALL JJ, 2003, J SUSTAINABLE FOREST, V17, P81 FORMAN RTT, 1992, LANDSCAPE BOUNDARIES, P236 GRUMBINE RE, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P41 KOLB DA, 1984, EXPT LEARNING EXPERI LACHAPELLE PR, 2003, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V16, P473 LANDRES PB, 1998, STEWARDSHIP BOUNDARI, P39 LECORNU A, 2005, STUDIES ED ADULTS, V37, P166 MARGERUM RD, 1995, J ENV PLANNING MANAG, V38, P371 PEDYNOWSKI D, 2003, CONSERV BIOL, V17, P1261 PRATO T, 2006, SUSTAINING ROCKY MOU RITTEL HWJ, 1973, POLICY SCI, V4, P155 SHULZ F, 2005, YELLOWSTONE YUKON FR WARREN K, 1995, THEORY EXPT ED WARREN K, 1995, THEORY EXPT ED, P249 ZBICZ DC, 2001, P 11 C RES RES MAN P, P197 NR 21 TC 0 J9 WEST HUMAN REV BP 130 EP 140 PY 2006 PD FAL VL 60 IS 2 GA 082ZY UT ISI:000240426900011 ER PT J AU Cipriotti, PA Aguiar, MR TI Interspecific competition interacts with the spatial distribution of a palatable grass to reduce its recruitment SO RANGELAND ECOLOGY & MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Univ Buenos Aires, CONICET, Fac Agron, Catedra Ecol,IFEVA,Dept Recursos Nat & Ambiente, RA-1417 Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina. RP Cipriotti, PA, Univ Buenos Aires, CONICET, Fac Agron, Catedra Ecol,IFEVA,Dept Recursos Nat & Ambiente, Avda San Martin 4453, RA-1417 Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina. AB Most arid and semiarid ecosystems around the world have been grazed by domestic herbivores. In many cases, grazing has degraded vegetation and soil. The possibility of restoring rangeland's good condition depends, partially, oil the ability of remaining populations of desirable species to recover. In this work, we studied the exact spatial distribution of remaining palatable adult plants in fields with different grazing history (i.e., seed sources) and quantified the effect of interspecific competition with less palatable grasses on seedling emergence and survival (i.e., regeneration constraints). We worked in a Patagonian steppe composed of shrubs and perennial tussock grasses that has been grazed by sheep for > 100 years. In order to evaluate the location of seed sources, we mapped the location of a palatable species (Bromus pictus Hook.) in paddocks with different long-term grazing intensity. In addition, we sowed seeds of B. pictus close to 2 dominant, less palatable grasses in 2 different years to evaluate the role of interspecific interactions on regeneration and the effects of climate variability. The proportion of B. pictus plants growing in protected places near less palatable species significantly increased with grazing intensity. Competition effects on emergence, survival, and growth depended on the year's moisture regime. During the dry year, competition with less palatable grasses reduced the emergence, survival, height, and number of leaves of palatable grass seedlings by 30%, 55%, 48%, and 40%, respectively. In the wet year, there were no effects of competition on emergence and height, and the effects on survival depended on the species of the less palatable neighbors. Our study supports the idea that management for recovering degraded rangelands in this ecosystem may benefit from considering the spatial distribution of remaining plants. It also indicates that the susceptibility of demographic processes to interspecific competition depends on the year and neighbor species. CR ADLER PB, 2001, OECOLOGIA, V128, P465 AGUIAR MR, 1992, FUNCT ECOL, V6, P66 AGUIAR MR, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P93 AGUIAR MR, 1999, LIBRO RESUMENES 19 R AGUILERA MO, 1993, J ECOL, V81, P253 ARCHER S, 1989, AM NAT, V134, P545 ARCHER S, 1990, J BIOGEOGR, V17, P453 BAKKER JP, 1983, VEGETATIO, V55, P153 BEECHAM JA, 1999, P 8 ANN C INT ASS LA, P121 BELSKY JA, 1992, J VEG SCI, V3, P187 BERG G, 1997, PLANT ECOL, V132, P1 BONVISSUTO G, 1983, B INFORMATIVO INVEST, V36, P243 BROWN JR, 1989, OECOLOGIA, V80, P19 CALLAWAY RM, 2000, OIKOS, V89, P275 CIPRIOTTI PA, 2005, J VEG SCI, V16, P57 CRAWLEY MJ, 1990, J APPL ECOL, V27, P803 DALE MRT, 1997, CAN J BOT, V75, P1342 DEFOSSE GE, 1997, J RANGE MANAGE, V50, P73 ECCLES N, 2002, PLANT ECOL, V159, P117 FERNANDEZ RJ, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P434 FOWLER N, 1986, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V17, P89 FOWLER NL, 2002, ECOLOGY, V83, P2477 GOLDBERG DE, 1992, AM NAT, V139, P771 GOLDBERG DE, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P1118 GOLLUSCIO RA, 1982, B SOC ARGENTINA BOTA, V21, P299 GOLLUSCIO RA, 1993, J VEG SCI, V4, P839 JELTSCH F, 1997, J VEG SCI, V8, P177 JOBBAGY EG, 1995, ECOLOGIA AUSTR, V5, P47 JOBBAGY EG, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P541 LEON RJC, 1998, ECOLOGIA AUSTRAL, V8, P125 MCNAUGHTON SJ, 1993, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST, P361 MILCHUNAS DG, 1989, VEGETATIO, V80, P11 MORETTO AS, 1997, PLANT ECOL, V130, P155 OESTERHELD M, 1999, ECOSYSTEMS DISTURBED, P287 OESTERHELD M, 2004, OIKOS, V107, P576 OWENS MK, 1992, J RANGE MANAGE, V45, P257 PAPATHEODOROU E, 1993, ACTA OECOL, V14, P589 PARUELO JM, 1988, ARID SOIL RES REHAB, V2, P67 PERELMAN SB, 1997, ECOGRAPHY, V20, P400 REBOLLO S, 2002, OIKOS, V98, P53 ROTUNDO JL, 2004, J VEG SCI, V15, P514 SCHLESINGER WH, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1043 SOMLO R, 1997, ATLAS DIETARIO HERBI, P109 SORIANO A, 1956, REV INVEST AGRICOLAS, V10, P323 SORIANO A, 1983, TEMPERATE DESERTS SE, P423 SORIANO A, 1986, ISRAEL J BOT, V35, P91 STEEL RGD, 1988, PRINCIPLES PROCEDURE, P622 TIELBORGER K, 2000, ECOLOGY, V81, P1544 VANAUKEN OW, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P197 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WELDEN CW, 1986, Q REV BIOL, V61, P23 WESTOBY M, 1980, ISRAEL J BOT, V28, P169 NR 52 TC 0 J9 RANGEL ECOL MANAG BP 393 EP 399 PY 2005 PD JUL VL 58 IS 4 GA 949PB UT ISI:000230799500010 ER PT J AU Bodin, O Norberg, J TI Information network topologies for enhanced local adaptive management SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. RP Bodin, O, Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. AB We examined the principal effects of different information network topologies for local adaptive management of natural resources. We used computerized agents with adaptive decision algorithms with the following three fundamental constraints: (1) Complete understanding of the processes maintaining the natural resource can never be achieved, (2) agents can only learn by experimentation and information sharing, and (3) memory is limited. The agents were given the task to manage a system that had two states: one that provided high utility returns (desired) and one that provided low returns (undesired). In addition, the threshold between the states was close to the optimal return of the desired state. We found that networks of low to moderate link densities significantly increased the resilience of the utility returns. Networks of high link densities contributed to highly synchronized behavior among the agents, which caused occasional large-scale ecological crises between periods of stable and high utility returns. A constructed network involving a small set of experimenting agents was capable of combining high utility returns with high resilience, conforming to theories underlying the concept of adaptive comanagement. We conclude that (1) the ability to manage for resilience (i.e., to stay clear of the threshold leading to the undesired state as well as the ability to re-enter the desired state following a collapse) resides in the network structure and (2) in a coupled social-ecological system, the system-wide state transition occurs not because the ecological system flips into the undesired state, but because managers lose their capacity to reorganize back to the desired state. CR *REP, 2004, REC POR AG SIM TOOLK ANDERSON J, 2004, J SOC WORK PRACT, V18, P19 BARABASI AL, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P509 BARABASI AL, 2002, LINKED NEW SCI NETWO BEISNER BE, 2003, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, V1, P376 BELLWOOD DR, 2004, NATURE, V429, P827 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BOUSQUET F, 2004, ECOL MODEL, V176, P313 CASE TJ, 1999, ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TH CLEVELAND WS, 1988, J AM STAT ASSOC, V83, P596 CONLEY T, 2001, AM J AGR ECON, V83, P668 DEGENNE A, 1999, INTRO SOCIAL NETWORK EBEL H, 2002, COMPLEXITY, V8, P24 EREV I, 1998, AM ECON REV, V88, P848 FOLKE C, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, P352 GADGIL M, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1307 GILBERT N, 1999, SIMULATION SOCIAL SC GUNDERSON LH, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HILBORN R, 1992, FISHERIES, V17, P6 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM, P143 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P328 JAGER W, 2000, ECOL ECON, V35, P357 JANSSEN MA, 2003, COMPLEXITY ECOSYSTEM KAIJSER A, 2002, TECHNOL CULT, V43, P521 LANSING JS, 1998, J THEOR BIOL, V192, P377 LEVIN SA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1943 MCINTOSH RJ, 2000, WAY WIND BLOWS CLIMA, P141 MOSLER HJ, 2003, EUR J SOC PSYCHOL, V33, P119 OLSSON P, 2003, THESIS U STOCKHOLM OLSSON P, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P2 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVT COMMONS EVOLUTI OSTROM E, 1998, PROTECTION GLOBAL BI, P149 OSTROM E, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P278 PAULY D, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P430 PETERSON GD, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 PETERSON GD, 2003, ECOLOGY, V84, P1403 PINKERTON E, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 REDMAN CL, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHEFFER M, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P648 SCHNEIDER M, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P143 WALTERS CJ, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WOOLDRIDGE M, 2002, INTRO MULTIAGENT SYS NR 47 TC 5 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 175 EP 193 PY 2005 PD FEB VL 35 IS 2 GA 921TM UT ISI:000228787900006 ER PT J AU Porter, WF Underwood, HB TI Of elephants and blind men: Deer management in the US national parks SO ECOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS LA English DT Article C1 SUNY Syracuse, Coll Environm Sci & Forestry, Syracuse, NY 13210 USA. SUNY Syracuse, Coll Environm Sci & Forestry, Cooperat Pk Studies Unit,US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr,Biol Resources Div, Syracuse, NY 13210 USA. RP Porter, WF, SUNY Syracuse, Coll Environm Sci & Forestry, Syracuse, NY 13210 USA. AB Overabundant populations of white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) are becoming common in the eastern United States. Faced with burgeoning deer populations in eastern parks, the National Park Service (NPS) formulated policy based on its long experience with ungulate management in western parks. That the NPS failed to find a management solution acceptable to its many constituencies was inevitable. Like blind men touching different parts of an elephant and disagreeing about its form, those engaged in the debate about deer management in parks are viewing different parts of the ecological system. None has seen the entire system, and consequently, there is neither common agreement on the nature of the problem nor on the solutions. We explore the quandary of deer management in eastern parks by addressing three questions: (1) Can the National Park Service reconcile its management goals with those of its neighbors? (2) Can thresholds be identified for determining when to intervene in natural processes? (3) Is there a scientific foundation for proceeding with effective management of deer? We argue that reconciling the NPS management with that of state conservation agencies is not possible because management policy guides these agencies in opposite directions: the NPS is charged with limiting human impact on ecological processes, and state agencies are charged with exerting human control over population abundance. Questions about thresholds and a scientific basis for management arise from concern that irrupting deer populations are a manifestation of disrupted natural processes. Several population growth paradigms are at the heart of this ecological question. The science provides no consensus about which of these paradigms are appropriate to deer in eastern ecosystems. Thus, it is premature to expect science to identify if or when natural processes have been disrupted. While the NPS cannot effectively achieve its goals without better science, neither can it wait for science to fully understand the dynamics of plant-herbivore interactions. The best hope for resolving both the biological and political dilemmas surrounding deer management is through an adaptive management approach. CR *NAT PARK SERV, 1988, MAN POL *NAT PARK SERV, 1991, NAT RES MAN GUID ALVERSON WS, 1988, CONSERV BIOL, V2, P348 ALVERSON WS, 1997, SCI OVERABUNDANCE DE, P280 BOYCE MR, 1989, JACKSON ELK HERD BOYCE MS, 1991, GREATER YELLOWSTONE, P183 BURGESS RL, 1981, FOREST ISLAND DYNAMI CAUGHLEY G, 1976, APPLIED BIOL, V1, P183 CAUGHLEY G, 1983, OECOLOGIA, V59, P7 CAUGHLEY G, 1989, NEW ZEAL J ECOL, V12, P3 CHASE A, 1986, PLAYING GOD YELLOWST COFFEY MA, 1997, WILDLIFE SOC B, V25, P433 COLE GF, 1971, T N AM WILDL C, V36, P417 CREED WA, 1984, WHITE TAILED DEER EC, P243 CROW TR, 1988, FOREST SCI, V34, P19 DECALESTA DS, 1997, SCI OVERABUNDANCE DE, P267 DECKER DJ, 1987, WILDLIFE SOC B, V15, P173 DESPAIN D, 1986, WILDLIFE TRANSITION FROST HC, 1997, WILDLIFE SOC B, V25, P462 GILBERT DL, 1971, NATURAL RESOURCES PU HEALY WM, 1997, SCI OVERABUNDANCE DE, P249 HOLT HA, 1979, P REGENERATING OAKS HOUSTON DB, 1971, SCIENCE, V172, P648 HOUSTON DB, 1982, NO YELLOWSTONE ELK H KEITER RB, 1991, GREATER YELLOWSTONE LEOPOLD A, 1947, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V11, P162 LEOPOLD AS, 1963, T N AM WILDL NAT RES, V28, P29 LEWIN R, 1986, SCIENCE, V234, P1071 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MCCULLOUGH DR, 1979, GEORGE RESERVE DEER MCCULLOUGH DR, 1983, BIOL MANAGEMENT CERV, P535 MCCULLOUGH DR, 1987, A LEOPOLD MAN HIS LE, P115 MCCULLOUGH DR, 1992, WILDLIFE 2001 POPULA, P967 MCCULLOUGH DR, 1997, SCI OVERABUNDANCE DE, P69 MCSHEA WJ, 1997, SCI OVERABUNDANCE DE, P298 NASH R, 1990, AM ENV READINGS CONS PIMM SL, 1991, BALANCE NATURE PORTER WF, 1991, NPSNRSUNYNRR9105 PORTER WF, 1992, WILDLIFE 2001 POPULA, P304 PORTER WF, 1994, WILDLIFE SOC B, V22, P301 RASMUSSEN DI, 1941, ECOL MONOGR, V11, P229 RINEY T, 1964, IUCN PUBLICATIONS, V4, P261 RISSER PG, 1992, SCI NATL PARKS SAXE JG, 1879, POEMS JG SAXE STORM GL, 1989, NPSMARNRTR89043 UNDERWOOD HB, 1991, T N AM WILDL NAT RES, V56, P67 UNDERWOOD HB, 1994, NPSNAROSSNRTR9528 UNDERWOOD HB, 1997, SCI OVERABUNDANCE DE, P185 WAGNER FH, 1995, WILDLIFE POLICIES US WALKER BH, 1989, CONSERVATION 21 CENT, P121 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WARREN RJ, 1991, T N AM WILDL NAT RES, V56, P56 WATT R, 1979, USDA HDB, V445, P116 WRIGHT GM, 1932, FAUNA SERIES, V1 WRIGHT RG, 1992, WILDLIFE RES MANAGEM NR 55 TC 12 J9 ECOL APPL BP 3 EP 9 PY 1999 PD FEB VL 9 IS 1 GA 169FM UT ISI:000078736900002 ER PT J AU HARRINGTON, GN JOHNS, GG TI HERBACEOUS BIOMASS IN A EUCALYPTUS-SAVANNA WOODLAND AFTER REMOVING TREES AND OR SHRUBS SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 CSIRO,DIV WILDLIFE & ECOL,DENILIQUIN,NSW 2710,AUSTRALIA. CR 1901, REPORT ROYAL COMMISS 1969, REPORT INTERDEPARTME ANDREW MH, 1979, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V1, P225 BEALE IF, 1973, TROPICAL GRASSLANDS, V7, P135 BEATLEY JC, 1974, ECOLOGY, V55, P856 CARN KG, 1938, AGR GAZETTE NEW S WA, V49, P124 FISHER CE, 1977, MESQUITE ITS BIOL 2, P177 FROST P, 1986, BIOL INT HARRINGTON G, 1979, AUST J BOT, V27, P135 HARRINGTON GN, 1979, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V1, P271 HARRINGTON GN, 1979, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V1, P334 HARRINGTON GN, 1981, AUSTR J ECOLOGY, V5, P23 HEADY HF, 1960, RANGE MANAGEMENT E A HODGKINSON KC, 1985, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V7, P64 JACOBY PW, 1985, ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT W, P223 JAMESON DA, 1967, J RANGE MANAGE, V20, P247 JOHNS GG, 1983, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V5, P3 KNOOP WT, 1985, J ECOL, V73, P235 KOHNS GG, 1984, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V6, P75 NOYMEIR I, 1982, ECOLOGY TROPICAL SAV, P591 OSBORN TGB, 1931, P LINN SOC NSW, V56, P299 PEACOCK RW, 1900, AGR GAZETTE NEW S WA, V11, P652 PECHANEC JF, 1937, J AM SOC AGRON, V29, P894 POND FW, 1961, J RANGE MANAGE, V14, P335 PRESSLAND AJ, 1975, AUSTR J BOTANY, V21, P235 ROBERTSON G, 1987, KANGAROOS THEIR ECOL, P50 TOTHILL JC, 1985, ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT W, P125 TUNSTALL BR, 1981, AUST RANGELAND J, V3, P5 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WALKER J, 1972, AUSTR J AGR RES, V23, P405 WALKER J, 1986, AUST J ECOL, V11, P135 NR 31 TC 19 J9 J APPL ECOL BP 775 EP 787 PY 1990 PD DEC VL 27 IS 3 GA EK925 UT ISI:A1990EK92500001 ER PT J AU Andersson, E TI Urban landscapes and sustainable cities SO ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY LA English DT Article C1 Stockholm Univ, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. RP Andersson, E, Stockholm Univ, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. AB Ecological research targeting sustainable urban landscapes needs to include findings and methods from many lines of ecological research, such as the link between biodiversity and ecosystem function, the role of humans in ecosystems, landscape connectivity, and resilience. This paper reviews and highlights the importance of these issues for sustainable use of ecosystem services, which is argued to be one aspect of sustainable cities. The paper stresses the need to include social and economic factors when analyzing urban landscapes. Spatially explicit data can be used to assess the roles different green areas have in providing people with ecosystem services, and whether people actually have access to the services. Such data can also be used to assess connectivity and heterogeneity, both argued to be central for continuous, long-term provision of these services, and to determine the role urban form has for sustainability. CR *MILL EC ASS, 2005, EC HUM WELL BEING *UN WORLD COMM ENV, 1987, OUR COMM FUT ALBERTI M, 2003, BIOSCIENCE, V53, P1169 BARTHEL S, 2005, ECOL SOC, V10, P10 BENGTSSON J, 2003, AMBIO, V32, P389 BERKES F, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P121 BERKES FJ, 2003, NAVIGATING SOC ECOLO BODIN O, 2006, IN PRESS ECOLOGICAL BOLUND P, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P293 CHAPIN FS, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P45 CHIESURA A, 2004, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V68, P129 CONROY MJ, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V8, P1 DAILY GC, 1997, NATURES SERVICES DEON R, 2002, CONSERV ECOL, V6, P1 DOW KM, 2000, URBAN ECOSYST, V4, P255 DRAYTON B, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P30 ELMQVIST T, 2004, URBAN BIOSPHERE SOC, P308 FLORES A, 1998, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V39, P295 FOLKE C, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1018 FOLKE C, 1997, AMBIO, V26, P167 FOLKE C, 2004, ANNU REV ECOL EVOL S, V35, P557 FORESMAN TW, 1997, URBAN ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P201 FORMAN RTT, 1995, LAND MOSAICS FOSTER D, 2003, BIOSCIENCE, V53, P77 GRIMM NB, 2000, BIOSCIENCE, V50, P571 GRIMM NB, 2004, URBAN ECOSYSTEMS, V7, P199 GUSTAFSON EJ, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P94 HARRIS RJ, 2002, ANN ZOOL FENN, V39, P275 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOPE D, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P8788 HOSTETLER M, 2001, URBAN ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P25 JANSSON A, 2001, ECOL ECON, V39, P361 JOHNSON AR, 1992, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V7, P63 LEPCZYK CA, 2004, ENVIRON MANAGE, V33, P110 LEVIN SA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1943 LEVIN SA, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P431 MACARTHUR RH, 1964, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V51, P1207 MALANSON GP, 2003, ECOL MODEL, V169, P17 MCINTYRE NE, 2000, URBAN ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P5 MELLADO RP, 2003, RRD MICROBIOL 1, V7, P1 MILLER JR, 2005, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V20, P430 NEUMAN M, 2005, J PLAN EDUC RES, V25, P11 NORBERG J, 2004, LIMNOL OCEANOGR 2, V49, P1269 NYSTROM M, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P406 OLSSON P, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P2 PICKETT STA, 2001, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V32, P127 PYLE RM, 1978, HORTICULTURE, V56, P64 PYLE RM, 1993, THUNDER TREE LESSONS REDMAN CL, 2004, ECOSYSTEMS, V7, P161 REES WE, 1997, URBAN ECOSYST, V1, P63 REES WE, 2003, UNDERSTANDING URBAN, P115 REVILLA E, 2004, AM NAT, V164, E130 RICKETTS TH, 2001, AM NAT, V158, P87 ROBINSON GR, 1993, CONSERV BIOL, V7, P271 ROBINSON GR, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P174 RODEWALD AD, 2003, WILDLIFE SOC B, V31, P586 ROSENFELD JS, 2002, OIKOS, V98, P156 VERBEYLEN G, 2003, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V18, P791 WATSON DM, 2002, J BIOGEOGR, V29, P823 WIENS JA, 1989, FUNCT ECOL, V3, P385 WIERSINGA W, 1997, COMPENSATION STRATEG ZHANG LQ, 2004, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V69, P1 NR 62 TC 2 J9 ECOL SOC BP 34 PY 2006 PD JUN VL 11 IS 1 GA 064WR UT ISI:000239121300032 ER PT J AU Levia, DF TI Land degradation: Why is it continuing? SO AMBIO LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Clark Univ, Grad Sch Geog, Worcester, MA 01610 USA. RP Levia, DF, Clark Univ, Grad Sch Geog, 950 Main St, Worcester, MA 01610 USA. CR BARROW CJ, 1991, LAND DEGRADATION BLAIKIE PM, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC BOJO JP, 1991, AMBIO, V20, P75 CONACHER A, 1995, RURAL LAND DEGRADATI HAAGSMA B, 1993, LAND DEGRAD REHABIL, V4, P73 HOLDGATE MW, 1982, WORLD ENV 1972 1982 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JOHNSON DL, 1995, LAND DEGRADATION CRE KUMAR M, 1992, LAND DEGRAD REHABIL, V3, P215 KUMMER DM, 1991, DEFORESTATION POSTWA LAL R, 1988, SOIL EROSION RES MET, P1 READING AJ, 1989, LAND DEGRAD REHABIL, V1, P155 STOCKING M, 1995, CATENA, V25, P253 WALLING DE, 1988, SOIL EROSION RES MET, P39 NR 14 TC 0 J9 AMBIO BP 200 EP 201 PY 1999 PD MAR VL 28 IS 2 GA 194ER UT ISI:000080179600017 ER PT J AU Janssen, MA Ostrom, E TI Resilience, vulnerability, and adaptation: A cross-cutting theme of international human dimensions programme on global environmental change SO GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE-HUMAN AND POLICY DIMENSIONS LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Arizona State Univ, Sch Human Evolut & Social Change, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. Arizona State Univ, Sch Comp & Informat, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. Indiana Univ, Workshop Polit Theory & Policy Anal, Bloomington, IN 47408 USA. Indiana Univ, Ctr Study Inst Populat & Environm Change, Bloomington, IN 47408 USA. RP Janssen, MA, Arizona State Univ, Sch Human Evolut & Social Change, Box 872402, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. CR ADGER WN, 2005, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V15, P75 ADGER WN, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P268 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 FOLKE C, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P253 GALLOPIN GC, 1989, INT SOC SCI J, V41, P375 GALLOPIN GC, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P293 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JANSSEN MA, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P240 SMIT B, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P282 TURNER BL, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P8080 YOUNG OR, 2006, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V16, P304 NR 11 TC 0 J9 GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANGE BP 237 EP 239 PY 2006 PD AUG VL 16 IS 3 GA 073OJ UT ISI:000239752200002 ER PT J AU Sherman, K TI Why regional coastal monitoring for assessment of ecosystem health? SO ECOSYSTEM HEALTH LA English DT Article C1 USDOC, NOAA, NMFS, Narragansett Lab, Narragansett, RI 02882 USA. RP Sherman, K, USDOC, NOAA, NMFS, Narragansett Lab, 28 Tarzwell Dr, Narragansett, RI 02882 USA. AB During recent years, the public and the scientific communities have signaled concern over growing degradation of ecosystem health, depleted fisheries, pollution, and habitat loss. Public concern has been registered in newspapers, electronic media, and congressional actions. Scientific concern has moved from the pages of journals to the actions of professional societies, as for example the Sustainable Biosphere Initiative of the Ecological Society of America (Lubchenco et al. 1991). Responsive actions at the national and international levels have resulted in Conventions and Protocols on Climate Change, Biodiversity, Ozone, and internationally recognized declarations for sustaining marine fisheries. CR *AAAS, 1986, AAAS SEL S, V99, P319 *AAAS, 1989, AAAS SEL S, V111 *AAAS, 1990, LARG MAR EC PATT PRO *AAAS, 1991, FOOD CHAINS YIELDS M *AAAS, 1993, LARG MAR EC STRESS M, P376 *ECOPS, 1995, 4 INT BALT SEA WORKS *GEF, 1996, GEF OP PROGR *GREAT LAK SCI ADV, 1978, EC APPR SCOP IMPL EC *ICES, 1991, 1991 ICES CM *NOAA, 1993, SUMM REP 2 WORKSH 23 *NOAA, 1998, NAT STAT TRENDS PROG *NRC, 1999, SUST MAR FISH *NSQSR, 1993, OSL PAR COMM, P132 *TEMANORD, 1999, WORKSH EC QUAL OBJ E ACHESON JM, 1994, ANTHR I EC AIKEN J, 1999, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P346 ALHEIT J, 1993, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P53 BAKUN A, 1993, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P199 BAKUN A, 1999, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P2 BEDDINGTON J, 1995, NATURE, V374, P213 BOMBACE G, 1993, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P119 CHEN Y, 1999, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P221 CHRISTENSEN NL, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P665 COSTANZA R, 1992, ECOSYSTEM HLTH NEW G, P239 COSTANZA R, 1999, GULF MEXICO LARGE MA, P385 CRAWFORD RJM, 1989, AAAS SELECTED S, V111, P169 CRRED CF, 1996, TULANE ENV LAW J, V9, P245 DUDA AM, 1990, INNOVATIONS RIVER BA, P321 DUDA AM, 1998, PARTNERSHIPS SUSTAIN EIKELAND PO, 1992, MULTISPECIES MANAGEM EPSTEIN PR, 1993, WORLD RESOURCE REV, V5, P190 HANNA SS, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P170 HEY E, 1993, ENV POLLUTION LAW, V2315, P215 HEY E, 1993, ENV POLLUTION LAW, V2315, P235 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 JOSSI JW, 1993, ICES J MAR SCI, V50, P303 JUDA L, 1999, OCEAN DEV INT LAW, V30, P89 KELLEHER G, 1993, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P272 KULLENBERG G, 1986, AAAS SELECTED S, V99, P19 KUMPF H, 1999, GULF MEXICO LARGE MA, P736 LANTERS RLP, 1999, WORKSH EC QUAL OBJ N LEE SG, 1999, KOREA OBS, V30, P9 LEVIN SA, 1993, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P36 LIBECAP GD, 1989, CONTRACTING PROPERTY LUBCHENCO J, 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P317 LUBCHENCO J, 1994, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT, P33 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 MANGEL M, 1991, FOOD CHAINS YIELDS M, P243 MEE L, 1992, AMBIO, V21, P1278 MYERS MS, 1998, MAR POLLUT BULL, V37, P92 PAULY D, 1995, NATURE, V374, P255 PAYNE PM, 1990, FISH B-NOAA, V88, P687 PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 PLANQUE B, 1998, ICES J MAR SCI, V55, P644 REID PC, 1999, GULF MEXICO LARGE MA, P476 ROSENBERG AA, 1993, SCIENCE, V262, P828 SAINSBURY KJ, 1988, FISH POPULATION DYNA, P349 SCULLY RT, 1993, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P242 SHERMAN K, 1992, CML38 ICES SHERMAN K, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V112, P277 SHERMAN K, 1996, NE SHELF ECOSYSTEM A, P564 SHERMAN K, 1999, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P465 SHERMAN K, 1999, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V190, P271 SISSENWINE MP, 1986, AAAS SELECTED S, V99, P55 SISSENWINE MP, 1991, FOOD CHAINS YIELDS M, P107 SMAYDA T, 1991, FOOD CHAINS YIELDS M, P275 SUTINEN J, 1998, FRAMEWORK MONITORING TANG Q, 1993, LARGE MARINE ECOSYST, P79 WADE TL, 1998, MAR POLLUT BULL, V37, P20 NR 70 TC 3 J9 ECOSYST HEALTH BP 205 EP 216 PY 2000 PD SEP VL 6 IS 3 GA 410EF UT ISI:000167426500004 ER PT J AU HUBERMAN, G TI QUALITATIVE BEHAVIOR OF A FISHERY SYSTEM SO MATHEMATICAL BIOSCIENCES LA English DT Article RP HUBERMAN, G, YALE UNIV,SCH ORGANIZAT & MANAGEMENT,NEW HAVEN,CT 06520. CR CLARK CW, 1975, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V2, P92 CODDINGTON EA, 1955, THEORY ORDINARY DIFF HIRSCH MW, 1974, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO HOLLING CS, 1965, MEM ENTOMOL SOC CAN, P45 KOPELL N, 1973, STUDIES APPL MATH, V52 LUDWIG D, UNPUBLISHED MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 SMITH VL, 1969, J POLIT ECON, V77, P181 NR 8 TC 3 J9 MATH BIOSCI BP 1 EP 14 PY 1978 VL 42 IS 1-2 GA GJ446 UT ISI:A1978GJ44600001 ER PT J AU Hanna, SS TI User participation and fishery management performance within the Pacific Fishery Management Council SO OCEAN & COASTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article RP Hanna, SS, OREGON STATE UNIV,DEPT AGR & RESOURCE ECON,CORVALLIS,OR 97331. AB Fish populations have the potential to contribute to the long-term economic and social benefit of humans, but to no so they must be managed in ways which maintain ecological health. There are many ways that management performance can be assessed, but four measures are particularly pertinent to sustainability: equity, stewardship, regulatory resilience, and efficiency. A key factor in management performance is the process by which management tools are developed and implemented. One approach that has been recommended to improve performance is to structure the management process around user participation. The paper analyzes three case studies of riser participation in ad hoc processes of Pacific groundfish management: the development of a license limitation program; an inter-gear sablefish allocation; and the development of a sablefish individual quota (IQ) program. The case studies illustrate the role played by participation in contributing to the equity, stewardship, resilience, and efficiency of the management process. The effect of user participation was mixed in the three cases, depending on the history of participation, the structure and process of participation, on resource conditions and on tire characteristics of the program under consideration. Participation can contribute positively to fishery management performance when there is a history of collective decision-making, the time line is slow enough to allow a frill consideration of the issues, educational possibilities are pursued and the condition of the resource allows equitable compromises. (C) 1996 Elsevier Science Ltd. CR 1994, COUNCIL NEWS, V18 *OECD, 1993, US IND QUOT FISH MAN *PAC FISH MAN COUN, 1992, AM 6 LTD ENTR FISH M *PAC FISH MAN COUN, 1992, COUNC OP PROD 1992 *PAC FISH MAN COUN, 1992, LETT EST APP IND QUO *PAC FISH MAN COUN, 1994, DRAFT AM 8 FIX GEAR *PAC FISH MAN COUN, 1994, PUBL TEST DRAFT AM 8, V8 *PAC FISH MAN COUN, 1994, STAT PAC COAST GROUN ANDERSON LG, 1977, EC FISHERIES MANAGEM ARROW KJ, 1974, LIMITS ORG BEDDINGTON JR, 1984, 243 FAO EGGERTSSON T, 1990, EC BEHAV I FREEMAN K, 1988, PACIFIC FISHING, V9, P42 GLOCK J, 1995, COMMUNICATION GORDON HS, 1954, J POLITICAL EC, V62, P124 HANNESSON R, 1985, MARINE RESOURCE EC, V2, P115 HASTIE J, 1989, FNWC171 NOAA NMFS US HIRSCHMAN AO, 1986, RIVAL VIEWS MARKET S HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 JENTOFT S, 1989, MAR POLICY, V13, P137 JENTOFT S, 1995, MAR POLICY, V19, P227 MATTHEWS RCO, 1986, ECON J, V96, P903 MCCAY BJ, 1995, ADV HUMAN ECOLOGY, V4, P89 NEHER PA, 1989, RIGHTS BASED FISHING OLSEN M, 1965, LOGIC COLLECTIVE ACT PINKERTON E, 1989, COOPERATIVE MANAGEME ROTHSCHILD J, 1986, COOPERATIVE WORKPLAC RUDDLE K, 1993, FOLK MANAGEMENT WORL RUNGE CF, 1984, J POLIT, V46, P154 SCHELLING TC, 1960, STRATEGY CONFLICT SEGER J, 1995, COMMUNICATION TOWNSEND RE, 1990, LAND ECON, V66, P359 WILSON JA, 1982, LAND ECON, V58, P417 NR 33 TC 14 J9 OCEAN COAST MANAGE BP 23 EP 44 PY 1995 VL 28 IS 1-3 GA UP523 UT ISI:A1995UP52300003 ER PT J AU Okey, TA TI Membership of the eight Regional Fishery Management Councils in the United States: are special interests over-represented? SO MARINE POLICY LA English DT Article C1 Univ British Columbia, Fisheries Ctr, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4, Canada. RP Okey, TA, Univ British Columbia, Fisheries Ctr, 2204 Main Mall, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4, Canada. AB The failure of modern fisheries management is blamed on myriad socio-economic and technical problems, but the most fundamental reason for failure might be the overwhelming dominance of extractive interests in participatory decision-making venues. In the United States, commercial fishing interests made up 49% of appointed voting members of the eight Regional Fishery Management Councils between 1990 and 2001; recreational fishing interests made up 33%, and all other interests combined made up 17%. Dominance of commercial fishing representation over the 'other' group was statistically significant, and this unequal apportionment 4 interests remained statistically stable throughout the 12 years of reporting. Contemporary economic sensibilities within this 'industry-captured' regulatory process generate perverse incentives for management decisions that conflict with, and can undermine, national sustainability goals and standards, even when those standards are logically sound and agreed to by consensus. Positive feedbacks in the system reinforce the unequal representation of interests. The relative dominance of these interests can be adjusted through an experiment that legally mandates an apportionment formula designed to optimize the welfare and interests of the general public, thus testing the notion,that increasing the relative representation of general public interests would improve the lacklustre performance of US federal fisheries management. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. CR 1960, PLATO *ANAO, 1996, AUD GEN PERF AUD REP, P32 *CFGC, 2002, STAT CAL FISH GAME C *COMM AUSTR MAN CO, 1997, LAST FRONT REP HOUS *DFG, 2001, MAST PLAN GUID DEV F *FAO, 1997, FAO TECHN GUID RESP *NMFS, 1993, REP APP MEMB REG FIS *NMFS, 1994, REP APP MEMB REG FIS *NMFS, 1995, REP APP MEM REG FISH *NMFS, 1996, NMFSFSPO23 *NMFS, 1996, REP APP MEMB REG FIS *NMFS, 1997, 1996 REP APP MEMB RE *NMFS, 1998, 1997 REP APP MEMB RE *NMFS, 1999, 1998 REP C APP MEMB *NMFS, 1999, NMFSFSPO41 NOAA *NMFS, 2000, 1999 REP C APP MEMB *NMFS, 2001, 2000 REP C APP MEMB *NMFS, 2001, REP C STAT FISH US *NMFS, 2001, STELL SEA LION PROT *NMFS, 2002, REP APP MEMB REG FIS *SAS I INC, 1997, SAS STAR VIEW *TEXASOFT, 1997, WINKS WIND KWIKSTAT *WWF, 1995, MAN US MAR FISH PUBL ANTHONY VC, 1990, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V10, P175 BATHGATE M, 2000, ENV PLANNING MANAGEM, P251 BRANSON JH, 1987, COASTAL MANAGEMENT, V15, P299 CHRISTY FT, 1965, COMMON WEALTH OCEAN CLOUTIER TM, 1996, OCEAN COASTAL LAW J, V2, P101 COCHRANE KL, 1998, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V8, P177 COCHRANE KL, 1999, ICES J MAR SCI, V56, P917 COCHRANE KL, 2000, FISH FISH, V1, P3 COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 CREAN K, 1996, FISHERIES MANAGEMENT DAHL RA, 1970, AFTER REVOLUTION AUT DAHL RA, 1989, DEMOCRACY ITS CRITIC FINCH R, 1985, MAR POLICY, V9, P170 FUJITA RM, 1998, ECOL APPL S, V8, S139 FULLERTON E, 1987, COASTAL MANAGEMENT, V15, P305 GAGNON J, 1991, ABACUS CONCEPTS GARCIA SM, 1997, AM FISH SOC S, V20, P2 GONI R, 1998, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V40, P37 HALL SJ, 1999, EFFECTS FISHING MARI HANNA SS, 2000, FISHING GROUNDS DEFI HEALEY MC, 1998, MAR POLICY, V22, P109 HENNESSEY T, 2000, COAST MANAGE, V28, P187 HILBORN R, 1992, QUANTITATIVE FISHERI HOMERDIXON TF, 1991, INT SECURITY, V16, P76 HOMERDIXON TF, 1994, INT SECURITY, V19, P5 HUGHEY KFD, 2000, MAR POLICY, V24, P119 JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P629 JASANOFF S, 1990, FIFTH BRANCH SCI ADV JEFFERSON T, 1776, UNANIMOUS DECLARATIO JENTOFT S, 1989, MAR POLICY, V13, P137 JENTOFT S, 1995, MAR POLICY, V19, P227 JENTOFT S, 2000, MAR POLICY, V24, P53 LANE DE, 2000, MAR POLICY, V24, P385 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 LUDWIG D, 2001, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V32, P481 MARSH GP, 1864, MAN NATURE PHYSICAL MCCAY B, 1999, FISH CUT BAIT HOW PA MCGOODWIN JR, 1990, CRISIS WORLDS FISHER MIKALSEN KH, 2001, MAR POLICY, V25, P281 MUNRO G, 2002, FISH FISHERIES, V3, P233 PAULY D, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P860 PONTECORVO G, 1977, WASH LAW REV, V52, P641 ROSENBERG AA, 1993, SCIENCE, V262, P828 SAGAN C, 1978, DRAGONS EDEN SPECULA SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SMITH ADM, 1999, ICES J MAR SCI, V56, P967 SUMAILA UR, 2002, 9 U BRIT COL FISH CT, P3 SYMES D, 1996, FISHERIES MANAGEMENT, P3 TOWNSEND RE, 1995, MAR POLICY, V19, P39 UNDERWOOD AJ, 1981, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL AN, V19, P513 VITOUSEK PM, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P494 WALLACE R, 1994, MASGP94012 AUB U MAR WATSON R, 2001, NATURE, V414, P534 WEBER M, 2000, GUIDE CALIFORNIAS MA WEBER M, 2002, ABUNDANCE SCARCITY H NR 78 TC 1 J9 MAR POLICY BP 193 EP 206 PY 2003 PD MAY VL 27 IS 3 GA 678NY UT ISI:000182874400001 ER PT J AU Bolshakov, VN Krinitsin, SV Kryazhimskii, FV Rica, JPM TI Problems of the comprehension of the basic notions of ecological science by contemporary society SO RUSSIAN JOURNAL OF ECOLOGY LA English DT Article RP Bolshakov, VN, RUSSIAN ACAD SCI,INST PLANT & ANIM ECOL,URAL DIV,UL VOSMOGO MARTA 202,EKATERINBURG 620144,RUSSIA. AB The basic concepts of ecology as a biological science are inadequately reflected in public awareness despite the apparent indispensability of their application in the interaction between human society and living nature. This stems not only from ecological ignorance on the part of even the most well-educated and active segments of the population, but also from a continuously anthropogenic worldview. Science and education face the problem of changing this mentality and introducing basic ecological concepts into public awareness. CR *UNCED, 1992, AG 21 PROGR ACT SUST BAUER ES, 1937, TEORETICHESKAYA BIOL BOLSHAKOV VN, 1993, EKOLOGIYA, P3 BRODA E, 1978, EVOLUTION BIOENERGET CLEMENTS FE, 1905, RES METHODS ECOLOGY COWELS HC, 1899, ECOLOGICAL RELATIONS DECHARDIN PT, 1955, PHENOMENE HUMAINE FORRESTER JW, 1961, IND DYNAMICS GAUSE GF, 1934, STRUGGLE EXISTENCE GORSHKOV VG, 1988, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V301, P1015 GORSHKOV VG, 1990, EKOLOGIYA, P7 HAECKEL E, 1866, GENERELLE MORPHOLOGI, V1 HENGEVELD R, 1990, DYNAMIC BIOGEOGRAPHY HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM ISAEV AS, 1973, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V208, P225 JONES DD, 1977, SIMULATION, P1 KUHN TS, 1977, STRUKTURA NAUCHNYKH LINDEMANN RL, 1942, ECOLOGY, V33, P399 LOTKA AJ, 1925, ELEMENTS PHYSICAL BI LOVELOCK JE, 1979, GAIA NEW LOOK LIFE E MACARTHUR RH, 1967, THEORY ISLAND BIOGEO MARGALEF R, 1957, MEMS R ACAD CIENC AR, V32, P373 MAY RM, 1975, J THEOR BIOL, V51, P511 MAY RM, 1986, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V228, P241 MEADOWS DH, 1994, PREDELAMI ROSTA ODUM HT, 1971, ENV POWER SOC PRIGOGINE I, 1946, EXPERIENTIA, P451 SCHRODINGER E, 1945, WHAT IS LIFE SHANNON CE, 1949, MATH THEORY COMMUNIC SHILOV IA, 1981, EKOLOGIYA, P5 SHVARTS SS, 1967, ZOOL ZH, V46, P1456 SHVARTS SS, 1971, IZV AN SSSR BIOL, V28, P485 SHVARTS SS, 1976, VESTN AN SSSR+, P80 STEARNS S, 1976, Q REV BIOL, V51, P3 STENSETH NC, 1985, ACTA ZOOL FENN, P7 SVIREZHEV YM, 1995, ENV POLLUTION ECOLOG, V1, P52 TANSLEY AG, 1935, ECOLOGY, V16, P284 VERNADSKY VI, 1945, AM SCI, V33, P1 VERNADSKY VI, 1978, ZHIVOE VESHCHESTVO VOLTERRA V, 1926, NATURE, V118, P558 VRANKCX A, 1995, IS SUSTAINABLE DEV C, P44 WIENER N, 1948, CYBERNETICS NR 43 TC 0 J9 RUSS J ECOL-ENGL TR BP 155 EP 160 PY 1996 PD MAY-JUN VL 27 IS 3 GA UP894 UT ISI:A1996UP89400001 ER PT J AU Jansson, A Hammer, M TI Patches and pulses as fundamental characteristics for matching ecological and cultural diversity: the Baltic Sea archipelago SO BIODIVERSITY AND CONSERVATION LA English DT Article C1 Univ Stockholm, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. RP Jansson, A, Univ Stockholm, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. AB Focusing on the Baltic archipelago, we address the questions: to what extent are the rhythms of natural and social systems compatible and under which criteria can we make them coincide? Existing mismatches between resource availability and human demand are identified as well as human attempts to dampen ecosystem fluctuations. By means of examples from forestry and fisheries, we illustrate how changes in property rights and technology have altered the diversity and resilience of the archipelago system. Our results suggest that intermediate scale processes of years up to a century are most critical for bringing natural and cultural systems in concordance. The time frame relevant to management and policy in the archipelago seems to correlate with eutrophication processes and the regrowth of forests. In fisheries, a shift from traditional to recreational fisheries has created fishery patterns badly adapted to the dynamics of the coastal ecosystem in disregard of traditional ecological knowledge. A multipurpose and adaptive management of natural resources is advocated as the most appropriate approach for promoting ecological and cultural diversity in the Baltic archipelago. Existing mismatches between the two have to be addressed by governing institutions at many hierarchical levels. CR 1990, FRITIDSFISKE 90 STOC ABE T, 1997, BIODIVERSITY ECOLOGI BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 CLARK WC, 1987, FORECASTING SOCIAL N, P337 COSTANZA R, 1999, IN PRESS ECOLOGICAL FOLKE C, 1997, 108 BEIJ GRANLUND J, 1956, ARSSKRIFT, V331, P3 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HAMMER M, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P97 HEDENSTIERNA B, 1990, 2 SODR SKARG GEN TID HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P447 HOLLING CS, 1997, RIGHTS NATURE ECOLOG, P57 HOLMLUND C, 1996, THESIS STOCKHOLM U S, P13 JANSSON AM, 1991, LINKING NATURAL ENV, P97 JANSSON AM, 1992, HUMAN RESPONSIBILITY KIHLBOM D, 1991, SKARGARDSSKOG EKOLOG LEVIN SA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1943 LOFGREN O, 1977, MARITIME HUNTERS IND LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P547 MATTHAUS W, 1995, DTSCH HYDROGR Z, V47, P47 MOONEY HA, 1995, GLOBAL BIODIVERSITY, P275 MOONEY HA, 1996, FUNCTIONAL ROLES BIO ODUM EP, 1989, ECOLOGY OUR ENDANGER OLSSON P, 1997, THESIS STOCKHOLM U S PERRINGS C, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC RINALDO S, 1978, VAGEN TILL SKARV BER RISSER PG, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P742 SANNEBRO M, 1990, 190 STOCKH U SCHULZE ED, 1994, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST STEELE JH, 1991, BIOSCIENCE, V41, P470 STORA N, 1985, STUDIA FENNICA, V30, P113 SVEDANG H, 1997, UNDERSOKNING FRITIDS WALKER BH, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P80 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WARDLE DA, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1296 WOODMANSE R, 1988, SCOPE, V35, P11 YOUNG OR, 1996, I DIMENSIONS GLOBAL ZUCCHETTO J, 1985, RESOURCES SOC SYSTEM NR 40 TC 2 J9 BIODIVERS CONSERV BP 71 EP 84 PY 1999 PD JAN VL 8 IS 1 GA 215VN UT ISI:000081404300007 ER PT J AU Imperial, MT TI Institutional analysis and ecosystem-based management: The institutional analysis and development framework SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Review C1 Indiana Univ, Inst Study Govt, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. Indiana Univ, Nonprofit Sector, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. Indiana Univ, Sch Publ & Environm Affairs, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. RP Imperial, MT, Indiana Univ, Inst Study Govt, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. AB Scholars, government practitioners, and environmentalists are increasingly supportive of collaborative, ecosystem-based approaches to natural resource management. However, few researchers have focused their attention on examining the important administrative and institutional challenges surrounding ecosystem-based management. This paper describes how the institutional analysis and development (IAD) framework can be used to better understand the institutional arrangements used to implement ecosystem-based management programs. Some of the observations emanating from previous research on institutional design and performance are also discussed. The paper's central argument is that ii this new resource management paradigm is to take hold and flourish, researchers and practitioners must pay closer attention to the questions surrounding institutional design and performance. This should help improve our understanding of the relationship between science and human values in decision making. It should also help researchers avoid making faulty policy recommendations and improve the implementation of ecosystem-based management programs. CR *CRS, 1994, EC MAN FED AG ACT *EC SOC AM, 1995, SCI BAS EC MAN *EX OFF PRES, 1993, NAT PERF REV CREAT G *GAO, 1994, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT AGEE JK, 1988, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT AGRANOFF R, 1996, HDB PUBLIC ADM, P131 ALEXANDER LM, 1993, MAR POLICY, V17, P186 BACKUS RH, 1987, GEORGES BANK BARDACH E, 1996, STATE PUBLIC MANAGEM, P168 BASKERVILLE GL, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P37 BEEN V, 1993, CORNELL LAW REV, V78, P1001 BISH R, 1982, GOVERING PUGET SOUND BLOMQUIST W, 1992, DIVIDING WATERS GOVE BORN SM, 1995, ENVIRON MANAGE, V19, P167 BRESSERS H, 1995, NETWORKS WATER POLIC BRESSERS H, 1995, NETWORKS WATER POLIC, P1 BROWNE A, 1983, IMPLEMENTATION, P206 BRYANT B, 1995, ENV JUSTICE ISSUES P BULLARD RD, 1994, UNEQUAL PROTECTION E BURROUGHS RH, 1995, ENVIRON MANAGE, V19, P649 CALDWELL L, 1988, PERSPECTIVES ECOSYST CALDWELL LK, 1970, NAT RESOUR J, V10, P203 CHRISTENSEN NL, 1988, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT, P62 CICINSAIN B, 1993, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V21, P1 CLARK TW, 1994, GREATER YELLOWSTONES COLT AB, 1994, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V24, P85 CORTNER HJ, 1994, ENVIRON MANAGE, V18, P167 COSTANZA R, 1992, ECOSYSTEM HLTH NEW G COSTANZA R, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P169 CRAWFORD SES, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P582 DRYZEK JS, 1987, RATIONAL ECOLOGY ELAZAR D, 1987, EXPLORING FEDERALISM ELMORE RF, 1985, POLICY IMPLEMENTATIO, P33 FERMINSELLERS K, 1995, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V7, P201 FLETCHER K, 1990, WASH LAW REV, V65, P359 FOSTER CHW, 1984, EXPT BIOREGIONALISM FRANCIS G, 1993, NAT RESOUR J, V33, P315 FRANCIS GR, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P239 GAGE RW, 1990, STRATEGIES MANAGING, P127 GRAY B, 1989, COLLABORATING FINDIN GRUMBINE RE, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P27 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 GURTNERZIMMERMANN A, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P449 HAEUBER R, 1996, NAT RESOUR J, V36, P1 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HARWELL MA, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P497 HAYEK FA, 1945, AM ECON REV, V35, P519 HEALEY MC, 1994, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V23, P167 HECLO H, 1978, NEW AM POLITICAL SYS, P87 HENNESSEY TM, 1994, COAST MANAGE, V22, P119 HJERN B, 1981, ORGAN STUD, V2, P211 HOLLICK M, 1993, ENVIRON MANAGE, V17, P621 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HOLLING CS, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P3 IMPERIAL MT, 1992, COAST MANAGE, V20, P311 IMPERIAL MT, 1993, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V20, P147 IMPERIAL MT, 1996, COAST MANAGE, V24, P115 IMPERIAL MT, 1998, ASS PUBL POL AN MAN IMPERIAL MT, 1999, IN PRESS COASTAL MAN, V27 KISER LL, 1982, STRATEGIES POLITICAL, P179 KOHM KA, 1997, CREATING FORESTRY 21 KOONTZ TM, 1997, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V27, P15 KUHN TS, 1970, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU LEE KN, 1986, ENVIRON LAW, V16, P431 LEE KN, 1991, ENVIRON LAW, V21, P745 LEE KN, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE IN LEE KN, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P214 LESCHINE TM, 1990, OCEAN SHORELINE MANA, V13, P295 LEVI M, 1990, LIMITS RATIONALITY, P402 LIBECAP GD, 1995, LOCAL COMMONS GLOBAL, P161 LICHTMAN P, 1994, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V7, P459 LIGHT SS, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P103 LINDTJORN B, 1987, ANN TROP PAEDIATR, V7, P1 LIPPINCOTT RC, 1992, POLICY STUD J, V20, P376 MACKENZIE SH, 1996, INTEGRATED RESOURCE MAJONE G, 1979, IMPLEMENTATION, P163 MANDELL MP, 1990, STRATEGIES MANAGING, P29 MARIN B, 1991, POLICY NETWORKS EMPI MAZMANIAN DA, 1983, IMPLEMENTATION PUBLI MCLAIN RJ, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P437 MILBRATH L, 1988, PERSPECTIVES ECOSYST, P141 MILLER A, 1993, ENVIRON MANAGE, V17, P563 MILWARD HB, 1982, ADMIN SOC, V13, P457 MOFFATT I, 1995, SUSTAINABLE DEV PRIN OLSON M, 1965, LOGIC COLLECTIVE ACT OPHULS W, 1992, ECOLOGY POLITICS SCA OSTROM E, 1986, PUBLIC CHOICE, V48, P3 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERING COMMONS EVO OSTROM E, 1993, I INCENTIVES SUSTAIN OSTROM E, 1994, RULES GAMES COMMON P OSTROM V, 1980, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V40, P309 OSTROM V, 1989, INTELLECTUAL CRISIS OSTROM V, 1994, MEANING AM FEDERALIS OTOOLE LJ, 1997, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V57, P45 PIRAGES DC, 1996, BUILDING SUSTAINABLE RAINEY H, 1983, ORG THEORY PUBLIC PO, P133 RINGQUIST EJ, 1993, ENV PROTECTION STATE RINGQUIST EJ, 1993, J POLIT, V55, P1022 ROE E, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P667 ROGERS EM, 1995, DIFFUSION INNOVATION ROSE R, 1993, LESSON DRAWING PUBLI SABATIER PA, 1993, POLICY CHANGE LEARNI SCHLAGER E, 1993, POLITICAL EC CUSTOMS, P13 SCHRAMM G, 1980, NAT RESOUR J, V20, P787 SELIN S, 1995, ENVIRON MANAGE, V19, P189 SHERMAN K, 1991, ECOLOGICAL APPL, V1, P4 SLOCOMBE DS, 1993, BIOSCIENCE, V43, P612 SLOCOMBE DS, 1993, ENVIRON MANAGE, V17, P289 SLOCOMBE DS, 1998, ENVIRON MANAGE, V22, P483 SMITH D, 1998, COMPUT MUSIC J, V22, P5 SPROULEJONES MH, 1993, GOVT WORK CANADIAN P THOMPSON FJ, 1985, J POLIT, V47, P686 TOUHY WS, 1993, COASTAL MANAGEMENT, V21, P113 TOUHY WS, 1994, COASTAL MANAGEMENT, V22, P81 UNDERDAL A, 1980, MARINE POLICY JUL, P159 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WEINBERG AM, 1972, MINERVA, V10, P209 WRIGHT D, 1988, UNDERSTANDING INTERG YAFFEE SL, 1996, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT NR 119 TC 13 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 449 EP 465 PY 1999 PD NOV VL 24 IS 4 GA 241PN UT ISI:000082891900003 ER PT J AU Arrow, K Daily, GC Dasgupta, P Levin, SA Maler, KG Maskin, E Starrett, D Sterner, T Tietenberg, T TI Managing ecosystem resources SO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Princeton Univ, Dept Ecol & Evolut Biol, Princeton, NJ 08544 USA. Stanford Univ, Dept Econ, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. Stanford Univ, Dept Biol Sci, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. Univ Cambridge, Fac Econ & Polit, Cambridge CB3 9DD, England. Royal Swedish Acad Sci, Beijer Inst, S-10405 Stockholm, Sweden. Harvard Univ, Dept Econ, Cambridge, MA 02138 USA. Resources Future Inc, Washington, DC 20036 USA. Colby Coll, Dept Econ, Waterville, ME 04901 USA. RP Levin, SA, Princeton Univ, Dept Ecol & Evolut Biol, Princeton, NJ 08544 USA. AB We explore some of the special problems faced in the management of environmental resources, paying particular attention to valuation of ecosystem services, externalities, uncertainty, and nonlinearities characteristic of complex adaptive, highly interconnected systems. Through consideration of case studies drawn from the management of lake and mangrove ecosystems, we develop a theoretical perspective in which we analyze the challenges, suggest approaches to their resolution, and endeavor to derive principles that may guide management more generally. CR *NAT RES COUNC OC, 1999, SHAR FISH NAT POL IN ARROW KJ, 1974, Q J ECON, V87, P312 BERRENS RP, 1998, LAND ECON, V74, P147 BOLKER BM, GEOMETRY ECOLOGICAL CARPENTER SR, IN PRESS ECOL APPL COLE JJ, 1991, COMP ANAL ECOSYSTEMS COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 DAILY GC, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC DENAGELIS DS, 1992, INDIVIDUAL BASED MOD HEAL G, 1996, UNPUB C P ENV GOV LA HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM, P377 LEVIN SA, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P334 LEVIN SA, 1997, SPATIAL ECOLOGY ROLE, P271 LEVIN SA, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P431 LEVIN SA, 1999, FRAGILE DOMINION COM LUDWIG D, 1978, J ANIM ECOL, V47, P315 LUDWIG D, 1983, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V40, P559 PACALA SW, 1997, SPATIAL ECOLOGY ROLE, P204 PACE ML, 1998, SUCCESSES LIMITATION NR 19 TC 9 J9 ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL BP 1401 EP 1406 PY 2000 PD APR 15 VL 34 IS 8 GA 303YR UT ISI:000086456100005 ER PT J AU Shah, MA Sharma, U TI Optimal harvesting policies for a generalized Gordon-Schaefer model in randomly varying environment SO APPLIED STOCHASTIC MODELS IN BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY LA English DT Article C1 Rajshahi Univ, Dept Stat, Rajshahi 6205, Bangladesh. Kurukshetra Univ, Dept Stat & Operat Res, Kurukshetra 132119, Haryana, India. RP Shah, MA, Rajshahi Univ, Dept Stat, Rajshahi 6205, Bangladesh. AB A non-linear stochastic model has been proposed and analized for fish harvesting. The model encompasses Gordon-Schaefer model and Pella-Tomlinson model that have been used in the study of extensive data on baleen whales, harp seals and Gulf of St. Lawrence cod. It has been established that the harvesting of those species is more profitable in terms of biomass for which data supports alpha > 2, as compared to that for which alpha less than or equal to 2, where alpha is general index in the model: dn(t)/dt = rn(t) [1 - {1(t)/K}(alpha-1)] Copyright (C) 2003 John Wiley Sons, Ltd. CR ABAKUKUS A, 1981, MATH BIOSCI, V55, P169 BEVERTON RJH, 1957, FISHERY INVEST LON 2, V19, P533 FOX WW, 1970, T AM FISH SOC, V99, P80 GOH CJ, 1989, MATH BIOSCIENCES NEW, V95, P125 HOLT SJ, 1975, MAR MAMM S BERG LETT PF, 1976, ICNAF SEL PAP, V1, P171 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 PELLA JJ, 1969, INTERAM TROP TUNA CO, V13, P419 REED WJ, 1988, IMA J MATH APPL MED, V5, P215 RICKER WE, 1973, RAPPORT PROCES VERBA, V164, P333 SCHAEFER MB, 1954, B INT AM TROP TUNA C, V1, P27 SHAH A, 2001, PAKISTAN J STAT, V17, P163 SHAH MA, 1997, J STAT STUDIES, V17, P21 SHAH MA, 2001, NAT HAZARDS, V23, P49 NR 14 TC 0 J9 APPL STOCH MODELS BUS IND BP 43 EP 49 PY 2003 PD JAN-MAR VL 19 IS 1 GA 648QF UT ISI:000181161500004 ER PT J AU BARROW, EGC TI USUFRUCT RIGHTS TO TREES - THE ROLE OF EKWAR IN DRYLAND CENTRAL TURKANA, KENYA SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BARROW, EGC, ICRAF,POB 30677,NAIROBI,KENYA. AB Usufruct rights to trees (Ekwar) in the Turkana silvo-pastoral system are an important aspect of natural resource management, particularly in the drier central parts of Kenya. Originating from a participatory forestry extension program, a survey was carried out that showed the extent and duration, often in excess of one generation, of occupancy of a person's Ekwar. Such rights center around the dry season fodder resources, especially of Acacia tortilis. However they are not definite and are linked to risk-spreading by flexibility in livestock management and the need that they be maintained through efficient usage and social linkages. Hitherto, such natural resource management systems have all but been ignored in the development process in favor of the "tragedy of the commons" paradigm. Likewise, pastoral development has tended to emphasize range and water, while trees are not given the attention they deserve. This endangers the resilience of the system, and it is therefore important that development works with, not against, such environmentally-sound practices to try to make them more sustainable in the long term. CR *ALDEV, 1956, AFR LAND DEV 1946 19 *EC LTD, 1985, TURK DISTR RES SURV *KENYA FOR DEP TUR, 1989, DRAFT FOR POL GUID T *NORC, 1990, ENV STUD TURK DISTR BARRETT T, 1986, THESIS U CHICAGO BARROW EGC, 1986, SOIL CONSERVATION KE, P471 BARROW EGC, 1987, UNPUB REPORT RESULTS BARROW EGC, 1988, SOIL CONSERVATION AF BARROW EGC, 1990, ICRAF INT WORKSHOP M BAXTER PTW, 1987, PROPERTY POVERTY PEO BRAINARD JM, 1981, THESIS STATE U NEW Y BROCHDUE V, 1983, FIELDS FOE AMANA EMO BROCHEDUE V, 1981, 5 U BERG DEP SOC ANT BROWN LH, 1971, BIOL CONSERV, V3, P93 BURKE K, 1987, PROPERTY POVERTY PEO, P129 CHAMBERS R, 1987, ODI5A SOC FOR NETW P ELLIS J, 1987, PASTORALISM DROUGHT ELLIS JE, 1988, J RANGE MANAGE, V41, P450 FORTMANN L, 1985, TREES TENURE ANNOTAT FRY PH, 1986, 22B OV DEV NETW GULLIVER PH, 1955, FAMILY HERDS HOGG R, 1987, AFR AFFAIRS, V86, P47 HOGG RS, 1986, UNPUB BUILDING PASTO HOROWITZ M, 1987, DROUGHT HUNGER AFRIC INGOLD T, 1980, HUNTERS PASTORALISTS LAMPREY HF, 1983, ECOSYSTEMS WORLD, V13, P643 LEACH G, 1988, WOODFUEL CRISIS PEOP MCCABE JT, 1985, THESIS STATE U NEW Y MORGAN WTW, 1980, VERNACULAR NAMES UTI OBA G, 1989, C PEOPLES ROLE WETLA PETERS P, 1987, QUESTION COMMONS PICARDI A, 1976, TECHNOL REV, V78, P42 PRATT DJ, 1977, RANGELAND MANAGEMENT SANDFORD S, 1983, MANAGEMENT PASTORAL SINCLAIR ARE, 1985, CAN J ZOOL, V63, P987 STORAS F, 1987, PROPERTY POVERTY PEO, P137 SWIFT J, 1977, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V6, P457 NR 37 TC 3 J9 HUM ECOL BP 163 EP 176 PY 1990 PD JUN VL 18 IS 2 GA FD971 UT ISI:A1990FD97100002 ER PT J AU GUZMAN, HM JACKSON, JBC WEIL, E TI SHORT-TERM ECOLOGICAL CONSEQUENCES OF A MAJOR OIL-SPILL ON PANAMANIAN SUBTIDAL REEF CORALS SO CORAL REEFS LA English DT Article C1 SMITHSONIAN TROP RES INST,BALBOA,PANAMA. AB A major oil spill (8,000,000 liters; 50,000 barrels) occurred in Bahia Las Minas on the Caribbean coast of Panama in April 1986, and oil slicks from the refinery landfill and mangroves were still common there after 2 1/2 years. We studied short-term effects of the spill on common shallow subtidal reef corals, at the individual, population, and community levels. Numbers of corals, total coral cover, and species diversity based on cover decreased significantly with increased amounts of oiling. Cover of the large branching coral Acropora palmata decreased most. Frequency and size of recent injuries on massive corals increased with level of oiling, particularly for Siderastrea siderea. Growth of three massive species (Porites astreoides, Diploria strigosa, and Montastrea annularis, but not S. siderea) was less at oiled reefs in the year of the spill than during the 9 previous years. Subtidal coral reefs, particularly those along protected coasts, may suffer extensive damage from chronic exposure after major oil spills. CR AGARD JBR, 1988, MAR POLLUT B, V19, P231 ANDERSON JW, 1983, CANADIAN J FISHER S2, V40, P70 BAK RPM, 1976, MAR BIOL, V37, P105 BAK RPM, 1977, 3RD P INT COR REEF S, V1, P143 BAK RPM, 1978, MAR POLL B GB, V9, P14 BAK RPM, 1979, MAR BIOL, V54, P341 BAK RPM, 1980, OECOLOGIA, V47, P145 BAK RPM, 1987, MAR POLLUT BULL, V18, P534 BALLOU TG, 1989, PUBL AM PETROLEUM I, V4479, P447 BAYNE BL, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V297, P219 BIRKELAND CH, 1976, ECOLOGICAL RES SERIE, P1 BROWN BE, 1985, ADV MAR BIOL, V22, P1 BURNS KA, 1989, MAR POLLUT BULL, V20, P391 CAPUZZO JM, 1987, LONG TERM ENV EFFECT, P343 CONNELL JH, 1978, SCIENCE, V199, P1302 CONNELL JH, 1983, AM NAT, V121, P789 COOK CB, 1983, MAR BIOL, V18, P21 CORMACK D, 1983, RESPONSE OIL CHEM PO CORTES J, 1985, B MAR SCI, V36, P339 CUBIT JD, 1987, PUBLICATION AM PETRO, V4452, P401 CUBIT JD, 1989, CORAL REEFS, V8, P59 CURRY DP, 1925, AM J TROP MED, V5, P1 DAVIS GE, 1982, B MAR SCI, V32, P608 DODGE RE, 1984, CORAL REEFS, V3, P191 ELGERSHUIZEN JHB, 1976, MAR POLLUT B, V7, P22 FADLALLAH YH, 1983, CORAL REEFS, V2, P129 FUCIK KW, 1984, RESTORATION HABITATS, P115 GLADFELTER WB, 1982, B MAR SCI, V32, P639 GREEN RH, 1979, SAMPLING DESIGN STAT, P257 HARRISON PL, 1984, SCIENCE, V223, P1186 HIGHSMITH RC, 1982, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V7, P207 HUGHES DC, 1985, J MATER SCI LETT, V4, P101 HUGHES TP, 1985, ECOL MONOGR, V55, P141 HUGHES TP, 1987, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V113, P39 JACKSON JBC, 1986, B MAR SCI, V39, P588 JACKSON JBC, 1989, SCIENCE, V243, P37 JOHANNES RE, 1972, MAR POL B, V3, P29 KNAP AH, 1985, PUBL AM PETROLEUM I, V4385, P547 KNAP AH, 1987, MAR POLL B, V18, P199 KNOWLTON N, 1990, SMITHSON CONTR MAR S, V31, P1 LESSIOS HA, 1984, CORAL REEFS, V3, P173 LEWIS JB, 1971, MAR POLLUT B, V2, P59 LOYA Y, 1976, ECOLOGY, V57, P278 LOYA Y, 1979, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V1, P77 LOYA Y, 1980, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V3, P167 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MCCULLOUGH D, 1977, PATH SEAS CREATION MEAD R, 1988, DESIGN EXPT STATISTI NORUSIS MJ, 1988, SPSS PC PLUS ADV STA PETERS EC, 1981, MAR POLLUT B, V12, P333 REIMER AA, 1975, MAR POLLUT B, V6, P39 RINKEVICH B, 1977, 3TH P INT COR REEF S, P585 RINKEVICH B, 1979, MAR POLLUT B, V10, P328 ROGERS CS, 1984, CORAL REEFS, V3, P69 RUTZLER K, 1970, BIOSCIENCE, V20, P222 RYLAARSDAM KW, 1983, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V13, P249 SHINN EA, 1972, CORAL REEF RECOVERY SHINN EA, 1989, SEA FRONTIERS, V35, P72 SNEDECOR GW, 1967, STATISTICAL METHODS SOONG K, 1990, THESIS U TEXAS AUSTI SPIES RB, 1987, LONG TERM ENV EFFECT, P411 SUTHERLAND JP, 1974, AM NAT, V108, P859 SZMANT AM, 1986, CORAL REEFS, V5, P43 THORHAUG A, 1989, PUBL AM PETROLEUM I, V4479, P455 UNDERWOOD AJ, 1981, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL AN, V19, P513 VANDERMEULEN JH, 1982, PHIL T R SOC LOND B, V297, P335 WILLIAMS EH, 1988, 6TH P INT COR REEF S, V3, P313 WINER BJ, 1971, STATISTICAL PRINCIPL WYERS SC, 1986, PSZNI MAR ECOL, V7, P23 NR 69 TC 39 J9 CORAL REEF BP 1 EP 12 PY 1991 VL 10 IS 1 GA FZ192 UT ISI:A1991FZ19200001 ER PT J AU Briske, DD Fuhlendor, SD Smeins, EE TI State-and-transition models, thresholds, and rangeland health: A synthesis of ecological concepts and perspectives SO RANGELAND ECOLOGY & MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Texas A&M Univ, Dept Rangeland Ecol & Management, College Stn, TX 77843 USA. Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Plant & Soil Sci, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. RP Briske, DD, Texas A&M Univ, Dept Rangeland Ecol & Management, 2126 TAMU, College Stn, TX 77843 USA. AB This article synthesizes the ecological concepts and perspectives underpinning the development and application of state-and-transition models, thresholds, and rangeland health. Introduction of the multiple stable state concept paved the way for the development of these alternative evaluation procedures by hypothesizing that multiple stable plant communities can potentially occupy individual ecological sites. Vegetation evaluation procedures must be able to assess continuous and reversible as well as discontinuous and nonreversible vegetation dynamics because both patterns occur and neither pattern alone provides a complete assessment of vegetation dynamics on all rangelands. Continuous and reversible vegetation dynamics prevail within stable vegetation states, whereas discontinuous and nonreversible dynamics occur when thresholds are surpassed and one stable state replaces another. State-and-transition models can accommodate both categories of vegetation dynamics because they represent vegetation change along several axes, including fire regimes, weather variability, and management prescriptions, in addition to the succession-grazing axis associated with the traditional range model. Ecological thresholds have become a focal point of state-and-transition models because threshold identification is necessary for recognition of the various stable plant communities than can potentially occupy an ecological site. Thresholds are difficult to define and quantify because they represent a complex series of interacting components, rather than discrete boundaries in time and space. Threshold components can be categorized broadly as structural and functional based on compositional and spatial vegetation attributes, and oil modification of ecosystem processes, respectively. State-and-transition models and rangeland health procedures have developed in parallel, rather than as components of an integrated framework, because the two procedures primarily rely on structural and functional thresholds, respectively. It may be prudent for rangeland professionals to consider the introduction of these alternative evaluation procedures as the beginning of a long-term developmental process, rather than as an end point marked by the adoption of an alternative set of standardized evaluation procedures. CR *NRC, 1994, RANG HLTH NEW METH C *USDA NRCS, 1997, 190V2NRPH USDA NRCS *USDA SCS, 1975, NAT RANG HDB ARCHER S, 1991, GRAZING MANAGEMENT E, P109 ARCHER S, 2000, RANGELAND DESERTIFIC, P17 ARCHER S, 2001, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEMICA, P115 ARHCER S, 1994, ECOLOGICAL IMPLICATI, P13 BESTELMEYER BT, 2003, J RANGE MANAGE, V56, P114 BESTELMEYER BT, 2004, ENVIRON MANAGE, V34, P38 BRIGGS JM, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P578 BRISKE DD, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P601 BROWN JR, 1989, OECOLOGIA, V80, P19 BROWN JR, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P2385 CHAPIN FS, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P500 CHASE JM, 2003, OECOLOGIA, V136, P489 CLEMENTS FE, 1916, CARNEGIE I WASHINGTO, V242 DEANGELIS DL, 1987, ECOL MONOGR, V57, P1 DIAZ S, 2002, PROGR PROSPECTS, P81 DYKSTERHUIS EJ, 1949, J RANGE MANAGE, V2, P104 ELLIS JE, 1988, J RANGE MANAGE, V41, P450 ELLISON L, 1949, J FOREST, V47, P787 FERNANDEZGIMENEZ ME, 1999, J APPL ECOL, V36, P871 FRIEDEL MH, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P422 FUHLENDORF SD, 1996, ECOL MODEL, V90, P245 FUHLENDORF SD, 1996, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V11, P107 FUHLENDORF SD, 1997, J VEG SCI, V8, P819 FUHLENDORF SD, 1998, PLANT ECOL, V138, P89 FUHLENDORF SD, 1999, J VEG SCI, V10, P731 FUHLENDORF SD, 2001, APPL VEG SCI, V4, P177 HAVSTAD KM, 2003, ARID LAND RES MANAG, V17, P389 HEISLER JL, 2003, AM J BOT, V90, P423 HIBBARD KA, 2003, ECOL APPL, V13, P911 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HUENNEKE LF, 2002, GLOBAL CHANGE BIOL, V8, P247 IGLESIAS RMR, 1997, J RANGE MANAGE, V50, P399 ILLIUS AW, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P798 JOYCE LA, 1993, J RANGE MANAGE, V46, P132 LANDSBERG J, 2002, J APPL ECOL, V39, P427 LAYCOCK WA, 1989, 2 SUCCESSION EVALUAT, P1 LAYCOCK WA, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P427 LAYCOCK WA, 2003, ARID LAND RES MANAG, V17, P359 LUDWIG JA, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P84 LUDWIG JA, 2000, RANGELAND DESERTIFIC, P39 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 NORRIS MD, 2001, CAN J FOREST RES, V31, P1940 PENDLETON DT, 1989, 2 SUCCESSION EVALUAT, P17 PETERSON GD, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P6 PROVENZA FD, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P181 PYKE DA, 2002, J RANGE MANAGE, V55, P584 RYERSON DE, 2001, J VEG SCI, V12, P167 SAMPSON AW, 1917, J FOREST, V15, P593 SAMPSON AW, 1919, USDA B, V791 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHLESINGER WH, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1043 SMITH EL, 1988, VEGETATION SCI APPL, P113 SMITH EL, 1989, 2 SUCCESSION EVALUAT, P103 SMITH EL, 1995, J RANGE MANAGE, V48, P271 SMITH EL, 2003, ARID LAND RES MANAG, V17, P347 SMITH MS, 1996, ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT G, P325 STRINGHAM TK, 2003, J RANGE MANAGE, V56, P106 SUDING KN, 2004, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V19, P46 VALONE TJ, 2002, CONSERV BIOL, V16, P995 VANDEKOPPEL J, 2002, AM NAT, V159, P209 WALKER BH, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P747 WATSON IW, 1996, RANGELAND J, V18, P351 WEST NE, 2002, J RANGE MANAGE, V55, P171 WEST NE, 2003, ARID LAND RES MANAG, V17, P333 WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 WHISENANT SG, 1999, REPAIRING DAMAGED WI WIENS JA, 1984, ECOLOGICAL COMMUNITI, P439 WU JG, 1995, Q REV BIOL, V70, P439 NR 71 TC 12 J9 RANGEL ECOL MANAG BP 1 EP 10 PY 2005 PD JAN VL 58 IS 1 GA 023UB UT ISI:000236150600001 ER PT J AU Maezono, Y Kobayashi, R Kusahara, M Miyashita, T TI Direct and indirect effects of exotic bass and bluegill on exotic and native organisms in farm ponds SO ECOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS LA English DT Article C1 Univ Tokyo, Sch Agr & Life Sci, Lab Biodivers Sci, Tokyo 1138657, Japan. RP Maezono, Y, Univ Tokyo, Sch Agr & Life Sci, Lab Biodivers Sci, Tokyo 1138657, Japan. AB Exotic largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides) and bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus) are thought to threaten native aquatic organisms worldwide, but few studies have demonstrated their community-wide impacts, including the interaction between these fish and other exotic organisms. We tested the hypothesis that bass and bluegill in Japanese farm ponds will reduce some native organisms (fish, shrimp, odonates) as well as exotic crayfish (Procambarus clarkii) via top-down effects, whereas other native organisms (chironomid larvae, oligochaetes, and macrophytes) will increase as a result of trophic cascades. To test this hypothesis, we conducted three types of field experiments. In the first experiment, we estimated predation pressure in ponds with and without bass and bluegills by using predator exclusion cages. This experiment revealed that predation on native odonates and exotic crayfish was greater in ponds with bass or bluegills, whereas predation on chironomids, oligochaetes, and macrophytes was lower in ponds with bass or bluegills. In the second experiment, we estimated the impact of bass and bluegills at the community level using four large mesocosms in a pond. Bass or bluegill were introduced into two mesocosms (treatment), but were absent in the other two mesocosms (control). We found that bass reduced native fish, exotic fish, shrimp, odonates, and exotic crayfish, while chironomids, oligochaetes, and macrophytes increased; however, introducing bluegill reduced only shrimp and odonates. In the third experiment, we established small mesocosms with and without exotic crayfish. This experiment showed that crayfish were responsible for a reduction of macrophytes. All three field experiments supported our hypothesis for bass effects, but not for most of the bluegill effects. The results provide important implications for strategies to eradicate exotic fish; when exotic crayfish are present, bass removal is likely to reduce macrophytes that perform important functions in freshwater ecosystems. To conserve macrophytes we propose that reduction of exotic crayfish should be considered when eliminating bass. CR 1984, HIST NAMEGAWA VILLAG *NAT FED INL FISH, 1992, REV EX LARG BASS MIC ALMACA C, 1995, BIOL CONSERV, V72, P125 AZUMA M, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V243, P269 AZUMA M, 1998, ENVIRON BIOL FISH, V52, P379 BACA RM, 1995, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V316, P139 BAIN MB, 1983, T AM FISH SOC, V112, P47 BAN K, 1980, FRESHWATER ORGANISMS, P37 CARPENTER SR, 1985, BIOSCIENCE, V35, P634 CARPENTER SR, 1986, AQUAT BOT, V26, P341 CARPENTER SR, 1993, TROPHIC CASCADE LAKE COURCHAMP F, 1999, J ANIM ECOL, V68, P282 CROWDER LB, 1982, ECOLOGY, V63, P1802 CROWLEY PH, 1982, ECOLOGY, V63, P1064 FINDLAY CS, 2000, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V57, P570 GHERARDI F, 2000, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V150, P153 GILINSKY E, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P455 GODINHO FN, 1994, FISHERIES MANAGEMENT, V1, P129 GUTIERREZYURRITA PJ, 1998, J CRUSTACEAN BIOL, V18, P120 HAMBRIGHT KD, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P1171 HICKLEY P, 1994, J FISH BIOL, V44, P607 HILL AM, 1995, J N AMER BENTHOL SOC, V14, P306 HUNER JV, 1988, FRESHWATER CRAYFISH, P239 KADONO Y, 1994, AQUATIC PLANTS JAPAN KADONO Y, 1995, NATURE WETLANDS JAPA KADONO Y, 1998, PRESERVATION WATERSI, P1 KAWANABE H, 1995, FRESHWATER FISHES JA KEAST JA, 1966, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V23, P1862 KIESECKER JM, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P776 KIESECKER JM, 2001, CONSERV BIOL, V15, P1064 LODGE DM, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P1265 MAEZONO Y, 2003, BIOL CONSERV, V109, P111 MARTIN TH, 1992, OECOLOGIA, V89, P476 MATSURA T, 1995, ODONATOLOGICA, V24, P291 MITTELBACH GG, 1988, ECOLOGY, V69, P614 MOMOT WT, 1995, REV FISH SCI, V3, P33 MOYLE PB, 1986, ECOLOGY BIOL INVASIO, P27 MOYLE PB, 1996, BIOL CONSERV, V78, P149 MOYLE PB, 1999, INVASIVE SPECIES BIO, P177 NICOLA GG, 1996, POL ARCH HYDROBIOL, V43, P179 NYSTROM P, 2001, ECOLOGY, V82, P1023 OERTLI B, 1993, OECOLOGIA, V96, P466 OTA H, 2002, HDB ALIEN SPECIES JA, P106 PIMM SL, 1991, BALANCE NATURE PIP E, 1976, CAN J ZOOL, V54, P1192 POLIS GA, 1996, AM NAT, V147, P813 POLIS GA, 1999, OIKOS, V86, P3 POWER ME, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P1448 RAHEL FJ, 2002, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V33, P291 RAMCHARAN CW, 1996, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V53, P2819 RUETZ CR, 2002, OECOLOGIA, V132, P307 SAKURAI Y, 1991, ENVIRONMENTOLOGY WET SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCULTHORPE CD, 1967, BIOL AQUATIC VASCULA SHIMODA M, 1997, JAPANESE J LIMNOLOGY, V58, P157 STRONG DR, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P747 TAKASAKI Y, 1994, INTRO NATURAL HIST I, P62 TERASHIMA A, 1980, FRESHWATER LIFE JAPA, P63 VITOUSEK PM, 1996, AM SCI, V84, P468 WELCOMME RL, 1992, ICES MAR SCI S, V194, P3 WERNER EE, 1983, ECOLOGY, V64, P1540 WERNER EE, 1988, ECOLOGY, V69, P1352 WHITTIER TR, 1999, T AM FISH SOC, V128, P769 WILLIAMSON M, 1996, BIOL INVASIONS XIE S, 2000, J FISH BIOL, V57, P867 ZAVALETA ES, 2001, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V16, P454 ZHANG T, 1998, ACTA HYDROBIOL, V22, P164 NR 67 TC 2 J9 ECOL APPL BP 638 EP 650 PY 2005 PD APR VL 15 IS 2 GA 912ED UT ISI:000228059000020 ER PT J AU Gunderson, LH Folke, C TI Toward a "science of the long view" SO CONSERVATION ECOLOGY LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Emory Univ, Dept Environm Studies, Atlanta, GA 30322 USA. Stockholm Univ, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. RP Gunderson, LH, Emory Univ, Dept Environm Studies, 511 Math & Sci Ctr,400 Dowman Dr, Atlanta, GA 30322 USA. CR ABEL T, 2003, CONSERV BIOL, V7, P10 BLUMENTHAL DM, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 GRAZ FP, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HEEMSKERK M, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 LEPOFSKY D, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 MELLES S, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 PEREIRA PM, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 PETERSON GD, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 READ AJ, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 REDMAN CL, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 SALTHE SN, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 SCHNEIDER RR, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 SCHWARTZ P, 1996, ART LONG VIEW PATHS STEPP JR, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 STEVENSON RD, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 TANKERSLEY R, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 TOUPAL RS, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 TROSPER RL, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 WALI A, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 NR 21 TC 1 J9 CONSERV ECOL BP 1 PY 2003 PD JUN VL 7 IS 1 GA 735TL UT ISI:000186130600001 ER PT J AU Perkins, JS TI Botswana: Fencing out the equity issue. Cattleposts and cattle ranching in the Kalahari Desert SO JOURNAL OF ARID ENVIRONMENTS LA English DT Article RP Perkins, JS, UNIV BOTSWANA & SWAZILAND,DEPT ENVIRONM SCI,P BAG 0022,GABORONE,BOTSWANA. AB This paper examines the advantages of the traditional cattlepost system against the recent drive towards the fencing of Botswana's rangelands and the establishment of privatised, commercial beef ranches. Consideration of operational and environmental factors emphasise the benefits of the cattlepost system, while socio-economic and political factors explain why the current drive towards fenced ranches will continue for the foreseeable future. It is concluded that while the degradation issue on Botswana's rangelands has been overstated, alleged concern for the conservation of the grazing resource is explicitly driving Botswana's current New Agricultural Policy. By accentuating the existing marked socio-economic inequalities within the livestock sector, such misplaced policies will fuel much graver environmental problems, as the underlying equity issue remains unaddressed. (C) 1996 Academic Press Limited CR *DHV, 1980, COUNTRYWIDE ANIMAL R *DWNP, 1995, PROGR WILDL RES BOTS *MCG INT COOP LYBR, 1988, NAT LAND MAN LIV PRO, V1 *MOA, 1994, DES POSS SOL MID BOT *UNICEF, 1994, REP NAT C DROUGHT MA ABEL NOJ, 1987, CATTLE KEEPING ECOLO ABEL NOJ, 1989, LAND DEGRAD REHABIL, V1, P101 ANDREW MH, 1988, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V3, P336 BEHNKE RH, 1993, RANGE ECOLOGY DISEQU CAMPBELL AC, 1991, W SANDVELD REMOTE AR CHARNOCK A, 1986, NEW SCI, V1515, P41 COOKE HJ, 1985, GEOGR J, V151, P75 DEBENHAM F, 1952, GEOGR J, V118, P12 DENBOW JR, 1982, SETTLEMENT BOTSWANA, P73 DERIDDER N, 1984, ILCA NEWSL, V3, P5 DERIDDER N, 1986, AGR SYST, V20, P1 GEORGIADIS NJ, 1987, THESIS SYRACUSE U NE GULBRANDSEN O, 1986, REMOTE AREA DEV PROG HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HAY RW, 1985, SOCIO EC ASSESSMENT HITCHCOCK RK, 1978, KALAHARI CATTLEPOSTS, V1 HOLM JD, 1986, CERES, V19, P20 HUBBARD M, 1982, 14C AGR ADM UN ODI JERVE AM, 1982, DERAP PUBLICATIONS, V143 MACE R, 1991, NATURE, V349, P280 MOSIENYANE M, 1992, REP WORKSH ENV IMP A MURRAY M, 1988, MANAGEMENT PLAN CENT ODELL ML, 1980, BOTSWANAS 1ST LIVEST PARRY D, 1987, BOTSW NOTES REC, V19, P95 PARRY DC, 1989, THESIS U WITSWATERST PATTERSON L, 1987, KALAHARI CONSERVATIO, V18, P10 PEARCE F, 1993, ECOLOGIST, V23, P25 PERKINS JS, 1991, THESIS U SHEFFIELD PERKINS JS, 1993, LAND DEGRAD REHABIL, V4, P179 PERKINS JS, 1993, LANDSCAPE SENSITIVIT, P273 PERKINS JS, 1993, P 4 INT C DES DEV SU, P237 RAINS AB, 1972, LAND RES STUDY, V11 RENNIE TW, 1977, TROP ANIMAL HLTH PRO, V9, P1 SANDFORD S, 1983, MANAGEMENT PASTORAL SCOONES I, 1995, LIVING UNCERTAINTY N SPINAGE CA, 1992, J APPL ECOL, V29, P605 STODDART LA, 1975, RANGE MANAGEMENT SWEET RJ, 1986, RANGELANDS RESOURCE, P248 THOMAS DSG, 1991, KALAHARI ENV THOMAS DSG, 1995, DESERTIFICATION EXPL TIDEMAN K, 1987, REPORT POPULATION SU TSIMAKO B, 1991, TRIBAL GRAZING LAND TYSON PD, 1975, Q J ROY METEOR SOC, V101, P819 VERLINDEN A, 1994, ACTION PLAN MANAGEME WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WARREN A, 1988, 2 IIED UK WESTOBY M, 1989, J ARID ENVIRON, V17, P235 WHITE R, 1993, LIVESTOCK DEV PASTOR WILLIAMSON D, 1994, BOTSWANA ENV POLICIE NR 54 TC 4 J9 J ARID ENVIRON BP 503 EP 517 PY 1996 PD AUG VL 33 IS 4 GA VH381 UT ISI:A1996VH38100012 ER PT J AU Connell, SD TI Assembly and maintenance of subtidal habitat heterogeneity: synergistic effects of light penetration and sedimentation SO MARINE ECOLOGY-PROGRESS SERIES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Adelaide, So Seas Ecol Labs, Sch Earth & Environm Sci, Adelaide, SA 5005, Australia. RP Connell, SD, Univ Adelaide, So Seas Ecol Labs, Sch Earth & Environm Sci, DP418, Adelaide, SA 5005, Australia. AB I experimentally separated the positive and negative effects of light penetration and sedimentation on the assembly and maintenance of 3 subtidal habitats whose heterogeneity characterizes much of the world's temperate coastline; encrusting (non-geniculate) coralline algae, articulated (geniculate) coralline algae and filamentous, turf-forming algae. The ability of encrusting corallines to monopolize and retain space without overgrowth depended on the presence of shade (positive effect) if sediment deposition was below that observed on coast characterized by high rates of sedimentation (negative effect). In contrast, the growth and persistence of articulated corallines depended on the absence of shade (negative effect) and high levels of sediment accumulation observed on human-dominated coast (positive effect). The recruitment of filamentous-turfs was facilitated by full light, but was not strongly affected by sedimentation. Instead, filamentous - turfs tolerated heavy sediment accumulation, a factor thought to explain the concomitant increase in spatial dominance of algal-turfs and loss of canopy-forming algae on reefs with heavy sedimentation. Importantly, different habitats will assemble or be maintained to match the environmental conditions in which they are most extensive, demonstrating the key role of physical factors associated with habitat-formers (kelp forests) and human-dominated coast (heavy sedimentation). These results also demonstrate that an appreciation of the integrated roles of physical processes may assist the development of predictive models about the assembly and maintenance of heterogeneity of natural communities, and their potential disruption by humans. CR AIROLDI L, 1998, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V165, P271 AIROLDI L, 2003, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL, V41, P161 BERTNESS MD, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P2711 BERTNESS MD, 2004, ECOLOGY, V85, P1165 BOESCH DF, 2001, MARINE POLLUTION US BRUNO JF, 2001, MARINE COMMUNITY ECO, P201 BRUNO JF, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P119 CALLAWAY RM, 1995, BOT REV, V61, P306 CALLAWAY RM, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P1958 CHAPMAN ARO, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V192, P77 CHESHIRE AC, 1999, EFFECT DISPERSED SED CONNELL SD, 1997, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V213, P181 CONNELL SD, 2003, MAR BIOL, V142, P1065 CONNELL SD, 2003, OECOLOGIA, V137, P97 DEVINNY JS, 1978, MAR BIOL, V48, P343 EDWARDS MS, 1998, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V228, P309 FLETCHER WJ, 1987, ECOL MONOGR, V57, P89 FOWLERWALKER MJ, 2002, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V240, P49 GORGULA SK, 2004, MAR BIOL, V145, P613 GRIME JP, 1977, AM NAT, V111, P1169 HAKANSON L, 1989, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V176, P481 HATCHER BG, 1987, MAR BIOL, V95, P63 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 IRVING AD, 2002, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V245, P83 IRVING AD, 2002, PHYCOLOGIA, V41, P517 IRVING AD, 2004, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V310, P1 IRVING AD, 2004, MAR BIOL, V144, P361 JACKSON JBC, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5411 JOKIEL PL, 1993, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V93, P175 KENNELLY SJ, 1987, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V112, P49 KENNELLY SJ, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V40, P145 KENNELLY SJ, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V40, P155 KENNELLY SJ, 1993, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V168, P35 LARKUM AWD, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V96, P177 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MELVILLE AJ, 2001, AUSTRAL ECOL, V26, P102 PETERSON CH, 1984, AM NAT, V124, P127 PETRAITIS PS, 2004, ECOLOGY, V1160, P1160 PETRAITIS PS, 2004, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V300, P343 ROUGHGARDEN J, 1986, COMMUNITY ECOLOGY, P333 RUFFIN KK, 1998, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V47, P579 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SHEARS NT, 2002, OECOLOGIA, V132, P131 SHEPHERD SA, 1970, T ROY SOC SOUTH AUST, V94, P105 TILMAN D, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5433 UNDERWOOD AJ, 1997, EXPT ECOLOGY THEIR L VANDERKLIFT MA, 2004, MAR FRESHWATER RES, V55, P93 VITOUSEK PM, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P494 WERNBERGMOLLER T, 2002, THESIS U W AUSTR CRA WILSON JB, 1992, ADV ECOL RES, V23, P263 WITMAN JD, 2001, MARINE COMMUNITY ECO, P339 NR 51 TC 9 J9 MAR ECOL-PROGR SER BP 53 EP 61 PY 2005 VL 289 GA 923RV UT ISI:000228927900006 ER PT J AU Huntington, HP Brown-Schwalenberg, PK Frost, KJ Fernandez-Gimenez, ME Norton, DW Rosenberg, DH TI Observations on the workshop as a means of improving communication between holders of traditional and scientific knowledge SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Chugach Reg Resources Commiss, Anchorage, AK 99508 USA. Alaska Marine Ecol Res, Fairbanks, AK 99709 USA. Univ Arizona, Sch Renewable Nat Resources, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. Arctic Rim Res, Fairbanks, AK 99709 USA. RP Huntington, HP, 23834 Clearing Dr, Eagle River, AK 99577 USA. AB Traditional ecological knowledge (TEK) and the information and insights it offers to natural resource research and management have been given much attention in recent years. On the practical question of how TEK is accessed and used together with scientific knowledge, most work to date has examined documentation and methods of recording and disseminating information. Relatively little has been done regarding exchanges between scientific and traditional knowledge. This paper examines three workshop settings in which such exchanges were intended outcomes. The Barrow Symposium on Sea Ice, the Exxon Valdez Oil Spill Restoration Program Synthesis/Information Workshops, and the Alaska Beluga Whale Committee illuminate certain features of the preparation, format, and context of workshops or series of workshops and their eventual outcomes and influence. The examples show the importance of long-term relationships among participants and thorough preparation before the actual workshop. Further research should look more systematically at the factors that influence the success of a given workshop and the various ways in which participants perceive success. CR *EXX VALD OIL SPIL, 1994, EXX VALD OIL SPILL R ADAMS M, 1993, ARCTIC, V46, P134 AGRAWAL A, 1995, DEV CHANGE, V26, P413 ALBERT TF, 2001, 50 MORE YEARS 0 TRIB, P265 BERKES F, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P98 BERKES F, 1999, SACRED ECOLOGY TRADI BERKES F, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1251 BROKENSHA D, 1980, INDIGENOUS KNOWLEDGE BURNS JJ, 2001, 50 MORE YEARS 0 TRIB, P215 CAPES M, 1960, COMMUNICATION CONFLI CAULFIELD RA, 1997, GREENLANDERS WHALES CRUIKSHANK J, 1998, SOCIAL LIFE STORIES CRUIKSHANK J, 2001, ARCTIC, V54, P377 ELSNER R, 2001, 50 MORE YEARS 0 TRIB, P77 FEHR A, 1996, SEMINAR 2 WAYS KNOWI FERGUSON MAD, 1997, ARCTIC, V50, P17 FERNANDEZGIMENEZ ME, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1318 FINGER M, 1995, SUSTAINABLE WORLD DE, P239 FREEMAN MMR, 1988, TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDG GADGIL M, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1307 GRAY B, 1985, HUM RELAT, V38, P911 HUNTINGTON HP, 1992, POLAR REC, V28, P119 HUNTINGTON HP, 1992, WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT HUNTINGTON HP, 1998, ARCTIC, V51, P237 HUNTINGTON HP, 1999, ARCTIC, V52, P49 HUNTINGTON HP, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1270 HUNTINGTON HP, 2001, ARCTIC, V54, P201 INGLIS JT, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC JOHANNES RE, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC, P33 JOHNSON M, 1992, LORE CAPTURING TRADI JORGENSON JD, 1981, SOLVING PROBLEMS MEE KALXDORFF SB, 1997, COLLECTION LOCAL KNO KAWAGLEY AO, 1995, YUPIAQ WORLDVIEW PAT KILABUCK P, 1998, STUDY INUIT KNOWLEDG LETHCOE NR, 1989, PRINCE WILLIAM SOUND LORD N, 1992, DARKENED WATERS MAFFI L, 2001, BIOCULTURAL DIVERSIT MAILHOT J, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC MCDONALD M, 1997, VOICES BAY TRADITION MYMRIN NI, 1999, ARCTIC, V52, P62 NABHAN GP, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1288 NADASDY P, 1999, ARCTIC ANTHROPOL, V36, P1 NAKASHIMA DJ, 1988, COMMON EIDER SOMATER NAKASHIMA DJ, 1990, APPL NATIVE KNOWLEDG NEWELL D, 1999, FISHING PLACES FISHI NORTON DW, 2001, 50 MORE YEARS 0 TRIB, P233 OCORRYCROWE GM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P955 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV PIEROTTI R, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1333 PINKERTON E, 1989, COOPERATIVE MANAGEME PIPER E, 1993, EXXON VALDEZ OIL SPI SINGLETON S, 1998, CONSTRUCTING COOPERA SMITH LT, 1999, DECOLONIZING METHODO STEVENS S, 1997, CONSERVATION CULTURA STEVENSON MG, 1996, ARCTIC, V49, P178 SUYDAM R, 1996, P AL BEL WHAL COMM 1 SUYDAM RS, 2001, ARCTIC, V54, P237 THOMSEN ML, 1993, LOCAL KNOWLEDGE DIST TROPMAN JE, 1996, EFFECTIVE MEETINGS I TROPMAN JE, 1996, MAKING MEETINGS WORK TURNER NJ, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1275 USHER PJ, 2000, ARCTIC, V53, P183 VAYDA AP, 1991, PHILOS SOC SCI, V21, P318 WISER GM, 2001, J INT WILDLIFE LAW P, V4, P95 WONDOLLECK JM, 2000, MAKING COLLABORATION NR 67 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 778 EP 792 PY 2002 PD DEC VL 30 IS 6 GA 610YG UT ISI:000178989200004 ER PT J AU MAY, RM BEDDINGTON, JR CLARK, CW HOLT, SJ LAWS, RM TI MANAGEMENT OF MULTISPECIES FISHERIES SO SCIENCE LA English DT Article C1 UNIV YORK,DEPT BIOL,HESLINGTON YO1 5DD,YORKSHIRE,ENGLAND. UNIV BRITISH COLUMBIA,DEPT MATH,VANCOUVER V6T 1W5,BC,CANADA. UN,FAO,I-00100 ROME,ITALY. BRITISH ANTARCTIC SURVEY,CAMBRIDGE CB3 0ET,ENGLAND. RP MAY, RM, PRINCETON UNIV,DEPT BIOL,PRINCETON,NJ 08540. CR INT COMM WHALING REP 1978, FAO181 FISH TECH PAP, P42 ANDERSEN KP, 1977, MEDDR DANM FISK OG H, V7, P319 BEDDINGTON JR, UNPUBLISHED BEDDINGTON JR, 1976, J ANIM ECOL, V45, P791 BEDDINGTON JR, 1977, SCIENCE, V197, P463 BEDDINGTON JR, 1978, COMMENTS DRAFT ENV I, J37 BEDDINGTON JR, 1978, INT COMM WHALING REP, V28, P165 BEDDINGTON JR, 1979, POPULATION DYNAMICS BENGTSON JL, 1978, REV INFORMATION REGA BEVERTON RJ, 1957, FISH INVEST LONDON 2 BONNER WN, 1976, ACMRRMMSC50 FAO SCI BORCH KH, 1968, EC UNCERTAINTY BOTSFORD LW, COMMUNICATION BOTSFORD LW, 1978, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V35, P833 BRAUER F, J MATH BIOL BRAUER F, MATH BIOSCI BRAUER F, 1976, INT J CONTROL, V23, P553 BRODIE PF, 1977, FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY M, P45 BROWN SG, 1976, POLAR REC, V18, P85 BROWN SG, 1978, POLAR REC, V19, P59 CARRICK R, 1967, 1966 P S PAC ANT SCI, P151 CLARK CW, ECONOMETRICA CLARK CW, FISH B CLARK CW, 1973, SCIENCE, V181, P630 CLARK CW, 1975, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V2, P92 CLARK CW, 1976, MATH BIOECONOMICS CLARKE MR, 1966, ADV MAR BIOL, V4, P91 CROXHALL J, UNPUBLISHED CUSHING DH, 1973, CM1973 ICES DOC, P29 DAYTON PK, 1975, ECOL MONOGR, V45, P137 DAYTON PK, 1975, FISH B, V73, P230 DEANGELIS DL, 1975, ECOLOGY, V56, P881 EMISON WB, 1968, ANTARCTIC BIRD STUDI EVERSON I, 1977, GLOSO771 FAO REP FOWLER CW, UNPUBLISHED FOWLER CW, 1979, DYNAMICS LARGE MAMMA GAMBELL R, 1973, J REPRODUCTION FER S, V19, P531 GAMBELL R, 1976, ACMRRMMSC37 FAO SCI GETZ WM, 1977, TWISK TECH REP, V7 GILPIN ME, 1975, GROUP SELECTION PRED GOH BS, 1977, MATH BIOSCI, V33, P359 GORDON HS, 1954, J POL EC, V82, P1035 GULLAND JA, 1956, RAPP P V REUN CONS I, V140, P21 GULLAND JA, 1971, FISH RESOURCES OCEAN, P255 GULLAND JA, 1974, MANAGEMENT MARINE FI GULLAND JA, 1975, FAO175 FISH REP GULLAND JA, 1976, ACMRRMMSC76 FAO SCI HARPER JL, 1969, BROOKHAVEN S BIOL, V22, P48 HARWOOD J, 1978, J APPL ECOL, V15, P413 HILBORN R, 1976, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V33, P1 HOLT SJ, 1975, MAN FOOD EQUATION, P77 HOLT SJ, 1976, ACMRRMMSC29 FAO SCI HOLT SJ, 1976, ACMRRMMSC99 FAO SCI HOLT SJ, 1977, FAO194 FISH REP HOLT SJ, 1977, INT COMM WHALING REP, V27, P230 HOLT SJ, 1978, 59 WILDL MON HOLT SJ, 1978, INT COMM WHALING REP, V28, P191 HOLT SJ, 1978, INT COMM WHALING REP, V28, P389 HORWOOD JW, 1976, ICNAF SEL PAP, V1, P151 JONES R, 1976, CM1976F ICES DOC, P36 KAWAMURA A, 1978, INT COMM WHALING REP, V28, P411 LAEVASTU T, 1978, ICES S BIOL BASIS PE LARKIN PA, 1963, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V20, P647 LARKIN PA, 1966, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V23, P349 LAWS RM, 1961, DISCOVERY REPTS, V31, P327 LAWS RM, 1977, ADAPTATIONS ANTARCTI, P411 LAWS RM, 1977, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V279, P81 LETT PF, 1976, INT COMM NW ATL FISH, V1, P117 LETT PF, 1976, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V33, P1353 LETT PF, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P1155 LOCKYER C, 1972, J CONSEIL CONSEIL PE, V34, P276 LOCKYER C, 1974, J CONSEIL INT EXPLOR, V36, P71 MACARTHUR RH, 1972, GEOGRAPHICAL ECOLOGY, P33 MAIORANA VC, 1976, AM NAT, V110, P486 MASAKI Y, INT COMM WHALING REP MASAKI Y, 1978, INT COMM WHALING REP, V28, P421 MAY RM, 1974, J ANIM ECOL, V43, P747 MAY RM, 1974, PROGR THEORETICAL BI, V2, P1 MAY RM, 1976, NATURE LONDON, V260, P284 MAY RM, 1976, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY, CH4 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P103 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MAY RM, 1978, MATH BIOSCI, V42, P219 MAY RM, 1978, NATURE LOND, V276, P319 MERTZ DB, 1976, AM NATURALIST, V110, P489 MURPHY GI, 1966, P CALIF ACAD SCI 4, V34, P1 OHSUMI S, 1975, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V32, P995 PAINE RT, 1966, AM NAT, V100, P65 PALOHEIMO Y, 1964, RAPP P VERB REUN CON, V155, P152 PARRISH JD, 1975, FISH B, V73, P695 PAYNE MR, 1977, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V279, P67 PELLA JJ, 1969, B INTER AM TROP TUNA, V13, P421 PETERMAN RM, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P1130 POPE JG, 1976, INT COMM NW ATL FISH, V1, P157 POPE JG, 1976, INT COMM NW ATL FISH, V1, P163 RANKIN N, 1951, ANTARCTIC ISLE RIFFENBURGH RH, 1969, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V26, P2843 ROUGHGARDEN J, 1975, ECOLOGY, V56, P489 SCHAFFER WM, 1978, THEOR POPUL BIOL, V14, P135 SHEPHERD JG, J CONSEIL PERM INT E SHIRAKIHARA K, 1978, RES POPUL ECOL, V20, P123 SILVERT W, 1977, MATH BIOSCI, V33, P121 SISSENWINE MP, 1978, FISHERIES, V3, P22 SLOBODKIN LB, 1974, AM NAT, V108, P665 SOUTHWOOD TRE, 1976, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY, CH3 STEELE JH, COMMUNICATION STEELE JH, 1974, STRUCTURE MARINE ECO STEELE JH, 1979, APPL BIOL, V4, P103 STEWART FM, 1973, AM NAT, V107, P171 STONEHOUSE B, 1967, IBIS, V109, P176 TILMAN D, 1977, ECOLOGY, V58, P338 URSIN E, 1978, 16TH P NORD FISH C M VANCE RR, 1978, AM NAT, V112, P797 WHITE MG, 1975, IBIS, V118, P371 YODZIS P, 1976, B MATH BIOL, V38, P97 ZALACHOWSKI W, 1976, CM1976P ICES BALT FI, P23 NR 117 TC 190 J9 SCIENCE BP 267 EP 277 PY 1979 VL 205 IS 4403 GA HC231 UT ISI:A1979HC23100007 ER PT J AU Folke, C TI The economic perspective: Conservation against development versus conservation for development SO CONSERVATION BIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Stockholm Univ, Ctr Transdisciplinary Environm Res, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. Royal Swedish Acad Sci, Beijer Int Inst Ecol Econ, Stockholm, Sweden. RP Folke, C, Stockholm Univ, Ctr Transdisciplinary Environm Res, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. CR *MILL EC ASS, 2005, SYNTH BELLWOOD DR, 2004, NATURE, V429, P827 BENGTSSON J, 2003, AMBIO, V32, P389 BERKES F, 2004, CONSERV BIOL, V18, P621 CHAPIN FS, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P500 CINNER JE, 2005, CONSERV BIOL, V19, P1469 COSTANZA R, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P37 COSTANZA R, 1993, BIOSCIENCE, V43, P545 DAILY GC, 1997, NATURS SERVICES SOCI DAILY GC, 2000, SCIENCE, V289, P395 DASGUPTA P, 2003, ENV RESOURCE EC DIETZ T, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1907 DREW JA, 2005, CONSERV BIOL, V19, P1286 ELMQVIST T, 2003, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, V1, P488 FINLAYSON AC, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P311 FOLEY JA, 2005, SCIENCE, V309, P570 FOLKE C, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1018 FOLKE C, 2004, ANNU REV ECOL EVOL S, V35, P557 FOLKE C, 2005, ANNU REV ENV RESOUR, V30, P441 FORESTER DJ, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P1253 GRUMBINE RE, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P27 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HALPERN BS, 2002, ECOL LETT, V5, P361 HOLLING CS, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P328 HOLLING CS, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P342 HOOPER DU, 2005, ECOL MONOGR, V75, P3 JANSSON AM, 1994, INVESTING NATURAL CA KINZIG AP, 2003, AMBIO, V32, P330 LAMBIN EF, 2001, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V11, P261 LEVIN SA, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P431 MILLER JR, 2002, CONSERV BIOL, V16, P330 MOGUEL P, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P11 NAEEM S, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P39 NORGAARD RB, 1994, DEV BETRAYED END PRO PAINE RT, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P535 PERRINGS C, 1992, AMBIO, V21, P201 PETERSON GD, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P6 PETERSON GD, 2003, CONSERV BIOL, V17, P358 PRETTY J, 2004, CONSERV BIOL, V18, P631 REDMAN CL, 1999, HUMAN IMPACT ANCIENT REGIER HA, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, P75 SAUNDERS DA, 1991, CONSERV BIOL, V5, P18 SONG SJ, 2001, CONSERV BIOL, V15, P980 STEFFEN W, 2004, GLOBAL CHANGE EARTH WALKER BH, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P747 WALLACE RL, 2003, CONSERV BIOL, V17, P104 WESTLEY F, 2003, EXPERIENCE CONSILIEN YAFFEE SL, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P713 NR 48 TC 0 J9 CONSERV BIOL BP 686 EP 688 PY 2006 PD JUN VL 20 IS 3 GA 053NZ UT ISI:000238313200021 ER PT J AU Peterson, GD Carpenter, SR Brock, WA TI Uncertainty and the management of multistate ecosystems: An apparently rational route to collapse SO ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Limnol, Madison, WI 53706 USA. Univ Wisconsin, Dept Econ, Madison, WI 53706 USA. RP Peterson, GD, Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Limnol, 680 N Pk St, Madison, WI 53706 USA. AB We use a simple model of ecosystem management to demonstrate that apparently rational management approaches can lead to ecological collapse. Our model of the ecosystem management of lake eutrophication integrates lake dynamics, management decision-making, and learning in a framework that is deliberately simplified to highlight the role of model uncertainty. The simulated lake can switch between alternate eutrophic and oligotrophic states. Managers consider two management models of the lake, one for an oligotrophic lake and the other for a eutrophic lake. As managers observe the lake varying from year to year, they estimate how well each of the two management models is supported by the observed data. Management policies maximize the expected net present value of the lake. Even under optimistic assumptions about environmental variation, learning ability, and management control, conventional decision theory and optimal control approaches fail to stabilize ecological dynamics. Rather, these methods drive ecosystems into cycles of collapse and recovery. We suggest how scientists could help prevent ecosystem management from driving ecosystems toward collapse. CR ALROY J, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1893 BECK GW, 2002, J ECON DYN CONTROL, V26, P1359 BENNETT EM, 2001, BIOSCIENCE, V51, P227 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BLAIKIE PM, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC BROCK WA, 1997, ECONOMETRICA, V65, P1059 BUNDY A, 2001, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V58, P1153 CARPENTER SR, 1998, AUST J ECOL, V23, P68 CARPENTER SR, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P559 CLARK CW, 1973, SCIENCE, V181, P630 CLARK JS, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P657 DEATON A, 1980, EC CONSUMER BEHAV DOWNING JA, 1999, GULF MEXICO HYPOXIA EASLEY D, 1988, ECONOMETRICA, V56, P1045 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HASLER AD, 1947, ECOLOGY, V28, P383 HILBORN R, 1997, ECOLOGICAL DETECTIVE HODELL DA, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1367 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P328 JANSSEN MA, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 JANSSEN MA, 2001, ECOL MODEL, V140, P111 LIKENS GE, 1992, ECOSYSTEM APPROACH I MARMOREK D, 2001, CONSERVATION ECOLOGY, V5 MARTIN PS, 1973, SCIENCE, V179, P969 NYARKO Y, 1991, J ECON THEORY, V55, P416 PETERSON GD, 2003, CONSERV BIOL, V17, P1 PITCHER T, 1982, FISHERIES ECOLOGY SCHEFFER M, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P275 SCHINDLER DW, 1977, SCIENCE, V195, P260 SCHINDLER DW, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P26 SMITH VH, 1998, SUCCESSES LIMITATION, P7 SORANNO PA, 1997, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V54, P1883 VANDERHEIJDEN K, 1996, SCENARIOS ART STRATE WACK P, 1985, HARVARD BUS REV, V63, P139 WALTERS CJ, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P713 WALTERS CJ, 1996, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V6, P125 WALTERS CJ, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WILSON MA, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P772 NR 41 TC 4 J9 ECOLOGY BP 1403 EP 1411 PY 2003 PD JUN VL 84 IS 6 GA 706KB UT ISI:000184451900007 ER PT J AU Belsky, JM TI Beyond the natural resource and environmental sociology divide: Insights from a transdisciplinary perspective SO SOCIETY & NATURAL RESOURCES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Montana, Dept Sociol, Missoula, MT 59812 USA. RP Belsky, JM, Univ Montana, Dept Sociol, Missoula, MT 59812 USA. AB In response to the Field et al. (2001) and Buttel (2001) argument that there are distinct patterns that distinguish natural resource and environmental sociology, I argue that this is typical of a thriving multiparadigmatic social science and is occurring across other ecological social sciences. In this article I briefly review current debates among anthropologists and human geographers to illustrate the transdisciplinary relevance of the natural resource and environmental sociology division and to suggest approaches that integrate this divide and also provide bridges to other ecological social sciences. The "bridging'' areas I discuss include political ecology, community conservation, and sustainable livelihoods. Natural resource/environmental sociologists have much to learn from engaging the works of each other and from other social and natural scientists. CR AGARWAL B, 1992, FEMINIST STUD, V18, P119 AGRAWAL A, 1999, WORLD DEV, V27, P629 BARNETT C, 1998, ANTIPODE, V30, P379 BATTERBURY S, 1997, GEOGR J 2, V163, P126 BELSKY JM, 1999, RURAL SOCIOL, V64, P641 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 1999, SACRED ECOLOGIES TRA BLAIKIE PM, 1995, GEOGRAPHY, V80, P203 BLAIKIE PM, 1999, Z WIRTSCHAFTSGEOGRAP, V43, P131 BLAIKIE PM, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC BROSIUS JP, 1998, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V11, P157 BROSIUS JP, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P277 BRYANT RL, 1997, 3 WORLD POLITICAL EC BRYANT RL, 1998, PROG PHYS GEOG, V22, P79 BUTTEL F, 2001, 8 INT S SOC RES MAN CHAMBERS R, 1992, 296 IDS DUPUIS EM, 1996, CREATING COUNTRYSIDE ESCOBAR A, 1996, LIBERATION ECOLOGIES, P46 ESCOBAR A, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P1 ESCOBAR A, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P291 FIELD DR, 2001, 8 INT S SOC RES MAN GRAMLING R, 1996, SOCIOL SPECTRUM, V16, P347 GREENE B, 1994, LESBIAN GAY PSYCHOL, V1, P1 GUHA R, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P293 HANSON S, 1999, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V89, P133 HORNBORG A, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P294 HUMPHREY CR, 2002, ENV ENERGY SOC NEW JOEKES S, 1995, IDS B, V26, P1 KELLERT SR, 2000, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V13, P705 LEACH M, 1999, WORLD DEV, V27, P225 LI TM, 1996, DEV CHANGE, V27, P501 LI TM, 1999, TRANSFORMING INDONES NEUMANN RP, 1992, LAND DEGRAD REHABIL, V3, P85 ORIORDAN T, 1993, SUSTAINABLE ENV EC M, P37 ORLOVE B, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P295 PATTERSON ME, 1998, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V11, P279 PEET R, 1996, LIBERATION ECOLOGIES PELUSO NL, 1992, DEV CHANGE, V23, P449 PETERSON GD, 2000, ECOL ECON, V35, P323 ROCHELEAU D, 1996, FEMINIST POLITICAL E ROSA G, 2001, 8 INT S SOC RES MAN SCOONES I, 1999, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V28, P479 SNEDDON CS, 2000, PROG HUM GEOG, V24, P521 SUNDERLIN WD, UNPUB IDEOLOGY SOCIA SUNDERLIN WD, 1995, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V5, P211 VAILLANCOURT J, 1995, ENV SOCIOLOGY THEORY, P3 VANDERGEEST P, 1999, RURAL SOCIOL, V64, P573 WATTS MJ, 1996, CAPITALISM NATURE SO, V7, P139 WESTERN D, 1994, NATURAL CONNECTIONS WOODGATE G, 1998, ENVIRON VALUE, V7, P3 ZIMMERER KS, 1994, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V84, P108 NR 51 TC 1 J9 SOC NATUR RESOUR BP 269 EP 280 PY 2002 PD MAR VL 15 IS 3 GA 535TH UT ISI:000174662100008 ER PT J AU Freon, P Cury, P Shannon, L Roy, C TI Sustainable exploitation of small pelagic fish stocks challenged by environmental and ecosystem changes: A review SO BULLETIN OF MARINE SCIENCE LA English DT Article C1 Ctr Rech Haulieut Mediterraneen & Trop, Inst Rech Dev & Marine & Coastal Management, F-34203 Sete, France. Ctr Rech Haleiut Mediterraneenne & Trop, Inst Rech Dev & Univ Cape Town 213, F-34203 Sete, France. Marine & Costal Management, ZA-8012 Cape Town, Cape Town, South Africa. Inst Rech Dev & Univ Cape Town, F-29280 Plouzane, France. RP Freon, P, Ctr Rech Haulieut Mediterraneen & Trop, Inst Rech Dev & Marine & Coastal Management, Ave Jean Monnet,BP 171, F-34203 Sete, France. AB Small pelagic fish contribute up to 50% of the total landing of marine species. They are most abundant in upwelling areas and contribute to food security. Exploited stocks of these species are prone to large interannual and interdecadal variation of abundance as well as to collapse. We discuss why small pelagic fish and fisheries are so "special" with regard to their biology, ecology, and behavior. Two adjectives can sum up the characteristics of pelagic species: variability and instability. Analyses of the relationships between small pelagic fish and their physical environment at different time-scales illustrate the complexity of the interplay between exploitation and environmental impacts. How small pelagic fish species are positioned and related within the trophic web suggests that these species play a central role in the functioning and dynamics of upwelling ecosystems. Finally, we discuss the sustainable exploitation of small pelagic fisheries through appropriate management, focusing on the resilience to exploitation, a comparison of different management options and regulatory mechanisms. We recommend that statistical, socio-economical, and political merits of a proposed two-level (short- and long-term) management strategy be undertaken. CR 1978, P WORKSH INFL ENV FA 1997, P INT S ROL FOR FISH 1999, AKSG9901 U AL SEA GR 2001, 2001F13 ICES CM *FAO, 1983, P EXP CONS EX CHANG *FAO, 1984, 291 FAO, P102 *FAO, 1995, COD COND RESP FISH *FAO, 1995, EFF RIV INP COAST EC *FAO, 1997, 920 FAO UN *FAO, 2002, FAO YB, V94 AEBISCHER NJ, 1990, NATURE, V347, P753 AGENBAG JJ, 2003, PROG OCEANOGR, V59, P275 ALHEIT J, 1987, S AFRICAN J MARINE S, V5, P467 ALHEIT J, 1997, FISH OCEANOGR, V6, P130 ALHEIT J, 2001, HIST CLIMATE MEMORIE, P247 ANDERSEN KP, 1977, MEDDR DANM FISK OG H, V7, P319 ANDERSON RW, 1995, J THEOR BIOL, V175, P89 ANTHONY VC, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P158 AOKI I, 1997, OCEANOL ACTA, V20, P81 ARMSTRONG MJ, 1991, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V11, P227 ARRHENIUS F, 1997, P FOR FISH MAR EC AL, P77 ATTWOOD CG, 1997, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V18, P311 BAHRI T, 2000, FISH RES, V48, P157 BAINBRIDGE V, 1974, EARLY LIFE HIST FISH, P159 BAIRD D, 1978, FISH B S AFR, V10, P62 BAKKEN E, 1983, FAO FISH REP, V291, P521 BAKUN A, 1996, PATTERNS OCEAN OCEAN BAKUN A, 1998, REINVENTING FISHERIE, P331 BAKUN A, 1999, ECOL LETT, V2, P349 BAKUN A, 2001, PROG OCEANOGR, V48, P485 BAKUN A, 2002, CLIMATE FISHERIES IN BAKUN A, 2005, B MAR SCI, V76, P463 BARANGE M, 1999, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V21, P367 BARANGE M, 2001, 1 M SPACC IOC STUD G BARD FX, 1995, KA ACT C DUSRU COLL BAS C, 1995, SCI MAR, V59, P3 BAUMGARTNER TR, 1992, CAL COOP OCEAN FISH, V33, P24 BAX N, 1999, ECOSYSTEM APPROACHES, P283 BAX NJ, 1991, ICES MAR SCI S, V193, P217 BAX NJ, 1998, ICES J MAR SCI, V55, P997 BEAMISH RJ, 1993, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V50, P1002 BEAMISH RJ, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V56, P516 BEAMISH RJ, 1999, ECOSYSTEM APPROACHES, P637 BECKLEY LE, 1999, MAR FRESHWATER RES, V50, P955 BEMBO DG, 1996, FISH B-NOAA, V94, P31 BERG P, 2000, MATH INDUST, V1, P281 BERRUTI A, 1993, COLON WATERBIRD, V16, P158 BERTRAND A, 2002, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V59, P1002 BERTRAND A, 2004, FISH FISH, V5, P296 BEVERTON RJH, 1957, FISHERY INVESTIGATIO, V19 BEVERTON RJH, 1990, J FISH BIOL, V37, P5 BINET D, 2001, AQUAT LIVING RESOUR, V14, P99 BLAXTER JHS, 1982, ADV MAR BIOL, V20, P1 BORSA P, 2002, BIOL J LINN SOC, V75, P261 BOTSFORD LW, 2005, B MAR SCI, V76, P245 BOYER DC, 2001, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V23, P67 BOYER DC, 2001, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V23, P9 BRILL RW, 1994, FISH OCEANOGR, V3, P204 BUTTERWORTH DS, 1983, P EXP CONS EX CHANG, P329 BUTTERWORTH DS, 1993, CAN SPEC PUBL FISH A, V120, P83 BUTTERWORTH DS, 1997, AM FISH S S, V20, P83 BUTTERWORTH DS, 2005, B MAR SCI, V76, P287 CADDY JF, 1995, REFERENCE POINTS FIS CADDY JF, 2000, FISH RES, V56, P133 CADDY JF, 2000, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V43, P615 CARRANZA MN, 2002, GLOBECSPACC IDYLE EN, P36 CARRANZA MN, 2004, DEEP-SEA RES, V51, P563 CASTILLO J, 1996, ICES J MAR SCI, V53, P139 CASTONGUAY M, 1995, ICES J MAR SCI, V52, P941 CHRISTENSEN V, 1996, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V6, P417 CISNEROSMATA MA, 1996, CAL COOP OCEAN FISH, V37, P201 CLARK CW, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P369 COCHRANE KL, 1998, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V8, P177 COLLIE JS, 1993, MANAGEMENT STRATEGIE, P629 COLLIE JS, 1999, ECOSYSTEM APPROACHES, P187 COOKE JG, 1999, ICES J MAR SCI, V56, P797 CORTEN A, 1993, 1993H18 ICES CM PEL COTE IM, 2001, J FISH BIOL A, V59, P178 COX DR, 1975, BIOMETRIKA, V62, P441 CRAWFORD RJM, 1978, BIOL CONSERV, V14, P85 CRAWFORD RJM, 1981, FISH B S AFR, V14, P1 CRAWFORD RJM, 1985, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V3, P215 CRAWFORD RJM, 1987, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL, V25, P353 CRAWFORD RJM, 1989, AAAS SELECTED S, V111, P169 CRAWFORD RJM, 1991, LONG TERM VARIABILIT, P319 CRAWFORD RJM, 1998, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V19, P355 CRAWFORD RJM, 1999, P 22 INT ORN C DURB, P688 CURY P, 1988, AQUAT LIVING RESOUR, V1, P165 CURY P, 1988, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V45, P1099 CURY P, 1989, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V46, P670 CURY P, 1995, CAN SPEC PUBL FISH A, V121, P417 CURY P, 1998, LOCAL GLOBAL CHANGES, P537 CURY P, 2000, MAR SCI, V57, P603 CURY P, 2002, FUNCTIONING MARIN EC CUSHING DH, 1975, MARIN ECOLOGY FISHER CUSHING DH, 1982, CLIMATE FISHERIES CUSHING DH, 1990, ADV MAR BIOL, V26, P249 CUSHING DH, 1996, EXCELLENCE ECOLOGY DASKALOV G, 1998, LOCAL VS GLOBAL CHAN, P249 DAVID JHM, 1987, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V5, P693 DEANGELIS DL, 1992, INDIVIDUAL BASED MOD DEBELINAY A, 1994, INFO PILOTE FEV, P20 DEOLIVEIRA JAA, 1998, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V19, P449 DINGLE H, 1996, MIGRATION BIOL LIFE DOUBLEDAY WG, 1976, INT COMM NW ATL FISH, V12, P69 DRAND MH, 1995, DYNAMICS USE SARDINE, P194 DRAPER NR, 1966, APPL REGRESSION ANAL ESPINO M, 1989, ICLARM C P, V18, P297 FERRIERE R, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P1505 FIELDER PC, 1983, CALCOFI REP, V24, P202 FINNEY BP, 2000, SCIENCE, V290, P795 FINNEY BP, 2002, NATURE, V416, P729 FOX WW, 1974, ICATT REC DOC SCI, V3, P142 FRANCIS RC, 1998, FISH OCEANOGR, V7, P1 FREON P, 1983, REV TRAV I PECHES, V47, P304 FREON P, 1991, LONG TERM VARIABILIT, P247 FREON P, 1993, FAO COMPUTER INF SER, V5 FREON P, 1993, ICES MAR SCI S, V196, P30 FREON P, 1994, COPACE PACE SERIES, V9158, P221 FREON P, 1994, EVALUATION RESSOURCE, P265 FREON P, 1996, ICES J MAR SCI, V53, P459 FREON P, 1999, 3 EUR MAR SCI TECHN, P227 FREON P, 1999, DYNAMICS PELAGIC FIS FREON P, 2000, FISHBASE 2000 CONCEP FREON P, 2000, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V10, P183 FREON P, 2003, FISH OCEANOGR, V12, P443 GAERTNER D, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V56, P394 GAMMELSROD T, 1998, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V19, P41 GARCIA SM, 1994, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V22, P99 GARCIA SM, 2005, B MAR SCI, V76, P171 GEROMONT HF, 1999, ICES J MAR SCI, V56, P952 GIBBONS MJ, 1999, S AFR J SCI, V95, P8 GLANTZ MH, 1992, CLIMATE VARIABILITY GLANTZ MH, 1998, J HERED, V89, P415 GRANT WS, 1996, MAR BIOL, V126, P133 GRAY JAB, 1991, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V71, P83 GRIMM V, 1999, ECOL MODEL, V115, P129 GULLAND JA, 1974, MNAGEMETN MARIN FISH GUNDERSON DR, 1993, SURVEYS FISHERIES RE HAIST V, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P138 HALL SJ, 1999, EFFECTS FISHING MARI HANCOCK J, 1995, ICES J MAR SCI, V52, P991 HANNESSON R, 1999, ECOSYSTEM APPROACHES, P665 HANSSON S, 1990, AMBIO, V19, P123 HARE SR, 2000, PROG OCEANOGR, V47, P103 HASTIE T, 1990, GEN ADDITIVE MODELS HAY DE, 2001, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V58, P1356 HAYWARD TL, 1997, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V12, P150 HEATH M, 1997, J SEA RES, V38, P413 HEATH MR, 1992, ADV MAR BIOL, V28, P1 HEDGECOCK D, 1989, FISH B-NOAA, V87, P653 HEDGECOCK D, 1991, LONG TERM VARIABILIT, P199 HEDGECOCK D, 1994, CAL COOP OCEAN FISH, V35, P12 HELGASON T, 1979, VPA ANAL SPECIES INT HENSEN V, 1887, BER KOMM WISS UNTERS, V5, P1 HILBORN R, 1992, QUANTITATIVE FISHERE HJORT J, 1914, RAPPORTS PROCES VERB, V19, P1 HJORT J, 1926, J CONS CONS PERM INT, V1, P5 HOFF I, 1988, NORWEGIAN SYSTEM TAG HOFFMANN EE, 1998, ECOLOGICAL APPL S, V8, S23 HOLLINGWORTH C, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P465 HOLLOWED AB, 2001, PROG OCEANOGR, V49, P257 HUGGETT J, 2003, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V250, P247 HUTCHINGS JA, 2000, NATURE, V406, P882 HUTCHINGS L, 1998, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V19, P211 ILES TD, 1973, RAPP PV REUN CONS IN, V164, P228 ILES TD, 1980, RAPP P V REUN CONS I, V177, P315 IMAI CF, 1997, FISHERIES SCI, V63, P489 JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P629 JAMES AG, 1987, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V5, P673 JAMES AG, 1988, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V7, P161 JENNINGS S, 1998, ADV MAR BIOL, V34, P201 JENNINGS S, 1999, J ANIM ECOL, V68, P617 JIN XS, 1996, FISH RES, V26, P337 JONES FRH, 1968, FISH MIGRATION KAWASAKI T, 1983, P EXPERT CONSULTATIO, P1065 KAWASAKI T, 1988, P INT S LONG TERM CH, P37 KAWASAKI T, 1991, LONG TERM VARIABILIT KAWASAKI T, 1994, B JAPAN SOC FISH OCE, V58, P321 KERSTAN S, 1993, 8 S AFR MAR SCI S LA KIRKWOOD GP, 1992, REPORT INT WHALING C, V42, P236 KLYASHTORIN LB, 1998, FISH RES, V37, P115 KLYASTHORIN LB, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE LONG KONCHINA YV, 1986, COLLN SCI PAP INT CO, V13, P7 KORNILOVS G, 2001, ICES J MAR SCI, V58, P579 KORRUBEL JL, 1992, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V12, P375 KORRUBEL JL, 1998, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V19, P415 KRAUSE J, 2002, LIVING GROUPS KREZEPTOWSKI M, 1982, COLLN SCI PAP INT CO, V9, P111 KRUSE G, 1993, AKSG9302 U AL SEA GR LAEVASTU T, 1981, MARINE FISHERIES ECO LAEVASTU T, 1990, 31 NMFS AL FISH SCI LAINE P, 1998, OPHELIA, V48, P155 LARKIN PA, 1996, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V6, P139 LARRANETA MG, 1989, INT S LONG TERM CHAN LASKER R, 1975, FISH B, V73, P453 LASKER R, 1978, RAPPORTS PROCES VERB, V173, P212 LASKER R, 1981, MARINE FISH LARVAE M, P80 LASKER R, 1981, REMOTE SENS ENVIRON, V11, P439 LAUCK T, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P72 LEBEDEV NV, 1969, ELEMENTARY POPULATIO LEPAGE C, 1996, ADAPT BEHAV, V4, P249 LEPAGE C, 1997, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V54, P2235 LESTER RJG, 2001, J FISH BIOL, V59, P833 LETCHER BH, 1996, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V53, P787 LINK JS, 2002, FISH RES, V55, P71 LLUCHBELDA D, 1989, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V8, P195 LLUCHBELDA D, 1992, FISH OCEANOGR, V1, P339 LLUCHBELDA D, 1992, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V12, P147 LONGHURST A, 2002, FISH RES, V56, P125 LONGHURST AR, 1987, ECOLOGY TROPICAL OCE MACCALL A, 1990, DYNAMIC GEOGRAPHY MA MACCALL AD, 1976, CALIFORNIA COOPERATI, V18, P136 MACCALL AD, 2002, CLIMATE FISHERIES IN, P39 MACE PM, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P110 MACE PM, 2001, FISH FISH, V2, P2 MACKENZIE BR, 2000, OCEANOL ACTA, V23, P357 MACKINSON S, 1997, FISH RES, V31, P11 MACKINSON S, 1999, ICES J MAR SCI, V56, P613 MAGOULAS A, 1999, 3 EUR MAR SCI TECHN MANN KH, 1989, COASTAL ESTUARINE ST, V32, P259 MARAVELIAS CD, 1995, SCI MAR, V59, P427 MARCUS S, 1993, FED SENTENCING REP, V6, P6 MASSE J, 1996, ICES J MAR SCI, V53, P155 MATHISEN OA, 1989, ICLARM C P, V18, P220 MATSON PA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P723 MAY RM, 1979, SCIENCE, V205, P267 MAY RM, 1995, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V40, P1278 MAY RM, 2000, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V45, P1 MCCULLAG P, 1989, GEN LINEAR MODELS MCFARLANE GA, 2000, PROG OCEANOGR, V47, P147 MCFARLANE GA, 2001, PROG OCEANOGR, V49, P151 MCGOWAN JA, 1998, SCIENCE, V281, P210 MCKENZIE BR, 2000, OCEANOL ACTA, V23, P357 MCLEAVE JD, 1984, MECH MIGRATION FISHE MCQUINN IH, 1997, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V7, P297 MEGREY BA, 1989, AM FISH SOC S, V6, P8 MENDELSSOHN R, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P408 MENGE BA, 2000, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V250, P257 MICHELI F, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P1396 MISUND OA, 1995, FISH RES, V22, P293 MISUND OA, 1997, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V7, P1 MISUND OA, 2002, FISH RES, V2, P13 MISUND OA, 2002, HDB FISH BIOL FISHER, V2, P13 MITCHELLINNES BA, 1992, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V12, P355 MOLONEY CL, 1992, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V12, P457 MUCK P, 1987, ICLARM STUD REV, V15, P276 MUCK P, 1989, ICLARM C P, V18, P386 MUCK P, 1989, ICLARM C P, V18, P86 MULLON C, 2002, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V59, P910 MULLON C, 2003, FISH OCEANOGR, V12, P396 MYERS RA, 1996, FISH B-NOAA, V94, P707 MYERS RA, 1998, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V8, P285 MYERS RA, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V56, P2404 NEILSON JD, 1990, ADV MAR BIOL, V26, P115 NIELAND H, 1982, RAPP P V REUN CONS I, V180, P369 OVERHOLTZ WJ, 1989, J NW ATLANTIC FISHER, V9, P115 OVERHOLTZ WJ, 1999, AKSG9901 U AL SEA GR, P163 PACE ML, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P483 PAGE FH, 1999, FISH OCEANOGR, V8, P212 PAINTING SJ, 1998, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V19, P245 PARADA C, 2003, FISH OCEANOGR, V12, P170 PARKER RO, 1972, 65 NOAA PARRISH JK, 1978, CALIF FISH GAME FISH, V167 PARRISH JK, 1983, P EXP CONS EX CHANG, P731 PARRISH JK, 1989, ENVIRON BIOL FISH, V26, P79 PARRISH JK, 1999, ENVIRON BIOL FISH, V55, P157 PARRISH RH, 1981, BIOL OCEANOGR, V1, P175 PAULY D, 1987, ICLARM STUD REV, V15 PAULY D, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P860 PAULY D, 2000, AM SCI, V88, P46 PAULY D, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P697 PETERMAN MR, 1979, POPULATION DYNAMICS, P321 PETERMAN RM, 1987, SCIENCE, V235, P354 PETERMAN RM, 1988, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V45, P8 PETITGAS P, 1996, ICES J MAR SCI, V53, P147 PETITGAS P, 2001, ICES J MAR SCI, V58, P1150 PIKITCH EK, 1997, AM FISH SOC S, V20 PITCHER TJ, 1993, PITCHER, P363 PITCHER TJ, 1997, P 2 WORLD FISH C BRI, P143 PITCHER TJ, 1998, REINVENTING FISHERIE, P312 POLICANSKY D, 1993, MANAGEMENT STRATEGIE POLOVINA JJ, 1994, FISH OCEANOGR, V3, P15 POLOVINA JJ, 2005, B MAR SCI, V76, P233 POPE JG, 1977, FISHERIES MATH, P63 POPE JG, 1979, MODIFIED COHORT ANAL POPE JG, 1991, ICES MARINE SCI S, V193, P22 RICE J, 1995, CANADIAN SPECIAL PUB, V121, P561 RICHARDSON AJ, 1998, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V19, P275 RICKER WE, 1954, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V11, P559 ROBERTS CM, 1997, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V12, P35 ROBICHAUD D, 2001, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V58, P2325 ROSE KA, 1999, ECOL MONOGR, V69, P127 ROTHSCHILD BJ, 1973, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V30, P2017 ROTHSCHILD BJ, 1986, DYNAMICS MARINE FISH ROTHSCHILD BJ, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P465 ROTHSCHILD BJ, 1995, CAN SPEC PUBL FISH A, V121, P201 ROY C, 2001, PROG OCEANOGR, V49, P245 ROY C, 2001, S AFR J SCI 1, V97, P465 ROY C, 2002, GLOBEC SPACC IDYLE E, P52 RYAN PG, 1988, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V45, P1 RYMAN N, 1995, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V5, P417 SADOVY Y, 2001, J FISH BIOL A, V59, P90 SANTOS AMP, 2000, FISH RES, V49, P1 SCHINDLER DW, 1985, SCIENCE, V228, P1395 SCHNEIDER N, 2001, J CLIMATE, V14, P3997 SCHWARTZLOSE RA, 1999, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V21, P289 SECH PA, 1980, COPACE SERIES SEINFLED ES, 1987, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V5, P613 SEINFLED ES, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V79, P17 SHACKLETON LY, 1987, J CONS INT EXPLOR ME, V5, P79 SHANNON LJ, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P720 SHANNON LJ, 2001, THESIS U CAPE TOWN C SHANNON LJ, 2003, J MARINE SYST, V39, P83 SHANNON LJ, 2004, ECOL INDIC, V3, P305 SHANNON LJ, 2004, ECOL MODEL, V172, P269 SHELTON PA, 1993, B MAR SCI, V53, P778 SILVERT W, 1988, P INT S VIG SPAIN NO, P161 SINCLAIR M, 1984, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V41, P1055 SINCLAIR M, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P888 SINCLAIR M, 1988, MARINE POPULATIONS SINCLAIR M, 1989, J CONSEIL, V45, P165 SINCLAIR M, 2003, RESPONSIBLE FISHERIE SKUD BE, 1982, SCIENCE, V216, P144 SMEDBOL RK, 2001, J FISH BIOL A, V59, P109 SMETACEK V, 1999, NATURE, V401, P647 SMITH ADM, 1993, CANADIAN SPECIAL PUB, V120, P261 SMITH ADM, 1994, POPULATION DYNAMICS, P249 SMITH ADM, 1999, ICES J MAR SCI, V56, P967 SMITH PE, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P69 SMITH PJ, 1986, FISH RES, V4, P223 SMITH SJ, 1993, CAN SPEC PUBL FISH A, V120 SPARRE P, 1980, GOAL FUNCTION FISHER SPARRE P, 1991, ICES MAR SCI S, V193, P12 SPENCER PD, 1997, FISH OCEANOGR, V6, P188 STARFIELD AM, 1988, S AFRICAN J MARINE S, V7, P299 STEELE JH, 2000, FISH RES, V44, P201 STOCKER M, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P174 STOECKER DK, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P85 SUND PN, 1981, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL AN, V19, P443 SWARTZMAN G, 1994, ICES J MAR SCI, V51, P481 SWARTZMAN G, 1997, ICES J MAR SCI, V54, P105 THORROLD SR, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P297 TRITES AW, 1999, ECOSYSTEM APPROACHES TROADEC JP, 1980, RAPP P REUN CONS INT, V177, P252 TUDELA S, 1999, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V234, P95 TYLER JA, 1994, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V4, P91 ULLTANG O, 1976, FAO FISHERIES TECHNI, V155, P91 ULLTANG O, 1996, ICES J MAR SCI, V53, P659 URNESS RW, 1999, ECOSYSTEM APPROACHES, P481 VANDERLINGEN CD, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V109, P1 VANDERLINGEN CD, 1999, THESIS U CAPE TOWN C VANDERLINGEN CD, 2001, SPATIAL PROCESSES MA, P185 VANDERLINGEN CD, 2002, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V24, P301 VANDERMEER J, 1993, AM NAT, V141, P687 VERHEYE HM, 1998, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V19, P317 VERITY PG, 1998, S AFR J MARINE SCI, V19, P333 VONBRANDT A, 1984, FISH CATCHING METHOD WADA T, 1998, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V55, P2455 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WALTERS CJ, 1997, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V7, P139 WALTERS CJ, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V2, P539 WATSON R, 2001, NATURE, V414, P534 WEEKS SJ, 2002, NATURE, V415, P493 WERNER FE, 2001, SARSIA, V86, P405 WHIPPLE SJ, 2000, FISH FISH, V1, P22 WINTERS GH, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P354 WOLF NG, 1985, BEHAV ECOL SOCIOBIOL, V17, P47 WOOSTER WS, 1989, CAN SPEC PUBL FISH A, V108, P153 WROBLEWSKI JS, 1989, FISH B-NOAA, V87, P387 WYATT T, 1988, P INT S LONG TERM CH YANEZ E, 1996, INVEST MAR VALPARAIS, V24, P107 YANEZ ER, 2002, GLOBEC SPACC IDYLE E, P324 ZEEMAN EC, 1978, CATASTROPHE THEORY S ZHANG CI, 2000, PROG OCEANOGR, V47, P171 ZHENG J, 1996, FISH RES, V26, P257 NR 376 TC 3 J9 BULL MAR SCI BP 385 EP 462 PY 2005 PD MAR VL 76 IS 2 GA 915XY UT ISI:000228346100013 ER PT J AU MOIR, WH MOWRER, HT TI UNSUSTAINABILITY SO FOREST ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article RP MOIR, WH, US FOREST SERV,ROCKY MT FOREST & RANGE EXPT STN,240 W PROSPECT,FT COLLINS,CO 80521. AB In natural resource management, wise decisions must result in desired ecosystem conditions that are sustained over indefinitely long periods. Thus, the concept of sustainability is an important consideration in management decisions. In many cases, our understanding of whether or not sustainable conditions will result from a management decision is based on long-term projections from computer models. Although these models are theoretically based and statistically calibrated, they usually fail to account for uncertainty in the underlying assumptions, in the statistical calibration, and in the values used to initiate projections. Moreover, given our current level of knowledge of ecosystem behavior, results from even our best models may appear to indicate sustainable conditions, but cannot measure or incorporate probabilities of increasing stochasticity, critical threshold or extreme value events and surprises, or chaotic (dynamical) system behavior. For now, this unanticipated uncertainty can be adequately managed by accurately discounting present resource values, analyzing activities at appropriate temporal and spacial scales, maintaining biological diversity, and avoiding extreme impacts that can create overcompensating feedbacks. CR 1993, 1993 INFORMATION PLE ALLEN TFH, 1994, RM247 USDA FOR SERV, P98 BAK P, 1991, SCI AM, V264, P46 BELLA DA, 1972, J SANITARY ENG DIV A, V98, P579 BERRYMAN AA, 1989, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V4, P26 BERRYMAN AA, 1991, CHAOS INSECT ECOLOGY, P23 BERRYMAN AA, 1991, OIKOS, V62, P106 CAMBEL AB, 1993, APPLIED CHAOS THEORY COSTANZA R, 1991, ECOLOGICAL EC SCI MA DAILY GC, 1992, BIOSCIENCE, V42, P761 DICKPEDDIE WA, 1993, NEW MEXICO VEGETATIO ELLNER S, 1991, CHAOS INSECT ECOLOGY, P63 FRANKLIN JF, 1989, AM FOR, V95, P1 GALE RP, 1991, J FOREST, V89, P31 GILLIS AM, 1992, BIOSCIENCE, V42, P482 GONZALEZANDUJAR JL, 1993, ECOL MODEL, V65, P255 HARDIN G, 1991, ECOLOGICAL EC SCI MA, P45 HESS K, 1992, VISIONS LAND MAN NAT HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 JAMESON DA, 1994, SUSTAINABLE ECOLOGIC, P137 KAUFMANN MR, 1994, RM246 USDA FOR SERV KAY JJ, 1991, ENVIRON MANAGE, V15, P483 KING AW, 1991, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V5, P239 LEARY RA, 1992, 1994 IUFRO CENT M RE, P65 LEVIN SA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1943 LOGAN JA, 1991, CHAOS INSECT ECOLOGY, P1 LOUCKS OL, 1985, BIOSCIENCE, V35, P428 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 MASER C, 1992, GLOBAL IMPERATIVE HA MENGES ES, 1992, CONSERVATION BIOL TH, P253 MOWRER HT, 1989, ARTIF INTELL, P100 MOWRER HT, 1991, CAN J FOREST RES, V16, P1196 NEILSON RP, 1986, SCIENCE, V232, P27 NORGAARD RB, 1991, ECOLOGICAL EC SCI MA, P88 NORTON BG, 1991, ECOLOGICAL EC SCI MA, P102 ODUM EP, 1969, SCIENCE, V164, P262 ODUM EP, 1985, BIOSCIENCE, V35, P419 OLSEN LF, 1990, SCIENCE, V249, P499 PERRINGS C, 1991, ECOLOGICAL EC SCI MA, P153 POOL R, 1989, SCIENCE, V243, P25 RITCHIE ME, 1992, WILDLIFE 2001 POPULA, P139 SACHS W, 1989, NEW PERSPECTIVES SPR, P16 SAVORY A, 1988, HOLISTIC RESOURCE MA STACEY PB, 1992, ECOL APPL, V2, P18 TAYLOR KC, 1993, NATURE, V361, P432 TOMAN MA, 1992, RESOURCES, P3 TURCHIN P, 1991, CHAOS INSECT ECOLOGY, P39 TURCHIN P, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P289 VITOUSEK PM, 1987, SCIENCE, V238, P802 WOODMANSEE RG, 1992, ROCKY MOUNTAIN NEW P, P8 WYNNE B, 1993, NEW SCI, V138, P33 NR 51 TC 10 J9 FOREST ECOL MANAGE BP 239 EP 248 PY 1995 PD MAY VL 73 IS 1-3 GA RE162 UT ISI:A1995RE16200020 ER PT J AU Kalikoski, DC Vasconcellos, M Lavkulich, L TI Fitting institutions to ecosystems: the case of artisanal fisheries management in the estuary of Patos Lagoon SO MARINE POLICY LA English DT Article C1 Univ British Columbia, Inst Resources & Environm, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3, Canada. Univ Rio Grande, Dept Oceanog, BR-96201900 Rio Grande, RS, Brazil. RP Kalikoski, DC, Univ British Columbia, Inst Resources & Environm, 2206 East Mall, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3, Canada. AB This paper analyzes the problem of fit of environmental institutions to the conservation of fisheries CPRs and the maintenance of artisanal fisheries in the estuary of Patos Lagoon, southern Brazil. The analysis identified problems with the definition of boundaries and rights to fisheries resources and incongruities between rules and local environmental/resource conditions which can affect the sustainability of artisanal fisheries. The driving forces of misfits showed to be associated to internal and external factors including the weak and changeable institutional arrangements, socio-economic conditions, the regime structure of governance, and individual stewardship for resources. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *FAO, 1997, FAO TECHN GUID RESP, V4 *FEPAM, 1993, PROP ENQ REC HIDR PA *IBAMA, 1995, SER EST PESC, V16 *MMA, 1996, MACR ZON COST BRAS *MMA, 1998, AV NORM LEG APL GER *UNESCO, 1993, COASTS MAN COMPL SYS ABDALLAH PR, 1998, THESIS U SAO PAULO ASMUS HE, 1989, ESTRUTURA DINAMICA S ASMUS ML, 1997, SUBTROPICAL CONVERGE, V308, P205 ASMUS ML, 1999, P WORKSH EC BAS INT BARCELLOS BN, 1966, INFORME GERAL PESCA BEGOSSI A, 2001, PROTECTING COMMONS F BERKES F, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BROMLEY DW, 1992, MAKING COMMONS WORK, P3 CASTELLO JP, 1978, ATLANTICA RIO GRANDE, V3, P67 CASTELLO JP, 1997, SUBTROPICAL CONVERGE, V308, P171 COSTA CSB, 1997, SUBTROPICAL CONVERGE, V308, P73 DECASTRO F, 2000, 8 ANN C INT ASS STUD DIAS NJ, 1999, B SOCIEDADE BRASILEI, V55, P9 DIEGUES ACS, 1995, POVOS MARES LEITURAS DINCAO F, 1985, CAMAROES ALTO VALOR, V5 DINCAO F, 1991, ATLANTICA RIO GRANDE, V13, P1992 DOMASK J, 1997, THESIS U MIANMI FLOR FENNY D, 1990, HUM ECOL, V18, P1 FOLKE C, 1998, PROBLEM FIT ECOSYSTE GIBBS CJN, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO, P22 HAIMOVICI M, 1989, FRENTE MARITMO, V5, P151 HAIMOVICI M, 1997, RECURSOS PESQUEIROS HALL SJ, 1999, EFFECTS FISHING MARI HANNA SS, 1995, PROPERTY RIGHTS ENV HOLLING CS, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P342 JENTOFT S, 1995, MAR POLICY, V19, P227 LEE KN, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE IN LINO GAP, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO, P33 MCCAY BJ, 1987, CAPTURING COMMONS MCCULLY P, 1991, ECOLOGIST, V21, P77 NORTH DC, 1990, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR OSTROM E, 1990, GOVT COMMONS EVOLUTI OSTROM E, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P278 PAULY D, 1997, GLOBAL TRENDS FISHER, P40 PINKERTON E, 1989, COOPERATIVE MANAGEME POMEROY RS, 1997, MAR POLICY, V21, P465 REIS EG, 1986, ATLANTICA RIO GRANDE, V8, P1986 REIS EG, 1994, RIO GRANDE, V16, P69 REIS EG, 2000, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V43, P585 SALES G, 2000, APLICACAO CONCEITOS SCUDDER T, 1985, MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS R SEELIGER U, 1997, SUBTROPICAL CONVERGE SEELIGER U, 1997, SUBTROPICAL CONVERGE, V308, P197 SEIXAS CS, 2000, INT WORKSH CONS DEV SOUZA MAA, 2001, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO VIEIRA JP, 1996, ATLANTICA RIO GRANDE, V18, P123 VONIHERING H, 1896, PEIXES COSTA MAR EST, P98 VOOREN CM, 1983, THESIS U RIO GRANDE, V4 YOUNG OR, 1999, IHDP REPORT SERIES, V9, P99 NR 56 TC 2 J9 MAR POLICY BP 179 EP 196 PY 2002 PD MAY VL 26 IS 3 GA 556DH UT ISI:000175833700005 ER PT J AU Lyver, POB TI Use of traditional knowledge by Rakiura Maori to guide sooty shearwater harvests SO WILDLIFE SOCIETY BULLETIN LA English DT Article C1 Univ Otago, Dept Zool, Dunedin, New Zealand. RP Lyver, POB, Old Tai Tapu Rd,RD 2, Christchurch, New Zealand. AB Traditional knowledge (TK) concerning the harvest of sooty shearwaters (Puffinus griseus) by Rakiura Maori in New Zealand was recorded and analyzed using scientific methodologies. The objective was to use information and techniques from traditional and scientific knowledge systems for more effective resource management. Rakiura Maori TK predicts that years with larger and fatter chicks will have greater chick abundance. Detailed harvest records (1978-89) from one muttonbirder on Poutama (Evening Island) indicated that harvest tallies were greater in years when chicks were larger. However, observations by muttonbirders in the last decade suggest that this traditional "chick quality-abundance" construct may be becoming less consistent. The lack of a relationship between harvest tallies and chick quality from 1990 to 1998 supported this reported change in TK. Muttonbirders target nights with rain, wind, and little moonlight when chicks can be caught more quickly. A multiple regression model indicated that year, effort, day of season, and nights with wind or rain determined number of chicks harvested. A lunar effect may not have been detected because muttonbirders adjust their harvest behavior according to phases of the moon. Scientific evaluation of chick emergence detected a lunar effect because sampling occurred at all stages of the lunar cycle. Local knowledge of the best conditions and areas on Poutama to hunt allowed the muttonbirders to maximize their harvest efficiency. Traditional knowledge can predict scientific findings for some key parameters of harvest, such as chick abundance, but also has value for understanding an ecological system. Complete integration of TK and ecological science is unlikely because of the spiritual and holistic aspects that partially define TK. However, parallel use of the 2 knowledge systems may improve the understanding and decision-making for conservation and natural resource use. CR *NZ CONS AUTH, 1997, MAOR CUST US NAT BIR ALVARD MS, 1993, HUM ECOL, V21, P355 ANDERSON A, 1995, INT J OSTEOARCHAEOL, V6, P403 ANDERSON A, 1997, NZ J ARCHAEOLOGY, V17, P35 BEATTIE JH, 1994, TRADITIONAL LIFEWAYS BERKES F, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC, P1 BERKES F, 1995, BIODIVERS CONSERV, P281 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 1999, SACRED ECOLOGY TRADI BERLIN O, 1977, ETHNOBIOLOGY SUBSIST CROCOMBE R, 1994, SCI PACIFIC ISLAND P, V4, P41 DEURDEN F, 1998, POLAR REC, V34, P31 DICKISON M, 1994, NZ SCI MONTHLY, V5, P6 DWYER PD, 1994, PAC CONSERV BIOL, V1, P91 GRANADEIRO JP, 1998, IBIS, V140, P458 GUNN A, 1988, BOREAL I NO STUDIES, V23, P22 HAAMI BJT, 1994, SCI PACIFIC PEOPLES, V3, P65 HAMES R, 1987, QUESTION COMMONS CUL, P97 HODGES W, 1994, 93 DEP CONS HUNN E, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC, P13 HUNTER C, 2001, THESIS U OTAGO DUNED IMBER MJ, 1975, NOTORNIS, V22, P302 JONES IL, 1990, CAN J ZOOL, V68, P433 KIRIKIRI R, 1995, CONSERVATION SUSTAIN, P54 LYVER PO, 1999, ENVIRON CONSERV, V26, P280 LYVER PO, 1999, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V188, P237 LYVER PO, 2000, NEW ZEAL J ZOOL, V27, P381 LYVER POB, 2000, NEW ZEAL J ECOL, V24, P169 MARCHANT S, 1990, HDB AUSTR NZ ANTAR A, V1 MOLLER H, 1996, BIODIVERSITY PAPERS, P89 RICE JA, 1988, MATH STAT DATA ANAL RICHDALE LE, 1946, WILDLIFE SERIES, V7, P90 ROBERTS JR, 1995, ACAD EMERG MED, V2, P20 ROBERTSON CJR, 1984, ICBP TECHN PUBL, V2, P573 TAIEPA T, 1997, ENVIRON CONSERV, V24, P236 VEIT RR, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P23 WARHAM J, 1982, NOTORNIS, V29, P23 WARHAM J, 1990, PETRELS THEIR BREEDI WATANUKI Y, 1986, AUK, V103, P14 WILSON E, 1979, TITI HERITAGE STORY WOLFE J, 1992, INDIGENEOUS W KNOWLE NR 41 TC 2 J9 WILDLIFE SOC BULL BP 29 EP 40 PY 2002 PD SPR VL 30 IS 1 GA 545DC UT ISI:000175200100004 ER PT J AU ROSSER, JB TI SYSTEMIC CRISES IN HIERARCHICAL ECOLOGICAL ECONOMIES SO LAND ECONOMICS LA English DT Article RP ROSSER, JB, JAMES MADISON UNIV,HARRISONBURG,VA 22807. AB Human beings are both the slaves and the masters of the ecosystems in which they live. This paper examines the interrelationship between economic decision-making hierarchies and ecological hierarchies. Conditions under which discontinuous changes can occur are presented both for top-down and bottom-up causes. Appropriate institutional arrangements for minimizing ecological disruption are analyzed and depend on the nature of the relationship between the economic and ecological hierarchies. In some cases this will involve self-managed economic units operating at the appropriate level of the ecological hierarchy. CR ALLEN TFH, 1982, HIERARCHY PERSPECTIV ALLEN TFH, 1992, UNIFIED ECOLOGY ANDERSON TL, 1977, MANAGING COMMONS, P200 AOKI M, 1990, J ECON LIT, V28, P1 ARROW KJ, 1969, 91ST US JOINT EC COM, P47 AUERBACH F, 1913, PETERMANS MITTEILUNG, V59, P74 BOGDANOV A, 1925, TEKTOLOGY UNIVERSAL BONIN JP, 1993, J ECON LIT, V31, P1290 BOULDING KE, 1978, ECODYNAMICS NEW THEO BOWLES S, 1985, AM ECON REV, V75, P16 BRAUDEL F, 1973, CAPITALISM MATERIAL BROMLEY DW, 1991, ENV EC PROPERTY RIGH BURNESS S, 1980, LAND ECON, V56, P1 CIRIACYWANTRUP SV, 1975, NAT RESOUR J, V15, P713 COMMON M, 1992, ECOL ECON, V6, P7 CORDELL J, 1989, SEA SMALL BOATS DAVIS SM, 1977, MATRIX DIENER M, 1984, CHAOS ORDER NATURE, P249 DJILAS M, 1957, NEW CLASS DURRENBERGER EP, 1987, QUESTION COMMONS CUL, P370 ELTON CS, 1958, ECOLOGY INVASIONS AN GEORGESCUROEGEN N, 1971, ENTROPY LAW EC PROCE GILLES JL, 1981, SOCIOL RURALIS, V21, P129 GINTIS H, 1976, REV RADICAL POLITICA, V8, P36 GORDON HS, 1954, J POLITICAL EC, V62, P124 GREENBERG ES, 1986, WORKPLACE DEMOCRACY GUNTHER F, 1993, J BIOL SYST, V1, P257 HAKEN H, 1977, SYNERGETICS NONEQUIL HARDIE A, 1991, COMMONS TRAGEDY, P130 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HOLLING CS, 1994, POPULATION ENV DEV, P43 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P447 HORVAT B, 1982, POLITICAL EC SOCIALI IANNELLO KP, 1992, DECISIONS HIERARCHY KAY JJ, 1991, ENVIRON MANAGE, V15, P483 KHALIL EL, 1992, METHODUS, V64, P29 KOESTLER A, 1967, GHOST IN MACHINE LOVELOCK JE, 1988, AGES GAIA MARGLIN S, 1974, REV RADICAL POLITICA, V6, P60 MCCAY BJ, 1987, QUESTION COMMONS TUC NETTING R, 1976, HUM ECOL, V4, P135 NICOLIS JS, 1986, DYNAMICS HIERARCHICA OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS RADNER R, 1985, ECONOMETRICA, V53, P1173 RADNER R, 1992, J ECON LIT, V30, P1382 ROSSER J, 1991, CATASTROPHE CHAOS GE ROSSER J, 1993, 35 BEIJ INT I EC EC ROSSER J, 1995, IN PRESS COMP EC TRA ROSSER JB, 1994, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V4, P553 SCHRODINGER E, 1994, WHAT IS LIFE SIMON HA, 1957, ADM BEHAVIOR SIMON HA, 1962, P AM PHILOS SOC, V106, P467 STEVENSON GG, 1991, COMMON PROPERTY EC G STOKES KM, 1992, MAN BIOSPHERE VARELA F, 1974, BIOSYSTEMS, V5, P187 VERNADSKY VI, 1945, AM SCI, V33, P1 VONBERTALANFFY L, 1968, PERSPECTIVES GENERAL WALLACE RR, 1992, ECOL ECON, V6, P103 WIENER N, 1948, CYBERNETICS WILLIAMSON OE, 1975, MARKETS HIERARCHIES NR 62 TC 6 J9 LAND ECON BP 163 EP 172 PY 1995 PD MAY VL 71 IS 2 GA QU184 UT ISI:A1995QU18400002 ER PT J AU Younus, MA Bedford, RD Morad, M TI Not so high and dry: Patterns of 'autonomous adjustment' to major flooding events in Bangladesh SO GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Waikato, Hamilton, New Zealand. Kingston Univ, Kingston upon Thames KT1 2EE, Surrey, England. AB The Bangladeshi farming system is well adjusted to flooding. Throughout the riverine flood plains and coastal deltas, The farming system is strongly influenced by flood characteristics: timing, depth, duration and frequency (number of flood peaks). This article examines farmers' responses to recent devastating flood events with particular reference to the farmers' 'autonomous adjustments' during the 1998, flood arguably the most disruptive flood episode in living memory. Different flood events require different kinds of adjustment which, in turn, influence the pattern of crop damage, If adjustments are appropriate then farmers might expect reasonable crop production. On the other band, if the flood persists through much of the cropping season leaving little time for crop maturation, then farmers can lose a significant amount of production. The article investigates three kinds of adjustment - routine, tactical and in-built - in the context of normal flood events, and more specifically with reference to the devastating flood in 1998. A range of information obtained in a post-flood field investigation in Islampur (north of Dhaka) has been used to assess the resilience of farmers living in a riverine flood-prone area and the strategies they adopt to cope with severe flood events. CR *IPCC, 1990, STRAT AD SEA LEV RIS *UN, 2003, IFRC INF B, V1 AHMED AU, 1998, VULNERABILITY ADAPTA, P125 AHMED I, 2001, FUTURES, V33, P803 ALLISON MA, 1998, J COASTAL RES, V14, P1269 BENIOFF R, 1996, VULNERABILITY ADAPTA BRAMMER H, 1990, GEOGR J, V156, P12 BRAMMER H, 1990, GEOGR J, V156, P158 CARTER TR, 1994, IPCC TECHNICAL GUIDE DELNINNO C, 2003, WORLD DEV, V31, P1221 ERICKSEN NJ, 1996, IMPLICATIONS CLIMATE HANCHETT S, 1998, WATER CULTURE POWER, P209 HARVEY D, 1969, EXPLANATION GEOGRAPH HUQ S, 1998, VULNERABILITY ADAPTA ISLAM N, 2001, FUTURES, V33, P783 KARIM, 1998, VULNERABILITY ADAPAT MESSERLI B, 2000, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V19, P459 MIRZA MMQ, 2001, ENV HAZARDS, V3, P37 MIRZA MMQ, 2002, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V12, P127 PAUL BK, 1997, GEOFORUM, V28, P121 PAUL BK, 2003, GEOGR J 1, V169, P75 RASHID H, 1995, APPL GEOGR, V15, P3 SMITH JB, 1996, WATER AIR SOIL POLL, V92, P229 WARRICK RA, 1996, IMPLICATIONS CLIMATE YOUNUS MDA, 2001, THESIS U WAIKATO NZ NR 25 TC 0 J9 GEOGRAPHY BP 112 EP 120 PY 2005 PD SUM VL 90 GA 936VA UT ISI:000229882300002 ER PT J AU Herrmann, TM TI Knowledge, values, uses and management of the Araucaria araucana forest by the indigenous Mapuche Pewenche people: A basis for collaborative natural resource management in southern Chile SO NATURAL RESOURCES FORUM LA English DT Article C1 UN, Water Nat Resources & SIDS Branch, Div Sustainabel Dev, Dept Econ & Social Affairs, New York, NY USA. RP Herrmann, TM, UN, Water Nat Resources & SIDS Branch, Div Sustainabel Dev, Dept Econ & Social Affairs, New York, NY USA. AB One of the most important endemic tree species of Chile and at the same time one of the most endangered ones is Araucaria araucana (Mol.) C. Koch, the monkey puzzle tree. It grows in the Andes Mountains, homeland of the indigenous Mapuche Pewenche people who depend on this tree. This paper is based on field research that investigated the ecological knowledge, uses and management of the Araucaria araucana forest by indigenous Mapuche Pewenche people based on the sociocultural, spiritual and ecological relationships they have with the Araucaria forest, to find out how indigenous people and their knowledge could contribute to sustainable Araucaria forest management. A Mapuche Pewenche community located in the IX region of Chile contributed to this study. Based on the analyses this paper illustrates the nature of indigenous ecological knowledge of Araucaria araucana on the one hand, and its utility in native forest management on the other. The research shows that the Mapuche Pewenche hold ecological knowledge and conduct practices to manage their Araucaria forest in a balanced way. They conserve and use forest biodiversity at one and the same time. This paper provides recommendations for sustainable Araucaria forest management and conservation strategies ex-situ and in-situ incorporating indigenous knowledge and scientific knowledge and for promoting a collaborative natural resources management. CR *CONAF CONAMA BIRF, 1997, CAT EV REC VEG CHIL *CONAF GTZ DED KFW, 2000, PROYECT CONS MAN SUS *CONAF ONF, 1998, CHIL PROYECT CONS BO *FAO UN, 1997, STAT WORLDS FOR 2001 *I FOR INFOR, 2000, EST FOR 2000 *WCED, 1987, OUR COMM FUT, P12 AAGESEN D, 2004, AGR HUM VALUES, V21, P233 AAGESEN DL, 1998, ECON BOT, V52, P146 ANGLI J, 1918, B ACAD NACL CIENCIAS, V23, P1 ARMESTO JJ, 2001, J ROY SOC NEW ZEAL, V31, P865 AZOCAR GD, 1992, THESIS U CONCEPCION BAHUCHET S, 2001, FORETS HOMMES, P118 BENGOA J, 1985, HIST PUEBLO MAPUCHE BENGOA J, 1992, QUINQUEN 100 ANOS HI BERKES F, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, V1, P1 BERLIN BO, 2001, UNECO 2000 WORLD C S, P438 BORRINIFEYERABE.G, 2000, COMANAGEMENT NATURAL BURNS BR, 1993, J BIOGEOGR, V20, P669 CALBUCURA J, 2000, LEGAL PROCESS ABOLIT CARLSSON L, 2005, IN PRESS J ENV MANAG COLDING J, 2003, LOCAL I BIOL CONSERV DELOBERA PM, 1960, BIBLIOTECA AUTORES E, V131 DEMOSBACH EW, 1992, BOT INDIGENA CHILE DONOSO C, 1993, BOSQUES TEMPLADOS CH, P308 ENRIGHT NJ, 1995, ECOLOGY SO CONIFERS FINCKH M, 1995, FLORA, V53, P365 GAGDIL M, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P151 GARI JA, 2001, THESIS U OXFORD UK GEOGHEGAN T, 1998, COLLABORATION SUSTAI GOLTE W, 1993, ERDWISSENSCHAFTLICHE, V27 GRENAND P, 1996, CURRENT ISSUES NONTI, P177 GUNDERMANN H, 1981, THESIS U CHILE SANTI HAVEL JJ, 1971, J ECOL, V59, P203 HERRMANN TM, UNPUB BIODIVERSITY C HERRMANN TM, 2003, THESIS OXFORD U UK HILGER I, 1966, BOT INDIGENA CHILE, P33 HUECK K, 1966, WALDER SUDAMERIKAS KOTHARI A, 1997, BUILDING BRIDGES CON LAIRD SA, 1999, CULTURAL SPIRITUAL V, P347 LAIRD SA, 2002, BIODIVERSITY TRADITI LARA A, 1995, AMBIENTE DESAROLLO, P121 LARA A, 1996, ECOLOGIA BOSQUES NAT, P335 LONCON AE, 1999, PEWENCHE KIMUN RELAT MACCLURE RE, 1970, SOBREVIVENCIA CHILE MCFALL S, 1998, THESIS OXFORD U UK MEZA A, 1999, MEMOIRE STAGE DEA ET MOERMAN M, 1988, TALKING CULTURE ETHN MONTALDO P, 1974, B I FORESTAL LATINOA, V46 MURILLO A, 1889, PLANTES MED CHILI MUTARELLI E, 1992, REV FORESTAL ARGENTI, V14, P109 NAKAHIMA D, 2002, ENCY GLOBAL ENV CHAN, P314 OBERSDORFER E, 1990, PFLANZENSOZIOLOGISCH PAULSCH A, 1994, THESIS U BAYREUTH GE POSEY DA, 1985, AGROFOREST SYST, V3, P139 RIVAL L, 1999, CULTURAL SPIRITUAL, P358 SANGUINETTI J, 2002, INT S AR AUCKL NZ SCHATZMAN L, 1973, FIELD RES STRATEGIES, V10, P101 SCHMIDT H, 1977, BOSQUE, V2, P3 STOCKEY RA, 1982, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V37, P133 STOLTON S, 1999, PARTNERSHIPS PROTECT STUCHLIK M, 1976, LIFE HALF SHARE MECH TACON A, 1999, THESIS U AUSTRAL CHI TORTORELLI LA, 1942, SERVIR, V6, P1 VALENZUELA R, 1981, THESIS U CHILE CHILE VEBLEN TT, 1976, 5 FAO VEBLEN TT, 1982, J BIOGEOGR, V9, P11 VEBLEN TT, 1992, VEGETATION, V73, P113 VEBLEN TT, 1997, 2 SO CONN C SOUTH TE WOOD CP, 2000, IAI UM SUMM I MIAM U NR 69 TC 0 J9 NATUR RESOUR FORUM BP 120 EP 134 PY 2005 PD MAY VL 29 IS 2 GA 934JA UT ISI:000229703900004 ER PT J AU Wilkinson, A Elahi, S TI Riskworld - Part 2 - Process and research SO JOURNAL OF RISK RESEARCH LA English DT Review C1 Shell Int Ltd, Global Business Environm, Shell Ctr, London SE1 7NA, England. RP Wilkinson, A, Shell Int Ltd, Global Business Environm, Shell Ctr, London SE1 7NA, England. CR 2001, PEOPLES DAILY 1116 *EUR COMM, 2001, WHIT PAP STRAT FUT C, P88 *EUR COMM, 2002, REAL PREC COMP TRANS *I MED, 1999, ENV JUST RES ED HLTH *NAT RES COUNC, 1989, IMPR RISK COMM *NAT RES COUNC, 1996, UND RISK INF DEC DEM *PHILL WORTH MAV, 2000, BSE INQ REP *UNCHS, 2001, STAT WORLD CIT REP BALNAVES M, 2001, GLOBAL MEDIA ATLAS BATESON G, 1972, STEPS ECOLOGY MIND BECK U, 1992, RISK SOC NEW MODERNI BERKES F, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P121 BOHM D, 1980, WHOLENESS IMPLICATE BOHOLM A, 1998, J RISK RES, V1, P135 BOHOLM A, 2003, IN PRESS ETHNOS BROWN JS, 2000, SOCIAL LIFE INFORMAT BROWN MT, IN PRESS J RISK RES BURTON I, 1978, ENV HAZARD, V1, P1 CAPRA F, 2002, HIDDEN CONNECTIONS S CHRISTENSEN C, 1997, INNOVATORS DILEMMA N COOPERRIDER D, 1996, NO LIMITS COLLABORAT CVETKOVICH G, 1999, SOCIAL TRUST MANAGEM DALBY A, 2002, LANGUAGE DANGER LANG DAVID JM, 1988, UNDERSEA BIOMED RES, V15, P1 DIAMOND J, 1997, GUNS GERMS STEEL FAT DOUGLAS M, 1983, RISK CULTURE ESSAY S EARLE T, 1995, SOCIAL TRUST COSMOPO FIELDS J, 2001, CURRENT POPULATION R, P20 FISCHER GW, 1991, RISK ANAL, V11, P303 FISCHHOFF B, 1995, RISK ANAL, V15, P137 FISCHHOFF B, 1998, RELIAB ENG SYST SAFE, V59, P63 FISCHHOFF B, 2002, PSYCHOL JUDGMENT HEU, P730 FLYNN J, 2001, RISK MEDIA STIGMA FRIEDMAN TL, 2000, LEXUS OLIVE TREE UND FUKUYAMA F, 1992, END HIST LAST MAN FUNTOWICZ SO, 1992, SOCIAL THEORIES RISK, P251 FURNHAM A, 1986, CULTURE SHOCK GELLMANN M, 1994, QUARK JAGUAR ADVENTU GIDDENS A, 1990, CONSEQUENCES MODERNI GOLDSTEIN BD, 1999, ENV HLTH PERSPECT, V107, P594 GRAHAM JD, 1995, RISK VERSUS RISK GRAHAM JD, 2002, J RISK RES, V5, P371 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HERSCH J, 2002, JM OLIN DISCUSSION P, V365 HIMANEN P, 2001, HACKER ETHIC SPIRIT HOFSTEDE G, 1997, CULTURES ORG SOFTWAR HOFSTEDE G, 2001, CULTURES CONSEQUENCE HOFSTEDE G, 2002, EXPLORING CULTURE HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, ENG ECOLOGICAL CONST, P32 HUNTINGDON S, 1996, CLASH CIVILISATIONS JAEGER CC, 2001, RISK UNCERTAINTY RAT JASANOFF S, 1993, RISK ANAL, V13, P123 JASANOFF S, 1998, RELIAB ENG SYST SAFE, V59, P91 JASANOFF S, 2002, J MOL BIOL, V319, P891 JASANOFF S, 2002, SCI CULTURE, V11, P363 JAWORSKI J, 1996, SYNCHRONICITY INNER KAGAN R, 1997, OXFORD J LEGAL STUDI, V17, P165 KAGAN RA, 2000, REGULATORY ENCOUNTER KAGAN RA, 2001, ADVERSARIAL LEGALISM KAHNEMAN D, 1972, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V3, P430 KAHNEMAN D, 1982, JUDGEMENT UNCERTAINT KASPERSON RE, 1988, RISK ANAL, V8, P177 KASPERSON RE, 1999, SOCIAL TRUST MANAGEM, P22 KEOHANE RO, 1998, FOREIGN AFF, V77, P81 KLINKE A, 2002, RISK ANAL, V22, P1071 KNIGHT FH, 2002, RISK UNCERTAINTY PRO KOHN M, 1999, RISK INSTRUMENTS MED LATOUR B, 1993, WE HAVE NEVER BEEN M LATOUR B, 2002, WAR WORLDS PEACE LEV B, 2001, INTANGIBLES MANAGEME LEVIN SA, 1998, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V3, P222 LOFSTEDT RE, 2000, RISK ANAL, V20, P157 LOFSTEDT RE, 2001, RISK ANAL, V21, P399 LOFSTEDT RE, 2002, J POLICY ANAL MANAG, V21, P381 MAZUR A, 2003, TRUE WARNINGS FALSE MINTZBERG H, 1992, STRUCTURE 5S DESIGNI MORGAN MG, 1995, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V29, P468 MORGAN MG, 2001, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V49, P279 MORGAN MG, 2001, UNCERTAINTY GUIDE DE NELSON RR, 1996, TECHNOLOGY R D EC, P49 NYE J, 2002, PARADOX AM POWER WOR OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV PENNA FJ, 2002, POVERTY ALLEVIATION POWELL D, 1997, MAD COWS MOTHERS MIL PUTNAM RD, 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR RASKIN P, 2001, GREAT TRANSITION PRO RAVETZ J, IN PRESS FUTURES RENN O, 1991, COMMUNICATING RISKS, P175 RENN O, 1992, SOCIAL THEORIES RISK, P53 RENN O, 1998, J RISK RES, V1, P49 RENN O, 1998, RELIAB ENG SYST SAFE, V59, P49 RENN O, 2000, CROSS CULTURAL RISK ROGERS MD, 2003, REGUL TOXICOL PHARM, V37, P370 SCHUMPETER JA, 1942, CAPITALISM SOCIALISM SCHWARTZ J, 1992, CREATIVE MOMENT SCI SHLAIN L, 1998, ALPHABET VERSUS GODD SHRADERFRECHETT.KS, 1990, RISK ISSUES HLTH SAF, V1, P23 SLOVIC P, 1980, SOC RISK ASSESSMENT, P181 SLOVIC P, 1985, PERILOUS PROGR MANAG, P91 SLOVIC P, 1993, RISK ANAL, V13, P675 SLOVIC P, 2001, PERCEPTION RISK STARR C, 1969, SCIENCE, V165, P1232 STOFFLE R, 2003, IN PRESS HUMAN ORG TENNER E, 1996, WHY THINGS BITE BACK TIBI B, 2001, ISLAM CULTURE POLITI TVERSKY A, 1974, SCIENCE, V185, P1124 VISCUSI WK, 1993, J POLIT ECON, V101, P161 VISCUSI WK, 1998, RATIONAL RISK POLICY VISCUSI WK, 2000, J LEGAL STUD 2, V29, P843 VOGEL D, IN PRESS BRIT J POLI VOGEL D, 1995, TRADING UP CONSUMER VOGEL D, 1998, BARRIERS BENEFITS RE WEBER S, 2000, 140 BRIE WESTLEY F, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P391 WESTLEY F, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P333 WIENER JB, 2002, J RISK RES, V5, P317 WYNNE B, 1992, SOCIAL THEORIES RISK, P275 WYNNE B, 1996, RISK ENV MODERNITY N, P44 YERGIN D, 1998, COMMANDING HEIGHTS YUNUS M, 1999, BANKER POOR MICROLEN ZIJDERVELD A, 1992, ABSTRACT SOC CULTURA NR 123 TC 0 J9 J RISK RES BP 343 EP + PY 2003 PD JUL VL 6 IS 4-6 GA 709GL UT ISI:000184617400003 ER PT J AU WARRICK, RA RIEBSAME, WE TI SOCIETAL RESPONSE TO CO-2-INDUCED CLIMATE CHANGE - OPPORTUNITIES FOR RESEARCH SO CLIMATIC CHANGE LA English DT Review C1 CLARK UNIV,CTR TECHNOL ENVIRONM & DEV,CLIMATE & SOC RES GRP,WORCESTER,MA 01610. RP WARRICK, RA, NATL CTR ATMOSPHER RES,BOULDER,CO 80307. CR 1937, 144 GREAT PLAINS COM 1966, ESSAP1660013 ENV SCI 1972, GENETIC VULNERABILIT 1974, 13TH FAO REG C LAT A 1974, ENV DATA SERVICE JAN, P5 1974, USDA98 US DEP AGR FO 1974, WMO7 WORLD MET ORG O 1975, CIAP MONOGRAPH 2, V5 1976, ENV MODELING DECISIO 1976, UNIFIED NATIONAL PRO 1977, CLIMATE CLIMATIC CHA 1978, CLIMATE CHANGE YEAR 1978, WORKSHOP CLIMATE SOC 1979, ENV DATA SERVICE 1980, CLIMATE IMPACT ASSES 1980, CROP YIELDS CLIMATE 1981, FOOD CLIMATE REV 198 AUSUBEL JH, 1980, CLIMATIC CONSTRAINTS, P13 BAERREIS DA, 1968, J IOWA ARCHAEOL SOC, V15, P1 BAIER W, 1974, 1973 P WMO S AGR WHE, P265 BAIER W, 1977, WMO151 WORLD MET ORG BAKER EJ, 1975, LAND USE MANAGEMENT BARNETT CV, 1972, WEATHER FORECASTING BARNETT HJ, 1963, SCARCITY GROWTH EC N BAUMGARTNER A, 1979, WORLD CLIMATE C C EX BENNETT RJ, 1978, ENV SYSTEMS BISWAS AK, 1980, CLIMATIC CONSTRAINTS, P75 BISWAS AK, 1980, ECOLOGIST, V9, P188 BISWAS MR, 1979, FOOD CLIMATE MAN BOULDING KE, 1980, SCIENCE, V207, P831 BOWDEN MJ, 1981, CLIMATE HIST BRYSON RA, 1974, ANTIQUITY, V48, P46 BRYSON RA, 1975, 60 U WINS I ENV STUD BRYSON RA, 1980, J INTERDISCIPLINARY, V10, P583 BURTON I, 1968, 1 U TOR DEP GEOGR NA BURTON I, 1974, CLIMATIC RESOURCES BURTON I, 1978, ENV HAZARD, V1, P1 CARPENTER R, 1968, DISCONTINUITY GREEK CAVIEDES CN, 1975, GEOGR REV, V65, P493 CHRISTY FT, 1965, COMMON WEALTH OCEAN COCHRANE HC, 1974, 25 U COL I BEH SCI N COCHRANE HC, 1975, NATURAL HAZARDS THEI CRADDOCK JM, 1965, WEATHER, V20, P257 CUSHING DH, 1979, WORLD CLIMATE C C EX DACY DC, 1969, EC NATURAL DISASTERS DARGE R, 1979, WORLD CLIMATE C C EX DEEVEY ES, 1979, SCIENCE, V206, P298 DRACUP JA, 1977, CLIMATE CLIMATIC CHA DYNES RR, 1970, ORG BEHAVIOR DISASTE EHRENFELD D, 1972, CONSERVING LIFE EART EHRLICH PR, 1970, POPULATION RESOURCES ENZER S, 1978, NEITHER FEAST FAMINE FOSSEY WR, 1977, CHRON OKLA, V55, P12 FRIESEMA HP, 1979, AFTERMATH COMMUNITIE GARCIA R, 1980, CONSTANT CATASTROPHE, V2 GROSSMAN L, 1977, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V67, P126 GROVE AT, 1973, DROUGHT AFRICA GUPTA US, 1975, PHYSL ASPECTS DRYLAN HAIGH P, 1977, SEPARATING EFFECTS W HARE FK, 1979, WORLD CLIMATE C C EX HARRIS DR, 1969, TRENDS GEOGRAPHY HARRISON P, 1979, NEW SCI, V22, P602 HEATHCOTE RL, 1974, NATURAL HAZARDS LOCA HEBERLEIN TA, 1973, WATER COMMUNITY C SE HEILBRONER RL, 1974, INQUIRY HUMAN PROSPE HEWITT K, 1980, ENV DEV COMMUNITY PE HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HUNTINGTON E, 1915, CIVILIZATION CLIMATE HUSZAR P, 1975, FROST HAZARD US RESE INGRAM MJ, 1981, CLIMATE HIST JACKSON RH, 1979, APR ANN M ASS AM GEO JACOBSEN T, 1958, SCIENCE, V128, P1251 JOHNSON JH, 1976, CLIMATE FOOD CLIMATI JOHNSON K, 1976, THESIS CLARK U KATES RW, 1962, 78 U CHIC DEP GEOGR KATES RW, 1980, UNPUB KATES RW, 1980, WEATHER, V35, P17 KATZ RW, 1977, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V1, P85 KELLOGG WW, 1981, CLIMATE CHANGE SOC C KNEESE AV, 1970, EC ENV MATERIALS BAL LAMBERT LD, 1975, LAND EC, V47, P339 LINNEMANN H, 1979, MOIRA MODEL INT RELA MANNERS IR, 1974, PERSPECTIVES ENV MARGOLIS H, 1979, AAAS DOE WORKSHOP EN MAUNDER WJ, 1971, MONTHLY WEATHER REV, V99, P946 MCGOVERN TH, 1981, CLIMATE HIST MCKERNAN D, 1972, WORLD FISHERIES POLI MCQUIGG JD, 1973, INFLUENCE WEATHER CL MCQUIGG JD, 1975, EC IMPACTS WEATHER V MITCHELL JM, 1973, VARIABILITY SEASONAL MURRAY T, 1980, AUG C CLIM IMP SOC R NEWMAN JE, 1978, N AM DROUGHTS NORWINE J, 1978, CLIMATE HUMAN ECOLOG OKEEFE P, 1975, AFRICAN ENV PARRY ML, 1978, CLIMATIC CHANGE AGR PATTISON WD, 1964, J GEOGR, V63, P211 POST JD, 1977, LAST GREAT SUBSISTEN QUIRK WJ, 1980, AUG C CLIM IMP SOC R RABB T, 1980, UNPUB EFFECTS CLIMAT RADOVICH J, 1981, RESOURCE MANAGEMENT REES JD, 1970, GEOFORUM, P7 REGAN C, 1980, ENV DEV COMMUNITY PE REIFSNYDER WE, 1976, CLIMATE FOOD CLIMATI RETTIG RB, 1978, MULTIDISCIPLINARY RE RIEBSAME W, 1981, THESIS CLARK U WORCE ROBERTS PR, 1960, CIVIL ENG, V30, P35 ROTBERG RI, 1980, J INTERDISCIPLINARY, V10 RUSSELL CS, 1970, DROUGHT WATER SUPPLY RUSSO JA, 1965, OPERATIONAL EC IMPAC SAARINEN T, 1966, 106 U CHIC DEP GEOGR SAARINEN TF, 1974, NATURAL HAZARDS LOCA SCHAAKE JD, 1979, WORLD CLIMATE C C EX SCHNEIDER SH, 1976, GENESIS STRATEGY SCHNEIDER SH, 1980, ANNU REV ENERG ENV, V5, P107 SEWELL WRD, 1971, PERCEPTIONS ATTITUDE SIMON HA, 1956, PSYCHOL REV, V63, P129 SMITH CD, 1981, CONSEQUENCES CLIMATI SPITZ P, 1980, CLIMATIC CONSTRAINTS, P125 STEIN WJ, 1973, CALIFORNIA DUST BOWL TAAFFE EJ, 1974, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V64, P1 TAKAHASHI K, 1978, CLIMATIC CHANGE FOOD TERJUNG WE, 1981, 77TH AAG M LOS ANG THOMPSON JD, 1977, DESERTIFICATION ENV, CH6 THOMPSON JD, 1981, RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, CH2 THOMPSON LM, 1962, J SOIL WATER CONSERV, V17, P149 THOMPSON LM, 1969, AGRON J, V61, P453 THOMPSON LM, 1969, J SOIL WATER CONSERV, V23, P219 TIMMERMAN P, 1981, ENV MONOGRAPH, V1, P1 TORREY WI, 1979, CURRENT ANTHR, V20 VANLOON H, 1978, MON WEA REV, V106, P1012 WADDELL E, 1975, HUM ECOL, V3, P249 WARRICK RA, 1975, DROUGHT HAZARD US RE WARRICK RA, 1980, CLIMATIC CONSTRAINTS WARRICK RA, 1981, ANN M AM ASS ADV SCI WARRICK RA, 1981, GREAT PLAINS PERSPEC WHITE GF, 1961, NAT RESOUR J, V1, P23 WHITE GF, 1966, ENV QUALITY GROWING WHITE GF, 1969, STRATEGIES AM WATER WHITE GF, 1973, DIRECTIONS GEOGRAPHY WHITE GF, 1974, NATURAL HAZARDS LOCA WHITE GF, 1975, ASSESSMENT RES NATUR, V1, P1 WHYTE I, 1981, CONSEQUENCES CLIMATI, P17 WISNER B, 1978, THESIS CLARK U WORSTER D, 1979, DUST BOWL SO GREAT P WRIGHT JD, 1979, CLEANUP LONG RANGE E YEVJEVICH V, 1978, DROUGHT RES NEEDS NR 146 TC 10 J9 CLIMATIC CHANGE BP 387 EP 428 PY 1981 VL 3 IS 4 GA MW757 UT ISI:A1981MW75700003 ER PT J AU Gunderson, LH TI Ecology: A different route to recovery for coral reefs SO CURRENT BIOLOGY LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Emory Univ, Dept Environm Studies, Math & Sci Ctr 511, Atlanta, GA 30332 USA. RP Gunderson, L, Emory Univ, Dept Environm Studies, Math & Sci Ctr 511, 400 Dowman Dr, Atlanta, GA 30332 USA. AB Worldwide, many coral reef ecosystems have undergone regime shifts, changing from domination by coral to domination by algae. New work indicates that the return path is surprisingly different from the forward one. CR 2005, MILLENIUM ECOSYSTEM BELLWOOD DR, 2004, NATURE, V429, P827 BELLWOOD DR, 2006, CURR BIOL, V16, P2434 FOLKE C, 2004, ANNU REV ECOL EVOL S, V35, P557 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, RESILIENCE BEHAV LAR HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HUGHES TP, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P1547 MCCLANAHAN T, 2002, CONSERV ECOL, V6, P1 SCHEFFER M, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P648 NR 9 TC 0 J9 CURR BIOL BP R27 EP R28 PY 2007 PD JAN 9 VL 17 IS 1 GA 125RY UT ISI:000243461300015 ER PT J AU Gilman, EL Ellison, J Jungblut, V Van Lavieren, H Wilson, L Areki, F Brighouse, G Bungitak, J Dus, E Henry, M Kilman, M Matthews, E Sauni, L Teariki-Ruatu, N Tukia, S Yuknavage, K TI Adapting to Pacific Island mangrove responses to sea level rise and climate change SO CLIMATE RESEARCH LA English DT Article C1 Sch Geog & Environm Studies, Launceston, Tas 7250, Australia. UN Environm Program, Reg Seas Programme, Nairobi, Kenya. WWF S Pacific, Boroko, Papua N Guinea. WWF Fiji, Suva, Fiji. Coastal Management Program, Pago Pago, AS 96799 USA. Environm Protect Author, Majuro 96960, MH, Marshall Island. Wildlife Conserva Soc, Goroka, Papua N Guinea. Dept Econ Afffairs, Palikir 96941, FM, Micronesia. Primary Resources Consulting Co, Port Vila, Vanuatu. Palau Conservat Soc, Koror 96940, PW, Palau. Minist Environm Land & Agr Dev, Bikenibeu, Tarawa, Kiribati. Dept Environm, Nukualofa, Tonga. Commonwealth No Mariana Isl Coastal Resources Man, Saipan, CM 96950 USA. RP Gilman, EL, Sch Geog & Environm Studies, Locked Bag 1-376, Launceston, Tas 7250, Australia. AB Stresses associated with effects of climate change, including rise in relative mean sea level, present one set of threats to mangroves. Coastal development and ecosystems in the Pacific Islands region are particularly vulnerable to climate change effects. We investigated the capacity of Pacific Island countries and territories to assess mangrove vulnerability to the effects of climate change, and their capacity to adapt to mangrove responses to these forces. Technical and institutional capacity-building priorities include: (1) strengthening management frameworks to conduct site-specific assessment of mangrove vulnerability and incorporate resulting information into land-use plans to prepare for any landward mangrove migration and offsetting anticipated losses; (2) reducing and eliminating stresses on and rehabilitating mangroves, in part, to increase mangrove resilience to climate change effects; and (3) augmenting abilities to establish mangrove baselines, and monitor gradual changes using standardized techniques through a regional network to distinguish local and climate change effects on mangroves. Other priorities are to: (4) assess how mangrove margins have changed over recent decades; (5) determine projections of trends in mean relative sea level and trends in the frequency and elevation of extreme high water events; (6) measure trends in changes in elevations of mangrove surfaces; and (7) incorporate this information into land-use planning processes. Also in (8) some locations require spatial imagery showing topography and locations of mangroves and coastal development. Land-use planners can use information from assessments predicting shoreline responses to projected sea level rise and other climate change effects to reduce risks to coastal development, human safety, and coastal ecosystems. This advanced planning enables coastal managers to minimize social disruption and cost, minimize losses of valued coastal ecosystems, and maximize available options. CR 1999, 1 NAT COMM UN FRAM C 1999, VAN NAT COMM C PART *FED STAT MICR, 1997, 1997 CLIM CHANG NAT *GOV SAM, 1999, FIRST NAT COMM REP U *GOV TUV, 1999, TUV IN NAT COMM UN F *KING TONG, 2005, IN NAT COMM RESP COM *KIR GOV, 1999, INT COMM C *PAP NEW GUIN GOV, 2000, INT NAT COMM UN FRAM *RAM SEC, 2001, WETL VAL FUNCT CLIM *RAMS SEC, 1999, 193 COP7 DOC *REP MARSH ISL ENV, 2000, INT COMM UN FRAM *REP PAP OFF ENV R, 2002, 1 COMM UN FRAM C CLI *SEC PAC REG ENV P, 2003, CAP BUILD DEV AD MEA *SO PAC SEA LEV CL, 2001, PREC MON CONT GLOB P *SOL ISL GOV, 2004, IN NAT COMM UN FRAM *SOPAC, 2003, FUT DIR ENV VULN IND *SPREP, 1999, ACT STRAT NAT CONS P *SPREP, 1999, REG WETL ACT PLAN PA *SPREP, 2000, ADAPTING CLIMATE CHA ALLEN JA, 1998, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V7, P61 ALLENG GP, 1998, J COASTAL RES, V14, P951 CAHOON DR, 2002, J SEDIMENT RES, V72, P734 CHURCH J, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, P693 CHURCH J, 2004, COAST COAST 04 C P, P16 CHURCH JA, 2004, J CLIMATE, V17, P2609 DELAUNE RD, 1978, NATURE, V275, P532 DIXON JA, 1990, EC PROTECTED AREAS ELLISON J, 1999, MARINE COASTAL BIODI, V2, P3 ELLISON J, 2001, SEA LEVEL CHANGES TH, P289 ELLISON J, 2004, VULNERABILITY FIJIS ELLISON JC, 1991, J COASTAL RES, V7, P151 ELLISON JC, 1993, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V37, P75 ELLISON JC, 2000, CLIMATE CHANGE S PAC, P289 FLETCHER CH, 1997, J COASTAL RES, V13, P209 GILMAN E, IN PRESS ENV MONIT A GILMAN E, 2002, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V45, P377 GILMAN E, 2004, UNESCO WORLD HER CTR GILMAN E, 2005, TRENDS FREQUENCY ELE GILMAN EL, 1998, COAST MANAGE, V26, P253 GILMAN EL, 1999, INT PERSPECTIVE WETL, P3 HOLGATE SJ, 2004, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V31 HOUGHTON J, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001 JOHANNES RE, 1982, AMBIO, V11, P258 KOMAR P, 1998, BEACH PROCESSES SEDI KOMAR PD, 1991, J COASTAL RES, V7, P895 KRAUSS KW, 2003, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V54, P251 LEE WG, 1983, NEW ZEAL J BOT, V21, P231 LEWIS RR, 1992, P NATL WETL S PALM B, P101 LEWIS RR, 2005, ECOL ENG, V24, P403 LYNCH JC, 1989, ESTUARIES, V12, P284 MCLEAN RF, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, P343 MIMURA N, 1998, J COASTAL RES, V14, P37 MULLANE R, 1997, BEACH MANAGEMENT PLA NURSE L, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, P843 PHILLIPS B, 2000, P APMM SURVAS LOICZ ROGERS K, 2005, ESTUARIES, V28, P551 SAINTILAN N, 2001, WETLANDS ECOLOGY MAN, V9, P409 SMITH CR, 2005, RECOLONIZATION SUCCE SNEDAKER SC, 1993, CLIMATIC CHANGE INTR, P282 SOLOMON S, 1997, P 1997 CAN COAST C C SPALDING MD, 1997, WOLD MANGROVE ATLAS TITUS JG, 1991, ENVIRON MANAGE, V15, P39 WHITE A, 1994, COLLABORATIVE COMMUN WOODROFFE CD, 1995, EARTH SURF PROCESSES, V20, P65 WOODWORTH PL, 2002, INT J CLIMATOL, V22, P697 WOODWORTH PL, 2004, J CLIMATE, V17, P1190 YUNCKER TG, 1943, B P BISHOP MUSEUM B, V178, P1 NR 67 TC 0 J9 CLIMATE RES BP 161 EP 176 PY 2006 PD OCT 26 VL 32 IS 3 GA 125CQ UT ISI:000243419500001 ER PT J AU Glaser, M Diele, K TI Asymmetric outcomes: assessing central aspects of the biological, economic and social sustainability of a mangrove crab fishery, Ucides cordatus (Ocypodidae), in North Brazil SO ECOLOGICAL ECONOMICS LA English DT Article C1 Ctr Trop Marine Ecol, D-28359 Bremen, Germany. RP Glaser, M, Ctr Trop Marine Ecol, ZMT Fahrenheitstr 6, D-28359 Bremen, Germany. AB Central aspects of the sustainability of a mangrove crab fishery in the Cacte estuary, Para, North Brazil, are assessed according to biological, economic and social criteria and based on a 5-year data series. Ucides cordatus is probably a keystone species in this mangrove ecosystem. Over half of rural coastal households depend on the crab for at least part of their income. The fishery shows seasonal and annual differences in terms of labour input, capture volumes and productivity. During the rainy season, more crab collectors work than during the dry season, although labour productivity is generally lower. A reason for this seemingly irrational producer behaviour is the lack of alternative income sources during this time of year. Labour productivity over the monitoring period decreased by 16%. Present crab fishery does not seem to endanger the U. cordatus population as a whole. Mostly mature old crabs, which have reproduced several times already, are captured. Females are not targeted due to lack of market demand. Nonetheless, males are slightly more abundant than females suggesting that the reproductive output of the crab stock is maintained at a sufficient level. Central for the economic and social sustainability of the fishery is crab collectors' purchasing power, which, between 1998 and 2001, fell by 20%. In 2001, the economic sustainability threshold was reached as crab collectors' incomes net of operational and investment costs fell to about the level of the official Brazilian minimum wage. This means that crab collection is now being undertaken at an income level which only just covers the regeneration of crab collectors' labour. At the same time, an ongoing erosion of social sustainability is reflected in territorial conflicts between crab collectors and in the incidence of alcoholism and reliance on child labour in crab collector households. Thus, the current fragility of economic sustainability and the undermining of social sustainability are accompanied by apparently undisturbed biological sustainability conditions. This highly asymmetric outcome is a challenge for transdisciplinary efforts to establish relevant fishery management priorities with the active participation of the centrally affected stakeholders. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. CR *FAO, 1983, 289 FAO *FAO, 1999, 378 FAO *FAO, 1999, FAO TECHN GUID RESP, V8 *IBGE, 2000, SIN PREL CENS DEM 20 *INMET, 1992, NORM CLIM 1961 1990 *WORLD BANK, 2002, IN POV GROWTH ADGER NW, 1997, 3 EUR BIANN C U AMST ADGER WN, 2000, PROG HUM GEOG, V24, P347 BELL S, 1999, SUSTAINABILITY INDIC BERKES F, 1985, ENVIRON CONSERV, V12, P199 BLANDTT L, 2002, TRABALHO INFANTO JUV BOWEN RE, 2003, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V46, P299 BRIASSOULIS H, 2001, J ENV PLANNING MANAG, V44, P409 BURDGE RJ, 1994, CONCEPTUAL APPROACH CHARLES AT, 1994, ECOL ECON, V11, P201 COSTANZA R, 1997, INTRO ECOLOGICAL EC CUNHA FD, 2000, CONFLITO SISTEMAS GR DASILVA IM, 1979, SERIE ANTROPOLOGIA, V74, P72 DIEGUES AC, 1995, POVOS MARES NUPAUB, P131 DIEGUES AC, 1999, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V42, P187 DIELE K, 2000, LIFE HIST POPULATION, V9 DOVALE PAA, THESIS U FEDERAL DOP FOELL J, 1999, R6977 U SUSS SCH AFR FOSTER GM, 1963, AM ANTHROPOL, V65, P1280 FOWLER CW, 1999, ICES J MAR SCI, V56, P927 FREESE S, 1995, MAR POLICY, V19, P199 GARCIA SM, 2000, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V43, P537 GLASER M, KUSTE OKOLOGIE MENSC GLASER M, 1998, B MUSEU PARAENSE E Z, V14, P95 GLASER M, 1999, P ANN C DEV STUD ASS GLASER M, 2003, MULT DISC C 11 14 JU GLASER M, 2003, WETLANDS ECOLOGY MAN, V11, P265 GLASS EC, 1999, ANN SURG ONCOL, V6, P10 GOODLAND R, 1995, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V26, P1 GRASSO M, 2000, THESIS GRAD SCH U MA GULLARD JA, 1977, FISH POPULATION DYNA HODGSON G, 1988, 7 E W ENV POL I E W HOLLING CS, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P342 JOHANNES RE, 1978, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V9, P349 KALIKOSKI DC, 2002, MAR POLICY, V26, P179 KALLIE J, 2000, P FISH RIGHTS C FREM, P303 KATON B, 1998, 33 ICLARM, P1 KATSUKAWA T, 2003, FISH RES, V60, P515 KJERFVE B, 1997, MANGROVE ECOSYSTEM S KOCH V, 2002, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V228, P119 KOHN J, 1999, LIMNOLOGICA, V29, P46 KRAUSE G, 2001, ECOTROPICA, V7, P93 MEADOWS D, 1998, INDICATORS INFORMATI PADILLA E, 2002, ECOL ECON, V41, P69 PEARCE D, 1976, ENV EC PERRINGS C, 1997, EC ECOLOGICAL RESOUR PINKERTON E, 1989, COOPERATIVE MANAGEME PITCHER TJ, 1982, FISHERIES ECOLOGY PITCHER TJ, 2001, FISH RES, V49, P255 POMEROY C, 1998, CAL COOP OCEAN FISH, V39, P108 REINSCH T, IN PRESS KUSTE OKOLO REYVALETTE H, 2000, AQUAT LIVING RESOUR, V13, P241 RONNBACK P, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P235 RUITENBEEK HJ, 1994, ECOL ECON, V10, P233 SANTOS C, 1996, CARANGUEJO QUESTAO S SCOTT JC, 1972, AM POLIT SCI REV, V66, P91 SIMONIAN LTL, 2002, P GERM BRAZ WORKSH H, P767 SMITH GL, 1993, IMPACT ASSESSMENT SU SPANGENBERG JH, 1997, INT S AM STRAT SUST TEVES LB, 2000, SOCIOCULTURAL DIMENS WALTER H, 1967, KLIMADIAGRAMM WELT 3 WALTER J, 1978, J FISHERIES RESOURCE, V35, P229 NR 67 TC 0 J9 ECOL ECON BP 361 EP 373 PY 2004 PD JUL 1 VL 49 IS 3 GA 848VT UT ISI:000223496900009 ER PT J AU Fitzhugh, WW TI Biogeographical archaeology in the Eastern North American Arctic SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Review RP Fitzhugh, WW, NATL MUSEUM NAT HIST,SMITHSONIAN INST,ART STUDIES CTR,DEPT ANTHROPOL,WASHINGTON,DC 20560. AB Environmental conditions of the Eastern North American Arctic make this region suitable for biogeographical approaches to culture. Although composed of a vast assemblage of large and small islands, the Eastern Arctic differs from other ''oceanic'' environments where modem biogeographical work has been pioneered. This paper outlines conditions which make the Eastern Arctic suitable for biogeographical study and considers the nature of ''islands'' as analytical constructs rather than as discrete entities. Biogeographical concepts are considered in relation to the ''core-periphery model'' that has been the organizing principle for interpreting patterns of Eastern Arctic culture history. Abstractions, aspects, and conclusions reached from these studies outline some of the opportunities available for application of more directed anthropological biogeographical work in the future. CR AMOROSI T, 1997, HUM ECOL, V25, R30 ANDREWS JT, 1980, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V12, P4 ANTHONY DW, 1990, AM ANTHROPOL, V92, P895 ARNOLD C, 1981, 107 NAT MUS MAN ARCH BANDI HG, 1969, STUDIES NO PEOPLES, V2 BANFIELD AWF, 1958, J MAMMAL, V39, P560 BANFIELD AWF, 1961, NATL MUSEUM CANADA B, V177 BANFIELD AWF, 1974, MAMMALS CANADA BARR W, 1944, ARCTIC, V47, P236 BIELAWSKI E, 1988, AM ANTIQUITY, V53, P52 BIGELOW GF, 1991, ACTA ARCHAEOLOGICA, V61 BIRD JB, 1967, PHYSIOGRAPHY ARCTIC BRADLEY R, 1992, CLIMATE AD 1500 BUCKLAND PC, 1996, ANTIQUITY, V70, P88 BURCH ES, 1972, AM ANTIQUITY, V37, P339 CORBETT DG, 1997, HUM ECOL, V25, R30 COX S, 1977, THESIS HARVARD U CAM COX SL, 1978, ARCTIC ANTHROPOL, V15, P96 DANSGAARD W, 1969, SCIENCE, V199, P377 DEKIN A, 1972, POLAR NOTES, V12, P11 DEKIN AA, 1978, ARCTIC ARCHAEOLOGY B DIAMOND JM, 1977, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V8, P249 DUMOND DE, 1977, ESKIMOS ALEUTS DUNBAR M, 1968, ECOLOGICAL DEV POLAR DUNBAR M, 1970, MARINE FOOD CHAINS, P528 DUNBAR M, 1985, CLIMATE CHANGE CANAD, P107 DUNBAR MJ, 1960, AM NAT, V94, P129 DYKE AS, 1987, GEROGR PHYS QUATERN, V41, P237 DYKE AS, 1991, GEOLOGICAL SOC CANAD, V397 ELTON CS, 1942, VOLES MICE LEMMINGS FITZHUGH WW, 1972, SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBU, V16 FITZHUGH WW, 1974, SMITHS C BIOG ANTHR FITZHUGH WW, 1975, PREHISTORIC MARITIME, P339 FITZHUGH WW, 1976, MEMOIR SOC AM ARCHAE, V33, P139 FITZHUGH WW, 1977, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V288, P481 FITZHUGH WW, 1980, ETUDES INUIT STUDIES, V4, P21 FITZHUGH WW, 1984, HDB N AM INDIANS, V5, P528 FITZHUGH WW, 1984, J ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V17, P357 FITZHUGH WW, 1987, ETHNICITY CULTURE, P141 FOSBERG R, 1963, MANS PLACE ISLAND EC FREDSKILD B, 1967, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V4, P113 FREDSKILD B, 1969, POLLEN SPORES, V11, P573 FREDSKILD B, 1972, ACTA U OULUENSES A, V1, P277 FREEMAN MMR, 1984, HDB N AM INDIANS, V5, P36 HALL E, 1989, PEOPLE CARIBOU NW TE HARINGTON CR, 1981, CLIMATE CHANGE CANAD HARP E, 1958, ARCTIC, V11, P219 HARP E, 1964, ANTHR SERIES, V67 HARP E, 1976, MEMOIR SOC AM ARCHAE, V31, P119 HELMER JW, 1991, ARCTIC, V44, P301 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HUTCHINSON GE, 1978, INTRO POPULATION ECO IRWIN G, 1992, PREHISTORIC EXPLORAT JORDAN R, 1975, ARCT ANTHR, V12, P92 JORDAN RH, 1979, MERCURY SERIES PAPER, V88, P149 KAPLAN SA, 1976, FIELDIANA, V66 KAPLAN SA, 1983, THESIS BRYN MAWR COL KAPLAN SA, 1985, CULTURES CONTACT IMP, P45 KEEGAN WF, 1995, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V26, P400 KELLER C, 1991, ACTA ARCHAEOLOGIA, V61, P126 KELSALL JP, 1968, CANADIAN WILDLIFE SE, V3 KINGSLEY MCS, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P1189 KIRCH PV, 1980, AM SCI, V68, P39 KIRCH PV, 1986, ISLAND SOC ARCHAEOLO, P1 KNUTH E, 1967, ECOLE PRATIQUE HAUTE, V5 LARSEN H, 1934, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V102 LARSEN H, 1958, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V161 LAUGHLIN WS, 1956, ACTA GENETICA STAT M, V6, P3 LAUGHLIN WS, 1975, PREHISTORIC MARITIME, P181 LAUGHLIN WS, 1975, SCIENCE, V189, P507 LEBLANC R, 1994, MERCURY SERIES PAPER, V149, P87 LORING S, IN PRESS HIST E ARCT LORING S, 1986, PALAEO ESKIMO CULTUR, V1, P65 LORING S, 1988, OCCASIONAL PUBLICATI, V6, P157 LORING S, 1992, THESIS U MASSACHUSET LORING S, 1997, WORLDWIDE ARCHAEOLOG MACARTHUR RH, 1963, EVOLUTION, V17, P373 MACARTHUR RH, 1967, THEORY ISLAND BIOGEO MACARTHUR RH, 1972, GEOGRAPHICAL ECOLOGY MARYROUSSELIERE G, 1991, QITDLARSSUAQ STORY P MATHIASSEN T, 1935, GEOGR REV, V25, P408 MAXWELL JB, 1994, CLIMATE CANADIAN ARC, V2 MAXWELL MS, 1976, SOC AM ARCHAEOLOGY M, V31 MAXWELL MS, 1985, PREHISTORY E ARCTIC MAYEWSKI PA, 1994, SCIENCE, V263, P1747 MAYEWSKI PA, 1995, GISP2 ICE CORE RECOR, P1287 MCCARTNEY AP, 1975, PREHISTORIC MARITIME, P281 MCCULLOUGH KM, 1989, 141 CAN MUS CIV MERC MCGHEE R, 1969, FOLK, V11, P172 MCGHEE R, 1972, ACTA U OULUENSIS A, V1, P39 MCGHEE R, 1975, NATL MUSEUM CANADA M, V34 MCGHEE R, 1976, MEMOIRS SOC AM ARCHA, V31, P15 MCGHEE R, 1978, CANADIAN ARCTIC PREH MCGHEE R, 1979, 92 NAT MUS MAN MERC MCGHEE R, 1981, 105 CAN MUS CIV MERC MCGHEE R, 1984, HDB N AM INDIANS, V5, P369 MCGHEE R, 1994, CURR ANTHROPOL, V35, P565 MCGHEE R, 1996, ANCIENT PEOPLE ARCTI MCGOVERN TH, 1980, HUM ECOL, V8, P245 MCGOVERN TH, 1981, CLIMATE HIST, P404 MCGOVERN TH, 1988, HUM ECOL, V16, P225 MCGOVERN TH, 1990, ANN REV ANTHR, V9, P331 MCGOVERN TH, 1994, WITNESS ARCTIC, V2 MEESE DA, 1994, SCIENCE, V266, P1680 MELDGAARD J, 1960, MEN CULTURES, P588 MELDGAARD J, 1962, PREHISTORIC CULTURAL, P92 MELDGAARD J, 1977, CONTINUITY DISCONTIN, P19 MELDGAARD M, 1983, BRIT ARCHAEOLOGICAL, P259 MORRISON D, 1989, ARCTIC ANTHROPOL, V26, P48 NAGLE C, 1984, THESIS BRANDEIS U NAGLE C, 1985, ARCHAEOLOGY NEWFOUND, P86 NAGLE C, 1986, REPORTS ARCHAEOLOGY, V1, P95 NASH R, 1976, MEMOIRS SOC AM ARCHA, V31, P159 NASH R, 1983, PUBLICATION S FRASER, V11 ODESS DP, 1996, THESIS BROWN U PROVI OGILVIE AEJ, 1991, ACTA ARCHAEOLOGICA, V61 PARK RW, 1993, AM ANTIQUITY, V58, P203 PLUMET P, 1981, GEROGR PHYS QUATERN, V35, P5 PLUMET P, 1986, REPORTS ARCHAEOLOGY, P151 PLUMET P, 1987, ETUDES INUIT STUDIES, V1, P67 PLUMET P, 1994, MERCURY SERIES PAPER, V149, P103 PRUITT WO, 1960, 3 U AL REMMERT H, 1980, ARCTIC ANIMAL ECOLOG RENOUF MAP, 1994, ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURVE, V149, P165 RIEWE R, 1992, CIRCUMPOLAR RES SERI, V2 ROSS WG, 1975, NATL MUSEUMS CANADA, V10 ROSS WG, 1979, THULE ESKIMO CULTURE, P242 ROWLEY S, 1985, ETUDES INUIT STUDIES, V9, P3 SABO G, 1991, LONG TERM ADAPTATION SANDERS HL, 1969, BROOKHAVEN S BIOL, V22, P71 SCHINDLER DL, 1985, CURR ANTHROPOL, V26, P475 SCHLEDERMAN P, 1990, KOMATIK SERIES, V2 SCHLEDERMANN P, 1976, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V8, P37 SCHLEDERMANN P, 1978, CANADIAN J ARCHAEOLO, V2, P43 SCHLEDERMANN P, 1980, ARCTIC, V33, P292 SCHLEDERMANN P, 1996, KOMATIK SERIES, V5 SCOTTER GW, 1964, WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT, V1, P18 SERGEANT DE, 1991, CANADIAN SPECIAL PUB, V114 STAGER JK, 1984, HDB AM INDIANS ARCTI, V5, P27 STEADMAN DW, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1123 STEENSBY HP, 1917, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V53 STEFANSSON V, 1913, GEOGR J, V41, P449 STIRLING I, 1981, 45 ENV CAN WILDL SER SUTTON DG, 1982, CURR ANTHROPOL, V23, P77 TAYLOR WE, 1963, AM ANTIQUITY, V28, P456 TAYLOR WE, 1966, ANTIQUITY, V40, P114 TAYLOR WE, 1967, ARCTIC ANTHROPOL, V4, P221 TAYLOR WE, 1968, MEMOIR SOC AM ARCHAE, V22 TERRELL J, 1977, FIELDIANA ANTHR, V68 TERRELL J, 1977, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V9, P62 TERRELL J, 1986, PREHISTORY PACIFIC I TUCK JA, 1975, ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURVE, V32 TUCK JA, 1985, CANADIAN J ARCHAEOLO, V9, P69 TUCK JA, 1986, MEMORIAL U NEWFOUNDL, P161 VIBE C, 1967, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V170, P5 VIBE C, 1970, INT UNION CONSERVATI, V16 WALLACE BL, 1991, ACTA ARCHAEOL, V61, P166 WOBST M, 1977, PAPERS DIRECTOR RES, P317 YESNER DR, 1980, CURR ANTHROPOL, V21, P727 NR 159 TC 4 J9 HUM ECOL BP 385 EP 418 PY 1997 PD SEP VL 25 IS 3 GA XY253 UT ISI:A1997XY25300002 ER PT J AU Orians, GH TI Economic growth, the environment, and ethics SO ECOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS LA English DT Article RP Orians, GH, UNIV WASHINGTON,DEPT ZOOL,BOX 3541800,SEATTLE,WA 98195. CR ARROW K, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P520 CLARK CW, 1973, SCIENCE, V181, P630 GOLDSTEIN JH, 1990, PRESERVATION VALUATI, P246 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 NORDHAUS WD, 1994, AM SCI, V82, P45 ORIANS GH, 1975, UNIFYING CONCEPTS EC, P139 SCHULZE ED, 1993, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST NR 7 TC 4 J9 ECOL APPL BP 26 EP 27 PY 1996 PD FEB VL 6 IS 1 GA TU567 UT ISI:A1996TU56700010 ER PT J AU Puszkin-Chevlin, A Hernandez, D Murley, J TI Land use planning and its potential to reduce hazard vulnerability: Current practices and future possibilities SO MARINE TECHNOLOGY SOCIETY JOURNAL LA English DT Article C1 Florida Atlantic Univ, Ctr Urban & Environm Solut, Boca Raton, FL 33431 USA. RP Puszkin-Chevlin, A, Florida Atlantic Univ, Ctr Urban & Environm Solut, Boca Raton, FL 33431 USA. AB The concentration of people and infrastructure along the nation's coastline has increased our vulnerability to severe coastal storms and other natural hazards, as evidenced by the substantial social, economic and environmental impacts,of recent hurricanes. Competing policy objectives and stakeholder interests pose,challenges to planners' and public officials' attempts to increase resilience using land development-based approaches. This paper describes theses issues for researchers outside the urban and regional planning discipline. It presents the typical approaches to hazard mitigation and the primary land-use tools used to manage coastal development. It strives to inspire interdisciplinary visioning of sustainable coastal development patterns needed to advance resiliency. CR *CAL STAT U MONT B, COAST EC DAT *CIT INS CORP, 2006, TOT POL HELD CIT INS *FEMA, 2006, FEMA FLOOD INS COV T *FEMA, 2006, MAJ DECL DIS *HJ HEINZ CTR SCI, 2000, EV ER HAZ SUMM *HJ HEINZ CTR SCI, 2000, HIDD COSTS COAST HAZ *HJ HEINZ CTR SCI, 2002, HUM LINKS COAST DIS *MUN RE, 2006, NETCATSERVICE *OR SEAGR, 1994, IMPR NAT HAZ MAN OR BURBY R, 1998, COOPERATING NATURE C BURBY RJ, 1999, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V65, P247 CHAPIN T, 2006, IN PRESS ASS COLL SC COASE RH, 1937, ECONOMICA, V4, P386 COLGAN CS, 2004, CHANGING OCEAN COAST CUTTER SL, 2000, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V90, P713 DALTON LC, 1994, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V60, P444 DEAN C, 1999, TIDE BATTLE AM BEACH DEYLE RE, 1994, POLICY STUD J, V22, P457 DEYLE RE, 1998, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V64, P457 ESNARD AM, 2001, COAST MANAGE, V29, P53 FAIRFAX S, 2005, BUYING NATURE LIMITS FINKL CW, 2003, J COASTAL RES, V19, P934 FREER J, 2006, S FLORIDA BUSIN 0602, P1 LANG R, 2005, MEGALOPOLIS EXPLORIN LARSEN J, 2006, HURRICANE DAMAGES SO MILETI D, 1999, DISASTERS DESIGN REA PELTIER M, 2006, PROPERTY INSURER BAI PLATT RH, 2002, COAST MANAGE, V30, P249 PUSZKINCHEVLIN A, 2007, THESIS COLUMBIA U, P376 SMITH R, 1998, PLANNING POST DISAST, P235 TITUS JG, 1998, MARYLAND LAW REV, V57, P1279 WHEELER L, 2006, AM COAST RISK WHEELER L, 2006, COASTAL GROWTH SPELL WHITE GF, 1975, ASSESSMENT RES NATUR, V1, P1 WISSOKER D, 1997, TESTING DISCRIMINATI NR 35 TC 0 J9 MAR TECHNOL SOC J BP 7 EP 15 PY 2006 PD WIN VL 40 IS 4 GA 146YK UT ISI:000244970400003 ER PT J AU FRATKIN, E TI STABILITY AND RESILIENCE IN EAST-AFRICAN PASTORALISM - THE RENDILLE AND THE ARIAAL OF NORTHERN KENYA SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Article RP FRATKIN, E, UNIV MARYLAND,DEPT SOCIOL,CATONSVILLE,MD 21228. CR *KENYA MIN FIN PLA, 1984, MARS DISTR DEV PLAN BEAMAN AW, 1981, THESIS BOSTON U BONTE P, 1979, ASA MONOGRAPH, V18, P203 BONTE P, 1981, CHANGE DEV NOMADIC P BRADBURD D, 1980, AM ETHNOL, V7, P603 BRADBURD D, 1982, HUM ECOL, V10, P85 BROOKS AS, 1984, HUNTERS FARMERS DAHL G, 1976, HAVING HERDS DOLAN RA, 1980, INTEGRATED PROJECT A, P124 DYSONHUDSON N, 1972, J AFR ASIAN STUD, V7, P2 DYSONHUDSON R, 1980, ANN REV ANTHOPOLOGY, V9, P15 FIELD CR, 1980, A3 IPAL UNESCO, P89 FRATKIN E, 1979, WARFARE E AFRICAN HE, V3, P53 FRATKIN E, 1986, RES EC ANTHR, V8 GRIFFITHS JF, 1972, E AFRICA ITS PEOPLES, P107 GULLIVER PH, 1955, FAMILY HERDS HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 LEE RB, 1968, MAN HUNTER LEE RB, 1976, KALAHARI HUNTER GATH LEE RB, 1979, KUNG SAN MEN WOMEN W LUSIGI WA, 1980, A3 INT PROJ AR LANDS, P3 MCCABE JT, 1983, RURAL AFR, V15, P109 PRATT DJ, 1966, J APPL ECOL, V3, P369 SATO S, 1980, PASTORAL MOVEMENTS S, V6 SCHLEE G, 1979, GLAUBENS SOZIALSYSTE SOBANIA NW, 1980, THESIS U LONDON SPENCER P, 1965, SAMBURU SPENCER P, 1973, NOMADS ALLIANCE SPOONER B, 1971, ANTHROP Q, V44, P198 STILES DN, 1983, NOMADIC PEOPLES, V13, P1 YELLEN JE, 1977, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V8, P262 NR 31 TC 10 J9 HUM ECOL BP 269 EP 286 PY 1986 PD SEP VL 14 IS 3 GA F9768 UT ISI:A1986F976800001 ER PT J AU Decamps, H TI How a riparian landscape finds form and comes alive SO LANDSCAPE AND URBAN PLANNING LA English DT Article C1 CNRS, F-31055 Toulouse 4, France. RP Decamps, H, CNRS, 29 Rue Jeanne Marvig, F-31055 Toulouse 4, France. AB If we consider riparian areas as landscapes it means that we consider them as entities whose survival depends on ecological as well as on cultural sustainability. Ecological sustainability requires people's understanding of the role of both diversity and connectivity of riparian areas. Cultural sustainability requires people's attention and care towards diversity and connectivity. It is argued that interaction between ecological and cultural sustainabilities governs riparian management, and that we still have to promote such an interaction. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERQUE A, 1994, CINQ PROPOSITIONS TH BERQUE A, 1995, RAISONS PAYSAGE CHIN DECAMPS H, 1996, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V26, P35 DECAMPS H, 2000, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V47, P105 DEFFONTAINES JP, 1997, DOSSIER ENV INRA, V14 JACKSON JB, 1994, SENSE PLACE SENSE TI LASSUS B, 1998, LANDSCAPE APPROACH LOWRANCE R, 1998, RIPARIAN ECOSYSTEM M MALANSON GP, 1993, RIPARIAN LANDSCAPES NAIMAN RJ, 1990, ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT NAIMAN RJ, 1997, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V28, P621 NASSAUER JI, 1992, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V6, P239 NASSAUER JI, 1995, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V10, P229 NASSAUER JI, 1997, PLACING NATURE CULTU NAVEH Z, 1982, ADV ECOL RES, V12, P189 NAVEH Z, 1991, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V5, P65 RISSER PG, 1984, SPECIAL PUBLICATION, V2 SAGOFF M, 1992, ECOSYSTEM HLTH NEW G, P57 TROLL C, 1939, Z GESELLSCHAFT ERDKU, P241 WARD JV, 1997, GAIA, V6, P52 NR 21 TC 4 J9 LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN BP 169 EP 175 PY 2001 PD DEC 15 VL 57 IS 3-4 GA 503AY UT ISI:000172776000004 ER PT J AU GEISLER, CC TI RETHINKING SIA - WHY EX-ANTE RESEARCH ISNT ENOUGH SO SOCIETY & NATURAL RESOURCES LA English DT Article RP GEISLER, CC, CORNELL UNIV,DEPT RURAL SOCIOL,ITHACA,NY 14853. AB Social impact assessment (SIA), an applied form of social research essential to good development planning, has expanded to many Third World settings and is currently being adapted to conservation and protected area initiatives. The ex ante or pre-project focus of SIA, ordinarily a virtue, is diminished in value as projects increase in complexity, uncertainty, and duration. Protected area development, by design and definition, embodies each of these characteristics. This paper makes the case for continuous, multi-stage SIA, drawing on insights from adaptive management as recently applied to environmental impact assessment. Such an adaptation of protected area social impact assessment (PASIA) conforms well to the complete project cycle review approach used by the World Bank, the particular institutional focus of the paper. CR 1987, SHARING PARK ANANGU 1989, OIL ROAD CONSTRUCTIO *ANAI, 1988, 3506 US PROJ *INT I APPL SYST A, 1979, 1 EX REP *WORLD BANK, 1973, ENV HLTH HUM EC CONS *WORLD BANK, 1979, ENV DEV *WORLD BANK, 1991, 139 WORLD BANK TECHN *WORLD BANK, 1991, ENV ASS AGRAWAL B, 1981, HUM ORGAN, V40, P87 BANSKOTA K, 1990, MAKALU BARUN CONSERV BINNENDIJK AL, 1989, DONOR AGENCY EXPERIE BRUNDTLAND GH, 1987, OUR COMMON FUTURE BUNTING WB, 1991, RESIDENT PEOPLES NAT, P160 BURRELL T, 1987, ENV ENCOUNTERS SERIE CALHOUN JB, 1991, RESIDENT PEOPLES NAT, P55 CERNEA MM, 1985, PUTTING PEOPLE 1ST S CERNEA MM, 1991, 114 WORLD BANK DISC CLAY JW, 1985, CULTURAL SURVIVAL Q, V9, P2 COUSINS A, 1992, CULTURAL SURVIVAL Q, V16, P10 CROFT TA, 1991, RESIDENT PEOPLES NAT, P138 EHRENFELD D, 1991, ECOLOGY EC ETHICS BR, P26 EIDSVIK HK, 1987, CATEGORIES REVISION ELLIS D, 1989, ENV RISK CASE COUNTR FINSTERBUSCH K, 1985, ENVIRON BEHAV, V17, P193 FINSTERBUSCH K, 1990, METHODS SOCIAL ANAL FINSTERBUSCH K, 1990, METHODS SOCIAL ANAL, P55 FOX A, 1983, AMBIO, V12, P161 FREEMAN DM, 1986, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V23, P229 FREUDENBURG WR, 1986, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V12, P451 FREUDENBURG WR, 1992, RURAL SOCIOL, V57, P305 FUGGLE RF, 1989, IMPACT ASSESSMENT B, V8, P31 GOODLAND RJA, 1987, CONSERV BIOL, V1, P210 GORDON RJ, 1985, SURVIVAL ITN ANN REV, V44, P28 HALES D, 1988, CONSERVATION 21ST CE, P139 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOUGH JL, 1991, RESIDENT PEOPLES NAT, P274 HYMAN EL, 1988, COMBINING FACTS VALU INGERSOLL J, 1990, METHODS SOCIAL ANAL, P1 JEFFERY RCV, 1991, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V20, P163 KAYANJA F, 1984, 1982 P WORLD C NAT P KENNEDY RF, 1991, AMICUS J, V13, P24 KOTHARI A, 1989, MANAGEMENT NATIONAL KOTTAK CP, 1985, PUTTING PEOPLE 1, P325 LEDEC G, 1988, WILDLANDS THEIR PROT LLEWELLYN LG, 1974, SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESS, P89 LLEWELLYN LG, 1982, CONTEMP SOCIOL, V27, P609 LUCAS PHC, 1984, NATIONAL PARKS CONSE, P72 MACDONALD T, UNPUB MANU BIOSPHERE MACHLIS G, 1983, SOCIOL REV, V31, P665 MACHLIS G, 1985, STATE WORLDS PARKS I MACPHEE J, 1989, CONTROL NATURE MCDONALD MJ, 1982, TVA DISPOSSESSED MITSUDA H, 1992, ENV HIST REV, V16, P23 MULVIHILL PR, 1989, ENVIRON IMPACT ASSES, V9, P399 MURPHREE MW, 1991, WILDLIFE RES SUSTAIN, P137 NEPALI RK, 1990, MAKALU BARUN CONSERV OLWIG KF, 1980, HUM ORGAN, V39, P22 PARTRIDGE WL, 1984, TRAINING MANUAL DEV PAYNE RJ, 1992, SCI MANAGEMENT PROTE, P513 PLACE S, 1988, J CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY, V9, P37 RAMBLE C, 1990, MAKALU BARUN CONSERV RAO K, 1990, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V3, P19 REES WE, 1988, ENVIRON IMPACT ASSES, V8, P273 ROSS H, 1989, M INT ASS IMPACT ASS RUDZITIS G, 1989, AMENITIES MIGRATION SCHELHAS JW, 1991, THESIS U ARIZONA TUC SCHOEPF BG, 1983, HUM ORGAN, V42, P361 SEARLE G, 1987, MAJOR WORLD BANK PRO SHAW WW, 1992, SCI MANAGEMENT PROTE SODERSTROM EJ, 1981, SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESS SPEER L, 1991, TRACKING ARCTIC OIL TAYLOR CN, 1990, METHODS SOCIAL ANAL, P37 TEMPLE T, 1978, EPA J, V4, P96 TSAI HC, 1987, ECON REV, V240, P12 TURNBULL CM, 1972, MOUNTAIN PEOPLE VELIZ V, 1984, NATIONAL PARKS CONSE, P55 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WELLS M, 1992, PEOPLE PARKS WISNER B, 1985, SOCIAL IMPACT ANAL D, P262 WOLF CP, 1983, SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESS, P25 NR 81 TC 5 J9 SOC NATUR RESOUR BP 327 EP 338 PY 1993 PD OCT-DEC VL 6 IS 4 GA MH252 UT ISI:A1993MH25200002 ER PT J AU Dizon, RT Yap, HT TI Understanding coral reefs as complex systems: degradation and prospects for recovery SO SCIENTIA MARINA LA English DT Article C1 Univ Philippines, Inst Marine Sci, Quezon City 1101, Philippines. Univ Autonoma Barcelona, Inst Ciencia & Tecnol Ambientals, E-08193 Barcelona, Spain. RP Dizon, RT, Univ Philippines, Inst Marine Sci, Quezon City 1101, Philippines. AB The present century is witness to unprecedented levels of coral reef degradation worldwide. Current understanding based on traditional ideas is unlikely to capture adequately the dynamics of phenomena accompanying this trend. In this regard, the ideas of complexity are reviewed. Some applications to coral reefs as complex systems have already been discussed in the literature although further progress is warranted as the search for new and more effective management tools continues, and the direction towards more holistic, integrative and large scale approaches gains wider acceptance. We distinguish between the concepts of robustness and resilience in the face of disturbance, highlight the various mechanisms that foster these stability properties and provide some coral reef examples. We identify some of the driving forces behind succession that are critical for community assembly and possible reef recovery. Finally, we consider how self-organization arises out of apparently random and chaotic processes and interactions to exhibit certain regularities and patterns especially when moving up on the scale of space and/or time. CR BAKER AC, 2001, NATURE, V411, P765 BELLWOOD DR, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1532 BELLWOOD DR, 2004, NATURE, V429, P827 BRADBURY JW, 1977, BIOL BATS, V3, P1 BRADBURY RH, 1996, SENCKENBERG MARIT, V27, P89 BROWN JH, 1995, LINKING SPECIES ECOS, P16 BROWN JH, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P643 BUDDEMEIER RW, 1993, BIOSCIENCE, V43, P320 CALDEIRA K, 2003, NATURE, V425, P365 CARLSON JM, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI U S1, V99, P2538 CARPENTER SR, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P324 CONNELL JH, 1997, CORAL REEFS S, V16, S101 DENT CL, 2002, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V357, P635 DONE TJ, 1999, AM ZOOL, V39, P66 HAEFNER JW, 1996, MODELING BIOL SYSTEM HASTINGS A, 2003, SCIENCE, V299, P2003 HATCHER BG, 1984, CORAL REEFS, V3, P199 HATCHER BG, 1997, CORAL REEFS, V16, P77 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, ENG ECOLOGICAL CONST, P31 HOLLING CS, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P390 HUGHES TP, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P929 JEN E, 2001, RS2001024 SANT FE I JOHNSON C, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V126, P123 KAANDORP JA, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2328 KERR B, 2002, NATURE, V418, P171 KIRSCHNER M, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P8420 KITANO H, 2001, FDN SYSTEMS BIOL KLEYPAS JA, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P118 KNOWLTON N, 1992, AM ZOOL, V32, P674 LANGDON C, 2003, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEM CY, V17 LEVIN SA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1943 LEVIN SA, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P431 LEVIN SA, 2001, SCI MAR S2, V65, P171 LEWIN R, 1999, COMPLEXITY LIFE EDGE LIM M, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88 LIRMAN D, 2002, CORAL REEFS, V21, P291 LOCKWOOD JL, 1999, ECOLOGICAL ASSEMBLY, P363 LUNDBERG J, 2003, ECOSYSTEMS, V6, P87 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MCCLANAHAN T, 2002, ECOLOGICAL STATES RE MURDOCH TJT, 1999, CORAL REEFS, V18, P341 NYSTROM M, 2000, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V15, P413 ODUM HT, 1955, ECOL MONOGR, V25, P381 ONEILL RV, 1986, HIERARCHICAL CONCEPT PANDOLFI JM, 2002, CORAL REEFS, V21, P13 PARROTT L, 2002, T ASAE, V45, P1697 PERRY DA, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P241 PETERSON GD, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P6 PIMM SL, 1991, BALANCE NATURE PREECE AL, 1993, COMPLEX SYSTEMS BIOL, P69 REX A, 1995, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V186, P33 REYES MZ, 2001, B MAR SCI, V69, P559 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SOLE RV, 2003, COMPLEXITY, V8, P20 WORM B, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P628 YAP HT, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V103, P35 YAP HT, 1995, B MAR SCI, V56, P319 YAP HT, 1999, PHILIPP J SCI, V128, P211 NR 59 TC 0 J9 SCIENTIA MARINA BP 219 EP 226 PY 2006 PD JUN VL 70 IS 2 GA 053TQ UT ISI:000238328600005 ER PT J AU TORRY, WI TI ANTHROPOLOGICAL STUDIES IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS - PAST TRENDS AND NEW HORIZONS SO CURRENT ANTHROPOLOGY LA English DT Review RP TORRY, WI, UNIV CALIF BERKELEY,DEPT ANTHROPOL,BERKELEY,CA 94720. CR *NAT AC SCI, 1975, EARTHQ PRED PUBL POL *NAT AC SCI, 1978, PROGR STUD SOC EC EF *NAT AC SCI, 1978, US GOV FOR DIS ASS P *UN DEP EC SOC AFF, 1976, WORLD HOUS SURV 1974 *UN DIS REL OFF, 1976, DIS PREV MIT COMP CU, V2 *UN DIS REL OFF, 1977, DIS PREV MIT COMP CU, V5 *UN DIS REL OFF, 1978, DIS PREV MIT COMP CU, V3 *WORLD BANK, 1978, WORLD DEV REP 1978 ADAMS REW, 1973, CLASSIC MAYA COLLAPS, P21 ALLAND A, 1974, HDB SOCIAL CULTURAL, P143 ALMAGOR U, 1971, THESIS U MANCHESTER ANDERSON JN, 1974, HDB SOCIAL CULTURAL, P477 ANDERSON JW, 1968, HUM ORGAN, V27, P298 ARROW K, 1951, SOCIAL CHOICES INDIV ASHBY WR, 1960, DESIGN BRAIN ORIGIN AYTUN H, 1969, 1968 CENTO C ANK, P39 AZIZ S, 1975, HUNGER POLITICS MARK BAIRD A, 1975, 11 U BRADF DIS RES U BAKER R, 1976, ECOLOGIST, V6, P247 BAKER R, 1977, LAND USE DEV, P151 BALDASSARO L, 1975, NATION 0913, P198 BARTH F, 1969, ETHNIC GROUPS BOUNDA BARTON AH, 1970, COMMUNITIES DISASTER BATES FD, 1978, NATURAL DISASTERS EC BATESON G, 1963, EVOLUTION, V17, P529 BATESON G, 1972, STEPS ECOLOGY MIND BEACH D, 1977, ROOTS RURAL POVERTY, P37 BEDOIAN WH, 1977, 143RD ANN M AM ASS A BELSHAW CS, 1951, OCEANIA, V21, P241 BENNETT J, 1976, ECOLOGICAL TRANSITIO BERNSTEIN H, 1977, REV AFRICAN POLITICA, V10, P60 BINFORD LR, 1964, AM ANTIQUITY, V29, P425 BISHOP C, 1978, EXTINCTION SURVIVAL, P208 BODE B, 1977, ANTHR CLIMATE OPINIO, P246 BOLIN R, 1978, DISAASTER THEORY RES, P233 BOWDEN M, 1979, SAHELIAN DROUGHT PER BRAHME S, 1967, DELUGE POONA BROCK L, 1976, C EFFECTS DROUGHT PR BROWN H, 1977, EKISTICS, V44, P4 BROWN L, 1978, ENVIRONMENT, V20, P6 BROWN LR, 1978, ENVIRONMENT, V20, P33 BUCKLEY W, 1968, MODERN SYSTEMS RES B BURNHAM P, 1973, EXPLANATION CULTURE, P93 BURTON I, 1978, ENV HAZARD, V1, P1 CANCIAN F, 1967, AM SOCIOL REV, V32, P912 CANCIAN F, 1972, CHANGE UNCERTAINTY P CARROL JS, 1966, SOCIAL ORG CRISIS SI CAVANAGH J, 1976, ECOLOGIST, V6, P104 CHAMBERS R, 1970, VOLTA RESETTLEMENT E CHILDE VG, 1937, MAN MAKES HIMSELF CLIFFE L, 1974, REV AM POLIT EC, V1, P34 CLIFFORD RA, 1956, RIO GRANDE FLOOD COM COHEN YA, 1974, MAN ADAPTATION CULTU COLSON E, 1960, SOCIAL ORG GWEMBE TO COLSON E, 1971, SOCIAL CONSEQUENCES COLTON H, 1932, GEOGRAPHICAL REV, V32, P582 COPANS J, 1977, SAHELIAN DROUGHT SOC CUNNISON I, 1966, BAGGARA ARABS POWER DALE GF, 1966, SCI AM, V214, P92 DAVIS NY, 1970, GREAT ALASKA EARTHQU, P125 DAVIS NY, 1970, THESIS U WASHINGTON DAVIS S, 1977, VICTIMS MIRACLE DEV DERRICK J, 1977, AFRICAN AFFAIRS LOND, V76, P537 DOUGHTY PL, 1971, AMERICAS, V23, P25 DUDASIK SW, 1978, THESIS U FLORIDA DWORKIN J, 1974, GLOBAL TRENDS NATURA DYNES R, 1974, ORG BEHAVIOR DISASTE DYNES RR, 1975, MASS EMERGENCIES, V1, P21 DYSONHUDSON N, 1966, KARIMOJONG POLITICS ECKHOLM EP, 1976, LOSING GROUND ENV ST ENZER S, 1978, FOOD POLICY, V3, P3 EVANSPRITCHARD EE, 1940, NUER FAHIM H, 1968, THESIS U CALIFORNIA FALKINGHAM R, 1977, DROUGHT AFRICA, V6, P148 FEI HT, 1962, PEASANT LIFE CHINA F FERNEA RA, 1966, CURR ANTHROPOL, V7, P349 FIRTH R, 1959, SOCIAL CHANGE TIKOPI FLANNERY KV, 1972, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V3, P399 FLOOD G, 1976, DROUGHT FAMINE ETHIO, P64 FORDE CD, 1970, P ROYAL ANTHR I FRASER T, 1977, 76TH ANN M AM ANTHR FRIEDMAN J, 1974, MAN, V9, P444 FRITZ CE, 1968, INT ENCY SOCIAL SCI, V4, P202 GLUCKMAN M, 1941, EC CENTRAL BAROTSE P GOLANT S, 1969, 6 U TOR DEP GEOGR NA GREAVES TC, 1973, ECOLOGY UNCERTAINTY GRIFFEL E, 1975, CIVIL WARS POLITICS, P25 GRIMSHAW AD, 1964, ANNUAL M AM SOC ASS HAAS JE, 1977, RECONSTRUCTION FOLLO HACKENBERG RA, 1964, READINGS CULTURAL EC HALL AL, 1978, DROUGHT IRRIGATION N HANDY ESC, 1964, FACTS THEORY SOCIAL, P222 HANSON A, 1970, RAPAN LIFEWAYS SOC H HARDESTY DL, 1977, ECOLOGICAL ANTHR HARDIN G, 1974, BIOSCIENCE, V24, P561 HARDING TG, EVOLUTION CULTURE, P45 HEWITT K, 1971, 6 U TOR DEP GEOGR PU HEWITT K, 1977, 76TH ANN M AM ANTHR HILL JN, 1971, CURRENT ANTHR, V12, P406 HILL JN, 1977, EXPLANATION PREHISTO, P59 HOLE F, 1973, EXPLANATION CULTURE, P19 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HSU FL, 1952, RELIGION SCI HUMAN C HUSSEIN AM, 1976, DROUGHT FAMINE ETHIO, P9 ISLAM MA, 1974, NATURAL HAZARDS LOCA, P19 JAMES W, 1972, ESSAYS SUDAN ETHNOGR, P31 JODHA NS, 1972, AGRO EC PROBLEMS TRI, P23 KATES RW, 1962, 78 U CHIC DEP GEOGR KATES RW, 1976, POPULATION SOC DESER KATES RW, 1977, MANAGING TECHNOLOGIC KEESING FM, 1952, HUMAN ORGANISATION, V2, P16 KISTE R, 1968, KILI ISLAND STUDY RE KJEKSHUS H, 1977, ECOLOGY CONTROL EC D KLEIN RM, 1969, NATURAL HISTORY AUG, P46 KREIMER A, 1977, SEP P INT C DIS AR H LAMB HH, 1972, CLIMATE PRESENT PAST LEIGHTON AH, 1945, GOVERNING MEN LESSA W, 1964, MICRONESIA, V1, P1 LESSA W, 1966, ULITHI MICRONESIAN D LEWIS IM, 1961, PASTORAL DEMOCRACY LEWIS J, 1977, MASS EMERGENCIES, V2, P95 LOOMIS CP, 1960, SOCIAL SYSTEMS ESSAY LOVEJOY PE, 1975, POLITICS NATURAL DIS, P145 LUMSDEN P, 1975, STRESS ANXIETY, V2, P191 MACKIE E, 1961, AM ANTIQUITY, V27, P216 MANNING D, 1976, DISASTER TECHNOLOGY MARGOLIS M, 1973, MOVING FRONTIER SOCI MARGOLIS M, 1978, NATURAL DISASTERS EC MARSHALL M, 1977, 76TH ANN M AM ANTHR MARTIN C, 1978, KEEPERS GAME INDIAN MAY RM, 1973, ECOLOGY, V54, P638 MAY RM, 1976, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY MCGREW RE, 1965, RUSSIA CHOLERA 1823 MCLUCKIE BF, 1975, MASS EMERGENCIES, V1, P1 MCMURTRIE RE, 1975, J THEOR BIOL, V50, P1 MEILLASSOUX C, 1974, REV AFRICAN POLTIICA, V1, P27 MILETI D, 1975, 21 U COL I BEH SCI P MORRIS MD, 1974, ECON POLIT WEEKLY, V9, P1855 MORRIS MD, 1975, EC POLITICAL WEEKLY, V10, P283 MORRIS RJ, 1976, CHOLERA 1832 SOCIAL MUNSELL FD, 1971, SOCIETAS, V1, P299 NAUTA LW, 1955, STUDIES HOLLAND FLOO, P3 NETTING RM, 1977, CULTURAL ECOLOGY NICHOLSON NK, 1978, GLOBAL POLITICAL EC, P679 NICOLAISSEN J, 1963, ECOLOGY CULTURE PAST OKEEFE P, 1975, AFRICAN ENV, P31 OKEEFE P, 1975, NATURAL DISASTERS IN OKEEFE P, 1976, NATURE, V260, P566 OLIVERSMITH A, 1973, 72ND ANN M AM ANTHR OLIVERSMITH A, 1977, AM ETHNOL, V4, P102 OLIVERSMITH A, 1977, HUM ORGAN, V36, P5 OMVEDT G, 1975, RACE CLASS, V17, P111 ORIANS GH, 1975, UNIFYING CONCEPTS EC, P139 OSTERLING J, 1978, NATURAL DISASTERS EC OTWAY H, 1976, FUTURES, V8, P122 OTWAY HJ, 1975, AVOIDANCE RESPONSE R OTWAY HJ, 1975, RISK ASSESSMENT SOCI OTWAY HJ, 1978, FUTURES, V10, P109 PALACIO JO, 1976, POST HURRICANE HATTI PERLMAN M, 1977, EXPLANATION PREHISTO, P319 PILLES PJ, 1977, ANNUAL M SOC AM ARCH PRINCE S, 1920, CATASTROPHE SOCIAL C QUARANTELLI EL, 1977, 50 OH STAT U DIS RES QUARANTELLI EL, 1977, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V3, P23 QUARANTELLI EL, 1978, DISASTERS THEORY RES RAIKES RL, 1965, ANTIQUITY, V39, P196 RAIKES RL, 1977, MOHENJODARO FLOODS R RAMACHANDRAN R, 1974, NATURAL HAZARDS LOCA, P36 RAPP A, 1975, AMBIO, V4, P154 RAPPAPORT RA, 1963, MANS PLACE ISLAND EC, P155 RAPPAPORT RA, 1977, EVOLUTION SOCIAL SYS, V1, P49 RAPPAPORT RA, 1977, MICHIGAN DISCUSSIONS, V2, P138 REIDINGER RB, 1974, EC DEV CULTURAL CHAN, V23, P79 RENFREW C, 1977, ANNUAL M SOC AM ARCH RIVERS JPW, 1976, ANN SOC BELG MED TR, V56, P345 ROTH R, 1970, AM BEHAV SCI, V13, P440 ROWNTREE R, 1975, GEOSCIENCE MAN, V7, P31 ROWNTREE RA, 1974, NATURAL HAZARDS LOCA, P71 SAARINEN TF, 1969, 5 ASS AM GEOGR RES P SAHLINS MD, 1960, EVOLUTION CULTURE, P12 SAHLINS MD, 1968, THEORY ANTHR, P229 SCHNEIDER DM, 1957, HUM ORGAN, V16, P10 SCHNEIDER SH, 1977, GENESIS STRATEGY SCHWIMMER EG, 1969, CULTURAL CONSEQUENCE SCUDDER T, 1962, ECOLOGY GWEMBE TONGA SCUDDER T, 1968, ANTHR Q, V41, P168 SCUDDER T, 1973, ANNUAL REV ANTHR, V2, P27 SELYE H, 1956, STRESS LIFE SEWELL WRD, 1976, ENV MANAGEMENT, V1, P49 SHARER RJ, 1978, SOCIAL PROCESSES MAY SHEETS H, 1974, ISSUE Q J AFRICANIST, V4, P24 SHEETS P, 1977, 76TH ANN M AM ANTHR SHEPHERD J, 1975, POLITICS STARVATION SIMON H, 1969, SCI ARTIFICIAL SIMS JH, 1972, SCIENCE, V176, P1386 SINGH KS, 1975, INDIAN FAMINE 1967 S SJOBERG G, 1962, MAN SOC DISASTER, P356 SLOBODKIN LB, 1964, AM SCI, V52, P342 SLOBODKIN LB, 1968, POPULATION BIOL EVOL, P187 SLOBODKIN LB, 1974, QUART REV BIOL, V49, P181 SPENCER P, 1965, SAMBURU STUDY GERONT SPENCER P, 1973, NOMADS ALLIANCE SYMB SPILLIUS J, 1957, HUM RELAT, V10, P113 SPILLIUS J, 1957, HUM RELAT, V10, P3 STENNING D, 1964, SAVANNAH NOMADS STEWARD J, 1955, THEORY CULTURE CHANG SWEET LE, 1965, AM ANTHROPOL, V67, P1132 SWEET LE, 1965, MAN CULTURE ANIMALS, P129 SWIFT J, 1977, DESERTIFICATION ENV, P275 TADROS HR, 1976, MUTUAL INTERACTION P, P453 THIEL CC, 1976, 729 US DEP INT GEOL THOMAS G, 1969, DAY WORLD ENDED THOMPSON JD, 1967, ORG ACTION TONKINSON R, 1968, MAAT VILLAGE EFATE R TONKINSON R, 1978, NATURAL DISASTERS EC TORRY W, 1978, AGE GENERATION TIME, P183 TORRY WI, J ASIAN AFRICAN STUD TORRY WI, UNPUBLISHED TORRY WI, 1973, THESIS COLUMBIA U TORRY WI, 1976, ETHNOLOGY, V15, P269 TORRY WI, 1977, GABRA REGIONAL ECOLO TORRY WI, 1977, IMPACT NATURAL DISAS TORRY WI, 1978, DISASTERS SOC RISKS TORRY WI, 1978, ENV HAZARD TORRY WI, 1978, HUM ORGAN, V37, P302 TORRY WI, 1978, NATURAL DISASTERS EC TURNBULL CM, 1972, MT PEOPLE TURNBULL CM, 1978, EXTINCTION SURVIVAL, P49 TURNER BA, 1976, ADM SCI Q, V21, P378 TURTON D, 1977, HUMAN ECOLOGY TROPIC, P165 VANDOORNJANSSEN MJ, 1955, STUDIES HOLLAND FLOO, V3, P159 VARELA F, 1976, COEVOLUTION Q SUM, P26 VAYDA AP, 1975, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V4, P293 VAYDA AP, 1976, WAR ECOLOGICAL PERSP VAYDA AP, 1978, CURR ANTHR, V19, P523 VICKERS G, 1977, FUTURES, V9, P457 WADDELL E, 1974, NEW GUINEA, V8, P39 WALLACE AFC, 1956, NASNRC1 DIS STUD WALLACE AFC, 1956, NASNRC3 DIS STUD WARD C, 1974, J ROYAL I BRIT ARCHI, P81 WATT K, 1977, UNSTEADY STATE ENV P WATTS MJ, 1978, C SEASONALITY RURAL WATTS MJ, 1979, THESIS U MICHIGAN WESTGATE KN, 1976, 4 U BRADF DIS RES UN WHITE GF, 1974, NATURAL HAZARDS LOCA WHITE GF, 1975, ASSESSMENT RES NATUR, V1, P1 WHITE GF, 1976, JUN COMM SCI TECHN WILKINSON RG, 1973, POVERTY PROGR ECOLOG WISNER B, 1976, 30 U COL NAT HAZ RES WISNER B, 1977, LANDUSE DEV, P194 WISNER BK, 1976, NEW SOC, V37, P546 WOODHAMSMITH C, 1962, GREAT HUNGER IRELAND WORKMAN WB, 1972, INT C PREHISTORY PAL, P239 YOUNG M, 1971, FIGHTING FOOD NR 254 TC 27 J9 CURR ANTHROPOL BP 517 EP 540 PY 1979 VL 20 IS 3 GA HN032 UT ISI:A1979HN03200003 ER PT J AU Tahvonen, O Salo, S TI Nonconvexities in optimal pollution accumulation SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 HELSINKI SCH ECON,DEPT MATH & STAT,HELSINKI 00100,FINLAND. RP Tahvonen, O, FINNISH FOREST RES INST,UNIONINKATU 40A,HELSINKI 00170,FINLAND. AB With a few exceptions, the analysis of optimal pollution accumulation or detrimental stock externalities rests on the assumptions that the level of damage is unbounded and that pollution decay increases monotonically with the level of pollution stock. We show that these assumptions are restrictive and that their generalization alters the basic economic properties of optimal pollution control. We specify a decay function which is concave with low stock levels and convex when pollution is higher. We show that, although multiple steady states may exist, the globally optimal solution may be independent of the initial pollution level. It is also possible that there are cutoff levels which determine the optimal long-run equilibrium, implying that the feedback control law is discontinuous and nonmonotonic. Bounded damage may have similar implications, but in contrast to concave-convex decay, they may occur even with zero discounting. (C) 1996 Academic Press, Inc. CR BAUMOL WJ, 1964, AM ECON REV, V54, P358 BAUMOL WJ, 1972, AM ECON REV, V62, P307 BRITO DL, 1987, J PUBLIC ECON, V33, P59 BROCK WA, 1977, EC NATURAL ENV RESOU BROCK WA, 1989, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO CAPUTO M, 1995, INT ECON REV, V36, P217 CESAR H, 1994, CONTROL GAME THEORET CESAR H, 1994, LECT NOTES EC MATH S, V416 CLARK CW, 1971, MATH BIOSCI, V17, P245 CLARKE HR, 1994, J ECON DYN CONTROL, V18, P991 COMOLLI P, 1977, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V4, P289 CONRAD JM, 1992, ENV RESOURCE EC, V3, P245 CROPPER ML, 1976, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V3, P1 DASGUPTA P, 1982, CONTROL RESOURCES DAVIDSON R, 1981, REV ECON STUD, V48, P235 DECHERT WD, 1983, J ECON THEORY, V31, P332 DOCKNER EJ, 1993, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V25, P13 FORSTER B, 1980, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V7, P321 FORSTER BA, 1975, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V2, P1 FOSTER B, 1973, EC RECORD DEC, P534 HARTWICK JM, 1990, J PUBLIC ECON, V43, P291 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JEFFREY A, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA ORDIN JOHN A, 1994, ECON J, V104, P1393 KAITALA V, 1992, ENV RESOURCE EC, V2, P142 KAITALA V, 1992, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V2, P161 KAMIEN M, 1984, EXPLORATIONS NATURAL KEELER E, 1972, J ECON THEORY, V4, P19 KOLSTAD C, 1993, HDB NATURAL RESOURCE, V3 LEWIS TR, 1977, INT ECON REV, V18, P535 MAJUMDAR M, 1982, J ECON THEORY, V27, P101 ODUM EP, 1971, FUNDAMENTALS ECOLOGY PETERMAN R, 1980, RECOVERY PROCESS DAM PLOURDE CG, 1972, CANADIAN J EC, V5, P119 SEIERSTAD A, 1987, OPTIMAL CONTROL THEO SKIBA AK, 1978, ECONOMETRICA, V46, P527 SMITH VL, 1972, Q J ECON, V86, P600 STARRETT DA, 1972, J ECON THEORY, V4, P180 TAHVONEN O, 1993, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V24, P101 TAHVONEN O, 1996, IN PRESS J EC DYNAM NR 40 TC 13 J9 J ENVIRON ECON MANAGE BP 160 EP 177 PY 1996 PD SEP VL 31 IS 2 GA VP306 UT ISI:A1996VP30600003 ER PT J AU Briske, DD Fuhlendorf, SD Smeins, FE TI A unified framework for assessment and application of ecological thresholds SO RANGELAND ECOLOGY & MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Texas A&M Univ, Dept Rangeland Ecol & Management, College Stn, TX 77843 USA. Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Plant & Soil Sci, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. RP Briske, DD, Texas A&M Univ, Dept Rangeland Ecol & Management, 2126 TAMU, College Stn, TX 77843 USA. AB The goal of this synthesis is to initiate development of a unified framework for threshold assessment that is able to link ecological theory and processes with management knowledge and application. Specific objectives include the investigation of threshold mechanisms, elaboration of threshold components, introduction of threshold categories and trajectories, and presentation of an operational definition of ecological thresholds. A greater understanding of ecological thresholds is essential because they have become a focal point within the state-and-transition framework and their occurrence has critical consequences for land management. Threshold occurrence may be best interpreted as a switch from the dominance of negative feedbacks that maintain ecosystem resilience to the dominance of positive feedbacks that degrade resilience and promote the development of post-threshold states on individual ecological sites. Threshold categories have been identified to serve as ecological benchmarks to describe the extent of threshold progression and increase insight into feedback mechanisms that determine threshold reversibility. Threshold trajectories describe the developmental pathway that post-threshold states may follow once a threshold has been exceeded. These trajectories may produce a continuum of potential post-threshold states, but the majority of them may be organized into four broad states. This framework lends itself to management application by providing an operational definition of thresholds that is based on a probabilistic interpretation. Probabilities associated with 1) the occurrence of triggers that initiate threshold progression, 2) the trajectory of post-threshold states, and 3) threshold reversibility will provide an operational procedure for threshold assessment and application. If thresholds are to play a central role in rangeland ecology and management, then the rangeland profession must accept responsibility for their conceptual development, ecological validity, and managerial effectiveness. CR *USDA NRCS, 1997, NAT RANG PAST HDB ANDERSON JE, 2001, ECOL MONOGR, V71, P531 ARCHER S, 2001, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEMICA, P115 ASNER GP, 2003, GLOBAL CHANGE BIOL, V9, P316 AUSTIN MP, 1988, VEGETATIO, V77, P43 BEISNER BE, 2003, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, V1, P376 BELNAP J, 2005, ECOLOGY, V86, P298 BESTELMEYER BT, 2003, J RANGE MANAGE, V56, P114 BESTELMEYER BT, 2004, ENVIRON MANAGE, V34, P38 BOND WJ, 1996, FIRE PLANTS BRESHEARS DD, 2005, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V102, P15144 BRIGGS JM, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P578 BRIGGS JM, 2005, BIOSCIENCE, V55, P243 BRISKE DD, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P601 BRISKE DD, 2005, RANGELAND ECOL MANAG, V58, P1 BROCKWAY DG, 2002, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V64, P179 BROWN JR, 1999, CAN J FOREST RES, V29, P1112 BROWN JR, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P2385 BUFFINGTON LC, 1965, ECOL MONOGR, V35, P139 BUONOPANE M, 2005, OIKOS, V110, P67 CAMMERAAT ELH, 2004, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V104, P317 CASWELL H, 2001, MATRIX POPULATION MO CINGOLANI AM, 2005, ECOL APPL, V15, P757 CIONE NK, 2002, RESTOR ECOL, V10, P376 DANTONIO CM, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P63 DAVENPORT DW, 1998, J RANGE MANAGE, V51, P231 DAVIS MB, 1986, COMMUNITY ECOLOGY, P269 DIAZ S, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P140 DYE KL, 1995, J RANGE MANAGE, V48, P100 ELLIS JE, 1988, J RANGE MANAGE, V41, P450 ELMQVIST T, 2003, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, V1, P488 FENSHAM RJ, 2005, J ECOL, V93, P596 FOLKE C, 2004, ANNU REV ECOL EVOL S, V35, P557 FOSTER BL, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P2091 FOSTER BL, 2004, J ECOL, V92, P435 FRIEDEL MH, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P422 FUHLENDORF SD, 1997, J VEG SCI, V8, P819 GEHRING JL, 1992, AM MIDL NAT, V128, P209 GROFFMAN P, 2006, ECOSYSTEMS, V9, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P425 HAVSTAD KM, 2003, ARID LAND RES MANAG, V17, P389 HEISLER JL, 2003, AM J BOT, V90, P423 HEISLER JL, 2004, ECOLOGY, V85, P2245 HEMSTROM MA, 2002, CONSERV BIOL, V16, P1243 HIGGINS PAT, 2002, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V357, P647 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P733 HUGGETT AJ, 2005, BIOL CONSERV, V124, P301 ILLIUS AW, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P798 KIRKMAN LK, 2004, J ECOL, V92, P409 KNAPP AK, 1999, BIOSCIENCE, V49, P39 KNAPP PA, 1996, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V6, P37 LAYCOCK WA, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P427 LEHOUEROU HN, 1984, J ARID ENVIRON, V7, P213 LINDENMAYER DB, 2005, BIOL CONSERV, V124, P351 LUDWIG JA, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P84 LUDWIG JA, 2005, ECOLOGY, V86, P288 MACK MC, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P195 MACK RN, 1981, AGRO-ECOSYSTEMS, V7, P145 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MAYER AL, 2004, BIOSCIENCE, V54, P1013 MILTON SJ, 1994, BIOSCIENCE, V44, P70 MURADIAN R, 2001, ECOL ECON, V38, P7 NAEEM S, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P39 NAUMBURG E, 2001, CAN J BOT, V79, P1001 NOWAK CL, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P265 OCONNOR TG, 1995, J APPL ECOL, V32, P612 OCONNOR TG, 2001, J ECOL, V89, P850 PETERS DPC, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P15130 PETERSON GD, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P6 PRENTICE IC, 1986, VEGETATIO, V67, P131 PYKE DA, 2002, J RANGE MANAGE, V55, P584 RIETKERK M, 2004, SCIENCE, V305, P1926 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHEFFER M, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P648 SCHLESINGER WH, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1043 SCHOLES RJ, 1997, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V28, P517 SMITH EL, 1995, J RANGE MANAGE, V48, P271 SNYMAN HA, 1998, J ARID ENVIRON, V39, P645 SNYMAN HA, 1999, J ARID ENVIRON, V43, P47 STRINGHAM TK, 2003, J RANGE MANAGE, V56, P106 SUDING KN, 2004, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V19, P46 SYMSTAD AJ, 1998, OIKOS, V81, P389 TAUSCH RJ, 1993, J RANGE MANAGE, V46, P439 TIEDEMANN AR, 2004, J RANGE MANAGE, V57, P455 VALONE TJ, 2002, CONSERV BIOL, V16, P995 VANDEKOPPEL J, 2002, AM NAT, V159, P209 VANDEKOPPEL J, 2004, AM NAT, V163, P113 VANNES EH, 2005, ECOLOGY, V86, P1797 WALKER BH, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P747 WALKER BH, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P3 WALKER BH, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P80 WATSON IW, 1996, RANGELAND J, V18, P351 WATSON IW, 1997, J ECOL, V85, P815 WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 WHISENANT SG, 1999, REPAIRING DAMAGED WI WIEGAND T, 2004, ECOSYSTEMS, V7, P243 WILSON JB, 1992, ADV ECOL RES, V23, P263 WOOTTON JT, 2001, ECOLOGY, V82, P580 NR 99 TC 1 J9 RANGEL ECOL MANAG BP 225 EP 236 PY 2006 PD MAY VL 59 IS 3 GA 046PX UT ISI:000237824600001 ER PT J AU LEVY, TE TI THE EMERGENCE OF SPECIALIZED PASTORALISM IN THE SOUTHERN LEVANT SO WORLD ARCHAEOLOGY LA English DT Article RP LEVY, TE, ALBRIGHT INST ARCHAEOL RES,JERUSALEM,ISRAEL. CR 1967, CLIMATOLOGICAL STA A, P21 1970, ATLAS ISRAEL AHARONI Y, 1974, EXCAVATION TEL BEER ALON D, 1980, ISRAEL EXPLOR J, V30, P140 AMIRAN R, 1978, EARLY ARAD CHALCOLIT AMIRAN R, 1980, LEVANT, V12, P22 ANATI E, 1973, HAZOREA, V1 AREF A, 1937, HIST BEER SHEVA ITS ARNON I, 1972, CROP PRODUCTION DRY BARADON P, 1980, CAVE TREASURE BARKER G, 1975, PALEOECONOMY, P111 BARYOSEF O, 1977, QADMONIOT, V10, P38 BENDAVID A, 1974, TALMUDISCHE OKONOMIE, V1 BOSERUP E, 1965, CONDITIONS AGR GROWT BRUINS H, 1976, THESIS HEBREW U BRYAN K, 1929, GEOGR REV, V19, P444 BURIAN F, 1979, MITEKUFAT HAEVEN, V16, P6 BUTZER KW, 1976, EARLY HYDRAULIC CIVI DAN J, 1976, SOILS ISRAEL DECONTENSON H, 1956, ISRAEL EXPLOR J, V6, P163 DECONTENSON H, 1956, ISRAEL EXPLOR J, V6, P226 DECONTENSON H, 1960, ADAJ, V4, P12 DENNELL R, 1975, PALEOECONOMY, P97 ELLIOTT JD, 1982, ELUSA OIKOUMEN GEOGR EPSTEIN C, 1978, BASOR, V229, P27 EPSTEIN E, 1939, PALESTINE EXPLOR APR, P59 EVENARI M, 1971, NEGEV CHALLENGE DESE FELIX Y, 1963, AGR PALESTINE PERIOD FLANNERY KV, 1976, EARLY MESOAMERICAN V GARDNER RAM, 1977, J ARCHAEOL SCI, V4, P377 GOLDBERG P, 1982, BAR INT SER, V133, P399 GREEN EL, 1973, AM ANTIQUITY, V38, P279 HIGGS ES, 1972, PAPERS EC PREHISTORY, P27 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JOHNSON GA, 1973, ANTHR PAPERS, P51 LEES SH, 1974, AM ANTIQUITY, V39, P187 LEVY TE, 1981, THESIS SHEFFIELD U LIBBY W, 1954, CHICAGO RADIOCARBON, V5, P7 MACDONALD E, 1932, BETH PELET, V2 MARX E, 1967, BEDOUIN NEGEV MARX E, 1977, AM ANTHROPOL, V79, P343 MCADAMS R, 1966, EVOLUTION URBAN SOC MCADAMS R, 1972, POPULATION GROWTH AN, P60 MELLAART J, 1962, ANN DEP ANTIQUITIES, V6, P126 MIKESELL MK, 1955, SW J ANTHROPOL, V11, P231 MILLS E, 1932, CENSUS PALESTINE 193 MOORE AMT, 1973, LEVANT, V5, P36 MUELLER JW, 1975, SAMPLING ARCHAEOLOGY MUSIL A, 1908, ARABIA PETRAEA, V3 NEAVE HR, 1979, STATISTICAL TABLES NEEV D, 1967, B GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, P41 NIR D, 1975, MEMOIRES DOCUMENTS C, V16 NOYMEIR I, 1975, PRIMARY SECONDARY PR NOYMEIR I, 1979, MANAGEMENT SEMIARID, P113 OREN ED, 1981, TEL AVIV, V8, P25 PERROT J, 1964, ERETZ ISRAEL, V7, P92 REDMAN CL, 1978, RISE CIVILIZATION RENFREW C, 1982, RANKING RESOURCES EX, P1 SANDERS WT, 1968, MESOAMERICA EVOLUTIO SHERRATT A, 1980, WORLD ARCHAEOL, V11, P313 SHERRATT A, 1981, PATTERN PAST STUDIES, P261 SMITH PEL, 1972, POPULATION GROWTH AN, P1 SPOONER B, 1971, ANTHR Q, V3, P198 SPOONER B, 1972, POPULATION GROWTH AN, P245 SWEET LE, 1978, ENV CULTURAL BEHAVIO, P157 TSORI N, 1958, PALESTINE EXPLORATIO, P44 TYLECOTE RF, 1979, HIST METALS VITAFINZI C, 1970, P PREHIST SOC, V36, P1 WEBLEY D, 1972, PAPERS EC PREHISTORY, P169 WOLF ER, 1966, PEASANTS YEIVIN E, 1979, TEL AVIV, V6, P99 ZARKY A, 1976, EARLY MESOAMERICAN V, P117 ZOHARY M, 1962, PLANT LIFE PALESTINE ZOHARY M, 1969, DOMESTICATION PLANTS, P47 ZUBROW EBW, 1971, AM ANTIQUITY, V36, P127 NR 75 TC 24 J9 WORLD ARCHAEOL BP 15 EP 36 PY 1983 VL 15 IS 1 GA QX670 UT ISI:A1983QX67000002 ER PT J AU Fonseca, AC Salas, E Cortes, J TI Monitoring of the Meager Shoal coral reef, Cahuita National Park, Costa Rica (CARICOMP). SO REVISTA DE BIOLOGIA TROPICAL LA Spanish DT Article C1 Univ Costa Rica, CIMAR, San Jose 2060, Costa Rica. Univ Costa Rica, Escuela Biol, San Jose 2060, Costa Rica. RP Fonseca, AC, Univ Costa Rica, CIMAR, San Jose 2060, Costa Rica. AB The coral reefs at Cahuita National Park, Caribbean coast of Costa Rica, specifically at the CARICOMP site Meager Shoal, have been monitored since 1999. Complete data sets from 2000 and 2004 have shown that live coral cover has increased less than 3 % (from 15 to 17 %), but non-coralline algae cover has increased much (63 to 74 %) and coralline algae cover has decreased (17 to 5 %) significantly. The proportion of affected colonies by diseases, injuries and bleaching decreased from 24 % in 2000 to 10 % in 2004, but the difference was not statistically significant. Densities of the urchin Diadenia antillarum increased, and are probably help to maintain the macroalgae biomass low, while those of Echinonietra viridis decreased significantly. The coral reef at Cahuita National Park continues to be impacted by chronic terrigenous sediments and does not show a significant recovery since the late 1970's. CR *CARICOMP, 1997, P 8 INT COR REEF S, V1, P641 *CARICOMP, 2002, P 9 INT COR REEF S, V1, P325 CONNELL JH, 1978, SCIENCE, V199, P1302 CORTES J, 1985, B MAR SCI, V36, P339 CORTES J, 1985, BRENESIA, V24, P63 CORTES J, 1992, BRENESIA, V38, P45 CORTES J, 1994, P C GLOB ASP COR REE, P240 CORTES J, 1998, COAST REG SM ISL PA, P107 CORTES J, 2003, LATIN AM CORAL REEFS, P223 EDMUNDS PJ, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5067 FONSECA AC, 1999, AGRRA PROGRAM ATOLL, V496, P249 FONSECA AC, 2002, LOICZ REP STUD, V27, P68 FONSECA AC, 2003, ATOLL RES B, V496, P258 GINSBURG RN, 2003, ATOLL RES B, V496 GUZMAN HM, 1985, BRENESIA, V24, P125 HUGHES TP, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P929 HUGHES TP, 2005, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V20, P380 LESSIOS HA, 1984, SCIENCE, V226, P335 MORSE DE, 1988, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V116, P193 MURILLO MM, 1984, REV BIOL TROP, V32, P167 NYSTROM M, 2000, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V15, P413 NYSTROM M, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P406 PANDOLFI JM, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P955 PHILLIPS PC, 1984, REV BIOL TROP, V32, P95 RICHMOND RH, 1993, AM ZOOL, V33, P524 RISK MJ, 1980, REV BIOL TROP, V28, P361 UNDERWOOD A, 1997, EXPT ECOLOGY THEIR L NR 27 TC 0 J9 REV BIOL TROP BP 755 EP 763 PY 2006 PD SEP VL 54 IS 3 GA 143CT UT ISI:000244698300006 ER PT J AU Carpenter, SR TI Ecological futures: Building an ecology of the long now SO ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Limnol, Madison, WI 53706 USA. RP Carpenter, SR, Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Limnol, 680 N Pk St, Madison, WI 53706 USA. AB Ecosystem dynamics unfold into the future but are understood by examining the past. A forward looking ecology, which assesses a broad range of possible future ecosystem states, is the complement of long-term, historical approaches to ecology. Together they are the ecology of the long now. The "long now" of ecosystems includes historical influences that shape present ecologies, and the future consequences of present events. As a step in testing theories by their consequences, prediction is widely used in ecology. Ecologists have developed, criticized, and improved many predictive theories. Ecologists also have developed many empirical relationships that are potentially useful in forecasting. Eutrophication is an example of a problem for which ecologists created fundamental understanding, predictive capability, and new options for management. Ecologists frequently justify their research funding through appeals to improved predictability. This goal is sometimes attainable and in any case motivates a considerable body of insightful research. However, in many cases of environmental decision making, what ecologists cannot predict is at least as important as what can be predicted. It is important to assess the full range of changes in ecosystems that may plausibly occur in the future, and the implications of these changes. The paper discusses some ways that ecological information can be used to improve understanding of the future consequences of present choices. CR *CENTR INT AG, 2000, GLOB TRENDS 2015 DIA ALLEN TFH, 1982, HIERARCHY PERSPECTIV ANDERSON J, 1998, CONSERVATION ECOLOGY, V2 BOTKIN D, 1990, DISCORDANT HARMONIES BRAND S, 1999, CLOCK LONG NOW TIME BROOKS JL, 1965, SCIENCE, V150, P28 CANFIELD DE, 1981, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V38, P414 CARPENTER SR, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 CARPENTER SR, 1985, BIOSCIENCE, V35, P634 CARPENTER SR, 1988, COMPLEX INTERACTIONS, P119 CARPENTER SR, 1991, COMP ANAL ECOSYSTEMS, P67 CARPENTER SR, 1993, TROPHIC CASCADE LAKE CARPENTER SR, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P559 CARPENTER SR, 2001, BIOSCIENCE, V51, P451 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOL MONOGR, V71, P163 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOLOGY ACHIEVEMENT, P357 CARPENTER SR, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P173 CARPENTIER A, 1999, J ELECTROMYOGR KINES, V9, P1 CHRISTENSEN DL, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1143 CLARK CW, 1990, MATH BIOECONOMICS OP CLARK JS, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P657 COCKS D, 1999, FUTURE MAKERS FUTURE COOMAN G, 2000, IMPRECISE PROBABILIT COTTINGHAM KL, 2000, ECOL LETT, V3, P340 DONEY SC, 1999, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEM CY, V13, P705 ELSER JJ, 1996, BIOSCIENCE, V46, P674 ELSER JJ, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P120 FERNANDEZ C, 2001, J ECONOMETRICS, V100, P381 FORD ED, 2000, SCI METHODS ECOLOGIC FUNTOWICZ SO, 1999, ENV ISSUES SERIES, V9 GREEUW SCH, 2000, CLOUDY CRYSTAL BALLS GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HANSSON LA, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P558 HILBORN R, 1992, QUANTITATIVE FISHERI HILBORN R, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P550 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOTCHKISS S, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P522 HRBACEK JM, 1961, INT VEREINIGUNG THEO, V14, P192 JANSSEN MA, 1998, MODELING GLOBAL CHAN JANSSEN MA, 2000, ECOL MODEL, V131, P249 LEVIN SA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1943 LIKENS GE, 1992, ECOSYSTEMS CONCEPT I LODGE DM, 2000, FISHERIES, V25, P7 LUDWIG D, 1983, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V40, P559 LUDWIG D, 2001, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V32, P481 LUDWIG D, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P758 MACARTHUR RH, 1972, GEOGRAPHICAL ECOLOGY MACCRACKEN M, 2001, WEATHERZINE, V26 MELILLO JM, 1995, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEM CY, V9, P407 NAKICENOVIC N, 2000, EMISSIONS SCENARIONS ONEILL RV, 1986, HIERARCHIAL CONCEPT PACE ML, 2001, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V58, P1 PETERS RH, 1991, CRITIQUE ECOLOGY PICKETT STA, 1989, LONG TERM STUDIES EC, P110 PICKETT STA, 1994, ECOLOGICAL UNDERSTAN RAFTERY AE, 1997, J AM STAT ASSOC, V92, P179 RASKIN PG, 1998, 8 STOCKHOLM ENV I ST REEDANDERSON T, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P561 RINALDI S, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P507 SALA OE, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1770 SAREWITZ D, 2000, PREDICTION SCI DECIS SCHEFFER M, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P275 SCHEFFER M, 1998, ECOLOGY SHALLOW LAKE SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHINDLER DE, 1995, FOOD WEBS INTEGRATIO, P96 SCHINDLER DE, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P229 SCHINDLER DW, 1977, SCIENCE, V195, P260 SCHWARTZ P, 1996, ART LONG VIEW SHAPIRO J, 1975, WATER QUALITY MANAGE, P85 SHREDEN WA, 1998, FORTUNE SELLERS BIG STEIN PC, 1996, UNDERSTANDING RISK STOMEL H, 1963, SCIENCE NY, V139, P572 TURNER MG, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P493 VANDERHEIJDEN K, 1996, SCENARIOS ART STRATE VITOUSEK PM, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P494 VOLLENWEIDER RA, 1976, MEM I ITAL IDROBIOL, V33, P53 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WALTERS CJ, 2001, CANADIAN J FISHERIES, V58, P1 WILSON MA, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P772 NR 81 TC 10 J9 ECOLOGY BP 2069 EP 2083 PY 2002 PD AUG VL 83 IS 8 GA 583WP UT ISI:000177434200001 ER PT J AU GOMEZIBANEZ, DA TI ENERGY, ECONOMICS, AND DECLINE OF TRANSHUMANCE SO GEOGRAPHICAL REVIEW LA English DT Article C1 UNIV WISCONSIN,MADISON,WI 53706. CR PEUPLEMENT VEGETAL M 1970, 24 FOOD AGR ORG NUTR 1972, PIRINEOS, P11 1974, RECOMMENDED DIETARY, P44 *US DEP AGR FOR SE, 1972, 19 FOR RES REP *US DEP AGR INT AG, 1974, OPP INCR RED MEAT PR ABT P, 1970, GEOGR HELVETICA, V25, P118 BAR O, 1969, GEOGR HELVETICA, V24, P1 BECAT J, 1974, COMMUNICATION SEP BEGUE R, 1966, B FEDERATION FRANCAI, P371 BERGMAN R, 1974, THESIS U WISCONSIN BERRY RS, 1975, ENERG POLICY, V3, P144 BLACHE J, 1934, REV GEOGR ALPINE, V22, P525 BLANCHARD R, 1956, ALPES OCCIDENTALES E, V7, P332 BLOCK RJ, 1946, NUTR ABSTR REV, V16, P249 BOESCH H, 1951, ALPEN, V6, P202 BOUGET J, 1935, ANN FEDERATION PYREN, V3, P111 BOUGET J, 1936, ANN FEDERATION PYREN, V4, P58 BOUMA J, 1969, J SOIL SCI, V20, P384 BOUMA J, 1974, SOIL SURVEY HORIZONS, V15, P3 BOZON P, 1969, REV GEOGR ALPINE, V57, P277 BUGMANN E, 1974, GEOGRAPHICA HELVETIC, V29, P83 BUREN KV, 1953, GEOGR HELVETICA, V8, P73 BUTZ R, 1969, GEOGR HELVETICA, V24, P111 CALVOPALACIOS JL, 1972, PIRINEOS, P69 CARTER HO, 1974, AM J AGR ECON, V56, P878 CHANCELLOR WJ, 1976, SCIENCE, V192, P213 CLAUSTRES G, 1969, 5 C INT EST PIR, V2, P159 CLAUSTRES G, 1973, PIRINEOS, P41 COMMONER B, 1974, CBNSAE1 WASH U CTR B COOK CW, 1970, 109 COL AGR EXP STN COOK CW, 1975, NATL WOOL GROWER, V65, P11 COOK CW, 1976, J RANGE MANAGE, V29, P186 COOK CW, 1976, J RANGE MANAGEMENT, V29, P268 DAVID J, 1973, REV GEOGR ALPINE, V61, P285 DENDALETCHE C, 1972, B CENT ETUD RECH SCI, V9, P141 DENDALETCHE C, 1973, THESIS U NANTES DENEVAN WM, 1967, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V57, P691 ECKHOLM E, 1975, SCIENCE, V189, P764 EYRE SR, 1966, GEOGRAPHY HUMAN ECOL, P147 FREY C, 1968, REGIO BASILIENSIS, V9, P199 FRODIN J, 1924, B SOC HISTOIRE NATUR, V52, P21 FRODIN J, 1940, ZENTRALEUROPAS ALPWI, V1, P215 GARDELLE C, 1973, REV GEOGR ALPINE, V61, P449 GEORGESCUROEGEN N, 1971, ENTROPY LAW ECONOMIC GEORGESCUROEGEN N, 1975, SO EC J, V41, P347 GOMEZIBANEZ DA, 1975, WESTERN PYRENEES, P116 GOODSELL WD, 1962, FCR1 US DEP AGR EC R GOODSELL WD, 1971, AER195 US DEP AGR EC GOODSELL WD, 1973, ERS523 US DEP AGR EC GRAY JR, 1961, 454 NO NEW MEX SHEEP GUERIN JP, 1974, REV GEOGR ALPINE, V62, P75 GUTERSOHN H, 1958, GEOGR HELVETICA, V13, P273 GUTERSOHN H, 1964, GEOGR HELVETICA, V19, P138 HANNON B, 1975, SCIENCE, V189, P95 HANNON BM, 1973, AM ACAD POLIT SOC SC, V410, P139 HEICHEL GH, 1973, 739 CONN AGR EXP STN HEICHEL GH, 1976, AM SCI, V64, P64 HIRST E, 1973, ORNLNSFEP57 OAK RIDG HIRST E, 1974, SCIENCE, V184, P134 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JAIL M, 1969, REV GEOGR ALPINE, V57, P85 KILCHENMANN A, 1967, GEOGR HELVETICA, V22, P258 KRADER L, 1959, INT SOC SCI J, V11, P499 LANGTVET O, 1974, NORSK GEOGR TIDSSKRI, V28, P167 LEACH G, 1975, ENERGY FOOD PRODUCTI LINTON DL, 1965, GEOGRAPHY, V50, P197 LOCKERETZ W, 1973, CBNSAE3 CTR BIOL NAT LOCKERETZ W, 1975, CBNSAE5 WASH U CTR B LUTHI A, 1971, GEOGR HELVETICA, V26, P58 MONTSERRATRECOD.P, 1964, ECOLOGIA PASTO, V1, P23 MONTSERRATRECOD.P, 1971, JACETANIA VIDA VEGET MONTSERRATRECOD.P, 1971, PIRINEOS, P5 NEGRE R, 1969, PORT ACT BIOL, V10, P1 NEGRE R, 1974, COMMUNICATION SEP ODUM HT, 1971, ENVIRONMENT POWER SO PIMENTEL D, 1973, SCIENCE, V182, P443 PIMENTEL D, 1974, WORKSHOP RESEARCH ME PIMENTEL D, 1975, SCIENCE, V190, P754 PUIGDEFABREGAS J, 1970, PIRINEOS, P53 RAPPAPORT RA, 1971, SCI AM, V224, P116 REFFAY A, 1974, REV GEOGR ALPINE, V62, P41 SENN U, 1952, GEOGR HELVET, V7, P265 SLESSER M, 1973, J SCI FOOD AGR, V24, P1193 SOUTADE G, 1973, B ASSOC FRANCAISE S, P92 SOUTADE G, 1975, ETUDES GEOGRAPHIQUES, V2, P499 STEINHART JS, 1974, SCIENCE, V184, P307 STEVENS DM, 1961, 139 WYOM AGR EXP STN STEVENS DM, 1962, 162 WYOM AGR EXP STN TERRILL CE, 1975, NATL WOOL GROWER, V65, P18 TERRILL CE, 1975, NATL WOOL GROWER, V65, P30 VEYRET G, 1970, REV GEOGR ALPINE, V58, P26 VEYRET P, 1967, COEUR EUROPE ALPES, P316 VEYRET P, 1972, REV GEOGR ALPINE, V60, P5 VIGO J, 1972, 6 C INT ET PYR, V2, P47 VITAFINZI C, 1969, MEDITERRANEAN VALLEY, P103 NR 96 TC 4 J9 GEOGR REV BP 284 EP 298 PY 1977 VL 67 IS 3 GA DL703 UT ISI:A1977DL70300003 ER PT J AU Rova, C Carlsson, L TI When regulation fails: vendace fishery in the Gulf of Bothnia SO MARINE POLICY LA English DT Article C1 Lulea Univ Technol, Div Polit Sci, Dept Business Adm & Social Sci, S-97187 Lulea, Sweden. RP Carlsson, L, Lulea Univ Technol, Div Polit Sci, Dept Business Adm & Social Sci, S-97187 Lulea, Sweden. AB The fishing of vendace (Coregonus albula), in the Gulf of Bothnia, is a good illustration of the presumption that institutional arrangements that are too inflexible to cope with changing ecological conditions, are unlikely to prosper. Although the vendace fishing is regulated by the State, catches have decreased dramatically, and there is a considerable fear that the resource is about to be depleted. This article discusses how the present institutional arrangement affects collective action and why political solutions seem to have failed. The vendace case illustrates that even a rather limited resource concentrated in a limited area is unlikely to be sustainably managed by top-down regulation performed by the State. It is concluded that changes in management practices that are obvious from the perspective of ecosystem management might turn out to be unfeasible, given the multi-stakeholder character of the, gi management system. From this article it can also be concluded that resilience theory and experiences from long-enduring CPRs correspond very well with each other. Finally, it is discussed whether it is meaningful to talk about institutional, or managerial, resilience uncoupled from the ecosystem it is supposed to be managed. If an ecosystem, like the vendace, that is subject to human activity loses its resilience this would automatically indicate the socio-economic system, as manifested in management practices, has already lost its ability to adapt. Thus, social and ecological resilience are communicating vessels but not perhaps as the concept might be understood according to a popular call for increased institutional resilience in natural resource management. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. CR 1998, DS FORSLAG ANDRINGAR, P2 1999, NORRLANDSKA SOC 1027 *ESO, 1997, DS FISK FUSK MAL MED, P81 *SOU, 1998, FISK EU PERSP JORDBR, P24 ASTROM E, 1997, NORRBOTTENS KUR 1003 BAILLY D, 1999, WORKSH POL THEOR POL BEHRE G, 1985, SVERIGES HIST 1521 1 BERKES F, 1991, ALTERN-P SOC TEC, V18, P12 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BORRINIFEYERABE.G, 2000, COMANAGEMENT NATURAL CARLSSON L, 2001, UNPUB UNDERSTANDING COLDING J, 2001, IN PRESS ECOLOGICAL FISHER, 1999, COMMUNICATION 0816 FISHER, 1999, COMMUNICATION 0825 FISHER, 1999, COMMUNICATION 0828 FOLKE C, 1998, UNDERSTANDING DYNAMI GADGIL M, 1991, RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, V8, P127 GUSTAVSSON T, 1997, SWEWDISH FISHERY 199 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HASSELBORG T, 1997, COMMUNICATION 0406 HASSELBORG T, 1999, COMMUNICATION 0602 HASSELBORG T, 2001, TRALFISKET EFTER SIK HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1993, 36 BEIJ INT I EC EC KARAS P, 1994, SIKLOJEBESTANDET NOT LARSSON B, 1998, NORRBOTTENS KUR 0716 LUNDGREN NG, 1987, KAMPEN NATURRESURSER LUNDGREN R, 1999, COMMUNICATION 0706 NILSSON L, 1999, NORRLANDSKA SOC 1006 NORTH DC, 1990, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR OLSON M, 1965, LOGIC COLLECTIVE ACT OLSSON I, 1997, ACTION PLAN BIOL DIV OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS OSTROM E, 1992, CRAFTING I SELF GOVE OSTROM E, 1993, BEIJER DISCUSSION PA, V39 OSTROM E, 1998, AM POLIT SCI REV, V92, P1 OSTROM E, 1999, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V2, P493 PEJOVICH S, 1997, EC FDN PROPERTY RIGH PINKERTON E, 1989, COOPERATIVE MANAGEME PUTNAM RD, 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR ROVA C, 1999, THESIS LULEA U TECHN SODERBERG J, 1996, SVERIGES EKONOMISKA SPETS BL, 1999, NORRBOTTENS KUR 0930 STIGLITZ J, 1999, WORLD BANK ANN BANK THORESSON G, 1997, RESURS MILJOOVERSIKT TURNER K, 1994, ENV EC ELEMENTARY IN WILSON JA, 1994, MAR POLICY, V18, P291 NR 47 TC 0 J9 MAR POLICY BP 323 EP 333 PY 2001 PD SEP VL 25 IS 5 GA 492JE UT ISI:000172164000001 ER PT J AU Janssen, MA TI Evolution of institutional rules: An immune system perspective SO COMPLEXITY LA English DT Article C1 Arizona State Univ, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. RP Janssen, MA, Arizona State Univ, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. AB This article discusses the evolution of institutional rides, the prescriptions that humans use to shape their collective activities. Four aspects of the rides are discussed: coding, creation, selection, and memory. The immune system. provides its a useful metaphor to relate these four aspects into a coherent framework. For each aspect, the relevant dynamics in social systems and immune systems are discussed. Finally, a framework for a computational model to study the evolution of rules is sketched. (c) 2005 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. CR AHN TK, 2003, IN PRESS ORIGINS NAT AXELROD R, 1986, AM POLIT SCI REV, V80, P1095 BENDOR J, 2001, AM J SOCIOL, V106, P1493 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1251 BROMLEY DW, 1992, MAKING COMMONS WORK COHEN IR, 2000, TENDING ADAMS GARDEN COLEMAN J, 1990, FDN SOCIAL THEORY CRAWFORD SES, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P582 DASGUPTA D, 1999, ARTIFICIAL IMMUNE SY DENNETT DC, 1996, KINDS MINDS UNDERSTA DUNBAR RIM, 1992, J HUM EVOL, V22, P469 EBEL H, 2003, COMPLEXITY, V8, P24 FEHR E, 1998, EUR ECON REV, V42, P845 GINTIS H, 2000, GAME THEORY EVOLVING HIGHTOWER RR, 1995, P 6 INT C GEN ALG, P344 HOFMEYR S, 1999, P GEN EV COMP C GECC, P1289 HOFMEYR SA, 2000, EVOLUTIONARY COMPUTA, V7, P45 HOFMEYR SA, 2001, DESIGN PRINCIPLES IM, P3 HOLLAND JH, 2001, COMPLEXITY, V7, P34 HUNT JE, 1996, J NETW COMPUT APPL, V19, P189 JACOB F, 1977, SCIENCE, V196, P1161 JANSSEN MA, 2005, IN PRESS INEQUALITY JANSSEN MA, IN PRESS EVOLUTION C JERNE NK, 1973, SCI AM, V229, P52 KIM J, 2002, C EV COMP CEC 2002 H, P1015 KLEINSTEIN SH, 2000, COMPUTING SCI ENG, P69 MACY MW, 1998, AM SOCIOL REV, V63, P638 MARCH JG, 2000, DYNAMICS RULES NOWAK MA, 1998, NATURE, V393, P573 OLICK JK, 1998, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V24, P105 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV OSTROM E, 1994, RULES GAMES COMMON P OSTROM E, 2000, J ECON PERSPECT, V14, P137 OSTROM E, 2005, UNDERSTANDING I DIVE PERELSON AS, 1997, REV MOD PHYS, V69, P1219 PERKINS DN, 1992, INVENTIVE MINDS, P317 PERKINS DN, 1994, DIMENSIONS CREATIVIT, P119 PRETTY J, 2001, WORLD DEV, V29, P209 PUTNAM RD, 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR RIOLO RL, 2001, NATURE, V414, P441 SOMPAYRAC L, 1999, IMMUNE SYSTEM WORKS WEGNER DM, 1991, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V61, P923 NR 43 TC 0 J9 COMPLEXITY BP 16 EP 23 PY 2005 PD SEP-OCT VL 11 IS 1 GA 978KE UT ISI:000232871200002 ER PT J AU Kutt, AS Woinarski, JCZ TI The effects of grazing and fire on vegetation and the vertebrate assemblage in a tropical savanna woodland in north-eastern Australia SO JOURNAL OF TROPICAL ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 CSIRO Sustainable Ecosyst Rangelands & Savannas, Davies Lab, Aitkenvale, Qld 4814, Australia. Biodivers Conservat div, Dept Nat Resources Environm & Arts, Palmerston, NT 0831, Australia. RP Kutt, AS, CSIRO Sustainable Ecosyst Rangelands & Savannas, Davies Lab, PMB PO, Aitkenvale, Qld 4814, Australia. AB We studied the response of vegetation and vertebrate assemblages to fire and grazing. and their interacting effects, in Eucalyptus woodland in north-eastern Australia. hi this vegetation type, many pastures remain free of cattle grazing due to the occurrence of a native shrub poisonous to livestock. Vegetation (floristic data and 22 habitat variables) and vertebrate fauna (birds. mammals, reptiles) were sampled in 29 standardized 50 x 50-m quadrats in the 2001 wet season. representing Four treatments: sites burnt recently (within 2 y) and grazed by cattle (4-8 ha per livestock unit): sites unburnt (last burnt > 2 y ago) and grazed: sites burnt recently and ungrazed: and unburn and ungrazed sites. Fire and grazing had a significant influence on vegetation: both grazing and fire reduced ground cover (fire in grazed sites 51-23%, tire in ungrazed sites 68-39%)) and increased the cover of forbs (8%, in burnt and grazed sites, 3%, if ungrazed) and tussock grasses (20%) in grazed and unburnt sites and 5%) when ungrazed). Grazing caused a shift in floristic composition from the perennial hummock grass Trioda pungens to tussock grasses (e.g. Aristida spp.. Enneapogon spp.), forbs (e.g. Phyllanthus spp.) and shrubs (e.g. Acacia spp.). Of the vertebrate groups, birds responded more to fire effects (9 species), reptiles to grazing effects (6 species) and mammals to the interaction (2 species). Species reacted to increases in bare ground (e.g. crested pigeon Ocyphaps lophotes, hooded robin Melanodryas cucullatus. Ctenophorus nuchalis) and to the dominant ground cover (e.g. Ctenotus pantherinus) or change in vegetation architecture (e.g. singing honeyeater Lichenostomus virescens, variegated fairy-wren Malurus lamberti). The clearest example of an interacting effect was the cycle of complementary dominance between the rodents Pseudomys delicatulus and P. desertor, the latter's post-fire recovery becoming more muted in sites where cattle grazed (modelled time for population recovery twice as long as in ungrazed sites). CR ANDERSEN AN, 2005, AUSTRAL ECOL, V30, P155 ASH AJ, 1997, RANGELAND J, V19, P123 BELBIN L, 1995, PATN TECHNICAL REFER BOND WJ, 1996, POPULATION COMMUNITY, V14 BOND WJ, 2003, S AFRICAN J BOT, V69, P1 BOWMAN DMJS, 1990, AUST J ECOL, V15, P163 BOWMAN DMJS, 2001, J BIOGEOGR, V28, P549 BRADSHAW SD, 1968, J ZOOL LONDON, V154, P193 BRAITHWAITE RW, 1993, AUSTR MAMMALOGY, V16, P93 BROOKER MG, 1998, EMU 4, V98, P276 BUECHNER HK, 1961, ECOLOGY, V42, P752 BURBIDGE AA, 1989, BIOL CONSERV, V50, P143 CLARKE KR, 2001, PRMER V5 USER MANUAL CLAYTON M, 2006, CSIRO LIST AUSTR VER CRAWLEY MJ, 1993, GLIM ECOLOGISTS CROWLEY GM, 1998, PACIFIC CONSERVATION, V4, P132 CROWLEY GM, 2000, AUSTR GEOGRAPHICAL S, V38, P10 DICKMAN CR, 1993, 12 NSW NAT PARKS WIL ENSLIN BW, 2000, KOEDOE, V43, P27 FENSHAM RJ, 1999, BIOTROPICA, V31, P37 FLEISCHNER TL, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P629 FONDELL TF, 2004, BIOL CONSERV, V117, P203 FRANKLIN DC, 1999, BIOL CONSERV, V90, P53 FRIEDEL MH, 1990, P ECOL SOC AUST, V16, P185 FUHLENDORF SD, 2001, BIOSCIENCE, V51, P625 FUHLENDORF SD, 2004, J APPL ECOL, V41, P604 GILL SM, 1999, 1 ENV AUSTR GRIFFIN GF, 1984, AUST J ECOL, V9, P395 HALLAM SJ, 1985, FIRE ECOLOGY MANAGEM, P7 HARRISON S, 2003, CONSERV BIOL, V17, P837 HEATWOLE H, 1987, ECOLOGY REPTILES HENDERSON RJF, 2002, NAMES DISTRIBUTION Q HILL R, 1992, PACIFIC CONSERVATION, V7, P185 HILL SJ, 2002, AUSTR J BOT, V52, P23 JAMES CD, 1999, J ARID ENVIRON, V41, P87 KEESING F, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V116, P381 KERSHAW AP, 2002, FLAMMABLE AUSTR FIRE, P3 KREFFT G, 1918, T PHILOS SOC NEW S W, P1 KRUEPER D, 2003, CONSERV BIOL, V17, P607 LANDSBERG J, 1997, EFFECTS ARTIFICIAL S LETNIC M, 2004, RANGELAND J, V26, P34 LUDWIG JA, 1995, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V10, P51 LUNNEY D, 2001, RANGELAND J, V23, P44 MASTERS P, 1993, WILDLIFE RES, V20, P803 MASTERS P, 1996, WILDLIFE RES, V23, P39 MCIVOR JG, 1998, AUST J ECOL, V23, P349 MCNAUGHTON SJ, 1985, ECOL MONOGR, V55, P259 MUELLERDOMBOIS DR, 1974, AIMS METHODS VEGETAT NELDNER VJ, 2004, RANGELAND J, V26, P190 OLFF H, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P261 OLIVEIRA PS, 2002, CERRADOS BRAZIL ECOL PETTIT NE, 2001, AUSTRAL ECOL, V26, P22 RANKLIN DC, 2005, WILDLIFE RES, V32, P399 READ JL, 2002, AUSTRAL ECOL, V27, P55 REID JRW, 1993, URBAN FAUNA DISTRIBU ROQUES KG, 2001, J APPL ECOL, V38, P268 SALVATORI R, 2001, AFR J ECOL, V39, P200 SATTLER P, 1999, CONSERVATION STATUS SCHOLES RJ, 1997, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V28, P517 SHARP BR, 2003, J BIOGEOGR, V30, P783 SKOWNO AL, 2003, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V12, P2279 SMITH A, 1994, STUDIES N QUEENSLAND, V20 SUTHERLAND EF, 1999, WILDLIFE RES, V26, P405 VANAUKEN OW, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P197 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WALKER BH, 1988, RESPONSES SAVANNAS S WALKER BH, 1997, J BIOGEOGR, V24, P813 WIENS JA, 2002, INTEGRATING LANDSCAP, P23 WILLIAMS JE, 1995, ENV HERITAGE MONOGRA, V2 WOINARSKI JCZ, 1990, AUST J ECOL, V15, P1 WOINARSKI JCZ, 1991, WILDLIFE RES, V18, P479 WOINARSKI JCZ, 1997, PACIFIC CONSERVATION, V3, P183 WOINARSKI JCZ, 1999, RANGELAND J, V21, P24 WOINARSKI JCZ, 2001, AUSTRAL ECOL, V26, P360 WOINARSKI JCZ, 2001, DEV ANAL FRAMEWORK M WOINARSKI JCZ, 2002, AUSTRAL ECOL, V27, P311 WOINARSKI JCZ, 2004, AUSTRAL ECOL, V29, P156 YIBARBUK D, 2001, J BIOGEOGR, V28, P325 ZIMMERMAN GT, 1984, J RANGE MANAGE, V37, P104 NR 79 TC 0 J9 J TROP ECOL BP 95 EP 106 PY 2007 PD JAN VL 23 GA 135OE UT ISI:000244162100010 ER PT J AU Natcher, DC TI Constructing change: the evolution of land and resource management in Alberta, Canada SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND WORLD ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Alberta, Canadian Circumpolar Inst, Sustainable Forest Management Network, Edmonton, AB T6G 2E1, Canada. RP Natcher, DC, Univ Alberta, Canadian Circumpolar Inst, Sustainable Forest Management Network, 8820-112 St,Room 302, Edmonton, AB T6G 2E1, Canada. AB Recognizing the limitations common to both centralized and privatized management regimes, institutionalized resource management is beginning to incorporate the knowledge and skills of local resource users, coupled with the enabling policies and legislation of state systems, to arrive at cooperative approaches to resource management. These varying and dynamic approaches to resource management have been compelled largely through the recognition of the limited capabilities of existing management systems to adapt effectively to ecosystem change and the evolving needs of resource users. These cooperative approaches to management should not, however, be considered an institutional end-point, but rather a phase in the perpetual transition of a social system; each unique in character and individually variable depending on the resource being managed, the political climate in which management occurs, as well as the differing strategies employed by resource users to enact institutional change. Drawing from the experiences of the Whitefish Lake First Nation of Alberta, Canada, this paper presents a brief overview of the evolution of resource management theory, grounded in the real-world formation of the Whitefish Lake First Nation - Province of Alberta Cooperative Management Agreement. CR *HBCA, 1899, D2069 HBCA BERKES F, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO BERKES F, 1994, INVESTING NATURAL CA BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BLOOMQUIST W, 1992, DIVIDING WATERS GOVE CAMPBELL T, 1996, SUSTAINABLE FORESTRY CAULFIELD RA, 1997, GREENLANDERS WHALES DURKHEIM E, 1964, TIRE RULES SOCIOLOGI FEIT HA, 1988, BOREAL I NO STUDIES, V23, P72 FIENUPRIORDAN A, 1990, ESKIMO ESSAYS YUPIK GALLAGHER TJ, 1988, ARCTIC, V41, P91 GEORGE P, 1995, CANADIAN REV SOCIOLO, V31, P69 HANNA SS, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE ECOLOG HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HEDICAN EJ, 1995, APPL ANTHR CANADA UN HENSEL C, 1998, CULTURAL SURVIVA FAL, P69 JANSSON AM, 1994, INVESTING NATURAL CA KOFINAS GP, 1993, MAKING WAVES NEWSLET, V4 MCCAY BJ, 1987, QUESTION COMMONS CUL MCCAY BJ, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE ECOLOG, P111 NATCHER D, 1999, THESIS U ALBERTA CAN NELSON RK, 1983, MAKE PRAYERS RAVEN K NIETSCHMANN B, 1995, CULTURAL SURVIVAL Q, V18, P34 NOTZKE C, 1993, BARRIERE LAKE TRILAT OSHERENKO G, 1988, TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDG, P92 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV PINKERTON E, 1989, COOPERATIVE MANAGEME PINKERTON F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO POMEROY R, 1997, ANAL FISHERIES COMAN ROCHON TR, 1998, CULTURES MOVES IDEAS SMITH RJ, 1981, CATO J, V1, P439 STEVENSON M, 1997, NAMMCO INT C SEAL FU TANNER A, 1979, BRINGING HOME ANIMAL UPHOFF N, 1986, LOCAL I DEV ANAL SOU WENZEL G, 1991, ANIMAL RIGHTS HUMAN YOUNG O, 1982, RESOURCE REGIMES NAT NR 36 TC 0 J9 INT J SUSTAIN DEV WORLD ECOL BP 363 EP 374 PY 2000 PD DEC VL 7 IS 4 GA 400RN UT ISI:000166885600008 ER PT J AU Carlman, I TI The rule of sustainability and planning adaptivity SO AMBIO LA English DT Article C1 IMIR, Inst Miljoratt, Stora Amyra, SE-74030 Bjorklinge, Sweden. RP Carlman, I, IMIR, Inst Miljoratt, Stora Amyra, SE-74030 Bjorklinge, Sweden. AB This article confronts present main stream planning approaches against the perspective of ecological sustainability, as relevant for Rule of Law countries and based on a modern environmental law approach. It discusses the setting and implementation of environmental goals against the general experience of massive implementation deficits regarding environmental policies all over the world. In this confrontation, environmental planning, with at least some principles picked up from New Zealand's Resource Management Act, and much more taken from modern environmental law theory on legal operationalisation, is compared to adaptive management approaches which also allow for modifying the environment related goal if implementation fails or seems very difficult. The concept of adaptive environmental planning (AEP) is suggested as a possible road to choose for planning for sustainability, while maximizing development within the framework legally defined by means of environmental limits. This article presents five criteria, all of which must be met by AEP planning. One of these relates to a planning hierarchy which, among other things, leads to the conclusion that coastal planning, if it is intended to aim at sustainability, can not be dealt with in isolation, although such planning might have to meet very complex problems at the regional level. CR 1994, GAZETTE 0505 2003, SUCOZOMA C RIGHTS DU *WCED, 1987, OUR COMM FUT *WORLD WATCH I, 2002, STAT WORLD BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, V1, P1 CAMHIS M, 1979, PLANNING THEORY PHIL, P4 CARLMAN I, 1996, TEMANORD CARLMAN I, 2003, MILJORATT FORANDRING CHRISTENSEN J, 1997, RATT KRETSLOPP CULLINGWORTH JB, 1964, TOWN COUNTRY PLANNIN DODDS F, 2000, EARTH SUMMIT NEW DEA FALUDI A, 1973, READER PLANNING THEO FRIEND JK, 1969, LOCAL GOVT STRATEGIC GIPPERTH L, 1994, MILJORATTSLIG TIDSKR, V1 GIPPERTH L, 1999, THESIS U UPPSALA SWE GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HANNA SS, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE MALER KG, 1997, EC TRANSNATIONAL COM MALER KG, 1997, ENV EMERGING DEV ISS, V1 MALER KG, 1997, ENV EMERGING DEV ISS, V2 MCAUSLAN P, 1975, LAND LAW PLANNING, P18 WESTERLUND S, 1997, HALLBAR RATTSORDNING NR 23 TC 0 J9 AMBIO BP 163 EP 168 PY 2005 PD MAR VL 34 IS 2 GA 912PE UT ISI:000228090700016 ER PT J AU Walker, PA TI Political ecology: where is the ecology.? SO PROGRESS IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Oregon, Dept Geog, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. RP Walker, PA, Univ Oregon, Dept Geog, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. CR BASSETT TJ, 2000, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V90, P67 BASSETT TJ, 2004, GEOGRAPHY AM DAWN 21 BATESON G, 1972, STEPS ECOLOGY MIND C BATTERBURY S, 1997, GEOGR J 2, V163, P126 BERNSTEIN H, 1979, J PEASANT STUD, V6, P420 BLAIKIE PM, 1985, POLITICAL EC SOIL ER BLAIKIE PM, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC BRAUN B, 1998, REMAKING REALITY NAT BUNKER SG, 1984, AM J SOCIOL, V89, P1017 BURTON I, 1978, ENV HAZARD, V1, P1 BUTZER KW, 1989, GEOGRAPHY AM CARNEY J, 1990, AFRICA, V60, P207 FAIRHEAD J, 1995, WORLD DEV, V23, P1023 FORSYTH T, 2003, CRITICAL POLITICAL E FRANK AG, 1969, CAPITALISM UNDERDEVE GEZON LL, 1997, ETHNOLOGY, V36, P85 HECHT SB, 1985, WORLD DEV, V13, P663 HECHT SB, 1990, FATE FOREST DEV DEST HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI HURLEY PT, 2004, ENVIRON PLANN A, V36, P1529 LEACH M, 1996, LIE LAND CHALLENGING MCCARTHY JJ, 2002, ENVIRON PLANN A, V34, P1281 MCCARTHY JP, 1998, REMAKING REALITY NAT MCCARTHY JP, 2001, VIOLENT ENV MOORE DS, 1993, ECON GEOGR, V69, P380 MOORE DS, 1998, CULT ANTHROPOL, V13, P344 ODUM HT, 1970, ENV POWER SOC PAULSON S, 2003, HUM ORGAN, V62, P205 PEET R, 1996, LIBERATION ECOLOGIES REICE SR, 1994, AM SCI, V82, P424 SCHROEDER RA, 1999, SHADY PRACTICES AGRO SHANIN T, 1971, PEASANTS PEASANT SOC SOULE M, 1995, REINVENTING NATURE SPRUGEL DG, 1991, BIOL CONSERV, V58, P1 STEWARD JH, 1955, THEORY CULTURAL CHAN TURNER BL, 2002, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V92, P52 TURNER M, 1993, ECON GEOGR, V69, P402 TURNER MD, 1998, J BIOGEOGR, V25, P669 TURNER MD, 1998, J BIOGEOGR, V25, P683 TURNER MD, 1999, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V89, P191 TURNER MD, 1999, HUM ECOL, V27, P267 TURNER MD, 1999, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V12, P643 VAYDA AP, 1999, HUM ECOL, V27, P167 WALKER P, 2003, CULT GEOGR, V10, P469 WALLERSTEIN IM, 1974, MODERN WORLD SYSTEM WATTS MJ, 1990, CAPITALISM NATURE SO, V4, P123 WATTS MJ, 1997, PROG HUM GEOG, V21, P75 WATTS MJ, 1983, SILENT VIOLENCE FOOD WATTS MJ, 1985, DESERT DEV MAN TECHN WATTS MJ, 2000, DICT HUMAN GEOGRAPHY WATTS MJ, 2003, UNPUB POLITICAL ECOL WILLEMSBRAUN B, 1997, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V87, P3 WOLF E, 1972, ANTHR Q, V45, P201 ZIMMERER KS, 1991, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V81, P443 ZIMMERER KS, 1993, ECON GEOGR, V69, P312 ZIMMERER KS, 1993, WORLD DEV, V21, P1659 ZIMMERER KS, 1994, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V84, P108 ZIMMERER KS, 1999, HUM ECOL, V27, P135 ZIMMERER KS, 2000, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V90, P356 ZIMMERER KS, 2000, ECUMENE, V7, P150 ZIMMERER KS, 2003, POLITICAL ECOLOGY IN ZIMMERER KS, 2003, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V16, P583 NR 63 TC 10 J9 PROG HUM GEOGR BP 73 EP 82 PY 2005 PD JAN VL 29 IS 1 GA 903QC UT ISI:000227439700007 ER PT J AU Krysiak, FC Krysiak, D TI Aggregation of dynamic systems and the existence of a regeneration function SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Tech Univ Berlin, Fac Econ & Management 8, Berlin, Germany. RP Krysiak, FC, Tech Univ Berlin, Fac Econ & Management 8, Berlin, Germany. AB In environmental economics, complex ecosystems are often represented by low-dimensional models. The question of whether the results of these models can be applied to a more complex reality leads to the investigation of an aggregation problem in a nonlinear dynamic setting. We show that restrictive assumptions are needed for aggregation and that the low-dimensional model has to be linear. On the basis of these results, we argue, that the aggregation of complex ecosystems is often oversimplifying and that substantial gains can be expected from the use of more complex models. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science (USA). CR *DFO, 2001, A201 DFO ARNASON R, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P742 BALASKO Y, 1984, ECONOMETRICA, V52, P123 BAX NJ, 1998, ICES J MAR SCI, V55, P997 BENHABIB J, 1979, J ECON THEORY, V21, P421 BERNDT ER, 1973, REV ECON STUD, V40, P403 BLACKORBY C, 1976, REV ECON STUD, V43, P285 BLACKORBY C, 1982, EC THEORY NATURAL RE, P25 BLACKORBY C, 1982, REV ECON STUD, V49, P595 BLACKORBY C, 1988, ECONOMETRICA, V56, P613 BLISS C, 1975, CAPITAL THEORY DISTR BROCK WA, 2000, J ECON DYN CONTROL, V24, P663 CLARK CW, 1976, MATH BIOECONOMICS CLARK CW, 1979, ECONOMETRICA, V47, P25 CONRAD JM, 1986, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V13, P50 DOCKNER EJ, 1991, J ECON, V53, P31 FREIXAS X, 1987, ECONOMETRICA, V55, P63 GETZ WM, 1989, POPULATION HARVESTIN GISLASON H, 1999, ICES J MAR SCI, V56, P571 GRAFTON RQ, 2000, AM J AGR ECON, V82, P570 HANNESSON R, 1983, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V10, P329 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLOWED AB, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P707 ISIDORI A, 1995, NONLINEAR CONTROL SY KEITT TH, 1998, NATURE, V393, P257 KIRMAN AP, 1992, J ECON PERSPECT, V6, P117 LAU LJ, 1982, ECON LETT, V9, P119 LEONTIEF W, 1970, OXFORD ECON PAP, V22, P361 LEVIN SA, 1998, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V3, P222 LIPPI M, 1998, J EC DYN CONTROL, V12, P561 MASCOLELL A, 1995, MICROECONOMIC THEORY MCCONNELL KE, 1979, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V6, P127 MONTGOMERY WD, 1972, J ECON THEORY, V5, P395 MUELLBAUER J, 1975, REV ECON STUD, V42, P525 NORDHAUS WD, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P1315 OKUGUCHI K, 1984, KEIO EC STUD, V21, P37 PERRINGS C, 1998, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V11, P503 PLOURDE CG, 1970, AM ECON REV, V60, P518 PRIGOGINE L, 1987, EUR J OPER RES, V30, P97 ROSSER JB, 2001, ECOL ECON, V37, P23 SCHLICHT E, 1990, J ECON, V51, P287 SEIERSTAD A, 1987, ADV TXB EC SEMMLER W, 1994, J ECON, V59, P23 SMITH BJ, 1980, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V7, P209 SMITH VL, 1977, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V4, P1 TAHVONEN O, 1991, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V1, P97 TAHVONEN O, 1993, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V24, P101 WILSON J, 1999, ECOL ECON, V31, P243 NR 48 TC 0 J9 J ENVIRON ECON MANAGE BP 517 EP 539 PY 2002 PD NOV VL 44 IS 3 GA 605EP UT ISI:000178664300007 ER PT J AU Rietkerk, M Dekker, SC de Ruiter, PC vandeKoppel, J TI Self-organized patchiness and catastrophic shifts in ecosystems SO SCIENCE LA English DT Review C1 Univ Utrecht, Copernicus Inst, Dept Environm Sci, NL-3508 TC Utrecht, Netherlands. Netherlands Inst Ecol, Spatial Ecol Dept, NL-4400 AC Yerseke, Netherlands. RP Rietkerk, M, Univ Utrecht, Copernicus Inst, Dept Environm Sci, POB 80115, NL-3508 TC Utrecht, Netherlands. AB Unexpected sudden catastrophic shifts may occur in ecosystems, with concomitant losses or gains of ecological and economic resources. Such shifts have been theoretically attributed to positive feedback and bistability of ecosystem states. However, verifications and predictive power with respect to catastrophic responses to a changing environment are lacking for spatially extensive ecosystems. This situation impedes management and recovery strategies for such ecosystems. Here, we review recent studies on various ecosystems that link self-organized patchiness to catastrophic shifts between ecosystem states. CR BELSKY AJ, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P922 BELYEA LR, 2001, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V268, P1315 BELYEA LR, 2002, J ECOL, V90, P223 BRUNO JF, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P119 CALLAWAY RM, 2002, NATURE, V417, P844 CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 CASTETS V, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2953 COUTERON P, 2001, J ECOL, V89, P616 FOSTER DR, 1983, NATURE, V306, P256 HILBERT DW, 2000, J ECOL, V88, P230 HILLERISLAMBERS R, 2001, ECOLOGY, V82, P50 JONES CG, 1994, OIKOS, V69, P373 JUDD SL, 2000, PHYSICA D, V136, P45 KLAUSMEIER CA, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P1826 LEJEUNE O, 2002, PHYS REV E 1, V66 LEJEUNE O, 2004, INT J QUANTUM CHEM, V98, P261 LINDBLAD JT, 1985, B INDONES ECON STUD, V21, P69 LUDWIG J, 1997, LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY FU MEINHARDT H, 1995, ALGORITHMIC BEAUTY S MURRAY JD, 1989, BIOMATHEMATICS TEXTS, V19 OUYANG Q, 1992, J PHYS CHEM-US, V96, P6773 RIETKERK M, 1997, OIKOS, V79, P69 RIETKERK M, 1997, OIKOS, V80, P241 RIETKERK M, 2000, PLANT ECOL, V148, P207 RIETKERK M, 2002, AM NAT, V160, P524 RIETKERK M, 2004, AM NAT, V163, P699 ROHANI P, 1997, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V12, P70 SAKAGUCHI Y, 1980, B DEP GEOGRAPHY U TO, V12, P35 SCHEFFER M, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P275 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHEFFER M, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P648 SCHLESINGER WH, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P364 SHNERB NM, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90 SWANSON DK, 1988, OIKOS, V53, P509 THIERY JM, 1995, J ECOL, V83, P497 TURING A, 1952, PHILOS T ROY SOC LON, V273, P37 VONHARDENBERG J, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87 NR 37 TC 1 J9 SCIENCE BP 1926 EP 1929 PY 2004 PD SEP 24 VL 305 IS 5692 GA 857RM UT ISI:000224136000037 ER PT J AU Redman, CL TI Resilience theory in archaeology SO AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST LA English DT Article C1 Arizona State Univ, Int Inst Sustainabil, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. RP Redman, CL, Arizona State Univ, Int Inst Sustainabil, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. AB The past can be characterized by periods of changing and stable relationships between human groups and their environment. In this article, I argue that use of "resilience theory". as a conceptual framework will assist archaeologists in interpreting the past in ways that are interesting and potentially relevant to contemporary issues. Many of the authors in this "In Focus" section primarily concentrate on the relationships associated with patterns of human extraction of resources and the impacts of those human activities on the continuing condition of the ecosystem. These processes are, of course, embedded in a complex web of relationships that are based on multiple interactions of underlying patterns and processes of both the ecological and social domains. In this article, I introduce a resilience theory perspective to argue that these transformations were characterized by very different reorganizations of the socioecological landscape and were the product of a variety of factors that operated at different scales of geography, time, and social organization. CR *NRC, 1999, COMM J TRANS SUST ABEL T, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 ADAMS RM, 1978, P AM PHILOS SOC, V122, P329 BARKER G, 1996, 15 REC INT ARCH HIST BAYMAN JM, 2001, J WORLD PREHIST, V15, P257 BOTTEMA S, 1990, MANS ROLE SHAPING E BRAND S, 1999, CLOCK LONG NOW TIME BUTZER KW, 1982, ARCHAEOLOGY HUMAN EC BUTZER KW, 1993, NATURE, V362, P15 BUTZER KW, 1996, J FIELD ARCHAEOL, V23, P141 CARPENTER SR, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 CARPENTER SR, 2001, BIOSCIENCE, V51, P451 COLLINS JP, 2000, AM SCI, V88, P416 CRUMLEY CL, 1994, HIST ECOLOGY CULTURA DENEVAN WM, 1992, AM COLUMBUS, P824 DIAMONS J, 2005, COLLAPSE SOC CHOOSE FAGAN B, 2004, LONG SUMMER CLIMATE FALL PL, 2004, ARCHAEOLOGY GLOBAL C, P141 FISHER CT, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P4957 FLANNERY KV, 1968, ANTHR ARCHAEOLOGY AM, P67 FOLKE C, 2002, RESILIENCE SUSTAINAB FOSTER D, 2003, BIOSCIENCE, V53, P77 FOSTER DR, 2000, FOREST HIST TODA FAL GUNDERSON LH, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V7, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HANSON NR, 1958, PATTERNS DISCOVERY I HECKENBERGER MJ, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P1710 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P25 HOLLING CS, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P3 INGRAM S, STREAMFLOW DEMOGRAPH KIRCH PV, 1992, NATL GEOGRAPHIC RES, V8, P166 KOHLER TA, 1992, J INTERDISCIPLINARY, V13, P255 KRECH S, 2000, ECOLOGICAL INDIAN MY LEVEAU P, 1999, ENV RECONSTRUCTION M, V2 LEVIN SA, 1999, FRAGILE DOMINION COM LIPE WD, 1996, SAA B, V14, P14 MAN C, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P920 MCGLADE J, 1999, ARCHAEOLOGY ANTHR LA, P458 MCGOVERN TH, 1988, HUM ECOL, V16, P225 MCINTOSH RJ, 2000, WAY WIND BLOWS MORAN EF, 1990, ECOSYSTEM APPROACH A NIALS FL, 1989, 1982-84 EXCAVATIONS, P59 OHARA SL, 1993, NATURE, V362, P48 REDMAN CL, 1992, HUMAN IMPACT ENV ANC, P35 REDMAN CL, 2003, CONSERV ECOL, V4, P1 REDMAN CL, 2004, ARCHAEOLOGY GLOBAL C RICE GE, 1998, KIVA, V63, P263 ROBERTS N, 1998, HOLOCENE ENV HIST ROLLEFSON GO, 1992, J INTERDISCIPLINARY, V13, P243 SANDERS WT, 1968, MESOAMERICA EVOLUTIO SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 STEWARD J, 1955, THEORY CULTURE CHANG VANANDEL TH, 1990, J FIELD ARCHAEOL, V17, P379 VANDERLEEUW S, 2002, AM ANTIQUITY, V67, P597 VANDERLEEW SE, 1998, SYNTHESIS, V1 VAYDA A, 1969, ENV CULTURAL BEHAV E VITOUSEK PM, 2004, SCIENCE, V304, P1665 WATSON RA, 1969, MAN NATURE ANTHR ESS WESTLEY F, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P103 NR 61 TC 5 J9 AMER ANTHROPOL BP 70 EP 77 PY 2005 PD MAR VL 107 IS 1 GA 910IC UT ISI:000227923400008 ER PT J AU Gunderson, LH TI Managing surprising ecosystems in southern Florida SO ECOLOGICAL ECONOMICS LA English DT Article C1 Emory Univ, Dept Environm Studies, Atlanta, GA 30322 USA. RP Gunderson, LH, Emory Univ, Dept Environm Studies, 1715 N Decatur Rd, Atlanta, GA 30322 USA. AB Surprises commonly occur in natural resource systems and are manifest as dramatic shifts in ecosystem structure and processes. Southern Florida ecosystems have had two such surprises in the last two decades, (1) changes in dominant plant species in freshwater marshes of the Everglades; and (2) massive die-offs of seagrass in Florida Bay. Both examples indicate a loss of ecological resilience and subsequent shifts in controlling processes or stability domains. Techniques of adaptive environmental assessment and management that confront alternative hypotheses of ecosystem change and propose management actions that allow managers to learn have provided robust responses to these surprises. Two predicates for adaptive management are sufficient resilience in the ecosystem components of a resource system and flexibility in the social system. Ecological resilience provides a buffer in the ecosystem to the inevitable failure of management actions. Social flexibility through trust and cooperation is needed if ecosystem resilience is exceeded. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR CARPENTER SR, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 COHEN AD, 1984, 2 MIAM GEOL SOC CRAIGHEAD FC, 1971, TREES S FLORIDA NATU, V1, P212 DAVIS SM, 1989, 9 ANN S FRESH WAT WE DAVIS SM, 1994, EVERGLADES ECOSYSTEM, P357 DAVIS SM, 1994, EVERGLADES ECOSYSTEM, P769 DEANGELIS DL, 1987, ECOL MONOGR, V57, P1 DUEVER MJ, 1994, EVERGLADES ECOSYSTEM, P225 EHRLICH PR, 1993, BETRAYAL SCI REASON, P335 FOURQUREAN JW, 1993, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V36, P295 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 1992, THESIS U FLORIDA GAI GUNDERSON LH, 1993, BIODIVERSITY SE US L, P199 GUNDERSON LH, 1994, EVERGLADES ECOSYSTEM, P323 GUNDERSON LH, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P425 HERNDON A, 1991, WETLANDS, V11, P17 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P3 LIGHT SS, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P103 LOVELESS CM, 1959, ECOLOGY, V40, P1 LUDWIG D, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 NEWMAN S, 1997, ECOL APPL, V7, P1016 NEWMAN S, 1998, AQUAT BOT, V60, P265 PIMM SL, 1991, BALANCE NATURE ROBBLEE MB, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V71, P297 SCHEFFER M, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P275 STEWARD KK, 1975, ECOLOGY, V56, P162 THAYER GW, 1994, B MAR SCI, V54, P718 WADE D, 1980, SE17 USDA FOR SERV, P125 WALKER BH, 1981, ECOLOGY, V69, P473 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT, P374 WALTERS CJ, 1992, ECOL APPL, V2, P189 WALTERS CJ, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 WESTLEY F, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P391 NR 34 TC 4 J9 ECOL ECON BP 371 EP 378 PY 2001 PD JUN VL 37 IS 3 GA 443HC UT ISI:000169334900004 ER PT J AU vandeKoppel, J Rietkerk, M TI Herbivore regulation and irreversible vegetation change in semi-arid grazing systems SO OIKOS LA English DT Article C1 Univ Wageningen & Res Ctr, Trop Nature Conservat & Vertebrate Ecol Grp, NL-6708 PD Wageningen, Netherlands. RP vandeKoppel, J, Univ Wageningen & Res Ctr, Trop Nature Conservat & Vertebrate Ecol Grp, Borensesteeg 69, NL-6708 PD Wageningen, Netherlands. AB Models made to explain sudden and irreversible vegetation shifts in semi-arid grasslands typically assume that herbivore density is independent of the state of the vegetation, e.g., under the control of humans. We relax this assumption and investigate the mathematical implications of vegetation-regulated herbivore population dynamics. We show that irreversible vegetation change may also occur in systems where herbivore population dynamics are affected by changes in plant standing crop. Our analysis furthermore shows that irreversible vegetation change may occur for a larger set of soil and climatic conditions when herbivore numbers are independent of the vegetation, as compared to systems where vegetation density determines herbivore population size. Hence, our analysis suggests that irreversible vegetation change is less likely to occur in systems with natural herbivore population dynamics than in systems where humans control herbivore density. CR AUGUSTINE DJ, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P1260 BEGON M, 1996, ECOLOGY DEANGELIS DL, 1992, DYNAMICS NUTR CYCLIN DRENT RH, 1987, DISTURBANCE GRASSLAN, P133 EDELSTEINKESHET L, 1988, MATH MODELS BIOL ELWELL HA, 1976, GEODERMA, V15, P61 FRYXELL JM, 1988, AM NAT, V131, P781 HOLLING CS, 1959, CAN ENTOMOL, V91, P293 HOLT RD, 1984, AM NAT, V124, P377 HOLT RD, 1985, THEOR POPUL BIOL, V28, P181 ILLIUS AW, 1998, AGR SYST, V57, P382 ILLIUS AW, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P798 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 NOYMEIR I, 1975, J ECOL, V63, P459 OKSANEN T, 1990, EVOL ECOL, V4, P220 PRINS HHT, 1990, OECOLOGIA, V83, P392 RIETKERK M, 1996, J RANGE MANAGE, V49, P512 RIETKERK M, 1997, OIKOS, V79, P69 RIETKERK M, 1997, OIKOS, V80, P241 RIETKERK M, 1998, 20 WAG AGR U ROSENZWEIG ML, 1963, AM NAT, V97, P209 ROSENZWEIG ML, 1969, AM NAT, V103, P81 ROSENZWEIG ML, 1971, SCIENCE, V171, P385 SINCLAIR ARE, 1985, CAN J ZOOL, V63, P987 SNYMAN HA, 1991, WATER SA, V17, P263 TOULMIN C, 1994, LIVING UNCERTAINTY N, P95 VANDEKOPPEL J, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P736 VANDEKOPPEL J, 1997, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V12, P352 WADE N, 1974, SCIENCE, V185, P234 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 YODZIS P, 1989, INTRO THEORETICAL EC NR 31 TC 6 J9 OIKOS BP 253 EP 260 PY 2000 PD AUG VL 90 IS 2 GA 349EX UT ISI:000089031600005 ER PT J AU Bellwood, DR Hughes, TP Folke, C Nystrom, M TI Confronting the coral reef crisis SO NATURE LA English DT Review C1 James Cook Univ N Queensland, Dept Marine Biol, Ctr Coral Reef Biodivers, Townsville, Qld 4811, Australia. Univ Perpignan, Ecole Prat Hautes Etud, CNRS, UMR 8046, F-66860 Perpignan, France. Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. Royal Swedish Acad Sci, Beijer Int Inst Ecol Econ, Stockholm, Sweden. RP Bellwood, DR, James Cook Univ N Queensland, Dept Marine Biol, Ctr Coral Reef Biodivers, Townsville, Qld 4811, Australia. AB The worldwide decline of coral reefs calls for an urgent reassessment of current management practices. confronting large-scale crises requires a major scaling-up of management efforts based on an improved understanding of the ecological processes that underlie reef resilience. Managing for improved resilience, incorporating the role of human activity in shaping ecosystems, provides a basis for coping with uncertainty, future changes and ecological surprises. Here we review the ecological roles of critical functional groups (for both corals and reef fishes) that are fundamental to understanding resilience and avoiding phase shifts from coral dominance to less desirable, degraded ecosystems. We identify striking biogeographic differences in the species richness and composition of functional groups, which highlight the vulnerability of Caribbean reef ecosystems. These findings have profound implications for restoration of degraded reefs, management of fisheries, and the focus on marine protected areas and biodiversity hotspots as priorities for conservation. CR 2003, GREAT BARRIER REEF M *AIMS, REEF MON *GREAT BARR REEF M, OV CURR STAT GREAT B *NOAA FISH, CAND COR ACR PALM EL *USCRTF, 2000, NAT ACT PLAN CONS CO ARONSON RB, 2002, ECOL MONOGR, V72, P233 AYRE DJ, 2000, EVOLUTION, V54, P1590 AYRE DJ, 2004, ECOL LETT, V7, P273 BELL R, 2002, J SCI MED SPORT, V5, P32 BELLWOOD DR, 1990, ENVIRON BIOL FISH, V28, P189 BELLWOOD DR, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1532 BELLWOOD DR, 2003, ECOL LETT, V6, P281 BIRKELAND C, 1997, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V12, P364 BOHNSACK JA, 2003, GULF CARIBBEAN RES, V14, P1 CONNELL JH, 1997, ECOL MONOGR, V67, P461 DIETZ T, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1907 DONE TJ, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V247, P121 DONE TJ, 1996, FUNCTIONAL ROLES BIO, P393 EAKIN CM, 1996, CORAL REEFS, V15, P109 EDMUNDS PJ, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5067 ELMQVIST T, 2003, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, V1, P488 FOLKE C, IN PRESS ANN REV ECO FOLKE C, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1018 GARDNER TA, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P958 GLYNN PW, 1988, GALAXEA, V7, P129 GLYNN PW, 2000, CORAL REEFS, V19, P1 GOREAU TF, 1959, ECOLOGY, V40, P67 GRAHAM NAJ, 2003, ENVIRON CONSERV, V30, P200 HALPERN BS, 2002, ECOL LETT, V5, P361 HARVELL CD, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P2158 HAY ME, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P446 HEPPELL SS, 1996, WILDLIFE RES, V23, P143 HUGHES TP, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P1547 HUGHES TP, 1999, LIMNOL OCEANOGR 2, V44, P932 HUGHES TP, 2000, ECOLOGY, V81, P2250 HUGHES TP, 2002, ECOL LETT, V5, P775 HUGHES TP, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P929 HUNTE W, 1992, MAR BIOL, V114, P625 JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P629 JENNINGS S, 1997, CORAL REEFS, V16, P71 JOHNSON KG, 1995, PALEOBIOLOGY, V21, P52 KAREIVA P, 2003, AM SCI, V91, P344 KINZIG AP, 2003, AMBIO, V32, P330 KNOWLTON N, 1992, AM ZOOL, V32, P674 LESSIOS HA, 1984, SCIENCE, V226, P335 LESSIOS HA, 1988, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V19, P371 LEVITAN DR, 1988, OECOLOGIA, V76, P627 LOREAU M, 2002, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST, P1 MCCOOK LJ, 2001, CORAL REEFS, V19, P400 MCCULLOCH M, 2003, NATURE, V421, P727 MCGILVRAY F, 2002, AQUACULTURE ASIA, V7, P21 MOBERG F, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P215 MUNRO JL, 1983, ICLARM STUD REV, V7, P1 MYERS N, 2000, NATURE, V403, P853 NYSTROM M, 2000, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V15, P413 NYSTROM M, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P406 OGDEN J, 1977, STUD GEOL, V4, P281 OGDEN JC, 1973, SCIENCE, V182, P715 PANDOLFI JM, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P955 PAULY D, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P430 PAULY D, 2002, NATURE, V418, P689 RICHMOND RH, 1993, AM ZOOL, V33, P524 ROBERTS CM, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P1280 RUSS GR, 2002, CORAL REEF FISHES DY, P421 SADOVY YJ, 2002, CORAL REEF FISHES DY, P391 SAMMARCO PW, 1980, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V45, P245 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHEFFER M, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P648 SCULLY EP, 2001, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V16, P126 SPALDING MD, 2001, WORLD ATLAS CORAL RE STENECK RS, 1988, 6TH P INT COR REEF S, V1, P37 STENECK RS, 1994, OIKOS, V69, P476 STENECK RS, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P429 WALKER BH, 1997, PLANT FUNCTIONAL TYP, P91 WILKINSON C, 2002, STATUS COREL REEFS W WILLIAMS D, 2002, CURRENT LEVEL SCI UN NR 76 TC 0 J9 NATURE BP 827 EP 833 PY 2004 PD JUN 24 VL 429 IS 6994 GA 831RE UT ISI:000222213000031 ER PT J AU Bellwood, DR Hughes, TP Hoey, AS TI Sleeping functional group drives coral-reef recovery SO CURRENT BIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 James Cook Univ N Queensland, Ctr Excellence Coral Reef Studies, Australian Res Councils, Townsville, Qld 4811, Australia. James Cook Univ N Queensland, Sch Marine & Trop Biol, Townsville, Qld 4811, Australia. RP Bellwood, DR, James Cook Univ N Queensland, Ctr Excellence Coral Reef Studies, Australian Res Councils, Townsville, Qld 4811, Australia. AB The world's coral reefs are in decline, with many exhibiting a phase shift from coral to macroalgal dominance [1-6]. This change is often associated with habitat loss and overharvesting of herbivorous fishes, particularly parrotfishes and surgeonfishes [6-9]. The challenge is to reverse this decline and enhance the resilience of coral-reef ecosystems [10, 11]. We demonstrate, by using a large-scale experimentally induced phase shift, that the rapid reversal from a macroalgal-dominated to a coral- and epilithic algal-dominated state was not a result of herbivory by parrotfishes or surgeonfishes. Surprisingly, phase-shift reversal was primarily driven by a single batfish species (Platax pinnatus), a fish previously regarded as an invertebrate feeder. The 43 herbivorous fishes in the local fauna played only a minor role, suggesting that biodiversity may not offer the protection we hoped for in complex ecosystems. Our findings highlight the dangers faced by coral reefs and other threatened complex ecosystems: Species or functional groups that prevent phase shifts may not be able to reverse phase shifts once they occur. Nevertheless, reversal is possible. The critical issue is to identify and protect those groups that underpin the resilience and regeneration of complex ecosystems. CR AGARDY MT, 2005, ECOSYSTEMS HUMAN WEL, V1, P513 BELLWOOD DR, 2001, CORAL REEFS, V20, P139 BELLWOOD DR, 2003, ECOL LETT, V6, P281 BELLWOOD DR, 2004, NATURE, V429, P827 BJORNDAL KA, 2003, BIOL SEA TURTLES, V2, P259 CARPENTER RC, 1986, ECOL MONOGR, V56, P345 CHOAT JH, 2002, MAR BIOL, V140, P613 CHOAT JH, 2004, MAR BIOL, V145, P445 COLLIE JS, 2004, PROG OCEANOGR, V60, P281 FOLKE C, 2004, ANNU REV ECOL EVOL S, V35, P557 FORBES GA, 1994, 13 ANN S SEA TURTL B, P57 GARDNER TA, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P958 GUNDERSON LH, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P425 HUGHES TP, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P1547 HUGHES TP, 2000, ECOLOGY, V81, P2250 HUGHES TP, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P929 HUGHES TP, 2005, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V20, P380 HUNTER CL, 1995, B MAR SCI, V57, P501 JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P629 KULBICKI M, 1993, NAGA, V16, P26 KULBICKI M, 2005, CYBIUM, V29, P235 LEWIS SM, 1985, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V87, P215 LEWIS SM, 1986, ECOL MONOGR, V56, P183 LOREAU M, 2002, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST MARSH H, 1982, AUST WILDLIFE RES, V9, P55 MARSH H, 2005, ECOL APPL, V15, P481 MCCLANAHAN TR, 2002, RESILIENCE SUSTAINAB, P111 MCCOOK LJ, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V139, P179 MCCOOK LJ, 1997, MAR BIOL, V129, P713 MCCOOK LJ, 2001, CORAL REEFS, V19, P400 MUMBY PJ, 2006, SCIENCE, V311, P98 NAEEM S, 2002, ECOLOGY, V83, P1537 PANDOLFI JM, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P955 POLUNIN NVC, 1992, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V164, P1 POLUNIN NVC, 1995, J FISH BIOL, V47, P455 RANDALL JE, 1967, STUDIES TROPICAL OCE, V5, P667 RANDALL JE, 1997, FISHES GREAT BARRIER SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHEFFER M, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P648 STENECK RS, 1994, OIKOS, V69, P476 STENECK RS, 2001, ENCY BIODIVERSITY, V3, P121 WILKINSON C, 2002, STATUS CORAL REEFS W WILSON SK, 2003, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL, V41, P279 NR 43 TC 2 J9 CURR BIOL BP 2434 EP 2439 PY 2006 PD DEC 19 VL 16 IS 24 GA 119UP UT ISI:000243039800026 ER PT J AU Nakamura, T TI Development of decision-making indicators for ecosystem-based river basin management SO HYDROLOGICAL PROCESSES LA English DT Article C1 UNEP, Div GEP Coordinat, Nairobi 00100, Kenya. RP Nakamura, T, UNEP, Div GEP Coordinat, POB 47074, Nairobi 00100, Kenya. AB The use of a set of indicators is proposed for the purpose of making an effective decision within an ecosystem-based approach to river basin management. The indicators are selected to reflect and represent hydrological, geochemical, ecological and socio-economic functions identified as relevant ecosystem functions and services included in the target river basin. Depending on the river basin management objectives, these indicators are defined and then weighted. The ecosystem function index is formulated using the weighted indicators, and indicates proposed management options within the framework of the ecosystem-based river basin management regarding the management objectives. The ecosystem function index is intended to represent the ecosystem vulnerability and resilience to pressures and threats caused by human intervention within the specific river basin. Copyright (c) 2006 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. CR *CCICED TASK FORC, 2004, PROM INT RIV BAS MAN *GIWA, 2001, GLOB INT WAT ASS *SEPA UNEP UN HABI, 2004, FLOOD VULN ASS CAS S *SOPAC UNEP, 2005, BUILD RES SIDS *SOPAC, 1999, ENV VULN IND EVI SUM *UNDHA, 1993, GLOSS INT AGR GLOSS *UNDP UNEP WORLD B, 2000, WORLD RES 2000 2001 *UNEP, 1996, GLOB BIOD ASS *UNEP, 1999, SCOP MISS 1998 FLOOD *UNEP, 2001, VULN IND CLIM CHANG *UNEP, 2002, GLOB ENV OUTL, V3, P301 *WORLD EC FOR, 2000, PIL ENV SUST IND JIN LX, 2005, PAYMENT ENV ECOSYSTE LONERGAN S, 1998, 1 GLOB ENV CHANG HUM NAKAMURA T, 2000, 2 WORKSH VULN ASS FL NAKAMURA T, 2001, P INT SEM INT WAT MA, P161 NAKAMURA T, 2002, UNCHS UNEP 2002 MITI, V1, P66 NAKAMURA T, 2003, HYDROL PROCESS, V17, P2711 PATKINS J, 2000, 40 COMM SECR VEMULA VG, 2004, TRAINING WORKSHOP WE ZHANG JP, 2000, SEPA UNEP UNCHS 2000, P120 NR 21 TC 0 J9 HYDROL PROCESS BP 1293 EP 1308 PY 2006 PD APR 15 VL 20 IS 6 GA 035QA UT ISI:000237015200005 ER PT J AU Dovers, SR Norton, TW Handmer, JW TI Uncertainty, ecology, sustainability and policy SO BIODIVERSITY AND CONSERVATION LA English DT Article RP Dovers, SR, AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV,INST ADV STUDIES,CTR RESOURCE & ENVIRONM STUDIES,CANBERRA,ACT 0200,AUSTRALIA. AB Using an Australian focus to explore theoretical and policy issues of wider concern, this article examines linkages between public policy and the science of ecology. This is done within the broader framework of sustainability, emphasizing the problem of decision making in the face of 'uncertainty'. Insights from the ecological, risk, sustainability and policy literatures are used. The sustainability-uncertainty problem is characterized, and the adequacy of existing policy support techniques and approaches noted, particularly the precautionary principle. The problem is further defined using the notion of ignorance. The treatment of ignorance and uncertainty in ecology is discussed. We suggest that the science of ecology has had a limited influence on policy formulation and discuss the basis of this using biodiversity conservation and ecosystem management as examples. We conclude by considering challenges for handling risk, uncertainty and ignorance in ecological science for policy formulation. We emphasize the need for improved communication between the science and policy communities, greater recognition of the limits of quantitative techniques in addressing uncertainty, and contingency planning. CR *AUSLIG, 1993, ATL AUSTR VEG *AUSTR COMM, 1990, EC SUST DEV COMM DIS *AUSTR COMM, 1992, NAT FOR POL STAT *AUSTR COMM, 1992, NAT GREENH RESP STRA *AUSTR COMM, 1992, NAT STRAT EC SUST DE *EM MAN AUSTR, 1990, COMM EM PLANN *ESD WORK GROUPS, 1991, FIN REP EC SUST FOR *ESD WORK GROUPS, 1991, FIN REP EX SUMM *ESD WORK GROUPS, 1991, FIN REP FISH *IND COMM, 1991, 15 IC, V1 *NAT GREENH STEER, 1994, SUMM REP IMPL NAT GR *UN, 1992, AG 21 UN PROGR ACT R *WORLD COMM ENV DE, 1987, OUR COMM FUT BARBIER EB, 1994, PARADISE LOST ECOLOG BECK U, 1992, THEOR CULT SOC, V9, P97 BENNETT CJ, 1992, POLICY SCI, V25, P275 BISHOP RC, 1978, AM J AGR ECON, V60, P10 BISHOP RC, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P69 BODANSKY D, 1991, ENVIRONMENT, V33, P4 BODANSKY D, 1991, ENVIRONMENT, V33, P43 BOTKIN DB, 1990, DISCORDANT HARMONIES BOYCE MS, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P481 BRADBURY JA, 1989, SCI TECHNOL, V14, P380 BREWER GD, 1994, ENDANGERED SPECIES R, P391 BROWN MJ, 1994, ECOLOGY SUSTAINABILI, P107 BURGMAN MA, 1993, RISK ASSESSMENT CONS CADEI M, 1990, 3 INT C IND ENG APPL CAMERON J, 1991, BC INT COMP L REV, V14, P1 CHRISTIE E, 1990, ENV PLANNING LAW J, V7, P262 CLARIDGE AW, 1994, AUST J ECOL, V19, P251 CLARK TW, 1994, ENDANGERED SPECIES R COMMON M, 1992, ECOL ECON, V6, P7 COMMON MS, 1992, AMBIO, V21, P258 COMMON MS, 1994, ENV RESOURCE EC, V4, P29 COMMON MS, 1995, SUSTAINABILITY POLIC CONSIDINE M, 1994, PUBLIC POLICY CRITIC COSTANZA R, 1990, ECOL ECON, V2, P57 DAVIS G, 1993, PUBLIC POLICY AUSTR DOVERS S, 1992, POPULATION GROWTH AU DOVERS S, 1994, SUSTAINABLE ENERGY S DOVERS SR, 1992, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V2, P262 DOVERS SR, 1993, ENVIRON CONSERV, V20, P217 DOVERS SR, 1993, P PREC PRINC C I ENV DOVERS SR, 1994, ECOLOGY SUSTAINABILI, P126 DOVERS SR, 1994, PACIFIC CONSERVATION, V1, P283 DOVERS SR, 1994, SUSTAINABLE DEV, V2, P1 DOVERS SR, 1995, AMBIO, V24, P92 DOVERS SR, 1995, AUSTR J ENV MANAGEME, V2, P142 DOVERS SR, 1995, ECOL ECON, V12, P93 DOYLE T, 1995, ENV POLITICS POLICY DRABEK TE, 1991, EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT EHRLICH PR, 1981, EXTINCTION CAUSES CO EHRLICH PR, 1988, AM BIRDS, V42, P357 FABER M, 1992, ECOSYSTEM HLTH NEW G, P72 FAIRWEATHER PG, 1993, AUST J ECOL, V18, P3 FOWLER R, 1994, ENV OUTLOOK LAW POLI, P113 FUNTOWICZ SO, 1990, UNCERTAINTY QUALITY FUNTOWICZ SO, 1991, ECOLOGICAL EC SCI MA, P137 GRAHAM RL, 1991, ECOL APPL, V1, P196 GUNDLING L, 1990, N SEA PERSPECTIVES R, P23 HABER W, 1992, ECOLOGY INT, V20, P3 HANDMER JW, 1992, HAZARD MANAGEMENT EM, P227 HARRISON P, 1992, 3 REVOLUTION POPULAT HEBERLEIN T, 1988, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V1, P5 HOBBS RJ, 1990, P ECOL SOC AUST, V16, P93 HOHL A, 1993, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V2, P168 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV MANAGEM HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOUGHTON JT, 1992, CLIMATE CHANGE 1992 HUNSAKER CT, 1990, ENVIRON MANAGE, V14, P323 KIRKPATRICK J, 1994, CONTINENT TRANSFORME LEE K, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE IN LINDENMAYER D, 1994, RISK EXTINCTION RANK LINDENMAYER DB, 1994, AUST J ENV MANAGE, V1, P56 LOWE I, 1993, P PREC PRINC C I ENV LUNNEY D, 1992, AUST ZOOL, V28, P23 MARQUIS RJ, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P2007 MAY PJ, 1992, J PUBLIC POLICY, V12, P331 MCEACHERN D, 1993, AUST J PUBL ADMIN, V52, P173 MCNEELY JA, 1994, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V3, P3 MILLER B, 1994, ENVIRON MANAGE, V18, P637 MITTERMEIER RA, 1990, TROPICUS, V4, P1 MITTERMEIER RA, 1990, TROPICUS, V4, P4 MORTON SR, 1994, AUSTR ENV HIST ESSAY, P141 MURPHY DD, 1991, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V55, P773 MYERS N, 1991, ENVIRONMENTALIST, V8, P1 MYERS N, 1993, ENVIRON CONSERV, V20, P205 NOBLE IR, 1994, ECOLOGY SUSTAINABILI, P117 NORTON TW, 1990, CLIMATE CHANGE AUSTR, P47 NORTON TW, 1992, MATH COMPUT SIMULAT, V33, P379 NORTON TW, 1993, MODELLING CHANGE ENV, P243 NORTON TW, 1994, ECOLOGY SUSTAINABILI ORIODAN T, 1992, 9203 CSERGE U E ANGL ORIORDAN T, INTERPRETING PRECAUT PATTERSON WC, 1990, ENERGY ALTERNATIVE C PEARCE DW, 1981, SOCIAL APPRAISAL PRO PEET J, 1992, ENERGY ECOLOGICAL EC PETERS RH, 1991, CRITIQUE ECOLOGY PETERS RL, 1992, GLOBAL WARMING BIOL POLIS GA, 1994, AUST J ECOL, V19, P121 RECHER HF, 1990, P ECOL SOC AUST, V16, P287 REES J, 1990, NATURAL RESOURCES AL ROJAS M, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P170 SMITHSON M, 1989, IGNORANCE UNCERTAINT SMITHSON M, 1992, NEW PERSPECTIVE RISK, P5 SOLECKI WD, 1994, ENVIRON MANAGE, V18, P587 STEWART D, 1994, AUSTR J ENV MANAGEME, V1, P12 SUTER GW, 1987, ENVIRON MANAGE, V11, P295 SUTER GW, 1993, ECOLOGICAL RISK ASSE TWEEDDALE M, 1992, MANAGING RISKS HAZAR UNDERDAL A, 1989, INT RESOURCE MANAGEM, P253 UNDERWOOD AJ, 1994, ECOL APPL, V4, P3 VERHOEVEN TJ, 1995, COMMUNITY PREPAREDNE, P17 WALKER KJ, 1994, POLITICAL EC ENV POL WALTER GH, 1994, AUST J ECOL, V19, P241 WALTERS CJ, 1990, ECOLOGY, V71, P2060 WARNER F, 1992, RISK ASSESSMENT PERC WILLIAMS JE, 1994, CLIMATE CHANGE MAINT WILSON EO, 1992, DIVERSITY LIFE WORSTER D, 1993, GLOBAL ECOLOGY NEW A, P132 WYNNE B, 1992, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V2, P111 YOUNG MD, 1993, RESOURCE ASSESSMENT, V6 NR 122 TC 12 J9 BIODIVERS CONSERV BP 1143 EP 1167 PY 1996 PD OCT VL 5 IS 10 GA VT212 UT ISI:A1996VT21200002 ER PT J AU Salthe, S TI Infodynamics, a developmental framework for ecology/economics SO CONSERVATION ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 SUNY Binghamton, Binghamton, NY 13902 USA. RP Salthe, S, SUNY Binghamton, Binghamton, NY 13902 USA. AB Infodynamics, for our purposes, is a developmental perspective that animates information theory by way of thermodynamics. The isomorphism between Boltzmann's statistical interpretation of physical entropy as disorder and Shannon's formulation of variety as informational entropy signals a deep connection between information and entropy production. Information is any configuration that might have been different, providing that it delays energy dissipation so that the energy is dissipated more completely. The entropy production of individual dissipative structures increases at first but eventually decelerates. I consider the questions: why do these structures grow? And why don't they keep on growing? As the universal expansion of the Big Bang accelerated, matter precipitated from disequilibrated energy. In its own search for equilibrium, matter clumped, signaling further disequilibrium. The only way these clumps can be destroyed is by others, and this role of gradient degradation entrained the evolution of complexity, all the way to living systems. This serves universal equilibration because, generally, more of an energy gradient must be lost as heat than can become reembodied in its consumers, and so it can be said that these structures grow to serve gradient degradation, taking the second law of thermodynamics as a final cause. I suggest that energy degradation is harnessed by growing systems because that process allows the fastest eventual dissipation in the direction of the lowest grade of energy. Three stages of development of dissipative structures are described: immature, mature, and senescent. Growth is limited by senescence, which I take to be a consequence of information overload. I suggest that ecosocial systems harnessed by human population growth impose less information on ecological transformations than do typical mature ecosystems, thereby tapping more powerful energy flows and producing more wastes of a higher grade than heat, which act as pollutants. Warfare is interpreted as a mechanism to prevent ecosocial senescence. I suggest that ecosocial systems should be planned in the direction of maintaining system maturity as long as possible. CR ABEL T, 2001, HUMAN ECOSYSTEMS SEL AOKI I, 1989, ECOL MODEL, V45, P81 AOKI I, 1991, J THEOR BIOL, V150, P215 AOKI I, 2001, THERMODYNAMICS ECOLO, P167 ASHBY CR, 1962, GEN SYSTEMS YB, V9, P99 BOLTZMANN L, 1974, THEORETICAL PHYS PHI, P1 BROOKS DR, 1988, EVOLUTION ENTROPY UN BROOKS DR, 1997, BRIDGES, V4, P9 CARNOT S, 1976, 2 LAW THERMODYNAMICS, P16 CLAUSIUS R, 1851, PHILOS MAG, V2, P1 CLEMENTS FE, 1916, PUBLICATIONS CARNEGI, V242 COLLIER J, 1988, ENTROPY INFORMATION, P227 COLLIER JD, 1990, INFORMATION LANGUAGE CONRAD M, 1983, ADAPTABILITY SIGNIFI DEPEW DJ, 1995, DARWINISM EVOLVING S FIELD CB, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P2490 FRAUTSCHI S, 1982, SCIENCE, V217, P593 FRAUTSCHI S, 1988, ENTROPY INFORMATION, P11 HABERL H, 2001, ENERGETIC METABOLISM HALL C, 2001, NEOCLASSICAL EC BIOP HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 JORGENSEN SE, 1992, ECOL MODEL, V62, P195 JORGENSEN SE, 1998, PHYS SCRIPTA, V58, P543 JORGENSEN SE, 1999, ECOL MODEL, V120, P75 JORGENSEN SE, 2001, SCI WORLD, V1, P71 JORGENSEN SE, 2001, THERMODYNAMICS ECOLO, P303 KAUFFMAN SA, 2000, INVESTIGATIONS KAY JJ, 1984, THESIS U WATERLOO KOHLER TA, 2001, AGENT BASED MODELING LANDSBERG PT, 1984, PHYS LETT A, V102, P171 LAYZER D, 1975, SCI AM, V233, P56 LAYZER D, 1990, COSMOGENESIS LEMKE JL, 1995, TEXTUAL POLITICS DIS LOTKA AJ, 1922, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V8, P147 MATSUNO K, 1999, BIOSYSTEMS, V51, P53 MCCABE JT, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS DISEQUILI MINOT CS, 1908, PROBLEM AGE GROWTH D MORAN EF, 2001, GLOBAL ENV CHANGE EC NEEDHAM AE, 1964, GROWTH PROCESS ANIMA ODUM EP, 1969, SCIENCE, V164, P262 ODUM HT, 1955, AM SCI, V43, P331 ODUM HT, 1983, SYSTEMS ECOLOGY INTR PRIGOGINE I, 1946, EXPERIENTIA, V2, P451 PRIGOGINE I, 1955, INTRO THERMODYNAMICS PRITCHARD L, 2001, ECOLOGICAL SURPRISE REDMAN CL, 2001, HIST LEGACIES PATTER SALTHE SN, IN PRESS COMPLEXITY SALTHE SN, 1985, EVOLVING HIERARCHICA SALTHE SN, 1989, ENVIRON ETHICS, V11, P355 SALTHE SN, 1989, SYST RES, V6, P199 SALTHE SN, 1990, J IDEAS, V1, P51 SALTHE SN, 1993, DEV EVOLUTION COMPLE SALTHE SN, 2000, J SOCIAL EVOLUTIONAR, V21, P223 SALTHE SN, 2002, ECOL MODEL, V158, P167 SCHNEIDER ED, 1988, ENTROPY INFORMATION, P107 SCHNEIDER ED, 1994, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V19, P25 SCHROEDINGER E, 1956, WHAT LIFE OTHER SCI SHANNON CE, 1949, MATH THEORY COMMUNIC SOROS G, 1998, CRISIS GLOBAL CAPITA STEPP JR, 2000, UNIQUE PROPERTIES HU SWENSON R, 1989, P 1 C GEOC REL, P19 SWENSON R, 1989, SYST RES, V6, P187 SWENSON R, 1997, ADV HUM EC, V6, P1 TABORSKY E, 2000, ENTROPY, V2, P81 TAINTER J, 2001, SUSTAINABILY RESOURC TRIBUS M, 1966, J AM I CHEM ENG, V12, P244 ULANOWICZ RE, 1986, GROWTH DEV ECOSYSTEM ULANOWICZ RE, 1997, ECOLOGY ASCENDENT PE VANDERLEEUW SE, 2001, ROLE INFORMATION FLO WEATHERLEY AH, 1972, GROWTH ECOLOGY FISH WEBER BH, 1989, BIOL PHILOS, V4, P373 WHEELER WM, 1928, EMERGENT EVOLUTION D ZARGER R, 2001, GRAPHICAL REPRESENTA ZOTIN AI, 1972, THERMODYNAMIC ASPECT NR 75 TC 2 J9 CONSERV ECOL BP 1 PY 2003 PD DEC VL 7 IS 3 GA 855HE UT ISI:000223963100003 ER PT J AU Chapin, FS Zavaleta, ES Eviner, VT Naylor, RL Vitousek, PM Reynolds, HL Hooper, DU Lavorel, S Sala, OE Hobbie, SE Mack, MC Diaz, S TI Consequences of changing biodiversity SO NATURE LA English DT Review C1 Univ Alaska, Inst Arctic Biol, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. Stanford Univ, Dept Biol Sci, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. Stanford Univ, Inst Int Studies, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. Univ Calif Berkeley, Dept Integrat Biol, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. Kalamazoo Coll, Dept Biol, Kalamazoo, MI 49006 USA. Western Washington State Univ, Dept Biol, Bellingham, WA 98225 USA. CNRS, UPR 9056, Ctr Ecol Fonct & Evolut, F-34293 Montpellier 05, France. Univ Buenos Aires, Fac Agron, Catedra Ecol, RA-4453 Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina. Univ Buenos Aires, Fac Agron, Inst Fisiol & Ecol Vinculadas Agr, RA-4453 Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina. Univ Minnesota, Dept Ecol Evolut & Behav, St Paul, MN 55108 USA. Univ Nacl Cordoba, Fac Ciencias Exactas Fis & Nat, Inst Multidisciplinario Biol Vegetal, RA-5000 Cordoba, Argentina. RP Chapin, FS, Univ Alaska, Inst Arctic Biol, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. AB Human alteration of the global environment has triggered the sixth major extinction event in the history of life and caused widespread changes in the global distribution of organisms. These changes in biodiversity alter ecosystem processes and change the resilience of ecosystems to environmental change. This has profound consequences for services that humans derive from ecosystems. The large ecological and societal consequences of changing biodiversity should be minimized to preserve options for future solutions to global environmental problems. CR *USOT ASS, 1993, HARMF NONINDIGENOUS ALTIERI MA, 1990, AGROECOLOGY, P551 BERRY WL, 1970, AM J BOT, V57, P1226 BERTNESS MD, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P1976 BLOCKSTEIN DE, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P1831 BRYAN JH, 1996, MED J AUSTRALIA, V164, P345 BURDON JJ, 1993, ANNU REV PHYTOPATHOL, V31, P305 CARACO NF, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P588 CHANNELL R, 2000, NATURE, V403, P84 CHANWAY CP, 1991, ADV ECOL RES, V21, P121 CHAPIN FS, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P564 CHRISTIAN JM, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P2397 CLARHOLM M, 1985, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V17, P181 COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 DAILY GC, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC DANTONIO CM, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P63 DERUITER PC, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P1257 DIAZ S, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V117, P177 ELTON CS, 1958, ECOLOGY INVASIONS AN ESTES JA, 1974, SCIENCE, V185, P1058 ESTES JA, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P473 FISHER AC, 1986, ADV APPL MICRO EC, V4, P169 FOLEY JA, 1994, NATURE, V371, P52 GARRITY DP, 1997, AGROFOREST SYST, V36, P1 GORDON DR, 1992, AM J BOT, V79, P967 GOULDER LH, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC, P23 HARRINGTON R, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P146 HECTOR A, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1123 HOLWAY DA, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P238 HOOPER DU, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1302 HUSTON MA, 1997, OECOLOGIA, V110, P449 JIFON JL, 1995, CAN J FOREST RES, V25, P824 JOHNSON KH, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P372 JONES CG, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P1023 KATTENBERG A, 1996, CLIMATE CHANGE 1995, P285 LAVELLE P, 1997, EUR J SOIL BIOL, V33, P159 LAVOREL S, 1999, DIVERS DISTRIB, V5, P41 LAWLEY RA, 1982, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V14, P237 LAWTON JH, 1994, OIKOS, V71, P367 LAWTON JH, 1995, EXTINCTION RATES LEVINE JM, 1999, OIKOS, V87, P15 LINDROTH RL, 1996, CARBON DIOXIDE TERRE, P105 MCGRADYSTEED J, 1997, NATURE, V390, P162 MCNAUGHTON SJ, 1977, AM NAT, V111, P515 MORK M, 1996, SARSIA, V80, P323 MORRISON JI, 1996, SUSTAINABLE USE WATE NAEEM S, 1997, NATURE, V390, P507 NAYLOR R, 1996, AMBIO, V25, P443 NAYLOR RL, IN PRESS INVASIVE SP NITTA T, 1991, JARQ-JPN AGR RES Q, V25, P6 ORR MR, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V117, P420 PAERL HW, 1996, MICROBIAL ECOL, V31, P225 PECK SC, 1993, ASSESSING SURPRISES, P80 PIMENTEL D, 2000, BIOSCIENCE, V50, P53 PIMM SL, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P347 PORTER JH, 1991, AGR FOREST METEOROL, V57, P221 POSTEL SL, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P785 POWER ME, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P1448 POWER ME, 1996, BIOSCIENCE, V46, P609 READ DJ, 1991, EXPERIENTIA, V47, P376 RICE KJ, 1987, ECOLOGY, V68, P1113 SALA OE, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1770 SALONIUS PO, 1981, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V13, P1 SCHINDLER DE, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P248 SCHLESINGER WH, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1043 SHOCK CC, 1984, PLANT SOIL, V81, P311 SHUKLA J, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1322 SOLUK DA, 1997, OIKOS, V80, P214 STEWART G, 1949, ECOLOGY, V30, P58 STOHLGREN TJ, 1999, ECOL MONOGR, V69, P25 THORP J, 1997, NATL WEEDS STRATEGY TILMAN D, 1996, NATURE, V379, P718 TILMAN D, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P81 TILMAN D, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1300 TOMICH TP, 1997, AGROFOREST SYST, V36, P233 VANCLEVE K, 1991, BIOSCIENCE, V41, P78 VANDERHEIJDEN MGA, 1998, NATURE, V396, P69 VANWILGEN BW, 1996, BIOSCIENCE, V46, P184 VITOUSEK PM, 1987, SCIENCE, V238, P802 VITOUSEK PM, 1993, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST, P3 VITOUSEK PM, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P494 WALKER BH, 1999, ECOSYSTEMS, V2, P95 WARDLE DA, 1997, OIKOS, V79, P247 WARREN DM, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P158 WASILEWSKA L, 1995, APPL SOIL ECOL, V2, P53 WHISENANT SG, 1990, INT276 USDA FOR SERV, P4 ZAVALETA ES, IN PRESS INVASIVE SP ZAVALETA ES, 2000, HUM ECOL, V27, P231 ZIMOV SA, 1995, AM NAT, V146, P765 NR 89 TC 146 J9 NATURE BP 234 EP 242 PY 2000 PD MAY 11 VL 405 IS 6783 GA 314WG UT ISI:000087080100061 ER PT J AU Sproule-Jones, M TI The concept of contingency and the scholarship of Elinor Ostrom on the commons: Commentary on Tom Dietz's "the Darwinian trope in the drama of the commons" SO JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC BEHAVIOR & ORGANIZATION LA English DT Editorial Material C1 McMaster Univ, Hamilton, ON L8S 4L8, Canada. RP Sproule-Jones, M, McMaster Univ, Hamilton, ON L8S 4L8, Canada. AB Analysis of the work of Elinor Ostrom and the Workshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis at Indiana University, with emphasis on common pools and institutional designs. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V All rights reserved. CR COMMONS JR, 1924, LEGAL FDN CAPITALISM DEWEY J, 1927, PUBLIC ITS PROBLEMS DIETZ T, 1907, SCIENCE, V302 GIBSON CC, 2000, ECOL ECON, V32, P217 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 OSTROM E, 1968, PUBLIC CHOICE, P87 OSTROM E, 1973, J CRIM JUST, V1, P93 OSTROM E, 1986, PUBLIC CHOICE, V48, P3 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS, P2001 OSTROM E, 2001, I ECOSYSTEMS SUSTAIN, P3 OSTROM E, 2003, J THEOR POLIT, V15, P239 OSTROM V, 1953, WATER POLITICS OSTROM V, 1964, MAKING DECISIONS, P85 OSTROM V, 1979, PUBLIUS, V9, P87 SCHLAGER E, 1992, LAND ECON, V68, P249 SPROULEJONES MH, 1982, AM POLIT SCI REV, P790 SPROULEJONES MH, 2002, RESTORATION GREAT LA SPROULEJONES MH, 2003, CANADIAN J POLITICAL, V25, P835 NR 19 TC 0 J9 J ECON BEHAV ORGAN BP 231 EP 235 PY 2005 PD JUN VL 57 IS 2 GA 937WT UT ISI:000229957600010 ER PT J AU Keong, CY TI Sustainable development - An institutional enclave (with special reference to the Bakun dam-induced development strategy in Malaysia) SO JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ISSUES LA English DT Article CR *CETDEM, 2000, STAT REN EN EN EFF M *GREENP, 2001, SOL GEN REP GREENP *INSAN, 1996, POW PLAY WHY WE COND *WORLD COMM ENV DE, 1987, OUR COMM FUT AGLIETTA M, 1979, THEORY CAPITALIST RE AYRES CE, 1962, THEORY EC PROGR STUD AYRES RU, 1969, AM ECON REV, V59, P282 BARBER M, 1993, DAMMING 3 GORGES WHA, P23 BARBIER EB, 1990, EUR ECON REV, V34, P659 BOULDING KE, 1966, ENV QUALITY GROWING, P3 BRYANT RL, 1992, POLIT GEOGR, V11, P12 BRYANT RL, 1996, ENV CHANGE S E ASIA BUSH PD, 1987, J ECON ISSUES, V21, P1075 CLARK CW, 1976, MATH BIOECONOMICS OP CLARK CW, 1979, ECONOMETRICA, V47, P25 CORIAT B, 1998, I EC CHANGE NEW PERS, P3 DALY HE, 1977, STEADY STATE EC DASGUPTA P, 1982, CONTROL RESOURCES DEGREGORI TR, 1977, J ECON ISSUES, V11, P861 DEGREGORI TR, 1978, J ECON ISSUES, V12, P467 DIMAGGIO PJ, 1991, NEW I ORG ANAL, P1 DRUMMOND I, 1999, CONDITION SUSTAINABI DUGGER WM, 1984, J ECON ISSUES, V18, P799 DUGGER WM, 1988, J ECON ISSUES, V22, P983 ECCLESTON B, 1996, ENV CHANGE SE ASIA P, P49 ENGELS F, 1987, F ENGELS ANTIDUHRING, V25, P452 FAUCHEUX S, 1998, VALUATION SUSTAINABL, P281 FISHER AC, 1974, AM ECON REV, V64, P1030 FOSTER JF, 1981, J ECON ISSUES, V15, P929 GABUNGAN, 1999, EMPTY PROMISES DAMNE GEORGESCUROEGEN N, 1971, ENTROPY LAW EC PROCE GILLIS M, 2000, SUSTAINABLE DEV CHAL, P11 GOLDBERG M, 2000, REPP PUBLICATION GROSSMAN LS, 1984, PEASANTS SUBSISTENCE HARTMAN R, 1976, ECON INQ, V14, P52 HARTWICK JM, 1977, AM ECON REV, V67, P972 HARTWICK JM, 1978, ECON LETT, V1, P85 HARTWICK JM, 1978, REV ECON STUD, V45, P347 HICKS JR, 1946, VALUE CAPITAL ENQUIR HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1978, INT SERIES APPL SYST HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOTELLING H, 1931, J POLITICAL EC, V39, P137 HUNTINGTON SP, 1968, POLITICAL ORDER CHAN JESSOP B, 1990, ECON SOC, V19, P153 JUNKER LJ, 1967, J ECON ISSUES, V1, P25 KAPP KW, 1970, ENV DISRUPTION, P3 KAPP KW, 1976, EC FUTURE, P90 KEONG CY, 2003, UNPUB STATE HUMAN RI KEONG CY, 2004, ENERG SOURCE, V26, P205 KEONG CY, 2004, ENERGY POLICY KEONG CY, 2004, PACICIF AFFAIRS, V77, P50 KEONG CY, 2004, THESIS KEIO U TOKYO KEONG CY, 2005, ENERG SOURCE, V27, P589 LUXEMBURG R, 1963, ACCUMULATION CAPITAL MALAYSIAKINI, 2004, ORG HICCUPS STALL BA MILLER JR, 1979, SO ECONOM J, V45, P718 MOORE DS, 1993, ECON GEOGR, V69, P380 OLSON P, 1998, THORSTEIN VEBLEN 21, P189 PAPADAKIS E, 1996, ENV POLITICS I CHANG PEARCE D, 1987, ECOL MODEL, V38, P9 PEARCE DW, 1989, BLUEPRINT GREEN EC PEARCE DW, 1990, EC NATURAL RESOURCES PERERA O, 2001, RENEWABLE ENERGY TEC PERRINGS C, 1987, EC ENV THEORETICAL E PERRINGS C, 1997, EC ECOLOGICAL RESOUR QING D, 1998, RIVER DRAGON HAS COM, P124 RANSON B, 1987, J ECON ISSUES, V21, P1265 RAWLS J, 1971, THEORY JUSTICE SCHMINK M, 1987, LANDS RISK 3 WORLD L, P38 SHARP R, 1992, MAKING DEV SUSTAINAB, P39 SINHA S, 1998, THESIS NW U SMITH VL, 1977, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V4, P1 SOLOW RM, 1974, AM ECON REV, V64, P1 SOLOW RM, 1974, REV ECON STUD, V41, P29 SOLOW RM, 1986, SCAND J ECON, V88, P141 SOLOW RM, 1992, ALMOST PRACTICAL STE SOLOW RM, 1993, EC ENV SELECTED READ, P179 SWANSON TM, 1996, EC ENV DEGRADATION T, P1 TICKELL A, 1995, ECON SOC, V24, P357 TROUB RM, 1983, J ECON ISSUES, V17, P315 WILLIAMS PB, 1995, REV ENV IMPACT ASSES NR 82 TC 0 J9 J ECON ISSUE BP 951 EP 971 PY 2005 PD DEC VL 39 IS 4 GA 992YJ UT ISI:000233919600006 ER PT J AU Robertson, DP Hull, RB TI Public ecology: an environmental science and policy for global society SO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & POLICY LA English DT Review C1 Boston Univ, Coll Nat Resources, Lynchburg, VA 24503 USA. Boston Univ, Virginia Tech, Lynchburg, VA 24503 USA. Boston Univ, Int Honors Program, Lynchburg, VA 24503 USA. Virginia Tech, Coll Nat Resources, Blacksburg, VA 24061 USA. RP Robertson, DP, Boston Univ, Coll Nat Resources, 108 Evergreen Ridge, Lynchburg, VA 24503 USA. AB Public ecology exists at the interface of science and policy. Public ecology is an approach to environmental inquiry and decision making that does not expect scientific knowledge to be perfect or complete. Rather, public, ecology requires that science be produced in collaboration with a wide variety of stakeholders in order to construct a body of knowledge that will reflect the pluralist and pragmatic context of its use (decision context), while continuing to maintain the rigor and accountability that earns scientific knowledge its privileged status in contemporary society. As such, public ecology entails both process and content. The process is that of a post-modern scientific method: a process that values the participation of extended peer communities composed of a diversity of research specialists, professional policy-makers, concerned citizens and a variety of other stakeholders. The content of public ecology is a biocultural knowledge of dynamic human ecosystems that directly relates to and results from the participatory, democratic processes that distinguish public ecology as a citizen science. The primary goal of public ecology is to build common ground among competing beliefs and values for the environment. The purpose of this paper is to help unify and establish public ecology as a distinctive approach to environmental science and policy in global society. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier Ltd. CR *NAT RES COUNC, 1986, EC KNOWL ENV PROBL S AGRAWAL A, 1995, DEV CHANGE, V26, P413 AGRAWAL A, 2001, COMMUNITIES ENV ETHN ATRAN S, 1990, COGNITIVE FDN NATURA BARBOUR MG, 1995, UNCOMMON GROUND REIN, P233 BECKER C, 1932, HEAVENLY CITY 18 CEN BENSAUDEVINCENT B, 2001, PUBLIC UNDERST SCI, V10, P99 BERKES F, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 1999, SACRED ECOLOGY TRADI BERKES F, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, V1, P1 BIRD AER, 1987, ENV REV WIN, P255 BOCKING S, 1997, ECOLOGITST ENV POLIT BORDEN RJ, 1993, HUMANS COMPONENTS EC, P297 BOTKIN DB, 1990, DISCORDANT HAMONIES BOTKIN DB, 2000, NO MANS GARDEN THORE BOWKER GC, 2000, SOC STUD SCI, V30, P643 BRYANT RL, 1998, PROG HUM GEOG, V22, P321 CALLICOTT JB, 1998, GREAT NEW WILDERNESS CALLICOTT JB, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P22 CRONON W, 1995, UNCOMMON GROUND RETH CRUMLEY C, 1994, HIST ECOLOGY CULTURA DENEVAN WM, 1992, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V82, P369 DICASTRI F, 1996, BIODIVERSITY SCI DEV EDEN S, 1998, PROG HUM GEOG, V22, P425 EGERTON FN, 1973, Q REV BIOL, V48, P322 ENDTERWADA J, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P891 EPSTEIN S, 1991, SOCIALIST REV, V91, P35 ESCOBAR A, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P1 FINGER M, 1995, WORLD DEV, V23, P503 FISCHER F, 1999, SCI PUBL POLICY, V25, P294 FISCHER F, 2000, CITIZENS EXPERTS ENV FORD J, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1250 FOUCAULT M, 1994, ORDER THINGS ARCH HU FOX W, 1990, TRANSPERSONAL ECOLOG FULLER S, 1993, CONTROVERSIAL SCI CO, P107 FUNTOWICZ SO, 1995, PERSPECTIVES ECOLOGI, P146 GADGIL M, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1307 GIERYN T, 1999, CULTURAL BOUNDARIES GOBSTER PH, 2000, RESTORING NATURE PER GOLINSKI J, 1998, MAKING NATURAL KNOWL GOLLEY FB, 1993, HIST ECOSYSTEM CONCE GOMEZPOMPA A, 1992, BIOSCIENCE, V42, P271 GOODMAN A, 1998, BUILDING NEW BIOCULT GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 GUYER J, 1996, AFRICA, V66, P1 HARAWAY DJ, 1991, SIMIANS CYBORGS WOME HARAWAY DJ, 1995, UNCOMMON GROUND REIN, P321 HAYWARD T, 1994, ECOLOGICAL THOUGHT I HELFORD R, 2000, RESTORING NATURE PER, P119 HENNEN L, 1999, SCI PUBL POLICY, V26, P303 HERNDL C, 1996, GREEN CULTURE ENV RH HEYWOOD VH, 1995, GLOBAL BIODIVERSITY HEYWOOD VH, 1997, BIODIVERSITY INFORMA, P5 HULL RB, 2000, RESTORING NATURE PER, P97 HUNTER ML, 1996, FUNDAMENTALS CONSERV IRWIN A, 1995, CITIZEN SCI STUDY PE IRWIN A, 2001, PUBLIC UNDERST SCI, V10, P1 JASANOFF S, 1990, 5 BRANCH SCI ADVISOR JOURNET D, 1991, WRIT COMMUN, V8, P446 KLEINMAN DL, 1998, POLIT LIFE SCI, V16, P133 KLOPPENBURG J, 1991, RURAL SOCIOL, V56, P519 KRIEBEL D, 2001, ENVIRON HEALTH PERSP, V109, P871 KUHN T, 1996, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU LATOUR B, 1987, SCI ACTION FOLLOW SC LATOUR B, 1993, WE HAVE NEVER BEEN M LEE KN, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE IN LELE S, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P354 LEMONS J, 1996, SCI UNCERTAINTY ENV LONGINO H, 1990, SCI SOCIAL KNOWLEDGE LOVEJOY AO, 1936, GREAT CHAIN BEING ST LUKE TW, 2001, P 3 ANN STAFF DEV C MAARLEVELD M, 1999, AGR HUMAN VALUES, V16, P267 MAYR E, 1988, NEW PHILOS BIOL OBSE MCINTOSH R, 1982, CONCEPTUAL ISSUES EC MCINTOSH R, 1985, BACKGROUND ECOLOGY C MCINTOSH RJ, 2000, WAY WIND BLOWS CLIMA MEFFE GK, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P1 MILLER GT, 2000, LIVING ENV PRINCIPLE MOOTE MA, 1997, ENVIRON MANAGE, V21, P877 MURDOCH J, 1994, GEOFORUM, V25, P115 NOSS R, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P904 OBRIEN MH, 1993, BIOSCIENCE, V43, P706 OSTROM E, 2002, DRAMA COMMONS PETERS RH, 1991, CRITIQUE ECOLOGY PETTS J, 1997, PUBLIC UNDERST SCI, V6, P359 PICKETT STA, 1997, ECOLOGICAL BASIS CON PICKETT STA, 1997, URBAN ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P185 PIMM SL, 1991, BALANCE NATURE ECOLO PROCTOR RN, 1991, VALUE FREE SCI PURIT PYKALA J, 2000, CONSERV BIOL, V14, P705 REAL LA, 1991, FDN ECOLOGY CLASS PA RENN O, 1995, FAIRNESS COMPETENCE ROBERTSON DP, 2001, CONSERV BIOL, V15, P970 ROBERTSON DP, 2003, NAT AREA J, V23, P180 ROEBUCK P, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P444 ROGER J, 1997, BUFFON LIFE NATURAL ROMM J, 1994, C RES SERVICE REPORT, P97 SAARINEN E, 1982, CONCEPTUAL ISSUES EC SABERWAL VK, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P741 SAGOFF M, 1988, TENN L REV, V56, P77 SAGOFF M, 1992, ECOSYSTEM HLTH NEW G, P57 SCARCE R, 2000, FISHY BUSINESS SALMO SCOONES I, 1999, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V28, P479 SHACKLEY S, 1996, SCI TECHNOL HUM VAL, V21, P275 SHANNON MA, 1997, CREATING FORESTRY 21, P437 SHAPIN S, 1996, SCI REVOLUTION SHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SHRADERFRECHETT.K, 1994, PHILOS SCI, V61, P228 SHRADERFRECHETT.K, 1995, PERSPECTIVES ECOLOGI, P125 SHRADERFRECHETT.KS, 1993, METHOD ECOLOGY STRAT SIMBERLOFF D, 1982, CONCEPTUAL ISSUES EC, P63 SLOAN PR, 1976, ISIS, V67, P356 SMITH R, 1996, ECOLOGY FIELD BIOL SONG SJ, 2001, CONSERV BIOL, V15, P980 STEMERDING D, 1993, BIOL PHILOS, V8, P193 SZARO RC, 1996, BIODIVERSITY MANAGED TAKACS D, 1995, IDEA BIODIVERSITY PH TAUBER AI, 1999, BIOSCIENCE, V49, P479 TOBEY RC, 1981, SAVING PRAIRIES LIFE, P1895 WEINER DR, 1992, J HIST BIOL, V25, P395 WHITTAKER RH, 1962, BOT REV, V28, P1 WORSTER D, 1994, NATURES ECONOMY HIST WYNNE B, 1992, PUBLIC UNDERST SCI, V1, P281 YEARLEY S, 2000, PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING NR 125 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON SCI POLICY BP 399 EP 410 PY 2003 VL 6 IS 5 GA 740KZ UT ISI:000186402700001 ER PT J AU OLSON, S TI RED DESTINIES - THE LANDSCAPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL RISK IN MADAGASCAR SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Article RP OLSON, S, MCGILL UNIV,DEPT GEOG,805 SHERBROOKE W,MONTREAL H3A 2K6,QUEBEC,CANADA. CR ABRAHAM RH, 1983, DYNAMICS GEOMETRY 1 ABRAHAM RH, 1983, DYNAMICS GEOMETRY 2 ARROW KJ, 1959, METROECONOMICA, V11, P12 BAUDIN P, 1968, TERRE MALGACHE, V4, P203 BEAUJARD J, 1977, ASIE SUD EST MONDE I, V8, P4 BEAUJARD P, 1978, THESIS ECOLE PRATIQU BOITEAU P, 1958, CONTRIBUTIONS HIST N BOURIQUET G, 1946, MALADIES PLANTES CUL BRYGOO ER, 1960, ARCH I PASTEUR MADAG, V28, P61 BRYGOO ER, 1966, ARCH I PASTEUR MADAG, V35, P9 CALLET RP, 1953, TANTARA NY ANDRIANA CHAPUS MGS, 1943, B ACAEMIE MALGACHE, V25, P140 CHAUVICOURT JS, 1980, FANORANA JEU NATIONA COULANGES P, 1977, ARCH I PASTEUR MADAG, V46, P397 COULAUD D, 1973, ZAFIMANIRY GROUPE ET DANDOUAU A, 1908, B ACADEMIE MALGACHE, V6, P81 DECARY R, 1970, DIVINATION MALGACHE DELABATHIE HP, 1931, REV BOTANIQUE APPLIQ, P121 DESCHAMPS H, 1972, HIST MADAGASCAR DURANTON JF, 1979, B ECOLOGIQUE, V10, P107 FAUBLEE J, 1947, TRAVAUX MEMOIRES, V48 HEBERT JC, 1965, TALOHA, V1, P83 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1976, BEHAV SCI, V21, P183 HUMBERT H, 1927, MEMOIRES ACADEMIE MA, V5, P1 JOLLY A, 1980, WORLD LIKE OUR OWN JULIEN G, 1931, TERRE VIE, V1, P160 JULIEN G, 1931, TERRE VIE, V1, P99 KAHNEMAN D, 1982, SCI AM, V246, P160 KOECHLIN B, 1975, CAHIERS HOMME, V15 KOECHLIN J, 1974, FLORE VEGETATION MAD LAUNOIS M, 1982, REVISION FONDAMENTAL LUDWIG D, 1978, J ANIM ECOL, V47, P315 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MOLET L, 1980, CONCEPTION MALGACHE MONSARRAT A, 1978, CAH ORSTOM BIOL, V13, P273 OLSON S, 1984, J FOREST HIST, V28, P174 RABEDIMY JF, 1976, ASIEDUSUD EST MONDE, V7, P255 RABEDIMY JF, 1976, PRATIQUES DIVINATION RAISON JP, 1972, TANY MALAGA4RY, V13, P97 RAKOTOMANANA R, 1967, TERRE MALGACHE, V1, P239 RAKOTONIRINARAN.PJ, 1975, ARCH I PASTEUR MADAG, V44, P61 RANDRIANARISON J, 1976, REV GEOGRAPHIE MADAG, V28, P9 RANDRIANARISON J, 1976, REV GEOGRAPHIE MADAG, V29, P9 REICHENBACH H, 1971, DIRECTION TIME RUUD J, 1960, TABOO STUDY MALAGASY SHACKLE GLS, 1979, IMAGINATION NATURE C THOM R, 1975, STRUCTURAL STABILITY VIG L, 1902, CROYANCES MOEURS MAL WADDINGTON CH, 1977, TOOLS THOUGHT ZEEMAN EC, 1977, CATASTROPHE THEORY S NR 51 TC 0 J9 HUM ECOL BP 67 EP 89 PY 1987 PD MAR VL 15 IS 1 GA L9177 UT ISI:A1987L917700004 ER PT J AU Micheli, F Halpern, BS TI Low functional redundancy in coastal marine assemblages SO ECOLOGY LETTERS LA English DT Article C1 Stanford Univ, Hopkins Marine Stn, Pacific Grove, CA 93950 USA. Natl Ctr Ecol Anal & Synth, Santa Barbara, CA 93101 USA. Univ Calif Santa Cruz, Dept Ecol & Evolut Biol, Santa Cruz, CA 95060 USA. RP Micheli, F, Stanford Univ, Hopkins Marine Stn, Pacific Grove, CA 93950 USA. AB The relationship between species and functional diversity remains poorly understood for nearly all ecosystem types, yet determining this relationship is critically important for developing both a mechanistic understanding of community assembly and appropriate expectations and approaches to protecting and restoring biological communities. Here we use two distinct data sets, one from kelp forests in the Channel Islands, California, and one from a global synthesis of marine reserves, to directly test how variation in species diversity translates into changes in functional diversity. We find strong positive relationships between species and functional diversity, and increased functional diversity of fish assemblages coinciding with recovery of species diversity in marine reserves, independent of the method used for classifying species in functional groups. These results indicate that low levels of redundancy in functional species traits exist across a suite of marine systems, and that fishing tends to remove whole functional groups from coastal marine ecosystems. CR *GBRMPA, 2004, GREAT BARR REEF MAR *NAT RES COUNC, 2001, MAR PROT AR TOOLS SU AIRAME S, 2003, ECOL APPL S, V13, S170 BELLWOOD DR, 2003, ECOL LETT, V6, P281 BELLWOOD DR, 2004, NATURE, V429, P827 DAVIS GE, 1997, KELP FOREST MONITORI, V1 DIAZ S, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P140 DUFFY JE, 2001, ECOLOGY, V82, P2417 DULVY NK, 2003, FISH FISH, V4, P25 FLOETER SR, 2004, J FISH BIOL, V64, P1680 FONSECA CR, 2001, J ECOL, V89, P118 FROESE R, 2003, FISHBASE GUREVITCH J, 1993, DESIGN ANAL ECOLOGIC, P378 HALPERN BS, 2003, ECOL APPL, V13, P117 HEDGES LV, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P1150 HUGHES TP, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P1547 HUGHES TP, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P929 JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P629 LAWTON JH, 1993, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST, P255 MICHELI F, 2004, ECOL APPL, V14, P1709 MUMBY PJ, 2005, IN PRESS MARINE META MYERS RA, 2003, NATURE, V423, P280 NAEEM S, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P39 NAEEM S, 2002, ECOLOGY, V83, P2925 NAEEM S, 2003, ECOL LETT, V6, P567 OSENBERG CW, 1997, AM NAT, V150, P798 PALUMBI SR, 2002, MARINE RESERVES TOOL PANDOLFI JM, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P955 PETCHEY OL, 2002, ECOL LETT, V5, P402 PETCHEY OL, 2004, ECOLOGY, V85, P847 POSSINGHAM H, 2000, QUANTITATIVE METHODS, P291 SALA E, 2002, SCIENCE, V298, P1991 STACHOWICZ JJ, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1577 STEVENS RD, 2003, ECOL LETT, V6, P1099 WALKER BH, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P747 WALKER BH, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P18 NR 36 TC 10 J9 ECOL LETT BP 391 EP 400 PY 2005 PD APR VL 8 IS 4 GA 911QS UT ISI:000228020200007 ER PT J AU Barreteau, O TI Our companion modelling approach SO JASSS-THE JOURNAL OF ARTIFICIAL SOCIETIES AND SOCIAL SIMULATION LA English DT Article C1 UR Irrigat, F-34033 Montpellier, France. RP Barreteau, O, UR Irrigat, 361 Rue J F Breton,Box 5035, F-34033 Montpellier, France. AB This paper is a charter presenting a scientific posture shared by signatories in the use of simulation tools when dealing with complex systems. This posture is based on a cycling approach, in interaction with field processes, including discussion of assumptions and feedbacks on the field process. Confrontation between field and modelling processes has to be permanent because of openness and uncertainty features of these systems. This approach is used with two possible aims: learn on systems or support collective decision processes in these systems, which corresponds to an objective of increasing knowledge either for the scientist or the field actors, always through an interaction between them mediated by an evolutionary model. Both aims lead to different implementations of this companion modelling approach, but each one is side effect of the other one, and has to be taken in account as such. Scientists ready to work in that way and make this posture alive are kindly invited to join. CR BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BOUSQUET F, 1999, ADV ENV ECOLOGICAL M CONEIN B, 1994, SOCIOL TRAV, V4, P475 FUNTOWICZ S, 1998, INT J SUST DEV WORLD, V1, P99 FUNTOWICZ SO, 1994, ECOL ECON, V10, P197 JANSSEN MA, 2002, COMPLEXITY ECOSYSTEM MERMET L, 1992, STRATEGIES GESTION E OSTROM E, 1994, RULES GAMES COMMON P VINCK D, 1999, REV FR SOCIOL, V40, P385 WEBER J, 1993, MONDE DIPL, V2, P71 NR 10 TC 0 J9 JASSS PY 2003 PD MAR VL 6 IS 2 GA 665VZ UT ISI:000182143100009 ER PT J AU Hudak, AT TI Rangeland mismanagement in South Africa: Failure to apply ecological knowledge SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Colorado, Dept Environm Populat & Organism Biol, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. Univ Colorado, Ctr Study Earth Space, Cooperat Inst Res Environm Sci, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. RP Hudak, AT, Univ Colorado, Dept Environm Populat & Organism Biol, Campus Box 216, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. AB Chronic, heavy livestock grazing and concomitant fire suppression have caused the gradual replacement of palatable grass species by less palatable trees and woody shrubs in a rangeland degradation process termed bush encroachment in South Africa. Grazing policymakers and cattle farmers alike have not appreciated the ecological role fire and native browsers play in preventing bush encroachment. Unpredictable droughts are common in South Africa but have deflected too much blame for bush encroachment away from grazing mismanagement. Bush encroachment is widespread on both black and white farms although the contributing socioeconomic, cultural, and political forces differ. Managers at Madikwe Game Reserve have reintroduced fire and native game animals into a formerly overgrazed system in an attempt to remediate bush encroachment, with encouraging preliminary results. A bush control program is needed that educates cattle farmers about the ecological causes of bush encroachment and encourages the use of fire and native browsers as tools for sustainable grazing management. CR *AGR DEV CORP BOPH, 1985, LAND ALL PROP GAN BL *BOPH NAT PARKS BO, 1995, ANN REV *MAD DEV TASK TEAM, 1994, MAD GAM RES MAN PLAN *SETPLAN, 1990, 356 SETPLAN ACOCKS JPH, 1953, MEM BOT SURV S AFR, V28, P1 ADCOCK K, 1997, RESULTS 1997 GAME CO ARCHER S, 1990, J BIOGEOGR, V17, P453 ARCHER S, 1995, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V29, P91 ARCHER S, 1995, ECOSCIENCE, V2, P83 BEHNKE RH, 1992, 53 WORLD BANK BELSKY AJ, 1994, BIOSCIENCE, V44, P77 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BOND WJ, 1997, VEGETATION SO AFRICA, P421 BOSCH OJH, 1992, DESERTIFIED GRASSLAN, P95 BUTLER J, 1977, BLACK HOMELANDS S AF, P10 COMAROFF J, 1991, HERDERS WARRIORS TRA, P33 CONANT FP, 1982, DESERTIFICATION DEV, P111 COUGHENOUR MB, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P530 COUGHENOUR MB, 1993, J BIOGEOGR, V20, P383 DANCKWERTS JE, 1984, J GRASSLAND SOC SO A, V1, P25 DANCKWERTS JE, 1988, J GRASSLAND SOC SO A, V5, P218 DANCKWERTS JE, 1989, J GRASSL SOC S AFR, V6, P1 DAVIS JC, 1986, STAT DATA ANAL GEOLO, P515 DEAN WRJ, 1994, J ARID ENVIRON, V26, P281 DEKIEWIET CW, 1941, HIST S AFRICA SOCIAL, P80 DONALDSON CH, 1967, BUSH ENCROACHMENT SP DOWNING BH, 1978, S AFR J SCI, V74, P420 DUTOIT PF, 1991, J GRASSL SOC S AFR, V8, P126 DUVEL GH, 1992, J GRASSLAND SOC SO A, V9, P24 FEENY D, 1990, HUM ECOL, V18, P1 FRIEDEL MH, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P422 GLANTZ MH, 1976, J INT LAW POLICY, V6, P527 GLANTZ MH, 1992, GLOBAL ENV CHANG SEP, P183 GLANTZ MH, 1994, DROUGHT FOLLOWS PLOW, P9 GLANTZ MH, 1994, WORKSHOP REORT CREEP, P1 GRAETZ D, 1994, CHANGES LAND USE LAN, P125 GROSSMAN D, 1989, S AFRICAN GEOGRAPHIC, V71, P38 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HOFFMAN MT, 1997, VEGETATION SO AFRICA, P507 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HUDAK AT, 1998, REMOTE SENS ENVIRON, V66, P317 HUNTLEY BJ, 1978, BIOGEOGRAPHY ECOLOGY, P1333 KOWANG TJ, 1990, REPORT VEGETATION SU KOWANG TJ, 1992, REPORT VEGETATION SU LEHOUEROU HN, 1988, J ARID ENVIRON, V15, P1 LEHOUEROU HN, 1989, ECOLOGICAL STUDIES, V75 MABBUTT JA, 1984, ENVIRON CONSERV, V11, P100 MARX AW, 1993, VIOLENCE CULTURAL PO, P157 MCCABE JT, 1987, HUM ECOL, V15, P371 MCCABE JT, 1990, HUM ECOL, V18, P81 MCCABE JT, 1991, ANTHR FOOD POLICY HU, P66 MCCAY BJ, 1987, QUESTION COMMONS CUL, P1 MEISSNER HH, 1982, S AFR J WILDL RES, V12, P41 MEISSNER HH, 1983, TECHNICAL COMMUNICAT, V175 MOORE A, 1987, J GRASSLAND SOC SO A, V4, P139 NIAMIRFULLER M, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P250 OWENSMITH N, 1993, S AFR J SCI, V89, P505 OWENSMITH N, 1997, VEGETATION SO AFRICA, P397 PERRINGS CA, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC PICARDI AC, 1976, TECHNOLOGY REV MAY, P42 REID RS, 1995, ECOL APPL, V5, P978 RICHTER CFG, 1990, THESIS U ORANGE FREE RINGROSE S, 1990, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V56, P1253 ROUX E, 1949, HDB RACE RELATIONS S, P175 ROUX PW, 1983, P GRASSLD SOC STH AF, V18, P25 RUTHERFORD MC, 1980, S AFR J SCI, V76, P53 SCHOLES RJ, 1987, THESIS U WITWATERSRA SCOTT JD, 1984, ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS F, P53 STUARTHILL GC, 1992, J APPL ECOL, V29, P699 TALBOT WJ, 1961, HIST LAND USE ARID R, V17, P299 TROLLOPE WSW, 1986, J GRASSLAND SOC SO A, V3, P37 TYSON PD, 1987, CLIMATIC CHANGE VARI VANDENBERG JA, 1983, P GRASSLAND SOC SO A, V18, P165 VANDRSCHIFF HP, 1964, TYDSKRIF NATUURWISK, V4, P67 VOGEL C, 1994, DROUGHT FOLLOWS PLOW, P151 VOGEL CH, 1988, S AFR J SCI, V84, P11 VOGEL CH, 1988, S AFR J SCI, V84, P724 VONMALTITZ GP, 1991, 208 FORDEA CSIR DIV WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 WISSEL C, 1984, OECOLOGIA, V65, P101 ZUCCHINI W, 1992, S AFR J SCI, V88, P103 NR 81 TC 8 J9 HUM ECOL BP 55 EP 78 PY 1999 PD MAR VL 27 IS 1 GA 194WF UT ISI:000080217200003 ER PT J AU Timoney, K Lee, P TI Environmental management in resource-rich Alberta, Canada: first world jurisdiction, third world analogue? SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Review C1 Treeling Ecol Res, Sherwood Pk, AB T8E 1E3, Canada. Lee Consulting, Edmonton, AB T5N 3A3, Canada. RP Timoney, K, Treeling Ecol Res, 21551 Twp Rd 520, Sherwood Pk, AB T8E 1E3, Canada. AB Economic growth is frequently touted as a cure for environmental ills., particular v for those in Third World countries. Here we examine that paradigm in a case study of Alberta, Canada, a wealthy, resource-rich province within a wealthy nation. Through provincial-scale datasets, we examine the increasing pressures of the forest, petroleum, and agricultural industries upon the ecosystems of Alberta within management, economic, and political contexts. We advance the thesis that economic activity leads to environmental degradation unless ecosystem-based management is integrated into economic decision making. Agricultural lands cover 31.7%, and forest management areas leased to industry cover 33.4% of Alberta; both continue to increase in extent. The rate of logging (focused on old-growth by government policy) continues a decades-long exponential rise. Current Alberta annual petroleum production is 52.5 million m(3) crude oil and 117 billion m(3) of gas. As of early 1999, there were similar to199 025 oil and gas wells and a conservative total of similar to1.5-1.8 million km of seismic lines in Alberta. Fire occurrence data indicate no downward trends in annual area burned by wildfire, which may be characterized as driven by climate and inherently variable. When logging and wildfire are combined, the annual allowable cut in Alberta is unsustainable, even when only timber supply is considered and the effects of expanding agriculture and oil and gas activities are ignored. Ecosystem degradation in Alberta is pervasive and contrasts prominently with a high standard of living. A wealth of ecological data exists that indicates current resource-based economic activities are non-sustainable and destructive of ecosystem health yet these data are not considered within the economic decision making process. Given the complex, compounded, and increasing ecosystem perturbations, a future of unpleasant ecological surprises is likely. We conclude with tentative predictions as to where current trends in Alberta may lead if decisions biased against ecosystems continue. (C) 2001 Academic Press. CR *ALB AGR, 1999, AGR FOOD RUR DEV 199 *ALB ENV PROT, 1997, PARKL NAT REG ALB *ALB ENV PROT, 1998, SUST ALB BIOD OV GOV *ALB FISH WILDL DI, 1993, STRAT CONS WOODL CAR *ALB FOR LANDS WIL, 1987, T106 ENR ALB FOR LAN *ALB FOR SERV, 1988, ALB PHAS 3 FOR INV F *ALB GOV, 1994, ALB TIMB HARV PLANN *ALB GOV, 1996, ALB ENV DOC *ALB GOV, 1998, ALB FOR LEG IMPL FRA *ALB GOV, 1999, ACT TAK SUST DEV *ALB GOV, 1999, EXC 1998 BUDG *ALB GOV, 2000, ALB ADV *ALB GOV, 2001, ALB BUDG NEW CENT BO *CAESA, 1998, AGR IMP WAT QUAL ALB *CAN COUNC FOR MIN, 1994, COMP CAN FOR STAT *CAN COUNC FOR MIN, 1996, COMP CAN FOR STAT *ENV COUNC ALB, 1979, ENV EFF FOR OP ALB *GOLD ASS, 1999, ASS POT ENV EFF LIV *NFDP, 2000, NAT FOR DAT PROGR AN *STAT CAN, 1997, CENS AGR 1996 *STAT CAN, 1999, EC IND GROSS DOM PRO *WILDL MAN DIV, 1996, STAT ALB WILDL *WORLD BANK, 1999, GNP PER CAP 1997 ATL *WORLD CONS MON CT, 1999, PROT AR INF 1996 GLO ALLEN L, 1994, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT ANIELSKI M, 2001, ALBERTA GPI ACCOUNTS BANCI V, 1994, AM MARTEN FISHER LYN, P99 BARRETT SW, 1997, INTGTR370 USDA BASKERVILLE G, 1985, FOREST CHRON, V61, P171 BASKERVILLE GA, 1988, AMBIO, V17, P314 BENTZ JA, 1995, ENV SIGNIFICANT AREA BERGERON Y, 1993, HOLOCENE, V3, P255 BERGERON Y, 1998, CONSERV ECOL, V2, P1 BORGE RR, 1982, FISH WILDLIFE RELATI, P335 BOULINIER T, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P7497 BOYCHUK D, 1997, CAN J FOREST RES, V27, P1083 CAMPBELL C, 1994, ECOGRAPHY, V17, P360 CAMPBELL ID, 1998, GEOLOGY, V26, P471 CASTELLO JD, 1995, BIOSCIENCE, V45, P16 CHAPIN FS, 1996, AM NAT, V148, P1016 CHAPIN FS, 1998, CONSERVATION ECOLOGY, V2, P12 CHASE S, 1999, GLOBE MAIL 0426, A4 CHRISTENSEN NL, 1988, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT, P62 CHRISTENSEN NL, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P665 CUMMING SG, 1995, EXPT HABITAT FRAGMEN DOWNING D, 1999, ANAL REGENERATED YIE FLANNIGAN M, 1998, 9 S GLOB CHANG STUD, P305 FLANNIGAN MD, 1991, CAN J FOREST RES, V21, P66 FORMAN RTT, 1995, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V10, P133 HAMMOND H, 1991, SEEING FOREST TREES HARRINGTON JB, 1983, PIX25 CAN FOR SERV N HAWKSWORTH DL, 1991, MYCOL RES, V95, P641 HILL BD, 1999, PHENOXY HERBICIDES A HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1992, SYSTEMS ANAL GLOBAL, P170 HOREJSI BL, 1995, HABITAT FRAGMENTATIO HRYCIUK D, 1999, EDMONTON J 0216, A14 HRYCIUK D, 1999, EDMONTON J 0216, A14 JENSEN ME, 1993, ECOSYSTEMS MANAGEMEN, V2, P269 JERRY DG, 1982, S P FISH WILDL REL O, P373 JOHNSON EA, 1992, FIRE VEGETATION DYNA JOHNSON EA, 1993, CAN J FOREST RES, V23, P1213 JOHNSON EA, 1998, J VEG SCI, V9, P603 KLEIN R, 1998, ALBERTA HANSARD 1207 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 MCCLELLAND RB, 1980, ENV CONSEQUENCES TIM, P469 MCCUNE B, 1983, CAN J FOREST RES, V13, P212 MITCHELL A, 1998, GLOBE MAIL 0114, A1 MITCHELL A, 1998, GLOBE MAIL 0218, A8 MURPHY PJ, 1985, THESIS U BRIT COLUMB MURPHY PJ, 1986, 1950 CHINCHAGA RIVER MURPHY PJ, 1997, NAT WORKSH INCR FOR NAGY JA, 1990, WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT, V2 NASH CH, 1996, CAN J FOREST RES, V26, P1859 NEWTON I, 1994, BIOL CONSERV, V70, P265 NIKIFORUK A, 1999, GLOBE MAIL 0313, P1 OHANDLEY K, 1997, CANADIAN PARLIAMENTR OHMANN JL, 1994, WILDLIFE SOC B, V22, P607 PAGE R, 1996, BANFF BOW VALLEY CRO PAINE RT, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P535 PASTOR J, 1998, CONSERVATION ECOLOGY, V2, P16 PAYETTE S, 1992, SYSTEMS ANAL GLOBAL, P144 REGIER HA, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BISO, P76 REVEL RD, 1984, FOREST GROWTH REVEGE ROEMER HL, 1988, NAT AREA J, V8, P146 ROGERS P, 1996, INTGTR336 USDA FOR S ROWE JS, 1987, ENDANGERED SPECIES P, P27 ROY LD, 1995, RELATIONSHIPS STAND, P159 RUSSELL AP, 1993, AMPHIBIANS REPTILES SCHINDLER DW, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P157 SCHINDLER DW, 1998, CONSERV ECOL, V2, P1 SCHOEN JW, 1988, NAT AREA J, V8, P138 SCHOWALTER TD, 1989, MAINTAINING LONG TER, P248 SEMENCHUK G, 1992, ATLAS BREEDING BIRDS SHLISKY AJ, 1994, J FORESTRY AUG, P32 SIMARD AJ, 1973, FOREST FIRE WEATHER SNYDER G, 1990, PRACTICE WILD STELFOX B, 1998, PHYSICAL BIOL LAND U STRUZIK E, 1999, EDMONTON J 0217, A18 THOMAS R, 1996, SELECTING PROTECTED THOMAS R, 1998, FINAL FRONTIER PROTE TIMONEY K, 1996, FOREST CHRON, V72, P485 TIMONEY KP, 1998, ECOFORESTRY, V13, P14 TIMONEY KP, 1998, ENV SIGNIFICANT AREA TIMONEY KP, 1998, OLD GROWTH FORESTS TYMSTRA C, 1997, IS FIRE WILDCARD ALB UTZIG GF, 1988, 25 FRDA VANWAGNER CE, ANAL FIRE HIST BANFF VANWAGNER CE, 1978, CANADIAN J FOREST RE, V8, P220 VANWAGNER CE, 1988, FOREST CHRON, V64, P182 WALLIS C, 1994, OVERVIEW WETLAND OLD WEIR JMH, 1996, FIRE FREQUENCY AGE M NR 112 TC 1 J9 J ENVIRON MANAGE BP 387 EP 405 PY 2001 PD DEC VL 63 IS 4 GA 512GW UT ISI:000173317500004 ER PT J AU COOPER, CF ZEDLER, PH TI ECOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT FOR REGIONAL-DEVELOPMENT SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article RP COOPER, CF, CALIF STATE UNIV SAN DIEGO,CTR REG ENVIRONM STUDIES,SAN DIEGO,CA 92182. CR COOPER CF, 1976, ECOLOGICAL RESOURCES, V8 EBERHARDT LL, 1976, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V4, P27 FRANKEL OH, 1974, GENETICS, V78, P53 HOLLING CS, 1973, 733 INT I APPL SYST HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOWARD EW, 1965, GENETICS COLONIZING, P461 LYNCH JF, 1977, 1977 P NATL S CLASS REILLY RM, 1976, ENV PLANNING SYSTEM, V3 SMITH DW, 1975, J ENV MGMT, V3, P271 SULLIVAN AL, 1975, SCIENCE, V189, P13 THOMAS JR, 1973, 1156 CAL DEP FISH GA WALTERS CJ, 1974, TECHNOLOGICAL FORECA, V6, P299 NR 12 TC 11 J9 J ENVIRON MANAGE BP 285 EP & PY 1980 VL 10 IS 3 GA JW478 UT ISI:A1980JW47800007 ER PT J AU Shafer, CL TI US national park buffer zones: Historical, scientific, social, and legal aspects SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Review C1 George Wright Society, Hancock, MI 49930 USA. RP Shafer, CL, George Wright Society, POB 65, Hancock, MI 49930 USA. AB This review will trace the evolution of beyond boundary/buffer zone thinking and policy responses in the US National Park Service (NPS): address buffer zone science. benefits, and limitations; examine pertinent legal and social concerns; highlight some agency attempts to create buffer zone-like areas; and propose highlights of a protected area strategy, with buffer zones and corridors as one component. Some findings follow. The need to expand national parks to accommodate large ungulate movement began in the late 1800s, but the recognition that such land was also needed to thwart human impacts such as poaching surfaced in the 1930s. External park buffer zone recommendations by 1930s park scientists were not implemented. and other related adopted policy forgotten, supporting the belief that great insight can be discovered in forgotten institutional history. Buffer zones can remedy some impacts but not others, but their benefits are multiple and underappreciated. The science of buffer zones is very immature and deserves more attention. A present primary obstacle to creating park buffer zones and connecting corridors is a social climate opposing federal initiatives that may intrude on the rights of private landowners. Some proactive NPS bufferlike activity examples are reviewed, but there were none where permanent, complete, effective nonlegislated park buffer zones, derived from nonfederal property, circumscribed large natural area parks. The need for buffer zones and corridors may be a symptom of inadequate regional planning. Options to create buffer zones from private and federal land are outlined. A comprehensive, overall protected area strategy must include more than just buffer zones, with highlights provided. Because optimal regional planning for US national parks is now thwarted by land-use politics, American society must soon decide what is most crucial to future well-being. CR *CONS FDN, 1972, NAT PARKS FUT *CONS FDN, 1985, NAT PARKS NEW GEN VI *GAO, 1987, PARKS RECR LTD PROGR *GAO, 1994, GAORCED9459 *GAO, 1996, GAORCED96202 *GAO, 1996, GAOTRCED9673 *MAB, 1994, STRAT PLAN US BIOSPH *MAB, 1995, DEP STAT PUBL *MLR LTE, 1982, PRIV OPT TOOLS CONC *NAT RES COUNC, 1993, PROT VIS NAT PARKS W *NPCA, 1979, NAT PARKS CONS MAG, V53, P4 *NPCA, 1988, NAT PARK SYST PLAN B *NPCA, 1993, PARK WAT PER *NPS USFS, 1987, GREAT YELL AR *NPS, 1938, PARKW MAN REV REQ IN *NPS, 1966, NAT SCI RES HDB *NPS, 1970, ADM POL NAT AR NAT P *NPS, 1972, NAT PARK SYST PLAN 2 *NPS, 1978, MAN POL *NPS, 1980, STAT PARKS 1980 REP *NPS, 1981, UNPUB STAT PARKS 198 *NPS, 1987, 872 NAT PARK SERV *NPS, 1988, MAN POL *NPS, 1991, NPS77 DEP INT *NPS, 1992, NAT PARKS 21 CENT VA *UNESCO, 1974, MAB REP SER, V22 *UNESCO, 1984, NAT RES, V20, P1 *UNESCO, 1996, BIOSPH RES SEV STRAT *USDA, 1996, AM PRIV LAND GEOGR H *WILDL HAB CAN, 1991, STAT WILDL HAB CAN *WRI IUCN UNEP INT, 1992, GLOB BIOD STRAT ADAMS CC, 1925, SCI MONTHLY, V20, P561 ALBRIGHT HM, 1929, AM FORESTS FOREST LI, V35, P505 ALBRIGHT HM, 1929, AM FORESTS FOREST LI, V35, P536 ALBRIGHT HM, 1985, BIRTH NATL PARK SERV ALBRIGHT HM, 1987, NATL PARK SERVICE ST AMBROSE JP, 1990, CONSERV BIOL, V4, P135 ARENDT RG, 1996, CONSERVATION DESIGN ARROW K, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P520 ASPINALL WN, 1970, ONE 3 NATIONS LAND R AYRES JM, 1991, CONSERV BIOL, V5, P109 BAKER WL, 1989, ECOLOGY, V70, P23 BAKER WL, 1992, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V7, P181 BATISSE M, 1997, ENVIRONMENT, V39, P31 BATISSE M, 1997, ENVIRONMENT, V39, P7 BLOOM H, 1992, UNPUB AUDIT REPORT P BRADYBAUGH J, 1996, PARK SCI, V16, P12 BRENNEMAN RL, 1984, LAND SAVING ACTION BRIGGS MK, 1996, NAT AREA J, V16, P354 BROCKMAN CF, 1959, RECREATIONAL USE WIL BROWN CN, 1993, LAND CONSERVATION PU, P129 BROWN W, 1993, LAND CONSERVATION PU, P104 BROWNELL EE, 1931, FINAL REPORT YELLOWS BUCCINO S, 1997, RECLAIMING OUR HERIT BUCK PH, 1946, EVOLUTION NATL PARK BUECHNER M, 1992, ENVIRON MANAGE, V16, P799 BYRON ER, 1989, J ENVIRON QUAL, V18, P84 CALDWELL LK, 1970, NAT RESOUR J, V10, P203 CARHART AH, 1961, PLANNING AM WILDLAND CATLIN G, 1851, ILLUSTRATIONS MANNER, V1 CHEN JQ, 1990, NORTHWEST ENVIRON J, V6, P424 COGGINS CC, 1987, LAND WATER LAW REV, V22, P1 COLE DN, 1995, WILDLIFE RECREATIONI, P183 COSTANZA R, 1987, BIOSCIENCE, V37, P407 COSTANZA R, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P37 COSTANZA R, 1995, NEW CENTURY NATURAL, P323 COSTANZA R, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P978 COSTANZA RJ, 1997, INTRO ECOLOGICAL EC DAILY GC, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC DASMANN RF, 1988, BIOSCIENCE, V38, P487 DAVIS GE, 1996, SCI ECOSYSTEM MANAGE, P321 DEARDEN P, 1988, CAN GEOGR, V32, P256 DEROANNEBAUVIN J, 1987, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V59, P257 DIAMOND HL, 1996, LAND USE AM DIAMOND JM, 1976, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY, P163 DIEHL J, 1988, CONSERVATION EASEMEN DOBSON AP, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P345 DOWNES SJ, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P718 DUBOS R, 1970, USE CONSERVATION BIO, P177 DUNCAN ML, 1996, ENVIRON LAW, V26, P1095 DYER MI, 1991, BIOSCIENCE, V41, P319 ECHEVERRIAJ, 1995, LET PEOPLE JUDGE EDMONDSON WT, 1991, USES ECOLOGY LAKE WA EISNER T, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P1231 ELFRING C, 1986, AUDUBON WILDLIFE REP, P463 ENDICOTT E, 1993, LAND CONSERVATION PU, P195 EVERHART WC, 1972, NATL PARK SERVICE FORDNEY C, 1996, NATL PARKS JAN, P24 FORSTER RR, 1973, PLANNING MAN NATURE FRAMPTON GT, 1988, CONSERVATION EARTH, P227 FRANCIS G, 1989, P S BIOSPH RES 4 WIL, P124 FREEMUTH JC, 1991, ISLANDS SIEGE NATL P GADGIL M, 1989, CONSERVATION INDIAN, P13 GERSH J, 1996, AMICUS J FAL, P14 GLICK D, 1995, CONSERVATION BIODIVE, P101 GOLDSTEIN B, 1992, BIOSCIENCE, V42, P183 GOOD RE, 1984, BIOSCIENCE, V34, P169 GRUMBINE E, 1990, NAT AREA J, V10, P114 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HAINES AL, 1977, YELLOWSTONE STORY HI, V2 HANSKI I, 1992, ANN BOT FENN, V19, P1 HARRIS LA, 1984, FRAGMENTED FOREST IS HARRIS LK, 1997, NAT AREA J, V17, P144 HELLER E, 1925, ROOSEVELT WILD LIFE, V2, P405 HENEIN K, 1990, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V4, P157 HISCOCK JW, 1986, J ENERGY L POLY, V7, P35 HOBBS RJ, 1992, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V7, P389 HOOSE PM, 1981, BUILDING ARK TOOLS P HOUGH JL, 1988, ENVIRON CONSERV, V15, P129 HOWE J, 1997, BALANCING NATURE COM HUNTER DB, 1988, HARV ENVTL L REV, V12, P311 ISE J, 1961, OUR NATL PARK POLICY JANZEN DH, 1983, OIKOS, V41, P402 JANZEN DH, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P286 JOHNSON RR, 1987, ENVIRON MANAGE, V11, P99 KEITER RB, 1985, LAND WATER L REV, V20, P355 KEITER RB, 1988, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT, P15 KEITER RB, 1989, U COLO L REV, V60, P923 KEITER RB, 1991, GREATER YELLOWSTONE, P379 KELLERT SR, 1993, BIOPHILIA HYPOTHESIS KELLY PA, 1993, INTERFACE ECOLOGY LA, P85 KNIGHT RL, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P459 KNUFFKE D, 1993, G WRIGHT FORUM, V10, P20 KOESLER V, 1984, ENVIRON POLICY LAW, V12, P106 KUPERBURG J, 1978, WILDLIFE AM CONTRIBU, P442 KUSLER JA, 1974, PUBLIC PRIVATE PARKS LEMONS J, 1986, ENV PROFESSIONAL, V8, P127 LEOPOLD A, 1949, SAND COUNTY ALMANAC LEOPOLD AS, 1963, T N AM WILDL NAT RES, V28, P29 LICHTMAN P, 1994, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V7, P459 LILIEHOLM RJ, 1992, ENVIRON MANAGE, V16, P335 LOCKHART WJ, 1988, OUR COMMON LANDS DEF, P3 LOCKHART WJ, 1997, STANFORD ENV L J, V16, P3 LOOPE L, 1994, BIOSCIENCE, V44, P238 LOOPE LL, 1988, BIOSCIENCE, V38, P264 LUCAS PHC, 1992, PROTECTED LANDSCAPES LUQUE SS, 1994, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V9, P287 LUSIGI WJ, 1981, AMBIO, V10, P87 MACDONALD LH, 1997, ENVIRON MANAGE, V21, P851 MACHLIS GE, 1985, STATE WORLDS PARKS I MACKINTOSH B, 1991, NATL PARKS SHAPING S MANN CC, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P1868 MANN CC, 1995, SCIENCE, V270, P1428 MANTELL MA, 1989, RESOURCE GUIDE CREAT MANTELL MA, 1990, MANAGING NATL PARK S MANTELL MA, 1990, MANAGING NATL PARK S, P235 MARSH GP, 1874, EARTH MODIFIED HUMAN MATLACK GR, 1993, ENVIRON MANAGE, V17, P829 MCDOWELL C, 1989, ENVIRON MANAGE, V28, P211 MILESTONE JF, 1993, PARTNERS STEWARDSHIP, P405 MILLER KR, 1978, PLANNING NATL PARKS MITCHELL JG, 1994, NATL GEOGR, V186, P2 MWALYOSI RBB, 1991, BIOL CONSERV, V57, P171 NASH R, 1973, WILDERNESS AM MIND NELSON EW, 1917, P NAT PARKS C JAN 2, P200 NELSON JG, 1984, 2 U WAT NICHOLSON TJ, 1982, BIOSPHERE RESERVE EX, P57 NOSS RF, 1986, ENVIRON MANAGE, V10, P299 NOSS RF, 1987, CONSERV BIOL, V1, P159 OLDMAN SG, 1991, G WRIGHT FORUM, V8, P17 ORDWAY SH, 1966, FUTURE ENV N AM, P672 ORR DW, 1994, EARTH MIND PHILLIPS RAJ, 1979, CANADIAN NATL PARKS, P687 PICKETT STA, 1978, BIOL CONSERV, V13, P27 PICKETT STA, 1985, ECOLOGY NATURAL DIST PLATT RH, 1996, LAND USE SOC GEOGRAP PRESTON FW, 1962, ECOLOGY, V43, P185 PRINS HHT, 1989, BEHAVIOUR, V108, P262 PROPST CL, 1990, MANAGING NATL PARK S, P171 PULLIAM HR, 1988, AM NAT, V132, P652 REID WV, 1989, KEEPING OPTIONS ALIV ROBBINS WJ, 1963, REPORT ADVISORY COMM ROPER LW, 1953, LANDSCAPE ARCHIT, V44, P12 ROSENBERG DK, 1997, BIOSCIENCE, V47, P677 ROTHMAN H, 1989, PRESERVING DIFFERENT RUNTE A, 1979, NATL PARKS AM EXPERI SALWASSER H, 1987, VIABLE POPULATIONS C, P159 SAX JL, 1976, MICH LAW REV, V75, P239 SAX JL, 1980, DUKE LAW J, P709 SAX JL, 1981, MOUNTAINS HANDRAILS SAX JL, 1987, ECOL LAW QUART, V14, P207 SCHALLER GB, 1970, IUCN PUBLICATIONS, V18, P11 SCHNONEWALDCOX C, 1992, CONSERVATION BIOL TH, P373 SCHONEWALDCOX C, 1992, ENVIRON MANAGE, V16, P273 SCHONEWALDCOX CM, 1986, BIOL CONSERV, V38, P305 SELLARS RW, 1993, G WRIGHT FORUM, V10, P55 SELLARS RW, 1993, G WRIGHT FORUM, V10, P79 SHAFER CL, 1994, LANDSCAPE PLANNING E SHAFER CL, 1995, BIOSCIENCE, V45, P80 SHAFER CL, 1997, CONSERVATION HIGHLY, P345 SHAFER CL, 1998, IN PRESS B MUSEU MUN SHAFER CL, 1998, UNPUB HIST SELECTION SHAFER CL, 1998, UNPUB RESERVE PLANNI SHAFER CL, 1998, UNPUB YELLOWSTONE EL SHANDS WE, 1979, FEDERAL RESOURCE LAN SHAW WW, 1992, SCI MANAGEMENT PROTE, P171 SHELFORD VE, 1921, SCIENCE, V53, P431 SHELFORD VE, 1933, ECOLOGY, V14, P240 SHELFORD VE, 1933, SCIENCE, V77, P281 SHELFORD VE, 1941, AUDUBON MAGAZINE, V43, P503 SHELFORD VE, 1941, ECOLOGY, V22, P100 SHEPARD B, 1984, BC ENV AFF L REV, V11, P479 SHRADERFRECHETT.KS, 1993, METHOD ECOLOGY SIMBERLOFF D, 1988, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V19, P473 SIMINI M, 1986, ARBORICULTURAL J, V10, P221 SMITH DS, 1993, ECOLOGY GREENWAYS SMITH TJ, 1994, BIOSCIENCE, V44, P256 STAMPS JA, 1987, AM NAT, V129, P533 STEPHENSON WR, 1995, SUSTAINABLE SOC PROT, P260 STONE CP, 1986, HAWAIIS TERRESTRIAL, P251 STONE DA, 1988, POLICY PARADOX POLIT SUMNER L, 1983, G WRIGHT FORUM, V3, P3 SWEM TR, 1968, CANADIAN NATL PARKS, P605 TANGLEY L, 1988, BIOSCIENCE, V38, P148 TEMPLE SA, 1987, COPEIA, P250 THACKWAY R, 1989, NATURE CONSERVATION THOMAS CE, 1985, BOSTON COLL ENV AFFA, V12, P225 TURNER MG, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1150 VANDERZANDE AN, 1980, BIOL CONSERV, V18, P299 VARLEY JD, 1988, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT, P216 VUJAKOVIC P, 1987, BIOL CONSERV, V39, P195 WHITE PS, 1979, BOT REV, V45, P229 WILCOVE DS, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P237 WILKINSON T, 1997, NATL PARKS MAY, P29 WILLIS EO, 1984, OIKOS, V42, P396 WILSON EO, 1975, ECOLOGY EVOLUTION CO, P522 WILSON EO, 1984, BIOPHILIA WRIGHT GM, 1933, FAUNA SERIES, V1 WRIGHT GM, 1935, FAUNA SERIES, V2 YAFFEE SL, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P724 NR 230 TC 7 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 49 EP 73 PY 1999 PD JAN VL 23 IS 1 GA 139XX UT ISI:000077057500004 ER PT J AU Zavatarelli, M TI Mediterranean Sea multiscale variability and environmental management issues: a scientific perspective SO PROGRESS IN OCEANOGRAPHY LA English DT Article C1 CNR, ISAO, I-40129 Bologna, Italy. RP Zavatarelli, M, CNR, ISAO, Via Gobetti 101, I-40129 Bologna, Italy. AB The policy implications of the multiscale variability of the marine systems (with particular reference to the Mediterranean Sea) are described and discussed together with the possible pathway of transfer of information from the scientific to the decision making domain, It is emphasized that the current knowledge of the variability of the marine systems no longer allows a fi ted, equilibrium centered, concept of the environment, bur variability must be fully included in the policy design process. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. CR BETHOUX JP, 1990, NATURE, V347, P660 COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 DEGOBBIS D, 1990, OCEANOL ACTA, V13, P31 GACIC M, 1992, CLIMATIC CHANGE MEDI, P233 GRENON M, 1988, PLAN BLEU AVENIRS BA HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 LINDH G, 1992, CLIMATIC CHANGE MEDI, P58 MARGALEF R, 1978, OCEANOL ACTA, V1, P493 MARTIN JM, 1997, DEEP SEA RES 2, V3, P521 MILLIMAN JD, 1992, CLIMATIC CHANGE MEDI, P1 MILLOT C, 1991, DYNAM ATMOS OCEANS, V15, P179 PINARDI N, 1997, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V24, P425 PINARDI N, 1997, OPERATIONAL OCEANOGR, P549 RAVETZ JR, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, P415 ROBINSON AR, 1991, DYNAM ATMOS OCEANS, V15, P215 ROETHER W, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P333 ROHLING EJ, 1992, J GEOPHYS RES, V97, P191 TOMASINO M, 1996, ECOLOGICAL MODELLING, V4, P189 ZAVATARELLI M, 1988, 8876 INT I APPL SYST NR 19 TC 1 J9 PROG OCEANOGR BP 401 EP 409 PY 1999 VL 44 IS 1-3 GA 264AQ UT ISI:000084157800018 ER PT J AU Cardoso, PG Pardal, MA Lillebo, AI Ferreira, SM Raffaelli, D Marques, JC TI Dynamic changes in seagrass assemblages under eutrophication and implications for recovery SO JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL MARINE BIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Coimbra, Dept Zool, IMAR Inst Marine Res, P-3004517 Coimbra, Portugal. Univ York, Dept Environm, York YO10 5DD, N Yorkshire, England. RP Cardoso, PG, Univ Coimbra, Dept Zool, IMAR Inst Marine Res, P-3004517 Coimbra, Portugal. AB Over the last 20 years, loss of seagrass beds, often related with increased eutrophication, became a common problem worldwide. In the Mondego estuary (Portugal), eutrophication has triggered serious biological changes, which led to an overall increase in primary production and to a progressive replacement of seagrass Zostera noltii beds by coarser sediments and opportunistic macroalgae. The effects of this eutrophication on benthic assemblages were studied along a spatial gradient in the Mondego estuary from 1993 to 1995. Over these short temporal and small spatial scales, distinct changes in the structure of the macrobenthic communities were observed. One of the main structural modifications was the decrease in species diversity along the eutrophication gradient and over time, with a marked impoverishment of the most disturbed inner area. Other changes included an increase in detritivores and a decline in herbivores together with a significant increase in small deposit-feeding polychaetes. In the long term, sustained eutrophication of this estuary is expected to lead to complete replacement of seagrass habitat by unvegetated coarser sediments, occasionally covered by green macroalgal blooms and dominated by opportunistic invertebrate taxa. Recovery from this situation may not only require reduction in nutrient loadings to the estuary, but also active seagrass restoration programmes to reverse the positive feedback processes thought to be presently taking place. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. CR BACHELET G, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P1495 BROWN SS, 2000, ESTUARIES, V23, P411 CARDOSO PG, 2002, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V277, P173 CLARKE KR, 2001, CHANGE MARINE COMMUN CLARKE KR, 2001, PRIMER V5 USER MANUA DEJONGE VN, 2000, HELGOLAND MAR RES, V54, P151 DENHARTOG C, 1996, SEAGRASS BIOL, P307 DENHARTOG C, 2000, ECOLOGICAL COMP SEDI, P195 DOLBETH M, IN PRESS MAR BIOL DUARTE CM, 1995, OPHELIA, V41, P87 DUARTE CM, 2000, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V250, P117 FLINDT MR, 1997, ECOL MODEL, V102, P17 GASTON GR, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V36, P251 GASTON GR, 1988, ESTUARIES, V11, P201 GASTON GR, 1995, GULF RES REP, V9, P111 GASTON GR, 1997, GULF RES REP, V9, P231 HOBBS RJ, 1996, RESTOR ECOL, V4, P93 KENDRICK GA, 2002, AQUAT BOT, V73, P75 LILLEBO AI, 1999, ACTA OECOL, V20, P289 LOPES RJ, 2000, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V249, P165 MARQUES JC, 1993, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V37, P403 MARQUES JC, 1993, VIE MILLIEU, V43, P177 MARQUES JC, 1997, ECOL MODEL, V102, P155 MARTINS I, 2001, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V52, P165 MOLLES MC, 1999, ECOLOGY CONCEPTS APP NIELL FX, 1996, MARINE BENTHIC VEGET, P265 NIENHUIS PH, 1996, MARINE BENTHIC VEGET, P187 NORKKO A, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V131, P143 NORKKO A, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V140, P141 OLIVEIRA JC, 1996, MARINE BENTHIC VEGET, P283 PARDAL MA, 2000, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V196, P207 PEARSON TH, 1978, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL EC, V20, P1 RAFFAELLI DG, 1998, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL AN, V36, P97 REISE K, 1989, HELGOLANDER MEERESUN, V43, P417 REISE K, 2002, J SEA RES, V48, P127 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHRAMM W, 1996, MARINE BENTHIC VEGET SCHRAMM W, 1996, MARINE BENTHIC VEGET, P449 VANDEKOPPEL J, 2001, ECOLOGY, V82, P3449 VANKATWIJK MM, 2000, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V208, P107 WIDDOWS J, 2002, J SEA RES, V48, P143 NR 41 TC 1 J9 J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL BP 233 EP 248 PY 2004 PD MAY 12 VL 302 IS 2 GA 815WD UT ISI:000221071500008 ER PT J AU BEDDINGTON, JR MAY, RM TI MAXIMUM SUSTAINABLE YIELDS IN SYSTEMS SUBJECT TO HARVESTING AT MORE THAN ONE TROPHIC LEVEL SO MATHEMATICAL BIOSCIENCES LA English DT Article C1 PRINCETON UNIV,DEPT BIOL,PRINCETON,NJ 08544. RP BEDDINGTON, JR, UNIV YORK,DEPT BIOL,HESLINGTON YO1 5DD,YORKSHIRE,ENGLAND. CR 1975, FAO175 FISH REP ARON JL, 1979, MATH BIOSCI, V46, P197 BEDDINGTON JR, UNPUBLISHED BENGTSON JL, 1978, REV INFORMATION REGA BRAUER F, 1979, J MATH BIOL, V7, P319 BRAUER F, 1979, J MATH BIOL, V8, P55 CHRISTIANSEN FB, 1977, THEORIES POPULATION CLARK CW, 1976, MATH BIOECONOMICS CLARKE MR, UNPUBLISHED CLARKE MR, 1966, ADV MAR BIOL, V4, P91 GETZ WM, 1979, TWISK7 CSIR NRIMS TE GOH BS, 1979, THEORETICAL SYSTEMS, P385 GULLAND JA, 1971, FOOD RESOURCES OCEAN HOLT SJ, 1975, MAN FOOD EQUATION, P77 HORWOOD JW, 1976, ICNAF SEL PAP, V1, P151 HORWOOD JW, 1979, DYNAMICS LARGE MAMMA LARKIN PA, 1963, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V20, P647 LARKIN PA, 1966, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V23, P349 LAWS RM, 1977, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V279, P81 MAY RM, 1974, STABILITY COMPLEXITY MAY RM, 1976, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MAY RM, 1978, MATH BIOSCI, V42, P219 MAY RM, 1979, SCIENCE, V205, P267 MORSE PM, 1953, METHODS THEORETICAL, V1 POPE JG, 1976, INT COMM NW ATL FISH, V1, P157 SHIRAKIHARA K, 1978, RES POPUL ECOL, V20, P123 SILVERT W, 1977, MATH BIOSCI, V33, P121 YODZIS P, 1976, B MATH BIOL, V38, P97 NR 29 TC 18 J9 MATH BIOSCI BP 261 EP 281 PY 1980 VL 51 IS 3-4 GA KK851 UT ISI:A1980KK85100007 ER PT J AU Zhou, Z Sun, OJ Huang, J Gao, Y Han, X TI Land use affects the relationship between species diversity and productivity at the local scale in a semi-arid steppe ecosystem SO FUNCTIONAL ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Bot, Lab Quantitat Vegetat Ecol, Beijing 100093, Peoples R China. Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Beijing 100049, Peoples R China. RP Sun, OJ, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Bot, Lab Quantitat Vegetat Ecol, Beijing 100093, Peoples R China. AB 1. The accelerating extinction rate of plant species and its effect on ecosystem functioning is a hotly debated topic in ecological research. Most research projects concerning the relationship between species diversity and productivity have been conducted in artificial plant communities, with only a few in natural ecosystems. In this study we examined the relationship between species diversity and above-ground net primary productivity (ANPP) over two consecutive growth seasons (2004 and 2005) in a semi-arid steppe ecosystem of northern China, that were subjected to different land uses. 2. Land use affected the relationship between species diversity and ANPP in this semi-arid steppe ecosystem. Exclusion of grazing without or with biomass removal by mowing increased ANPP, species richness and species diversity compared with free grazing; the effect was reflected mainly as enhanced importance of the perennial forbs functional group in terms of their relative contributions to ANPP, plant cover and plant abundance. 3. Many mechanisms regulate the relationship between species diversity and productivity. Differential effects of anthropogenic activities on biodiversity and ecosystem functioning greatly complicate the analysis of such relationships. On grazing-exclusion sites the relationship between ANPP and species richness can be best described as an exponential growth function (R-2 = 0.99, P < 0.001, n = 24); whereas on the free-grazing site the relationship takes the form of exponential decay (R-2 = 0.96, P < 0.001, n = 24). Our study concludes that the mode and severity of disturbance are important factors for interpreting the relationship between species diversity and productivity in semi-arid steppe ecosystems. CR AARSSEN LW, 2003, OIKOS, V102, P427 ARMAS C, 2005, J ECOL, V93, P978 BAI YF, 2004, NATURE, V431, P181 BAO YJ, 2004, ACTA BOT SIN, V46, P1155 BAOYIN T, 2001, ACTA SCI NATURALIUM, V32, P657 BELLOT J, 2004, ACTA OECOL, V25, P7 BENEDETTICECCHI L, 2005, ECOL LETT, V8, P791 BERENDSE F, 1998, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY, V42, P73 BONET A, 2004, J ARID ENVIRON, V56, P213 CARDINALE BJ, 2000, OIKOS, V91, P175 CHAPIN FS, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P500 COLLINS SL, 1987, ECOLOGY, V68, P1243 CONWAY MG, 2000, THESIS C STURT U WAG DUNCAN RP, 1997, NEW ZEAL J ECOL, V21, P51 EHRLICH PR, 1981, EXTINCTION CAUSES CO GOUGH L, 1994, OIKOS, V70, P271 GRIME JP, 1998, J ECOL, V86, P902 GUO QF, 2005, NATURE, V435, E6 HE JS, 2003, ACTA PHYTOECOLOGICA, V27, P835 HECTOR A, 2002, ECOL LETT, V5, P502 HOOPER DU, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1302 HUSTON MA, 1997, OECOLOGIA, V110, P449 HUSTON MA, 2002, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST, P47 KAHMEN A, 2005, FUNCT ECOL, V19, P594 KAHMEN A, 2005, OECOLOGIA, V142, P606 KINZIG AP, 2001, FUNCTIONAL CONSEQUEN LI RP, 2006, J ARID LAND RESOURCE, V20, P180 LIU QY, 2003, ACTA ECOLOGICA SINIC, V23, P1025 LOREAU M, 2002, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST MAESTRE FT, 2004, P ROY SOC LOND B S5, V271, S331 MCNAUGHTON SJ, 1983, ECOL MONOGR, V53, P291 MICHALET R, 2006, NEW PHYTOL, V169, P3 MITTELBACH GG, 2001, ECOLOGY, V82, P2381 NAEEM S, 1994, NATURE, V368, P734 NAEEM S, 1995, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V347, P249 NAEEM S, 1996, OIKOS, V76, P259 OSEM Y, 2002, J ECOL, V90, P936 PETRAITIS PS, 1989, Q REV BIOL, V64, P393 PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 PIMM SL, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P347 RAJANIEMI TK, 2003, OIKOS, V101, P449 SAX DF, 2002, AM NAT, V160, P766 SAX DF, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P561 SCHAFFERS AP, 2002, PLANT ECOL, V158, P247 SCHLAPFER F, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P893 SEABLOOM EW, 2003, ECOLOGY, V84, P2891 SYMSTAD AJ, 1998, OIKOS, V81, P389 TILMAN D, 1994, NATURE, V367, P363 TILMAN D, 1996, NATURE, V379, P718 TILMAN D, 1997, ECOLOGY, V94, P1857 TILMAN D, 2000, NATURE, V405, P208 TILMAN D, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5433 TROUMBIS AY, 2001, OECOLOGIA, V129, P622 VITOUSEK PM, 1993, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST, P3 WAIDE RB, 1999, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V30, P257 WANG SP, 2003, MANGEMENT GRAZING EC, P45 WANG SP, 2005, NATURE, V435, E5 WANG W, 1999, J ARID LAND RESOURCE, V13, P44 WARDLE DA, 1999, ECOL MONOGR, V69, P535 WARDLE DA, 2001, OECOLOGIA, V129, P620 WILLIAMS JW, 2005, ECOL LETT, V8, P127 YOU LY, 2003, GEOGRAPHICAL RES, V22, P680 ZHAN JY, 2004, RESOURCES SCI, V26, P80 NR 63 TC 1 J9 FUNCT ECOL BP 753 EP 762 PY 2006 PD OCT VL 20 IS 5 GA 081AF UT ISI:000240288900002 ER PT J AU Getzner, M TI Investigating public decisions about protecting wetlands SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Univ Klagenfurt, Dept Econ, A-9020 Klagenfurt, Austria. RP Getzner, M, Univ Klagenfurt, Dept Econ, Univ Str 65-67, A-9020 Klagenfurt, Austria. AB Quantitative analyses of species protection decisions taken by public authorities regularly show that ecological factors, such as the probability of extinction, often play a minor role in the decision-making process. The taxonomy of the species or its potential conflict with economic development is a more powerful factor. This paper presents quantitative empirical research on the protection of wetlands in Austria. Econometrically estimated models show that geographical and ecological factors (such as the size of the area, elevation and importance for biodiversity) play a significant role in the protection of wetlands. Additional influences include conflict variables encoding the negative effects of the primary economic sector (agriculture) or tourism. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. CR *FED ENV AG, 1997, 1 AUSTR NAT REP CONV *UNEP, 1992, CONV BIOL DIV *US GAO, 1994, GAORCED9516 ANDO AW, 1997, 9744 RES I ANDO AW, 1998, 9814 RES FUT ATKINSON A, 1991, PRINCIPLES POLITICAL BEAN MJ, 1991, BALANCING BRINK EXTI, P37 BLUME L, 1984, Q J ECON, V99, P71 BROMLEY DW, 1991, ENV EC PROPERTY RIGH CLARK TW, 1997, AVERTING EXTINCTION DALY HE, 1994, INVESTING NATURAL CA DRYZEK JS, 1987, RATIONAL ECOLOGY ENV ENDICOTT E, 1993, LAND CONSERVATION PU GETZNER M, 2001, KONTINGENZBEFRAGUNGE, P245 GETZNER MG, 2000, WIRTSCHAFTSPOLITISCH, V20, P531 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 INNES R, 1998, J ECON PERSPECT, V12, P35 JAMES JF, 2002, IN PRESS DEV ALTERNA KELLERT SR, 1986, PRESERVATION SPECIES, P50 KELLERT SR, 1993, CONSERV BIOL, V7, P845 MANN CC, 1992, ATLANTIC, V269, P47 MANN CC, 1993, UNPUB FEDERAL EXPEND METRICK A, 1998, J ECON PERSPECT, V12, P21 OBERLEITNER I, 1996, FEUCHTGEBIETSINVENTA OSTROM E, 1993, I INCENTIVES SUSTAIN PINDYCK RS, 1991, ECONOMETRIC MODELS E PLACHTER H, 1998, NATURSCHUTZ RAUSCHMAYER F, 2000, ENTSCHEIDUNGSVERHAHR SCHONBACK W, 1997, NATIONALPAK DONAUAUE SHOGREN JR, 1998, PRIVATE PROPERTY END, P48 SIMON BM, 1995, J POLICY ANAL MANAG, V14, P415 SOLOW RM, 1993, EC ENV SELECTED READ, P179 SOUDER JA, 1993, NAT RESOUR J, V33, P1095 TEAR TH, 1993, SCIENCE, V262, P976 THOMAS JW, 1992, T N AM WILDL NAT RES, V57, P627 TIEFENBACH M, 1998, MONGRAPHIEN UMWELTBU, V91 WEITZMAN ML, 1992, Q J ECON, V107, P363 WEITZMAN ML, 1993, Q J ECON, V108, P157 NR 38 TC 0 J9 J ENVIRON MANAGE BP 237 EP 246 PY 2002 PD MAR VL 64 IS 3 GA 543MD UT ISI:000175105000002 ER PT J AU Haberl, H Fischer-Kowalski, M Krausmann, F Weisz, H Winiwarter, V TI Progress towards sustainability? What the conceptual framework of material and energy flow accounting (MEFA) can offer SO LAND USE POLICY LA English DT Review C1 Inst Interdisciplinary Studies Austrian Univ, Dept Social Ecol, A-1070 Vienna, Austria. Inst Interdisciplinary Studies Austrian Univ, Dept Anal Sci & Culture, A-1070 Vienna, Austria. Univ Nat Resources & Appl Life Sci, Inst Soil Res, A-1080 Vienna, Austria. RP Haberl, H, Inst Interdisciplinary Studies Austrian Univ, Dept Social Ecol, Schottenfeldgasse 29, A-1070 Vienna, Austria. AB Sustainability science analyses society nature interaction on a variety of spatial and temporal scales. By explaining the link between sustainability and socio-economic material and energy flows as well as with colonization of ecosystems, this paper introduces a conceptual framework for empirical applications featured in other contributions to this special issue. The paper discusses how the proposed material and energy flow accounting (MEFA) framework supports such analyses. This framework is an integrated toolbox to account for socio-economic metabolism and colonization of natural processes; above all, land use. We argue that, even though it is at present impossible to define precision sustainability thresholds with respect to many material and energy flows, the MEFA framework is a valuable tool because it tracks these flows in a consistent manner for regions of any scale over time. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *CEC, 2001, COM2001264 COMM EUR *EEA, 2002, ENV SIGN 2002 BENCHM *ENQ KOMM, 1997, ZWISCH ENQ KOMM SCHU *EUR, 2001, EC WID MAT FLOW ACC *EUR, 2002, MAT US EUR UN 1980 2 *OECD, 1997, ENV TAX GREEN TAX RE *UNEP, 2002, GLOB ENV OUTL, V3 *WCED, 1987, WORLD COMM ENV DEV O ALROY J, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1893 ARTHUR WB, 1987, EUR J OPER RES, V30, P294 AYRES RU, 1969, AM ECON REV, V59, P282 AYRES RU, 1993, 9336EPS INSEAD AYRES RU, 1994, IND METABOLISM RESTR AYRES RU, 2001, RESOURCES SCARCITY G BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BOULDING KE, 1973, STEADY STATE EC, P3 BOYDEN S, 1992, BIOHISTORY INTERPLAY BRANDT KWH, 1997, NACHHALTIGE ENTWICKL BRUNNER PH, 1994, IND METABOLISM RESTR, P163 BUTZER KW, 1984, ARCHAEOLOGY HUMAN EC CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 CHAMBERS N, 2001, SHARING NATURES INTE CLARK JS, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P657 CLARK WC, 1986, SUSTAINBLE DEV BIOSP CLEVELAND CJ, 1998, J IND ECOLOGY, V2, P15 COALE KH, 1996, NATURE, V383, P495 COSTANZA R, 1993, BIOSCIENCE, V43, P545 COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 DUCHIN F, 1998, STRUCTURAL EC MEASUR ERB KH, 2001, VERHANDLUNGEN ZOOLOG, V138, P137 FISCHERKOWALSKI M, 1998, INT SOC SCI J, V50, P573 FISCHERKOWALSKI M, 1998, J IND ECOL, V2, P107 FISCHERKOWALSKI M, 1998, J IND ECOL, V2, P61 FISCHERKOWALSKI M, 2001, POPUL ENVIRON, V23, P7 FOLKE C, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1018 FOLKE C, 2002, RESILIENCE SUSTAINAB GELLNER E, 1988, PLOUGH SWORD BOOK GERHOLD S, 2000, STAT NACHRICHTEN, V55, P298 GIAMPIETRO M, 1991, ECOL ECON, V4, P117 GIAMPIETRO M, 1997, ADV HUM EC, V6, P75 GIBSON CC, 2000, ECOL ECON, V32, P217 GOLDEMBERG J, 2001, WORLD ENERGY ASSESSM GOLDSMITH E, 1984, SOCIAL ENV EFFECTS L, V1 GRAYSON DK, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P1459 GRUBB M, 1991, ENERGY POLICIES GREE GRUBLER A, 1999, ENERG POLICY, V27, P247 GRUNBUHEL CM, 2003, HUM ECOL, V31, P53 HABERL H, 1997, GESELLSCHAFTLICHER S, P129 HABERL H, 2000, NATUR KULTUR, V1, P32 HABERL H, 2001, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEM CY, V15, P929 HABERL H, 2001, J IND ECOLOGY, V5, P11 HABERL H, 2001, J IND ECOLOGY, V5, P71 HABERL H, 2001, LAND USE POLICY, V18, P1 HABERL H, 2003, IN PRESS AGR ECOSYST HALL C, 2001, BIOSCIENCE, V51, P663 HALL CAS, 1986, ENERGY RESOURCE QUAL HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P390 HOLUB HW, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P329 HUBACEK K, 2003, ECOL ECON, V44, P137 HUTTLER W, 2001, BAUEN NACHHALTIGE EN JAEGER CC, 2002, IHDP NEWSLETTER, P10 KATES RW, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P641 KAY JJ, 1999, FUTURES, V31, P721 KEMP WB, 1971, SCI AM, V224, P105 KRAUSE F, 1996, ENERG POLICY, V24, P899 KRAUSMANN F, 2001, LAND USE POLICY, V18, P17 KRAUSMANN F, 2002, ECOL ECON, V41, P177 KRAUSMANN F, 2003, LAND USE POLICY, V20, P1 KRAUSMANN F, 2004, IN PRESS HUMAN ECOLO KRAUSMANN F, 2004, LAND USE POLICY LIVERMAN DM, 1998, PEOPLE PIXELS LINKIN LUHMANN N, 1995, SOCIAL SYSTEMS MATTHEWS E, 2000, WEIGHT NATIONS MAT O MEYER WB, 1994, CHANGES LAND USE LAN MONFREDA C, 2004, LAND USE POLICY MULLERHEROLD U, 1998, ADV HUMAN ECOLOGY, V6, P201 MURADIAN R, 2001, INNOVATION EUROPEAN, V14, P171 NETTING RM, 1981, BALANCING ALP ECOLOG NETTING RM, 1993, SMALLHOLDERS HOUSEHO PAEHLKE R, 2001, ENVIRON POLIT, V10, P1 PEARCE D, 1990, BLUEPRINT GREEN EC PEARCE DW, 1993, ECOL ECON, V8, P103 PETERSON DL, 1998, ECOLOGICAL SCALE THE PIMENTEL D, 1973, SCIENCE, V182, P443 POMERANZ K, 2000, GREAT DIVERGENCE CHI POSTEL SL, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P785 RADERMACHER W, 1998, ENV ACCOUNTING THEOR, P229 RAPPAPORT RA, 1971, SCI AM, V224, P117 ROJSTACZER S, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P2549 SACHS W, 1999, PLANET DIALECTICS EX SCHABACKER EW, 1999, NY INT L REV, V12, P1 SCHANDL H, 1997, 47 IFF SOC EC SCHANDL H, 2000, STAT NACHRICHTEN, V55, P128 SCHANDL H, 2002, ECOL ECON, V41, P203 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHELLNHUBER HJ, 1999, NATURE S, V402, C19 SCHIPPER L, 2000, ENERG POLICY, V28, P351 SCHLESINGER WH, 1997, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY ANAL SIEFERLE RP, 1997, RUCKBLICK NATUR GESC SINGH SJ, 2001, POPUL ENVIRON, V23, P71 SMIL V, 1992, GEN ENERGETICS ENERG TILMAN D, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P281 TURNER BL, 1990, EARTH TRANSFORMED HU VASEY DE, 1992, ECOLOGICAL HIST AGR VITOUSEK PM, 1986, BIOSCIENCE, V36, P368 VITOUSEK PM, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P1 VOROSMARTY CJ, 1997, AMBIO, V26, P210 WACKERNAGEL M, 1996, OUR ECOLOGICAL FOOTP WACKERNAGEL M, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P9266 WACKERNAGEL M, 2004, LAND USE POLICY WEISZ H, 2001, INNOVATION, V14, P117 WETERINGS RAP, 1992, ECOCAPACITY CHALLENG WRBKA T, 2004, LAND USE POLICY WRIGHT DH, 1990, AMBIO, V19, P189 NR 116 TC 0 J9 LAND USE POLICY BP 199 EP 213 PY 2004 PD JUL VL 21 IS 3 GA 840CK UT ISI:000222834400002 ER PT J AU Beck, MB TI Vulnerability of water quality in intensively developing urban watersheds SO ENVIRONMENTAL MODELLING & SOFTWARE LA English DT Article C1 Univ Georgia, Warnell Sch Forest Resources, Athens, GA 30602 USA. RP Beck, MB, Univ Georgia, Warnell Sch Forest Resources, Athens, GA 30602 USA. AB As cities grow they first impose substantial stress on their surrounding water environment, but then, as comprehensive wastewater infrastructure is installed. much of that stress is removed. It becomes possible to talk of rehabilitated watersheds. in which the river network, with its re-invigorated ecological health, passes through the urban landscape of (now) potentially intense polluting activities. Surface water quality becomes vulnerable to the transient pollution events arising from all manner of accidents. faults. failures, and contaminated-runoff events associated with the city's metabolism. including unreliability in the performance of its wastewater infra structure. The paper examines the role of High-Performance Integrated Control (H-PIC)-a combination of real-time control (RTC) and Integrated Urban Water Management (IUWM)-as an approach essential to managing water quality in such intensively developing watersheds. Rather than promoting H-PIC as the logical stage of operations that will follow planning. design, and construction in the life cycle of an infrastructure, discussion is set in the context of the sustainability of cities. in particular, in association with a measure of sustainability expressed in terms of the frequency spectrum of disturbances to which the aquatic environment is subject. In this more strategic setting, it is argued that control engineering (for achieving H-PIC) should be seen as having relevance beyond merely its conventional interpretation of closed-loop unit-process; automation, e.g., in opening up analyses of the stability and ecological resilience of an entire urban water infrastructure. It is acknowledged that "integration", as in IUWM and H-PIC, is likely to be realized in practice. because of the need for it expressed in the highest political circles of the sustainability debate. Given this, the paper examines the implications of the ongoing shift-from the technocracy of the past century to the democracy of stakeholder participation in the present century-for the more widespread use of information and communication technologies in managing water quality in urban water environments. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR 2002, FOR GLOB WAT ISS ALLEN TFH, 2001, BIOSCIENCE, V51, P475 ANDREWS JF, 1974, WATER RES, V8, P261 AZAPAGIC A, 1999, CHEM ENG J, V73, P1 BECK MB, 1976, WATER RES, V10, P575 BECK MB, 1980, REAL TIME FORECASTIN, P179 BECK MB, 1981, 7 INT I APPL SYST AN BECK MB, 1987, WATER RESOUR RES, V23, P2030 BECK MB, 1994, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V30, P1 BECK MB, 1994, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V30, P31 BECK MB, 1996, HABITAT INT, V20, P405 BECK MB, 1996, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V33, P1 BECK MB, 1999, WORKSH SUST URB WAT BECK MB, 2002, 1 IWA INT LEAD EDG C BECK MB, 2002, ENV FORESIGHT MODELS, P207 BECK MB, 2002, INTEGRATED ASSESSMEN, V3, P299 BECK MB, 2003, BENEFITING BULL CHIN BEDER S, 1997, TECHNOL STUD, V4, P167 BEDNAREK AT, 2001, ENVIRON MANAGE, V27, P803 BUNN SE, 2002, ENVIRON MANAGE, V30, P492 BUTLER D, ENV MODELLING SOFTWA CASTI JL, 2002, COMPLEXITY, V7, P10 CATLEYCARLSON M, 2002, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V45, P7 CHEN CY, 1993, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V28, P1 CHRISTENSEN VG, 2000, 4126 US GEOL SURV CIAVATTA S, 2004, AUTOMATION WATER QUA, P149 COWIE GM, ENV MODELLING SOFTWA CRABTREE B, 1996, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V33, P209 DARIER E, 1999, J ENV POLICY PLANNIN, V1, P103 DOCHAIN D, 2001, DYNAMICAL MODELLING, P342 DUCHESNE S, 2001, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V43, P311 FALKENMARK M, 2002, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V45, P1 FATH BD, ENV MODELLING SOFTWA FLEISCHMANN N, 2003, WATER SCI TECHNOLOGY, V47 FRONTEAU C, 1997, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V36, P373 GALLOWAY JN, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P64 GALLOWAY JN, 2003, BIOSCIENCE, V53, P341 GALLOWAY JN, 2003, INTER ELEMENT INTERA, P358 GELDOF G, 1994, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V29, P245 GRIGG NS, 1996, WATER RESOURCES MANA GROSSMAN GD, 1990, ENVIRON MANAGE, V14, P661 GROSSMAN GD, 1998, ECOL MONOGR, V68, P395 GUIMARAESPEREIR.A, 1999, J SUSTAINABLE DEV, V2, P411 GUJER W, 1982, GAS WASSER ABWASSER, V62, P298 HALL AW, 2003, WATER RESOURCES IMPA, V5, P9 HALLUM A, 2001, COMMUNICATION HARREMOES P, 2002, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V45, P113 HAWKEN P, 1993, ECOLOGY COMMERCE DEC HAWKEN P, 1999, NATURAL CAPITALISM N HELLSTROM D, 1997, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V35, P135 HOLLING CS, 1996, ENG ECOLOGICAL CONST, P31 HOLLING CS, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P63 HOLLINGS CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM INGILDSEN P, 2001, GET MORE YOUR WASTEW JANSSON A, 1999, ECOSYSTEMS, V2, P351 JEFFREY P, 1999, URBAN WATER, V1, P187 KASEMIR B, 2000, ENVIRONMENT, V42, P32 KNEESE AV, 1967, EC REGIONAL WATER QU KORFMACHER KS, 2001, ENVIRON MANAGE, V27, P161 LESSARD P, 1989, THESIS IMPERIAL COLL LESSARD P, 1990, RES J WATER POLLUT C, V62, P810 LIJKLEMA L, 1993, INTERURBA 92 INTERAC, V27 LITTLE RG, 2002, J URBAN TECHNOL, V9, P109 LUISI PL, 2003, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V90, P49 MAGUIRE LA, 2003, J WATER RES PL-ASCE, V129, P261 MALLE KG, 1994, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V29, P149 MARK O, 1999, WATER QUALITY IN JAN, P23 MATOS JS, 2002, WATER SCI TECHNOLOGY, V45 MCDONOUGH W, 2002, CRADLE CRADLE REMAKI MEIRLAEN J, 2002, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V45, P109 NAIMAN RJ, 2002, ENVIRON MANAGE, V30, P455 NIEMCZYNOWICZ J, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P449 ODUM WE, 1995, ESTUARIES, V18, P547 OLSSON G, 1999, WASTEWATER TREATMENT OTTERPOHL R, 1999, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V39, P153 PAHLWOSTL C, ENV MODELLING SOFTWA PINAY G, 2002, ENVIRON MANAGE, V30, P481 PLEAU M, 2004, ENV MODELLING SOFTWA POFF NL, 1997, BIOSCIENCE, V47, P769 POSTEL S, 2002, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V45, P3 RAUCH W, 2002, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V45, P81 REDA ALL, 1996, THESIS IMPERIAL COLL REDA ALL, 1999, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V39, P225 RINALDI S, 1979, MODELING CONTROL RIV RINALDI SM, 2001, IEEE CONTROL SYSTEMS, P11 ROUSSEAU AN, 2004, ENV MODELLING SOFTWA SCHILLING W, 1989, 2 INT ASS WAT QUAL I SCHLESINGER WH, 1991, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY ANAL SCHUTZE M, 1998, THESIS IMPERIAL COLL SCHUTZE M, 1999, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V39, P209 SCHUTZE M, 2002, MODELLING SIMULATION SCHUTZE M, 2002, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V45, P141 STEPHENS F, 2001, COMMUNICATION THOMANN RV, 1968, CHEM ENG PROGR S SER, V64, P21 THOMANN RV, 1972, SYSTEMS ANAL WATER Q TILLMAN T, 2001, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V43, P319 TRANVIK T, 2000, DOING TECHNOLOGY DEM, P155 VANROLLEGHEM PA, 2004, ENV MODELLING SOFTWA VIESSMAN W, 1997, WATER RESOURCES UPDA, P2 WILLIAMS W, 2001, COMMUNICATION YOUNG P, 1974, AUTOMATICA, V10, P455 ZIMMERMAN R, 2001, J URBAN TECHNOL, V8, P97 NR 102 TC 6 J9 ENVIRON MODELL SOFTW BP 381 EP 400 PY 2005 PD APR VL 20 IS 4 GA 888UH UT ISI:000226399200002 ER PT J AU THOMAS, DSG TI SANDSTORM IN A TEACUP - UNDERSTANDING DESERTIFICATION SO GEOGRAPHICAL JOURNAL LA English DT Article RP THOMAS, DSG, UNIV SHEFFIELD,DEPT GEOG,SHEFFIELD S10 2TN,S YORKSHIRE,ENGLAND. AB In 1987 UNEP stated that 27 million hectares of productive land were being lost to desertification each year, at which rate not one hectare of productive land would remain on earth in 200 years time. Despite being widely perceived as an environmental issue of major importance, desertification has been subject to considerable confusion, misinterpretation and lack of clarity regarding its characteristics and occurrence. This paper examines recent scientific developments that enhance understanding of desertification processes but raise doubts about some previous assessments of the problem. In particular, natural fluctuations in dryland vegetation communities caused by inherent environmental instability need to be distinguished from degradation of the soil system caused by human activities. Improved satellite-based monitoring of environmental changes in Africa, and a recent global assessment of human-induced land degradation by ISRIC/UNEP, suggest previous assessments of desertification may have over-estimated the worldwide extent of the phenomenon by a factor of three. CR 1985, FOOD CRISIS AFRICA *UN ENV PROGR, UND SANDS CHANG WHY *UN ENV PROGR, 1978, UN CONF DES 29 AUG 9 *UN ENV PROGR, 1984, GEN ASS PROGR IMPL P *UN ENV PROGR, 1987, ROLL BACK DES 10 YEA *UN ENV PROGR, 1992, WORLD ATL DES ABEL NOJ, 1989, LAND DEGRAD REHABIL, V1, P101 ADAMS WM, 1990, TECHNIQUES DESERT RE, P135 AGNEW C, 1992, WATER RES ARID REALM AUBREVILLE A, 1949, CLIMATS FORETS DESER BINNS T, 1990, GEOGRAPHY, V75, P106 BROWN RB, 1986, RESTORING AFRICAN SO CHARNEY J, 1975, SCIENCE, V187, P434 COOKE HJ, 1983, DES CONTROL B, V8, P9 COURTANT JJ, 1991, B LIASON, V10, P9 CRAWLEY MJ, 1983, HERBIVORY DYNAMICS A DEANGELIS DL, 1987, ECOL MONOGR, V57, P1 DHAR ON, 1979, P S HYDROLOGICAL ASP DREGNE HE, 1983, DESERTIFICATION ARID DREGNE HE, 1988, DESERTIFICATION CONT, V16, P16 DREGNE HE, 1990, DES CONTROL B, V20, P6 FANTECHI R, 1984, DESERTIFICATION EURO FORSE W, 1989, NEW SCI, V1650, P31 GLANTZ MH, 1983, DESERTIFICATION CONT, V9, P15 GLANTZ MH, 1989, AFRICAN FOOD SYSTE 1, P45 GOUDIE AS, 1990, TECHNIQUES DESERT RE, P1 GRAINGER A, 1990, THREATENING DESERT HANAN NP, 1991, J APPL ECOL, V28, P173 HARE F, 1987, PLANNING DROUGHT RED, P3 HELLDEN U, 1984, RAPPORTER NOTISER, V61 HELLDEN U, 1988, DESERTIFICATION CONT, V17, P8 HELLDEN U, 1991, AMBIO, V20, P372 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HULME M, 1989, GEOGRAPHY, V74, P38 HULME M, 1990, GLOBAL MEAN MONTHLY IBRAHIM FN, 1984, ECOLOGICAL IMBALANCE JOSHI PK, 1984, INDIAN J AGR ECON, V39, P528 KASSAS M, 1990, DES CONTROL B, V20, P19 KEMP R, 1991, GLOBAL ENV ISSUES CL LAMPREY HF, 1975, 1975 NAT COUNC RES M LAWESON J, 1991, ASPECTS WOODY VEGETA LEE RB, 1976, KALAHARI HUNTER GATH LIVINGSTONE I, 1991, AMBIO, V20, P80 MABBUTT JA, 1984, ENVIRON CONSERV, V5, P45 MABBUTT JA, 1987, DES CONTROL B, V15, P12 MACE R, 1991, NATURE, V349, P280 MAINGUET M, 1991, DESERTIFICATION NATU MCCABE JT, 1990, HUM ECOL, V18, P81 MEIGS P, 1953, ARID ZONE RES, V1, P203 MIDDLETON NJ, 1992, WORLD ATLAS DESERTIF MORTIMER NJ, 1988, GEOG, V73, P61 MORTIMER NJ, 1989, ADAPTING DROUGHT FAR NELSON R, 1988, 8 ENV DEP WORK PAP W ODINGO RS, 1990, DESERTIFICATION CONT, V18, P31 OLDEMAN LR, 1988, ISRIC884 WORK PAP PR OLSSON L, 1983, LUND STUDIES GEOGR A, V60 PERKINS JS, 1983, LANDSCAPE SENSITIVIT, P273 PERKINS JS, 1991, THESIS U SHEFFIELD RAPP A, 1974, REV DESERTIFICATION RHOADES JD, 1990, TECHNIQUES DESERT RE, P109 ROSANOV BG, 1990, DESERTIFICATION REVI, P45 SANDFORD S, 1982, DESERTIFICATION DEV, P61 SKARPE C, 1991, AMBIO, V20, P351 SPOONER B, 1989, AFRICAN FOOD SYSTE 1, P111 STOCKING M, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC, P49 THOMAS DSG, 1988, BIOGEOMORPHOLOGY, P191 THOMAS DSG, 1989, ARID ZONE GEOMORPHOL, P1 THOMAS DSG, 1993, J ARID ENVIRON, V24, P95 TUCKER CJ, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P299 TYSON PD, 1986, CLIMATIC CHANGE VARI WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WALKER BH, 1985, MANAGEMENT WORLDS SA WALKER BH, 1989, CONSERVATION 21 CENT, P121 WARREN A, 1987, 20 INT I ENV DEV DRY WARREN A, 1992, ASSESSMENT DESERTIFI WILHITE DA, 1985, WATER INT, V10, P111 NR 76 TC 16 J9 GEOGR J BP 318 EP 331 PY 1993 PD NOV VL 159 GA ML396 UT ISI:A1993ML39600005 ER PT J AU VERTINSKY, I TI AN ECOLOGICAL MODEL OF RESILIENT DECISION-MAKING - AN APPLICATION TO THE STUDY OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE-SECTOR DECISION-MAKING IN JAPAN SO ECOLOGICAL MODELLING LA English DT Article C1 UNIV BRITISH COLUMBIA,CTR INT BUSINESS STUDIES,VANCOUVER V6T 1WF,BC,CANADA. RP VERTINSKY, I, UNIV BRITISH COLUMBIA,INST ANIM RESOURCE ECOL,VANCOUVER V6T 1WF,BC,CANADA. CR ASAI T, 1983, J JPN TRADE IND, V2, P31 CAVES RE, 1976, IND ORG JAPAN CHURCHMAN CW, 1971, DESIGN INQUIRING SYS CLARK R, 1976, JAPANESE CO DENNY M, 1980, SCIENCE, V208, P1288 DORE R, 1973, BRIT FACTORY JAPANES FEIGENBAUM E, 1983, 5TH GENERATION ARTIF GLAZER N, 1976, ASIAS NEW GIANT JAPA HAJIME N, 1981, JAPANESE MIND, P143 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1984, GLOBAL CHANGE JOHNSON C, 1978, JAPANS PUBLIC POLICY JOHNSON C, 1982, MITI JAPANESE MIRACL JOHNSON C, 1983, J JPN TRADE IND, V2, P37 KRASNER SD, 1978, DEFENDING NATIONAL I LIDA T, 1981, ORIENT EC, V44, P8 LUDWIG D, 1978, J ANIM ECOL, V47, P315 MACDOWELL J, 1984, MANAGEMENT INNOVATIO MACHIN J, 1975, PULMONATES, V1, P105 NAGAI Y, 1983, SPEAKING JAPAN, V4, P7 NAKANE C, 1964, JPN Q, V11, P434 NEMETZ PN, 1985, PAC AFF, V4, P553 OUCHI WG, 1984, M FORM SOC AM TEAMWO PATTEN BC, 1975, AM NAT, V109, P529 RAPP WV, 1984, CREAT COMPUT, V10, P43 ROLLO CD, 1983, RES POPUL ECOL, V25, P150 ROLLO CD, 1983, RES POPUL ECOL, V25, P321 SAMUELS RJ, 1981, POLITICS JAPANS ENER SAMUELS RJ, 1983, MIT EL83010 WORK PAP SAVAGE LJ, 1971, J AM STAT ASS, V60, P738 SCHUMPETER JA, 1975, CAPITALISM SOCIALISM THOMPSON WA, 1976, RES POPUL ECOL, V18, P1 THOMPSON WA, 1979, RES POPUL ECOL, V20, P188 TSURUMI Y, 1984, SOGOSHOSHA TSURUTA T, 1983, TECHNOL REV, V86, P45 VOGEL E, 1979, JAPAN NUMBER 1 LESSO WALLICH W, 1976, ASIAS NEW GIANT JAPA WEBSTER JR, 1975, ERDA S SERIES, P1 YOSHINO MY, 1968, JAPANS MANAGERIAL SY NR 39 TC 0 J9 ECOL MODEL BP 141 EP 158 PY 1987 PD SEP VL 38 IS 1-2 GA J9766 UT ISI:A1987J976600009 ER PT J AU Thomas, FR TI Remodeling marine tenure on the atolls: A case study from western Kiribati, Micronesia SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Review C1 Univ S Pacif, Sch Social & Econ Dev, Dept Geog, Suva, Fiji. RP Thomas, FR, 4854 Cote Neiges 1509, Montreal, PQ H3V 1G7, Canada. AB Kiribati underwent dramatic changes in laws governing access to intertidal resources as a result of colonial intrusion. In recent years, the impact of population growth, urbanization, more efficient extractive technologies, and expanding market opportunities have prompted island councils to adopt by-laws to protect existing resources. However, there remains the challenge of enforcing territorial rights. Several approaches that might lead to a viable tenurial system include alternative short-term gains, cooperative ventures, and the judicious application of TEK (Traditional Ecological Knowledge) as an instrument for resource management. The first two arc seen as preconditions for the success of the third because of the insights they provide within the context of behavioral ecology. This theoretical approach and associated models caution its from essentializing the environmental outcomes of human behavior by showing the lack of a resource conservation strategy. These aforementioned solutions for ensuring sustainable development of the intertidal zone are discussed based on fieldwork among several atoll communities in Western Kiribati with a focus on shellfish gathering. CR *AUSAID, 1999, KIR COUNTR BRIEF *CTR TRAD KNOWL, 1997, GUID ENV ASS TRAD KN *KIR FISH DIV, 1994, ANN REP *S PAC COMM, 1999, PAC ISL POP DAT SHEE *S PAC REG ENV PRO, 1994, KIR NAT ENV MAN STRA ABBOTT RR, 1995, MANAGEMENT PLAN TARA, V3 ACHESON JM, 1989, EC ANTHR, P351 ADAMS TJH, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P337 ALVARD MS, 1993, HUM ECOL, V21, P355 ALVARD MS, 1998, EVOL ANTHROPOL, V7, P62 ASWANI S, 1997, CUSTOMARY SEA TENURE ASWANI S, 1999, HUM ECOL, V27, P417 ATANRAOI P, 1995, CUSTOMARY LAND TENUR, P55 BAINES G, 1992, LORE CAPTURING TRADI, P91 BEDFORD R, 1980, J POLYNESIAN SOC, V89, P199 BEDFORD R, 1982, UNPUB POPULATION KIR BERKES F, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO, P1 BERKES F, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC, P1 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 1999, SACRED ECOLOGY TRADI BERTRAM G, 1999, PACIFIC ISLANDS ENV, P337 BETERO T, 1987, LAND TENURE ATOLLS, P40 BIRCH LL, 1999, ANNU REV NUTR, V19, P41 BOYD R, 1988, J THEOR BIOL, V132, P337 BROSIUS JP, 1999, AM ANTHROPOL, V101, P36 BROSIUS JP, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P277 BURGESS SM, 1987, CLIMATE WEATHER W KI BURNEY DA, 1997, HUM ECOL, V25, P437 CALLICOTT JB, 1982, ENVIRON ETHICS, V4, P293 CATALA RLA, 1957, ATOLL RES B, V59, P1 CHAPMAN M, 1987, AMBIO, V16, P201 CHAPMAN MD, 1985, ENVIRON CONSERV, V12, P217 CHESHER RH, 1993, GIANT CLAM SANCTUARI COLSON E, 1979, J ANTHROPOL RES, V35, P18 CONNELL J, 1998, DEV B, V45, P27 CROCOMBE RG, 1989, S PACIFIC REGIONAL E, P21 CROCOMBE RG, 1999, PACIFIC ISLANDS ENV, P208 DAVIS EHM, 1893, PAPERS RESPECTING DE DICKINSON WR, 1998, ASIAN PERSPECT, V37, P1 DYSONHUDSON R, 1978, AM ANTHROPOL, V80, P21 EDNEY JJ, 1978, HUM ECOL, V6, P387 FAYSAUNI L, 1999, TOK BLONG PASIFIK, V53, P32 GEDDES WH, 1982, 1 AUSTR NAT U GOODIE AS, 1999, SIMPLE HEURISTICS MA, P327 GRAHAM T, 1994, TRADITIONAL MARINE T, P278 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HEALEY C, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC, P21 HEINEN JT, 1992, ENVIRON CONSERV, V19, P105 HILL K, 1999, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V28, P397 HUNT C, 1996, INT J SOC ECON, V23, P221 HVIDING E, 1993, 39 ICLARM HVIDING E, 1996, GUARDIANS M LAGOON P JOHANNES RE, 1982, TRADITIONAL CONSERVA, P239 JOHANNES RE, 1989, S PACIFIC REGIONAL E, P29 JOHANNES RE, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC, P33 JOHANNES RE, 1995, MANAGEMENT PLAN TARA, V3 JOHNSON M, 1992, LORE CAPTURING TRADI KAPLAN H, 1992, EVOLUTIONARY ECOLOGY, P167 KIENENE T, 1993, ATOLL POLITICS REPUB, P250 KING P, 1999, STRATEGIES SUSTAINAB, P80 KOCH G, 1986, MAT CULTURE KIRIBATI KOTTAK CP, 1999, AM ANTHROPOL, V101, P23 KUNATUBA P, 1994, SCI PACIFIC ISLAND P, V1, P91 LAMBERT B, 1966, POLITICAL ANTHR, P155 LAMBERT B, 1971, LAND TENURE PACIFIC, P146 LATOUCHE JP, 1999, PETITES ACTIVITES PE, P161 LAWRENCE R, 1992, SOCIAL CHANGE PACIFI, P264 LEWIS DE, 1988, FOOD FOODWAYS, V3, P79 LIEW J, 1990, SUSTAINABLE DEV ENV, P77 LITTLE PE, 1999, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V28, P253 MACLEAN JL, 1978, HARVEST, V4, P160 MASON L, 1968, PEOPLES CULTURES PAC, P299 MAUDE HE, 1963, EVOLUTION GILBERTESE MCCAY BJ, 1987, QUESTION COMMONS CUL, P1 MERLIN M, 1997, KEINIKKAN IM MELAN A MIRIATAIREA M, 1995, 952 FAA MOIR BG, 1989, THESIS U HAWAII HONO NAMAI B, 1987, LAND TENURE ATOLLS, P30 NEEMIA U, 1993, ATOLL POLITICS REPUB, P285 ONORIO B, 1985, KIRIBATI CHANGING AT, P142 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV OSTROM E, 1999, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V2, P493 PAULAY G, 1995, MANAGEMENT PLAN TARA, V3, A1 PERNETTA JC, 1984, AMBIO, V13, P359 PHILLIPS GD, 1995, MANAGEMENT PLAN TARA, V3 POLUNIN NVC, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P361 REDFORD K, 1991, ORION, V9, P24 REDMAN CL, 1999, HUMAN IMPACT ANCIENT RICHMOND B, 1993, 77 SOPAC RIGSBY B, 1998, CUSTOMARY MARINE TEN, P22 RUDDLE K, 1994, 869 FAO RUDDLE K, 1994, TRADITIONAL MARINE T, P6 RUDDLE K, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P137 RUDDLE K, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P315 RUTTAN LM, 1998, HUM ECOL, V26, P43 RUTTAN LM, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P621 SILLITOE P, 1998, CURR ANTHROPOL, V39, P223 SMITH EA, 1990, RISK UNCERTAINTY TRI, P167 SMITH EA, 1992, EVOLUTIONARY ECOLOGY, P25 SMITH EA, 1995, CURR ANTHROPOL, V36, P810 SOSIS R, 2000, ADAPTATION HUMAN BEH, P437 SPONSEL LE, 2000, INDIGENOUS TRADITION, P159 STEPHENS DW, 1986, FORAGING THEORY TANIERA T, 1994, SCI PACIFIC ISLAND P, V1, P113 TEBANO T, 1993, AKAWA NI KIRIBATI TEBANO T, 1994, UNPUB CONSTRAINTS SU TEIWAKI R, 1988, MANAGEMENT MARINE RE TEKINAITI T, 1990, STATUS GIAN CLAM STO TERURUNGA, 1977, TE TIAOKUREBE NI KIR THAMAN RR, 1990, ATOLL RES B, V333, P1 THISTLETHWAIT R, 1992, ENV DEV PACIFIC ISLA THOMAS FR, 1999, PACIFIC ISLANDS ENV, P121 THOMAS FR, 1999, THESIS U HAWAII HONO THOMAS FR, 2001, PAC SCI, V55, P77 TIKAI T, 1993, ATOLL POLITICS REPUB, P168 TRIGGER BG, 1998, SOCIOCULTURAL EVOLUT VICKERS WT, 1994, HUM NATURE, V5, P307 WARREN DM, 1995, CULTURAL DIMENSION D WILKES C, 1845, NARRATIVE US EXPLORI, V5 WILLIAMS GC, 1966, ADAPTATION NATURAL S ZANN LP, 1985, TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDG, P53 NR 121 TC 5 J9 HUM ECOL BP 399 EP 423 PY 2001 PD DEC VL 29 IS 4 GA 508AJ UT ISI:000173064200003 ER PT J AU Rivers-Moore, NA Jewitt, GPW TI Adaptive management and water temperature variability within a South African river system: What are the management options? SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Univ KwaZulu Natal, Sch Bioresources Engn & Environm Hydrol, ZA-3209 Scottsville, South Africa. RP Rivers-Moore, NA, Rhodes Univ, Inst Water Res, POB 94, ZA-6140 Grahamstown, South Africa. AB Water temperatures, and in particular daily maximum water temperatures, are a critical water quality parameter. An understanding of associated resource management issues, including links between water temperature variability and aquatic diversity values, should be part of any management programme that considers river systems. Simple rule-based models have been shown to be appropriate tools within an adaptive management approach, both because of their heuristic value and in their application for scenario generation. Such a model was developed to simulate changes in the condition factor of Chiloglanis anoterus [Crass, R.S., 1960. Notes on the freshwater fishes of Natal with descriptions of 4 new species. Annals of the Natal Museum 14, 405-458] (Pisces: Mochokidae) in response to annual frequency of exceedance of a threshold temperature under three broad environmental scenarios for part of the Sabie River falling within South Africa's Kruger National Park. This model has potential for application within the adaptive management programme being implemented by the Kruger National Park. Results show that under broad scenarios of a 10% reduction in mean daily flow rates, or a 2 degrees C increase in mean daily air temperatures, system variability is likely to increase relative to reference conditions. It is suggested that so-called "thresholds of probable concern" (TPCs), which are based on current levels of "natural" system variability, are useful as management targets for achieving a "desired future state" for the river system. The model, recognised as a preliminary hypothesis, highlights a lack of knowledge regarding the nature of system variability, and the correspondingly wide confidence limits of the proposed TPC restricts its utility in a short-term management context. Thus, it is now recognised that its value lies more in its use as a long-term modelling tool to reflect water temperature responses to flow variability. This highlights the fact that research outcomes may not always be those intended at the beginning of a project and that opportunities to implement these may be lost as lags in understanding relative to project lifetimes often exist. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *CHUNN FOUR PARTN, 1990, PX300000390 DWAF *ONS, 1999, HOB DAT LOGG ACOCKS JPH, 1988, VIELD TYPES S AFRICA ARMOUR CL, 1991, BIOL REPORTS, V90, P13 BRAACK L, 1997, OBJECTIVES HIERARCHY, V2 BRUNGS WA, 1977, 600377061 US EPA ENV CAISSIE D, 2001, J HYDROL, V251, P14 CLASKA ME, 1998, FRESHWATER BIOL, V39, P221 CRASS RS, 1960, ANN NAT MUS, V14, P405 DIAMOND J, 1991, RISE FALL 3 CHIMPANZ DUNHAM J, 2003, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V23, P1042 DUTOIT JT, 2003, KRUGER EXPERIENCE EC EATON JG, 1996, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V41, P1109 ELLIOTT JM, 1994, OXFORD SERIES ECOLOG ERASMUS BFN, 2002, GLOBAL CHANGE BIOL, V8, P679 ESSIG DA, 1998, DILEMMA APPL UNIFORM ESSIG DA, 2003, P AM I HYDR 2002 ANN FRISSELL CA, 1986, ENVIRON MANAGE, V10, P199 GREEN DG, 1998, CELLULAR AUTOMATA GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HERITAGE GL, 2004, CATENA, V58, P151 HINES D, 1998, EVALUATION STREAM TE HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM JEPPESEN E, 1987, OIKOS, V49, P149 JEWITT GPW, 2000, S AFR J SCI, V96, P410 JOHNSON BL, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 JOHNSON BL, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P8 LYNMAN T, 2002, CONSERV ECOL, V5, P1 MACKENZIE JA, 2000, 813199 WRC MAHARAJ M, 2003, 41 WRC ACRUCONS MATSINOS YG, 1994, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V20, P75 MOHSENI O, 1999, WATER RESOUR RES, V35, P3723 MOSS B, 1999, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V395, P3 PICKER WE, 1968, IBP HDB, V3 PICKETT STA, 1992, CONSERVATION BIOL TH PIENAAR UD, 1985, KOEDOE, V28, P93 PIKE A, 2000, K5884 WRC POLLARD S, 2003, KRUGER EXPERIENCE EC, P422 QUINN NW, 1998, THESIS U NATAL REYNOLDS CS, 1998, FRESHWATER BIOL, V39, P741 RICHTER BD, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P1163 RIVERSMOORE NA, 2003, THESIS U NATAL PIETE RIVERSMOORE NA, 2004, WATER SA, V30, P445 ROBISON EG, 1999, COOPERATIVE STREAM T ROE E, 2001, ENVIRON MANAGE, V28, P195 ROGERS K, 1997, DEV PROTOCOL DEFINIT ROGERS K, 1999, FRESHWATER BIOL, V41, P439 ROGERS K, 2000, WATER SA, V26, P505 ROGERS KH, 1997, ECOLOGICAL BASIS CON, P60 SCHEFFER M, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 SCHINDLER DW, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P6 SCHULZE RE, 1995, TT6995 WRC STARFIELD AM, 1989, ECOL MODEL, V46, P107 STARFIELD AM, 1990, BIOSCIENCE, V40, P601 STUCKENBERG BR, 1969, ZOOL AFR, V4, P145 SULLIVAN K, 2000, ANAL EFFECTS TEMPERA THARME RE, 1997, P IFR WORKSH WALTERS CJ, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 WALTERS CJ, 2000, CONSERVATION ECOLOGY, V4 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WEEKS DC, 1996, 294196 WRC NR 61 TC 0 J9 J ENVIRON MANAGE BP 39 EP 50 PY 2007 PD JAN VL 82 IS 1 GA 110IK UT ISI:000242371600005 ER PT J AU Lanctot, JL Legendre, P Salvat, B TI How do coral reef Gastropods feel about nuclear blasts? A long-term study of the effects of man-made perturbations SO OCEANOLOGICA ACTA LA English DT Article C1 UNIV MONTREAL,DEPT SCI BIOL,MONTREAL,PQ H3C 3J7,CANADA. CEGEP ST LAURENT,DEPT BIOL,ST LAURENT,PQ H4L 3X7,CANADA. UNIV PERPIGNAN,ECOLE PRAT HAUTES ETUD,LAB BIOL MARINE & MALACOL,F-66860 PERPIGNAN,FRANCE. CTR RECH INSULAIRES & OBSERV ENVIRONM,MOOREA,FR POLYNESIA. AB The resistance to perturbations of reef-dwelling gastropod assemblages was studied on the seaward reefs of Fangataufa atoll (French Polynesia) after their exposure to atmospheric nuclear tests, a major man-made perturbation. We focused on two important aspects: (1) the temporal evolution of the densities of the most important species before and after the tests, and (2) the temporal evolution of the spatial structure of the assemblages. Three transects, crossing several geomorphological zones, were established on the seaward reefs of the atoll. Each transect was sampled at irregular time intervals during a twenty-year period. Several univariate and multivariate methods were used to study (1) the temporal fluctuations in species abundances and ranks, and (2) the spatial structure of the assemblages and its temporal evolution. Results suggst that, even if the densities of several species dropped immediately after the nuclear tests, most species were able to quickly recolonise the perturbed reefs. The spatial distributions of several species are not greatly influenced by abiotic conditions, thus creating an unstable spatial structure for the assemblages through time (except in the supralittoral zones). CR ANDERBERG MR, 1973, CLUSTER ANAL APPLICA ARONSON RB, 1992, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V162, P15 DAYTON PK, 1984, ECOL MONOGR, V54, P253 DEVANEY DM, 1987, NATURAL HIST ENEWETA, V1 DEVANEY DM, 1987, NATURAL HIST ENEWETA, V2 EDGINGTON ES, 1987, RANDOMIZATION TESTS ENDEAN R, 1976, BIOL GEOLOGY CORAL R, V3, P215 FISK DA, 1990, MAR BIOL, V107, P485 GUZMAN HM, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V105, P231 HUNTE W, 1988, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V45, P109 JACKSON JBC, 1989, SCIENCE, V243, P37 KALY UL, 1994, B MAR SCI, V54, P164 KARLSON RH, 1990, OECOLOGIA, V82, P40 KOHN AJ, 1959, ECOL MONOGR, V29, P47 KOHN AJ, 1970, PAC SCI, V24, P483 KOHN AJ, 1971, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V16, P332 KOHN AJ, 1976, OECOLOGIA, V25, P199 LEGENDRE L, 1983, NUMERICAL ECOLOGY LEGENDRE L, 1997, NUMERICAL ECOLOGY LEGENDRE P, 1991, R PACKAGE MULTIDIMEN LESSIOS HA, 1984, SCIENCE, V226, P335 LESSIOS HA, 1988, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V19, P371 LEVITEN PJ, 1978, ECOLOGY, V59, P614 LEVITEN PJ, 1980, ECOL MONOGR, V50, P55 MACQUEEN J, 1967, 5TH P BERK S MATH ST, V1, P281 MCCLANAHAN TR, 1990, CORAL REEFS, V9, P63 MCCLANAHAN TR, 1992, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V160, P169 MILLER AC, 1986, B MAR SCI, V38, P12 MORAN DP, 1991, CORAL REEFS, V9, P215 MUNRO JL, 1987, HUMAN IMPACTS CORAL, P41 PEARSON RG, 1981, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V4, P105 PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 PLANES S, 1993, MAR BIOL, V117, P665 PLANES S, 1993, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V98, P237 RAHEL FJ, 1990, AM NAT, V136, P328 REICHELT RE, 1982, CORAL REEFS, V1, P3 REISE K, 1991, MOSAIC CYCLE CONCEPT, P61 SALVAT B, 1970, CAH PAC, V14, P1 SCHELTEMA RS, 1983, B MAR SCI, V33, P545 SCHELTEMA RS, 1986, B MAR SCI, V39, P241 SCHELTEMA RS, 1986, B MAR SCI, V39, P290 SHEPHERD ARD, 1992, ENVIRON BIOL FISH, V33, P367 SNEATH PHA, 1966, CLASSIFICATION SOC B, V1, P2 SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY PRINCIPLES SOUSA WP, 1984, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V15, P353 STEWARTOATEN A, 1986, ECOLOGY, V67, P929 TAYLOR JD, 1976, ZOOLOGICAL J LINNEAN, V59, P155 TERBRAAK CJF, 1986, ECOLOGY, V67, P1167 TERBRAAK CJF, 1988, CANCO FORTRAN PROGRA TERBRAAK CJF, 1990, UPDATE NOTES CANOCO UNDERWOOD AJ, 1988, MARINE ECOLOGY PROGR, V46, P227 UNDERWOOD AJ, 1991, AUST J MAR FRESH RES, V42, P569 WALSH WJ, 1983, CORAL REEFS, V2, P49 NR 53 TC 3 J9 OCEANOL ACTA BP 243 EP 257 PY 1997 VL 20 IS 1 GA WW504 UT ISI:A1997WW50400023 ER PT J AU Dowlatabadi, H TI Bumping against a gas ceiling SO CLIMATIC CHANGE LA English DT Article C1 Carnegie Mellon Univ, Dept Engn & Publ Policy, Ctr Integrated Study Human Dimens Global Change, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA. RP Dowlatabadi, H, Carnegie Mellon Univ, Dept Engn & Publ Policy, Ctr Integrated Study Human Dimens Global Change, 5000 Forbes Ave,Schenley Pk, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA. AB The adoption of physical thresholds as a ceiling for permitted climate change sidesteps contentious issues such as: policy cost, impact valuation, discounting and equity. In this paper I offer some reflections on the concept of tolerable climate change. I also use an integrated climate assessment model (ICAM-3) to demonstrate how uncertainties in our understanding of socioeconomic and earth systems reduce the probability of success in keeping climate change within a pre-defined tolerable range. Finally, I explore the implications of socioeconomic thresholds for welfare loss in pursuit of a climate policy (e.g., tax rebellions). Crossing such regional socioeconomic thresholds will lead to local failures to pursue climate change mitigation policies - increasing the probability of straying beyond the tolerable window of global climate change. Given various uncertainties and the dynamics of the socioeconomic and the earth systems, the odds of success in staying within a climate change window of Delta T less than or equal to 2 degrees C, and Delta T/yr less than or equal to 0.015 degrees C are estimated to be no higher than 25% over the next century. A risk-risk tradeoff approach appears to hold promise, but while adoption of a larger window of tolerance increases the probability of success, it also opens the window specification criteria to contention. CR *STANF U EN MOD FO, 1995, 2 ROUND STUD DES EMF *WBGU, 1995, SCEN DER GLOB CO2 RE BASKERVILLE GL, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P37 DOWLATABADI H, 1995, INTEGRATED CLIMATE A DOWLATABADI H, 1996, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT DOWLATABADI H, 1998, ENERG ECON, V20, P473 DOWLATABADI H, 2000, INTEGRATED CLIMATE A ELDREDGE N, 1971, EVOLUTION, V25, P156 ELDREDGE N, 1972, MODELS PALEOBIOLOGY, P82 EMANUEL WR, 1985, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V7, P29 GOULD SJ, 1977, ONTOLOGY PHYLOGENY GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HOLDRIDGE LR, 1947, SCIENCE, V105, P367 HOUGHTON JT, 1996, CLIMATE CHANGE 1995 LUTZ W, 1997, NATURE, V387, P803 MAHASENAN N, 1997, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V24, P563 MANN ME, 1995, NATURE, V378, P266 MAYR E, 1954, EVOLUTION PROCESS, P157 MORGAN MG, 1999, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V41, P271 NORDHAUS WD, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P1315 PARRY ML, 1997, WORKS CLIM CHANG THR PRENTICE KC, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V95, P11811 SCHLESINGER ME, 1994, NATURE, V367, P723 SHEWLIAKOWA E, 1996, APPL STAT METHODS MO SMITH TM, 1993, NATURE, V361, P523 STANLEY SM, 1979, MACROEVOLUTION TOTH FL, 1998, CLIMATE CHANGE INTEG, P403 NR 27 TC 1 J9 CLIMATIC CHANGE BP 391 EP 407 PY 2000 PD AUG VL 46 IS 3 GA 352XG UT ISI:000089244200011 ER PT J AU Maler, KG Xepapadeas, A De Zeeuw, A TI The economics of shallow lakes SO ENVIRONMENTAL & RESOURCE ECONOMICS LA English DT Article C1 Tilburg Univ, Dept Econ, NL-5000 LE Tilburg, Netherlands. Beijer Int Inst Ecol Econ, Stockholm, Sweden. Univ Crete, Dept Econ, Iraklion, Greece. Tilburg Univ, CentER, Tilburg, Netherlands. RP De Zeeuw, A, Tilburg Univ, Dept Econ, NL-5000 LE Tilburg, Netherlands. AB Ecological systems such as shallow lakes are usually non-linear and display discontinuities and hysteresis in their behaviour. These systems often also provide conflicting services as a resource and a waste sink. This implies that the economic analysis of these systems requires to solve a non-standard optimal control problem or, in case of a common property resource, a non-standard differential game. This paper provides the optimal management solution and the open-loop Nash equilibrium for a dynamic economic analysis of the model for a shallow lake. It also investigates whether it is possible to induce optimal management in case of common use of the lake, by means of a tax. Finally, some remarks are made on the feedback Nash equilibrium. CR BASAR T, 1982, DYNAMIC NONCOOPERATI BASAR T, 1989, CONTRIBUTIONS EC ANA, V181, P9 BROCK WA, 1989, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO BROCK WA, 1997, NOTES OPTIMAL MANAGE BROCK WA, 1999, NONCONVEXITIES ECOLO BROCK WA, 2002, ECON LETT, V76, P109 CARPENTER SR, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 DECHERT WD, 1999, LAKEGAME DOCKNER EJ, 1993, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V24, P13 KRUGMAN P, 1991, Q J ECON, V106, P651 LUDWIG D, 1978, J ANIM ECOL, V47, P315 LUDWIG D, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 MATSUYAMA K, 1991, Q J ECON, V106, P617 MONDERER D, 1996, GAME ECON BEHAV, V14, P124 MURRAY JD, 1989, MATH BIOL SCHEFFER M, 1997, ECOLOGY SHALLOW LAKE SKIBA AK, 1978, ECONOMETRICA, V46, P527 TSUTSUI S, 1990, J ECON THEORY, V52, P136 VANDERSLUIJS JP, 1992, COMP HAEMATOL INT, V2, P117 WAGENER FOO, 1999, SHALLOW LAKES WOLFRAM S, 1999, MATH BOOK NR 22 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON RESOUR ECON BP 603 EP 624 PY 2003 PD DEC VL 26 IS 4 GA 751MH UT ISI:000187070500005 ER PT J AU Gragson, TL Bolstad, PV TI Land use legacies and the future of southern Appalachia SO SOCIETY & NATURAL RESOURCES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Georgia, Dept Anthropol, Athens, GA 30602 USA. Univ Minnesota Twin Cities, Dept Forest Resources, St Paul, MN USA. RP Gragson, TL, Univ Georgia, Dept Anthropol, 250 Baldwin Hall, Athens, GA 30602 USA. AB Southern Appalachian forests have apparently recovered from extractive land use practices during the 19th and 20th centuries, yet the legacy of this use endures in terrestrial and aquatic systems of the region. The focus on shallow time or the telling of stories about the past circumscribes the ability to anticipate the most likely outcomes of the trajectory of change forecast for the Southeast as the "Old South" continues its transformation into the "New South." We review land use research of the Coweeta Long Term Ecological Research ( LTER) project that addresses the nature and extent of past and present human land use, how land use has affected the structure and function of terrestrial and aquatic communities, and the forces guiding the anticipated trajectory of change. Unlike development in the western or northeastern regions of the United States, the southeastern region has few practical, political, or geographical boundaries to the urban sprawl that is now developing. CR ABBOTT AD, 2001, TIME MATTERS METHOD ANGLIN M, 2002, WOMEN POWER DISSENT AXTELL J, 1997, INDIAN NEW S CULTURA BAILEY RG, 1996, ECOSYSTEM GEOGRAPHY BARNES BV, 1991, ECOSYSTEMS WORLD, V7 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BOLSTAD PV, 1998, AGR FOR METEOROL BOLSTAD PV, 2005, FOREST SCI, V51, P372 BRAUN EL, 1950, DECIDUOUS FORESTS E CAUDILL H, 1963, NIGHT COMES CUMBERLA CHAPMAN J, 1981, TENNESSEE ANTHR, V6, P61 CHO SH, 2003, RURDS, V15, P208 CHO SH, 2005, FOREST POLICY ECON, V7, P757 CHO SH, 2005, HOUSING STUD, V20, P549 CLARK JS, 1998, ECOL MONOGR, V68, P213 CLARK JS, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P1475 COLEMAN DC, 1996, FUNDAMENTALS SOIL EC CONROY MJ, 2003, ECOL SOC, V8, P3 CRONON W, 1983, CHANGES LAND INDIANS CRONON W, 1993, ENV HIST REV, V17, P1 DAVIDSON EA, 1993, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY, V20, P161 DAVIS DE, 2000, WHERE THERE MOUNTAIN DEJONG GF, 1968, APPALACHIAN FERTILIT DELCOURT HR, 1980, SCIENCE, V210, P321 DIAMOND J, 1997, GUNS GERMS STEEL FAT DICKENS RS, 1976, CHEROKEE PREHISTORY DOVE MR, 1997, HUM ORGAN, V56, P91 DUNAWAY WA, 1996, 1 AM FRONTIER TRANSI ELLER R, 1982, MINERS MILLHANDS MOU ETHRIDGE R, 2002, TRANSFORMATION SE IN, P1540 FALK WW, 1988, HIGH TECH LOW TECH T GOLODETZ AD, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P227 GRAGSON TL, IN PRESS AGR TRANSFO GRAGSON TL, IN PRESS REGIONAL AN, P1721 GRAGSON TL, 2002, CONSEQUENCES LAND US GROOVER MD, 2003, ARCHAEOLOGICAL STUDY, P1790 HALPERIN R, 1990, LIVEIHOOD KIN MAKING HARDING JS, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P14843 HARRIS WF, 1977, PEDOBIOLOGIA, V17, P369 HUNTER MD, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P2676 ISSERMAN A, 1995, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V61, P345 JONES EBD, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P1454 KALISZ PJ, 1986, ECOLOGY, V67, P1011 KOLCHIN P, 2003, SPHINX AM LANDSCAPE LEFLER HT, 1967, NEW VOYAGE CAROLINA MARKUSEN AR, 1987, REGIONS EC POLITICS MARTIN JW, 1994, FORGOTTON CENTURIES, P1521 MOORE TG, 1994, PROF GEOGR, V46, P316 OSTROM E, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P282 OTTO J, 1989, S FRONTIERS 1607 186 PEARSON SM, 1998, CASTANEA, V63, P382 PHILLIBER WW, 1994, APPALACHIA INT CONTE, R15 PURRINGTON BL, 1983, PREHISTORY N CAROLIN, P83 RICHTER BD, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P1081 ROTHBLATT DN, 1971, REGIONAL PLANNING AP SALSTROM P, 1994, APPALACHIAS PATH DEP SCHLESINGER WH, 1990, NATURE, V348, P232 SCOTT MC, 2001, FISHERIES, V26, P6 SCOTT MC, 2001, THESIS U GEORGIA ATH SCOTT MC, 2002, J AM WATER RESOUR AS, V38, P1379 SNOW CP, 1993, 2 CULTURES SCI REVOL SWETNAM TW, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P1189 TAMMAN M, 2001, ATLANTA J CONST 0708, A1 VITOUSEK PM, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P494 WALLACE JB, 1999, ECOL MONOGR, V69, P409 WARD HT, 1999, TIME HIST ARCHAEOLOG WARREN ML, 2000, FISHERIES, V25, P7 WEAR DN, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P575 WEAR DN, 2002, S FOREST RESOURCE AS WEINGARTNER PJ, 1989, J APPALACHIAN STUD A, V1, P70 WHITTAKER RH, 1966, ECOLOGY, V47, P103 WOOD LE, 2001, ENVIRON PLANN A, V33, P551 WRIGHT CJ, 2002, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V34, P13 YARNELL RA, 1985, SE ARCHAEOLOGY, V4, P93 NR 74 TC 2 J9 SOC NATUR RESOUR BP 175 EP 190 PY 2006 PD FEB VL 19 IS 2 GA 998ZE UT ISI:000234357600006 ER PT J AU Lambin, EF TI Conditions for sustainability of human-environment systems: Information, motivation, and capacity SO GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE-HUMAN AND POLICY DIMENSIONS LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Louvain, Dept Geog, B-1348 Louvain, Belgium. RP Lambin, EF, Univ Louvain, Dept Geog, Pl Louis Pasteur 3, B-1348 Louvain, Belgium. CR ANDERIES JM, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P18 BALMFORD A, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P950 BERKES F, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, V1, P1 BERKHOUT F, 2002, GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANG, V12, P1 BLAIKIE P, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC BOSERUP E, 1965, CONDITIONS AGR GROWT BRESSERS JTA, 2004, GOVERNANCE SUSTAINAB, P284 CLARK WC, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P8059 DIAMOND J, 1994, P AM PHILOS SOC, V138, P363 DIAMOND J, 2005, COLLAPSE SOC CHOOSE DIETZ T, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1907 GEELS F, 2002, RES POLICY, V3, P1257 GEIST HJ, 2002, BIOSCIENCE, V52, P143 GEIST HJ, 2004, BIOSCIENCE, V54, P817 GORDON J, 2001, INDICATORS DECISION GOWDY J, 2005, GLOBAL ENV CHANGE GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 JANSSEN MA, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P6 KASPERSON JX, 1995, REGIONS RISK, V1, P1 MATHER AS, 2001, AGR TECHNOLOGIES TRO, P35 MRATENS P, 2002, TRANSITIONS GLOBALIS MYERS N, 2001, PERVERSE SUBSIDIES T OSTROM E, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P278 RASKIN P, 2002, GREAT TRANSITION PRO REDMAN CL, 1999, HUMAN IMPACT ANCIENT RINDOS D, 1984, ORIGINS AGR EVOLUTIO ROTMANS J, 2001, J FUTURE STUDIES STR, V3, P1 SCHEFFER M, 2003, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P493 TAINTER JA, 1988, COLLAPSE COMPLEX SOC TURNER BL, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P8074 VELLINGA P, 1999, 12 IHDP WEISS H, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P609 WILKINSON RG, 1973, POVERTY PROGR ECOLOG YOUNG OR, 2002, I DIMENSIONS ENV CHA NR 35 TC 3 J9 GLOBAL ENVIRON CHANGE BP 177 EP 180 PY 2005 PD OCT VL 15 IS 3 GA 960JC UT ISI:000231585500001 ER PT J AU Barthel, S Colding, J Elmqvist, T Folke, C TI History and local management of a biodiversity-rich, urban cultural landscape SO ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY LA English DT Article C1 Stockholm Univ, Stockholm, Sweden. RP Barthel, S, Stockholm Univ, Stockholm, Sweden. AB Urban green spaces provide socially valuable ecosystem services. Through an historical analysis of the development of the National Urban Park (NUP) of Stockholm, we illustrate how the co-evolutionary process of humans and nature has resulted in the high level of biological diversity and associated recreational services found in the park. The ecological values of the area are generated in the cultural landscape. External pressures resulting in urban sprawl in the Stockholm metropolitan region increasingly challenge the capacity of the NUP to continue to generate valuable ecosystem services. Setting aside protected areas, without accounting for the role of human stewardship of the cultural landscape, will most likely fail. In a social inventory of the area, we identify 69 local user and interest groups currently involved in the NUP area. Of these, 25 are local stewardship associations that have a direct role in managing habitats within the park that sustain such services as recreational landscapes, seed dispersal, and pollination. We propose that incentives should be created to widen the current biodiversity management paradigm, and actively engage local stewardship associations in adaptive co-management processes of the park and surrounding green spaces. CR *STOCKH COUNT ADM, 1999, NAT RIKTL SKOTS PARK *STOCKH ENV HLTH A, 1994, VATT STOCKH SJOAR VA *STOCKH PLANN ADM, 1997, NAT EK INFR *STOCKH PLANN ADM, 1998, NAT KULT NAT BRUUNSV *SWED GOV, 2002, SAML NAT ANDERSSON E, 2003, THESIS STOCKHOLM U S BASKIN Y, 1997, WORK NATURE DIVERSIT BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1251 BERKES F, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, V1, P1 BERNARD HR, 1994, RES METHODS ANTHR QU BOLUND P, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P293 BORGSTROM S, 2003, THESIS U STOCKHOLM S BOSTROM M, 2001, THESIS STOCKHOLM U BRATT P, 1998, FORNTID DAGER ARKEOL BRAVANDER LG, 2003, SKOTSELPLAN NATIONAL BRUSEWITZ G, 1995, EKOPARKEN DJURGARDEN BRUSEWITZ G, 1995, EKOPARKEN DJURGARDEN, P110 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 COLDING J, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 COLDING J, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, P163 COLLINS JP, 2000, AM SCI, V88, P416 COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 COUCH C, 2003, URBAN SPRAWL EUROPE, P9 DAILY GC, 1997, NATURE SERVICES SOC DAILY GC, 1997, ISSUES ECOL, V2, P2 DRAYTON B, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P30 EDLUNG B, 1991, HAGA BRUNNSVIKEN ELMQVIST T, 2004, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1023, P308 FOGELFORS H, 1997, BETE VARA HAGMARKER FOLKE C, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1018 FOLKE C, 2002, RESILIENCE SUSTAINAB FOLKE C, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, P352 FOWLER FJ, 1993, SURVEY RES METHODS FRANGSMYR T, 1984, PARADISET VILDMARKEN GOTHNIER M, 1999, RAPPORT ARTARKEN STO GRIMM NB, 2000, BIOSCIENCE, V50, P571 GUSTAVSSON P, 1998, FORNTID NY DAGER ARK, P23 HANNA SS, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P190 HERDIN C, 2002, NATIONALSTADSPARKENS, P12 HOLM L, 2002, NATIONALSTADSPARKEN HULTGREN S, 1997, EKJATTAR JOHANISSON K, 1984, PARADISET VILDMARKEN, P3 JOHANNES R, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P253 KINZIG AP, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P709 KVALE S, 1996, INTERVIEWS INTRO QUA LANGE U, 2000, EXPRIMENTFALTET KUNG LEVIN SA, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P431 LIGNELL C, 1995, NATL STADS PARKEN, P28 LINDHAGEN A, 1916, KOLONITRADGARDAR PLA LOBERG B, 1993, GEOLOGI MAT PROCESSE LOFVENHAFT K, 2002, BIOTOPE MAP STOCKHOL LOFVENHAFT K, 2002, NATL URBAN PARK EXPT, P31 LUNDBERG J, UNPUB CONSERVATION B LUNDEVALL P, 1997, DJURGARDEN KUNGENS F LUNDH E, 1928, CENTRALTRYCKERIET, P1 LUNDQVIST L, 1971, MILJOVARDSFORVALTNIN NABHAN GP, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC, P133 NAYLOR RL, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC, P151 NIEMI G, 1998, CONSERV ECOL, V2, P1 NILSSON L, 2000, FRAMTIDA STOCKHOLM H NOLIN C, 2003, STADES ODLARE, P9 NORRBY E, 2002, KUNGLIGA VETENSKAPS OLSSON P, 2004, ENVIRON MANAGE, V34, P75 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV OSTROM E, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE ECOLOG, P127 OSTROM E, 1998, AM POLIT SCI REV, V92, P1 PATTON MQ, 1980, QUALITATIVE EVALUATI PETERS DBL, 2000, ENCY BIODIVERSITY, V3, P645 PICKETT STA, 2001, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V32, P127 POMEROY RS, 1997, MAR POLICY, V21, P465 RANIUS T, 2001, INVENTERING SKOTSEL RECHER HF, 1991, CONSERV BIOL, V5, P90 RUBENSON S, 2000, MILJOBALKEN RUITENBECK J, 2001, 34 CTR INT FOR RES SCHANTZ P, 2002, NATIONALSTADSPARKEN, P99 SCHULTZ L, 2004, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT SJOBERG F, 2002, NATURENS NOLLATTOR SLOTTSARKIVET, 1807, MEMORIAL STALLD ISRA, V5 VANROOIJEN M, 2004, WALK PARK DEMOCRATIC WALDENSTROM H, 1995, NATIONALSTADSPARKEN, P157 WIREN L, 2002, DYNAMIK URBANA NATVE, P10 NR 82 TC 3 J9 ECOL SOC BP 10 PY 2005 PD DEC VL 10 IS 2 GA 001TV UT ISI:000234561400004 ER PT J AU OLDFIELD, F TI MANS IMPACT ON THE ENVIRONMENT - SOME RECENT PERSPECTIVES SO GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article RP OLDFIELD, F, UNIV LIVERPOOL,LIVERPOOL L69 3BX,MERSEYSIDE,ENGLAND. CR AABY B, 1978, DANM GEOL UNDERS ARB, P45 APPLEBY PG, DEV HYDROBIOLOGY BARBER KE, 1978, THESIS U SOUTHAMPTON BATTARBEE RW, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC LON, V281, P303 BATTARBEE RW, 1978, POLISH ARCHIVES HYDR, V25, P9 BLOEMENDAL J, 1979, NATURE, V280, P50 BRUNSDEN D, 1979, T I BRIT GEOGR, V4, P463 DAVIS RB, CHEM GEOLOGY DEARING JA, 1981, QUATERNARY RES, V16, P17 HORN HS, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY IVERSON J, 1958, SYSTEMATICS TODAY LASZLO E, 1972, INTRO SYSTEMS PHILOS LIKENS G, 1972, AM SOC LIMNOLOGY OCE, V1, P3 MAY R, 1981, THEORETICAL ECOLOGY MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 ODUM EP, 1969, SCIENCE, V164, P262 OLDFIELD F, ADV PALAEOHYDROLOGY OLDFIELD F, BRIT GEOMORPHOLOGICA OLDFIELD F, DEV HYDROBIOLOGY OLDFIELD F, FESTSCHRIFT VOLUME W OLDFIELD F, GEOGRAPHICAL J OLDFIELD F, S PREHISTORIC AGR IN OLDFIELD F, 1969, STUDIES VEGETATION H OLDFIELD F, 1977, PROGR PHYSICAL GEOGR, V1, P460 OLDFIELD F, 1979, WATER RESOUR RES, V15, P211 OLDFIELD F, 1980, AMBIO, V9, P97 OLDFIELD F, 1981, AMBIO, V10, P185 OLDFIELD F, 1981, GEOMORPHOLOGICAL TEC, P306 OSULLIVAN PE, QUATERNARY SCI REV OSULLIVAN PE, 1979, INT J ENVIRON STUD, V13, P273 OSVALD H, 1923, SVENSK VAXTSOC SALLS, V1 PAKARINEN P, 1977, SUO, V28, P19 SCHUMM SA, 1979, T I BRIT GEOGR, V4, P485 SCOULLOS M, 1979, MARINE POLLUTION B, V10, P288 THOMPSON R, 1980, SCIENCE, V207, P481 WADDINGTON CH, 1970, THEORETICAL BIOL WALLING DE, 1979, NATURE, V281, P110 NR 37 TC 11 J9 GEOGRAPHY BP 245 EP 256 PY 1983 VL 68 IS 300 GA RA015 UT ISI:A1983RA01500005 ER PT J AU Cairns, J TI Sustainability ethics: World population growth and migration SO MANKIND QUARTERLY LA English DT Article C1 Virginia Polytech Inst & State Univ, Dept Biol, Blacksburg, VA 24061 USA. RP Cairns, J, Virginia Polytech Inst & State Univ, Dept Biol, Blacksburg, VA 24061 USA. AB Large demographic shifts will have many effects on the quest for sustainable use of the planet. Using Garrett Hardin's simile, which portrays Earth as a lifeboat, achieving sustainability requires a dispassionate, objective appraisal of the rate at which additional people can be taken aboard without sinking the lifeboat. However, the world population increase is not uniform among countries, and the growing rate of international migration from countries that have a high fertility rate to countries with a more equable rate is spreading the ecological threat contingent on over-population to all habitable regions of the globe. CR *FAO, 1979, YIELD RESP WAT *GOLB SCI PAN POP, 2001, POP SUST DEV *NAT RES COUNC, 1992, REST AQ EC SCI TECHN *ORG EC COOP DEV, 2001, WELL BEING NAT ROL H *POP REF BUR, 1975, 1975 WORLD POP DAT S *POP REF BUR, 2003, 2003 WORLD POP DAT S *UN CONC SCI, 1992, WORLD SCI WARN HUM *UN, 2002, WORLD POP PROSP 2002 *UNAIDS, 2002, AIDS EP UPD *USDA, 2002, PROD SUPPL DISTR *WORLD BANK, 2002, WORLD DEV REP 2000 2 ABERNETHY V, 1994, ATLANTIC MONTHLY, V274, P84 ASSADOURIAN E, 2003, VITAL SIGNS 2003, P44 BERKES F, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, V1, P1 BROWN L, 2003, ECOECONOMY UPDATE 20 BROWNE A, 2002, DO WE NEED MASS IMMI CAIRNS J, 1992, ECOTOXICOLOGY, V1, P3 CAIRNS J, 2002, SOCIAL CONTRACT, V13, P34 CAIRNS J, 2003, ETHICS SCI ENV 0526, P43 CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 COBB C, 2001, GENUINE PROGR INDICA COHEN JE, 1995, MANY PEOPLE CAN EART COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 DAILY GC, 2002, NEW EC NATURE QUEST DALY HE, 2003, SOCIAL CONTRACT, V13, P163 EHRENFELD D, 1993, BEGINNING AGAIN PEOP EHRLICH PR, 1968, POPULATION BOMB EHRLICH PR, 1996, BETRAYAL SCI REASON GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HALWEIL B, 2003, VITAL SIGNS 2003, P28 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HARDIN G, 1972, EXPLORING NEW ETHICS HARDIN G, 1974, BIOSCIENCE, V24, P561 HARDIN G, 2001, SOCIAL CONTRACT, V12, P48 KINZIG AP, 2003, 173 ROYAL SWED AC SC KUHN TS, 1970, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU MALTHUS T, 1798, NORTON CRITICAL EDIT MASTRANDREA M, 2001, CLIM POLICY, V1, P433 MENZEL P, 1994, MAT WORLD GLOBAL FAM NIERENBERG D, 2003, VITAL SIGNS 2003, P30 ORR DW, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P985 PETERS RL, 1992, GLOBAL WARMING BIOL POSTEL S, 1999, PILLAR SAND SAWIN JL, 2003, VITAL SIGNS 2003, P34 SHEEHAN MO, 2003, VITAL SIGNS 2003, P40 SOLOW RM, 1993, EC ENV SELECTED READ, P179 WACKERNAGEL M, 1996, OUR ECOLOGICAL FOOTP WACKERNAGEL M, 2002, ECOLOGICAL FOOTPRINT WALDROP MM, 1992, COMPLEXITY EMERGING WARD C, 1998, POLITICAL EC WATER P WHELAN R, 2003, THINK TANK CALLS ZER NR 51 TC 0 J9 MANKIND QUART BP 169 EP 194 PY 2004 PD WIN VL 45 IS 2 GA 897MO UT ISI:000227008500002 ER PT B AU Timmerman, P TI Vulnerability, Resilience and the Collapse of Society SO ENV MONOGRAPH LA English DT Book RP University of Toronto, Institute of Environmental Studies, Toronto, Canada AB The impetus for this paper came from two sources. First, the concern for the development of a competent social component in the World Climate Program being undertaken by the World Meteorological Organization led to the following declaration by the World Climate Conference of one main objective of their Impact Study Program: Determining the characteristics of human societies at different levels of development and in different natural environments which make them either specially vulnerable or specially resilient to climatic variability and change and which also permit them to take advantage of the opportunities posed by such changes (WMO 1980). Admirable as this objective is, it is difficult not to see it as partaking in the general vagueness which attends much of climatic impact assessment at the present time, and which has been admirably described by Kates (1980): The underlying assumptions of models are poorly defined. Studies with widely varying subject matter are characterized under a common rubric of impact study. Techniques are poorly developed methodologically and are weakly integrated beyond the discipline in which they were first initiated. For example, it is hard to say just what “vulnerability” and ”resilience” are. One source of this paper, then, was a concern that some of the concepts coming to the forefront in the fast growing subject of climatic impact assessment. were under-examined. Some discussion of terms, concepts, and models - those often unconscious shapers of research frameworks - seemed advisable. Munn (1979) makes the distinction between a climate impact assessment and a climate impact study, of which the first is a policy-shaping document, and the second a research or applied study. It is worth taking steps to ensure that we are not falling between both these categories, and are instead about to embark on policy disguised as research. The second source for this paper was the particular concernofthe Atmospheric Environment Service (Environment Canada) that the Canadian Climate Program should be as effective as possible. Atmospheric Environment has a long and enlightened tradition of concern for climatic impacts and the welfare of the users of the meteorological imformation it provides. To this end, it has provided funding for projects at the Institute for Environmental Studies and elsewhere which attempt to bridge the gap between the technical and the social use of climatic information. In the present instance, it will be noted that, apart from a predominance of references to instances of climatic resilience and vulnerability, and the discussion in the last section of this paper, there is little here of direct or immediate relevance to the daily requirements of AES. On the one hand, one could ascribe this to the typical result of much of social science (to the despair of the “hard” scientist), which inevitably concludes that the problem is itself problematic; on the other, it could be that what is presented here is only one part of an immensely difficult attempt to say anything worthwhile about the relationship between climate and society - the charting of the interactions between a system indeterminate through sheer complexity, and a system indeterminate through sheer complexity and sheer humanity. CR BURTON I, 1978, ENV HAZARD, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 RAPPAPORT RA, 1977, EVOLUTION SOCIAL SYS, V1, P49 WHITE GF, 1974, NATURAL HAZARDS LOCA, V1, P1 NR 3 TC 30 BP 1 EP 45 PY 1981 VL 1 IS 1 ER PT J AU GALLANT, TW TI CRISIS AND RESPONSE - RISK-BUFFERING BEHAVIOR IN HELLENISTIC GREEK COMMUNITIES SO JOURNAL OF INTERDISCIPLINARY HISTORY LA English DT Article RP GALLANT, TW, UNIV FLORIDA,HIST,GAINESVILLE,FL 32611. CR 1926, ANN OBSERVATEUR NATI, V9, P43 1984, Z PAPYROLOG EPIGRAPH, V56, P55 *ROYAL NAV DEP INT, 1944, ADM HDB, P482 *UN FAO, 1966, EC SURV W PEL GREEC, V2, P48 ANGEL JL, 1945, HESPERIA, V14, P311 ARISTOPHANES, 1924, PLOUTOS, P147 ARISTOTLE, METEOROLOGIKA 9, V1, P35 ARISTOTLE, 1952, METEOROLOGIKA 14, V1, P13 AUSTIN M, 1981, HELLENISTIC WORLD AL, P170 AUSTIN, 1986, CLASSICAL Q, V36, P456 BASLER F, 1981, LENTILS, P143 BOESSNECK J, 1986, HAUS STADT KLASSISCH, V1, P136 BOWDEN MJ, 1981, CLIMATE HIST, P479 BRUMFIELD AC, 1981, ATTIC FESTIVALS DEME, P11 CASHDAN EA, 1985, MAN, V20, P456 CLARK M, 1976, REGIONAL VARIATION M, P260 COLLITZ H, 1915, SAMMLUNG GRIECHISCHE, P3417 CROIX GMD, 1983, CLASS STRUGGLE ANCIE, P298 DANDO W, 1980, GEOGRAPHY FAMINE DAVIES JK, 1984, CAMBRIDGE ANCIENT HI, P259 DENTON GH, 1973, QUATERNARY RES, V3, P155 DIRKS R, 1980, CURR ANTHROPOL, V21, P27 DITTENBERGER W, 1915, SIG, V1, P344 DITTENBERGER W, 1917, SIG, V2, P685 ENGELMANN H, 1972, INSCHRIFTEN ERYTHRAI, P106 FORBES H, 1976, REGIONAL VARIATIONS, P236 FORBES, 1982, THESIS U PENNSYLVANI, P312 FOX RL, 1983, CRUX, P211 FOXHALL L, 1982, CHIRON, V12, P44 FRAYN JM, 1979, SUBSISTENCE FARMING, P57 FUKS A, 1984, SOCIAL CONFLICTS ANC, P49 GALLANT, 1982, 1 EC SOC RES COUNC W GALLANT, 1982, ANN BRIT SCH ATHENS, V77, P115 GALLANT, 1985, FISHERMANS TALE ANAL, P31 GALLANT, 1985, J SUMERIAN AGR, V2, P12 GARCIA R, 1981, DROUGHT MAN, V1, P185 GARNSEY P, 1984, J ROMAN STUD, V74, P41 GREENOUGH P, 1982, PROSPERITY MISERY MO HALSTEAD P, 1981, EC ARCHAEOL INTEGRAT, P187 HALSTEAD P, 1982, RANKING RESOURCE EXC, P92 HANKINS TD, NATURAL HAZARDS, P98 HARRISON ARW, 1968, LAW ATHENS FAMILY PR, P130 HERMAN G, 1980, TALANTA, V12, P103 HESIOD, 1970, WORKS AND DAYS, P383 HUFTON O, 1983, J INTERDISCIPL HIST, V14, P303 ISOKRATES, 1961, PLATICUS JACKSON KA, 1985, J FAMILY HIST, V10, P193 JAMESON M, 1983, TRADE FAMINE CLASSIC, P9 KAIBEL G, 1904, INSCRIPTIONES GRAECI, V5, P1379 KERN O, 1908, INSCRIPTIONES GRAECI, V9, P1104 KIRBY A, 1974, NATURAL HAZARDS LOCA, P119 LYSIAS, 1917, SPEECHES MAHERAS P, 1979, DELTION ELLINIKIS ME, V4, P9 MARIOLOPULOS EG, 1925, ETUDE CLIMAT GRECE P MARIOLOPULOS, 1962, GEOFISICA PURA ED AP, V51, P243 MEIGGS R, 1969, GREEK HIST INSCRIPTI MELIARAKIS A, 1884, AMORGOS, P17 MIGEOTTE L, 1984, EMPRUNT PUBLIC CITES MINNIS P, 1985, SOCIAL ADAPTATION FO, P5 PANESSA G, 1981, ANN SCUOLA NORMALE S, V11, P123 PARRY ML, 1978, CLIMATIC CHANGE AGR PAYNTER R, 1980, MYTHS CULTURE, P61 POST JD, 1985, FOOD SHORTAGE CLIMAT RABB TK, 1983, SOCIAL SCI RES CLIMA, P77 ROBINSON D, 1938, EXCAVATIONS OLYNTHUS, P312 ROBSON JRK, 1981, FAMINE ITS CAUSES EF ROGERS JW, 1980, RES EC HIST, V5, P249 ROSTOVTZEFF MI, 1941, SOCIAL EC HIST HELLE, P240 RUSCHENBUSCH E, 1983, ZPE, V53, P125 RUSCHENBUSCH, 1984, AUX ORIGINES HELLENI, P265 SCHOVE DJ, 1978, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V25, P209 SCOTT J, 1977, PATRONS CLIENTS MEDI, P21 SCOTT, 1976, MORAL EC PEASANT REB, P27 SEN AK, 1977, CAMBRIDGE J ECON, V1, P33 SEN AK, 1981, POVERTY FAMINES ESSA, V1, P1 SHERWINWHITE SM, 1978, ANCIENT COS, P229 SHIPLEY G, 1987, HIST SAMOS 800 188 B, P218 SMITH CD, 1979, W MEDITERRANEAN EURO, P176 THEOPHRASTOS, 1916, ENQUIRY PLANTS 1, V8, P4 THEOPHRASTOS, 1927, GROWING PLANTS 2, V2, P1 THOMPSON K, 1963, FARM FRAGMENTATION G TILLY LA, 1983, J INTERDISCIPLINARY, V14, P333 TIMMERMAN P, 1981, ENV MONOGRAPH, V1, P1 TORRY WI, SOC SCI RES, P209 VANAPELDOORN GJ, 1981, PERSPECTIVES DROUGHT, R9 WAGSTAFF M, 1982, ISLAND POLITY ARCHAE, P106 WALTER J, 1976, PAST PRESENT, V71, P22 WARRICK RA, 1980, CLIMATIC CONSTRAINTS, P93 WHITE KD, 1974, ROMAN FARMING, P122 WIEGRAND T, 1901, SIEBENTER MILET BERI, V1, P27 WILSKI P, 1906, KARTE MILESISCHEN HA, V1 WINTERHALDER B, 1986, J ANTHROPOL ARCHAEOL, V5, P369 NR 92 TC 4 J9 J INTERDISCIPL HIST BP 393 EP 413 PY 1989 PD WIN VL 19 IS 3 GA Q8808 UT ISI:A1989Q880800001 ER PT J AU Wall, E TI The company of strangers: Sociology in trans-disciplinary research SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF SOCIOLOGY-CAHIERS CANADIENS DE SOCIOLOGIE LA English DT Article C1 Univ Guelph, Farming Syst Res Project, Guelph, ON N1G 2W1, Canada. RP Wall, E, Univ Guelph, Farming Syst Res Project, Guelph, ON N1G 2W1, Canada. AB In 1993, several multi-disciplinary Eco-research projects were funded as part of a Tri-Council Secretariat established through the federal government's "Green Plan." One of the projects, which was centred at the University of Guelph, had the explicit goal of developing indicators for agroecosystem health. Because the human/social dimension is a basic component of agroecosystems, sociology was included as a contributing discipline to the Agroecosystem Health Project. In this article, sociology's role in that research is examined with respect to the question: Whither Sociology? or, How healthy is Sociology? This type of query can be understood by examining two conditions: the discipline's resource base (which reflects its capacity to respond to stress) and sociology's effectiveness (which is measured by how well it can meet its goals). Through a review of sociology's relevance for methods and analysis in the Agroecosystem Health Project, this article suggests that sociology faces a healthy future because it is highly adaptable and has goals that are relevant both to current trends in policy formation and new approaches to science. CR *ASEH, 1997, FIN REP AGR HLTH PRO ANANI K, 1996, AGROECOSYSTEM HLTH F BAKER PL, 1993, SOCIOL INQ, V63, P123 BAWDEN R, 1995, J FARMING SYSTEMS RE, V5, P1 BERRY W, 1995, ANOTHER TURN CRANK BOURDIEU P, 1986, HDB THEORY RES SOCIO BOWDEN G, 1994, CAN REV SOC ANTHROP, V31, P241 BRADSHAW B, 1995, 27 U GUELPH AGR HLTH BRYDEN J, 1994, SUSTAINABLE RURAL CO BUTTEL FH, 1993, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V46, P175 CARROLL W, 1992, FRAGILE TRUTHS 25 YE CARROLL WK, 1990, CAN REV SOC ANTHROP, V27, P390 CHECKLAND P, 1981, SYSTEMS THINKING SYS CHECKLAND P, 1990, SOFT SYSTEMS METHODO COBURN D, 1993, HLTH CANADIAN SOC, V1, P83 CONRAD P, 1981, SOCIOLOGY HLTH ILLNE DUTKA C, 1995, THESIS U GUELPH EICHLER M, 1995, SOCIETY, V19, P6 ELIN G, 1996, COMMUNITY BASED AGRO EVANS RG, 1990, SOC SCI MED, V31, P1347 FLETCHER S, 1995, SHARING ACOMPLISHMEN FLORA CB, 1995, RES RURAL SOCIOLOGY, V6, P227 FORSYTH M, 1996, THESIS U GUELPH FUNTOWICZ S, 1994, FUTURES, V26, P568 HALL A, 1997, ANN M RURAL SOCIOLOG HANCOCK T, 1985, HLTH ED, V24, P8 HARDING J, 1992, FRAGILE TRUTHS 25 YE HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 KLINE E, 1993, DEFINING SUSTAINABLE KRIEGER N, 1994, SOC SCI MED, V39, P887 KUISMA C, 1995, THESIS U GUELPH DEP LEACH B, 1995, CAN REV SOC ANTHROP, V32, P341 MACNAGHTEN P, 1995, SOCIOLOGY, V29, P203 NOZICK M, 1992, NO PLACE LIKE HOME B OKEY B, 1997, CULTURE AGR OKEY B, 1998, THESIS U GUELPH PERROW C, 1961, AM SOCIOL REV, V26, P854 PORTER M, 1995, CAN REV SOC ANTHROP, V32, P415 RAMSEY D, 1997, THESIS U GUELPH ROWLEY T, 1995, THESIS U SCH RURAL P SALTER L, 1997, STUDIES POLITICAL EC, V53, P67 SERAGELDIN I, 1996, BROWN J WORLD AFFAIR, V3, P187 SMIT B, 1998, IN PRESS AGROECOSYST SPALING H, 1995, ECOSYST HEALTH, V1, P260 URRY J, 1981, SOCIOLOGY PARASITE S VANLEEUWEN J, 1995, 19 U GUELPH AGR HLTH VANLEEUWEN J, 1997, THESIS U GUELPH WALDROP M, 1992, COMPLEXITY WALL E, 1995, 15 U GUELPH AGR HLTH WALL E, 1995, LINK FARM SYST COMM WALL E, 1996, ANN M RUR SOC SOC MO WALL E, 1998, IN PRESS RURAL SOCIO WALTNERTOEWS D, 1996, BIOSCIENCE, V46, P686 WALTNERTOEWS D, 1997, SOC SCI MED, V45, P1741 WARRINER GK, 1996, CANADIAN WATER RESOU, V21, P253 WICHERT G, 1995, SHARING ACCOMPLISHME WORSTER D, 1994, NATURES EC YIRIDOE E, 1997, THESIS U GUELPH YIRIDOE EK, 1997, AGR SYST, V55, P601 NR 59 TC 0 J9 CAN J SOCIOL BP 281 EP 300 PY 1998 PD SPR-SUM VL 23 IS 2-3 GA ZZ291 UT ISI:000074714700011 ER PT J AU Abuodha, PAW Kairo, JG TI Human-induced stresses on mangrove swamps along the Kenyan coast SO HYDROBIOLOGIA LA English DT Article C1 Kenya Marine & Fisheries Res Inst, Mombasa, Kenya. RP Abuodha, PAW, Kenya Marine & Fisheries Res Inst, POB 81651, Mombasa, Kenya. AB Mangroves form important ecosystems in Kenya's coastal areas. They produce goods and services that are of environmental, ecological and economic importance to human society. However, mangroves are under continuing pressure from anthropogenic disturbances. A particular concern has been the clearing of mangrove areas to reclaim land for other uses such as aquaculture, Salt manufacture, agriculture and housing. About 10 000 ha of mangrove areas have been cleared for salt manufacture between Ngomeni and Karawa, while in Lamu, close to 100 ha of mangrove forest was killed by dredged-up sediment that was deposited during the construction of the Mokowe sea jet. 100 ha of mangrove area have been converted for aquaculture at Ngomeni. At Gazi Bay, about 100 ha of mangrove forests was cleared for fuelwood and in Makupa Creek, Mombasa, 10 ha of mangroves died due to oil pollution. The total area lost is therefore 10 3 10 ha which represents about 20% of the total mangrove forest. In this paper, deforestation, conversion of mangrove areas for other land uses and pollution of mangrove swamps on the Kenyan coast are discussed and a call for sustainable use, and the government policies that will enable this, is made. CR *FAO, 1982, 3 FAO ENV *FOR DEP KEN, 1983, OP CRUIS REP LAM MAN *NAT AC SCI, 1985, OIL SEA INP FAT EFF ABUODHA PAW, 1992, THESIS U NAIROBI NAR BANIJBATANA D, 1958, P 9 PAC SCI C BANGK, V2 BEECKMAN H, 1990, SILVA GANDAVENSIS, V54, P57 BURNS KA, 1993, MAR POLLUT BULL, V26, P239 CHRISTENSEN B, 1983, UNASYLVA, V35, P139 CHUA TE, 1989, MAR POLLUT B, V20, P335 CLOUGH BF, 1992, TROPICAL MANGROVE EC, P225 COPPEJANS E, 1989, B SOC ROY BOT BELG, V122, P47 DAUGHERTY HE, 1975, P INT S BIOL MAN MAN DAVIS JH, 1940, PAP TORTUGAS LAB, V32, P307 DELACRUZ AA, 1979, P BIOTROP SPEC PUB, V10, P125 DOUTE R, 1981, 30 KREMU GALLIN E, 1988, THESIS STATE U GHENT GALLIN E, 1989, B SOC ROY BOT BELG, V122, P197 GANG PO, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V247, P29 GRAHAM RM, 1929, J E AFR U NAT HIST S, V36, P157 HAMILTON LS, 1984, HDB MANGROVES AREA M HEALD EJ, 1971, UNI MIAMI SEA GRANT, V6 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 ISAAC WE, 1968, J E AFRICAN NAT HIST, V27, P1 JOTHY AA, 1984, PRODUCTIVITY MANGROV, P129 KAIRO JG, 1995, THESIS U NAIROBI NAR KIGOMO BN, 1991, 5 KEN FOR FOR DEPT KIMANI EN, 1996, MAR FRESHWATER RES, V47, P857 KOKWARO JO, 1985, J E AFR NAT HIST SOC, V75, P1 LAW WM, 1984, PRODUCTIVITY MANGROV, P121 LEWIS RR, 1977, P 2 ANN C COAST SOC LUGO AE, 1990, ECOSYSTEMS WORLD, V15, P143 MACNAE W, 1968, ADV MAR BIOL, V6, P73 MARSHALL N, 1994, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V285, P303 MERTENS EW, 1977, AM I BIOL SCI, P508 NGOILE MAK, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V247, P229 NOAKES DSP, 1955, MALAY FOR, V18, P22 ODUM WE, 1971, UNI MIAMI SEA GRANT, V7 ODUM WE, 1972, B MAR SCI, V22, P671 ONG JE, 1982, AMBIO, V11, P252 OTHMAN MA, 1994, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V285, P277 PAW JN, 1991, INTEGRATED MANAGEMEN, P201 QURESHI MT, 1990, 4 UNESCO COMAR UNDP RABINOWITZ D, 1975, P INT S BIOL MAN MAN, P385 RAWLINS P, 1957, UNPBU E AFRICAN MANG RUWA RK, 1986, KENYA J SCI B, V7, P41 RUWA RK, 1990, DISCOV INNOVAT, V2, P49 RUWA RK, 1993, RATIONAL USE HIGH SA, V1, P97 SAENGER P, 1982, MANGROVE ECOSYSTEMS, P153 SEMESI AK, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V247, P1 SEMESI AK, 1992, MANGROVES E AFRICAN TIENSONGRUSMEE B, 1991, 1 FIELD DEC TOMLINSON PB, 1986, BOT MANGROVES VANSPEYBROECK D, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V247, P243 VANSPEYBROECK D, 1992, WCK VANSPEYBROECK D, 1993, P INT S WORKSH STAT WALSH GE, 1974, ECOLOGY HALOPHYTES WALTER H, 1936, Z BOT, V30, P65 WATSON JG, 1928, MALAY FOR REC, V6, P1 WOLANSKI E, 1992, TROPICAL MANGROVE EC, P43 YAP GW, 1986, KEN80018 FAO FISH DE NR 60 TC 2 J9 HYDROBIOLOGIA BP 255 EP 265 PY 2001 PD AUG 15 VL 458 GA 511DC UT ISI:000173248500026 ER PT J AU Elmqvist, T Berkes, F Folke, C Angelstam, P Crepin, AS Niemela, J TI The dynamics of ecosystems, biodiversity management and social institutions at high northern latitudes SO AMBIO LA English DT Article C1 Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. RP Elmqvist, T, Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. AB Ecosystems at high latitudes are highly dynamic, influenced by a multitude of large-scale disturbances. Due to global change processes these systems may be expected to be particularly vulnerable, affecting the sustained production of renewable wood resources and abundance of plants and animals on which local cultures depend. In this paper, we assess the implications of new understandings of high northern latitude ecosystems and what must be done to manage systems for resilience. We suggest that the focus of land management should shift from recovery from local disturbance to sustaining ecosystem functions in the face of change and disruption. The role of biodiversity as insurance for allowing a system to reorganize and develop during the disturbance and reorganization phases needs to be addressed in management and policy. We emphasize that the current concepts of ecological reserves and protected areas need to be reconsidered to developp dynamic tools for sustainable management of ecosystems in face of change. Characteristics of what may be considered as customary reserves at high latitudes are often consistent with a more dynamic view of reserves. We suggest new directions for addressing biodiversity management in dynamic landscapes at high latitudes, and provide empirical examples of insights from unconventional perspectives that may help improve the potential for sustainable management of biodiversity and the generation of ecosystem services. CR *CAFF, 1997, COOP STRAT CONS BIOL *CAFF, 2001, ARCT FLOR FAUN STAT ANGELSTAM P, 2000, ALCES, V36, P133 ANGELSTAM P, 2002, LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY RE, P193 ANGELSTAM P, 2002, WILDLIFE LAND PEOPLE, P54 ANGELSTAM P, 2004, ECOL B, V51 ANGENSTAM P, 2004, ECOL B, V51 BALIKCI A, 1968, MAN HUNTER, P78 BATISSE M, 1997, ENVIRONMENT, V39, P7 BENGTSSON J, 2003, AMBIO, V32, P389 BERGER J, 2001, ECOL APPL, V11, P947 BERKES F, 1982, MUSK OX, V30, P23 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P98 BERKES F, 1999, SACRED ECOLOGY TRADI BERKES F, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1251 BERKES F, 2001, CONSERV ECOL, V5, P1 BERKES F, 2002, DRAMA COMMONS BJORKLUND I, 1990, DEV CHANGE, V21, P75 CABEZA M, 2003, CONSERV BIOL, V17, P1402 CALLAGHAN TV, 2002, AMBIO SPECIAL REPORT, V12, P6 CARLSON C, 2000, EWEEK, V17, P28 CARLSSON L, 2000, NAT RESOUR FORUM, V24, P31 CARLSSON L, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, P116 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 CHAPIN FS, 2001, GLOBAL BIODIVERSITY, P101 CHAPIN FS, 2004, AMBIO, V33, P344 CHRISTENSEN NL, 1989, BIOSCIENCE, V39, P678 CREPIN AS, 2002, THESIS STOCKHOLM U CREPIN AS, 2003, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V26, P127 DALE VH, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P546 DASGUPTA P, 2003, ENV RESOURCE EC, V26 DOWNIE D, 2003, NO LIGHTGS POPS COMB ELMQVIST T, 2003, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, V1, P488 FAST H, 2001, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V44, P183 FEIT H, 1973, CULTURAL ECOLOGY REA, P115 FEIT HA, 1987, SWEDISH WILDLIFE R S, V1, P25 FOLKE C, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1018 FOLKE C, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P414 FOLKE C, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P437 FORBES BC, 1999, POLAR REC, V35, P317 FREEMAN MMR, 1996, HUMAN ECOLOGY HLTH A, P57 GOLDAMMER JG, 1996, FIRE ECOSYSTEMS BORE, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HALLANARO EL, 2001, NATURE NO EUROPE BIO HANSKI I, 1999, METAPOPULATION ECOLO, R20 HEYWOOD VH, 1995, GLOBAL BIODIVERSITY HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, ENG ECOLOGICAL CONST HUNTINGTON HP, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1270 JENTOFT S, 1999, COMMONS COLD CLIMATE JONGMAN RHG, 1996, WIDER LANDSCAPE NATU KARVONEN L, 2000, GUIDELINES LANDSCAPE KRUPNIK I, 1993, ARCTIC ADAPTATIONS N KRUPNIK I, 2002, EARTH IS FASTER NOW LEWIS HT, 1988, HUM ECOL, V16, P57 LLOYD AH, 2003, PERMAFROST PERIGLAC, V14, P1002 LOREAU M, 2002, BIODIVERSITY ECOSYST NAEEM S, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P39 NILSSON C, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P232 OLSEN S, 1988, AREALKRAV BEHOV BUF OLSSON P, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P85 OSHERENKO G, 2001, GEORGETOWN INT ENV L, V13, P695 PAINE RT, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P535 PASTOR J, 1988, NATURE, V334, P55 PASTOR J, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P411 PAULY D, 2002, NATURE, V418, P689 PETERSON GD, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P6 PICKETT STA, 1978, BIOL CONSERV, V13, P27 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SIMILA M, 2002, BIOL CONSERV, V106, P19 SOULE ME, 1979, BIOL CONSERV, V15, P259 STURM M, 2001, NATURE, V411, P546 THORELL M, 2003, THESIS GOTEBORG U GO WHITEMAN G, 2004, AMBIO, V33, P371 NR 75 TC 1 J9 AMBIO BP 350 EP 355 PY 2004 PD AUG VL 33 IS 6 GA 848OZ UT ISI:000223478300016 ER PT J AU Parkes, M Panelli, R Weinstein, P TI Converging paradigms for environmental health theory and practice SO ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH PERSPECTIVES LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Otago, Dept Publ Hlth, Wellington Sch Med & Hlth Sci, Wellington, New Zealand. Univ Otago, Dept Geog, Dunedin, New Zealand. RP Parkes, M, Univ Hawaii, Div Ecol & Hlth, John A Burns Sch Med, 1960 East West Rd, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. AB Converging themes from the fields of environmental health, ecology and health, and human ecology highlight opportunities for innovation and advancement in environmental health theory and practice. In this commentary we outline the role of research and applied programs that integrate biophysical and social sciences with environmental health practice in order to address deficiencies in each field when taken on its own. New opportunities for environmental health protection and promotion are outlined based on the three converging themes: integrated approaches to research and policy, methodological acknowledgment of the synergies between the social and biophysical environments, and incorporation of core ecosystem principles into research and practice. These converging themes are discussed in relation to their implications for new types of intervention to achieve health gains across different spatial and temporal scales at the interface between biophysical and social environments. CR *I MED, 1999, ENV JUST RES ED HLTH *I MED, 2001, REB UN HLTH ENV *INT DEV RES CTR, 2000, EC APPR HUM HLTH PRO MCCARTHY JJ, 2001, CLIMATE CHANGE 2001, V1, P1 *MOT INT CATCHM MA, 2001, SHERR RIV BRIDG OP C *PARL COMM ENV, 2000, AG PIP MURK WAT URB *UN, 1992, UN PROGR ACT UN C EN *WCED, 1987, OUR COMM FUT REP WOR *WHO, 1992, OUR PLANET OUR HLTH *WHO, 1993, 2 EUR C ENV HLTH HEL *WHO, 1997, HLTH ENV SUST DEV 5 *WHO, 2000, INT DEC MAK SKILLS S *WORLD CONS UN, 1998, STRAT APPR FRESHW MA *WORLD RES I, 1994, WORLD RES 1994 95 PE *WORLD RES I, 1998, WORLD RES 1998 99 GU ADAMS SM, 1996, INTERCONNECTIONS HUM, P91 ADGER WN, 2000, PROG HUM GEOG, V24, P347 ARON JL, 2001, ECOSYSTEM CHANGE PUB BARNETT J, 2001, WORLD DEV, V29, P977 BAUM F, 1999, J EPIDEMIOL COMMUN H, V53, P195 BAUM F, 1999, J EPIDEMIOL COMMUNIT, V54, P414 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BLAKELY TA, 2000, J EPIDEMIOL COMMUN H, V54, P367 BORRINIFEYERABE.G, 1995, MED GLOB SURVIV, V2, P227 BORRINIFEYERABE.G, 2000, COMANAGEMENT NAT RES BOYDEN S, 1987, W CIVILISATION BIOL BRASWELL J, 1999, HLTH DECISIONS ACCES BROWN VA, 2001, GRASS ROOTS COMMON G CATTELL V, 2001, SOC SCI MED, V52, P1501 CATTON WR, 1994, SOCIOL PERSPECT, V37, P75 CHARTER O, 1986, 1 INT C HLTH PROM 17 COLE DC, 1999, HEALTH PROMOT INT, V14, P65 COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 DIALY G, 1997, NATURES SERV SOC DEP DOORIS M, 1999, HEALTH PROMOT INT, V14, P365 FOLLER ML, 2001, CAD SAUDE PUBLICA S, V17, P115 FUNTOWICZ SO, 1994, ENV TOXIC CHEM, V13, P1181 GAZIANO E, 1996, AM J SOCIOL, V101, P874 HALES S, 1997, REV ENV HLTH, V12, P191 HALES S, 1999, ENVIRON HEALTH PERSP, V107, P99 HANCOCK T, 1993, HEALTH PROMOT INT, V8, P41 HAWLEY AH, 1944, SOC FORCES, V22, P398 HEMMATI M, 2001, 1 STEP MULTISTAKEHOL HOLLING CS, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P390 KAWACHI I, 2000, SOCIAL EPIDEMIOLOGY, P174 KAY JJ, 1999, FUTURES, V31, P721 KICKBUSCH I, 1997, HEALTH PROMOT INT, V12, P265 KING M, 1990, LNACET, V336, P665 KRIEGER N, 2001, INT J EPIDEMIOL, V30, P668 LABONTE R, 1991, HEALTH PROMOT INT, V6, P49 LAST JM, 1998, PUBLIC HLTH HUMAN EC LEVIN SA, 1998, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V3, P221 LEVINE MM, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P2390 MAEZLER D, 1999, ENV HLTH PERSPECT, V107, P817 MARTEN GC, 2001, HUMAN ECOLOGY BASIC MCMICHAEL AJ, 1993, PLANETARY OVERLOAD G MCMICHAEL AJ, 1996, CLIMATE CHANGE HUMAN MCMICHAEL AJ, 1999, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V149, P887 MCMICHAEL AJ, 1999, BIOSCIENCE, V49, P205 MCMICHAEL AJ, 2000, B WORLD HEALTH ORGAN, V78, P1067 MCMICHAEL AJ, 2001, HUMAN FRONTIERS ENV MCMICHAEL AJ, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P1093 ODUM E, 1971, FUNDAMENTALS ECOLOGY OFALLON LR, 2002, ENVIRON HEALTH PE S2, V110, P155 PARK RE, 1924, INTRO SCI SOCIOLOGY PARKES M, 2001, ECOSYST HEALTH, V7, P85 PARKES MW, IN PRESS ENV HLTH AU PARKES MW, 2003, THESIS U OTAGO DUNED PEARCE N, 1996, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V86, P678 PEDERSEN D, 1996, SOC SCI MED, V43, P745 PIMENTEL D, 2000, ECOLOGICAL INTEGRITY RAPPORT DJ, 1997, ECOSYST HEALTH, V3, P195 RAPPORT DJ, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P397 RIBOT JC, 1996, CLIMATE VARIABILITY, V1, P1 ROSE G, 1985, INT J EPIDEMIOL, V14, P32 SHAHI G, 1997, INT PERSPECTIVES INT SOSKOLNE C, 1998, GLOBAL ECOLOGICAL IN STEPHENS C, 1998, ENV HTLH ENV EQUITY SUSSER M, 1996, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V86, P674 VANLEEUWEN JA, 1999, ECOSYST HEALTH, V5, P204 VONSCHIRNDING Y, 2001, HTLH SUSTAINABLE DEV WACKERNAGEL M, 1995, OUR ECOLOGICAL FOOTP WALTNERTOEWS D, 1997, SOC SCI MED, V45, P1741 WALTNERTOEWS D, 2001, CADERNOS SAUDE PUB S, V17, P7 WEINSTEIN P, 1997, ENVIRON HEALTH PERSP, V105, P364 WEINSTEIN P, 2000, IAHS PUBLICATION, V260, P41 WITTEN K, 2000, HEALTH EDUC BEHAV, V27, P371 WOODWARD A, 1998, CLIMATE RES, V11, P31 WOODWARD A, 2000, B WORLD HEALTH ORGAN, V78, P1148 NR 89 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON HEALTH PERSPECT BP 669 EP 675 PY 2003 PD MAY VL 111 IS 5 GA 677CB UT ISI:000182788400021 ER PT J AU Hirst, RA Pywell, RF Marrs, RH Putwain, PD TI The resistance of a chalk grassland to disturbance SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 NERC, Ctr Ecol & Hydrol, Huntingdon PE28 2LS, Cambs, England. Univ Liverpool, Appl Vegetat Dynam Lab, Sch Biol Sci, Liverpool L69 3GS, Merseyside, England. Univ Liverpool, Sch Biol Sci, Liverpool L69 3BX, Merseyside, England. RP Hirst, RA, Land Use Consultants, 43 Chalton St, London NW1 1JD, England. AB 1. Concepts of ecosystem stability, resilience and resistance have been discussed theoretically for nearly three decades. Understanding the effects of habitat disturbance and mechanisms of recovery in practice are vital for successful conservation management and restoration, particularly of subseral communities with high conservation interest and sites subject to unavoidable disturbances. Chalk grasslands are one such habitat, with high European conservation importance, and the greatest remaining extent in north-west Europe lies within the Salisbury Plain Training Area (SPTA), the largest UK military training area. In order to understand the resistance and recovery of this habitat type, we undertook an experimental approach using imposed disturbance treatments. 2. An experiment was designed to compare the disturbance effects of a Land Rover, a truck and a Challenger II tank on a tall Bromopsis erecta -dominated chalk grassland community on the SPTA. Permanent quadrats were established on a site experimentally disturbed by single and multiple passes of the three vehicles and a tank turn (slew). Post-disturbance changes were recorded in the vegetation and soils in permanent quadrats. 3. One year after the disturbance, all the treatments still had significant soil compaction effects and all treatments except the single Land Rover pass resulted in a significant reduction in sward height. The grassland community sampled was significantly less resistant to disturbance by tracked vehicles than wheeled vehicle disturbance, with tracked vehicles creating the greatest recorded soil compaction and exposure of bare soil and longer-term changes in sward composition. 4. Ordination techniques were used to characterize post-disturbance successional trajectories. These suggest that chalk grassland is significantly less resistant to disturbance caused by multiple passes of tracked vehicles and tracked vehicle turns. Chalk grassland recovery from these types of disturbance is less predictable. 5. Identifying vegetation community resistance assists understanding of the ecosystem response to long-term and cumulative stress and facilitates strategic management of habitats where disturbance events are commonplace, especially in areas of high nature conservation interest. These data demonstrate that small-scale but acute disturbance events can have significant effects on plant community composition, and can have wider reaching impacts on other aspects of site management. There are important implications for the management of off-road vehicles in recreational and agricultural contexts, and for the formulation of a strategic sustainable management plan for the SPTA that incorporates both military and conservation objectives. 6. Synthesis and applications. Resistance to disturbance is not necessarily an additive function. Managers of chalk grasslands should limit activities that create high intensity disturbance events because the succession trajectory following such events may be less direct and with less predictable outcomes than that following lower intensity disturbances. Increased predictability of succession trajectories following medium to low disturbance events means these types of disturbance might be used deliberately to create short-term and small-scale heterogeneity in both species composition and sward structure. Site managers should be aware that certain activities not previously considered to be potentially damaging might be creating significant habitat disturbance effects, as changes to soil structure, functioning and fauna can occur in the absence of changes in plant community composition. CR *ENGL NAT, 1993, NOT SAL PLAIN SIT SP *MOD, 1997, STRIK BAL 97 REP MAN AGNEW ML, 1985, AGRON J, V77, P872 ALAKUKKU L, 1995, SOIL TILL RES, V36, P141 ALLEN SE, 1974, CHEM ANAL ECOLOGICAL ALLEN SE, 1989, CHEM ANAL ECOLOGICAL AYERS PD, 1994, J TERRAMECHANICS, V31, P173 BEKKER RM, 1997, J APPL ECOL, V34, P1293 BELNAP J, 1995, ENVIRON MONIT ASSESS, V37, P39 BRAUNACK MV, 1993, J TERRAMECHANICS, V30, P299 BROWN G, 1995, LANDSCAPE HIST, V17, P65 CARPENTER SR, 1997, CONSERVATION ECOLOGY CARPENTER SR, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P751 COLE DN, 1995, J APPL ECOL, V32, P215 CURRALL JEP, 1987, VEGETATIO, V72, P81 DOXFORD D, 1998, J ENV PLANNING MANAG, V41, P279 ELLENBERG H, 1978, VEGETATION MITTELEUR GRIFFITHS GH, 1999, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V8, P329 GRIMM V, 1992, ECOL MODEL, V63, P143 GUNDERSON LH, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P425 HILL MO, 1996, TABLEFIT VERSION 1 3 HIRST RA, 2000, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V60, P181 HIRST RA, 2000, THESIS U LIVERPOOL L HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HORN R, 1989, SOIL TILL RES, V13, P353 IVERSON RM, 1981, SCIENCE, V212, P915 JONES DS, 1998, 987 CEMML TPS KENT M, 1992, VEGETATION DESCRIPTI KIRBY P, 1992, HABITAT MANAGEMENT I KNAPP PA, 1992, GREAT BASIN NAT, V52, P149 LAYCOCK WA, 1991, J RANGE MANAGE, V44, P427 LEININGER WC, 1980, EFFECTS OFF ROAD VEH LEPS J, 1982, VEGETATIO, V50, P53 MACGILLIVRAY CW, 1995, FUNCT ECOL, V9, P640 MAY RM, 1973, STABILITY COMPLEXITY MILCHUNAS DG, 1999, J ENVIRON QUAL, V28, P1533 MILCHUNAS DG, 2000, ENVIRON MANAGE, V25, P525 MITCHELL RJ, 2000, PERSPECT PLANT ECOL, V3, P142 MUELLERDOMBOIS DR, 1974, AIMS METHODS VEGETAT PIELOU EC, 1984, PRIMER CLASSIFICATIO PORLEY EC, 1986, PRIMER CLASSIFICATIO PROSE DV, 1985, ENVIRON GEOL WAT SCI, V7, P163 PYWELL RF, 1998, ECOLOGICAL SURVEY SA RODWELL JS, 1992, BRIT PLANT COMMUNITI, V3 SCHEFFER M, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P275 SEVERINGHAUS WD, 1982, ENVIRON MANAGE, V6, P163 SHAW RB, 1990, J ENVIRON QUAL, V19, P234 SORENSEN T, 1948, K DANSKE VIDENSK SEL, V5, P1 STACE C, 1997, NEW FLORA BRIT ISLES STEWART KEJ, 2001, J APPL ECOL, V38, P1148 TERBRAAK CJF, 1987, CANOCO FORTRAN PROGR THOMAS JA, 2001, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V268, P1791 TUTIN TG, 1964, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1 VANHORNE B, 1998, ENVIRON MANAGE, V22, P617 VOORHEES WB, 1989, AGRON J, V81, P294 WEBB RH, 1980, J ARID ENVIRON, V3, P291 WESTMAN WE, 1978, BIOSCIENCE, V28, P705 WESTOBY M, 1989, J RANGE MANAGE, V42, P266 WILLEMS JH, 1978, VEGETATIO, V37, P141 WILSON SD, 1988, ENVIRON MANAGE, V12, P397 NR 60 TC 1 J9 J APPL ECOL BP 368 EP 379 PY 2003 PD APR VL 40 IS 2 GA 665KG UT ISI:000182118700015 ER PT J AU Peters, DPC Havstad, KM TI Nonlinear dynamics in arid and semi-arid systems: Interactions among drivers and processes across scales SO JOURNAL OF ARID ENVIRONMENTS LA English DT Article C1 USDA ARS, Jornada Expt Range, Las Cruces, NM 88003 USA. RP Peters, DPC, USDA ARS, Jornada Expt Range, Las Cruces, NM 88003 USA. AB We discuss a new conceptual framework for arid and semi-arid systems that accounts for nonlinear dynamics and cross scale interactions in explaining landscape patterns and dynamics. Our framework includes a spatial and temporal hierarchy, and five key interacting components that connect scales of the hierarchy and generate threshold behaviors: (1) historical legacies that include climate, disturbance, and management regimes, (2) dynamic template of patterns in ecological variables and spatial context, (3) vertical and horizontal transport processes (fluvial, aeolian, animal), (4) rate, direction, and amount of resource redistribution between high and low resource areas, and (5) feedbacks among plants, animals, and soils. We illustrate how this framework can be used to understand, forecast, and manage ecological systems that exhibit nonlinear dynamics across a range of spatial and temporal scales. This paper provides the foundation for a series of papers from the Jornada Experimental Range ARS-LTER research site in southern New Mexico, USA that support this new conceptual framework. Published by Elsevier Ltd. CR *NAT RES CONS SERV, 1997, NAT RANG PAST HDB ARCHER S, 1994, ECOLOGICAL IMPLICATI, P13 BESTELMEYER BT, 2000, J ARID ENVIRON, V65, P296 BRESHEARS DD, 1999, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V14, P465 BRESHEARS DD, 2004, EARTH SURF PROCESSES, V28, P1189 BROWN JH, 2002, BIOSCIENCE, V52, P979 BUFFINGTON LC, 1965, ECOL MONOGR, V35, P139 CLAUSSEN M, 1999, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V26, P2037 DAVENPORT DW, 1998, J RANGE MANAGE, V51, P231 FOSTER D, 2003, BIOSCIENCE, V53, P77 FREDRICKSON EL, 2006, J ARID ENVIRON, V65, P285 GAO Q, 2003, GLOBAL CHANGE BIOL, V9, P1 GIBBENS RP, 2005, J ARID ENVIRON, V61, P651 GROVER HD, 1990, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V17, P305 HARRICK JE, 2006, J ARID ENVIRON, V65, P319 HAVSTAD KM, 1999, J ARID ENVIRON, V42, P155 HERBEL CH, 1972, ECOLOGY, V53, P1084 HILLERISLAMBERS R, 2001, ECOLOGY, V82, P50 HUMPHREY RR, 1958, BOT REV, V24, P193 JOHANSEN MP, 2001, HYDROL PROCESS, V15, P2953 KNAPP PA, 1998, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V4, P347 LUCERO ME, 2006, J ARID ENVIRON, V65, P276 LUDWIG JA, 2005, ECOLOGY, V86, P288 LUDWIG JE, 1997, LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY FU MCAULIFFE JR, 1994, ECOL MONOGR, V64, P111 MEIR IN, 1973, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V4, P25 MONGER HC, 2006, J ARID ENVIRON, V65, P207 OKIN GS, 2001, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V106, P9673 OKIN GS, 2006, J AIRD ENV, V65, P255 ONEILL RV, 1986, HIERARCHICAL CONCEPT PARSONS AJ, 2003, J ARID ENVIRON, V53, P61 PAULSEN HA, 1962, TECHNICAL B USDA, V1270 PETERS DPC, IN PRESS SCALING UNC PETERS DPC, IN PRESS STRUCTURE F PETERS DPC, 2001, ADV ENV MONITORING M, V1 PETERS DPC, 2004, B ECOL SOC AM, V85, P397 PETERS DPC, 2004, OIKOS, V106, P627 PETERS DPC, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P15130 PETERS DPC, 2004, WEED TECHNOL S, V18, P1221 RANGO A, 2002, J ARID ENVIRON, V50, P549 RANGO A, 2006, J ARID ENVIRON, V65, P235 REYNOLDS JF, 1997, PLANT FUNCTIONAL TYP, P194 REYNOLDS JF, 2004, OECOLOGIA, V141, P194 SCHLESINGER WH, 1984, BOT GAZ, V145, P116 SCHLESINGER WH, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1043 SCHLESINGER WH, 1999, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY, V45, P21 SNYDER KA, 2006, J ARID ENVIRON, V65, P219 VANAUKEN OW, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P197 VANDEKOPPEL J, 2002, AM NAT, V159, P209 WAINWRIGHT J, 1999, J ARID ENVIRON, V43, P111 WAINWRIGHT J, 2000, HYDROL PROCESS, V14, P2921 WAINWRIGHT JA, 2002, J ARID ENVIRON, V51, P219 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WALTER H, 1971, ECOLOGY TROPICAL SUB WALTER H, 1973, VEGETATION EARTH REL WHICKER JJ, 2002, J ENVIRON QUAL, V31, P599 WONDZELL SM, 1996, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V11, P351 YORK JC, 1969, ARID LANDS PERSPECTI, P157 NR 58 TC 10 J9 J ARID ENVIRON BP 196 EP 206 PY 2006 PD APR VL 65 IS 2 GA 030OZ UT ISI:000236645400002 ER PT J AU Paavola, J Adger, WN TI Institutional ecological economics SO ECOLOGICAL ECONOMICS LA English DT Review C1 Univ E Anglia, CSERGE, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. Univ E Anglia, Tyndall Ctr Climate Change Res, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. RP Paavola, J, Univ E Anglia, CSERGE, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. AB New institutional economics and its forerunners have, we argue made important contributions to the evolving agenda of ecological economics. The conceptualisation of environmental problems as instances of interdependence and the acknowledgement of positive transaction costs are key insights into the nature of environmental problems. We also discuss how plurality of behavioural motivations and limited cognitive capacity have important implications for environmental decision making and its analysis. We show how evolutionary and collective action theories offer complementary takes on the choice and change of environmental governance institutions and how the concept of social capital can enrich analyses of environmental governance. We conclude that an emerging institutional ecological economics has the greatest relative advantage in analysing the design, implementation and effectiveness of environmental governance solutions. (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. CR *SOC LEARN GROUP, 2001, LEARN MAN GLOB ENV R ACHESON J, 2003, CAPTURING COMMONS DE ADGER WN, 1999, ECOL ECON, V31, P365 ADGER WN, 2000, ECOL ECON, V35, P75 ADGER WN, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P358 ADGER WN, 2003, ECON GEOGR, V79, P387 ADGER WN, 2003, ENVIRON PLANN A, V35, P1095 AKERLOF GA, 1970, Q J ECON, V84, P488 ALCHIAN AA, 1950, J POLITICAL EC, V58, P211 ARROW KJ, 2000, SOCIAL CAPITAL MULTI, P3 AXELROD R, 1984, EVOLUTION COOPERATIO AZAR C, 2002, ECOL ECON, V42, P73 BALAND JM, 1996, HALTING DEGRADATION BARNETT J, 2003, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V61, P321 BARRETT S, 2003, ENV STATECRAFT BARZEL Y, 1982, J LAW ECON, V25, P87 BARZEL Y, 1985, J INST THEOR ECON, V141, P4 BAYART J, 1999, CRIMINALISATION STAT BELL DE, 1989, DECISION MAKING BERGE E, 1999, LAW GOVERNANCE NATUR BERKES F, 2000, ECOL APPL, V10, P1251 BERKES F, 2002, DRAMA COMMONS, P293 BHATTARAI M, 2001, WORLD DEV, V29, P995 BRAY F, 1986, RICE EC TECHNOLOGY D BROMLEY DW, 1991, ENV EC PROPERTY RIGH BROMLEY DW, 1992, MAKING COMMONS WORK BROMLEY DW, 1998, ECOL ECON, V24, P231 BROMLEY DW, 2002, EC ETHICS ENV POLICY, P261 BROWN K, 2002, MAKING WAVES INTEGRA BUCHANAN JM, 1965, CALCULUS CONSENT LOG CALABRESI G, 1961, YALE LAW J, V70, P499 CALABRESI G, 1991, YALE LAW J, V100, P1211 COASE RH, 1937, ECONOMICA, V4, P386 COASE RH, 1960, J LAW ECON, V3, P1 COASE RH, 1974, J LAW ECON, V17, P357 COMMONS JR, 1950, EC COLLECTIVE ACTION COOTER R, 1984, J ECON LIT, V22, P507 DAHLMAN CJ, 1979, J LAW ECON, V22, P141 DAILY GC, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC DASGUPTA P, 2003, 2003 FDN SOCIAL CAPI, P309 DEACON RT, 1994, LAND ECON, V70, P414 DEMSETZ H, 1969, J LAW ECON, V12, P1 DODDS S, 1997, ECOL ECON, V23, P95 DOLSAK N, 2003, COMMONS NEW MILLENNI, P3 DOSI G, 1994, J EVOLUTIONARY EC, V4, P153 DRAGUN AK, 1993, J POST KEYNESIAN EC, V16, P127 EKINS P, 2000, EC GROWTH ENV SUSTAI ERICKSON JD, 2000, LAND ECON, V76, P345 FAFCHAMPS M, 2002, OXFORD ECON PAP, V54, P173 FAIRHEAD J, 1995, WORLD DEV, V23, P1023 FOSTER J, 1997, STRUCTURAL CHANGE EC, V8, P427 FRANK RH, 1988, PASSIONS REASON STRA FREEMAN AM, 1990, PUBLIC POLICIES ENV, P97 GEORGESCUROEGEN N, 1968, INT ENCYCL SOC SCI, V16, P236 GINTIS H, 2000, ECOL ECON, V35, P311 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HANLEY N, 2002, EC ETHICS ENV POLICY, P120 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1241 HARRIS M, 1974, COWS PIGS WARS WITCH HEINER RA, 1983, AM ECON REV, V73, P560 HICKS JR, 1934, ECONOMICA, V1, P52 HODGE I, 2000, ECOL ECON, V35, P107 HODGSON G, 1997, VALUING NATURE, P48 HODGSON GM, 1993, EC EVOLUTION BRINGIN HOLLAND A, 2002, EC ETHICS ENV POLICY, P17 HUKKINEN J, 1998, I ENV MANAGEMENT CON KAHNEMAN D, 1986, J BUS, V59, P285 KAVKA GS, 1991, ECON PHILOS, V7, P143 KEOHANE RO, 1995, LOCAL COMMONS GLOBAL KNACK S, 1997, Q J ECON, V112, P1251 KRUEGER AO, 1974, AM ECON REV, V64, P291 LANGLOIS RN, 1986, EC PROCESS ESSAYS NE LANSING JS, 1991, PRIESTS PROGRAMMERS LAVER M, 1996, MAKING BREAKING GOVT LOEWENSTEIN G, 2000, AM ECON REV, V90, P426 MISHAN EJ, 1971, J ECON LIT, V9, P1 MOHAN G, 2002, PROG HUM GEOG, V26, P191 NARAYAN D, 1999, ECON DEV CULT CHANGE, V47, P871 NELSON RR, 1982, EVOLUTIONARY THEORY NORGAARD RB, 1984, LAND ECON, V60, P160 NORGAARD RB, 2004, ECOL ECON, V49, P231 NORTH DC, 1973, RISE W WORLD NEW EC NORTH DC, 1990, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR OLSON M, 1971, LOGIC COLLECTIVE ACT ORCHARD L, 1997, CAMBRIDGE J ECON, V21, P409 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV OSTROM E, 1994, RULES GAMES COMMON P OSTROM E, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P278 OSTROM E, 2000, SOCIAL CAPITAL MULTI, P172 OSTROM E, 2002, DRAMA COMMONS PAAVOLA J, 2002, EC ETHICS ENV POLICY, P87 PAAVOLA J, 2002, ENVIRON HIST, V8, P295 PAAVOLA J, 2002, FORUM DEV STUD, V29, P5 PAAVOLA J, 2004, ENCY WORLD ENV HIST, V2, P778 PAAVOLA J, 2004, ENV SCI, V1, P59 PAAVOLA J, 2005, IN PRESS INT ENCY PU PALDAM M, 2000, J ECON SURV, V14, P629 PIGOU AC, 1920, EC WELFARE PRETTY J, 2001, WORLD DEV, V29, P209 PROOPS JLR, 1999, ECOL ECON, V28, P75 RADIN MJ, 1996, CONTESTED COMMODITIE RANDHIR TO, 1996, ECOL ECON, V16, P1 RUTTAN V, 2001, J SOCIO EC, V30, P15 RUTTAN VW, 1999, J DEV STUD, V35, P1 SAGOFF M, 1988, EC EARTH PHILOS LAW SANDLER T, 1992, COLLECTIVE ACTION TH SCHELLING TC, 1978, MICROMOTIVES MACROBE SCHLAGER E, 1992, LAND ECON, V68, P249 SCHLAGER E, 1994, LAND ECON, V70, P294 SCHMID AA, 1987, PROPERTY POWER PUBLI SCHOTTER A, 1980, EC THEORY SOCIAL I SEN AK, 1991, ECON PHILOS, V7, P277 SHEPSLE K, 1982, AM EC REV PAPERS P, V72, P367 SHEPSLE KA, 1984, AM POLIT SCI REV, V78, P417 SHEPSLE KA, 1989, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V1, P131 SIMON HA, 1955, Q J ECON, V69, P99 SIMON HA, 1978, AM ECON REV, V68, P1 SIMON HA, 1986, J BUS, V59, P209 SINGLETON S, 1998, CONSTRUCTING COOPERA SODERBAUM P, 2000, ECOLOGICAL EC SPASH C, 1999, 11 U CAMBR DEP LAND TAYLOR M, 1987, POSSIBILITY COOPERAT TVERSKY A, 1972, PSYCHOL REV, V79, P281 TVERSKY A, 1986, J BUS, V59, P251 VANDENBERGH JCJM, 2000, ECOL ECON, V32, P43 VANDENBERGH JCJM, 2000, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V17, P37 VATN A, 1994, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V26, P129 VEBLEN T, 1899, THEORY LEISURE CLASS WILLIAMSON OE, 1985, EC I CAPITALISM FIRM WOOLCOCK M, 2000, WORLD BANK RES OBSER, V15, P225 YOUNG OR, 1994, INT GOVERNANCE PROTE YOUNG OR, 2002, I DIMENSIONS ENV CHA NR 132 TC 1 J9 ECOL ECON BP 353 EP 368 PY 2005 PD MAY 15 VL 53 IS 3 GA 934PS UT ISI:000229721300006 ER PT J AU Pritchard, L Folke, C Gunderson, LH TI Valuation of ecosystem services in institutional context SO ECOSYSTEMS LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Emory Univ, Dept Environm Studies, Atlanta, GA 30322 USA. Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, Ctr Res Nat Resources & Environm CNM, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. Royal Swedish Acad Sci, Beijer Int Inst Ecol Econ, Stockholm, Sweden. RP Pritchard, L, Emory Univ, Dept Environm Studies, 1715 N Decatur Rd, Atlanta, GA 30322 USA. CR BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BINGER BR, 1995, NORTHWEST U LAW REV, V89, P1029 CARPENTER SR, 1993, TROPHIC CASCADE LAKE CARPENTER SR, 1997, RESILIENCE RESTORATI COSTANZA R, 1997, NATURE, V387, P253 FARBER S, 1987, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V24, P41 FOLKE C, 1998, 2 IHDP GLOB ENV CHAN GUNDERSON LH, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HANNA SS, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P328 JOHNSON KN, 1999, BIOREGIONAL ASSESSME MCCLANAHAN TR, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P136 NORTH DC, 1990, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR ODUM HT, 1984, CYPRESS SWAMPS, P416 OSTROM E, 1990, GOVT COMMONS EVOLUTI SAGOFF M, 1981, ARIZ LAW REV, V23, P1283 SUNSTEIN CR, 1988, YALE LAW J, V97, P1539 TURNER RK, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC, P129 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WILLIAMS BA, 1995, DEMOCRACY DIALOGUE E NR 22 TC 7 J9 ECOSYSTEMS BP 36 EP 40 PY 2000 PD JAN-FEB VL 3 IS 1 GA 287MH UT ISI:000085509300008 ER PT J AU Palsson, G Nelgason, A TI Schooling and skipperhood: The development of dexterity SO AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST LA English DT Article C1 Univ Iceland, Dept Anthropol, IS-101 Reykjavik, Iceland. Univ Oxford, Inst Biol Anthropol, Oxford OX2 6QS, England. RP Palsson, G, Univ Iceland, Dept Anthropol, IS-101 Reykjavik, Iceland. AB Focusing on data relating to Iceland, we examine differences in the performance of fishing skippers both in and out of school and explore the development of dexterity and the connections among fishing practice, schooling, and fishing success. Our ethnographic and statistical analyses indicate that, contrary to the prevailing assumption of many educators, skippers' performance in marine school has little direct relation to success in fishing. We conclude that while schooling serves important other purposes, critical abilities required for locating and catching fish are largely developed in the course of everyday practice. Our findings substantiate much recent theorizing on embodied knowledge and schooling, emphasizing the embeddedness of learning and cognition. There are good grounds, we argue, for placing practical knowledge, situated activities, and communities of practice at the center of the theoretical and environmental agenda. CR ACHESON JM, 1975, HUM ECOL, V3, P183 ACHESON JM, 1996, AM ANTHROPOL, V98, P579 AGRAWAL A, 1995, DEV CHANGE, V26, P413 BARTH F, 1966, 23 ROYAL ANTHR I GRE BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERNSTEIN NA, 1996, DEXTERITY ITS DEV, P1 BJARNASON T, 1993, AM ANTHROPOL, V95, P371 BLOCH M, 1991, MAN, V26, P183 BOROFSKY R, 1994, ASSESSING CULTURAL A, P331 BOURDIEU P, 1990, LOGIC PRACTICE BRUSH SB, 1996, VALUING LOCAL KNOWLE CHAPIN M, 1994, CULTURAL EXPRESSION, P83 COY M, 1989, APPRENTICESHIP THEOR CSORDAS T, 1994, EMBODIMENT EXPERIENC DEWALT BR, 1994, HUM ORGAN, V53, P123 DICKENS P, 1996, RECONSTRUCTING NATUR DURRENBERGER EP, 1983, J ANTHROPOL RES, V39, P323 DURRENBERGER EP, 1986, AM ETHNOL, V13, P213 DURRENBERGER EP, 1993, HUM ORGAN, V52, P194 DYER CL, 1994, FOLK MANAGEMENT WORL EDELMAN B, 1997, SHUNTERS WORK CREATI FERREIRA MK, 1997, AM ETHNOL, V24, P132 FINLAYSON AC, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P311 FISCHER KW, 1993, DEV CONTEXT ACTING T, P93 GATEWOOD JB, 1985, DIRECTIONS COGNITIVE, P199 GIBSON JJ, 1979, ECOLOGICAL APPROACH GOODY EN, 1978, QUESTIONS POLITENESS, P17 GUDEMAN S, 1990, CONVERSATIONS COLOMB GUOMUNDSSON G, 1979, SKIPSTJORA STYRIMANN, V1, P11 HARPER D, 1987, WORKING KNOWLEDGE SK HELGASON A, 1997, J ROY ANTHROPOL INST, V3, P451 HUTCHINGS JA, 1995, MARINE RESOURCES HUM, P123 HUTCHINS E, 1995, COGNITION WILD INGOLD T, 1993, TOOLS LANGUAGE COGNI, P449 JACKSON M, 1996, THINGS THEY ARE NEW JONSSON J, 1988, HAFRANNSOKNIR VIO IS JONSSON J, 1990, HAFRANNSOKNIR VIO IS KELLER CM, 1996, COGNITION TOOL USE B LAVE J, 1988, COGNITION PRACTICE M LAVE J, 1991, SITUATED LEARNING LE LAVE J, 1993, UNDERSTANDING PRACTI, P3 LEVISTRAUSS C, 1972, SAVAGE MIND LONG N, 1992, BATTLEFIELDS KNOWLED MATARIC MJ, 1997, CYBERNET SYST, V28, P457 MCCAY BJ, 1978, HUM ECOL, V6, P397 MOORE JL, 1998, EDUC PSYCHOL REV, V10, P97 NADER L, 1996, NAKED SCI ANTHR INQU, R11 PALSSON G, 1982, J ANTHROPOL RES, V38, P227 PALSSON G, 1982, THESIS U MANCHESTER PALSSON G, 1990, AM ANTHROPOL, V92, P130 PALSSON G, 1991, COASTAL EC CULTURAL PALSSON G, 1992, J ANTHROPOL RES, V48, P301 PALSSON G, 1994, MAN, V29, P901 PALSSON G, 1995, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V28, P117 PALSSON G, 1995, TEXTUAL LIFE SAVANTS PALSSON G, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P48 PALSSON G, 1998, POLITICS FISHING RESNICK LB, 1987, EDUC RES, V16, P13 RICHARDS P, 1993, ANTHR CRITIQUE DEV G, P79 RUSSELL SD, 1996, J ANTHROPOL RES, V52, P433 SIGAUT F, 1993, NEW LITERARY HIST, V24, P105 SMITH ME, 1996, NAKED SCI ANTHR INQU, P201 STREET B, 1993, CROSS CULTURAL APPRO WEEKS P, 1995, HUM ORGAN, V54, P429 WHITE DRM, 1989, MARINE RESOURCE UTIL, V1, P25 WIDLOK T, 1997, J ROY ANTHROPOL INST, V3, P317 WILLIAMS NM, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC NR 67 TC 0 J9 AMER ANTHROPOL BP 908 EP 923 PY 1998 PD DEC VL 100 IS 4 GA 187YE UT ISI:000079815800004 ER PT J AU McDuff, MD TI Building the capacity of grassroots conservation organizations to conduct participatory evaluation SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Warren Wilson Coll, Asheville, NC 28815 USA. RP McDuff, MD, Warren Wilson Coll, POB 9000, Asheville, NC 28815 USA. AB Stakeholder participation has become a key factor in the success of grassroots conservation and natural resource management programs. Yet the majority of program evaluations are conducted by external consultants for the purposes of accountability, rather than program improvement. Too often, systematic evaluations of conservation programs are not conducted at all. The objective of this study was to build the capacity of a grassroots conservation organization to conduct participatory evaluation, involving project stakeholders in the design, implementation, and use of evaluation. The study applied a conceptual model for participatory evaluation to the Wildlife Clubs of Kenya (WCK), the largest grassroots conservation program for youth in Africa, involving more than one million youth since 1968. Seven trainings in participatory evaluation were conducted with WCK staff, teachers, and community members. The 120 participants, representing nine WCK regions with 800 clubs, showed a significant increase in attitudes and knowledge regarding evaluation, as reflected by mean test scores before and after training. To institutionalize evaluation at WCK, existing organizational practices were assessed and used as a foundation for developing an evaluation system. Based on club competitions, a new evaluation initiative was launched called the WCK Incentive Program. Participants in all seven workshops identified indicators and sources of evidence for this evaluation system, which now serves as a basis for rewarding outstanding performance in WCK. This study revealed the importance of incentives for evaluation, the need to build on existing structures to promote organizational learning, and the necessity for the conservation community to commit resources to capacity building in participatory evaluation. CR *BSP, 1996, BIOD CONS NETW 1996 *IIED, 1994, WHOS ED OV COMM APPR *PACT, 1996, ASS ORG CAP PART MON *PAMFORK, 1997, WORKSH US PART METH *SPSS, 1997, SPSS GUID DAT AN *UNDP, 1997, WHO AR QUEST MAK PAR ABBOT J, 1998, 2 SARL IIED ARGYRIS C, 1996, ORG LEARNING, V2 ARMONIA RC, 1997, INT WORKSH PART MON ARY D, 1996, INTRO RES ED BEKALO I, 1997, INT WORKSH PART MON BENNUN LA, 1995, CONSERVATION BIODIVE BRYK AS, 1983, NEW DIRECTIONS PROGR, V17 CARDEN F, 1997, INT WORKSH PART MON CASE DD, 1990, COMMUNITYS TOOLBOX I CHAMBERS R, 1997, WHOSE REALITY COUNTS COUSINS JB, 1992, EDUC EVAL POLICY AN, V14, P397 COUSINS JB, 1995, PARTICIPATORY EVALUA DECKER DJ, 1996, HUM DIMENSIONS WILDL, V1, P70 EASH MJ, 1985, EDUC EVAL POLICY AN, V7, P237 EITINGTON JE, 1989, WINNING TRAINER ESTRELLA M, 1998, 70 IDS FEUERSTEIN MT, 1986, PARTNERS EVALUATION GOLDSMITH FB, 1991, MONITORING CONSERVAT GREENE JC, 1987, EVAL PROGRAM PLANN, V10, P379 GRUNDY IM, 1997, INT WORKSH PART MON GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 JACKSON ET, 1998, KNOWLEDGE SHARED PAR JACOBSON SK, 1991, ENVIRON MANAGE, V15, P143 JACOBSON SK, 1997, INT RES GEOGRAPHICAL, V6, P1 JOHNSON D, 1995, EVALUATION PARTICIPA LARSON P, 1996, PARTICIPATORY MONITO LEE KN, 1993, COMPASS GYROSCOPE IN MCNEELY JA, 1995, EXPANDING PARTNERSHI MULWA FW, 1993, PARTICIPATORY EVALUA NARAYANPARKER D, 1993, 207 WORLD BANK NORRIS K, 1998, J ENVIRON EDUC, V15, P27 ORMROD JE, 1990, HUMAN LEARNING THEOR PFOHL J, 1986, PARTICIPATORY EVALUA RUGH J, 1986, SELF EVALUATION IDEA RUGH J, 1994, AM EV ASS C 2 5 NOV SALAFSKY N, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P830 SENGE P, 1990, 5 DISCIPLINE ART PRA STOUT RJ, 1992, T 57 N AM WILDL NAT SYMES J, 1998, PLA NOTES, V31, P57 TESSMER M, 1993, PLANNING CONDUCTING WEISS CH, 1983, STAKEHOLDER BASED EV, P3 WELLS M, 1992, PEOPLE PARKS LINKING WESTERN D, 1994, NATURAL CONNECTIONS NR 49 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 715 EP 727 PY 2001 PD MAY VL 27 IS 5 GA 421AG UT ISI:000168039500007 ER PT J AU Manring, NJ TI Locking the back door: The implications of eliminating postdecisional appeals in national forest planning SO SOCIETY & NATURAL RESOURCES LA English DT Review C1 Ohio Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Athens, OH 45701 USA. RP Manring, NJ, Ohio Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Bentley Annex, Athens, OH 45701 USA. AB The Forest Service's new planning regulation "locks the back door.'' It replaces post-decisional appeals of forest plans with a "predecisional objection process'' within a framework of collaborative planning. This article examines the agency's rationale for eliminating post-decisional appeals of forest plans, and explores the potential implications of this policy initiative. Viewing appeals as a mechanism of democratic accountability, the analysis examines environmentalists' use of the appeals process, and the effects of appeals on Forest Service land management and policy. The article concludes with observations about the role of conflict and the legitimacy of appeals as one avenue of democratic participation. CR 1988, NEWS 0513, P626 1992, FOREST WATCH MAY, P10 1992, INNER VOICE MAY, P3 1993, FED REG, V58, P212 1995, FED REG, V60, P71 2000, FED REG, V65, P218 2002, FED REG, V67, P235 *OFF TECHN ASS, 1992, FOR SERV PLANN ACC U *US GEN ACC OFF, 1989, INF FOR SERV APP SYS *US GEN ACC OFF, 1997, GAOTRCED97223 *US GEN ACC OFF, 2001, GAO011114R *US GEN ACC OFF, 2003, GA03689R *USDA FOR SERV, 1990, US FOR PLANS CRIT LA, V8 *USDA FOR SERV, 2002, PROC PRED STAT REG A *USDA, 1999, SUST PEOPL LANDS REC ACKERMAN S, 1990, ENV L, V20, P703 BALDWIN P, 1997, 97274 CRS BALDWIN T, 1992, ECOLOGY HOPE COMMUNI BLAHNA DJ, 1989, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V2, P209 BOLDUAN LM, 1990, ENV L, V20, P329 BRICK P, 2001, GREAT DIVIDE EXPLORA BROWN G, 1992, NAT RESOUR J, V32, P449 BROWN G, 1992, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V5, P231 BROWN G, 1993, ADMIN SOC, V25, P85 BRUNNER RD, 2002, FINDING COMMON GROUN CORTNER HJ, 1993, J FOREST, V91, P14 CORTNER HJ, 2003, ANAL USDA FOREST SER COSER LA, 1956, FUNCTIONS SOCIAL CON DANIELS SE, 1994, ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT, V2, P337 DANIELS SE, 1996, ENVIRON IMPACT ASSES, V16, P71 ELLISON C, 1991, SYSTEMATIC ANAL DISP, P243 FLOYD DW, 1999, FOREST DISCORD OPTIO GERMAIN RH, 2001, FOREST POLICY ECON, V3, P113 GRUMBINE RE, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V8, P27 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HOBERG G, 1997, W PUBLIC LANDS ENV P, P47 JOHN D, 1994, CIVIC ENV ALTERNATIV JONES ES, 1995, POLICY STUD J, V23, P310 JONES ES, 1995, POLICY STUD J, V23, P351 KESSLER WB, 1992, ECOL APPL, V2, P221 LAWRENCE RL, 1997, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V10, P577 MALMSHEIMER RW, 1994, J FOREST, V102, P20 MANRING NJ, 1991, ENV DISPUTE RESOLUTI MAZMANIAN DA, 1999, SUSTAINABLE COMMUNIT OVERDEVEST C, 2000, SOC NATUR RESOUR, V13, P685 RADIN BA, 1996, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V26, P59 ROMZEK BS, 1987, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V47, P227 ROMZEK BS, 1998, TRANSFORMING GOVERNM, P193 SCHNEIDER K, 1992, NY TIMES 0428, A7 SHIELDS DJ, 2001, RESULTS SURVEY AM PU SMITH A, 2002, NAT REV DRUG DISCOV, V1, P5 THOMAS JC, 1995, POLICY STUD J, V23, P296 TIPPLE TJ, 1991, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V51, P421 WILSON JQ, 1980, POLITICS REGULATION WONDOLLECK JM, 1988, PUBLIC LANDS CONFLIC WONDOLLECK JM, 2000, MAKING COLLABORATION NR 56 TC 0 J9 SOC NATUR RESOUR BP 235 EP 245 PY 2004 PD MAR VL 17 IS 3 GA 772VF UT ISI:000188861900004 ER PT J AU Clua, E Beliaeff, B Chauvet, C David, G Ferraris, J Kronen, M Kulbicki, M Labrosse, P Letourneur, Y Pelletier, D Thebaud, O Leopold, M TI Towards multidisciplinary indicator dashboards for coral reef fisheries management SO AQUATIC LIVING RESOURCES LA English DT Review C1 Univ Perpignan, CNRS, EPHE, UMR 8046,Ecole Prat Hautes Etu54 Ave Paul Alduy, F-66860 Perpignan, France. Secretariat Pacific Community, Noumea 98848, New Caledonia. IFREMER, F-44311 Nantes, France. Univ Nouvelle Caledonie, LERVEM, Noumea, New Caledonia. US Espace, Inst Rech Dev, St Clothilde 97492, Reunion. Univ Perpignan, EPHE, UR 128, Inst Rech Dev, F-66860 Perpignan, France. Inst Rech Dev, Noumea 98848, New Caledonia. Univ Mediterranee, CNRS, UMR 6540, Ctr Oceanol Marseille, F-13288 Marseille, France. IFREMER, Ctr Brest, Serv Econ Maritime, F-29280 Plouzane, France. RP Clua, E, Univ Perpignan, CNRS, EPHE, UMR 8046,Ecole Prat Hautes Etu54 Ave Paul Alduy, F-66860 Perpignan, France. AB The diversity of reef ecosystems, the multiplicity of reef resource uses and the breadth of the range of the island socio-cultural contexts concerned make coral reef fisheries (CRF) management in the South Pacific a complex task. The health and state of the targeted resources depend both on ecosystem characteristics (as determined by ecological and biological factors) and on fishing pressure, whose effects are only partly known. Increasing harvests from commercial and recreational fishing increasingly overlap with traditional Subsistence activity, creating an important CRF management challenge. This paper presents a new approach to CRF assessment and monitoring by providing a set of multidisciplinary indicators. The fisheries system is assessed from three different viewpoints: ecology of targeted populations, exploitation and the broader socio-econornic fishery context. The use of complementary indicators chosen from each of these fields could balance the chronic lack of human and financial resources for the management of these fisheries. We suggest the use of these indicators through an assessment grid or an indicator dashboard specifically adapted to given situations and management objectives determined through a participatory approach. The operational efficiency of this dashboard depends on i) dialogue between users, ii) the objectivity of the proposed monitoring, iii) the Visual transcription of divergent/convergent interests amongst stakeholders, and iv) stakeholder involvement in the decision-making process. The use and constraints of such a tool are described with reference to Ouvea atoll (New-Caledonia, South Pacific) for which an analysis of available indicators for assessing fisheries status is presented. CR *FAO, 1999, FAO TECH GUID RESP F, V8 *FAO, 2003, TECH GUID RESP FI S2, V4 *OECD, 1993, OECD COR SET IND ENV *WORLD BANK, 2000, COMP STUD COAST RES ARIASGONZALEZ JE, 2004, ECOL MODEL, V172, P197 AULT J, 2004, CORAL REEF FISH STOC AULT JS, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P417 BATAILLEBENGUIG.MC, 1981, J SOC OCEANISTES, V72, P143 BEDDINGTON JR, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V343, P87 BEGG GA, 1999, FISH RES, V43, P141 BELIAEFF B, 2002, SYSTEME EVALUATION Q BELLWOOD DR, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1532 BENDER A, 2000, THESIS GEOWISSENSCHA BENDER A, 2002, ECON DEV CULT CHANGE, V50, P427 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BIANCHI G, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P558 BONZON A, 2000, MAR FRESHWATER RES, V51, P493 BOTSFORD LW, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P509 BOWEN RE, 2003, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V46, P299 BOZEC YM, 2003, J RECH OCEANOGR, V28, P15 CADDY JF, 1999, 379 FAO CADDY JF, 2004, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V61, P1307 CAPPO M, 2000, FISH B-NOAA, V98, P474 CHABOUD C, 1992, RECHERCHES INTERDISC, P111 CHAUVET C, 1996, COASTAL FISHERIES FR, P37 CHITTARO PM, 2003, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V249, P277 CHOAT JH, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V134, P15 CHRISTENSEN V, 1998, J FISH BIOL A, V53, P128 CILLAURREN E, 2001, COASTAL FISHERIES AT CORLAY JP, 1979, NOROSIS, V104, P449 CURY PM, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P430 DALZELL P, 1996, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL, V34, P395 DALZELL P, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P161 DALZELL P, 1998, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V40, P237 DAVID G, 1992, MAN CULTURE OCEANIA, V8, P35 DAVID G, 1992, UNEP SEAS REP STUD, V147, P93 DAVID G, 1999, PETITES ACTIVITES PE, P93 DEGNBOL P, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P605 DENNEY NH, 2002, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V269, P2229 DOHERTY PJ, 1991, ECOLOGY FISHES CORAL, P261 DULVY NK, 2004, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V61, P466 DUPLISEA DE, 1995, J THEOR BIOL, V177, P263 FERRARIS J, 2002, 423 FAO FERRARIS J, 2005, IN PRESS OCEANIS FINDLEY JS, 2001, ECOL MONOGR, V71, P69 FOX WW, 1970, T AM FISH SOC, V99, P80 FULTON EA, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P540 GALZIN R, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V41, P129 GALZIN R, 1998, CORAL REEFS, V17, P15 GARCIA SM, 2003, 443 FAO GASCUEL D, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P443 GRAHAM NAJ, 2005, CORAL REEFS, V24, P118 GUST N, 2001, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V214, P237 HARMELINVIVIEN ML, 1989, ECOL STUD, V69, P21 HAUGE KH, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P52 HEINO M, 2002, ICES J MAR SCI, V59, P562 HILBORN R, 1992, QUANTITATIVE FISHERI HILBORN R, 2002, B MAR SCI, V70, P403 HILBORN R, 2004, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V274, P275 HIXON MA, 1991, ECOLOGY FISHES CORAL, P475 HODGSON G, 1999, MAR POLLUT BULL, V38, P345 HUNT C, 1997, GOVERNANCE COMMON PR, P145 HUNT C, 1999, MAR POLICY, V23, P571 IWARIKI S, 1984, MEM KAGOSHIMA U RES, V5, P53 JENINGS S, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P193 JENNINGS S, 1995, CORAL REEFS, V14, P225 JENNINGS S, 1996, FISHERIES MANAGEMENT, V3, P335 JENNINGS S, 1996, J APPL ECOL, V33, P400 JENNINGS S, 1997, CORAL REEFS, V16, P71 JENNINGS S, 1998, ADV MAR BIOL, V34, P201 JENNINGS S, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P1466 JENNINGS S, 1999, J ANIM ECOL, V68, P617 JENNINGS S, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P397 JOHANNES RE, 1994, PACIFIC ISLAND PEOPL, V1, P81 JOHANNES RE, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P243 JOHANNES RE, 2002, DOC SCI TECH 2, V5, P53 KIRKWOOD GP, 1982, ICLARM C P, V9, P83 KOENIG CC, 1996, ICLARM C P, V48, P307 KOSLOW JA, 1988, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V43, P201 KOSLOW JA, 1995, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V42, P233 KRONEN M, 2002, SPIC WOMEN FISH INFO, V11, P17 KRONEN M, 2004, FISH RES, V70, P121 KULBICKI M, 1992, P 7 INT COR REEF S G, V2, P908 KULBICKI M, 1994, 11 CONV SCI MER BIOL KULBICKI M, 1997, CYBIUM, V21, P47 KULBICKI M, 1997, CYBIUM, V21, P81 KULBICKI M, 1998, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V222, P11 KULBICKI M, 2004, MARE PUBL SER, P119 KURTZ JC, 2001, ECOLOGICAL INDICATOR, V1, P49 LABROSSE P, 2000, AQUAT LIVING RESOUR, V13, P91 LEOPOLD M, 2004, AQUAT LIVING RESOUR, V17, P119 LETOURNEUR Y, 1996, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V195, P1 LETOURNEUR Y, 1996, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V195, P31 LETOURNEUR Y, 1997, CYBIUM, V21, P129 LETOURNEUR Y, 2000, OCEANOL ACTA, V23, P595 LEVIN PS, 2002, CORAL REEF FISHES DY, P377 LINK JS, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P569 LOPEZRIDAURA S, 2002, ECOLOGICAL INDICATOR, V2, P135 MACE PM, 2004, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V274, P285 MCCLANAHAN TR, 1994, CORAL REEFS, V13, P231 MCCLANAHAN TR, 1997, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V218, P77 MCCLANAHAN TR, 2004, FISHERIES MANAG ECOL, V11, P51 MCMANUS JW, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P249 MCMANUS JW, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P572 MEUTER FJ, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P344 MOLLER H, 2004, ECOL SOC, V9, P2 MORA C, 2003, NATURE, V421, P933 MUNRO JL, 1985, 5TH P INT COR REEF C, V4, P545 NICHOLSON M, 2002, MAR POLLUT BULL, V45, P53 NICHOLSON MD, 2004, ICES J MAR SCI, V61, P35 OLSEN DA, 1979, P GULF CARIB FISH I, V31, P130 OLSEN SB, 2003, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V46, P347 OLSSON P, 2004, ENVIRON MANAGE, V34, P75 PAULY D, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P860 PAULY D, 2002, NATURE, V418, P689 PELLETIER D, 1991, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V48, P2129 PELLETIER D, 2000, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V57, P1 PETSOEDE C, 2000, FISH RES, V51, P35 PITHER JT, 1998, FISH FISH SER, V23 PLANES S, 1997, VIE MILIEU, V47, P375 PLUNIN NVC, 1998, DYNAMICS TROPICAL CO, P95 POLUNIN NVC, 1993, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V100, P167 POMEROY RS, 2001, MAR POLICY, V25, P197 RICE J, 2003, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V46, P235 RICE JC, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P682 RICE JC, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P516 RIDLER NB, 1997, J RURAL STUD, V13, P63 ROBERTS CM, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P815 ROCHET MJ, 1998, ICES J MAR SCI, V55, P371 ROCHET MJ, 2000, OIKOS, V91, P255 ROCHET MJ, 2003, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V60, P86 ROCHET MJ, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P528 RUDDLE K, 1985, TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDG RUDDLE K, 1992, MARINE RESOURCE EC, V7, P249 RUDDLE K, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P137 RUSS GR, 1989, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V56, P13 RUSS GR, 1991, ECOLOGY FISHES CORAL, P601 RUSS GR, 1998, CORAL REEFS, V17, P383 SADOVY Y, 1996, REEF FISHERIES, P15 SADOVY Y, 2001, J FISH BIOL A, V59, P90 SADOVY Y, 2003, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V13, P327 SALE PF, 2002, CORAL REEF FISHES DY, P361 SCHAEFER MB, 1957, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V14, P669 SEIJO JC, 2000, MAR FRESHWATER RES, V51, P477 SHAPIRO DY, 1993, B MAR SCI, V53, P1151 SHIN YJ, 2004, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V61, P414 SHIN YJ, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P384 SIMONIT S, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P483 SMITH ADM, 1999, ICES J MAR SCI, V56, P967 TAWAKE A, 2001, CONSERV BIOL PRACT, V2, P32 THOMPSON AA, 2002, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V232, P247 TRENKEL VM, 2003, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V60, P67 WALKER BH, 2002, CONSERV ECOL, V6, P1 WATSON M, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V109, P115 WELCOMME RL, 1999, FISHERIES MANAG ECOL, V6, P1 YEMANE D, 2005, ICES J MAR SCI, V62, P374 ZANN LP, 1999, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V42, P569 ZANN LP, 2000, OCEAN YEARB, V14, P163 ZELLER D, 2004, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V274, P295 NR 159 TC 1 J9 AQUAT LIVING RESOUR BP 199 EP 213 PY 2005 PD JUL-SEP VL 18 IS 3 GA 982ZI UT ISI:000233200500001 ER PT J AU Haila, Y TI Biodiversity and the divide between culture and nature SO BIODIVERSITY AND CONSERVATION LA English DT Article C1 Univ Tampere, Dept Reg Studies & Environm Policy, FIN-33101 Tampere, Finland. RP Haila, Y, Univ Tampere, Dept Reg Studies & Environm Policy, POB 607, FIN-33101 Tampere, Finland. AB The term biodiversity may help us to reach beyond the nature-culture dualism that has a debilitating effect on conservation thinking. This, however, depends on how the term is actually used. The opportunity is that the term connects dialectically together biological entities and their conditions of reproduction and may, consequently, facilitate a shift from atomistic to processual thinking in ecology and conservation. Analogously, the term offers resources for analyzing the dynamic dependence of human activities on natural processes. Health offers a fruitful metaphor for evaluating the resilience and conditions of reproduction of ecosocial systems. On the other hand, problems and contradictions in the application of the term arise from too schematic a perception of the relationship between scientific knowledge and human, social agency. Science influences human agency primarily on the long term, by helping to form new perspectives on what it means to lead a human life. Conservation concerns have a great influence on such perspectives. However, an emphasis on 'crisis' may be counterproductive: scientific arguments perform poorly in a crisis situation in which, instead, short-term interests of powerful social actors such as corporations, state agencies or professional groups may gain the upper hand. CR ANDERSON RM, 1992, SCI AM, V266, P20 ATHANASIOU T, 1992, SOCIALIST REV, V22, P57 BAUMANN M, 1996, LIFE IND BIODIVERSIT BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BOURDIEU P, 1988, HOMO ACAD CANGUILHEM G, 1991, NORMAL PATHOLOGICAL CHATTERJEE P, 1994, EARTH BROKERS POWER CONNOLLY WE, 1993, POLITICAL THEORY MOD, P197 DRYZEK JS, 1995, ENVIRON POLIT, V4, P13 DURHAM J, 1995, STRATEGIES SURVIVAL, P223 DYKE C, 1988, EVOLUTIONARY DYNAMIC DYKE C, 1992, ADV HUMAN ECOLOGY, V1, P149 FOUCAULT M, 1980, POWER KNOWLEDGE SELE GILBERT SF, 1996, DEV BIOL, V173, P357 GILBERT SF, 1996, PHILOS HIST MOL BIOL, P101 GLACKEN C, 1967, TRACES RHODIAN SHORE GLASBERGEN P, 1996, DEMOCRACY ENV PROBLE, P175 GOODWIN B, 1996, LEOPARD CHANGED ITS GRENE M, 1974, UNDERSTANDING NATURE GRENE M, 1978, REV METAPHYS, V32, P15 GRENE M, 1995, PHILOS TESTAMENT HACKING I, 1983, NO WILDERNESS AREAS HAILA Y, 1992, HUMANITY NATURE ECOL HAILA Y, 1994, ANN ZOOL FENN, V31, P5 HAILA Y, 1996, OIKOS, V76, P536 HAILA Y, 1997, CHANGING LIFE GENOME, P102 HAILA Y, 1997, ENVIRON HIST, V3, P129 HAILA Y, 1998, COOPERATIVE ENV GOVE, P65 HAILA Y, 1998, ECOSYST HEALTH, P81 HAILA Y, 1998, SCI CULTURE, V7, P465 HANNIGAN JA, 1995, ENV SOCIOLOGY SOCIAL HEYWOOD VH, 1995, GLOBAL BIODIVERSITY HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P447 HOLLING CS, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P3 HOLLING CS, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P328 KAUFFMAN SA, 1993, ORIGINS ORDER SELFOR KELLER EF, 1995, REFIGURING LIFE META LEVINS R, 1985, DIALECTICAL BIOL LEVINS R, 1998, SCI CULTURE, V7, P557 LEWONTIN RC, 1991, BIOL IDEOLOGY DOCTRI MACINTYRE A, 1985, VIRTUE STUDY MORAL S NAGEL T, 1986, VIEW NOWHERE NIEMELA J, 1996, ECOGRAPHY, V19, P352 OYAMA S, 1995, S ATL QUART, V94, P509 PASSMORE J, 1980, MANS RESPONSIBILITY PLUMWOOD V, 1992, FEMINISM MASTERY NAT POLANYI M, 1962, PERSONAL KNOWLEDGE P POLANYI M, 1968, SCIENCE, V160, P1308 PUCCIA CJ, 1985, QUALITATIVE MODELING ROUSE J, 1991, INTERPRETIVE TURN PH, P42 ROUSE J, 1996, DISUNITY SCI BOUNDAR, P398 SALTHE SN, 1985, EVOLVING HIERARCHICA SOULE ME, 1985, BIOSCIENCE, V35, P727 SOULE ME, 1995, REINVENTING NATURE R, P137 SPECTOR M, 1977, CONSTRUCTING SOCIAL TAKACS D, 1996, IDEA BIODIVERSITY PH TAYLOR C, 1985, PHILOS PAPERS, V1 TAYLOR PJ, 1992, GEOFORUM, V23, P405 ULANOWICZ RE, 1997, ECOLOGY ASCENDENT PE VONWRIGHT GH, 1963, VARIETIES GOODNES WYNNE B, 1994, SOCIAL THEORY GLOBAL, P169 YEARLEY S, 1992, GREEN CASE SOCIOLOGY NR 63 TC 7 J9 BIODIVERS CONSERV BP 165 EP 181 PY 1999 PD JAN VL 8 IS 1 GA 215VN UT ISI:000081404300013 ER PT J AU van Langevelde, F van de Vijver, CADM Kumar, L vandeKoppel, J de Ridder, N van Andel, J Skidmore, AK Hearne, JW Stroosnijder, L Bond, WJ Prins, HHT Rietkerk, M TI Effects of fire and herbivory on the stability of savanna ecosystems SO ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Wageningen Univ, Dept Environm Sci, Trp Nat Conservat & Vertebrate Ecol Grp, NL-6708 PD Wageningen, Netherlands. Univ Cape Town, Dept Bot, ZA-7701 Rondebosch, South Africa. Int Inst Aerosp Survey & Earth Sci, Agr Conservat & Environm Div, NL-7500 AA Enschede, Netherlands. Netherlands Inst Ecol, NL-4400 AC Yerseke, Netherlands. Wageningen Univ, Dept Plant Sci Plant Prod Syst, NL-6700 AK Wageningen, Netherlands. Univ Groningen, Dept Plant Biol, NL-9750 AA Haren, Netherlands. Univ Natal, Dept Math & Appl Math, Sch Math Stat & Informat Technol, ZA-3209 Scottsville, Pietermaritzbur, South Africa. Wageningen Univ, Dept Environm Sci, Eros & Soil & Water Conservat Grp, NL-6709 PA Wageningen, Netherlands. Univ Utrecht, Dept Environm Sci & Hydroecol, NL-3508 TC Utrecht, Netherlands. RP van Langevelde, F, Wageningen Univ, Dept Environm Sci, Trp Nat Conservat & Vertebrate Ecol Grp, Bornsesteeg 69, NL-6708 PD Wageningen, Netherlands. AB Savanna ecosystems are characterized by the co-occurrence of trees and grasses. In this paper, we argue that the balance between trees and grasses is, to a large extent,determined by the indirect interactive effects of herbivory and fire. These effects are based on the positive feedback between fuel load (grass biomass) and fire intensity. An increase in the level of grazing leads to reduced fuel, load, which makes fire less intense and, thus, less damaging to trees and, consequently, results in an increase in woody vegetation. The system then switches from a state with trees and grasses to a state with solely trees. Similarly, browsers may enhance the effect of fire on trees because they reduce woody biomass, thus indirectly stimulating grass growth. This consequent increase in fuel load results in more intense fire and increased decline of biomass. The system then switches from a state with solely trees to a state with trees and grasses. We maintain that the interaction between fire and herbivory provides a mechanistic explanation for observed discontinuous changes in woody and grass biomass. This is an alternative for the soil degradation mechanism, in which there is a positive feedback between the amount of grass biomass and the amount of water that infiltrates into the soil. The soil degradation mechanism predicts no discontinuous changes, such as bush encroachment, on sandy soils. Such changes, however, are frequently observed. Therefore, the interactive effects of fire and herbivory provide a more plausible explanation for the occurrence of discontinuous changes in savanna ecosystems. CR ARCHER S, 1996, ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT G, P101 BARNES RFW, 1983, J APPL ECOL, V20, P521 BELSKY AJ, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P922 BELSKY AJ, 1995, MOSAIC LANDSCAPES EC, P31 BILLE JC, 1980, BROWSE AFRICA CURREN, P185 BOND WJ, 1996, FIRE PLANTS CALDWELL MM, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V113, P151 DERIDDER N, 1995, AGR WATER MANAGE, V28, P57 DINGMAN SL, 1994, PHYSICAL HYDROLOGY DOUDILL AJ, 1998, HYDROLOGICAL PROCESS, V12, P443 DUBLIN HT, 1990, J ANIM ECOL, V59, P1147 DUBLIN HT, 1995, DYNAMICS MANAGEMENT, P71 EDELSTEINKESHET L, 1988, MATH MODELS BIOL GAMBIZA J, 2000, ECOL ECON, V33, P353 GILLON D, 1983, TROPICAL SAVANNAS, P617 HIGGINS SI, 2000, J ECOL, V88, P213 HOCHBERG ME, 1994, J ECOL, V82, P217 HOMEWOOD KM, 1991, MAASAILAND ECOLOGY P HUDAK AT, 1999, HUM ECOL, V27, P55 ILLIUS AW, 1999, ECOL APPL, V9, P798 JACKSON RB, 1996, OECOLOGIA, V108, P389 JELTSCH F, 1996, J ECOL, V84, P583 JELTSCH F, 1998, J ECOL, V86, P780 KAUFFMAN JB, 1994, J ECOL, V82, P519 KELLY RD, 1976, J ECOL, V64, P553 KNOOP WT, 1985, J ECOL, V73, P235 LAMPREY HF, 1980, BROWSE AFRICA CURREN, P33 LEHOUEROU HN, 1980, BROWSE AFRICA CURREN LOCKWOOD JA, 1993, J RANGE MANAGE, V46, P282 LUDWIG D, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 MCNAUGHTON SJ, 1985, ECOL MONOGR, V55, P259 NORTONGRIFFITHS M, 1979, SERENGETI DYNAMICS E, P310 NOYMEIR I, 1975, J ECOL, V63, P459 PERRINGS C, 1997, ECOL ECON, V22, P73 PRATT DJ, 1977, RANGE MANAGEMENT ECO PRINS HHT, 1993, J ECOL, V81, P305 RIETKERK M, 1996, J RANGE MANAGE, V49, P512 RIETKERK M, 1997, OIKOS, V79, P69 RIETKERK M, 1997, OIKOS, V80, P241 SALA OE, 1989, OECOLOGIA, V81, P501 SAVAGE M, 1990, ECOLOGY, V71, P2374 SCHENK HJ, 2002, J ECOL, V90, P480 SCHOLES RJ, 1993, AFRICAN SAVANNA SYNT SCHOLES RJ, 1997, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V28, P517 SINCLAIR ARE, 1979, SERENGETI DYNAMICS E, P1 SMITH AB, 1992, PASTORALISM AFRICA O STUARTHILL GC, 1989, J GRASSLAND SOC S AF, V18, P159 TROLLOPE WS, 1996, FIRE MANAGEMENT NO A, P9 TROLLOPE WSW, 1984, ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS F, P199 TROLLOPE WSW, 1996, SEM FOR FIR GLOB CHA TROLLOPE WSW, 1998, EFFECT USE FIRE SAVA VANDEVIJVER CAD, 1999, THESIS WAGENINGEN U VANDEVIJVER CADM, 1999, J TROP ECOL 5, V15, P545 VANSOEST PJ, 1982, NUTR ECOLOGY RUMINAN VANVEGTEN JA, 1983, VEGETATIO, V56, P3 VANWIEREN SE, 1992, ONGULES UNGULATES 91, P139 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WALKER BH, 1982, ECOLOGY TROPICAL SAV, P555 WALKER BH, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P80 WALTER H, 1971, ECOLOGY TROPICAL SUB WELTZIN JF, 1997, OECOLOGIA, V112, P156 NR 61 TC 4 J9 ECOLOGY BP 337 EP 350 PY 2003 PD FEB VL 84 IS 2 GA 654FB UT ISI:000181482600007 ER PT J AU Milner, AM Conn, SC Brown, LE TI Persistence and stability of macroinvertebrate communities in streams of Denali National Park, Alaska: implications for biological monitoring SO FRESHWATER BIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Birmingham, Sch Geog Earth & Environm Sci, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England. Univ Alaska, Inst Arctic Biol, Fairbanks, AK 99701 USA. Univ Leeds, Sch Geog, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England. RP Milner, AM, Univ Birmingham, Sch Geog Earth & Environm Sci, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England. AB 1. Macroinvertebrate communities were studied from 1994 to 2001/2002 (except 1997) in six streams in Denali National Park, interior Alaska. All six streams were potential reference streams with no known impairment. 2. Abundance of individual taxa varied markedly from year to year. Overall, abundance decreased over the study period, particularly with respect to mayflies. Stonefly taxa showed lower persistence and were sometimes absent from a stream in any particular year. 3. Mean community persistence for the six streams, as measured by Jaccard's similarity coefficients between years, varied from 0.48 in the year pair 1999-2000 to 0.78 in 1998-99. Tattler Creek (a small stable stream) supported the most persistent macroinvertebrate community and Highway Pass Creek (a small, unstable creek) the least. Mean community persistence showed a significant relationship with mean winter snowfall (November to March) for the six streams. 4. The highest community compositional stability was found in Tattler Creek and the lowest in Highway Pass Creek, but stability varied markedly over time for the six streams, peaking in 1994-95 and reaching a minimum in 2000-01. Compositional stability was significantly related to the Pfankuch Index of channel stability. 5. The composition metrics % Chironomidae, % dominant taxa, % EPT, % Ephemeroptera and % Plecoptera, employed as part of the Alaska Stream Condition Index, varied over almost their entire range in these pristine streams across the 9 years of the study. 6. This study demonstrates the wide range of natural variation that occurs in benthic macroinvertebrate communities in these pristine central Alaskan streams, potentially limiting the applicability of composition metrics for the biological monitoring of water quality in these systems. CR BARBOUR MT, 1999, 841B99002 EPA BENKE AC, 1990, J N AMER BENTHOL SOC, V9, P77 BOULTON AJ, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P2192 BRADLEY DC, 2001, J ANIM ECOL, V70, P987 BRADT P, 1999, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V403, P123 BRAY JR, 1957, ECOL MONOGR, V27, P325 BROWN LE, IN PRESS HYDROBIOLOG BUNN SE, 1995, AUST J ECOL, V20, P220 BUNN SE, 2000, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V422, P61 CONN SC, IN PRESS ARCTIC DEATH RG, 1994, J N AMER BENTHOL SOC, V13, P125 DOWNES BJ, 2002, MONITORING ECOLOGICA, P434 GIBBINS CN, 2001, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V462, P205 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 IRONS JG, 1993, CAN J ZOOL, V71, P98 JOHNSON PD, 1994, J N AM BENTHOL SOC, V8, P51 LAKE PS, 2000, J N AM BENTHOL SOC, V19, P573 MAJOR EB, 2001, ALASKA STREAM CONDIT, P34 MARCHANT R, 2000, J N AM BENTHOL SOC, V21, P311 METZELING L, 2002, MARINE FRESHWATER RE, V55, P1223 MILNER AM, 1997, ECOLOGCAL STUDIES SE, P1 MILNER AM, 2003, DEV LONG TERM ECOLOG MILNER AM, 2004, RIVER RES APPL, V20, P719 OSWOOD MW, 1997, ECOLOGCAL STUDIES SE, P331 PARSONS M, 1996, FRESHWATER BIOL, V36, P419 PFANKUCH DJ, 1975, STREAM REACH INVENTO PROWSE TD, 1994, FRESHWATER BIOL, V32, P241 ROBINSON CT, 2000, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V421, P187 SCARSBROOK MR, 2002, FRESHWATER BIOL, V47, P417 SCRIMGEOUR GJ, 1994, FRESHWATER BIOL, V32, P261 SIMPSON JC, 2000, ASSESSING BIOL QUALI, P125 TOWNSEND CR, 1987, J ANIM ECOL, V56, P597 WATERS TF, 1972, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V17, P253 WEATHERLEY NS, 1990, J APPL ECOL, V27, P952 WINTERBOURN MJ, 1997, EVOLUTIONARY ECOLOGY, P32 WOODWARD G, 2002, FRESHWATER BIOL, V47, P1419 WRIGHT JF, 1995, AUST J ECOL, V20, P181 NR 37 TC 1 J9 FRESHWATER BIOL BP 373 EP 387 PY 2006 PD FEB VL 51 IS 2 GA 003FT UT ISI:000234667900014 ER PT J AU Chu, CYC Tai, C TI Ecosystem resilience, specialized adaptation and population decline: A modern Malthusian theory SO JOURNAL OF POPULATION ECONOMICS LA English DT Article C1 Acad Sinica, Inst Econ, Taipei 115, Taiwan. RP Chu, CYC, Acad Sinica, Inst Econ, 21 Hsu Cho Rd, Taipei 115, Taiwan. AB The purpose of this article is to construct a theoretical framework characterizing the interactions among economic development, ecosystem equilibrium and possible population decline, and to discuss the population dynamics in the very long run. In our framework, economic activities bridge population and environment. On the one hand, human beings reform the environment through economic activities; on the other hand, economic activities decrease environmental resilience and increase the possibility of an environmental change in a discontinuous and irreversible pattern, as described in Arrow et al. (1995). Furthermore, a highly developed economy also causes over-specialization of human adaptation: which tends to exaggerate the impact of an environmental change on human population size. CR ARROW K, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P520 CHU CYC, 1998, INCREASING RETURN EC CHU CYC, 1998, POPULATION DYNAMICS DARWIN C, 1964, ORIGIN SPECIES DOBZHANSKY T, 1961, AM SCI, V49, P285 GOODFRIEND M, 1995, AM ECON REV, V85, P116 GOULD J, 1977, EVER DARWIN REFLECTI HARVEY B, 1977, ENV SOC INTRO ANAL LEE RD, 1986, STATE POPULATION THE LI Y, 1996, J GEN EDUC, V3, P15 MALTHUS TR, 1789, ESSAY PRINCIPLE POPU MEADOWS DH, 1992, BEYOND LIMITS MEDAWAR PB, 1965, MAYO CLIN P, V40, P23 NERLOVE M, 1991, AM AGR EC ASS, V73, P1335 RENSHAW E, 1991, MODELLING BIOL POPUL SHAW JS, 1990, EC ENV RECONCILIATIO SMITH F, 1996, ECOL ECON, V16, P191 SWANSON TM, 1995, EC ECOLOGY BIODIVERS WILLIAMS GC, 1966, ADAPTATION NATURAL S YANG X, 1993, SPECIALIZATION EC OR ZIMMERMANN EW, 1951, WORLD RESOURCES IND NR 21 TC 0 J9 J POPUL ECON BP 7 EP 19 PY 2001 PD APR VL 14 IS 1 GA 434VZ UT ISI:000168837700002 ER PT J AU Chapela, IH TI Global bodies won't save the environment: it needs grass-roots efforts SO NATURE LA English DT Letter C1 Univ Calif Berkeley, Dept Environm Sci Policy & Management, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. RP Chapela, IH, Univ Calif Berkeley, Dept Environm Sci Policy & Management, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. CR BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 FAIRHEAD J, 1996, AFRICA, V66, P14 FAIRHEAD J, 1996, LIE LAND CHALLENGING, P105 GETZ WM, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1855 GOMEXPOMPA A, 1992, RAINFOREST REGENERAT, P3 GOMEZPOMPA A, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P5982 JAMES AN, 1999, NATURE, V401, P323 JANZEN D, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P5987 NR 8 TC 1 J9 NATURE BP 129 EP 129 PY 2000 PD JAN 13 VL 403 IS 6766 GA 275TB UT ISI:000084835300015 ER PT J AU FRIEDEL, MH BASTIN, GN GRIFFIN, GF TI RANGE ASSESSMENT AND MONITORING IN ARID LANDS - THE DERIVATION OF FUNCTIONAL-GROUPS TO SIMPLIFY VEGETATION DATA SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article RP FRIEDEL, MH, CSIRO,DIV WILDLIFE & ECOL,POB 2111,ALICE SPRINGS,NT 5750,AUSTRALIA. CR BASTIN GN, 1983, MAN CTR, P150 BEATTIE AJ, 1981, ECOLOGY, V62, P107 BRAY JR, 1957, ECOL MONOGR, V27, P325 CRISP MD, 1978, OIKOS, V30, P520 DYKSTERHUIS EJ, 1949, J RANGE MANAGE, V2, P104 FORAN BD, 1986, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V22, P67 FRIEDEL MH, 1985, AUSTR RANGELAND J, V7, P130 GILLISON AN, 1981, VEGETATION CLASSIFIC, P30 GOWER JC, 1971, BIOMETRICS, V27, P857 GRAETZ RD, 1986, AUST J ECOL, V11, P347 GRIFFIN GF, 1984, ANTICIPATING INEVITA, P25 GRIFFIN GF, 1985, J ARID ENVIRON, V9, P63 GRUNOW JO, 1969, S AFRICAN J SCI, V35, P341 HOLMES RT, 1979, ECOLOGY, V60, P512 JAKSIC FM, 1981, OIKOS, V37, P397 LANCE GN, 1967, AUST COMPUT J, V1, P15 LEHOUEROU HN, 1984, J ARID ENVIRON, V7, P213 LENDON C, 1976, AUST RANGELAND J, V1, P40 MABBUTT JA, 1984, ENVIRON CONSERV, V11, P103 MACMAHON JA, 1981, J THEOR BIOL, V88, P287 MILLINGTON RW, 1978, PHYSICAL BIOL FEATUR, P16 NOBLE IR, 1980, VEGETATIO, V43, P5 NORTHCOTE KH, 1971, FACTUAL KEY RECOGNIT OCONNOR TG, 1985, 114 S AFR NAT SCI PR PIANKA ER, 1980, OIKOS, V35, P194 ROOT RB, 1967, ECOL MONOGR, V37, P317 ROSS D, 1983, TAXON USERS MANUAL TAINTON NM, 1980, P GRASSLD SOC S AFR, V15, P37 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 NR 29 TC 32 J9 J ENVIRON MANAGE BP 85 EP 97 PY 1988 PD JUL VL 27 IS 1 GA P4612 UT ISI:A1988P461200006 ER PT J AU Peters, E van Lanen, HAJ Torfs, PJJF Bier, G TI Drought in groundwater - drought distribution and performance indicators SO JOURNAL OF HYDROLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Wageningen Univ, Subdept Water Resources, NL-6709 PA Wageningen, Netherlands. RP van Lanen, HAJ, Wageningen Univ, Subdept Water Resources, Nieuwe Kanaal 11, NL-6709 PA Wageningen, Netherlands. AB In order to investigate how droughts are changed by the groundwater system and to analyse the performance of groundwater during drought, 10 time series of 1000 years of recharge and groundwater discharge were generated. The 10 X 1000 years of synthetic daily data were generated using Nearest Neighbour resampling based on 37 years of observed daily meteorological data. The root zone was simulated by a non-linear water balance model and the groundwater system by a linear reservoir model. The size and thus the response time of the reservoir was characterised by a reservoir coefficient. Subsequently, the deficit and duration of the droughts were derived from the time series of recharge and groundwater discharge using the threshold level approach. An analysis of the distribution of these droughts shows that for droughts with small return periods, the deficit in the groundwater discharge is smaller than in the recharge. For droughts with large return periods, the deficit in the groundwater discharge is larger than in the recharge. The performance of groundwater systems with respect to droughts was evaluated using three classical performance indicators (reliability, resilience and vulnerability), a combination of these three indicators (Loucks' sustainability index) and three newly defined overall performance indicators. The newly defined indicators combine the severity and frequency of the droughts, instead of analysing these separately in reliability and vulnerability. The performance is estimated for the groundwater recharge and for the discharge of groundwater systems with three different values of the reservoir coefficient. Of all the performance indicators used, one of the newly introduced overall performance indicators with a strong emphasis on droughts with a high return period appeared to characterise the groundwater droughts best. This indicator shows a more or less constant performance for low and medium high reservoir coefficients and an increasing performance for higher reservoir coefficients. (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. CR *VER VOOR LAND, 1992, CULT VAD VER VOOR LA ALILA Y, 2002, HYDROL PROCESS, V16, P1065 BRANDSMA T, 1998, HYDROL EARTH SYST SC, V2, P195 CALOW R, 1999, P INT C INT DROUGHT, P255 CORREIA FN, 1986, SYST AN APPL WAT REL CUNNANE C, 1979, WATER RESOUR RES, V15, P489 DEMUTH S, 2000, DROUGHT DROUGHT MITI, P209 DEZEEUW JW, 1958, LANDBOUWKUNDIG TIJDS, V70, P405 DOUGLAS EM, 2002, J HYDROL ENG, V7, P220 ENGELAND K, 2000, PRACTICAL EXTREME VA ESTRELA T, 1996, WATER RESOURCES PROB FERNANDEZ B, 1999, J HYDROL ENG, V4, P308 HASHIMOTO T, 1982, WATER RESOUR RES, V18, P14 HIPEL KW, 1994, DEV WATER SCI, V45 HISDAL H, 2002, IAHS PUBLICATION, V274, P281 KJELDSEN TR, 2001, IAHS PUBL, V268, P107 LALL U, 1996, WATER RESOUR RES, V32, P679 LOUCKS DP, 1997, HYDROLOG SCI J, V42, P513 MAIER HR, 2001, WATER RESOUR RES, V37, P779 MCMAHON TA, 1993, HDB HYDROLOGY, CH27 MOY WS, 1986, WATER RESOUR RES, V22, P489 PANDEY RP, 2001, HYDROL PROCESS, V15, P1019 PETERS E, 2001, ASSESSMENT REGIONAL, P35 PETERS E, 2003, HYDROL PROCESS, V17, P3023 RAJAGOPALAN B, 1999, WATER RESOUR RES, V35, P3089 REISS RD, 1997, STAT ANAL EXTREME VA RITZEMA HP, 1994, ILRI PUBLICATION, V16 ROBINS NS, 1997, WC9757 BGS SCHEIDLEDER A, 1999, GROUNDWATER QUALITY STAHL K, 2001, THESIS U FREIBURG BR STEDINGER JR, 1993, HDB HYDROLOGY, CH18 TALLAKSEN LM, 2000, DROUGHT DROUGHT MITI, P103 UIJLENHOET R, 2001, STAT ANAL DAILY DISC VANDELEUR DAK, 1962, J GEOPHYS RES, V67, P4347 VANLANEN HAJ, 1996, P INT C CAL REL GROU, P307 VANLANEN HAJ, 2000, DROUGHT DROUGHT MITI, P49 VAZ AC, 1986, SYST AN APPL WAT REL WHITE L, 1999, TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS, V26 WOJCIK R, 2001, RAINFALL GENERATOR R WOJCIK R, 2003, J HYDROL, V273, P69 WOO MK, 1994, HYDROLOG SCI J, V39, P19 YEVJEVICH V, 1967, 23 COL STAT U NR 42 TC 3 J9 J HYDROL BP 302 EP 317 PY 2005 PD MAY 9 VL 306 IS 1-4 GA 930KA UT ISI:000229413500018 ER PT J AU MOY, WS COHON, JL REVELLE, CS TI A PROGRAMMING-MODEL FOR ANALYSIS OF THE RELIABILITY, RESILIENCE, AND VULNERABILITY OF A WATER-SUPPLY RESERVOIR SO WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH LA English DT Article C1 JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV,DEPT GEOG & ENVIRONM ENGN,BALTIMORE,MD 21218. RP MOY, WS, USA,CORPS ENGINEERS,INST WATER RESOURCES,FT BELVOIR,VA 22060. CR ASKEW AJ, 1974, WATER RESOUR RES, V10, P1099 ASKEW AJ, 1974, WATER RESOUR RES, V10, P51 COHON JL, 1978, MATH SCI ENG, V140 COLORNI A, 1976, WATER RESOUR RES, V12, P85 CORLEY TE, 1979, RELIABILITY WATER RE, P167 FIERING MB, 1967, STREAM FLOW SYNTHESI FIERING MB, 1982, WATER RESOUR RES, V18, P33 HAIMES YY, 1975, DEV WATER SCI, V3 HASHIMOTO T, 1982, WATER RESOUR RES, V18, P14 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOUCK MH, 1979, RELIABILITY WATER RE, P127 HOUCK MH, 1979, WATER RESOUR RES, V15, P1011 HOUCK MH, 1981, WATER RESOUR RES, V17, P827 JOERES EF, 1981, WATER RESOUR RES, V17, P18 LECLERC G, 1973, WATER RESOUR RES, V9, P1155 LOUCKS DP, 1975, WATER RESOUR RES, V11, P777 MAJOR DC, 1979, APPLIED WATER RESOUR MOY W, 1983, THESIS J HOPKINS U B REVELLE C, 1969, WATER RESOUR RES, V5, P767 REVELLE C, 1970, WATER RESOUR RES, V6, P1033 REVELLE CS, 1975, WATER RESOUR RES, V11, P197 ROEFS TG, 1968, RESERVOIR MANAGEMENT SIMONOVIC SP, 1980, WATER RESOUR RES, V16, P844 YEH WW, 1982, STATE ART REV THEORI YEH WWG, 1985, WATER RESOUR RES, V21, P1797 NR 25 TC 19 J9 WATER RESOUR RES BP 489 EP 498 PY 1986 PD APR VL 22 IS 4 GA A8654 UT ISI:A1986A865400007 ER PT J AU Price, MF Thompson, M TI The complex life: human land uses in mountain ecosystems SO GLOBAL ECOLOGY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY LETTERS LA English DT Article C1 NORWEGIAN RES CTR ORG & MANAGEMENT,N-5015 BERGEN,NORWAY. MUSGRAVE INST,LONDON N5 2UX,ENGLAND. RP Price, MF, UNIV OXFORD,ENVIRONM CHANGE UNIT,1A MANSFIELD RD,OXFORD OX1 3TB,ENGLAND. AB Orthodox approaches to the dynamics of ecosystems and socio-cultural systems assume a one-way transition from an initial to a final state. Recent critiques, however, suggest more than two possible states, each a stage in a never-ending sequence of transitions. In the orthodox view; ecosystems and sociocultural systems are simple (predictable, equilibrium-seeking, linear); in the critical view, they are complex (unpredictable, far from equilibrium, non-linear). The aim of this paper is to test these two hypotheses by examining the responses of the human inhabitants of mountain regions to the changing environments in which they live. The conceptual framework is based in Cultural Theory, which posits a complex plurality of states, defined in terms of four 'myths of nature', each embodying a different set of assumptions about stability and change in nature. They can be described as Nature Benign (cf. individualism, neo-classical economics); Nature Ephemeral (cf. egalitarianism, the precautionary principle, Georgescu-Roegen's entropy principle, Schumacher's dictum 'small is beautiful'); Nature Perverse/Tolerant (cf. hierarchies, statutory regulation, sustainable development); and Nature Capricious (cf. fatalism: 'why bother?'). This conceptual framework is applied to 'typical' Himalayan villages, the institutional systems in a 'typical' Swiss Alpine village, and the past seven centuries in the Swiss community of Davos. It is concluded that a simple model of unidirectional change does not explain the variety of institutional responses to either the biophysical or the socio-economic surprises which such mountain communities experience; a requisite variety of diverse institutional responses to surprise is always necessary. CR BEGON M, 1996, ECOLOGY INDIVIDUALS BERKES F, 1991, COMMON PROPERTY RESO BERNARD PP, 1978, RUSH ALPS BHATTARAI B, 1993, HIMAL, V6, P37 BISHOP B, 1990, 228 U CHIC GEOGR RES BURNS RK, 1963, ANTHR Q, V36, P130 CARTER AS, 1989, MT RES DEV, V9, P381 CARTER EJ, 1992, MT RES DEV, V12, P241 CHHETRI RB, 1993, INDIGENOUS MANAGEMEN, P323 CLEMENTS FE, 1916, CARNEGIE I WASHINGTO, V242, P1 DURKHEIM E, 1938, RULES SOCIOLOGICAL M ECKHOLM EP, 1976, LOSING GROUND ENV ST FERDMANN J, 1959, BINDNERWALD, V12, P161 FISHER RJ, 1991, 18 EAPI E W CTR GEORGESCUROEGEN N, 1971, ENTROPY LAW EC PROCE GILMOUR DA, 1991, MT RES DEV, V11, P329 GUHA R, 1989, UNQUIET WOODS ECOLOG GUNTER TF, 1980, THESIS U ZURICH GUNTER TF, 1985, 13 BUND UMW SCHL ZUM GURUNG SM, 1988, THESIS U HAWAII HONO GURUNG SM, 1989, MT RES DEV, V9, P353 HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HEFTI R, 1986, 23 BUND UMW BERN SCH HIRT PW, 1994, CONSPIRACY OPTIMISM HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1993, BEIJER INT I ECOLOGI, V36 IVES JD, 1989, HIMALAYAN DILEMMA RE JOHNSON K, 1982, MOUNTAIN RES DEV, V2, P175 JORGER K, 1984, DAVOS KURZ BUNDIG KNEUUBUHL U, 1987, ENTWICKLUNGSSTEUERUN LINDBLOM CE, 1977, POLITICS MARKETS MAINE HS, 1963, ANCIENT LAW MARX K, 1859, CAPITAL MAY RM, 1972, NATURE, V238, P413 MESSERSCHMIDT DA, 1990, MT RES DEV, V10, P3 MULLERBOKER U, 1991, MT RES DEV, V11, P101 NETTING RM, 1981, BALANCING ALP ECOLOG ODUM EP, 1969, SCIENCE, V164, P262 ORIORDAN T, 1995, INTERPRETING PRECAUT PANDEY S, 1990, MT RES DEV, V10, P88 PEARCE DW, 1993, BLUEPRINT 3 MEASURIN PFISTER M, 1978, DAVOS PRICE MF, 1987, MOUNTAIN RES DEVMNT, V7, P1 PRICE MF, 1990, NAT RESOUR J, V30, P685 RAGETH B, 1983, SCHWEIZERISCHE Z FOR, V134, P509 RHOADES RE, 1975, AM ETHNOL, V2, P535 SCHAPIRO M, 1988, SOUTHERN CALIF LAW R, V61, P1555 SCHMID J, 1959, BUNDNERWALD, V12, P185 SCHUMACHER EF, 1973, SMALL IS BEAUTIFUL SCHUMPETER JA, 1950, CAPITALISM SOCIALISM SENN U, 1952, GEOGR HELVET, V7, P265 SHRESTHA BK, 1993, HIMALAYAN ENCLAVE TR STEVENSON GG, 1991, COMMON PROPERTY EC G TAMANG D, 1993, INDIGENOUS MANAGEMEN TEUFEN B, 1985, DAVOSER WALD WOHIN W TEUFEN B, 1985, WIRTSCHAFTSPLAN WALD THAPA MB, 1993, INDIGENOUS MANAGEMEN, P290 THOMPSON M, 1980, SOC RISK ASSESSMENT, P273 THOMPSON M, 1986, UNCERTAINTY HIMALAYA THOMPSON M, 1986, WARWICK PAPERS MANAG, V1 THOMPSON M, 1990, CULTURAL THEORY TOMPKINS S, 1989, FORESTRY CRISIS TONNIES F, 1957, COMMUNITY SOC TROMP H, 1980, MITTEILUNGEN EAFV BI, V56, P253 UNIYAL M, 1995, HIMAL, V8, P13 VANSPENGEN W, 1992, THESIS U AMSTERDAM VIAZZO PP, 1989, UPLAND COMMUNITIES E VONFURERHAIMEND.C, 1975, HIMALAYAN TRADERS LI WEBER M, 1958, PROTESTANT ETHIC WILLIAMSON OE, 1975, MARKETS HIERARCHIES NR 70 TC 11 J9 GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR LETT BP 77 EP 90 PY 1997 PD JAN VL 6 IS 1 GA XL651 UT ISI:A1997XL65100008 ER PT J AU Chen, CC TI Development of a framework for sustainable uses of resources: More paper and less plastics? SO ENVIRONMENT INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article C1 Nan Hua Univ, Grad Inst Environm Management, Chiayi, Taiwan. RP Chen, CC, Nan Hua Univ, Grad Inst Environm Management, 32 Chung Keng Li, Chiayi, Taiwan. AB Taiwan's EPA has implemented a new guideline called the "Plastic Products Restriction Policy", prohibiting some industries to use plastics as packaging materials for the sake of sustainable use of resources. The significant effect resulting from this policy is the substitution of plastic products with paper products. Is this policy beneficial to achieve future sustainability? I allempt to analyze the resource choice between renewable resources and exhaustible resources for production of final products and services in case of exhaustion of natural resources. In this paper, I develop a framework to examine the dynamic responsiveness of a socio-economical system in facing a continual depletion of natural resources provided by an environmental system. In this framework, the status of an environmental system in terms of carrying capacity is affected by the cumulative impacts caused from human activities, including environmental pollution and resource exploitation. Conversely, it also affects the growth of renewable resources. This framework can serve as a guideline to construct indicators to measure the status of the environmental system and the socio-economical system in order to support a policy planner that formulates an appropriate environmental policy. Based on this framework, I also develop a mathematical model to determine the optimal ratio of resources choice between renewable resources and exhaustible resources. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR *WCED, 1987, OUR COMM FUT ARONSSON T, 1997, WELFARE MEASUREMENT ARROW K, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P520 AYRES RU, 1969, AM ECON REV, V59, P282 BISHOP R, 1993, AMBIO, P69 CASTANEDA BE, 1999, ECOL ECON, V28, P231 CHAPIN FS, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P45 CHEN CC, 2002, ENV ECOL, V20, P862 CHEN MS, 1998, ENV ECOLOGY, V16, P324 COBB C, 1994, GREEN NATL PRODUCT P COHEN JE, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P341 COMMON M, 1992, ECOL ECON, V6, P7 CROPPER ML, 1976, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V3, P1 DAILY GC, 1992, BIOSCIENCE, V42, P761 DALY H, 1991, STEADY STATE EC DALY H, 1996, GROWTH DALY HE, 1986, LAND ECON, V62, P319 DALY HE, 1987, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V14, P323 DASGUPTA P, HDB NATURAL RESOURCE, V3 DEBARDELEBEN J, 1985, ENV MARXISM LENINISM EDER P, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P359 EHRLICH PR, 1999, ECOL ECON, V30, P267 FOLKE C, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P1018 GEORGESCUROEGEN N, 1971, ENTROPY LAW EC PROCE GEORGESCUROEGEN N, 1979, SOUTHERN ECON J, V45, P1023 HANLEY N, 1997, ENV EC THEORY PRACTI HANLEY N, 1999, ECOL ECON, V28, P55 HARTWICK JM, 1990, J PUBLIC ECON, V43, P291 HEARTH R, 1990, LAND ECON, V66, P1 HOFSTEDE G, 1984, J CROSS CULT PSYCHOL, V15, P417 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 HUSTON MA, 1997, OECOLOGIA, V110, P449 LAWN PA, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P5 LAWN PA, 2001, ECOL ECON, V38, P369 LEVIN SA, 1998, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V3, P222 LOZADA GA, 1995, ECOL ECON, V14, P31 MAURER BA, 2005, ECOL COMPLEX, V2, P71 MCLEOD SR, 1997, OIKOS, V79, P529 MEYER PS, 1999, TECHNOL FORECAST SOC, V61, P209 MILLER GT, 1999, ENV SCI MIROWSKI P, 1989, MORE HEAT LIGHT EC S MOFFATT I, 1996, INT J SUST DEV WORLD, V3, P49 MUELLER DJ, 1986, MEASURING ATTITUDES NIGGARD R, 1990, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V19, P19 ORIANS GH, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P26 PEARCE DW, 1993, ECOL ECON, V8, P103 PERRINGS CA, 1995, BIODIVERSITY CONSERV PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 RANDALL A, 1985, HDB ENV EC REES J, 1985, NATURAL RESOUCES ALL RISSER PG, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P24 SAVERIADES A, 2000, TOURISM MANAGE, V21, P147 SEIDL I, 1999, ECOL ECON, V31, P395 SIMON J, 1996, ULTIMATE RESOURCES, V2 SRIVASTAVA P, 1995, ACAD MANAGE REV, V20, P936 STANKEY G, P NAT WILD RES C ISS, P246 SWANSON GA, 1992, BEHAV SCI, V37, P215 TIETENBERG T, 2000, ENV NATURAL RESOURCE TILMAN D, 1994, NATURE, V367, P363 TILMAN D, 1996, NATURE, V379, P718 TRIANDIS HC, 1990, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V59, P1006 ZEN LP, 1994, MAR POLLUT B, V29, P52 NR 63 TC 0 J9 ENVIRON INT BP 478 EP 486 PY 2006 PD MAY VL 32 IS 4 GA 037ZL UT ISI:000237186800006 ER PT J AU Palmer, MA Bernhardt, ES Allan, JD Lake, PS Alexander, G Brooks, S Carr, J Clayton, S Dahm, CN Shah, JF Galat, DL Loss, SG Goodwin, P Hart, DD Hassett, B Jenkinson, R Kondolf, GM Lave, R Meyer, JL O'Donnell, TK Pagano, L Sudduth, E TI Standards for ecologically successful river restoration SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Maryland, Dept Entomol, College Pk, MD 20742 USA. Duke Univ, Dept Biol, Durham, NC 27706 USA. Univ Michigan, Sch Nat Resources, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA. Monash Univ, Dept Biol Sci, Clayton, Vic 3168, Australia. Acad Nat Sci, Patrick Ctr Environm Res, Philadelphia, PA USA. Univ Idaho, Ecohydraul Res Grp, Moscow, ID 83843 USA. Univ New Mexico, Dept Biol, Albuquerque, NM 87131 USA. Univ Missouri, US Geol Survey, Cooperat Res Unit, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife Sci, Columbia, MO 65211 USA. Grand Canyon Monitoring & Res Ctr, Flagstaff, AZ USA. Univ Idaho, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife Resources, Moscow, ID 83843 USA. Univ Georgia, Inst Ecol, Athens, GA 30602 USA. RP Palmer, MA, Univ Maryland, Dept Entomol, College Pk, MD 20742 USA. AB 1. Increasingly, river managers are turning from hard engineering solutions to ecologically based restoration activities in order to improve degraded waterways. River restoration projects aim to maintain or increase ecosystem goods and services while protecting downstream and coastal ecosystems. There is growing interest in applying river restoration techniques to solve environmental problems, yet little agreement exists on what constitutes a successful river restoration effort. 2. We propose five criteria for measuring success, with emphasis on an ecological perspective. First, the design of an ecological river restoration project should be based on a specified guiding image of a more dynamic, healthy river that could exist at the site. Secondly, the river's ecological condition must be measurably improved. Thirdly, the river system must be more self-sustaining and resilient to external perturbations so that only minimal follow-up maintenance is needed. Fourthly, during the construction phase, no lasting harm should be inflicted on the ecosystem. Fifthly, both pre- and post-assessment must be completed and data made publicly available. 3. Determining if these five criteria have been met for a particular project requires development of an assessment protocol. We suggest standards of evaluation for each of the five criteria and provide examples of suitable indicators. 4. Synthesis and applications. Billions of dollars are currently spent restoring streams and rivers, yet to date there are no agreed upon standards for what constitutes ecologically beneficial stream and river restoration. We propose five criteria that must be met for a river restoration project to be considered ecologically successful. It is critical that the broad restoration community, including funding agencies, practitioners and citizen restoration groups, adopt criteria for defining and assessing ecological success in restoration. Standards are needed because progress in the science and practice of river restoration has been hampered by the lack of agreed upon criteria for judging ecological success. Without well-accepted criteria that are ultimately supported by funding and implementing agencies, there is little incentive for practitioners to assess and report restoration outcomes. Improving methods and weighing the ecological benefits of various restoration approaches require organized national-level reporting systems. CR ANAND M, 2004, RESTOR ECOL, V12, P117 BAILEY RC, 2004, BIOASSESSMENT FRESHW BAIRD DC, 2001, NEW MEXICAN DECISION, P108 BARBOUR MT, 1999, 841B99002 EPA OFF WA BARON JS, 2002, ECOL APPL, V12, P1247 BASH JS, 2002, ENVIRON MANAGE, V29, P877 BIGGS J, 1998, AQUAT CONSERV, V8, P241 BJORKLAND R, 2001, ENVIRON MONIT ASSESS, V68, P99 BOHN BA, 2002, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V64, P355 BOND NR, 2003, ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMEN, V4, P193 BRADSHAW AD, 1993, RESTORATION ECOLOGY, V1, P71 BRAGG TB, 1977, ENVIRON MANAGE, V1, P343 CHOI YD, 2004, ECOL RES, V19, P75 DAHM CN, 1995, RESTOR ECOL, V3, P225 DALE VH, 2001, ECOLOGICAL INDICATOR, V1, P3 DAVIS WS, 1995, BIOL ASSESSMENT CRIT DOBSON AP, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P515 DOWNES BJ, 2002, MONITORING ECOLOGICA DOWNS PW, 2002, ENVIRON MANAGE, V29, P477 FUCHS U, 1990, REGUL RIVER, V5, P77 GALAT DL, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P721 GEIST DR, 1998, ENVIRON MANAGE, V22, P655 GILLILAN S, 2005, J APPL ECOLOGY, V42 GILMAN RT, 2004, INT J RIVER BASIN MA, V2, P1 GLEICK PH, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1524 GUNDERSON LH, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P421 HANSEN HO, 2001, PROC INT ASSOC THE 3, V27, P1528 HENRY CP, 2002, ECOL ENG, V18, P543 HOBBS RJ, 1996, RESTOR ECOL, V4, P93 HOBBS RJ, 2001, RESTOR ECOL, V9, P239 HOLL KD, 2003, BIOSCIENCE, V53, P491 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLMES NTH, 1998, W175 ENV AG JACKSON LE, 2000, EPA620R99005 OFF RES JANSSON R, 2005, J APPL ECOLOGY, V42 JOHANSSON ME, 2002, J APPL ECOL, V39, P971 JUNGWIRTH M, 2002, FRESHWATER BIOL, V47, P867 KARR JR, 1999, RESTORING LIFE RUNNI KAUFFMAN JB, 1997, FISHERIES, V22, P12 KERN K, 1992, LOWLAND FLOODPLAIN R, P279 KERN K, 1994, GRUNDLAGEN NATURNAHE KOEBEL JW, 1995, RESTOR ECOL, V3, P149 KONDOLF GM, 1995, AQUAT CONSERV, V5, P109 KONDOLF GM, 1995, ENVIRON MANAGE, V19, P1 KONDOLF GM, 1995, RESTOR ECOL, V3, P133 KONDOLF GM, 2001, ENVIRON MANAGE, V28, P761 KONDOLF GM, 2003, TOOLS FLUVIAL GEOMOR, P171 LAKE PS, 2001, ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMEN, V2, P110 LEOPOLD A, 1948, SAND COUNTY ALMANAC LEPORI F, 2005, J APPL ECOLOGY, V42 LOUCKS OL, 1985, BIOSCIENCE, V35, P428 MALAKOFF D, 2004, SCIENCE, V305, P937 MIDDLETON B, 1999, WETLAND RESTORATION MOLLES MC, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P749 MUOTKA T, 2002, J APPL ECOL, V39, P145 NIENHUIS PH, 2002, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V478, P219 ORMEROD SJ, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P44 PALMER M, 2004, SCIENCE, V304, P1251 PALMER MA, 1997, RESTOR ECOL, V5, P291 PEDROZA HEQ, 2002, ING HIDRAUL MEX, V17, P5 POFF NL, 1997, BIOSCIENCE, V47, P769 POOLE GC, 1997, J AM WATER RESOUR AS, V33, P879 POOLE GC, 2004, BIOSCIENCE, V54, P155 PRETTY JL, 2003, J APPL ECOL, V40, P251 ROSGEN DL, 1994, CATENA, V22, P169 SEAR DA, 1998, AQUAT CONSERV, V8, P167 SPARKS RE, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P706 STEINBERGER N, 2003, ENVIRON MANAGE, V31, P724 STRANGE RM, 1999, ASSESSING SUSTAINABI, P65 SUDING KN, 2004, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V19, P46 TOTH LA, 1995, RESTORATION ECOLOGY, V3, P160 UNDERWOOD AJ, 1996, DETECTING ECOLOGICAL, P151 WALKER BH, 2002, CONSERV ECOL, V6, P1 WEICK K, 2001, MANAGING UNEXPECTED WHITE PS, 1997, RESTOR ECOL, V5, P338 YIN Y, 1996, OVERVIEW RIVER FLOOD, V3, P29 ZEDLER JB, 2000, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V15, P402 NR 77 TC 37 J9 J APPL ECOL BP 208 EP 217 PY 2005 PD APR VL 42 IS 2 GA 916PC UT ISI:000228396600002 ER PT J AU Choi, JS Patten, BC TI Sustainable development: Lessons from the paradox of enrichment SO ECOSYSTEM HEALTH LA English DT Article C1 Univ Montreal, Dept Sci Biol, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada. Univ Georgia, Inst Ecol, Athens, GA 30602 USA. RP Choi, JS, 6335 Norwood St, Halifax, NS B3H 2K9, Canada. AB With the current struggle to "sustainably" exploit our biosphere, the "paradox of enrichment" remains an issue that is just as relevant today as it was when it was first formalized by Rosenzweig in 1971. This paradox is relevant because it predicts that attempts to sustain a population by making its food supply more abundant (e.g., by nutrient enrichment) may actually have the reverse (paradoxical) effect of destabilizing the network. Originally, this paradox was based upon studies of "reasonable," but quite simple, predator-prey models. Here, we attempt a more "realistic" revision of the paradox that explicitly accounts for the embedded nature of the human system in a complexly interwoven set of hierarchical (spatial, temporal, and organizational) relations with the rest of the ecosphere-a relationship whose exploitative nature continues to grow in intensity and extent. This revision is attempted with the aid of a combined thermodynamic and network approach. The result is that a scale-dependent asymmetry in the action of the second law of thermodynamics is shown-an asymmetry that results in the creation of two antagonistic propensities: local order and local disorder. The point of balance between these two propensities is empirically measurable and represents a balance between processes and constraints internal (growth and development) and external (interactive and perturbing influences) to a system-a balance that may be called the most "adaptive" state (after Conrad 1983). The use of such an index of this balance is demonstrated and it is used to clarify the relevance of the paradox to more complexly organized systems. As a consequence, we conclude that the concept of "sustainable exploitation and growth" is an oxymoron. CR ABRAMS PA, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P1125 BAK P, 1989, NATURE, V342, P780 BALLYK MM, 1995, J MATH BIOL, V33, P435 BARD J, 1974, J THEOR BIOL, V45, P501 BYERS RE, 1992, THEOR POPUL BIOL, V42, P10 BYERS RE, 1996, ECOL MODEL, V89, P59 CHOI JS, 1999, ECOL MODEL, V117, P143 CHOI JS, 2001, THESIS U MONTREAL MO CONRAD M, 1983, ADAPTABILITY SIGNIFI DEANGELIS DL, 1980, ECOLOGY, V61, P764 DEANGELIS DL, 1992, POPULATION COMMUNITY, V9 DEDONDER T, 1936, THERMODYNAMIC THEORY DENBIGH KG, 1951, THERMODYNAMICS STEAD DEROOS AM, 1998, THEOR POPUL BIOL, V53, P108 FATH BD, 2001, J THEOR BIOL, V208, P493 GILPIN ME, 1972, SCIENCE, V177, P902 GLANSDORFF P, 1971, THERMODYNAMIC THEORY HANSKI I, 1982, OIKOS, V38, P210 HANSKI I, 1989, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V4, P113 HANSKI I, 1991, BIOL J LINN SOC, V42, P17 HIGASHI M, 1989, AM NAT, V133, P288 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLT RD, 1984, AM NAT, V124, P377 HUFFAKER CB, 1958, HILGARDIA, V27, P343 JANSEN VAA, 1995, OIKOS, V74, P384 KATCHALSKY A, 1967, NONEQUILIBRIUM THERM LEVINS R, 1969, B ENTOMOL SOC AM, V15, P237 LOTKA AJ, 1922, P NATIONAL ACADEMY S, V8, P147 LURIE D, 1979, J THEOR BIOL, V78, P241 MAY RM, 1972, SCIENCE, V177, P900 MCALLISTER CD, 1972, SCIENCE, V175, P562 MCCAULEY E, 1990, NATURE, V343, P455 MIKULECKY DC, 1985, ECOSYSTEM THEORY BIO, P163 MURDOCH WW, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P1339 ODUM HT, 1955, AM SCI, V43, P321 ONSAGER L, 1931, PHYS REV, V37, P405 ONSAGER L, 1931, PHYS REV, V38, P2265 PATTEN BC, 1978, OHIO J SCI, V78, P206 PATTEN BC, 1982, AM NAT, V119, P179 PATTEN BC, 1983, ECOL MODEL, V18, P155 PATTEN BC, 1985, ECOL MODEL, V28, P1 PEACOCK K, 1999, ECOSYST HEALTH, V5, P91 PETERS RH, 1983, ECOLOGICAL IMPLICATI PRIGOGINE I, 1947, ETUDE THERMODYNAMIQU RAPPORT DJ, 1999, ECOSYST HEALTH, V5, P82 ROSEN R, 1967, OPTIMALITY PRINCIPLE ROSENZWEIG ML, 1971, SCIENCE, V171, P385 ROSENZWEIG ML, 1972, SCIENCE, V175, P564 SCHAFFER WM, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P93 SCHEFFER M, 1991, J PLANKTON RES, V13, P1291 SCHEFFER M, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P275 SCHEFFER M, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P2270 SCHRODINGER E, 1945, WHAT IS LIFE SPANNER DC, 1964, INTRO THERMODYNAMICS TURING AM, 1952, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V237, P37 VANVALEN L, 1976, EVOLUTIONARY THEORY, V1, P1 VONBERTALANFFY L, 1950, SCIENCE, V111, P23 WEBSTER JR, 1975, MINERAL CYCLING SE E, P1 NR 58 TC 1 J9 ECOSYST HEALTH BP 163 EP 177 PY 2001 PD SEP VL 7 IS 3 GA 554HB UT ISI:000175728800007 ER PT J AU Crepin, AS TI Multiple species boreal forests - What Faustmann missed SO ENVIRONMENTAL & RESOURCE ECONOMICS LA English DT Article C1 Royal Swedish Acad Sci, Beijer Int Inst Ecol Econ, S-10405 Stockholm, Sweden. RP Crepin, AS, Royal Swedish Acad Sci, Beijer Int Inst Ecol Econ, Box 50005, S-10405 Stockholm, Sweden. AB Recent research in natural sciences shows that the dynamics in boreal forests are much more complex than what many models traditionally used in forestry economics reflect. This essay analyzes some challenges of accounting for such complexity. It shows that the optimal harvesting strategy for forest owners is history dependent and for some states of the forest, more than one strategy may be optimal. This paper confirms earlier literature on shallow lakes and coral reefs and shows that this kind of phenomena seem much more common than previously thought. They are valid for a wide range of ecosystems that cover large surfaces and they do not depend on the choice of some specific function to model the non-linearity. There are also indications that theses results could be obtained even for resources with concave growth if at least one species with non-linear growth affects their dynamics. CR ARROW KJ, 1970, PUBLIC INVESTMENT RA BERGLAND O, ENV RESOURCE EC HONO BERNES C, 1994, BIOL MANGFALD I SVER BEYN WJ, 2001, OPTIM CONTR APPL MET, V22, P251 BIRKHOFF GD, 1927, C PUBLICATIONS, V9 BROCK WA, 1989, ADV TXB EC BROCK WA, 2003, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V26, P575 CARPENTER SR, 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P1 CLARK CW, 1976, MATH BIOECONOMICS OP CLARK CW, 1973, SCIENCE, V181, P630 CLARK CW, 1990, PURE APPL MATH CREPIN AS, 2002, DISSERTATIONS EC 200, P6 DANELL K, 1998, CONSERV ECOL, V2, P1 DEISSENBERG C, 2001, 12 U BIEL DEP EC CTR FAUSTMANN M, 1849, ALLGEMEINE FORST JAG, V25, P441 GORDON HS, 1954, J POLITICAL EC, V62, P124 GREBOGI C, 1987, SCIENCE, V238, P632 GURNEY W, 1998, ECOLOGICAL DYNAMICS HESTENES MR, 1966, CALCULUS VARIATIONS HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HUGHES TP, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P929 JUDD KL, 1998, NUMERICAL METHODS EC KUHN HW, 1951, P 2 BERK S MATH STAT, P481 KURZ M, 1968, REV ECON STUD, V35, P155 KUZNETSOV YA, 1995, APPL MATH SCI, V112 LYAPUNOV A, 1892, GEN PROBLEM STABILIT MALER KG, 2000, ENVIRON RESOUR ECON, V26, P603 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MURRAY JD, 1993, BIOMATHEMATICS TEXTS NORBERG J, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P11376 NUSSE HE, 1997, APPL MATH SCI, V101 OHLIN B, 1921, EC TIDSKRIFT, V22, P89 PASTOR J, 1992, SYSTEMS ANAL GLOBAL, P216 PASTOR J, 1996, FUNCTIONAL ROLES BIO, P33 PASTOR J, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P411 PONTRYAGIN L, 1964, MATH THEORY OPTIMAL PRESSLER M, 1860, ALLGEMEINE FORST JAG, V36, P173 SCHEFFER M, 1998, POPULATION COMMUNITY, V22 SCOTT A, 1955, J POLITICAL EC, V63, P116 SEIERSTAD A, 1987, OPTIMAL CONTROL THEO, V24 SKIBA AK, 1978, ECONOMETRICA, V46, P527 STIRLING G, 2001, AM NAT, V158, P286 TAKEUCHI Y, 1996, GLOBAL DYNAMICAL PRO WAGENER FOO, 2003, J ECON DYN CONTROL, V27, P1533 NR 44 TC 1 J9 ENVIRON RESOUR ECON BP 625 EP 646 PY 2003 PD DEC VL 26 IS 4 GA 751MH UT ISI:000187070500006 ER PT J AU WADA, N NARITA, K KUMAR, S FURUKAWA, A TI IMPACT OF OVERGRAZING ON SEED PREDATION BY RODENTS IN THE THAR DESERT, NORTHWESTERN INDIA SO ECOLOGICAL RESEARCH LA English DT Note C1 CENT ARID ZONE RES INST,JODHPUR 342003,RAJASTHAN,INDIA. NATL INST ENVIRONM STUDIES,DIV GLOBAL ENVIRONM RES,TSUKUBA,IBARAKI 305,JAPAN. RP WADA, N, HOKKAIDO UNIV,GRAD SCH ENVIRONM SCI,SAPPORO,HOKKAIDO 060,JAPAN. AB We compared the vegetation structure, rodent density and seed loss rate between protected and disturbed sites affected from grazing by cattle, goats and sheep, in the Thar desert of India. A perennial tussocky grass Lasiurus sindicus Henr, was largely dominant in the protected site, while L. sindicus was rare and replaced by undershrub species Aerva pseudotomentosa Blatt. & Halb. and Crotalaria burhira Buch.-Ham. in the overgrazed site. In the grazed site, plant coverage was low, but the density of rodent burrows and the frequency of rodent captures were significantly high as compared to the protected site. Corresponding with the density of desert rodents, seed predation was significantly higher in the grazed site than in the protected site, These results suggest that overgrazing by large mammals has strong effects on plant succession by altering not only the species composition and abundance of plant community, but also the habitat suitability for seed-earing rodents. CR BARTHOLOMEW B, 1970, SCIENCE, V170, P1210 BAWA AK, 1988, CURRENT AGR, V12, P57 BROWN JH, 1975, ECOLOGY, V56, P987 BROWN JH, 1979, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V10, P201 CRAWLEY MJ, 1983, STUDIES ECOLOGY, V10 DABADGHAO PM, 1963, ANN ARID ZONE, V1, P163 ELLISON L, 1960, BOT REV, V26, P1 GUPTA RK, 1986, ECOSYSTEMS WORLD B, V12, P55 HAY ME, 1981, ECOLOGY, V62, P1395 HUGHES JJ, 1994, ECOLOGY, V61, P1397 HUGHES RE, 1970, NATURE, V225, P756 INOUYE RS, 1980, ECOLOGY, V61, P1344 KOTLER BP, 1988, OIKOS, V53, P145 MERTIA RS, 1987, ANN ARID ZONE, V26, P293 NOYMEIR I, 1973, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V4, P25 NOYMEIR I, 1974, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V5, P195 PRAKASH I, 1962, MAMMALIA, V26, P311 PRAKASH I, 1971, MAMMALIA, V35, P384 PRAKASH I, 1975, RODENTS DESERT ENV, P75 PRAKASH I, 1981, CAZRI MONOGRAPH, V10 PRICE MV, 1986, SEED DISPERSAL, P191 PRICE MV, 1993, AM MIDL NAT, V131, P9 RAWES M, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P651 REICHMAN OJ, 1979, ECOLOGY, V60, P1085 SHANKAR V, 1983, CAZRI MONOGRAPH, V21 SHANKAR V, 1987, CAZRI MONOGRAPH, V28 SHANKARNARAYAN KA, 1988, DESERT ECOLOGY, P1 SINGH JS, 1979, MANAGEMENT SEMIARID, P243 SOLBRIG OT, 1977, AM SCI, V65, P412 VANDERWALL SB, 1990, FOOD HOARDING ANIMAL WADA N, 1994, AM MIDL NAT, V132, P320 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 YAHNER RH, 1992, AM MIDL NAT, V127, P381 NR 33 TC 6 J9 ECOL RES BP 217 EP 221 PY 1995 PD AUG VL 10 IS 2 GA RL649 UT ISI:A1995RL64900012 ER PT J AU Kraaij, T Ward, D TI Effects of rain, nitrogen, fire and grazing on tree recruitment and early survival in bush-encroached savanna, South Africa SO PLANT ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Stellenbosch, Conservat Ecol Dept, Matieland, South Africa. Univ KwaZulu Natal, Sch Biol & Conservat Sci, ZA-3209 Scottsville, South Africa. RP Ward, D, Univ Stellenbosch, Conservat Ecol Dept, Matieland, South Africa. AB Moisture, nutrients, fire and herbivory are the principal factors governing tree-grass cover ratios of savannas. We investigated tree (Acacia mellifera) recruitment after fire and under conditions of maximum-recorded rainfall, nitrogen addition and grazing in a completely-crossed field experiment. We employed a similar garden experiment with the exception of the fire treatment. Tree germination in the field was extremely low, probably due to below-average natural rainfall in plots that only received natural rain, and insufficient watering frequency in irrigated plots. Due to low germination in the field experiment, no treatment significantly affected tree recruitment. In the garden experiment, frequent watering, nutrient control (i.e. no nitrogen addition) and grazing enhanced tree recruitment with significant interactions between rain, nitrogen and grazing. We infer that above-average rainfall years with frequent rainfall events are required for mass tree recruitment. Grass defoliation makes space and resources available for tree seedlings. Nitrogen enrichment increases the competitive ability of fast-growing grasses more than that of the N-2-fixing tree component. In contrast to conventional wisdom that grazing alone causes encroachment, we suggest that there are complex interactions between the above-mentioned factors and 'triggering' events such as unusually high rainfall. CR ACOCKS JPH, 1988, MEM BOT SURV S AFR, V57, P1 ALEF K, 1995, METHODS APPL SOIL MI ANDERSSON CJ, 1856, LAKE NGAMI EXPLORATI ARCHER S, 1989, AM NAT, V134, P545 BABALWA AM, 1997, S AFR J BOT, V63, P421 BEZUIDENHOUT H, 1994, KOEDOE, V37, P19 BOOTH CA, 1986, RANGELANDS RESOURCE, P32 BRADSTOCK RA, 1995, J APPL ECOL, V32, P76 BROWN JR, 1989, OECOLOGIA, V80, P19 BROWN JR, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P2385 BUSH JK, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P1603 COHN EJ, 1989, AM MIDL NAT, V121, P265 CONDON RW, 1986, RANGELANDS RESOURCE, P40 DART P, 1991, ACIAR P, V35, P13 DAVIS MA, 1998, J ECOL, V86, P652 DEAN WRJ, 1994, J ARID ENVIRON, V26, P281 DONALDSON CH, 1966, P GRASSL SOC S AFRIC, V1, P57 DUTOIT PF, 1972, P GRASSLAND SOC S AF, V7, P44 DUTOIT PF, 1972, P GRASSLAND SOC SO A, V7, P23 DYE PJ, 1982, ZIMBABWE J AGR RES, V20, P103 ERNST WHO, 1988, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V25, P195 FOWLER N, 1982, J ECOL, V70, P77 FROST P, 1985, BIOL INT, V10, P1 HIGGINS SI, 2000, J ECOL, V88, P213 JELTSCH F, 1996, J ECOL, V84, P583 KANZ WA, 2001, THESIS U NATAL PIETE KELK DM, 1970, P GRASSLAND SOC S AF, V5, P58 KNOOP WT, 1985, J ECOL, V73, P235 KREBS CJ, 1989, ECOLOGICAL METHODOLO KREUTER UP, 1999, P 6 INT RANG C 6 INT, V2, P842 LAY DW, 1965, J RANGE MANAGE, V18, P181 LOW AB, 1998, VEGETATION S AFRICA MACHLIS L, 1956, PLANTS ACTION LAB MA MILTON SJ, 1980, THESIS U CAPE TOWN C MOSHE D, 2000, P NAT FOR SAV WOODL, P142 OCONNOR TG, 1995, OECOLOGIA, V103, P214 PALGRAVE KC, 1977, TREES SO AFRICA PERKINS JS, 1993, LAND DEGRAD REHABIL, V4, P179 PITT MD, 1998, J RANGE MANAGE, V51, P417 ROHNER C, 1997, J VEG SCI, V8, P717 SALIHI DO, 1987, J APPL ECOL, V24, P145 SCHOLES RJ, 1993, AFRICAN SAVANNA SYNT SCHULTKA W, 1997, J ARID ENVIRON, V36, P290 SCHULTZ AM, 1955, ECOLOGY, V36, P226 SCOTT JD, 1967, S AFR J SCI, V63, P311 SIEGEL S, 1989, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B SKARPE C, 1990, VEGETATIO, V87, P11 SMIT GN, 1992, J GRASSLAND SOC S AF, V5, P42 STUARTHILL GC, 1988, J GRASSL SOC S AFR, V5, P42 STUARTHILL GC, 1989, J APPL ECOL, V26, P285 TEAGUE WR, 1992, J GRASSL SOC S AFR, V9, P60 TILMAN D, 1987, ECOL MONOGR, V57, P189 TROLLOPE WSW, 1974, P GRASSLAND SOC S AF, V9, P67 TROLLOPE WSW, 1980, P GRASSL SOC S AFR, V15, P173 TROLLOPE WSW, 1982, ECOL STUD, V42, P292 VANAUKEN OW, 1985, BOT GAZ, V146, P564 VANDRSCHIFF HP, 1964, TYDSKRIF NATUURWISK, V4, P67 VANVEGTEN JA, 1983, VEGETATIO, V56, P3 WALKER BH, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P473 WALKER BH, 1987, J GRASSL SOC S AFR, V4, P31 WALTER H, 1971, ECOLOGY TROPICAL SUB WARD D, 2000, RANGELAND VEGETATION WARD D, 2004, BIODIVERSITY DRYLAND, P219 WIEGAND K, 1999, ECOL MODEL, V117, P203 WIEGAND K, 2000, PLANT ECOL, V150, P97 WIEGAND K, 2005, J VEG SCI, V16, P311 WILSON JB, 1988, J APPL ECOL, V25, P279 WILSON TB, 1998, J ARID ENVIRON, V38, P541 NR 68 TC 0 J9 PLANT ECOL BP 235 EP 246 PY 2006 PD OCT VL 186 IS 2 GA 082PP UT ISI:000240399100007 ER PT J AU Allen, CR Gunderson, LH Johnson, AR TI The use of discontinuities and functional groups to assess relative resilience in complex systems SO ECOSYSTEMS LA English DT Article C1 Clemson Univ, USGS S Carolina Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Clemson, SC 29634 USA. Emory Univ, Dept Environm Studies, Atlanta, GA USA. Clemson Univ, Dept Forestry & nat Resources, Clemson, SC 29634 USA. RP Allen, CR, Univ Nebraska, Nebraska Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, 103 Miller Hall, Lincoln, NE 68583 USA. AB It is evident when the resilience of a system has been exceeded and the system qualitatively changed. However, it is not clear how to measure resilience in a system prior to the demonstration that the capacity for resilient response has been exceeded. We argue that self-organizing human and natural systems are structured by a relatively small set of processes operating across scales in time and space. These structuring processes should generate a discontinuous distribution of structures and frequencies, where discontinuities mark the transition from one scale to another. Resilience is not driven by the identity of elements of a system, but rather by the functions those elements provide, and their distribution within and across scales. A self-organizing system that is resilient should maintain patterns of function within and across scales despite the turnover of specific elements ( for example, species, cities). However, the loss of functions, or a decrease in functional representation at certain scales will decrease system resilience. It follows that some distributions of function should be more resilient than others. We propose that the determination of discontinuities, and the quantification of function both within and across scales, produce relative measures of resilience in ecological and other systems. We describe a set of methods to assess the relative resilience of a system based upon the determination of discontinuities and the quantification of the distribution of functions in relation to those discontinuities. CR ALLEN CR, 1999, ECOSYSTEMS, V2, P114 ALLEN CR, 2001, ENCY ENV, P450 ALLEN CR, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P315 ALLEN CR, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P348 ARTHUR WB, 1997, EC COMPLEX EVOLVING, V2 BAK P, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P381 BARABASI AL, 2002, LINKED NEW SCI NETWO BARABASI AL, 2003, SCI AM, V288, P60 BESSEY KM, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P360 CARPENTER SR, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P765 DENDRINOS DS, 1990, CHAOS SOCIOSPATIAL D FORYS EA, 2002, ECOSYSTEMS, V5, P339 GABAIX X, 1999, Q J ECON, V114, P739 GARMESTANI AS, 2005, URBAN STUD, V42, P1507 GUNDERSON LH, 1992, THESIS U FLORIDA GAI GUNDERSON LH, 2000, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V31, P425 GUNDERSON LH, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, V1, P1 HOLLAND J, 1995, HIDDEN ORDER ADAPTAT HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1988, MEMOIRS ENTOMOLOGICA, V146, P21 HOLLING CS, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P447 HOLLING CS, 2001, ECOSYSTEMS, V4, P390 HOSTETLER M, 1999, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V45, P15 KORCELLI P, 1977, RM7752 INT I APPL ST KRUMMEL JR, 1987, OIKOS, V48, P321 MANLY BFJ, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P81 PAPAGEORGIOU YY, 1980, ENVIRON PLANN A, V12, P1035 PETERSON GD, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P6 RESTREPO C, 1997, TROPICAL FOREST REMN, P171 SUMMERS R, 1991, Q J ECON, V106, P327 WALKER BH, 1999, ECOSYSTEMS, V2, P95 WEST GB, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P122 NR 32 TC 1 J9 ECOSYSTEMS BP 958 EP 966 PY 2005 PD DEC VL 8 IS 8 GA 992HC UT ISI:000233874000008 ER PT J AU Scheffer, M Carpenter, SR de Young, B TI Cascading effects of overfishing marine systems SO TRENDS IN ECOLOGY & EVOLUTION LA English DT Article C1 Univ Wageningen & Res Ctr, Dept Environm Sci, Aquat Ecol & Water Qual Management Grp, NL-6700 DD Wageningen, Netherlands. Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Limnol, Madison, WI 53706 USA. Mem Univ Newfoundland, Dept Phys & Phys Oceanog, St John, NF A1B 3X7, Canada. RP Scheffer, M, Univ Wageningen & Res Ctr, Dept Environm Sci, Aquat Ecol & Water Qual Management Grp, POB 8080, NL-6700 DD Wageningen, Netherlands. AB Profound indirect ecosystem effects of overfishing have been shown for coastal systems such as coral reefs and kelp forests. A new study from the ecosystem off the Canadian east coast now reveals that the elimination of large predatory fish can also cause marked cascading effects on the pelagic food web. Overall, the view emerges that, in a range of marine ecosystems, the effects of fisheries extend well beyond the collapse of fish exploited stocks. CR BELLWOOD DR, 2004, NATURE, V429, P827 CAMERANO L, 1880, ATTI REALE ACCADEMIA, V15, P393 CARPENTER SR, 1993, TROPHIC CASCADE LAKE FRANK KT, 2005, SCIENCE, V308, P1621 HANSSON LA, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P558 HSIEH CH, 2005, NATURE, V435, P336 HUGHES TP, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P1547 HUTCHINGS JA, 2004, BIOSCIENCE, V54, P297 JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P629 PETERS RH, 1986, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V31, P1143 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SCHIERMEIER Q, 2004, NATURE, V428, P4 STEELE JH, 2004, PROG OCEANOGR, V60, P135 WARE DM, 2005, SCIENCE, V308, P1280 WORM B, 2003, ECOLOGY, V84, P162 NR 15 TC 3 J9 TREND ECOL EVOLUT BP 579 EP 581 PY 2005 PD NOV VL 20 IS 11 GA 983EE UT ISI:000233213100002 ER PT J AU Sala, E Knowlton, N TI Global marine biodiversity trends SO ANNUAL REVIEW OF ENVIRONMENT AND RESOURCES LA English DT Review C1 Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, Ctr Marine Biodivers & Conservat, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. RP Sala, E, Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, Ctr Marine Biodivers & Conservat, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. AB Marine biodiversity encompasses all levels of complexity of life in the sea, from within species to across ecosystems. At all levels, marine biodiversity has naturally exhibited a general, slow trajectory of increase, punctuated by mass extinctions at the evolutionary scale and by disturbances at the ecological scale. In historical times, a synergy of human threats, including overfishing, global warming, biological introductions, and pollution, has caused a rapid decline in global marine biodiversity, as measured by species extinctions, population depletions, and community homogenization. The consequences of this biodiversity loss include changes in ecosystem function and a reduction in the provision of ecosystem services. Global biodiversity loss will continue and likely accelerate in the future, with potentially more frequent ecological collapses and community-wide shifts. However, the timing and magnitude of these catastrophic events are probably unpredictable. CR 2005, UN ENV PROGRAMME *NRC, 1995, UND MAR BIOD RES AG *POP DIV DEP EC SO, 2005, POP PROSP 2004 REV ALDEBERT Y, 1997, VIE MILIEU, V47, P275 ATKINSON A, 2004, NATURE, V432, P100 BABCOCK RC, 1999, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V189, P125 BALLESTEROS E, 1991, HOMAGE RAMON MARGALE, P223 BALLESTEROS E, 1992, ELS VEGETALS ZONACIO BAMBACH RK, 2004, PALEOBIOLOGY, V30, P522 BARBIER EB, 2003, CONTEMP ECON POLICY, V21, P59 BARNES DKA, 2002, NATURE, V416, P808 BARRY JP, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P672 BENTON MJ, 2001, GEOL J, V36, P211 BENTON MJ, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P358 BERLOW EL, 1999, NATURE, V398, P330 BLOKPOEL H, 1991, 20 C INT ORN WELL NZ BOUCHET P, 2002, BIOL J LINN SOC, V75, P421 BOUDOURESQUE CF, 1995, SCI MAR S1, V59, P21 BOUDOURESQUE CF, 2002, MAR POLLUT BULL, V44, P32 BREITBART M, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P14250 BRIGGS JC, 1994, SYST BIOL, V43, P130 BRUNO JF, 2003, ECOL LETT, V6, P1056 CARLTON JT, 1991, BIOL BULL, V180, P72 CARLTON JT, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P78 CARLTON JT, 1999, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V30, P515 CHAVEZ FP, 2003, SCIENCE, V299, P217 CHRISTENSEN V, 1995, ECOL MODEL, V77, P3 COHEN AN, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P555 COLEMAN FC, 2002, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V17, P40 CONNELL JH, 1977, AM NAT, V111, P1119 CONNELL JH, 1978, SCIENCE, V199, P1302 CONNELL JH, 1997, CORAL REEFS S, V16, S101 CONOVER DO, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P94 CROOKS JA, 1998, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V162, P137 CROUCH EM, 2001, GEOLOGY, V29, P315 DAGROSA C, 2000, CONSERV BIOL, V14, P1110 DANIELSEN F, 2005, SCIENCE, V310, P643 DASKALOV GM, 2002, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V225, P53 DAYTON PK, 1972, CONSERVATION PROBLEM, P81 DAYTON PK, 1984, ECOL MONOGR, V54, P253 DAYTON PK, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P421 DAYTON PK, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P309 DAYTON PK, 2002, ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS F DAYTON PK, 2003, AM NAT, V162, P1 DEVINE JA, 2006, NATURE, V439, P29 DIAZ RJ, 1995, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL, V33, P245 DUFFY JE, 2002, OIKOS, V99, P201 DUFFY JE, 2003, ECOL LETT, V6, P680 DUFFY JE, 2005, ECOL LETT, V8, P301 DULVY NK, 2003, FISH FISH, V4, P25 EDMUNDS PJ, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5067 ELTON CS, 1958, ECOLOGY INVASIONS AN EMMERSON MC, 2001, NATURE, V411, P73 ERWIN TL, 1982, COLEOPTERISTS B, V36, P74 ESTES JA, 1995, ECOL MONOGR, V65, P75 FORCADA J, 2005, ECOLOGY, V86, P2408 FOSTER MS, 1975, MAR BIOL, V32, P313 FOSTER MS, 1988, COMMUNITY ECOLOGY SE, P99 FUKAMI H, 2004, NATURE, V427, P832 GARCIARUBIES A, 1995, MAR BIOL, V124, P35 GASTON KJ, 1992, NATURE, V356, P281 GOLANI D, 1995, P WORLD FISH C THEM, V1, P279 GOLANI D, 1996, ISRAEL J ZOOL, V42, P15 GOREAU TF, 1959, ECOLOGY, V40, P67 GRASSLE JF, 1992, AM NAT, V139, P313 GRAY JS, 1997, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V6, P153 GRAY JS, 1997, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V159, P97 GRAY JS, 2001, SCI MAR S2, V65, P41 GRIGG RW, 1974, ECOLOGY, V55, P387 GRIGG RW, 1983, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V11, P1 GROSHOLZ ED, 2000, ECOLOGY, V81, P1206 GUIDETTI P, 2004, CONSERV BIOL, V18, P1417 HARMELINVIVIEN ML, 1995, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V301, P309 HARVELL CD, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P2158 HELMUTH B, 2002, SCIENCE, V298, P1015 HOEGHGULDBERG O, 1999, MAR FRESHWATER RES, V50, P839 HSIEH CH, 2005, NATURE, V435, P336 HUGHES AR, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P8998 HUSTON M, 1985, B MAR SCI, V37, P928 HUTCHINGS JA, 2004, BIOSCIENCE, V54, P297 JACKSON JBC, 1997, CORAL REEFS S, V16, P23 JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P2401 JACKSON JBC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P629 JONES GP, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P8251 KARLSON RH, 2004, NATURE, V429, P867 KENNETT JP, 1991, NATURE, V353, P225 KNOLL AH, 2001, LIFE YOUNG PLANET FI KNOWLTON N, 1993, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V24, P189 KNOWLTON N, 2000, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V420, P73 KNOWLTON N, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5419 KNOWLTON N, 2004, PROG OCEANOGR, V60, P387 KUNTZ NM, 2005, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V294, P173 LEBOEUF BJ, 1986, MAR MAMMAL SCI, V2, P70 LESSIOS HA, 1988, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V19, P371 LEVIN LA, 2003, OCEANOGR MAR BIOL, V41, P1 LONGHURST AR, 2001, ECOLOGICAL GEOGRAPHY MAGURRAN AE, 2004, MEASURING BIOL DIVER MALAKOFF D, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P486 MARGALEF R, 1963, AM NAT, V97, P357 MARGALEF R, 1997, OUR BIOSPHERE MAY RM, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V343, P105 MCCLANAHAN TR, 1990, OECOLOGIA, V83, P362 MEINESZ A, 1999, KILLER ALGAE TRUE TA MYERS N, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5389 MYERS RA, 2003, NATURE, V423, P280 MYERS RA, 2005, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V360, P13 NEWMAN M, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5955 NORRIS S, 2002, WORLD WILDL FUND REP ODOR R, 2005, SCI MAR S1, V69, P181 ODUM EP, 1969, SCIENCE, V164, P262 OLSON DM, 2001, BIOSCIENCE, V51, P933 ORMOND R, 1997, MARINE BIODIVERSITY ORR JC, 2005, NATURE, V437, P681 PAINE RT, 1966, AM NAT, V100, P65 PAINE RT, 1980, J ANIM ECOL, V49, P667 PAINE RT, 1981, ECOL MONOGR, V51, P145 PAINE RT, 1992, NATURE, V355, P73 PAINE RT, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P736 PALUMBI SR, 2001, EVOLUTION EXPLOSION PALUMBI SR, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P1786 PALUMBI SR, 2003, MARINE RESERVES TOOL PANDOLFI JM, 2002, CORAL REEFS, V21, P13 PANDOLFI JM, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P955 PAULY D, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P860 PEREZ T, 2000, CR ACAD SCI III-VIE, V323, P853 PEREZESPANA H, 2001, ECOL MODEL, V145, P189 PIMM SL, 2000, NATURE, V403, P843 PINNEGAR JK, 2000, ENVIRON CONSERV, V27, P179 POORE GCB, 1993, NATURE, V361, P597 PRICE ARG, 2002, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V241, P23 QUERO JC, 1998, ITAL J ZOOL S, V65, P493 RABALAIS NN, 2002, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V33, P235 RAFFAELLI D, 2004, SCIENCE, V306, P1141 REAKAKUDLA ML, 1997, BIODIVERSITY, V2, P83 REID K, 2001, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V268, P377 REX MA, 1993, NATURE, V365, P636 ROBERTS CM, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P1280 ROBERTS CM, 2002, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V17, P242 ROEMMICH D, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1324 ROHWER F, 2002, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V243, P1 ROHWER F, 2003, CELL, V113, P141 ROMAN J, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P508 ROSE GA, 2000, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V57, P644 RUIZ GM, 2000, NATURE, V408, P49 SALA E, 1998, OIKOS, V82, P425 SALA E, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P3678 SALA E, 2005, AQUATIC FOOD WEBS EC, P170 SANDERS HL, 1968, AM NAT, V102, P243 SCHEFFER M, 2001, NATURE, V413, P591 SEPKOSKI JJ, 1993, PALEOBIOLOGY, V19, P43 SHEA K, 2002, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V17, P170 SHEARS NT, 2002, OECOLOGIA, V132, P131 SHEEHAN PM, 2001, GEOL J, V36, P231 SHIGANOVA TA, 2000, ICES J MAR SCI, V57, P641 SMALL AM, 1998, ATOLL RES B, V458, P1 SNELGROVE PVR, 1998, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V7, P1123 SOLAN M, 2004, SCIENCE, V306, P1177 SOUSA WP, 1979, ECOL MONOGR, V49, P227 SPRINGER AM, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P12223 STACHOWICZ JJ, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1577 STACHOWICZ JJ, 2002, ECOLOGY, V83, P2575 STACHOWICZ JJ, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P15497 STEHLI FG, 1971, SYST ZOOL, V20, P115 STENECK RS, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P429 STENECK RS, 2001, MARINE COMMUNITY ECO, P445 STENECK RS, 2005, CONSERVING PREDATION, P110 STOCKS K, 2004, SEAMOUNTS BIODIVERSI, V12, P17 TEGNER MJ, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P278 THIBAUT T, 2005, MAR POLLUT BULL, V50, P1472 THRUSH SF, 2002, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V33, P449 TILMAN D, 1994, NATURE, V371, P65 VENTER JC, 2004, SCIENCE, V304, P66 VERLAQUE M, 1987, P INT WORKSH CAUL TA, P5 VERLAQUE M, 1994, OCEANOL ACTA, V17, P659 VERLAQUE M, 2000, BOT MAR, V43, P49 VERMEIJ GJ, 1977, PALEOBIOLOGY, V3, P245 WARD JR, 2004, PLOS BIOL, V2, P542 WATSON R, 2001, NATURE, V414, P534 WILLIAMS TM, 2004, ECOLOGY, V85, P3373 WOMMACK KE, 2000, MICROBIOL MOL BIOL R, V64, P69 WORM B, 2003, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V18, P628 WORM B, 2005, SCIENCE, V309, P1365 YARINCIK K, 2005, SCI MAR S1, V69, P201 NR 183 TC 0 J9 ANNU REV ENVIRON RESOUR BP 93 EP 122 PY 2006 VL 31 GA 109QZ UT ISI:000242324900005 ER PT J AU Millward, RN Klerks, PL TI Contaminant-adaptation and community tolerance in ecological risk assessment: Introduction SO HUMAN AND ECOLOGICAL RISK ASSESSMENT AB Contaminant tolerance, either at the level of the community or an adaptation within populations, has important implications to the risk assessment field. Such tolerance has alternatively been described as a nuisance variable, complicating the extrapolation of toxicity data, to field conditions, or as a 'good weather indicator', suggesting environmental resilience to a contaminant. These and other issues are explored in this set of invited papers, in which experienced workers from the field of contaminant tolerance have been invited to comment, on the relationship between tolerance and the analysis of environmental risk. In addition, recent decades have seen the use of tolerance as a tool for assessing contaminant stress, particularly when establishing causality between specific contaminant exposure and significant ecological impact. The paradigm suggests that an increased tolerance to a contaminant is powerful causal evidence that this contaminant has exerted significant stress. Review, commentary and original data contributions within this Debate and Commentary section explore both the complicating and advantageous aspects of tolerance in risk assessment. The papers conclude that complications associated with tolerance demand careful consideration during risk assessments, and that while population adaptation does not appear to be a promising tool, community-level resistance might be a powerful instrument in ecological risk assessment. CR *USEPA, 1998, EPA630R95002F US EPA ANTONOVICS J, 1971, ADV ECOL RES, V7, P1 BARATA C, 2002, ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM, V21, P1058 BLANCK H, 1988, ASTM STP, V988, P219 BROWN BE, 1977, FRESHWATER BIOL, V7, P235 BRYAN GW, 1971, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V51, P845 BURKHARD LP, 1989, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V23, P1438 CHAPMAN PM, 1990, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V97, P815 CLARKE KR, 1988, MARINE ECOLOGY PROGR, V46, P213 FOX GA, 1991, J TOXICOL ENV HEALTH, V33, P359 GRANT A, 1989, MAR POLLUT BULL, V20, P235 HATCH AC, 1999, CHEMOSPHERE, V39, P1001 KLERKS PL, 1991, AQUAT TOXICOL, V19, P97 LEVINTON JS, 1980, ESTUARINE PERSPECTIV, P509 LEWONTIN RC, 1974, GENETIC BASIS EVOLUT LUOMA SN, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P436 MCINTYRE AD, 1978, COOP RES REP CONS IN, V75, P1 MILLWARD RN, 2000, ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM, V19, P454 ROESIJADI G, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P680 SICILIANO SD, 1999, HUM ECOL RISK ASSESS, V5, P671 SOARES AMVM, 1992, ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM, V11, P1477 SOLDO D, 2000, AQUAT TOXICOL, V47, P181 WALLACE WG, 1998, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V172, P225 NR TC 1 BP 921 EP 932 PY 2002 PD AUG VL 8 IS 5 UT ISI:000177949000002 ER PT J AU Scariot, A TI Forest fragmentation effects on palm diversity in central Amazonia SO JOURNAL OF ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Dept Ecol Evolut & Marine Biol, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. RP Scariot, A, EMBRAPA, CENARGEN, CP 02372, BR-70770900 Brasilia, DF, Brazil. AB 1 The effects of fragmentation on quantitative measures of floristic diversity in a palm community were examined in the Biological Dynamics of Forest Fragments study area in central Amazonia. Three 1-ha, three 10-ha, two 100-ha and three continuous forest reserves, distributed among three sites, were surveyed. In each reserve, 10 20 x 20 m plots were sampled, resulting in a total of 1 10 plots representing 4.4 sampled hectares. 2 The taxon composition of this palm community was dominated by stemmed, understorey palms. A total of 23 225 individuals from 36 taxa was recorded; five of the taxa were not sampled in continuous forest. 3 Taxa richness did not vary across reserve size or sites unless taxa not sampled in the continuous forest were removed from the analysis. Smaller forest fragments then harboured fewer taxa in the seedling stage than large forest fragments or continuous forest. despite the short time since isolation (10-15 years). There was a significant effect of location on the number of taxa per plot for all life stages, but only seedling and total were significantly affected by reserve size. 4 Reserve size did not affect the Shannon and Evenness indices. Reserves of similar sizes were floristically more similar than reserves of very different sizes. 5 Palms are important for the structure and composition of the forest. Their conservation may require the establishment of a number of large reserves. CR *RADAMBRASIL, 1978, PROJ RAD PROGR INT N, V18 *SAS I INC, 1996, SAS STAT SOFTW CHANG *SYSTAT, 1992, STAT VERS 5 2 AIZEN MA, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P330 ANDREN H, 1994, OIKOS, V71, P355 BENITEZMALVIDO J, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P380 BIERREGAARD RO, 1988, ACT 31 C INT ORN, V2, P1564 CHAUVEL A, 1983, ACTA AMAZONICA S, V12, P47 CLARK DA, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P2581 DIDHAM RK, 1997, TROPICAL FOREST REMN, P55 EHRLICH PR, 1988, BIODIVERSITY, P29 FEDERER WT, 1955, EXPT DESIGN THEORY A FERREIRA LV, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P797 GALLI AE, 1976, AUK, V93, P356 GILPIN ME, 1988, CONSERV BIOL, V2, P290 GOTTFRIED BM, 1979, AM MIDL NAT, V102, P105 HENDERSON A, 1995, PALMS AMAZON HOLT RD, 1992, THEORETICAL POPULATI, V41, P205 HOLT RD, 1993, TAXA DIVERSITY ECOLG, P77 HOLT RD, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P1610 HUSTON MA, 1994, BIOL DIVERSITY COEXI JANZEN DH, 1984, AM NAT, V123, P338 JANZEN DH, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P286 KAHN F, 1985, BIOTROPICA, V17, P210 KAPOS V, 1989, J TROP ECOL, V5, P173 KAPOS V, 1997, TROPICAL FOREST REMN, P33 KLEIN BC, 1989, ECOLOGY, V70, P1715 KOHN DD, 1994, J ECOL, V82, P367 LAURANCE WF, 1997, TROPICAL FOREST REMN LEVIN DA, 1974, EVOL BIOL, V7, P139 LOVEJOY TE, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P257 LOVEJOY TE, 1990, 4 NEOTROPICAL RAINFO, P60 MAGURRAN AE, 1988, ECOLGOICAL DIVERSITY MARTINEZRAMOS M, 1993, VEGETATIO, V107, P299 MAY RM, 1975, ECOLOGY EVOLUTION CO, P81 MURCIA C, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P58 PIANKA EC, 1975, ECOLOGICAL DIVERSITY PIMM SL, 1984, NATURE, V307, P321 PIMM SL, 1991, BALANCE NATURE PLATT WJ, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P708 PRESTON FW, 1962, ECOLOGY, V43, P185 QUINN JF, 1987, CONSERV BIOL, V1, P198 QUINN JF, 1988, CONS BIOL, V2, P293 RANKINDEMERONA JM, 1992, ACTA AMAZONICA, V22, P493 ROBINSON GR, 1992, SCIENCE, V257, P524 RYLANDS AB, 1988, ACTA AMAZONICA, V18, P291 SARUKHAN J, 1980, DEMOGRAPHY EVOLUTION, P161 SCARIOT AO, 1989, PRINCIPES, V33, P172 SCARIOT AO, 1996, THESIS U CALIFORNIA SCHEMSKE DW, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P584 SIMBERLOFF D, 1982, AM NAT, V120, P41 SIZER N, 1992, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE C SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY SOULE ME, 1989, RES PRIORITIES CONSE SPIRONELO W, 1992, PRIMATOLOGIA NO BRAS, V3, P285 STOUFFER PC, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P2429 TERBORGH J, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P330 VANVALEN L, 1975, BIOTROPICA, V7, P260 WOLDA H, 1981, OECOLOGIA, V50, P296 NR 59 TC 18 J9 J ECOL BP 66 EP 76 PY 1999 PD FEB VL 87 IS 1 GA 169RL UT ISI:000078762300006 ER PT J AU Batabyal, AA TI On some aspects of ecological resilience and the conservation of species SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Utah State Univ, Dept Econ, Logan, UT 84322 USA. RP Batabyal, AA, Utah State Univ, Dept Econ, Logan, UT 84322 USA. AB The importance of the notion of resilience in determining the static and the intertemporal behaviour of jointly determined ecological-economic systems has long been recognized by ecologists. This notwithstanding, there are very few formal studies of such systems which explicitly analyse the ecological and the economic aspects of the problem. Consequently, this paper has two objectives. First, a new stationary probability-based method is proposed to characterize the notion of ecological resilience. Next, this characterization is used to study the problem of optimal species conservation. (C) 1998 Academic Press Limited. CR BALICK MJ, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P128 BATABYAL AA, 1996, ECOL MODEL, V85, P219 BATABYAL AA, 1997, UNPUB ECOLOGICAL EC BATABYAL AA, 1998, UNPUB QUANTIFYING TR COMMON M, 1992, ECOL ECON, V6, P7 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P447 HOLLING CS, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC PERRINGS C, 1991, STRUCT CHANGE EC DYN, V2, P275 PERRINGS C, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC PERRINGS C, 1996, MODELS SUSTAINABLE D PETERS CM, 1989, NATURE, V339, P655 ROSS SM, 1993, INTRO PROBABILITY MO ROSS SM, 1996, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES SCHINDLER D, 1990, EARTH TRANSITION PAT SIMPSON D, 1996, ENV DEV EC, V1, P241 WOLFF RW, 1989, STOCHASTIC MODELING NR 17 TC 5 J9 J ENVIRON MANAGE BP 373 EP 378 PY 1998 PD APR VL 52 IS 4 GA ZU436 UT ISI:000074196800007 ER PT J AU Begossi, A Hanazaki, N Tamashiro, JY TI Medicinal plants in the Atlantic Forest (Brazil): Knowledge, use, and conservation SO HUMAN ECOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 UNICAMP, NEPAM, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil. UNICAMP, Dept Bot, Campinas, SP, Brazil. RP Begossi, A, UNICAMP, NEPAM, CP 6166, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil. AB This study focuses on knowledge of medicinal plants among the Caicaras (rural inhabitants of the Atlantic Forest coast, Brazil). In particular, we examine the use of medicinal plants according to sex and age to reveal general patterns of Caicara knowledge and use of plant resources. Data collected through 449 interviews at 12 Caicara communities (Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo coastal sites) include citations of 249 plants and identification of 227 species. We show the importance of introduced as opposed to native plants and of key individuals for the conservation of the Caicaras-Atlantic Forest. CR ALCORN JB, 1995, ETHNOBOTANY EVOLUTIO, P23 AMOROZO MCM, 1988, B MUSEU PARAENSE E B, V4, P47 ANDERSON EF, 1986, ECON BOT, V40, P442 ANKLI A, 1999, ECON BOT, V53, P144 BALICK MJ, 1996, PLANTS PEOPLE CULTUR BARRETT B, 1994, ECON BOT, V48, P8 BEGOSSI A, 1993, J ETHNOBIOL, V13, P233 BEGOSSI A, 1995, HUM ECOL, V23, P387 BEGOSSI A, 1996, ECON BOT, V50, P280 BEGOSSI A, 1998, LINKING ECOLOGICAL S, P129 BEGOSSI A, 1999, ENV DEV SUST, V1, P73 BEGOSSI A, 1999, HUMAN ECOLOGY REV, V6, P1 BENNETT BC, 2000, ECON BOT, V54, P90 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BOYD R, 1985, CULTURE EVOLUTIONARY CAPOBIANCO JP, 1994, MATA ATLANTICA IMPRE CHASTAN L, 1975, SAO PAULO LITORAL NO COE FG, 1996, ECON BOT, V50, P71 CORREA IFL, 1981, CONGADA ILHABELA FES DASILVA JMC, 2000, NATURE, V404, P72 DENNIS P, 1988, ECON BOT, V42, P16 DIEGUES ACS, 1994, MITO MODERNO NATUREZ ELISABETSKY E, 1994, PHARMACOL THERAPEUT, V64, P201 FERREIRA LC, 1996, 1 INT S LIF QUAL ENV FIGUEIREDO GM, 1993, HUMAN EOCLOGY, V21, P420 FIGUEIREDO GM, 1997, HUM ECOL, V25, P353 FRANCA A, 1954, B USP SAO PAULO, V178 FRIED SG, 2000, PEOPLE PLANTS JUSTIC, P203 GIRON LM, 1991, J ETHNOPHARMACOL, V34, P173 GODOY R, 1993, ECON BOT, V47, P220 HANAZAKI N, 1996, INTERCIENCIA, V21, P268 HANAZAKI N, 2000, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V9, P597 HOLLING CS, 1992, ECOL MONOGR, V62, P447 HVALKOF S, 2000, PEOPLE PLANTS JUSTIC, P83 JOHNSTON M, 1996, ECON BOT, V50, P182 JOLY CA, 1990, ATLANTIC RAIN FOREST KAINER KA, 1992, ECON BOT, V46, P408 KUCHLI C, 1997, FORESTS HOPE STORIES LAIRD S, 2000, PEOPLE PLANTS JUSTIC, P345 LAURANCE WF, 1997, TROPICAL FOREST REMN, P71 LIMA KCS, 1985, UBATUBA CANTOS PRAIA LUDWIG JA, 1988, STAT ECOLOGY MAGURRAN AE, 1988, ECOLOGICAL DIVERSITY MARCILIO ML, 1986, CIACARA TERRA POPULA MICHON G, 2000, PEOPLE PLANTS JUSTIC, P159 MILLIKEN W, 1997, ECON BOT, V51, P264 MOERMAN DE, 1996, J ETHNOPHARMACOL, V52, P1 MOMBERG F, 2000, PEOPLE PLANTS JUSTIC, P259 MORAN E, 1990, ECOLOGIA HUMANA POPU MUSSOLINI G, 1980, ENSAIOS ANTROPOLOGIA MYERS N, 2000, NATURE, V403, P853 NOHAN JM, 1999, HUM ORGAN, V58, P67 OLIVEIRA RR, 1994, CIENCIA HOJE, V18, P44 PAKE CV, 1987, J ETHNOBIOL, V7, P13 PERONI N, 2000, INTERCIENCIA, V25, P22 PHILLIPS O, 1994, CONSERV BIOL, V1, P296 PUTMAN RJ, 1984, PRINCIPLES ECOLOGY ROSSATO SV, 1999, ECON BOT, V53, P377 SCHLAGEL RH, 1999, MIND MACH, V9, P3 SEIXAS CS, 1998, CROSS BOUND 7 ANN C VOEKS RA, 1996, ECON BOT, V50, P381 WHISTLER WA, 1991, J ETHNOPHARMACOL, V31, P339 WILLEMS E, 1952, BUZIOS ISLAND ZAR JH, 1984, BIOSTATISTICAL ANAL NR 64 TC 2 J9 HUM ECOL BP 281 EP 299 PY 2002 PD SEP VL 30 IS 3 GA 578TA UT ISI:000177134000001 ER PT J AU Charles, AT TI Living with uncertainty in fisheries: analytical methods, management priorities and the Canadian groundfishery experience SO FISHERIES RESEARCH LA English DT Article C1 St Marys Univ, Dept Finance & Management Sci, Halifax, NS B3H 3C3, Canada. RP Charles, AT, St Marys Univ, Dept Finance & Management Sci, Halifax, NS B3H 3C3, Canada. AB Uncertainties in fisheries arise in three principal forms: random fluctuations, uncertainty in parameter estimates and states of nature, and structural uncertainty that reflects a basic lack of knowledge about the nature of the fishery system. The first two of these have been addressed quantitatively through a variety of analytical tools, reviewed briefly in this paper. On the other hand, structural uncertainty poses a greater challenge; having proven rather immune to analytical treatment, it appears to be best addressed through the design of fishery management itself, to ensure that such management is robust, adaptive and precautionary. The paper discusses the nature of these three management characteristics, and illustrates their importance through an analysis of Atlantic Canada's groundfish fishery and its collapse in the early 1990s. The groundfishery is also used as a case study for exploring the extent to which fishery institutions provide a framework for 'living with uncertainty'; specifically, an analysis is provided of fishery management and conservation institutions (notably the Fisheries Resource Conservation Council) that have been established in response to the groundfish collapse. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR 1994, INT WHALING COMMISSI, V44, P145 *DEP FISH OC, 1991, ATL GROUNDF MAN PLAN *FAO, 1995, 350 FAO 1 *FISH RES CONS COU, 1996, 1611997E FS FISH RES *FISH RES CONS COU, 1996, FRCC96TD3 *FISH RES CONS COU, 1997, 1998 CONSERVATION RE *FISH RES CONS COU, 1997, 233161997E GOV SERV *FISH RES CONS COU, 1997, FRCC97R2 ANDERSEN P, 1984, MARINE RESOURCE EC, V1, P117 ANGEL JR, 1994, WORKSH SCOT FUND GRO CHARLES AT, 1983, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V40, P2080 CHARLES AT, 1992, AM J MATH MANAGE SCI, V12, P191 CHARLES AT, 1994, ECOL ECON, V11, P201 CHARLES AT, 1995, DALHOUSIE LAW J, V18, P65 CHEN Y, 1995, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V52, P993 CLARK CW, 1979, ECONOMETRICA, V47, P25 CLARK CW, 1985, BIOECONOMIC MODELLIN CLARK CW, 1986, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V13, P235 CLARK CW, 1990, MATH BIOECONOMICS OP COLLIE JS, 1983, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V40, P1871 COLLIE JS, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P2665 CRIDDLE KR, 1996, N AM J FISH MANAGE, V16, P30 DERISO RB, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P268 DUDLEY N, 1980, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V7, P234 DUGAN JE, 1993, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V50, P2029 FISHER M, 1995, HDBK OPER R, V8, P1 FRANCIS RIC, 1992, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V49, P922 GARCIA SM, 1994, OCEAN COAST MANAGE, V22, P99 HIGHTOWER JE, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P982 HILBORN R, 1987, N AM J FISH MAN, V7, P1 HILBORN R, 1992, QUANTITATIVE FISHERI HOLLAND DS, 1996, MAR RESOURCE EC, V11, P157 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HUTCHINGS JA, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P2126 KIRKWOOD GP, 1992, INT WHALING COMMISSI, V42, P236 LANE DE, 1989, EUR J OPER RES, V42, P229 LEVIN SA, 1993, ECOL APPL, V3, P545 LUDWIG D, 1982, ECOL MODEL, V14, P273 LUDWIG D, 1989, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V46, P137 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 MANGEL M, 1985, DECISION CONTROL UNC OPALUCH JJ, 1984, MAR RES EC, V1, P105 POLACHECK T, 1990, NAT RESOUR MODEL, V4, P327 REED WJ, 1979, J ENVIRON ECON MANAG, V6, P350 RODRIGUES AG, 1990, OPERATIONS RES MANAG ROWLEY RJ, 1994, AQUAT CONSERV, V4, P233 SISSENWINE MP, 1984, MAR RES EC, V1, P1 SWARTZMAN GL, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P1053 TAGGART CT, 1994, ICES MAR SC, V198, P140 WALTERS CJ, 1996, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V6, P125 WALTERS CJ, 1976, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V33, P145 WALTERS CJ, 1978, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V9, P157 WALTERS CJ, 1981, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V38, P678 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT WALTERS CJ, 1996, REV FISH BIOL FISH, V6 NR 56 TC 5 J9 FISH RES BP 37 EP 50 PY 1998 PD AUG VL 37 IS 1-3 GA 127HL UT ISI:000076344800004 ER PT J AU Weaver, JL Paquet, PC Ruggiero, LF TI Resilience and conservation of large carnivores in the Rocky Mountains SO CONSERVATION BIOLOGY LA English DT Review C1 UNIV CALGARY,DEPT BIOL,CALGARY,AB T2N 1N4,CANADA. UNIV CALGARY,FAC ENVIRONM DESIGN,CALGARY,AB T2N 1N4,CANADA. US FOREST SERV,INTERMT RES STN,MISSOULA,MT 59812. RP Weaver, JL, NO ROCKIES CONSERVAT COOPERAT,BOX 8594,MISSOULA,MT 59807. AB Large carnivore evolved behaviors and life-history traits that conferred resilience to environmental disturbances at various temporal and spatial scales. We synthesize empirical information for each large carnivore species in the Rocky Mountains regarding three basic mechanisms of resilience at different bierarchical levels: (1) behavioral plasticity in foraging behavior that ameliorates flux in food availability, (2) demographic compensation that mitigates increased exploitation, and (3) dispersal that provides functional connectivity among fragmented populations. With their high annula productivity and dispersal capabilities. Wolves (Canis Lupus) possess resiliency to modest levels of human disturbance of habitat and populations. Congars (Puma concolor) appear to have slightly less resiliency because of more specific requirements for stalking habitat and lower biennial productivity. Grizzly bears (Ursus arctos horribilis) possess much less resiliency because of their need for quality forage in spring and fall, their low triennial productivity, and the strong philopatry of female offspring to maternal home ranges. Based upon limited information, wolverines (Gulo gulo) appear more susceptible to natural fluctuations in scavenging opportunities and may have lower lifetime productivity than even grizzly bears. By accelerating the rate and expanding the scope of disturbance, humans have undermined the resiliency mechanisms of large carnivores and have caused widespread declines. Both the resiliency profiles and the historical record attest to the need for some form of refugia for large carnivores. With their productivity and dispersal capability, wolves and cougars might respond adequately to refugia that are well distributed in several units across the landscape at distances scaled to successful dispersal (e.g., less than five home range diameters). With their lower productivity and dispersal capability, grizzly bears ans wolverines might fare better in a landscape dominated by larger or more contiguous refugia. Refugia must encompass the full array of seasonal habitats needed by large carnivores and should be connected to other refugia through landscape linkages. CR ACKERMAN BB, 1984, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V48, P147 ANDERSON AE, 1983, 54 COL DIV WILDL AUNE KE, 1994, INT C BEAR RES MANAG, V9, P451 AUNE KW, 1989, FINAL REPORT E FRONT BALLARD WB, 1983, CAN FIELD NAT, V97, P333 BALLARD WB, 1987, WILDLIFE MONOGRAPHS, V98 BANCI V, 1987, THESIS U BRITISH COL BANCI V, 1988, ANN ZOOL FENN, V25, P265 BANCI V, 1994, RM254 US FOR SERV RO, P99 BEIER P, 1993, CONSERV BIOL, V7, P94 BEIER P, 1995, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V59, P228 BLANCHARD BM, 1991, BIOL CONSERV, V58, P41 BLANCHARD BM, 1995, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V59, P560 BOERTJE RD, 1992, CAN J ZOOL, V70, P2441 BOYCE MS, 1995, POPULATION VIABILITY BOYD DK, 1994, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V58, P289 BOYD DK, 1996, ECOLOGY CONSERVATION, P135 BROWN JH, 1977, ECOLOGY, V58, P445 BUNNELL FL, 1981, DYNAMICS LARGE MAMMA, P75 CARBYN LN, 1974, WOLF PREDATION BEHAV CAUGHLEY G, 1994, J ANIM ECOL, V63, P215 COPELAND JP, 1996, BIOL WOLVERINE CENTR COWAN IM, 1947, CAN J RES, V25, P139 CRAIGHEAD JJ, 1982, MONOGRAPH U MONT FDN, V1 CRAIGHEAD JJ, 1995, GRIZZLY BEARS YELLOW DENBOER PJ, 1968, ACTA BIOTHEOR, V18, P165 DENSLOW JS, 1985, ECOLOGY NATURAL DIST, P307 DOOD A, 1986, FINAL PROGRAMMATIC E EBERHARDT LL, 1990, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V54, P587 EBERHARDT LL, 1994, CAN J ZOOL, V72, P360 FAHRIG L, 1988, ECOLOGICAL MODELLING, V43, P129 FRITTS SH, 1981, WILDLIFE MONOGRAPHS, V80 FRITTS SH, 1983, J MAMMAL, V64, P166 FULLER TK, 1989, WILDLIFE MONOGRAPHS, V105 FULLER TK, 1992, WILDLIFE SOC B, V20, P42 GARDNER CL, 1985, THESIS U ALASKA FAIR GARDNER CL, 1986, J MAMMAL, V67, P603 GARDNER CL, 1993, 7 NO FURB C WHIT YUK GASAWAY WC, 1983, WILDL MONOGR, V84 GESE EM, 1991, CAN J ZOOL, V69, P2946 GILPIN ME, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P19 GITTLEMAN JL, 1993, MAMMALS PREDATORS, P65 HAMER D, 1983, ECOLOGICAL STUDIES G HAMER D, 1985, STUDIES GRIZZLY BEAR HANSSON L, 1991, METAPOPULATION DYNAM, P89 HARRISON S, 1991, METAPOPULATION DYNAM, P73 HASH HS, 1987, WILD FURBEARER MANAG, P575 HATLER DF, 1989, B60 BRIT COL MIN ENV HAYES RD, 1995, THESIS S FRASER U VI HOAK JH, 1982, NW SCI, V56, P159 HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HORNOCKER MG, 1970, WILDL MONOGR, V21 HORNOCKER MG, 1981, CAN J ZOOL, V59, P1286 HUGGARD DJ, 1993, CAN J ZOOL, V71, P130 HUGGARD DJ, 1993, CAN J ZOOL, V71, P140 HUGGARD DJ, 1993, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V57, P382 JALKOTZY MG, 1992, WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT, V5 JOSHI NV, 1991, THEOR POPUL BIOL, V40, P211 KARR JR, 1985, ECOLOGY NATURAL DIST, P153 KASWORM WF, 1990, INT C BEAR RES MAN, V8, P79 KEITH LB, 1983, 45 CAN WILD SERV KNICK ST, 1989, WILDLIFE SOC B, V17, P11 KNICK ST, 1990, WILDLIFE MONOGRAPH, V108 KNIGHT RR, 1988, WILDLIFE SOC B, V16, P121 LAING SP, 1993, J MAMMAL, V74, P1056 LINDZEY FG, 1988, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V52, P664 LINDZEY FG, 1992, WILDLIFE SOC B, V20, P224 LINDZEY FG, 1994, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V58, P619 LINSTEDT SL, 1986, ECOLOGY, V67, P413 LISKOP KS, 1981, P WORLDW LION POP WY, P469 MACE RD, 1986, INT C BEAR RES MANAG, V6, P105 MAGOUN AJ, 1985, THESIS U ALASKA FAIR MARTINKA CJ, 1974, J MAMMAL, V55, P21 MATTSON DJ, 1987, INT C BEAR RES MANAG, V7, P259 MATTSON DJ, 1990, INT C BEAR RES MANAG, V8, P33 MATTSON DJ, 1991, CAN J ZOOL, V69, P1619 MATTSON DJ, 1992, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V56, P432 MCE RD, 1996, IN PRESS J APPL ECOL MCLELLAN BN, 1988, J APPL ECOL, V25, P451 MCLELLAN BN, 1989, CAN J ZOOL, V67, P1856 MCLELLAN BN, 1989, CAN J ZOOL, V67, P1861 MCLELLAN BN, 1989, CAN J ZOOL, V67, P1865 MCLELLAN BN, 1994, INT C BEAR RES MAN M, V3, P15 MEALEY SP, 1975, THESIS MONTANA STATE MECH LD, 1987, MAMMALIAN DISPERSAL, P55 MECH LD, 1988, J MAMMAL, V69, P197 MECH LD, 1988, WILDLIFE SOC B, V16, P85 MECH LD, 1991, WAY WOLF MECH LD, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P270 MLADENOFF DJ, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P279 MURPHY KM, 1983, THESIS U MONTANA NAGY JA, 1990, WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT, V2 NEWBY FE, 1964, J MAMMAL, V45, P485 ONEILL RV, 1986, MONOGRAPHS POPULATIO, V23 PAQUET PC, 1993, SUMMARY REFERENCE DO PAQUET PC, 1995, LARGE CARNIVORE CONS PETERSON RO, 1984, WILDLIFE MONOGRAPHS, V88 PICKETT STA, 1985, ECOLOGY NATURAL DIST, P3 PICKETT STA, 1989, OIKOS, V54, P129 PULLIAM HR, 1991, AM NAT, V137, S50 QUIGLEY HB, 1989, P 3 MOUNT LION WORKS, P54 RAINE RM, 1991, GRIZZLY BEAR RES YOH RAUSCH RA, 1972, J WILDLIFE MGMT, V36, P249 REAM RR, 1991, GREATER YELLOWSTONE, P349 RILEY SJ, 1994, INT C BEAR RES MANAG, V9, P567 ROGERS LL, 1987, MAMMALIAN DISPERSAL, P75 ROGERS LL, 1987, WILDLIFE MONOGRAPHS, V97 ROSS PI, 1992, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V56, P417 RUSSELL RH, 1979, STUDY GRIZZLY BEAR J SANDELL M, 1989, CARNIVORE BEHAV ECOL, P164 SCHMIDT KP, 1985, EVALUATION WOLF UNGU SEIDENSTICKER JC, 1973, WILDLIFE MONOGRAPHS, V35 SHIELDS WM, 1987, MAMMALIAN DISPERSAL, P3 SPALDING DJ, 1971, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V35, P378 SPREADBURY B, 1988, THESIS U CALGARY CAL STRINGHAM SF, 1990, INT C BEAR RES MANAG, V8, P433 THURBER JM, 1994, WILDLIFE SOC B, V22, P61 TURNER MG, 1989, OIKOS, V55, P121 TURNER MG, 1993, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V8, P213 VANDYKE FG, 1986, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V50, P95 WEAVER JL, 1986, N AM WILDLIFE NATURA, V52, P364 WEAVER JL, 1993, 43035320598 US FOR S WEAVER JL, 1994, THESIS U MONTANA MIS WIELGUS RB, 1986, THESIS U IDAHO MOSCO WIELGUS RB, 1994, BIOL CONSERV, V67, P161 WILLIAMS JS, 1995, INTERMOUNTAIN J SCI, V1, P16 NR 126 TC 35 J9 CONSERV BIOL BP 964 EP 976 PY 1996 PD AUG VL 10 IS 4 GA VC103 UT ISI:A1996VC10300014 ER PT J AU Daniels, RJR Vencatesan, J TI Ecosystem flips in cultural landscapes: The case of Kolli Hills SO CURRENT SCIENCE LA English DT Article C1 Res Fdn, Madras 600113, Tamil Nadu, India. RP Daniels, RJR, Res Fdn, 3rd Cross,Taramani Institut Area, Madras 600113, Tamil Nadu, India. CR BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 DANIELS RJR, UNPUB DANIELS RJR, 1998, COBRA, V31, P1 DANIELS RJR, 1998, IN PRESS NEWSLETTER GADGIL M, 1992, FISSURED LAND, P274 JAYANTHI M, 1996, PLANT TALK, V5, P27 KELLERT SR, 1993, BIOPHILIA HYPOTHESIS, P484 MENON A, 1996, EC POLITICAL WE 1026, P2854 POSSEY DE, 1998, IN PRESS CULTURAL SP SARAVANAN V, 1997, REV DEV CHANGE, V2, P157 NR 10 TC 0 J9 CURR SCI BP 353 EP 355 PY 1998 PD AUG 25 VL 75 IS 4 GA 124RK UT ISI:000076195500013 ER PT J AU Huitric, M Folke, C Kautsky, N TI Development and government policies of the shrimp farming industry in Thailand in relation to mangrove ecosystems SO ECOLOGICAL ECONOMICS LA English DT Article C1 Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. Royal Swedish Acad Sci, Int Inst Ecol Econ, Beijer Inst, S-10405 Stockholm, Sweden. RP Huitric, M, Stockholm Univ, Dept Syst Ecol, S-10691 Stockholm, Sweden. AB Intensive shrimp farming arrived in Thailand during the 1980s and developed virtually unregulated until 1987. Subsidised by the government, it quickly became an important export industry and Thailand has been the world's largest producer of tiger shrimp since 1991. However, the development of the shrimp farming industry in Thailand over the last 20 years in relation to its use of mangrove ecosystems is an example of sequential exploitation of natural resources witnessed through the shift in farm development from one region to another. This sequential exploitation has caused widespread degradation of mangrove ecosystems, and the benefits of the industry may be less than perceived as a result of subsidies and environmental and social impacts. This study follows the development of shrimp farming in Thailand from the 1940s to 1997 and studies national legislation and associated government policy as examples of driving forces behind this development, From our findings it appears that the development of legislation has not followed the same pace as the development of the industry, neither temporally, nor in content nor implementation, and contradictory policies have arisen. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR *DEP FISH, 1995, STAT SHRIMP CULT YEA *DEP FISH, 1996, STAT SHRIMP CULT YEA *DEP FISH, 1997, 10 NAT MANGR EC SEM *DEP FISH, 1997, FISH STAT INF 1 1997 *FAO, 2000, FISHSTAT PLUS UN SOF *MIDAS, 1995, AGR PREINV STUD COAS *NAT STAT OFF, 1984, STAT YB THAIL, V33 *ROYAL FOR DEP, 1997, 10 NAT MANGR EC SEM *UNCSD, 1997, SHRIMP TRIB ONL ADGER N, 1997, 3 EUR BIANN C U AMST AHMED F, 1997, DEFENCE LAND LIVELIH ANDERSSON T, 1995, TRADING ENV ECOLOGY, P140 BAILEY C, 1988, OCEAN SHORELINE MANA, V11, P31 BARBIER EB, 1994, LAND ECON, V70, P155 BERKES F, 1998, MANAGEMENT PRACTICES, P459 BEVERIDGE MCM, 1994, AMBIO, V23, P497 CHARNSOH P, 1997, 10 NAT MANGR EC SEM CLARIDGE G, 1996, INT LAW I WORKSH LEG COSTANZA R, 1987, BIOSCIENCE, V37, P407 COSTANZA R, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P37 COXHEAD I, 1998, TDRI Q REV, V13, P15 DAILY GC, 1997, SOCIETAL DEPENDENCE, P392 DEGROOT RS, 1992, FUNCTIONS NATURE EVA, P315 DIERBERG FE, 1996, ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P649 EGGERTSSON T, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE ECOLOG, P157 ENRIGHT J, 1995, COASTAL MANAGEME MAR, P24 FLAHERTY M, 1995, ENVIRON MANAGE, V19, P27 FLAHERTY M, 1999, WORLD DEV, V27, P2045 FLAHERTY M, 2000, AMBIO, V29, P174 FOLKE C, 1998, PROBLEM ECOSYSTEMS I GOSS J, 1997, 3 WORLD RESURGENCE, V84, P2 GOSS J, 2000, WORLD DEV, V28, P513 GRIMA APL, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO, P33 GUJJA B, 1996, ENVIRONMENT, V38, P12 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HAMBREY J, 1996, CAM 96 FOR INT AUG 1 HAMBREY J, 1996, MANGROVE QUESTIONS A HANNA SS, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE ECOLOG, P298 HOLLING CS, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P328 HUITRIC M, 1998, THESIS STOCKHOLM U S, P51 KAIMOWITZ D, 1998, EC MODELS TROPICAL D, P153 KAMLANGEK A, 1996, S SIGN MANGR EC COAS KAUTSKY N, 2000, AQUACULTURE, V191, P145 KONGKEO H, 1995, INFOFISH INT, V1, P25 LAVALLEE MP, 1995, TED CASE STUDIES THA LIN K, 1995, SWIMMING TROUBLED WA LOPEZ R, 1996, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V1, P289 LUDWIG D, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P17 MENASVETA P, 1995, THAI J AQUATIC SCI, V2, P45 MENASVETA P, 1996, THAI J AQUATIC SCI, V2, P72 MENASVETA P, 1997, AQUACULTURE ASIA, V2, P38 MILLER P, 1999, AQUACULTURE ASIA, V4, P27 MYERS N, 1998, PERVERSE SUBSIDIES T, P229 NAYLOR R, 1998, ENVIRON DEV ECON, V3, P471 NAYLOR RL, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P883 NAYLOR RL, 2000, NATURE, V405, P1017 OGDEN JC, 1997, LIFE DEATH CORAL REE, P288 PATMASIRIWAT D, 1997, TDRI SEM ENV SENS SE PATMASIRIWAT D, 1998, 19 CREED PINKERTON E, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 PONGVUTITHAM A, 1998, NATION 0205 PRIMAVERA JH, 1997, AQUAC RES, V28, P815 PRIMAVERA JH, 1998, TROPICAL MARICULTURE, P257 PRITCHARD L, 2000, ECOSYSTEMS, V3, P36 QUARTO A, 1992, CULTURAL SURVIVA WIN, P12 RIDMONTRI C, 1996, BANGKOK POST 1228 RIDMONTRI C, 1997, BANGKOK POST 0606 RIDMONTRI C, 1997, BANGKOK POST 0928 RONNBACK P, 1999, ECOL ECON, V29, P235 ROODMAN DM, 1996, 133 WORLDW I, P80 ROSENBERRY B, 1997, WORLD SHRIMP FARMING, P284 ROSENBERRY B, 1998, WORLD SHRIMP FARMING, P328 ROSENBERRY B, 1999, WORLD SHRIMP FARMING RUITENBEEK HJ, 1994, ECOL ECON, V10, P233 RUYABHORN P, 1988, AMBIO, V17, P229 SATHIRATHAI S, 1998, EC ENV PROGRAM SE AS SHIVA V, 1995, 3 WORLD RESURGENCE, V59, P22 SINGH HR, 1994, P 3 AS AUSTR S LIV C STEVENSON NJ, 1997, COAST MANAGE, V25, P425 TASNEEYANOND P, 1991, LEGAL I ISSUES AFFEC THONGRAK S, 1997, AGR SYST, V53, P121 TOOKWINAS S, 1996, ANN C EXP WORLD AQ S TURNER K, 1991, AMBIO, V20, P59 VONPOST C, 1997, THESIS STOCKHOLM U S NR 84 TC 1 J9 ECOL ECON BP 441 EP 455 PY 2002 PD MAR VL 40 IS 3 GA 549WC UT ISI:000175468900012 ER PT J AU Pahl-Wostl, C TI Transitions towards adaptive management of water facing climate and global change SO WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Univ Osnabruck, Inst Environm Syst Res, D-49069 Osnabruck, Germany. RP Pahl-Wostl, C, Univ Osnabruck, Inst Environm Syst Res, Barbarastr 12, D-49069 Osnabruck, Germany. AB Water management is facing major challenges due to increasing uncertainties caused by climate and global change and by fast changing socio-economic boundary conditions. More attention has to be devoted to understanding and managing the transition from current management regimes to more adaptive regimes that take into account environmental, technological, economic, institutional and cultural characteristics of river basins. This implies a paradigm shift in water management from a prediction and control to a management as learning approach. The change towards adaptive management could be defined as "learning to manage by managing to learn". Such change aims at increasing the adaptive capacity of river basins at different scales. The paper identifies major challenges for research and practice how to understand a transition in water management regimes. A conceptual framework is introduced how to characterize water management regimes and the dynamics of transition processes. The European project NeWater project is presented as one approach where new scientific methods and practical tools are developed for the participatory assessment and implementation of adaptive water management. CR *GWSP FRAM COMM, 2004, IN PRESS GLOB WAT SY BANDURA A, 1977, SOCIAL LEARNING THEO BERKES F, 2003, NAVIGATING SOCIAL EC, V1, P1 BORMANN BT, 1994, PNWGTR341 USDA FOR S BOUWEN R, 2004, J COMMUNITY APPL SOC, V14, P137 CHECKLAND P, 1999, SOFT SYSTEMS METHODO CRAPSE M, 2003, SOCIAL LEARNING RIVE DYSON M, FLOW ESSENTIALS ENV, R14 FOLKE C, 2002, AMBIO, V31, P437 FOLKE C, 2005, ANNU REV ENV RESOUR, V30, P33 GALAZ VR, 2005, 1 RES FRESHW IN SWED GEELS FW, 2002, RES POLICY, V31, P1257 GLEICK PH, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P524 GUNDERSON LH, 1999, CONSERV ECOL, V3, P1 HARTVIGSEN G, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P427 HOLLING CS, 1978, ADAPTIVE ENV ASSESSM HUBERMAN BA, 1988, ECOLOGY COMPUTATION HUITEMA D, 2005, NEWATER REPORT SERIE, V7 KIKER CF, 2001, ECOL ECON, V37, P403 LEE MW, 1999, ADV OCCUP ERGO SAF, V3, P3 LEVIN SA, 1998, ECOSYSTEMS, V1, P431 MOBERG F, 2005, 3 SIWI PAHLWOSTL C, IN PRESS ENV MODELIN PAHLWOSTL C, 1995, DYNAMIC NATURE ECOSY PAHLWOSTL C, 2002, AQUAT SCI, V64, P394 PAHLWOSTL C, 2004, J COMMUNITY APPL SOC, V14, P193 PAHLWOSTL C, 2004, NEWATER REPORT SERIE, V1 PAHLWOSTL C, 2006, ECOL SOC, V11, P10 RICHTER BD, 2003, ECOL APPL, V13, P206 ROTMANS J, 2001, FORESIGHT, P15 SENGE P, 1990, 5 DISCIPLINE TILLMAN DE, 2005, HYDROINFORMATICS, V7 TIMMERMAN JG, 2003, ROLE USE ENV INFORM VOROSMARTY CJ, 2004, EOS T AGU, V85, P513 WALKER BH, 2002, CONSERV ECOL, V6, P1 WALTERS CJ, 1986, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT NR 36 TC 0 J9 WATER RESOUR MANAG BP 49 EP 62 PY 2007 PD JAN VL 21 IS 1 GA 121FB UT ISI:000243142400005 ER PT J AU Horwitz, P Lindsay, M OConnor, M TI Biodiversity, endemism, sense of place, and public health: Inter-relationships for Australian inland aquatic systems SO ECOSYSTEM HEALTH LA English DT Article C1 Edith Cowan Univ, Consortium Hlth & Ecol, Joondalup 6027, Australia. Dept Hlth, Mosquito Borne Dis Control, Perth, WA, Australia. Edith Cowan Univ, Sch Psychol, Joondalup 6027, Australia. RP Horwitz, P, Edith Cowan Univ, Consortium Hlth & Ecol, 100 Joondalup Dr, Joondalup 6027, Australia. AB Natural resource managers have articulated "health" narrowly and vaguely as the condition of the biophysical environment. It is too tempting for natural resource managers to take data generated from rapid assessment techniques of biophysical condition (like species richness) as surrogates for "biodiversity." This paper takes the view that these common applications of the terms "health" and "biodiversity" obscure a meaningful search for the relationships between biodiversity, human health, and the socioeconomic well-being of human communities. Using examples of landscapes and inland waters in Australia, we argue that the biodiversity of inland waters and human health are linked in at least two ways, Biodiversity, and its endemic features, contribute to a person's attachment to a particular place and become part of a person's identity. Loss, destruction, or change in a location has the potential to affect an individual's psychological well-being, and challenge a community's identity and image of itself. Any inland waterway also has the potential to harbor biota that can directly affect the health of humans. We are exposed to this biota when we develop locations inappropriately, when we (mis)treat inland waters, or as a by-product of other land and water developments. Our health may be compromised by attempts to control this biota. And our perceptions of a place may change dramatically according to the presence of these and other organisms, or according to our efforts at their control, as illustrated by cases involving wetlands, mosquitoes, and arboviruses. We conclude by arguing that the health of inland aquatic systems will be best articulated by intertwining biodiversity, endemism, perception of place, environmental (landscape) degradation, disease-causing organisms, and management of the aquatic resource. The health sector and natural resource management agencies are encouraged to recognize the synergies between these issues in their policies and practices. CR *EV AUSTR, 2000, BIOD RES AUSTR PRIOR *GOV W AUSTR, 2000, SAL STRAT ADGER WN, 2000, PROG HUM GEOG, V24, P347 BOOTH N, 2000, OCCUP ENVIRON MED, V57, P642 BOS R, 1999, WATER RESOURCES HLTH, P31 BREAKWELL GM, 1986, COPING THREATENED ID BROOM AK, 1995, AM J TROP MED, V53, P95 BROWN BB, 1992, PLACE ATTACHMENT, P279 CANTER DV, 1977, PSYCHOL PLACE CHAVIS DM, 1990, AM J COMMUN PSYCHOL, V18, P55 COCHINOV HM, 1996, AM J PSYCHIAT, V152, P1185 CROSSLEY ML, 2001, TURNS ROAD NARRATIVE, P279 CUBA L, 1993, SOCIOL QUART, V34, P111 DIXON J, 2000, BRIT J SOC PSYCHOL 1, V39, P27 EWAN CE, 1999, WATER RESOURCES HLTH, P64 FRIED M, 2000, J ENVIRON PSYCHOL, V20, P193 FROST FM, 1999, WHERE COMMUNITY COUN, P304 GOLDNEY DC, 2001, NATURE CONSERVATION, V5, P219 GUBA EG, 1990, PARADIGM DIALOG HALES S, 1999, ENVIRON HEALTH PERSP, V107, P99 HARRINGTON S, 1998, B MOSQUITO CONTROL S, V10, P70 HOBSBAUM E, 1993, HOME PLACE WORLD, P7 KARP DG, 1996, ENVIRON BEHAV, V28, P111 KARR JR, 1999, RESTORING LIFE RUNNI KARR JR, 2000, ECOLOGICAL INTEGRITY, P209 KORPELA K, 1996, J ENVIRON PSYCHOL, V16, P221 KORPELA KM, 1991, HLTH ENV KORPELA KM, 1992, J ENVIRON PSYCHOL, V12, P249 LIEPINS R, 2000, J RURAL STUD, V16, P23 LIFTON RJ, 1976, PSYCHIATRY, V39, P1 LINDSAY M, 1997, ARBOVIRUS RES AUST, V7, P147 LINDSAY MD, 1993, HLTH GREENHOUSE, P85 LINDSAY MD, 2001, AUSTR I ENV HLTH 28 LINDSAY MDA, 1993, AM J TROP MED, V49, P686 MACKENZIE JS, 1994, ARCH VIROL, V136, P447 MACKENZIE JS, 1999, WATER RESOURCES HLTH, P108 MACKENZIE JS, 2000, APPL SEASONAL CLIMAT, P429 MAGEAU MT, 1995, ECOSYST HEALTH, V1, P201 MANZO LC, 2001, ANN C URB AFF ASS DE MARIYANASQUIRE E, 1999, CAPITALISM NATURE SO, V40, P97 MASSEY D, 1994, SPACE PLACE GENDER MAZUMDAR S, 2000, J ENVIRON PSYCHOL, V20, P319 MCAULEY WJ, 1998, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V53, P35 MILLER P, 2000, ECOLOGICAL INTEGRITY, P3 MILNE G, 1977, AUSTR PSYCHOL, V12, P39 MOORE J, 2000, J ENVIRON PSYCHOL, V20, P207 MUHAR A, 2001, NATURE CONSERVATION, V5, P448 NELLER AH, 2000, ECOSYST HEALTH, V6, P85 NICKOLL R, 2001, NATURE CONSERVATION, V5, P557 NORRIS RH, 1999, FRESHWATER BIOL, V41, P197 OBYRNE M, 2001, NATURE CONSERVATION, V5, P456 PARKES M, 2001, ECOSYST HEALTH, V7, P85 PATON D, 1996, PSYCHOL ASPECTS DISA, P255 PERKINS DD, IN PRESS STRENGTHS B PRETTY GH, 1994, J COMMUNITY PSYCHOL, V24, P346 PRETTY J, 2000, PARTICIPATION SOCIAL PREZZA M, 1998, J COMMUNITY APPL SOC, V8, P181 PROSHANSKY H, 1987, J ENVIRON PSYCHOL, V3, P57 RAPPORT DJ, 1998, ENVIRON MONIT ASSESS, V49, P169 RAPPORT DJ, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P397 ROBERTSON M, 2000, ECOSYST HEALTH, V6, P119 ROLING N, 1996, EUROPEAN J AGR ED EX, V2, P35 ROWLES GD, 1983, J ENVIRON PSYCHOL, V3, P299 RUSSELL RC, 1998, J VECTOR ECOL, V23, P1 RUSSELL RC, 1999, ECOL ENG, V12, P107 RUSSELL RC, 2002, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V47, P1 RYAN PA, 2001, ARBOVIRUS RES AUSTR, V8, P331 SCHEIDT RJ, 1999, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V48, P1 SCHULTZ PW, 2001, J SOC ISSUES, V56, P302 SHRAPNEL M, 2001, NATURE CONSERVATION, V5, P606 STEEL GD, 2000, ENVIRON BEHAV, V32, P796 STOKALS D, 1981, COGNITION SOC BEHAV, P57 STOKOLS D, 1990, AM PSYCHOL, V45, P641 TAIT JTP, 2000, ECOSYST HEALTH, V6, P149 TWIGGERROSS CL, 1996, J ENVIRON PSYCHOL, V16, P205 VANHAAFTEN EH, 1999, SOC PSYCH PSYCH EPID, V34, P376 VITEK W, 1996, ROOTED LAND ESSAYS C WARDLAW J, 2001, MULLEWA RURAL PLAN R WEBBER L, 2001, NATURE CONSERVATION, V5, P612 WILLIAMS DR, 1992, LEISURE SCI, V14, P29 YEN AL, 1993, PERSPECTIVES INSECT, P213 YEN AL, 1998, BACKYARD BUG WATCHIN, V18, P18 NR 82 TC 2 J9 ECOSYST HEALTH BP 253 EP 265 PY 2001 PD DEC VL 7 IS 4 GA 560KP UT ISI:000176081500009 ER PT J AU Emmelin, L TI Professional culture in the Nordic environmental administrations and some current issues in environmental policy SO TIDSSKRIFT FOR SAMFUNNSFORSKNING LA Norwegian DT Article C1 Hogskolan, Inst Fysisk Planering, Karlskrona, Sweden. RP Emmelin, L, Hogskolan, Inst Fysisk Planering, Karlskrona, Sweden. AB Organisational and professional culture can be expected to play an important role in the implementation of environmental policy. The increased importance placed on integration of environmental concerns within sectoral administrations makes the possible discourse coalitions between the environmental core administrations and sectors an interesting development. An empirical study of attitudes, knowledge and thought styles in Nordic environmental administrations, as well as in some sector administrations at central and regional level, was carried out. Based on the results of this study the problems of integration and the possibility of emerging discourse coalitions are discussed. The problem of consensus over vague concepts such as sustainable development is also discussed. CR *NAT, 1999, 506 NAT *RIKSR, 1996, 199629 RRV AASETRE J, 1997, 397 SMU NTNU BECK U, 1992, RISK SOC NEW MODERNI BECKMAN S, 1992, LIVSSTIL MILJO VAG M BOVERKET, 1996, BOKEN MKB BROKKING P, 1997, 973 KFB DOUGLAS M, 1987, I THINK ELLING B, 1993, NORDISKE TEMAER MILJ, P18 EMMELIN L, 1972, AMBIO, V4, P135 EMMELIN L, 1983, 13 NAT MILJ EMMELIN L, 1983, 9 NAT MILJ EMMELIN L, 1993, VIEWS NATURE, P2144 EMMELIN L, 1997, SAMSPELET MARK VATTE, P50 EMMELIN L, 1998, SCAND HOUS PLAN RES, V15, P129 EMMELIN L, 1998, SCAND HOUS PLAN RES, V15, P187 EMMELIN L, 1999, NIBRS PLUSS SERIES, V599 FRANGSMYR T, 1980, FRAMSTEG ELLER FORFA HAJER MA, 1992, ACHIEVING ENV GOALS HAJER MA, 1993, ARGUMENTATIVE TURN P, P43 HAJER MA, 1995, POLITICS ENV DISCOUR HJERN B, 1993, PLANERA BARKRAFTIG U, P177 HOLDGATE M, 1996, AMBIO, V25, P409 HOLLING CS, 1986, SUSTAINABLE DEV BIOS, V1, P1 JANSEN AI, 1989, MAKT MILJO UTFORMING KLEVEN T, 2000, TIDSSKRIFT SAMFUNNSF, V3, P460 LASH S, 1996, RISK ENV MODERNITY T LUNDGREN L, 1974, 30 BIBL HIST LUND LUNDGREN LJ, 2000, KNOWING DOING KNOWLE LUNDQVIST LJ, 1996, GOVERNING ENV POLITI LUNDQVIST LJ, 1997, 971 FORSKN MULDERS A, 1999, NORDIC ENV COMP POLI, P67 NENSETH V, 1996, 199610 NIBR NENSETH V, 1998, KNOWLEDGE PLURALISM ODUM EP, 1959, FUNDAMENTALS ECOLOGY PETERSSON O, 1995, NORDISK POLITIK PRESSMAN JL, 1973, IMPLEMENTATION ROTHSTEIN B, 1985, SCANDINAVIAN POLITIC, V3 SAGER T, 1990, COMMUNICATE CALCULAT SAGER T, 1995, ENVIRON IMPACT ASSES, V15, P377 THOMPSON M, 1990, CULTURAL THEORY TORNEBOHM H, 1983, STUDIER KUNSKAPSUTVE WYNNE B, 1996, MAY SHEEP SAFELY GRA NR 43 TC 0 J9 TIDSSKR SAMFUNNSFOR BP 486 EP 515 PY 2000 VL 41 IS 3 GA 359KP UT ISI:000089610300009 ER PT J AU Moss, MR Milne, RJ TI Biophysical processes and bioregional planning: The Niagara Escarpment of Southern Ontario, Canada SO LANDSCAPE AND URBAN PLANNING LA English DT Article C1 Univ Guelph, Dept Geog, Guelph, ON N1G 2W1, Canada. Wilfrid Laurier Univ, Dept Geog, Waterloo, ON N2L 3C5, Canada. RP Moss, MR, Univ Guelph, Dept Geog, Guelph, ON N1G 2W1, Canada. AB The Niagara Escarpment is the dominant landscape feature of Southern Ontario and has been designated a UNESCO World Biosphere Reserve. As with many such natural features, the resource planning acid management strategies developed tend to be based upon the present-day situation rather than upon a recognition of the changing and evolving nature of the feature, To develop strategies incorporating change demands that a knowledge be gained of the processes operating in those components of the ecosystems in which measurable activity will take place within a planning framework; that is a timescale of several decades. In this particular case, the context is natural resource planning for the scarp face itself. The critical system elements are those related to earth surface processes, forest ecosystem dynamics, and in particular, their interrelationships. Different planning objectives require information at differing spatial scales. Yet these objectives must be related, whether they are local site-specific issues, or are related to the maintenance of the biodiversity of the whole 725 km of the Escarpment. One way to achieve these goals is to establish a hierarchical system of spatially nested land units. These units, however, must be based on the underlying biophysical processes responsible for the dynamics in any one of these spatially determined frameworks. In this case, the underlying biophysical processes relating to geomorphology and forest ecosystem dynamics are found to be influenced by one of three dominant slope forms. The recurrence of these slope forms throughout the Escarpment then permits 9 distinct regional land units to be identified. Within these units, site-specific analysis examines earth surface/forest interactions and change. Subsequently, from these site specific analyses data are accumulated to develop a more general model of earth surface/forest ecosystem interaction for the Escarpment as a whole, (C) 1998 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR *NEC, 1979, PROP PLAN NIAG ESC *OMEE, 1994, NIAG ESC PLAN *OMNR, 1976, SIGN NAT AR NIAG ESC BAKER WL, 1992, LANDSCAPE ECOL, V7, P181 BUECHNER M, 1992, ENVIRON MANAGE, V16, P799 CATTELINO PJ, 1979, ENVIRON MANAGE, V3, P41 CONNELL JH, 1977, AM NAT, V111, P1119 DRURY WH, 1971, GEN SYST, V16, P57 DRURY WH, 1973, J ARNOLD ARBOR HARV, V54, P331 EGLER FE, 1954, VEGETATIO, V4, P412 FAHEY BD, 1984, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V16, P291 FAHEY BD, 1988, EARTH SURF PROCESSES, V13, P293 HOBBS RJ, 1992, CONSERV BIOL, V6, P324 LOUCKS OL, 1970, AM ZOOL, V10, P17 MAY RM, 1977, NATURE, V269, P471 MILNE RJ, 1982, THESIS U GUELPH GUEL MILNE RJ, 1988, LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY MA, P129 MILNE RJ, 1995, LEADING EDGE 94, P261 MILNE RJ, 1996, LEADING EDGE 95, P189 MOSS MR, 1978, GEOGRAFISKA ANN A, V60, P161 MOSS MR, 1980, GEROGR PHYS QUATERN, V24, P95 MOSS MR, 1983, GEOJOURNAL, V7, P145 MOSS MR, 1985, J ENVIRON MANAGE, V20, P295 MOSS MR, 1995, BIOPHYSICAL PROCESSE PARKER KC, 1996, PHYS GEOGR, V17, P113 PICKETT STA, 1980, B TORREY BOT CLUB, V107, P238 PLUHAR A, 1979, Z GEOMORPHOL, V14, P392 PRUDOM G, 1996, THESIS U GUELPH GUEL REICE SR, 1994, AM SCI, V82, P424 SCHONEWALDCOX C, 1992, ENVIRON MANAGE, V16, P273 SPRUGEL DG, 1991, BIOL CONSERV, V58, P1 STRAW A, 1966, GEOGRAPHICAL B, V8, P369 STRAW A, 1968, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V79, P889 TINKLER KJ, 1992, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V46, P195 TOVELL WM, 1992, GUIDE GEOLOGY NIAGAR VANHULST R, 1978, VEGETATIO, V38, P65 VEBLEN TT, 1980, J ECOL, V68, P1 NR 37 TC 2 J9 LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN BP 251 EP 268 PY 1998 PD MAY 1 VL 40 IS 4 GA ZZ923 UT ISI:000074783000002 ER PT J AU Castillo, A Magana, A Pujadas, A Martinez, L Godinez, C TI Understanding the interaction of rural people with ecosystems: A case study in a tropical dry forest of mexico SO ECOSYSTEMS LA English DT Article C1 Univ Nacl Autonoma Mexico, Ctr Invest Ecosistemas, Morelia 58090, Michoacan, Mexico. RP Castillo, A, Univ Nacl Autonoma Mexico, Ctr Invest Ecosistemas, Apartado Postal 27-3 Santa Maria Guido, Morelia 58090, Michoacan, Mexico. AB The aim of this study was to help understand the interaction of rural people with tropical dry forests. It was based on social research conducted in the Chamela-Cuixmala region, on the Pacific coast of Mexico. The analytical tools used in the study included stakeholder identification, environmental history and social perceptions. The two main social groups in the study were ejidatarios, who own most of the territory, and avecindados, who possess no land but have high population numbers. Through an interpretative methodological approach we documented the vision and meaning that rural people give to their natural and social worlds. The agricultural development model promoted by the Mexican government for decades was identified as the main driver of ecosystem transformation. Rural people, who arrived recently in the region, were proud of the pasture-lands that were transformed from tropical forests. Conservation policies implemented during the last two decades were viewed as impositions although people recognized the value of services provided by ecosystems. This case study has helped to unravel the main dimensions of the human system and how it relates to structures of signification. The social panorama unveiled can be used as an initial basis to promote further research on the social-ecological system of the Chamela-Cuixmala region and to develop future participatory management schemes. CR *C CONST, 2004, CONST POL EST UN MEX *INEGI, 2001, PRINC RES LOC *SEMADES, 1999, ORD EC REG COST EST ALCORN JB, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, P216 ARIZPE L, 1993, CULTURA CAMBIO GLOBA BATISSE M, 1982, ENVIRON CONSERV, V9, P101 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BROWN K, 2003, FRONT ECOL ENVIRON, V1, P479 BURGOS A, 2004, AGROECOSYSTEMS, V19, P475 CEBALLOS G, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P1349 CEBALLOS G, 1999, PROGRAMA MANEJO RESE CHALLENGER A, 1998, UTILIZACION CONSERVA DACHARY AC, 2001, DESARROLLO SUSTENTAB, P43 DAILY GC, 1997, NATURES SERVICES SOC DEITA C, 1983, THESIS U NACL AUTONO, P87 DENZIN NK, 2000, HDB QUALITATIVE RES, P1 DESCOLA P, 2002, NATURE SOC ANTHR PER ENDTERWADA J, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P891 ESTEVA J, 2002, ENCUENTROS, V2, P36 FONTANA A, 2000, HDB QUALITATIVE RES, P645 GENTRY AH, 1995, SEASONALLY DRY TROPI, P146 GEREZ FP, 1998, APRENDIZAJE ESTRATEG GODINEZ C, 2003, THESIS U NACL AUTONO, P117 GRIMBLE R, 1995, NATURAL RESOURCES FO, V19, P113 GUNDERSON LH, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, V1, P1 HOLLING CS, 1995, BARRIERS BRIDGES REN, P3 HOLLING CS, 1998, CONSERV ECOL, V2, P1 LARA G, 1996, HIST MIS ABUELOS MEX LAZOS E, 2000, MIRADAS INDIGENAS NA MAASS JM, 1994, CHAMELA WATERSHED PR MAASS JM, 1995, SEASONALLY DRY TROPI, P399 MAASS JM, 2002, HIST NATURAL CHAMELA, P525 MAGANA MA, 2003, THESIS U MICHOACANA, P217 MARTINEZ L, 2003, THESIS MICHOACANA SA, P174 MURPHY PG, 1995, SEASONALLY DRY TROPI, P934 NOGUERA FA, 2002, HIST NATURAL CHAMELA, R15 ONEILL RV, 2001, ECOLOGY, V82, P3275 ORTEGA AT, 1995, REV U GUADALAJAR ABR, P41 PACE ML, 1998, SUCCESSES LIMITATION PRETTY JN, 1995, NATURAL RESOURCES FO, V19, P5 PUJADAS A, 2003, THESIS U NACL AUTONO, P285 SARUKHAN J, 1979, PLAN DESARROLLO ESTA TOLEDO V, 1996, REFORMING MEXICOS AG, P247 TOLEDO VM, 1989, FUNDACION U, R21 TOLEDO VM, 1997, ENV SUSTAINABILITY P, P233 TOLEDO VM, 2001, ENCY BIODIVERSITY, V3, P451 TREJO I, 2000, BIOL CONSERV, V94, P133 WARMAN A, 2001, CAMPO MEXICANO SIGLO, R20 WESTLEY F, 2002, PANARCHY UNDERSTANDI, P103 WORSTER D, 1988, ENDS EARTH PERSPECTI, P289 NR 50 TC 1 J9 ECOSYSTEMS BP 630 EP 643 PY 2005 PD SEP VL 8 IS 6 GA 971SP UT ISI:000232405300003 ER PT J AU Roux, DJ Kempster, PL Kleynhans, CJ Van Vliet, HR Du Preez, HH TI Integrating stressor and response monitoring into a resource-based water-quality assessment framework SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article C1 Div Water Environm & Forestry Technol, ZA-0001 Pretoria, South Africa. Inst Water Qual Studies, ZA-0001 Pretoria, South Africa. RAU, Dept Zool, ZA-2006 Johannesburg, South Africa. RP Roux, DJ, Div Water Environm & Forestry Technol, POB 395, ZA-0001 Pretoria, South Africa. AB South African water law as well as the country's water resource management policies are currently under review. The Water Law Principles, which were established as part of this review process, indicate a commitment to sustainable development of water resources and the protection of an ecological "reserve." Such policy goals highlight the limitations of traditional and current water-quality management strategies, which rely on stressor monitoring and associated regulation of pollution. The concept of an assimilative capacity is central to the implementation of the current water-quality management approach. Weaknesses inherent in basing water management on the concept of assimilative capacity are discussed. Response monitoring is proposed as a way of addressing some oi the weaknesses. Following a global trend, the new policy goals emphasize the need to protect rather than to use the ability of ecosystems to recover from disturbances. This necessitates the adoption of response measurements to quantify ecological condition and monitor ecological change. Response monitoring focuses on properties that are essential to the sustainability of the ecosystem. These monitoring tools can be used to establish natural ranges of ecological change within ecosystems, as well as to quantify conceptually acceptable and unacceptable ranges of change. Through a framework of biological criteria and biological impairment standards, the results of response monitoring can become an integral pari of future water resource management strategies in South Africa. CR *DWAF, 1986, MAN WAT RES REP S AF *DWAF, 1991, WAT QUAL POL STRAT R *DWAF, 1993, S AFR WAT QUAL GUID, V1 *DWAF, 1993, S AFR WAT QUAL GUID, V2 *DWAF, 1993, S AFR WAT QUAL GUID, V4 *DWAF, 1995, 6494 TT DWAF WAT RES *DWAF, 1996, S AFR WAT QUAL GUID, V3 *DWAF, 1996, S AFR WAT QUAL GUID, V7 *DWAF, 1996, WAT LAW PRINC DISC D *DWAF, 1997, WAT LAW REV PROT WAT ANDERSON AA, 1975, OIKOS, V24, P231 ASHTON PJ, 1995, NEW WORLD WATER, P45 BARTELL SM, 1992, ECOLOGICAL RISK ESTI BLAEDEL WJ, 1957, ELEMENTARY QUANTITAT, P25 BROWN CA, 1996, NBP REPORT SERIES, V2 BRUTON MN, 1989, ALTERNATIVE LIFE HIS BURTON GA, 1995, HDB ECOTOXICOLOGY CAIRNS J, 1977, FISHERIES, V2, P5 CAIRNS J, 1993, ENV PROFESSIONAL, V15, P116 CAIRNS J, 1993, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V263, P1 CALAMARI D, 1992, CHEMOSPHERE, V25, P531 CHAPMAN PM, 1991, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V25, P1353 DAVIES BR, 1994, RIVERS HDB HYDROLOGI, V2 DAVIS WS, 1995, BIOL ASSESSMENT CRIT DICKENS CWS, 1998, IN PRESS J AQUATIC E EEKHOUT S, 1996, NBP REPORT SERIES, V3 FORAN JA, 1993, REGULATING TOXIC SUB HOLLING CS, 1973, ANNUAL REV ECOLOGY S, V4, P1 HUGHES RM, 1995, BIOL ASSESSMENT CRIT JACKSON S, 1994, J N AMER BENTHOL SOC, V13, P592 JANSSEN R, 1992, MULTIOBJECTIVE DECIS KARR JR, 1986, ILLINOIS NATURAL HIS, V5 KELLY JR, 1990, ENVIRON MANAGE, V14, P527 KUNKLE GR, 1978, J WATER POLLUTION CO, V50, P957 LONG ER, 1992, MAR POLLUT BULL, V24, P38 MILNER AM, 1994, RIVERS HDB HYDROLOGI, V2 MINNS CK, 1995, J AQUAT ECOSYST HLTH, V4, P1 NILSSON C, 1995, J APPL ECOL, V32, P677 NOSS RF, 1990, CONSERV BIOL, V4, P355 PICKETT STA, 1985, ECOLOGY NATURAL DIST PLAFKIN JL, 1989, EPA440489001 PORTMANN JE, 1986, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V18, P233 PRAVDIC V, 1985, MAR POLLUT BULL, V16, P295 RESH VH, 1988, J N AM BENTHOL SOC, V7, P433 ROUX DJ, 1993, WATER SA, V19, P275 ROUX DJ, 1994, S AFR J AQUAT SCI, V20, P62 ROUX DJ, 1996, S AFR J SCI, V92, P198 SOUTHERLAND MT, 1995, BIOL ASSESSMENT CRIT STEBBING ARD, 1981, MARINE POLLUTION B, V12, P362 STEBBING ARD, 1992, MAR POLLUT BULL, V24, P287 THORNTON KW, 1994, EPA620R94016 UYS MC, 1996, NBP REPORT SERIES, V4 VANDERMERWE W, 1990, WATER SA, V16, P49 NR 53 TC 1 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE BP 15 EP 30 PY 1999 PD JAN VL 23 IS 1 GA 139XX UT ISI:000077057500002 ER PT J AU Duffield, C Gardner, JS Berkes, F Singh, RB TI Local knowledge in the assessment of resource sustainability: Case studies in Himachal Pradesh, India, and British Columbia, Canada SO MOUNTAIN RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT LA English DT Article C1 Univ Manitoba, Nat Resources Inst, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada. Univ Delhi, Dept Geog, New Delhi, India. RP Duffield, C, Univ Manitoba, Nat Resources Inst, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada. AB The knowledge of local resource users and managers about the biophysical, socioeconomic, and cultural-historical elements of their immediate environment plays a significant role in determining the long-term sustainability of those resources. This paper reports on the results of two case studies from high mountain areas, one in the Upper Beas River watershed of the Indian Himalaya, and the other in the Arrow Lakes area of the Canadian Cordillera. Specifically, this paper describes sustainability indicators which were enumerated by local people in two differing cultural-historical, but environmentally similar, contexts. These indicators may be reflective of local, indigenous knowledge about the environment and therefore may be of significance in impact assessment and monitoring environmental change. Results from the Upper Beas watershed reveal a highly discriminated set of indicators which may be grouped as: forest cover indicators; forest-linked indicators; forest management indicators; agricultural livelihood indicators; and socioeconomic indicators. Local people demonstrated a very precise knowledge of the state of the biophysical resources of their village use areas. Specific indicators identified include: forest cover area (decreasing), forest species diversity (some species such as deodar decreasing), forest tree density (decreasing), consistency of water flow (decreasing) and frequency of avalanches and slides (increasing). These are all indicators which can be measured and verified independently of local knowledge. All suggest declining sustainability. Residents in the Arrow Lakes area demonstrated much less precise knowledge of biophysical indicators of sustainability. They enumerated a set of indicators which emphasized institutional arrangements for forest and resource management. For example, few respondents identified the extent of forest cover as important whereas the majority identified forest/land use rules in place as being important indicators of sustainability. in both case studies, people mentioned a number of socioeconomic factors as being important indicators of sustainability. CR *CORE COMM RES ENV, 1994, FIND COMM GROUND SHA *IUCN UNEP WWF, 1980, CAR EARTH STRAT SUST *MOE, 1995, STAT ENV REP BRIT CO *MOF, 1994, ARR TIMB SUPPL AR TI *ODA, 1994, HIM PRAD FOR PROJ SO, V2 *PUNJ GAZ, 1884, GAZ KANGR DISTR, V2 *WCED, 1987, OUR COMM FUT AGARWAL A, 1987, 13 GANDHI PEACE FDN ANDERSON J, 1997, SUSTAINABILITY MOUNT, P303 AZAD KC, 1993, HORTICULURAL FORESTR BANDYOPADHYAY J, 1992, GRASSROOTS ENV ACTIO, P259 BARLEE NL, 1973, GOLD CREEKS GHOST TO BERGSTROM S, 1993, ECOL ECON, V7, P1 BERKES F, 1989, COMMON PROPERTY RESO BERKES F, 1995, BIODIVERS CONSERV, P281 BERKES F, 1998, LINKING SOCIAL ECOLO, V1, P1 BERREMAN GD, 1970, CHANGE CONTINUITY IN, P73 BHATI JP, 1987, ECON POLIT WEEKLY, V22, WS7 CHETWODE P, 1972, KULU END HABITABLE W DASMANN RF, 1988, ENDS EARTH PERSPECTI, P277 DIACK AH, 1898, FINAL REPORT REVISED DUFFIELD CD, 1997, SUSTAINABILITY MOUNT, P49 DUFFIELD CE, 1995, THESIS U MANITOBA WI ECKHOLM E, 1975, SCIENCE, V189, P764 GARDNER JS, 1986, CAN GEOGR, V30, P217 GUHA R, 1989, UNQUIET WOODS ECOLOG GULATI AK, 1996, UNPUB COMMUNITY BASE HARDI P, 1995, UNPUB MODELS METHODS HOLLING CS, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC, P44 HUTCHINSON J, 1933, HIST PUNJAB HILL STA IVES JD, 1989, HIMALAYAN DILEMMA JODHA NS, 1996, RIGHTS NATURE, P205 KAY JJ, 1991, EC ECOLOGICAL DECISI, P23 KAYASTHA SL, 1992, DYNAMICS MOUNTAIN GE, P26 MOENCH M, 1986, MT RES DEV, V6, P3 NELSON JG, 1992, AMBIO, V21, P212 PERRINGS C, 1995, BIODIVERSITY LOSS EC RALHAN PK, 1991, AGR ECOSYST ENVIRON, V35, P283 REDCLIFT M, 1987, SUSTAINABLE DEV EXPL ROBINSON PJ, 1987, AMELIORATION SOIL TR SINGH N, 1993, UNPUB EMPOWERMENT SU SINGH N, 1995, SUSTAINABLE RECONSTR, P639 SINGH N, 1995, SUSTAINABLE RECONSTR, P663 SINGH TV, 1989, KULU VALLEY IMPACT T STONE P, 1992, STATE WORLDS MOUNTAI WHEELER AO, 1905, SELKIRK RANGE WILSON JW, 1973, PEOPLE WAY NR 47 TC 7 J9 MT RES DEV BP 35 EP 49 PY 1998 PD FEB VL 18 IS 1 GA YY868 UT ISI:000072195200004 ER PT J AU Ropke, I TI Trends in the development of ecological economics from the late 1980s to the early 2000s SO ECOLOGICAL ECONOMICS LA English DT Review C1 Tech Univ Denmark, Dept Mfg Engn & Management, Produktionstorvet, DK-2800 Lyngby, Denmark. RP Ropke, I, Tech Univ Denmark, Dept Mfg Engn & Management, Produktionstorvet, Bldg 424, DK-2800 Lyngby, Denmark. AB As the contributions to ecological economics are very diverse, recent years have seen some discussion on both how to delimit the field, and in which direction it should develop. The intention with this paper is to contribute to the discussion by outlining important trends in the development of the field from the late 1980s to the early 2000s. The study is inspired by other studies in the sociology and history of science, in particular by the theoretical framework regarding scientific fields as reputational organizations, which draws attention to both cognitive and social aspects of the formation of a field. The basis for the paper is a combination of literature studies, interviews with key researchers in the field, and 'participant observations'. The paper outlines the characteristic cognitive features of ecological economics at the time of the birth of the field. It is then described how the development in ecological economics was influenced by broader social factors during the following years, and how the field was shaped by the inflow and outflow of different groups of researchers. The emergence of different research programmes is outlined, as is the organizational development. Finally, the characteristics of ecological economics are summarized and the future prospects are briefly assessed. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. CR *EC EC, 1994, SPEC ISS TRAD ENV, V9 *EC EC, 1997, SPEC ISS CONTR N GEO, V22 *EC EC, 1998, SPEC ISS ENV KUZN CU, V25 *EC EC, 1998, SPEC ISS VAL EC SERV, V25 *EC EC, 2000, FOR EC FOOTPR, V32 *EC EC, 2000, SPEC ISS TRAD EC KNO, V10 ANDERSEN H, 1985, NAERBILLEDER FORSKNI ANDERSEN P, 2000, NATIONALOKON TIDSSKR, V138, P95 AYRES RU, 1993, ECOL ECON, V8, P189 AYRES RU, 2002, HDB IND ECOLOGY CHRISTENSEN P, 1987, ECOLOGICAL MODELLING, V38, P75 CHRISTENSEN P, 2001, EC NA